UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 6-K
REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-16 OR 15D-16
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
March 18, 2016
Barclays PLC
(Names of Registrant)
1 Churchill Place
London E14 5HP
England
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports
under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.
Form 20-F x Form 40-F
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K
in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):____
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K
in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):____
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No. |
Description | |||
1 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | |||
2 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | |||
3 | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | |||
4 | Barclays PLC Notice of Annual General Meeting 2016 | |||
5 | Barclays PLC Proxy Cards |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each of the registrants has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
BARCLAYS PLC | ||||
(Registrant) | ||||
Date: March 18, 2016 | ||||
By: /s/ Patrick Gonsalves
| ||||
Patrick Gonsalves | ||||
Deputy Company Secretary of Barclays PLC |
Return to stability
Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 |
How do I use this document?
The diagram below maps the structure
and flow of the Annual Report.
Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 01 |
Chairmans letter Addressing the issues facing Barclays today
|
|
02 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 03 |
Chief Executives review with a strategy that answers the business challenges ahead |
![]() |
04 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 05 |
Our approach ...delivered through a simpler and better structured business... |
![]() |
06 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Our approach that is best suited to our business environment |
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 07 |
Our approach and underpinned by our robust approach to risk management |
|
08 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Our approach to better drive value creation and sustainable stakeholder return
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 09 |
Our approach through our broad service offer.
|
|
10 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
How we are doing Our Balanced Scorecard measures progress and performance against our goal
|
|
We have agreed eight key measures categorised into the 5Cs against which our stakeholders can hold us to account.
Metric
|
Actual 2014 | Actual 2015 | Target 2018 | |||||||
![]() |
Customer and Client Page 12 |
Personal and Corporate Banking (PCB), Barclaycard and Africa Banking weighted average ranking of Relationship Net Promoter Score® (NPS) vs. peer sets
|
4th | 4th | 1st | |||||
Client Franchise Rank: Weighted average ranking of wallet share or customer satisfaction with priority clients in the Investment Bank
|
5th |
5th |
Top 3 | |||||||
|
Colleague Page 13 | Sustained engagement of colleagues score | 72% | 75% | 87-91% | |||||
% women in senior leadership
|
22% | 23% | 26% | |||||||
|
Citizenship Page 14 |
Citizenship Plan initiatives on track or ahead
|
11/11 | 10/11 | Plan targets | |||||
|
Conduct Page 15 | Conduct Reputation (YouGov survey)
|
5.3/10 | 5.4/10 | 6.5/10 | |||||
|
Company Page 16 | Adjusted Return on Equity (RoE)
|
5.1% | 4.9% | N/Aa | |||||
Fully Loaded CRD IV CET1 ratio (Capital Requirements Directive IV Common Equity Tier 1)
|
10.3% |
11.4% |
N/Aa |
Note |
a | Please refer to the new financial targets set out in the Chief Executives review on page 4. |
Gender Barclays Board membership includes four women and ten men, and one woman and nine men on the Group Executive Committee. During 2015 we had a maximum of three women on the Group Executive Committee. Under the Companies Act 2006, Barclays are also required to report on the gender breakdown of our employees and senior managers. Of our global workforce of 129,400 (66,100 male, 63,300 female), 796 were senior managers (574 male, 222 female), which include Officers of the Group, certain direct reports of the Chief Executive, heads of major business units, certain senior Managing Directors, and directors on the boards of undertakings of the Group, but exclude individuals who sit as directors on the board of the Company.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 11 |
How we are doing for our Customers and Clients we aim to be the bank of choice
|
|
12 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
How we are doing creating an environment where our Colleagues can fulfil their potential |
![]() |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 13 |
How we are doing we have a positive impact on the communities in which we operate |
![]() |
14 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
How we are doing acting with integrity in everything we do
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 15 |
How we are doing effectively managing risk to create sustainable returns for our Company.
|
|
16 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
How we are doing The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice
|
![]() |
Barclays Group: our 2015 structure, markets and customer type
Group structure
|
Markets
|
Customer type
| ||
Personal and Corporate Banking | § UK Retail |
| ||
§ Corporate Banking |
||||
See pages 18-19
|
§ Wealth
|
|||
Barclaycard
|
§ UK cards
|
| ||
§ US cards |
||||
See pages 19-20
|
§ Card businesses in Europe |
|||
§ Business Solutions
|
||||
Africa Banking
|
§ Retail and business banking, cards
|
| ||
§ Corporate and investment banking |
||||
See pages 21-22
|
§ Wealth and Investment Management, and Insurance
|
|||
Investment Bank
|
§ Markets
|
| ||
§ Banking |
||||
See pages 22-23
|
§ Research
|
|||
Barclays Non-Core
See pages 24 |
§ Principal non-strategic businesses |
| ||
§ Securities and loans, such as non-strategic long dated corporate loans |
||||
§ Derivatives impacted by regulation
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 17 |
The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice continued
|
|
18 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 19 |
The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice continued
|
|
20 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 21 |
The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice continued
|
|
22 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 23 |
The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice continued
|
|
24 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Running the company well Your Board sets strategic direction and provides oversight and control
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 25 |
Your Board sets strategic direction and provides oversight and control continued
|
|
26 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 27 |
Running the Company well with a relevant and balanced remuneration framework
|
|
28 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
Summary Remuneration report
The full Remuneration Report can be found on pages 83 to 116. The Remuneration report (other than the part containing the Directors Remuneration Policy) will be subject to an advisory vote by shareholders at the 2016 AGM.
Executive team
2015 saw a change in Group Chief Executive. The Company announced on 28 October 2015 that Jes Staley was to become Group Chief Executive with effect from 1 December 2015. He was appointed on a salary of £1,200,000 and Role Based Pay of £1,150,000 commensurate with market pay levels. The Committee approved the grant of a share buy-out award to compensate him for an unvested share award granted to him by a previous employer which was forfeited as a result of him joining Barclays. The award was made on terms aligned to the forfeited award. Jes Staley satisfied, at the date of joining, the executive Directors shareholding requirement of four times salary through his personal purchase of 2,790,000 Barclays shares.
During the four month period between Antony Jenkins departure as Group Chief Executive and Jes Staley starting in the role, John McFarlane served as Executive Chairman. John McFarlane indicated to the Committee that he did not wish his remuneration to be increased during that time and therefore his fee remained unchanged for the period during which he served as Executive Chairman.
The Committee also approved compensation arrangements on Antony Jenkins departure as Group Chief Executive during the year. Further details can be found on page 101.
2015 remuneration
The following tables show a single total figure for 2015 remuneration in respect of qualifying service for each executive and non-executive Director together with comparative figures for 2014.
Executive Directors: Single total figure for 2015 remuneration (audited)
|
Salary £000 |
|
|
Role Based Pay £000 |
|
|
Taxable benefits £000 |
|
Annual bonus £000 |
|
|
LTIP £000 |
|
|
Pension £000 |
|
Total £000 |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Antony Jenkinsa |
598 | 1,100 | 516 | 950 | 89 | 100 | 505 | 1,100 | 1,494 | 1,854 | 197 | 363 | 3,399 | 5,467 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria |
800 | 800 | 750 | 750 | 82 | 95 | 701 | 900 | | | 200 | 200 | 2,533 | 2,745 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jes Staleyb |
100 | | 96 | | 48 | | | | | | 33 | | 277 | |
Notes
a | The 2015 figures for Antony Jenkins relate to the period to 16 July 2015 when he ceased to be a Director, save in the case of the LTIP which relates to the whole performance period. |
b | The 2015 figures for Jes Staley relate to the period from 1 December 2015 when he joined the Board as Group Chief Executive. |
John McFarlane was appointed Executive Chairman from 17 July 2015 to 30 November 2015. Details of his fees are provided on page 31.
Additional information in respect of 2015 remuneration for the executive Directors (audited)
Role Based Pay (RBP)
Executive Directors receive RBP which is delivered quarterly in shares, subject to a holding period with restrictions lifting over five years (20% each year). The value shown in the above table is of shares at the date awarded.
Taxable benefits
Taxable benefits include private medical cover, life and ill health income protection, tax advice, relocation, home leave related costs, car allowance and the use of a company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes and other benefits that are considered minor in nature.
Annual bonus
Annual bonuses are discretionary and are typically awarded in Q1 following the financial year to which they relate. The 2015 bonus awards reflect the Committees assessment of the extent to which the executive Directors achieved their Financial (50% weighting) and Balanced Scorecard (35% weighting) performance measures, and their personal objectives (15% weighting). A summary of the assessment against the performance measures is provided below. For more information please see pages 93 and 94. Jes Staley was not eligible for a 2015 bonus.
Financial (50% weighting)
Performance measure |
Weighting |
|
Threshold 25% |
|
|
Maximum 100% |
|
|
2015 Actual |
|
|
2015 Outcome |
| |||||||
Financial |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit before tax |
20% | £5,801m | £7,022m | £5,403m | 0.0% | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted costs (ex CTA) |
10% | £16,780m | £15,182m | £16,205m | 5.2% | |||||||||||||||
CET1 ratio |
10% | 10.47% | 11.34% | 11.4% | 10.0% | |||||||||||||||
Leverage ratio |
10% | 4.17% | 4.72% | 4.5% | 6.9% | |||||||||||||||
Total Financial |
50% | 22.1% |
The approach taken to assessing financial performance against each of the financial measures is based on a straight line outcome between 25% for threshold performance and 100% applicable to each measure for achievement of maximum performance.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 29 |
with a relevant and balanced remuneration framework continued
|
|
Balanced Scorecard (35% weighting)
Progress in relation to each of the five Cs of the Balanced Scorecard was assessed by the Committee. The Committee took an approach based on a three-point scale in relation to each measure, with 0% to 3% for below target, 4% or 5% for met target, and 6% or 7% for above target progress against a particular Balanced Scorecard component.
Balanced Scorecard 5Cs |
Weighting | Metric | |
2015 Target |
|
|
2015 Actual |
|
2015 Assessment |
2015 Outcome out of maximum 7% for each C | ||||||||
Customer and Client |
7% | PCB, Barclaycard and Africa Banking weighted average ranking of Relationship Net Promoter Score v peer sets Client Franchise Risk |
4th | 4th | Met target | |||||||||||||
4.0% | ||||||||||||||||||
5th | 5th | Met target | ||||||||||||||||
Colleague |
7% | Sustained engagement of colleagues score | 82-88% | 75% | Below target | 2.0% | ||||||||||||
% women in senior leadership | 23% | 23% | Met target | |||||||||||||||
Citizenship |
7% | Citizenship Plan initiatives | 11/11 | 10/11 | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
Conduct |
7% | Conduct Reputation (YouGov Survey) | 5.6/10 | 5.4/10 | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
Company |
7% | Adjusted return on equity | 5.9% | 4.9% | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
CET1 ratio | 11.0% | 11.4% | Above target | |||||||||||||||
Total Balanced Scorecard |
35% | 15.0% |
Personal objectives (15% weighting)
(i) | Antony Jenkins: The Committee recognised that during the first half of the year Antony Jenkins showed full commitment to continuing to embed a customer and client focused culture backed by the Barclays Values and to delivering on financial commitments with particular focus on capital accretion, reducing costs and continuing the rundown of Non-Core. The Committee judged that 11% of a maximum of 15% was appropriate. |
(ii) | Tushar Morzaria: The Committee concluded that Tushar Morzaria had delivered a strong personal performance throughout the year, and noted that during the second half of the year (pending Jes Staleys arrival) this was achieved while discharging considerably increased executive responsibilities. During 2015, Tushar Morzaria continued to drive transformational change, played a significant role in the improvement in the Banks capital position and in driving further focus on close and effective cost management. The Committee judged that 13% of a maximum of 15% was appropriate. |
Overall summary
The performance assessment for Antony Jenkins resulted in an overall formulaic outcome of 48.1% of maximum bonus opportunity being achieved. Antony Jenkins resulting 2015 bonus, pro-rated for service, is £505,000. The formulaic outcome for Tushar Morzaria was 50.1% of maximum bonus opportunity. Tushar Morzarias resulting 2015 bonus is £701,000.
60% of each executive Directors 2015 bonus will be deferred in the form of a share award under the Share Value Plan vesting over three years with one third vesting each year. 20% will be paid in cash and 20% delivered in shares. All shares (whether deferred or not deferred) are subject to a further six month holding period from the point of release. 2015 bonuses are subject to clawback provisions and, additionally, unvested deferred 2015 bonuses are subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of deferred bonuses (including to nil).
LTIP
The LTIP amount included in Antony Jenkins 2015 single total figure is the value of the amount scheduled to be released in relation to the LTIP award granted in 2013 in respect of performance period 2013-2015. Tushar Morzaria and Jes Staley were not participants in this cycle. The performance achieved against the performance targets is as follows.
Performance measure |
Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting |
Actual | % of award vesting | |||||
Return on risk weighted assets (RoRWA) |
50% | 13% of award vests for average annual RoRWA of 1.1% | Average annual RoRWA of 1.6% |
0.21% | 0% | |||||
Loan loss rate |
30% | 10% of award vests for average annual loan loss rate of 75bps | Average annual loan loss rate of 60bps or below |
53bps | 30% | |||||
Balanced Scorecard |
20% | Performance was assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard has equal weighting. | See page 93 | 9% |
The Committee was also satisfied that the discretionary underpin in respect of the underlying financial health of the Group based on profit before tax was met, and accordingly determined that 39% of the maximum number of shares under the total award should be considered for release in March 2016. After release, the shares are subject to an additional two year holding period.
Pension
Executive Directors are paid cash in lieu of pension contributions. This is market practice for senior executives in comparable roles.
30 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
2016 remuneration
The introduction of new deferral and LTIP requirements in the Remuneration part of the PRA Rulebook and EBA Guidelines will require some structural changes as to how the approved Directors remuneration policy will be implemented in 2016. It is therefore our intent to consult with shareholders over proposed changes once formulated. The following summarises how the approved Directors remuneration policy would be implemented in 2016 under the current framework.
Fixed pay | Annual Bonus | Long term incentive plan | ||||||||||||||||||
Salary | Role Based Pay | Pension | ||||||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Jes Staley |
1,200 | 1,150 | 396 | Maximum 80% of fixed pay | Maximum 120% of fixed pay | |||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria |
800 | 750 | 200 | Maximum 80% of fixed pay | Maximum 120% of fixed pay |
Salary, Role Based Pay, pension and benefits are unchanged from 2015.
Chairman and non-executive Directors: Single total figure for 2015 fees (audited)
Fees | Benefits | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||||||||||||||||
Chairman |
||||||||||||||||||||||
John McFarlanea |
628 | | 11 | | 639 | | ||||||||||||||||
Sir David Walkerb |
285 | 750 | 6 | 19 | 291 | 769 | ||||||||||||||||
Non-executive Directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Ashley |
207 | 213 | | | 207 | 213 | ||||||||||||||||
Tim Breedon |
232 | 240 | | | 232 | 240 | ||||||||||||||||
Crawford Gilliesc |
178 | 91 | | | 178 | 91 | ||||||||||||||||
Reuben Jeffery III |
135 | 160 | | | 135 | 160 | ||||||||||||||||
Wendy Lucas-Bulld |
358 | 367 | | | 358 | 367 | ||||||||||||||||
Dambisa Moyo |
152 | 151 | | | 152 | 151 | ||||||||||||||||
Frits van Paasschen |
88 | 80 | | | 88 | 80 | ||||||||||||||||
Sir Michael Rakee |
250 | 250 | | | 250 | 250 | ||||||||||||||||
Diane de Saint Victor |
135 | 135 | | | 135 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||
Diane Schuenemanf,k |
74 | | | | 74 | | ||||||||||||||||
Sir John Sunderlandg |
60 | 190 | | | 60 | 190 | ||||||||||||||||
Steve Thiekeh,k |
184 | 131 | | | 184 | 131 | ||||||||||||||||
Fulvio Contii |
| 37 | | | | 37 | ||||||||||||||||
Simon Fraserj |
| 47 | | | | 47 | ||||||||||||||||
Total |
2,966 | 2,842 | 17 | 19 | 2,983 | 2,861 |
Non-executive Directors are reimbursed expenses that are incurred for business reasons. Any tax that arises on these reimbursed expenses is paid by Barclays. The Chairman is provided with private medical cover and the use of a company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes.
Notes
a | John McFarlane joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 January 2015 and as Chairman from 24 April 2015. The total includes non-executive Director fees of £78,000 for the period from 1 January 2015 to 24 April 2015. |
b | Sir David Walker retired from the Board with effect from 23 April 2015. |
c | Crawford Gillies joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 May 2014. |
d | The 2014 figure has been updated to include fees received by Wendy Lucas-Bull for her role as Chairman of Barclays Africa Group Limited. The 2015 figure includes fees received by her in 2015 for that role. |
e | Sir Michael Rake retired from the Board with effect from 31 December 2015. |
f | Diane Schueneman joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 25 June 2015. |
g | Sir John Sunderland retired from the Board with effect from 23 April 2015. |
h | Steve Thieke joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 7 January 2014. |
i | Fulvio Conti retired from the Board with effect from 24 April 2014. |
j | Simon Fraser retired from the Board with effect from 24 April 2014. |
k | Diane Schueneman and Steve Thieke both served in 2015 on the US Governance Review Board, which is an advisory board set up as the forerunner of the board of our US intermediate holding company which will be implemented during 2016. The 2015 figures for Diane Schueneman and Steve Thieke include fees of $37,500 and $75,000 for these roles respectively. |
Regulatory developments
The PRA made revisions to the Remuneration part of its Rulebook (formerly the UK Remuneration Code) during 2015 which apply from 1 January 2016. These include the seven, five and three year tiered deferral requirements for Senior Managers and different categories of Material Risk Taker (MRT) respectively, and the potential extension of the clawback period to ten years for Senior Managers (under certain circumstances). These changes, which apply globally to Barclays as a UK headquartered bank, further emphasise the competitive disadvantages attributable to the lack of a global level regulatory playing field.
Further revisions to the Remuneration part of the PRA Rulebook are required during 2016 for the European Banking Authoritys (EBA) final Guidelines on sound remuneration policies. The most significant changes include a prohibition on the payment of dividends on deferred shares and an increase to a one year (from six months) holding period for incentive awards delivered in shares to the large majority of MRTs. The Guidelines apply from 1 January 2017. The application of the Guidelines to UK firms, once confirmed by the PRA and FCA, will contribute to changes to our Directors remuneration policy in 2017.
Agenda for 2016
In line with legal requirements, we will be seeking shareholder approval for our Directors remuneration policy at the 2017 AGM. As a Committee, we will review our remuneration policy to ensure that future arrangements are fully aligned to our strategy to accelerate delivery to shareholders in a manner consistent with Barclays Values and also to meet new regulatory requirements. This will be developed over the coming months and we will engage constructively with shareholders and regulators as we do so.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 31 |
Running the company well underpinned by solid capital footings.
|
|
32 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
Performance commentary:
2015 results were characterised by further the continued execution of the strategy.
Group capital and leverage ratios continued to strengthen. The fully loaded common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio increased 110 basis points to 11.4% driven by a reduction in risk weighted assets of £44bn to £358bn. The leverage ratio increased 80 basis points to 4.5% driven by a reduction in leverage exposure of £205bn to £1,028bn.
Strong progress on the rundown of the Non-Core business continued, with a further reduction in risk weighted assets of £29bn to £47bn contributing to the increase in the CET1 ratio. Non-Core leverage exposure decreased to £121bn (2014: £277bn). The announced sales of the Portuguese and Italian retail businesses in H215, due to be completed in H116, are expected to result in a further £2.5bn reduction in Non-Core risk weighted assets. Non-Core period end allocated equity reduced to £7bn (2014: £11bn).
The accelerated rundown of the Non-Core business resulted in a 2% reduction in Group adjusted profit before tax to £5,403m due to a 24% increase in the Non-Core loss before tax to £1,459m.
The Core business performed well reflecting continued strategic progress. This resulted in a 3% increase in profit before tax to £6,862m, with improvements in all Core operating businesses, including Africa Banking on a constant currency basis.
The improved profit before tax in the Core business was driven by positive cost to income jaws across all Core operating businesses. Combined with the increase in average allocated equity of £5bn to £47bn, this resulted in a return on average equity for the Core business of 9.0% (2014: 9.2%) and a the return on average tangible equity of 10.9% (2014: 11.3%). Group adjusted return on average equity was 4.9% (2014: 5.1%).
Driving efficiency remains a significant focus for the Group, with total adjusted operating expenses reducing 6% to £16,998m. Adjusted operating expenses excluding costs to achieve reduced 4% to £16,205m, driven by savings from strategic cost programmes.
Statutory profit before tax reduced 8% to £2,073m after absorbing net losses on adjusting items of £3,330m (2014: £3,246m).
A final dividend for 2015 of 3.5p per share will be paid, resulting in a total 6.5p dividend per share for the year
2015 Adjusting items to income statement
In order to provide a more consistent basis for comparing business performance between periods, management assess performance on both an adjusted and statutory basis. Adjusted measures exclude items considered to be significant but not representative of the underlying business performance and are detailed below.
Adjusted profit reconciliation |
2015 £m |
2014 £m | ||
Adjusted profit before tax |
5,403 | 5,502 | ||
Provisions for UK customer redress |
(2,772) | (1,110) | ||
Provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange |
(1,237) | (1,250) | ||
Losses on sale relating to the Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses |
(580) | (446) | ||
Gain on US Lehman acquisition assets |
496 | 461 | ||
Own credit |
430 | 34 | ||
Gain on valuation of a component of the defined retirement benefit liability |
429 | | ||
Impairment of goodwill and other assets relating to businesses being disposed |
(96) | | ||
Revision of ESHLA valuation methodology |
| (935) | ||
Statutory profit before tax |
2,073 | 2,256 |
|
These financial highlights provide an overview of 2015 performance. For further information on the results of the Group, please see our Financial review on page 217 of the Annual Report 2015 at home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 33 |
34 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Governance
Contents
Our corporate governance processes and the role they play in supporting the delivery of our strategy, including reports from the Chairman and each of the Board Committee Chairmen.
Page
| ||||||
Governance: Directors report | ||||||
Who we are |
§ Board of Directors |
36 | ||||
§ Group Executive Committee |
38 | |||||
§ Board diversity |
38 | |||||
What we did in 2015 |
§ Chairmans introduction |
39 | ||||
§ Deputy Chairmans statement |
41 | |||||
§ Board Audit Committee Report |
42 | |||||
§ Board Risk Committee Report |
52 | |||||
§ Board Reputation Committee Report |
57 | |||||
§ Board Nominations Committee Report |
60 | |||||
How we comply | 68 | |||||
Other statutory information | 75 | |||||
People | 79 | |||||
Remuneration report | 83 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 35 |
Governance: Directors report
Who we are
Board of Directors1
1 | The composition of the Board is correct as at 29 February 2016. |
36 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Committee membership key | ||
Aud | Board Audit Committee | |
Nom | Board Nominations Committee | |
Rem | Board Remuneration Committee | |
Rep | Board Reputation Committee | |
Ris | Board Risk Committee | |
* | Committee Chairman |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 37 |
Governance: Directors report
Who we are
Group Executive Committee1
38 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
What we did in 2015
Chairmans introduction
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 39 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Chairmans introduction
40 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
What we did in 2015
Statement from Sir Michael Rake
Deputy Chairman until 31 December 2015
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 41 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Audit Committee report
We have continued to play a role in changing the culture and building a greater sense of personal accountability, not just at a senior level within the Group but throughout the organisation, for maintaining the control environment.
Dear Fellow Shareholders My report for 2014 emphasised the role the Committee has in ensuring that Barclays operates with a strong control environment and, in particular, the role it is playing in changing the culture and building a greater sense of personal accountability, not just at a senior level within the Group but throughout the organisation, for maintaining that control environment. During 2015, with the agreement of the Board and the Board Risk Committee, the Committee assumed primary responsibility for assessing and tracking the progress of embedding the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF), which is the way in which Barclays approaches enterprise risk management and is the bedrock of our management of internal risk and control. In particular, the Committee was keen to find ways in which the ERMF could be linked to the Groups assessment of Managements Control Approach (MCA), both to drive the right behaviours and provide a more objective method of assessing MCA. In terms of specific control issues, an area of focus for the Committee during 2015 was operations and technology, where there are a number of material control issues the Group is addressing. In assessing control issues for disclosure, the Committee has applied similar definitions to those used for assessing internal financial controls for the purposes of Sarbanes-Oxley and has concluded that there are no control issues that are considered to be a material weakness, which would therefore merit specific disclosure. Further details may be found in the Risk Management and Internal Control section on page 72. The Committee also continued to address the significant judgements that need to be made in connection with the Groups financial statements, primarily those relating to conduct and litigation provisions and the valuations of specific financial instruments, derivative assets and portfolios, particularly those where there is a lack of observable market data. More details of the material matters addressed by the Committee are given in the report below. The Committee also spent time carefully considering the requirements of the new viability statement and confirmed that, as indicated in last years report, three years was the appropriate period, as it accorded with the Groups Medium Term Plan.
A significant activity for the Committee during 2015 was the external audit tender, which was conducted by an Audit Tender Oversight Sub-Committee, chaired by Tim Breedon. As I was until 2013 a partner of KPMG, one of the bidding audit firms, I took no part in the external audit tender process, other than providing input to its initial design. Tim Breedon reports separately on the external audit tender process below.
|
The role of Board Audit Committee Chairman continues to be a full and busy one. During 2015, I had significant interaction with our regulators, meeting with representatives from our UK and US regulators and also participating in trilateral meetings with our auditors and UK regulators. I also took the opportunity to liaise with my fellow audit committee chairmen in other financial services companies, to discuss common issues and share practice, and I met with a group of investors to discuss disclosure issues, in particular with regard to realised profits. I carried on with my practice of meeting with representatives from senior management to discuss specific issues, such as customer complaints or cyber risk, in addition to my regular meetings with the Group Finance Director and Chief Internal Auditor. I also visited Barclays Africa, attending the African chairmens conference. I held regular private meetings with my fellow Committee members ahead of Committee meetings to ensure I had a good sense of the matters that concerned them most and likewise met regularly with the lead audit partner of the external auditor.
Committee performance The Committees performance during 2015 was evaluated as part of the independently facilitated Board effectiveness review and I am pleased to report that the outcomes were positive. The Committee was regarded as effective and considered to be very thorough and detailed. The review commented on the continuing need to balance the demands of a busy agenda and programme of work with the need to cover issues in appropriate detail. We will also be seeking to strengthen the level of technical accounting experience on the Committee. You can read more about the outcomes of the Board effectiveness review on pages 66 and 67.
Looking ahead Barclays continues to face an unprecedented level of change, driven by both internal and external factors and it will be critical to ensure that a culture of strong control is maintained as the Group implements its strategy and also as it positions itself for structural reform. The Committee will continue to seek to ensure that management maintains its focus on building personal accountability for upholding a strong and effective control environment and is supportive of the pilot programme being implemented in 2016 that will require certain business personnel to spend time working in a control function before being promoted. 2016 will also see the Committee focus on the transition to a new auditor, KPMG, who will become Barclays auditor with effect from the 2017 financial year. We will be seeking to ensure that the quality of the audit performed by the existing auditor, PwC, is maintained until the end of its tenure and that KPMG has completed the steps it needs to undertake to ensure it is fully independent of Barclays and has a strong understanding of the business before it takes up office.
Mike Ashley Chairman, Board Audit Committee 29 February 2016 |
42 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 43 |
Governance: Directors report What we did in 2015 Board Audit Committee report
|
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Conduct provisions (see Note 27 to the financial statements). |
Barclays makes certain assumptions and estimates, analysis of which underpins provisions made for the costs of customer redress, such as for Payment Protection Insurance (PPI), Packaged Bank Accounts (PBA) and rates provided to certain customers on foreign exchange transactions. | In debating Barclays financial results statements, the Committee examined the provisions held for the costs of customer redress.
In respect of PPI, the Committee: § analysed the judgements and estimates with regard to the PPI provision, taking into account estimated overturn rates, the estimation policy on missing data, and complaints trend data § evaluated Financial Ombudsman Service overturn rates and trends, provisions utilisation, latest flow forecasts and how reasonable high and low end scenarios had been determined in order to assess the range of reasonable possible future costs § debated proposed additional provisions and whether the analysis performed by management was consistent with prior periods § assessed the Groups ability to forecast trends in PPI complaints, discussing the levels of uncertainty in the projections § debated the potential range of outcomes that might arise from the Plevin case (the 2014 UK Supreme Court ruling in Plevin v Paragon Personal Finance Ltd) and the potential impact on the future range of provisions arising from the proposed timebar on claims. |
The Committee agreed that an additional provision of £150m should be taken at the first quarter but requested a full review of forecasts for PPI redress for the second quarter 2015. Having assessed the outputs of that review, it agreed to increase the provision at the half year by £600m. Following the review at the third quarter, the Committee concluded that no additional provisions were required but asked management to conduct further review and analysis for the 2015 year end to ensure that provisions were within an acceptable range. In deliberating the analyses presented by management in connection with the 2015 full year results, and considering in particular the potential impact resulting from the FCAs consultation on introducing a time limit for claims and addressing the Plevin case, the Committee agreed with managements proposal to increase the provision at the year end by £1,450m. The Committee and management will continue to monitor closely any changes in customer or claims management companies behaviour in light of the Plevin case and the proposed timebar. | |||
With regard to PBA redress, the Committee: | The Committee endorsed managements recommendation that an expense of £282m for PBA should be provided for in the first half and agreed it should be disclosed as a separate item in the interim results. Having examined claims trend data, it concluded that no further provisions were required during 2015.
| |||||
§ debated the practice of providing for future costs where persistent levels of complaints are received § assessed PBA claims experience throughout 2015, examining the level of provisions against forecast volumes and actual claims experience § evaluated managements analysis of complaint levels and trends and the outputs of product reviews. |
||||||
In relation to redress to certain customers regarding rates provided on foreign exchange transactions, the Committee: § examined the results of the internal review conducted by management on foreign exchange transactions § evaluated the Groups proposal for calculating remediation for the customers affected.
|
The Committee agreed with the proposal to make a provision of £290m in the third quarter and that this provision should be separately disclosed. The remediation is still at an early stage and the Committee noted that there were no significant developments in the fourth quarter. The Committee therefore agreed that no adjustment was required in the provision at the end of 2015.
|
44 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Legal, competition and regulatory provisions (see Notes 27 to 29 to the financial statements). |
Barclays makes judgements in respect of provisions for legal, competition and regulatory matters. | § Evaluated advice on the status of current legal, competition and regulatory matters. § Assessed managements judgements and estimates of the levels of provisions to be taken and the adequacy of those provisions, based on available information and evidence. |
The Committee discussed provisions and utilisation for Foreign Exchange and ISDAFix litigation and agreed that any residual provision should be retained and not released in the first half.
Having reviewed the information available to determine what could be reliably estimated, the Committee agreed that the provision at the full year should be set at £1,237m for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange.
Further information may be found on pages 303 to 313.
| |||
Valuations (see Notes 14 to 18 to the financial statements). |
Barclays exercises judgement in the valuation and disclosure of financial instruments, derivative assets and certain portfolios, particularly where quoted market prices are not available, in particular the Groups Education, Social Housing and Local Authority (ESHLA) portfolio, which during 2015 represented the most material judgement in view of widening credit spreads on social housing bonds and budget changes impacting social housing portfolios. | § Debated fair value balance sheet items. This included evaluating a report from the Valuations Committee, analysing social housing bonds credit spread performance and debating the appropriateness of the valuation model. § Assessed how the ESHLA portfolio might be accounted for under IFRS 9. § Debated uncollateralised derivatives and differences in pricing ranges and the potential impact on the Groups financial statements. § Examined the significant valuation disparity between the Group and a counterparty in relation to a specific long-dated derivative portfolio.
|
The Committee concluded that there should be no change to the fair value approach. It also agreed with managements recommendation that an additional prudential valuation adjustment of £300m should be made in respect of the ESHLA portfolio, reflecting an increase in credit uncertainty for social housing sector loans arising from some widening of social housing bond credit spreads.
The Committee noted that despite attempts by the front office trading team, the Group Finance Director and the Chairman of the Committee, it had not proved possible to gain a complete understanding of the causes of the valuation disparity from the relevant counterparty. Nonetheless, a significant element was understandable in light of the different underlying positions held and the Committee took further comfort from a third party valuation provided in relation to ongoing consideration of restructuring the trades. The Committee concluded that the Groups valuation methodology was appropriate and also noted that the Group was protected against counterparty credit risk through a collateral escrow arrangement.
| |||
Impairment (see Note 7 to the financial statements). |
Where appropriate, Barclays models potential impairment performance, allowing for certain assumptions and sensitivities, to agree allowances for credit impairment, including agreeing the timing of the recognition of any impairment and estimating the size, particularly where forbearance has been granted. | § Assessed impairment experience against forecast and whether impairment provisions were appropriate. § Evaluated the results of the review and stress tests conducted by management of the Groups exposures to the oil and gas sector in light of the reduction in oil prices. § Debated managements analysis of the emergence and outturn periods for the Barclaycard portfolios. |
The Committee agreed with the proposed adjustments to emergence and outcome periods and determined that the allowances for credit impairment on loans and advances were appropriate and adequately supported by model outputs.
In relation to the oil and gas sector, the Committee determined that the proposed provisions were appropriate but noted that further stress was possible in the event of a prolonged period of lower oil prices.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 45 |
Governance: Directors report What we did in 2015 Board Audit Committee report
|
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Going concern (see page 78 for further information). |
Barclays is required to confirm that the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. | § Assessed a working capital report prepared by Barclays Treasury, covering forecast and stress tested forecasts for liquidity and capital compared to current and future regulatory requirements, while taking into account levels of conduct and litigation provisioning and possible further provisions that may be required.
|
After examining forecast working capital, along with Barclays ability to generate capital and raise funding in current market conditions, the Committee concluded that Barclays liquidity and capital position remained appropriate, that there were no material uncertainties and that the going concern basis of accounting remained appropriate. | |||
Viability (see page 27 for further information). |
For the 2015 reporting year onwards, the Directors are required to make a statement in the Annual Report as to the longer-term viability of Barclays. | § At the request of the Board, evaluated at the year end a report from management that set out the view of Barclays longer-term viability. This report was based on Barclays Medium Term Plan (MTP) and covered forecasts for capital, liquidity and leverage, including forecast performance against regulatory targets, outcomes of the stress test of the MTP and forecast capital and liquidity performance against stress hurdle rates, funding and liquidity forecasts and an assessment of global risk themes and the Groups risk profile.
|
Taking into account the assessment by the Board Risk Committee of stress testing results and risk appetite, the Committee agreed to recommend the viability statement to the Board for approval, although it emphasised the need for the statement to refer specifically to the key risks to viability, in particular those outside the Groups direct control. | |||
Fair, balanced and understandable reporting (including Country by Country reporting and Pillar 3 reporting). |
Barclays is required to ensure that its external reporting is fair, balanced and understandable. | § At the request of the Board, assessed, via discussion with and challenge of management, whether disclosures in Barclays published financial statements were fair, balanced and understandable, taking into account comments received from investors and others. § Evaluated reports from the Disclosure Committee on its assessment of the content, accuracy and tone of the disclosures. § Sought and obtained confirmation from the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director that they considered the disclosures to be fair, balanced and understandable. § Evaluated the outputs of Barclays Turnbull assessments and Sarbanes- Oxley s404 internal control process. § Established via reports from management that there were no indications of fraud relating to financial reporting matters. § Assessed disclosure controls and procedures. § Requested that management report on and evidence the basis on which representations to the external auditors were made.
|
Having assessed all of the available information and the assurances provided by management, the Committee concluded that the processes underlying the preparation of Barclays published financial statements were appropriate in ensuring that those statements were fair, balanced and understandable.
In assessing Barclays financial results statements, the Committee requested that certain amendments were made to disclosures on litigation and also provided input on other key disclosure items, including the US Wealth disposal, guidance on Barclays Non-Core, adjusting items, dividends and outlook statements. It also debated the proposed statements to be made by the Chairman and Group Chief Executive, suggesting amendments.
The Committee concluded that the disclosures and process underlying the production of the 2015 Annual Report and Financial Statements were appropriate and recommended to the Board that the 2015 Annual Report and Financial Statements are fair, balanced and understandable.
|
46 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Internal control Read more about the Barclays Internal control and risk management processes on pages 72 and 73. |
The effectiveness of the control environment in operations and technology (O&T) and the status and remediation of any material control issues. | § Evaluated on a regular basis, the O&T control environment, including the status of any open material control issues, emerging risks and closed control issues, taking the opportunity to directly challenge and question functional leaders. § Scrutinised the status of specific material control issues and their associated remediation plans, including in particular those relating to access management, security of secret and confidential data, cyber risk, IT infrastructure and application issues and third party supplier management. § Debated any slippage to remediation programmes and whether this was a cultural indicator of the Groups approach. § Conducted a deep dive on security of secure and confidential data control issues, discussing in particular the cultural changes that the businesses needed to make. § Assessed the threat presented by cyber risk, including the impact of any confirmed cyber attacks. § Debated the progress of remediation of third party supplier management control issues, including the potential impacts of the Groups focus on cost management and of decentralisation.
|
Having assessed the status of material control issues and their remediation, the Committee suggested that resilience should be elevated as a material control issue and requested a deep dive. The deep dive has been scheduled for early 2016. The Committee also requested further updates on cyber risk and third party supplier management, both of which are scheduled to take place in early 2016.
The Committee requested a deep dive on access management control issues, which took place during 2015. | |||
The effectiveness of the business control environment, including the status of any material control issues and the progress of specific remediation plans. | § Assessed individual reports on the control environment in PCB, Barclaycard, Barclays Africa and US Investment Banking operations, including questioning directly the heads of those businesses. § Debated the importance of maintaining an effective control environment as the Group decentralises certain functional activities.
|
The Committee requested, and received, an update on decentralisation and its potential impact on the Groups control environment. | ||||
The progress being made on embedding the ERMF to support a strong and effective internal control environment. | § Assessed the results of a self-assessment pilot exercise conducted by the principal business units, as the first line of defence. § Evaluated a proposal for a revised approach to the internal control attestation process to link it to the ERMF. § Deliberated on the challenge of embedding conduct risk management as part of the ERMF. § Debated the effectiveness of the systems being used to support risk and control assessments by the first line of defence. § Focused on the need for effective challenge by the second line of defence. § Debated what metrics could be used to provide line of sight to control issues and whether a more objective approach to MCA ratings could be developed.
|
The Committee suggested to management that the assessment of MCA ratings could be more closely aligned to the ERMF. It subsequently considered and approved a proposal to align the MCA and ERMF, recommending that this be implemented with effect from 1 January 2016. The Committee requested further work on the revised approach to the internal control attestation process, so that the revised approach could be implemented for the 2015 year end attestation. The Committee asked for a further update on the effectiveness of the challenge by the second line of defence once all risk and control assessments had been completed. This update is scheduled to be provided in early 2016. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 47 |
Governance: Directors report What we did in 2015 Board Audit Committee report
|
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
The adequacy of the Groups arrangements to allow employees to raise concerns in confidence without fear of retaliation and the outcomes of any substantiated cases. | § Debated the enhancements made to the Groups whistleblowing framework, including changes in the team, communications to employees and re-publication of the Raising Concerns Policy. § Evaluated the level of substantiated cases and trends in reporting. |
The Committee welcomed the steps that had been taken to strengthen the Group whistleblowing team and to enhance awareness and visibility across the Group of whistleblowing processes and the Raising Concerns Policy. It asked for more granular reporting to be made to the Committee, including ensuring that any cases of retaliation were clearly highlighted and that Barclays Africa incidents were reported to the Committee on the same basis as the rest of the Group. This information is now being received.
To enable an assessment of effectiveness, the Committee asked for Barclays processes to be benchmarked against its peers. It was subsequently presented with the results of the benchmarking exercise and concluded that Barclays processes were appropriate.
| ||||
Internal audit | The performance of internal audit and delivery of the internal audit plan, including scope of work performed, the level of resources and the methodology and coverage of the internal audit plan. | § Focused on how to accelerate the remediation of any control weaknesses and the importance of having a culture of closing issues effectively, including debating a new approach to audit issues management, which requires issues to be remediated within six months of identification, with any extension to that time period requiring the approval of a member of the Group Executive Committee. § Evaluated progress of the internal audit plan for 2015 and debated the plan for 2016, including assessing the proposed internal audit coverage and key control themes identified. § Assessed internal audit resources and attrition levels. § Debated the outcomes from Barclays Internal Audits annual self-assessment. |
The Committee supported the approach to enforcing even greater accountability and ensuring greater visibility at Group Executive Committee and senior management level of the remediation of control issues and audit issues management. It confirmed its agreement to the key control themes identified by internal audit, although it asked for execution risk to be covered specifically. The Committee approved changes to internal audits methodology and the approach to audit coverage and issues validation, which has been implemented from 1 January 2016. The Committee asked for internal audit reports to comment as a matter of course on the effectiveness of both first and second lines of defence when evaluating their audit findings. Having assessed internal audits reports on a regular basis, the Committee confirmed completion of the internal audit plan for the first half of 2015 and approved the plan for the second half of the year, including approving the resources requested. It also approved the plan for the first half of 2016. In view of the Groups focus on cost management, the Committee asked for an assessment of the impact on the internal audit plan of any proposed headcount reductions and for this to be reported to the Committee along with any revised plan. The Committee was content with the outcomes of the self-assessment of internal audit performance, although requested an update on the quality assurance programme, which will be provided in 2016.
|
48 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
External audit | The work and performance of PwC, including the maintenance of audit quality during the period of transition to a new auditor. | § Convened a separate session with the key members of the PwC audit team to discuss the 2015 audit plan and agree areas of focus. § Assessed regular reports from PwC on the progress of the 2015 audit and any material issues identified. § Debated the draft audit opinion ahead of 2015 year end.
The Committee was also briefed by PwC on critical accounting estimates, where significant judgement is needed. |
The Committee approved the audit plan and the main areas of focus, including impairment, valuations, conduct redress provisions, litigation and regulation and IT systems and controls. The Committee asked PwC to comment on the Groups reconciliations processes and how they compared to other financial institutions.
Read more about the Committees role in assessing the performance, effectiveness and independence of the external auditor and the quality of the external audit below.
| |||
The external audit tender, which was conducted during 2015, and the arrangements for the transition to a new auditor. | § Received regular updates from the Audit Tender Oversight Sub-Committee on the progress of the audit tender. § Convened a special meeting to evaluate final presentations from the three audit firms who responded to the request for proposal. § Assessed and endorsed the proposed process to ensure that KPMG was independent by 1 July 2016. |
The Committee decided to look further at potential reputation risk before making a recommendation to the Board. Having done so, it concluded on two firms for recommendation to the Board for consideration, indicating its preferred option of KPMG. In July 2015, Barclays announced the appointment of KPMG as its statutory auditor with effect from the 2017 financial year.
Read more about the external audit tender and the processes in place to ensure KPMGs independence below.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 49 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Audit Committee report
50 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Governance in Action external audit tender
As indicated in last years Annual Report, Barclays decided to undertake an external audit tender in 2015, with a view to replacing our external audit firm from the 2017 financial year onwards. This was done to conform with the auditor rotation requirements of the final statutory audit services order published in October 2014 by the UKs Competition and Markets Authority, which took effect in January 2015.
In December 2014, we established an Audit Tender Oversight Sub-Committee, to oversee the external audit. I was asked to chair the Sub-Committee and Crawford Gillies and Colin Beggs, Chairman of the BAGL Audit Committee, were the other members. The tender process completed in summer 2015 and the Board announced in July 2015 that it had appointed KPMG as Barclays Auditor with effect from the 2017 financial year.
One of the Sub-Committees key objectives was to ensure that the selection process was efficient, fair, effective, open and transparent. It established and published the following weighted key assessment criteria: Audit Quality (50%), Cultural Fit (20%), Corporate Fit (15%) and Experience (15%). No fee information was available to the Board Audit Committee before the recommendation was finalised. Three levels of governance were implemented to manage and support the process.
|
Timeline and key activities
|
|||||||||||
Governance body
|
Purpose
|
|||||||||||
Core Audit Tender Team |
§ Assist the audit firms to put the best solution forward for consideration. § Conduct a detailed assessment of the audit firms following the design approved by the Audit Tender Oversight Sub-Committee.
|
|||||||||||
Audit Tender Oversight Sub-Committee |
§ Agree objectives and desired outcomes for the audit tender. § Approve the design of the audit tender process. § Construct and agree a shortlist of firms to be asked to participate. § Oversee the implementation of the audit tender process.
|
|||||||||||
Board Audit Committee |
§ Recommend to the Board, from at least two potential candidates, the preferred firm to be appointed.
|
|||||||||||
A number of firms were invited to participate in the audit tender, including firms outside the Big 4 auditors. We published key information on the tender in a timely manner, including making the request for proposal available on Barclays website. We also wrote to our major shareholders, setting out the process and details of the tendering audit firms, which we considered essential to transparency. Enhanced compliance procedures were established. We then undertook a broad and structured evaluation of each firm through site visits and workshops with the tendering firms, covering all the major businesses of the Group, the control functions and specific audit exercises, which were also attended by members of the Board Audit Committee. Ongoing feedback was provided to the tendering audit firms through a single point of contact in order to ensure that each was given the best chance possible of putting forward a credible proposal to the Board Audit Committee.
At the conclusion of the audit tender process, the Board Audit Committee was able to recommend to the Board the preferred firm to be appointed, from two shortlisted firms. All tendering firms met the minimum thresholds set by the Audit Tender Oversight Sub- Committee and, following a full assessment of the proposals and detailed questioning of the audit firms, KPMG was identified as the preferred firm, based on audit quality, evaluation scores and its extensive experience of auditing banks. Mike Ashley and Sir Michael Rake, both former partners of KPMG, took no part in the evaluation process or the Board Audit Committees recommendation and both recused themselves when the Board discussed and approved the appointment.
Tim Breedon Chairman, Audit Tender Oversight Sub-Committee
|
||||||||||||
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 51 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Risk Committee reporta
In 2016 the Committee will continue to supervise the level and deployment of risk appetite, as well as the Groups funding and capital position, as we respond to regulatory requirements and our expectations of continued volatility in external conditions.
Dear Fellow Shareholders
Over the past year, the Board Risk Committee reviewed managements responses to a range of external challenges. These included a slowdown in China and other emerging markets, falling oil and commodity prices, as well as some industry trends toward more aggressive lending terms in certain core markets, including UK property and international leveraged finance. Risk appetite, as well as country, sector and individual exposures, were carefully monitored to ensure that business activity and limits appropriately reflected external risks. We were pleased to see impairment remain broadly flat on 2014 levels and within planning expectations, despite increasingly challenging conditions in some markets.
A key activity for the Committee is recommending risk appetite to the Board and monitoring performance against the agreed appetite on its behalf. The context in which we set our Medium Term Plan (MTP) and risk appetite for 2015 was based on our assessment of our key markets, including risk factors arising from the near term geopolitical, macroeconomic and market environment and the potential for further conduct and litigation charges. Matters for particular focus were the UK housing market, where new mortgage regulations, a potential rise in interest rates, the growth in the buy-to-let market and ongoing high levels of household debt were expected to have an impact; continuing economic and political uncertainty in Europe; weak economic prospects for South Africa; and the potential effects of ongoing weakness in oil prices. 2015 risk appetite and risk triggers were set to position Barclays conservatively given this environment. During 2015, significant stress in emerging markets and economies became evident, underpinned by a slowing in the Chinese economy and resultant market volatility. Consequently, Barclays took early action to reduce its risk appetite to emerging markets, particularly Africa, and also remained vigilant to the potential impacts arising from a downturn in economic growth, indebtedness generally and further weakness in capital markets.
At the end of 2014, the Committee asked for a review of the Groups process for setting risk appetite and during 2015 approved a revised methodology that takes a scenario-based approach, with stress testing as the basis of the risk appetite framework. This revised methodology was used to set risk appetite for 2016, with the Committee also approving the stress testing themes, the severity of the proposed stress and the financial constraints.
Note a The name of the Committee changed from the Board Financial Risk Committee in June 2015 |
Another key area of focus during 2015 was the structural reform programme, where the Committee was asked by the Group Chairman to oversee progress of the planning process, particularly with regard to structural options, their capital and liquidity implications and the potential risks for the Group, its customers and for the financial system. Now that the programme has moved into its implementation phase, the Board will directly oversee programme execution, although the Committee will continue to exercise oversight of capital and liquidity aspects, including assessing capital on a legal entity basis. From July 2015, the Committee also assumed oversight responsibility for operational risk, agreeing to focus on the financial and capital aspects of operational risk, while the Board Audit Committee oversees the control aspects.
The role of Board Risk Committee Chairman is not confined to the Committees regular meetings. During 2015, I continued to have significant interaction with our regulators, meeting regularly with representatives from our UK and US regulators. I held regular meetings with the Chief Risk Officer and members of his senior management team, with Barclays Treasurer and the Chief Operating Officer. I also liaised closely with the Chairman of Board Audit Committee, particularly on those matters where the remit of the two committees might overlap, including with regard to the implementation of the Enterprise Risk Management Framework and operational risk issues.
Committee performance
The Committees performance during 2015 was evaluated as part of the independently facilitated annual Board effectiveness review and I am happy to report that the outcomes were positive. The Committee was regarded as effective and as taking a thorough and detailed approach to its responsibilities. The main area identified for improvement was ensuring that the papers presented to the Committee strike the right balance between providing data for information and providing insight and analysis to encourage greater debate and I will be working with the Chief Risk Officer and Barclays Treasurer to address this during 2016. You can read more about the outcomes of the Board effectiveness review on pages 66 and 67.
Looking ahead
The Committee expects its areas of focus for 2016 to be guided by the ongoing level of change faced by the Group as it implements its strategy and executes the structural reform programme, with a particular focus on capital and liquidity management across legal entities. We will also continue to monitor and react to any emerging risks arising in our key markets in the UK, US and South Africa as a consequence of any macroeconomic deterioration or disruption in financial market conditions.
Tim Breedon Chairman, Board Risk Committee 29 February 2016 | |
52 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
The Committees work
The significant matters addressed by the Committee during 2015 are described below:
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Risk appetite, i.e. the level of risk the Group chooses to take in pursuit of its business objectives. | The methodology for calculating the level of risk appetite. | § Requested a review of the Groups risk appetite process and methodology and debated proposals from management to move to a scenario-based stress testing approach. § Evaluated the proposed MTP stress test, agreeing on a scenario involving a global recession from an economic slowdown in China. § Debated the severity of the scenario and how it would apply across the Groups main markets of the UK, US and South Africa and how it aligned to regulatory stress tests. |
The Committee challenged the parameters proposed by management and asked for a parameter to be linked to PBT. It also asked for early consideration to be given to the impact of IFRS 9 on the Groups risk appetite and stress testing assumptions. This work is under way and will be reported to the Committee in the first half of 2016. Given the change in methodology, the Committee requested early sight of the design and outputs as the new risk appetite process was implemented, resulting in a workshop being held in December 2015. All non-executive Directors were invited to attend the workshop.
| |||
Stress testing, i.e. testing whether the Groups financial position and risk profile provide sufficient resilience to withstand the impact of severe economic stress.
|
The Groups stress testing exercises, including scenario selection and constraints, the results and implications of stress tests, including stress tests run by the Bank of England (BoE), and regulatory feedback on the methodology and results. | § Debated proposals from management to move to a scenario-based risk appetite setting approach and approved a change to the Groups methodology. § Assessed the progress of the BoE stress test and evaluated the preliminary results, including discussing any potential areas of sensitivity.
|
The Committee approved the stress test results for submission to the BoE. It subsequently evaluated the BoE stress testing results and feedback from the BoE on the stress test. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 53 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Risk Committee report
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Structural reform, i.e. the progress of structural reform, including the challenges to execution. | The impact of structural reform on the Groups principal risks, including the impact on capital and liquidity for individual Group legal entities and the potential overall impact on the safety and soundness of the UK financial system. | § Debated structural reform and the impact on the capital and liquidity flightpaths for individual legal entities, in particular, the prospective credit rating of Barclays Bank PLC in the structural reform structure. § Evaluated the respective impacts on capital, liquidity and on the general safeness and soundness of the Group of different ring fence bank (RFB) structures. |
The Committee recognised the design and implementation challenges of the programme and supported management in proposing structures and perimeters that best ensured the safety and soundness of all elements of the Group. It requested a workshop on structural reform to provide the Committee with an in-depth view of the key challenges. The workshop was held in December 2015 and all non-executive Directors were invited to attend.
| |||
Liquidity and funding, i.e. having sufficient financial resources available to enable the Group to meet its obligations as they fall due. | Compliance with regulatory requirements and internal liquidity risk appetite (LRA). | § Assessed on a regular basis liquidity performance against requirements. § Debated the credit ratings of Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC and potential market reaction to a ratings downgrade following removal of sovereign support notching. § Questioned the cost of additional liquidity and asked for options to reduce the cost to be considered.
|
The Committee ensured that management had in place options to manage any impact on liquidity of a ratings downgrade. It agreed that the cost of maintaining surplus liquidity was appropriate. | |||
Capital and leverage, i.e., having sufficient capital resources to meet the Groups regulatory requirements, maintain its credit rating and support growth and strategic options.
|
The flightpath to achieving required regulatory and internal targets and capital and leverage ratios. | § Debated on a regular basis, capital performance against plan, tracking the capital flightpath, any challenges/headwinds and regulatory developments. § Evaluated options to maximise capital and capital ratios in order to meet regulatory and market expectations.
|
The Committee supported the forecast trajectory and the actions identified by management to manage the Groups capital position. | |||
Country risk, i.e. the levels of risk the Group is prepared to take in specific countries. | The potential impact on the Groups risk profile of political instability and economic weakness in South Africa, one of its main markets. | § Debated economic conditions in South Africa and the future outlook. § Examined the actions already taken to manage risks, improve controls and asset quality and develop triggers for additional action in the event of further macro deterioration. § Monitored the impact on South Africa of the slowdown in China and the fall in commodity prices. |
The Committee sought additional information around the actions that had been taken to manage the risk profile in South Africa, including the impact of the actions taken to date. It requested a deep dive on the risk profile of the South African business, inviting the South African business heads to present on the actions that had been taken and how the business was positioned for a further economic downturn, including the impact of a further country rating downgrade.
|
54 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Political and economic risk, i.e. the impact on the Groups risk profile of political and economic developments and macroeconomic conditions. | The potential impact on the Groups risk profile of political developments, such as the UK general election and budget statement, the potential exit of countries from the Eurozone, and weakening macroeconomic conditions, such as disruption and volatility in financial markets. | § Assessed the potential impact of the UK general election and steps that could be taken to manage any market volatility. § Evaluated the potential risks arising from a general macroeconomic slowdown and from financial markets disruption, including the global impact of the economic slowdown in China. § Assessed global consumer indebtedness indicators and the potential impact of rising consumer debt on the Groups risk profile. § Debated the Groups Eurozone exposures in the context of the potential break-up of the Eurozone in the event of a Greek exit and assessed the Groups levels of redenomination risk in the Eurozone.
|
The Committee asked management to evaluate macroeconomic conditions and market indicators to inform the strategic plan and risk appetite proposals for 2016, so that the Group is positioned appropriately. | |||
Retail credit risk, i.e. UK property market, interest rate risk. |
The potential overheating of the UK housing market, particularly in London and the South East and the Groups risk appetite for and management of sectors such as the buy-to-let sector. | § Debated UK property market indicators and conditions, particularly in the high loan to value (LTV) and the buy-to-let markets and potential economic and political risks to that market. § Evaluated the Groups lending criteria and its approach to assessing customers on affordability. § Assessed the potential impact of an increase in interest rates on customers, including how customers had been stress tested and assessed against affordability criteria.
|
The Committee encouraged management to continue to take a conservative approach to UK mortgage lending in the buy-to-let market and emphasised the need to keep risks and exposures within agreed appetite. | |||
Specific sector risk, i.e. the Groups risk profile in sectors showing signs of stress, such as the oil sector. |
The Groups exposures to the oil and commodities sectors in light of the price weakness and volatility in these sectors during 2015. | § Regularly assessed the Groups exposures to the oil sector, including assessing steps taken with regard to the credit strategy for the sector, how the portfolio was performing and whether this was in line with expectations. § Evaluated the Groups exposures to the commodities sector and actions taken to identify any names at risk and reduce exposures.
|
The Committee supported the actions that had been taken by management to manage the Groups risks and exposures to the oil and commodities sectors. It requested a stress test to assess the impact of further (and longer) oil price weakness on the Groups lending portfolio, including indirect exposure. | |||
Operational Risk From 1 July 2015, the Committee took responsibility for oversight of the capital and financial aspects of operational risk. |
The Groups operational risk capital requirements and any material changes to the Groups operational risk profile and performance versus risk appetite. | § Evaluated operational risk capital and debated the potential for an increase in regulatory operational capital requirements. § Debated whether Barclays advanced status for calculating operational risk capital should be retained. § Tracked operational risk key indicators via regular reports from the Head of Operational Risk.
|
The Committee focused its oversight of operational risk on the financial and capital implications, debating in particular the potential impact of regulatory operational risk requirements. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 55 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Risk Committee report
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||||
Risk governance, i.e. the capability, governance and controls that the Group has over the management of risk. |
The development of a scorecard to assist the Committee in assessing risk capability across the Group; further enhancement to the limit framework and governance of leveraged finance; the actions being taken to enhance controls and governance around risk models. | § Requested development of a risk capability scorecard. § Regularly debated conditions in the leveraged finance market, tracking market indicators and the Groups risk exposures and assessing the limit framework for leveraged finance and underwriting, including proposed changes to the framework to strengthen controls. § Assessed the progress of enhancements to risk models controls and governance, including the role of the Groups Independent Validation Unit. § Evaluated revisions proposed to the ERMF.
|
The Committee approved the approach to the risk capability scorecard and requested a formal annual assessment of capability, with the option of an external assessment every three years. The Committee approved a revised limit framework for leveraged finance transactions and approved underwriting limits in general. The Committee concluded that good progress had been made on enhancing the controls and governance around risk models and asked management to focus on improving the quality of models and data quality further. The Committee also recommended the revised ERMF to the Board for approval.
|
|||||
Remuneration | The scope of any risk adjustments to be taken into account by the Board Remuneration Committee when making remuneration decisions for 2015. | § Evaluated the Risk functions view of performance, which informed remuneration decisions for 2015. |
The Committee supported the Risk functions view of 2015 risk performance and endorsed the report that had been submitted to the Board Remuneration Committee.
The Remuneration Report on pages 83 to 116 includes more detail on how risk is taken into account in remuneration decisions.
|
In addition, the Committee also covered the following matters in 2015:
§ regularly tracked the utilisation of risk appetite and evaluated the Groups risk profile
§ evaluated the impact of the Swiss franc revaluation on the Groups electronic trading systems and asked for any lessons learned to be applied to other electronic platforms
§ debated risk related matters arising from regulatory assessments and the actions needed to address any specific issues raised
§ approved regulatory submissions, including the Individual Capital Adequacy Assessment Process and the Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment
§ assessed and debated a report on its own performance during 2014, including considering whether its remit should be revised to cover operational risk and assessing the degree of challenge and support and value it provided to the Risk function
§ discussed and agreed on its own training needs, resulting in two workshops being held in 2015, one on risk appetite and one on structural reform, with a further briefing session on the impact of IFRS 9 planned for 2016
§ approved amendments to its terms of reference to reflect its revised remit and to ensure they remained in line with best practice and
§ discussed and agreed its specific responsibilities for the oversight of operational risk, focusing on the capital and financial impacts, leaving the Board Audit Committee to oversee operational risk control issues. |
Board Risk Committee allocation of time (%) | |||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
|
1 | Risk profile/risk appetite | 43 | 57 | ||||||||||||
(including capital and liquidity management) | ||||||||||||||||
2 | Key risk issues | 31 | 19 | |||||||||||||
3 | Internal control/risk policies | 11 | 11 | |||||||||||||
4 | Other (including remuneration and | 15 | 13 | |||||||||||||
governance issues) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Read more about Barclays risk management on pages 127 to | |||||||||||||||
142 and in our Pillar 3 Report, which is available online at home.barclays/annualreport | ||||||||||||||||
|
56 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
What we did in 2015
Board Reputation Committee reporta
The Committees responsibilities were reshaped during 2015 to focus on three main pillars: conduct and compliance; reputation; and citizenship.
Dear Fellow Shareholders The Board Reputation Committee underwent a period of change during 2015, in terms of both a reassessment of Board Committee responsibilities and membership. John McFarlane succeeded Reuben Jeffery III as Chairman of the Committee in March 2015 and, following Johns appointment as Executive Chairman in July 2015, the Board asked me to assume the role of Committee Chairman, a position I held until my retirement from the Board at the end of December 2015.
The Committees responsibilities were reshaped during 2015 to focus on three main pillars: conduct and compliance; reputation; and citizenship. Culture and conduct are the bedrock of the organisation and, with the right culture, much of Barclays exposure to conduct risk can be reduced. To this end, the Committee has continued to focus on these issues, assessing progress against plans for embedding our conduct risk programme and implementing cultural change throughout the Group. We assessed deep-dive reports into conduct risk within key businesses, such as Barclays Africa and the Cards business, and evaluated the findings of a report by Air Marshal Sir David Walker, commissioned by management to give an independent view on whether we are making progress with cultural change. I am pleased to report that, although there is more to be done, progress on both has been good and there is strong commitment throughout the Group to embedding the necessary changes.
The Committee also tracked the exposure of Barclays, and the financial sector generally, to reputational risks. Reputational risk is a risk type that is constantly evolving, with potential new risks emerging while we are implementing controls to manage identified risks. Consequently, we have taken a thematic approach to identifying our key reputational risks and have ensured that we look ahead to identify emerging risks enabling us to mitigate them early. You can read more on pages 61 and 62 about the significant matters addressed during the year. |
Committee performance As part of the annual Board effectiveness review the performance of the Boards committees was considered and I am pleased to report that the Committee is considered to be effective. The Committee is relatively new and areas for improvement included continuing to refine its agenda, particularly with regard to compliance and conduct risk, and ensuring that it does not duplicate the work of other Board Committees. Please turn to the report of the Board effectiveness review on pages 66 and 67 for more details.
Looking ahead My successor, Sir Gerry Grimstone, will be assessing the areas of focus for the Committee in 2016 and I wish him and the Committee well for the future.
Sir Michael Rake Chairman, Board Reputation Committee until 31 December 2015
Committee composition and meetings The Committee comprises independent non-executive Directors, with the exception of Wendy Lucas-Bull, who the Board has decided to deem as non-independent for the purposes of the UK Corporate Governance Code, owing to her position as Chairman of Barclays Africa Group Limited. During 2015, there were a number of changes to the membership of the Committee, which are set out in the table below.
The Committee met four times during 2015 and the chart on page 59 shows how it allocated its time. Committee meetings were attended by management, including the Group Chief Executive, Chief Internal Auditor, Chief Risk Officer, General Counsel, Group Corporate Relations Director and the Heads of Compliance, Conduct Risk and Operational Risk, as well as representatives from the businesses and other functions.
| |||||
Member | Meetings attended/eligible to attend | |||||
Reuben Jeffery III (Chairman and member to 31 March 2015) | 1/1 | |||||
John McFarlane (Chairman from 1 April 2015 16 July 2015) | 2/2 | |||||
Sir Michael Rake (Chairman and member from 17 July 2015 31 December 2015) | 2/2 | |||||
Mike Ashley (to 31 August 2015) | 2/2 | |||||
Tim Breedon (to 31 August 2015) | 2/2 | |||||
Wendy Lucas-Bull | 4/4 | |||||
Dambisa Moyo | 4/4 | |||||
Diane de Saint Victor | 4/4 | |||||
Sir John Sunderland (to 23 April 2015) | 1/1 | |||||
Frits van Paasschen (from 1 September 2015) | 2/2 | |||||
Committee role and responsibilities The principal purpose of the Committee is to:
§ ensure, on behalf of the Board, the efficiency of the processes for identification and management of conduct and reputational risk and
§ oversee Barclays Citizenship Strategy, including the management of Barclays economic, social and environmental contribution.
Until the end of June 2015, the Committee also had responsibility for oversight of operational risk. Following a review by the Board of its governance arrangements, responsibility for the oversight of the capital and financial aspects of operational risk was reallocated to the Board Financial Risk Committee, which was renamed the Board Risk Committee. The Board Audit Committee oversees the control aspects of operational risk.
|
![]() |
The Committees terms of reference are available at home.barclays | |||||
Note a Formerly called the Board Conduct, Operational and Reputational Risk Committee
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 57 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Reputation Committee report
The Committees work
The significant matters addressed by the Committee during 2015 are described below:
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Conduct risk | Progress on embedding the conduct risk management framework, focus on specific conduct risks and continued reduction of customer complaint levels. | § Continued its monitoring of the conduct risk programme via quarterly reports from management. § Specifically assessed the status of the conduct risk programmes in Barclays Africa and across the Cards business. § Monitored regulators views of Barclays conduct risk management and reporting via updates from management. § Assessed progress made in reducing numbers of complaints, including those escalated to the Financial Ombudsman Service.
|
The Committee welcomed the progress made in embedding the conduct risk programme and requested more visibility of the status of specific conduct risks. It encouraged management to continue to apply lessons learned from past events to prevent similar events occurring now or in the future. It was content with the progress made in embedding conduct risk in Barclays Africa, but encouraged greater simplification of the governance structures and communication. It also encouraged management to do more to reduce the number of complaints. | |||
Operational risk (to July 2015) |
The management of Barclays operational risk profile and exposure to significant operational risks. | § Monitored Barclays operational risk profile via quarterly reports from management.
§ Evaluated managements strategy for addressing cyber risk and monitored its progress.
§ Assessed Barclays exposure to technology risk and examined plans to resolve identified control issues by the end of the year. |
The Committee focused its attention on emerging risks and those to which the Groups exposure was increasing. It supported tactical and strategic actions proposed by management to mitigate the Groups risks, including endorsing managements strategy for addressing cyber risk. The Committee also satisfied itself that progress in managing technology risk was good and there was a healthy focus on embedding the right culture.
| |||
Reputational issues | Ensuring that Barclays anticipates, identifies and manages reputational issues that may impact it or the industry now or in the future. | § Tracked Barclays exposure to reputational risks via twice-yearly management reports. § Examined the effectiveness of the current reputation risk framework, including assessing case studies on specific reputational matters.
|
The Committee took a thematic approach to its assessment of reputational risks and guided management in its approach to managing them. It satisfied itself as to the effectiveness of the reputation risk framework. |
58 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||||
Cultural change | The progress being made on embedding of cultural change. | § Evaluated the outputs of an independent review by Air Marshal Sir David Walker. § Assessed an industry-wide report by the Group of Thirty (G30) into banking conduct and culture and how Barclays practices benchmarked against the best practices and suggestions outlined in that report. |
The Committee endorsed Air Marshal Sir David Walkers report, which confirmed its view that progress had been good but that there was more to do to achieve the cultural change required. It encouraged management to continue to prioritise progress on cultural change. The Committee also concluded that many of the actions Barclays had taken in response to the Salz Review recommendations had aligned its practices with those proposed in the G30 report.
|
|||||
Citizenship | The delivery of the 2015 Citizenship Plan and development of a Shared Growth Plan for 2016-2018. | § Tracked progress against the current 2015 Citizenship plan via six-monthly reports from management. § With the current Citizenship Plan coming to completion, evaluated the proposed Shared Growth Plan for 2016-2018. |
The Committee noted that all targets in the 2015 Citizenship Plan had been met or exceeded, with the exception of our new and renewed household lending target, which had not been possible to achieve owing to market and trading conditions. It endorsed the 2016-2018 Shared Growth Plan, particularly the proposal to link the plan to Barclays core purpose and values and to focus on employability skills.
Read more about Barclays approach to citizenship on page 14.
|
The Committee also covered the following matters:
§ assessed progress of the programme to implement enhanced controls in the Investment Bank over conflicts of interest between Barclays and third parties
§ evaluated outcomes of regulatory thematic reviews of conduct issues and controls
§ evaluated the levels of attestation by colleagues globally to The Barclays Way, the Groups code of conduct
§ assessed the status of specific remediation programmes being implemented by the business
§ provided input to the Board Remuneration Committee on conduct and reputation issues to be taken into consideration for 2015 remuneration decisions |
Board Reputation Committee allocation of time (%) | |||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
|
1 | Citizenship | 6 | 2 | ||||||||||||
2 | Reputational issues | 13 | 7 | |||||||||||||
3 | Culture, conduct and compliance | 57 | 52 | |||||||||||||
4 | Operational risk | 19 | 33 | |||||||||||||
5 | Other | 6 | 6 | |||||||||||||
§ tracked progress against the Compliance functions business plan, including updates on resourcing and attrition levels
§ monitored progress of Barclays plans for compliance with the Volcker Rule (restrictions on proprietary trading and certain fund investments by banks operating in the US)
§ assessed and discussed a report on the Committees performance during 2014
§ approved revisions to its terms of reference and recommended them to the Board for approval and
§ considered and approved Group Compliance Policies. |
![]() |
Read more about Barclays risk management on pages 127 to 142 and in our Pillar 3 Report, which is available online at home.barclays/annualreport | ||||||||||||||
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 59 |
Governance: Directors report What we did in 2015 Board Nominations Committee reporta
|
The importance of people as a driving force in sustaining a business over the long term.
Dear Fellow Shareholders I have often stressed the importance of people as a driving force in sustaining a business over the long term through their expertise, innovation and commitment. This is equally true of your Board, where it is crucially important that we have strong leaders able to make tough, strategic decisions while energising colleagues and galvanising them into action. It is with this in mind that the Committee approached appointments.
During 2015 we announced the appointment of two new non-executive Directors and a new Group Chief Executive. Board Committee membership was refreshed and we also took the opportunity to review the composition and roles of the Board Committees. In addition, we considered the requirements for independent non-executive directors for the boards of our strategically significant subsidiaries, including those that will be formed as the Group implements structural reform. We continued to foster executive succession by supporting new initiatives and by directly engaging with senior executives, for example, by mentoring individual senior executives, in order to nurture high potential individuals and help build a stronger succession pipeline.
The Committee was pleased that the Board achieved its target of having 25% female representation on the Board by the end of 2015. The target has subsequently been increased to 33% by 2020. While we also achieved our aspiration to reach 23% female representation within our senior leadership population by the end of 2015, we recognise that we need to sustain our focus to attract more senior women to Barclays and to enable women to grow their careers with us. That will ensure we reach our 2018 goal of 26% women in senior leadership roles. We remain committed to maintaining the momentum of our gender diversity programme.
Committee performance As part of the annual Board effectiveness review, a separate exercise was conducted to assess the Committees performance. The assessment found that the Committee is performing effectively. Please see the report on the Board effectiveness review on pages 66 and 67 for more details. I would like to thank my fellow Committee members for their hard work and support during 2015, particularly Sir Michael Rake, who chaired the Committee during the period that I was Executive Chairman, and led the search for a new Group Chief Executive.
|
Looking ahead We are preparing to implement a new structure in 2016 which will enable us to prepare for structural reform, simplify the organisation and speed up execution of the individual business strategies. These changes give us the opportunity to make sure that we have the right people in senior roles and that we also take action to build strength in each of the business executive teams for the longer term.
John McFarlane Chairman, Board Nominations Committee 29 February 2016
Committee composition and meetings The Committee is composed solely of independent non-executive Directors. John McFarlane, as Chairman of the Board, is also Chairman of the Committee. Mike Ashley, Tim Breedon, Crawford Gillies, being the Chairmen of each of the other Board Committees, Reuben Jeffery III and Sir Gerry Grimstone, the Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director, are also members of the Committee. Details of the skills and experience of the Committee members can be found in their biographies on pages 36 and 37.
During 2015, there were eight meetings of the Committee, including four additional meetings on Group Chief Executive succession. Attendance by members at Committee meetings is shown below. The chart on page 63 shows how the Committee allocated its time during 2015. Committee meetings were attended by the Group Chief Executive or Executive Chairman, with the HR Director, the Global Head of Leadership, Learning & Talent, the Global Head of Diversity and Inclusion and representatives from Spencer Stuart presenting on specific items.
| |||||
Member | Meetings attended/eligible to attend | |||||
Sir David Walker (Chairman until 23 April 2015) | 2/2 | |||||
John McFarlane (Chairman from 24 April 2015 16 July 2015 and from 1 December 2015)* |
4/4 | |||||
Sir Michael Rake (Chairman from 17 July 2015 to 1 December 2015) |
8/8 | |||||
Mike Ashley | 8/8 | |||||
Tim Breedon | 7/8 | |||||
Crawford Gillies (from 24 April 2015) | 7/7 | |||||
Reuben Jeffery III | 6/7 | |||||
Sir John Sunderland (until 23 April 2015) | 2/2 | |||||
* John McFarlane stood down as a member of the Committee during the period 17 July 30 November 2015, when he was Executive Chairman. No Director with executive responsibilities may be a member of the Committee did not attend one meeting owing to prior business commitments
Note The Chairman and the Group Chief Executive excuse themselves from meetings when the Committee focuses on the matter of succession to their roles.
Committee role and responsibilities The principal purpose of the Committee is to:
§ support and advise the Board in ensuring that the composition of the Board and its Committees is appropriate and enables them to function effectively
§ examine the skills, experience and diversity on the Board and plan succession for key Board appointments, planning ahead to deal with upcoming retirements and to fill any expected skills gaps
§ provide oversight, at Board level, of the Groups talent management programme and diversity and inclusion initiatives
§ agree the annual Board effectiveness review process and monitor the progress of any actions arising, and
§ keep the Boards governance arrangements under review and make appropriate recommendations to the Board to ensure that they are consistent with best practice corporate governance standards.
|
![]() |
You can find the Committees terms of reference at home.barclays/corporategovernance | |||
Note a The name of the Committee changed from the Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee in June 2015
|
||||
60 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
The Committees work
The significant matters addressed by the Committee during 2015 are described below:
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Board appointments | The refreshment of Board and Board Committee membership to secure individuals with the desired skills and experience needed on the Board in light of future strategic direction. | § Conducted a search for successors to Sir Michael Rake and Antony Jenkins. § Evaluated a gap analysis of the skills and experience on the Board and identified the requirement for new non-executive Directors with financial services experience and the preference to appoint more UK-based Directors given the time commitments associated with Board Committee appointments.
|
The Committee recommended the appointments of Sir Gerry Grimstone as Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director, Jes Staley as Group Chief Executive and Diane Schueneman as a non-executive Director.
Please refer to pages 63 to 65 for details of the Boards approach to recruitment of new Directors and the case study of the recruitment of Jes Staley in particular.
| |||
Board and Board Committee structure, size and composition | The restructure of the Board and Board Committees to allow the Board to focus on the Groups commercial and strategic performance. The optimum size of the Board, the potential impact of structural reform and the need to constitute subsidiary boards. | § Reassessed the structure, size and composition of the Board and Board Committees, as well as the current roles and responsibilities of the Board Committees, and recommended a number of changes to the Board. § Requested a working plan for Board succession over the next three years. |
The Committee agreed that the size of the Board should be reduced over time and more matters should be delegated to the principal Board Committees. The Committee agreed that non-executive Directors should normally not serve on more than two Board Committees, to avoid being over-stretched, and to reduce the Committees in size over time to a maximum of four members, while taking care to ensure appropriate cross-membership. The Committee recommended revised Board-level responsibilities for oversight of risk, including the Board re-taking overall responsibility for enterprise-wide risk, disbanding the Board Enterprise Wide Risk Committee and reallocating responsibility for oversight of the capital and financial aspects of operational risk to the Board Risk Committee.
| |||
Succession planning and talent management | The management of Board succession and oversight of the leadership needs of the Group to enable it to meet its strategic aims and its changing make-up resulting from the effects of structural reform. | § Examined regular reports on succession plans and talent management of the leadership of the Group to address succession planning in the short-term and internal talent development.
§ Debated options for Directors to engage with members of the Group Executive Committee and senior management to help in nurturing high potential individuals and to support building a stronger succession pipeline. |
The Committee agreed a proposal for Committee members to partner high potential senior management. The Committee endorsed the Groups rapid development programme for high potential talent and agreed to support the programme by providing an insight into the role of the Board and its priorities. The Committee also endorsed the introduction of an improved talent assessment process and assessed the efficacy of the Groups external talent acquisition process. The Committee examined the results of internal and external benchmarking exercises, including external benchmarking of senior management roles against similar roles in equivalent companies as part of the work on Group Executive Committee succession.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 61 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Nominations Committee report
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Board effectiveness | The 2015 Board effectiveness review of the Board and its Committees. The progress made against the actions identified in the 2014 Board effectiveness review. | § Considered the effectiveness of the 2014 Board effectiveness review process and agreed the approach to be taken to the 2015 Board effectiveness review. § Regularly examined progress of the action plan arising from the outcomes of the 2014 Board effectiveness review. |
The Committee set the criteria for conduct of the 2015 Board effectiveness review, including the appointment of a new external facilitator, Independent Board Evaluation, and agreed an action plan to address the matters arising from the 2014 Board effectiveness review.
See pages 64 and 66 to 67 for a full description of the process and outputs from the 2014 and 2015 effectiveness reviews.
| |||
Governance implications of structural reform | The establishment of governance principles for the Group under structural reform. | § Scrutinised proposed governance guiding principles for the Group post-structural reform, which set out ultimate decision-making powers, while respecting the rights and responsibilities of the boards of the strategically significant subsidiaries: the ring-fence bank (RFB), Barclays Bank PLC, the US Intermediate Holding Company (IHC) and Barclays Africa Group (BAGL). § Discussed the potential composition of the RFB and Barclays Bank PLC boards in light of regulatory requirements.
|
The Committee endorsed and supported the governance guiding principles. The Committee provided views on the outline board and committee composition of the RFB and Barclays Bank PLC for the Boards consideration. | |||
Significant subsidiary board composition | The composition of Barclays US IHC board and associated committees. | § Determined the required structure and composition of the IHC board. § Endorsed the implementation of measures to allow potential future IHC board candidates the opportunity to build their knowledge of Barclays US businesses ahead of the formal creation of the IHC board in 2016. |
The Committee agreed the proposed composition of the IHC board, including the appointments of Steve Thieke as chairman and Diane Schueneman as a non-executive director. It oversaw the establishment of a US Governance Review Board to allow proposed IHC board members to familiarise themselves with Barclays US businesses.
|
62 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 63 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Nominations Committee report
64 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
![]() |
Governance in action: the appointment of Jes Staley
Role requirements The Committee, which has responsibility for identifying suitable candidates to join the Board, agreed the desired attributes for a successor to Antony Jenkins as Group Chief Executive (CEO). In addition to strong and motivational leadership qualities, the Committee sought candidates with significant experience of retail and/or commercial and investment banking in large scale, complex organisations and an excellent track record of delivery and credibility with regulators and internal and external stakeholders. Personal attributes sought included strategic thinking and the ability to lead and manage change, especially cultural change.
Process The Committee directed the selection process. As the Chairman had accepted the role of Executive Chairman until a successor was in place, it was agreed that he would step down from the Committee to ensure that it remained composed of independent non-executive Directors and that I would lead the process. It was also agreed that the Committee as a whole would be involved in shortlisting and interviewing candidates and, once preferred candidates had been agreed, to involve the rest of the Board and key senior executives. Spencer Stuart, an external search consultant, was engaged to assist with the search and selection process.
Search Having established that there were currently no potential candidates within the Group with the spread and depth of experience required for the role, the Committee examined a long list of candidates produced as a result of the global search and received a presentation from Spencer Stuart covering the prospects for consideration. The Committee identified the most credible prospects to be contacted and invited to interview and requested that the views of the Groups regulators on the preferred type of candidate for the role also be obtained.
I asked Committee members to consider sources for potential candidates that might be approached directly and to recommend potential candidates for the role. In addition, although John McFarlane did not take part in the selection process, he was consulted for his view and insights. I also ensured that Board members were kept up-to-date throughout the process.
Recruitment As Jes Staley emerged as the preferred candidate and had confirmed his interest in the role, he undertook a series of interviews involving me, the Chairman and members of the Committee. He also met with the remaining members of the Board and the Group Executive Committee.
In addition to the regular communication with Directors, the Board held an additional meeting specifically to discuss the proposed appointment and to allow Directors to share their feedback on Jes Staley before approving his appointment, which was announced on 28 October 2015.
Sir Michael Rake
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 65 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2015
Board Nominations Committee report
Review of Board and Board Committee effectiveness
Board priorities
|
Exhibiting and upholding the Companys values
|
Leveraging Board experience in support of executives
|
Greater awareness of Board Committee work
| |||||||||
2014 findings To refine the Boards priorities for 2015. |
2014 findings To continue the embedding of cultural change across and deeper into the organisation and provide effective oversight of progress. |
2014 findings To continue to build effective relationships between the Board and business and functional heads. |
2014 findings To continue to deepen the Boards focus on the key priorities and main issues facing each of the Board Committees and to ensure that the Board Committee structure remains appropriate and fit for purpose.
| |||||||||
Actions taken in 2015 In 2015 the Board re-focused its time on three key themes:
§ focus on core § accelerate earnings growth § high performance ethic.
A set of execution priorities was developed for each theme and progress against these priorities was reported to the Board on a regular basis.
|
Actions taken in 2015 The Board Reputation Committee received reports on the progress of cultural change in 2015.
Members of senior management completed a survey on cultural change, the results of which were shared with the Board Reputation Committee.
The results of the employee opinion survey and a values survey were shared with the Board. |
Actions taken in 2015 John McFarlane has, and will continue to, discuss his key priorities as Chairman with senior management.
Members of the Board Nominations Committee are mentoring high-potential senior managers. |
Actions taken in 2015 The Board Committee structure was updated in 2015, following review by the Board Nominations Committee. The revised structure was approved by the Board and implemented from July 2015.
In line with prior years, all non-executive Directors may attend Board Committee meetings on request, with the agreement of the Committee Chairman. All non-executive Directors were invited to attend Board Risk Committee workshops on risk appetite and on structural reform.
| |||||||||
2015 findings To ensure that the Board agenda is optimised, including time for blue-sky discussion of major risks. |
2015 findings No specific matters were raised during the 2015 review. |
2015 findings To continue to ensure that all non-executive Directors have the opportunity to contribute to strategic debate. |
2015 findings To continue to raise awareness across all Board members of the significant issues considered by Board Committees and to continue to refine the remit and scope of the Board Reputation Committee.
| |||||||||
Actions to be taken in 2016 We will identify opportunities for more free-ranging Board discussions, including discussion of risk.
A revised set of Board objectives will be agreed in order to track progress. |
Actions to be taken in 2016 No actions are proposed for 2016. |
Actions to be taken in 2016 We will continue to identify ways in which the skills and experience of individual non-executive Directors may be leveraged, including partnering individual non-executive Directors with members of the Group Executive Committee. |
Actions to be taken in 2016 We will provide opportunities for Board Committee Chairmen to provide more detailed briefings to non-Committee members on the work of their Committee.
We will review the role and scope of the Board Reputation Committee with its new Chairman.
|
66 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Improvements to the Board appointment process
|
Director induction
|
Effective handling of legacy issues
|
Dealing more strategically with global regulation
|
|||||||||||
2014 findings To continue to ensure that the Board has sufficient visibility of executive succession planning and the talent pipeline. |
2014 findings To extend the new Director induction programme to involve senior executives below Group Executive Committee level and to continue to support new Board Committee Chairmen.
|
2014 findings To continue to focus on the existing priority of overseeing the resolution of legacy issues. |
2014 findings To continue to focus the Boards time on strategy and strategic options. |
|||||||||||
Actions taken in 2015 The non-executive Directors attended a briefing on talent management and succession planning in April 2015.
The Board Nominations Committee considered Group Executive Committee succession in October 2015. In November 2015, the HR Director attended the Board meeting to provide an update on talent and succession. |
Actions taken in 2015 Directors have been offered the opportunity of additional meetings with senior executives as part of their induction programmes. |
Actions taken in 2015 Work has continued in 2015 to resolve historical legal and conduct risks. Several outstanding issues have been resolved in 2015. |
Actions taken in 2015 Additional time was allocated to the discussion of business strategy at Board meetings in 2015. In particular, the Investment Bank and structural reform were both covered in depth.
The Groups three strategic priorities: focus on core; accelerate earnings growth; and high performance ethic, were developed with the Boards collective input.
Representatives from the Groups UK and US regulators attended Board and Board Committee meetings during the year.
|
|||||||||||
2015 findings To continue to assess the skills and experience needed on the Board and to ensure that Board composition is balanced between UK and international members.
To enhance Board succession planning, particularly in respect of key roles.
|
2015 findings To enhance the Board training and induction programmes with particular focus on the training needs of Board members from outside the financial services sector. |
2015 findings No specific matters were raised during the 2015 review. |
2015 findings To continue to provide opportunities for Board members to provide early input to thinking on major issues and decisions. |
|||||||||||
Actions to be taken in 2016 We will develop a revised Board succession plan for discussion by the Board Nominations Committee, including planning for succession to key roles, considering the optimum size of the Board and the balance of UK and overseas Directors.
We will schedule additional updates to the Board on talent management and succession planning.
|
Actions to be taken in 2016 We will schedule as part of the Boards training programme for 2016 specific briefings for non-executive Directors who do not have a financial services background. |
Actions to be taken in 2016 No actions are proposed for 2016. |
Actions to be taken in 2016 We will continue to allocate sufficient time for Board discussion of strategic priorities and options. |
|||||||||||
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 67 |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply
68 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Board attendance |
Independent | |
Scheduled meetings eligible to attend |
|
|
Scheduled meetings attended |
|
|
Additional meetings eligible to attend |
|
|
Additional meetings attended |
| |||||
Group Chairman |
||||||||||||||||||
John McFarlane |
On appointment | 8 | 8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Executive Directors |
||||||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzariaa |
Executive Director | 8 | 8 | 2 | 1 | |||||||||||||
Jes Staley |
Executive Director | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||
Non-executive Directors |
||||||||||||||||||
Mike Ashley |
Independent | 8 | 8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Tim Breedon |
Independent | 8 | 8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Crawford Gillies |
Independent | 8 | 8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Reuben Jeffery III |
Independent | 8 | 7 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Wendy Lucas-Bullb |
Non-Independent | 8 | 8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Dambisa Moyo |
Independent | 8 | 8 | 2 | 1 | |||||||||||||
Frits van Paasschen |
Independent | 8 | 8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Sir Michael Rake |
Deputy Chairman, Senior Independent Director | 8 | 7 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Diane de Saint Victor |
Independent | 8 | 8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Diane Schueneman |
Independent | 5 | 5 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||
Steve Thieke |
Independent | 8 | 8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
Former Directors |
||||||||||||||||||
Sir David Walker |
On appointment | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||
Antony Jenkins |
Executive Director | 4 | 4 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||
Sir John Sunderland |
Independent | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||
Secretary |
||||||||||||||||||
Lawrence Dickinson |
8 | 8 | 2 | 2 |
Notes
a | Although eligible to attend, as an executive Director, Tushar Morzaria did not attend the additional meeting held to consider and approve the appointment of the new Group Chief Executive. |
b | Although we have reached the conclusion that all non-executive Directors exhibit independence of character and judgement, we continue to disclose that, for the purposes of the Code, Wendy Lucas-Bull was not designated as independent owing to her chairmanship of Barclays Africa Group Limited, a 62%-owned subsidiary of Barclays. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 69 |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply
Board Governance framework
70 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 71 |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply
72 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 73 |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply
Private shareholders Throughout 2015, we continued to communicate with our private shareholders using our shareholder mailings. Also, shareholders can choose to sign up to Shareview so that they receive information about Barclays and their shareholding directly by email. On a practical level, over 60,000 shareholders did not cash their Shares Not Taken Up (SNTU) cheque following the Rights Issue in September 2013. During 2015, we conducted a tracing process to reunite these shareholders with their SNTU monies together with any unclaimed dividends. By the end of the year, we had returned over £2.2m to our shareholders. In addition, we launched a special share dealing service in October 2015 for shareholders holding 4,000 shares or less. Shareholders could donate their sale proceeds to ShareGift if they wished. Shareholders donated nearly £130,000.
Our Annual General Meeting (AGM) Our AGM continues to be a key date in the diary for the Board. It affords us our primary opportunity to engage with shareholders, particularly our private shareholders, on the key issues facing the Group and any questions they may have. The majority of Directors, including the Chairman, were available for informal discussion before and after the formal business of our 2015 AGM. All resolutions proposed at the 2015 AGM, which were considered on a poll, were passed with votes for ranging from 88.5% to 99.9% of the total votes cast.
The 2016 AGM will be held on Thursday 28 April 2016 at the Royal Festival Hall in London. The Notice of AGM can be found in a separate document, which is sent out at least 20 working days before the AGM and also made available at home.barclays/agm. Voting on the resolutions will again be by poll and the results will be announced via the Regulatory News Service and made available on our website on the same day. We encourage any shareholders who are unable to attend on the day to vote in advance of the meeting via home.barclays/investorrelations/vote or through Shareview (www.shareview.co.uk). |
![]() |
74 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Other statutory information
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 75 |
Governance: Directors report
Other statutory information
76 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 77 |
Governance: Directors report
Other statutory information
78 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Governance
People
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 79 |
Governance
People
80 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 81 |
Governance
People
82 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual statement from the Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 83 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual statement from the Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee
84 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Governance: Remuneration report
At a Glance Performance and pay
How did we perform and pay in 2015?
The Committees 2015 pay decisions took full consideration of financial and non-financial performance. Adjusted profit before tax decreased between 2014 and 2015 by 2%, while the absolute reduction in the Group incentive pool was 10%.
Since 2010 the Group incentive pool has declined steadily, from £3,484m in 2010 to £1,669m in 2015 a decrease of more than 50% over five years. Over the same period, Group adjusted profit before tax is down 4%.
Adjusted profit before tax |
Group incentive pool | |||
|
|
Note:
a | 2013 adjusted profit before tax has been revised to account for the reclassification as an adjusting item of £173m of charges, relating to a US residential mortgage-related business settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency. |
How much were executive Directors paid in 2015?
All of the Committees 2015 decisions in relation to executive Directors remuneration were made within the parameters of the Directors remuneration policy which was approved at the 2014 AGM.
|
Antony Jenkinsa £000 |
|
Tushar Morzaria £000 |
|
|
Jes Staleyb £000 |
| |||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||
Fixed Pay | ||||||||||||||||||
Salary | 598 | 1,100 | 800 | 800 | 100 | |||||||||||||
Role Based Pay (RBP) | 516 | 950 | 750 | 750 | 96 | |||||||||||||
Benefits | 89 | 100 | 82 | 95 | 48 | |||||||||||||
Pension | 197 | 363 | 200 | 200 | 33 | |||||||||||||
Variable pay | ||||||||||||||||||
Annual Bonusc | 505 | 1,100 | 701 | 900 | | |||||||||||||
LTIPd | 1,494 | 1,854 | | | | |||||||||||||
Total pay | 3,399 | 5,467 | 2,533 | 2,745 | 277 |
Notes
a | The 2015 figures for Antony Jenkins relate to the period to 16 July 2015 when he ceased to be a Director, save in the case of the LTIP which relates to the whole period pursuant to the LTIP rules. In accordance with his contractual entitlements, Antony Jenkins will receive salary, RBP, benefits and pension, in instalments, until 7 July 2016 subject to mitigation. Full details of his leaving arrangements can be found on page 101. |
b | The 2015 figures for Jes Staley relate to the period from 1 December 2015 when he joined the Board as Group Chief Executive. On joining Barclays, Jes Staley was granted a share award of 896,450 Barclays shares to compensate him for an unvested share award granted to him by JP Morgan. The award will be delivered on 14 March 2016 in line with the vesting date of the original JP Morgan award. |
c | 2015 bonus awards reflect the formulaic outcome of 2015 performance against the financial measures and the Committees assessment of progress towards the Balanced Scorecard targets. These resulted in a total of 22.1% (out of 50% maximum) and 15% (out of 35%) of the maximum bonus being payable respectively. Personal objectives were assessed by the Committee on an individual basis. |
d | Over the 2013-2015 LTIP performance period, a return on risk weighted assets (RoRWA) of 0.21% and a loan loss rate (LLR) of 53bps resulted in nil (out of 50%) outcome for RoRWA and 30% (out of 30%) for LLR. The Balanced Scorecard assessment was 9% (out of 20%). Therefore 39% of the maximum number of shares will be considered for release in March 2016, subject to an additional two year holding period. |
How will executive Directors pay be structured?
2016 Fixed pay
|
Salary £000 |
|
|
RBP £000 |
|
|
Pension £000 |
| ||||
Jes Staley | 1,200 | 1,150 | 396 | |||||||||
Tushar Morzaria | 800 | 750 | 200 |
Salary, RBP, pension and benefits are unchanged from 2015.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 85 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Remuneration policy for all employees
This section sets out Barclays remuneration policy for all employees, explaining the philosophy underlying the structure of remuneration packages, and how this links remuneration to the achievement of sustained high performance and long-term value creation.
Remuneration philosophy
In October 2015, the Committee formally adopted a revised, simplified remuneration philosophy which articulates Barclays overarching remuneration approach and is set out below.
Barclays Remuneration philosophy
|
||
Attract and retain talent needed to deliver Barclays strategy
|
Long term success depends on the talent of our employees. This means attracting and retaining an appropriate range of talent to deliver against our strategy, and paying the right amount for that talent
| |
Align pay with investor interests
|
Ensure employees interests are aligned with those of investors (equity and debt holders), both in structure and the appropriate balance of returns
| |
Reward sustainable performance
|
Sustainable performance means making a positive contribution to stakeholders, in both the short and longer term, playing a valuable role in society
| |
Support Barclays Values and culture
|
Results must be achieved in a manner consistent with our Values. Our Values and culture should drive the way that business is conducted
| |
Align with risk appetite, risk exposure and conduct expectations
|
Designed to reward employees for achieving results in line with the Banks risk appetite and conduct expectations
| |
Be clear, transparent and as simple as possible
|
All employees and stakeholders should understand how we reward our employees. Remuneration structures should be as simple as possible so that everyone can understand how they work and the behaviours they reward
|
Remuneration and performance
Our remuneration philosophy applies to all employees across the whole of Barclays. It ensures that all employees are aligned with and support the achievement of Barclays Group priorities.
This is achieved by linking remuneration to a broad assessment of performance, based on expected standards of delivery and behaviour, which are discussed with employees at the start of, and throughout, the performance year. Under the Barclays performance management approach, employees are encouraged to align each of their objectives to business and team goals, and behavioural expectations are set in relation to our Values. This ensures that clear expectations are set for not only what employees are expected to deliver, but also how they are expected to go about it.
Individual performance is then evaluated against both the what (performance against objectives) and the how (demonstration of our Values). This evaluation takes into account various factors including:
§ | performance against agreed objectives (both financial and non-financial) and core job responsibilities |
§ | adherence to relevant risk policies and procedures and control frameworks |
§ | behaviour in line with Barclays Values |
§ | colleague and stakeholder feedback |
§ | input from the Risk and Compliance functions where there are concerns about the behaviour of any individuals or the risk of the business undertaken. |
There is no specific weighting between the financial and non-financial considerations for employees because all of them are important to the determination of the overall performance assessment.
Linking individual performance assessment and remuneration decisions to both the Barclays business strategy and our Values in this way promotes the delivery of sustainable individual and business performance, and establishes clear alignment between remuneration policy and Barclays strategy.
86 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Remuneration structure
The remuneration structure for employees is aligned with that for executive Directors, set out in detail in the Directors remuneration policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM. A full copy of the policy can be found on the Barclays PLC website. An abridged version is at pages 108 to 116 of this Report.
Employees receive salary, pension and other benefits and are eligible to be considered for an annual bonus. Employees in some customer-facing businesses participate in incentive plans including plans based on a balanced scorecard of performance which has good customer outcomes at its centre. The plans also recognise how results have been achieved in line with Barclays Values. Some senior employees receive Role Based Pay (RBP). Remuneration of PRA Material Risk Takers (MRTs) is subject to the 2:1 maximum ratio of variable to fixed pay. A total of 1,523 (2014: 1,277) individuals were MRTs in 2015. Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) disclosures on MRTs are set out on pages 159 and 160 of Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Barclays is a long standing supporter of the Living Wage. As an accredited Living Wage employer, Barclays commits to ensure that all permanent UK employees and those UK employees of third party contractors who provide services to us at our sites, are paid at least the current London or UK Living Wage. This is a commitment which we have also extended to all our UK employed apprentices.
Fixed remuneration
Salary |
Salaries reflect individuals skills and experience and are reviewed annually in the context of annual performance assessment. They are increased where justified by role change, increased responsibility or a change in the latest available market data. Salaries may also be increased in line with local statutory requirements and in line with union and works council commitments.
| |
Role Based Pay (RBP)
|
A small number of senior employees receive a class of fixed pay called RBP to recognise the seniority, breadth and depth of their role.
| |
Pension and benefits
|
The provision of a competitive package of benefits is important to attracting and retaining the talented staff needed to deliver Barclays strategy. Employees have access to a range of country specific company funded benefits, including pension schemes, healthcare, life assurance and Barclays share plans as well as other voluntary employee funded benefits. The cost of providing these benefits is defined and controlled. Gracechurch Services Corporation is used to employ US nationals seconded overseas allowing them to retain eligibility to US benefits.
|
Variable remuneration
Annual bonus |
Annual bonuses incentivise and reward the achievement of Group, business and individual objectives, and reward employees for demonstrating individual behaviours in line with Barclays Values.
| |
| ||
The ability to recognise performance through variable remuneration enables the Group to control its cost base flexibly and to react to events and market circumstances. Bonuses remain a key feature of remuneration practice in the highly competitive and mobile market for talent in the financial services sector. The Committee is careful to control the proportion of variable to fixed remuneration paid to individuals.
| ||
| ||
Bonus deferral levels are significantly in excess of PRA requirements.
| ||
| ||
The typical deferral structures include:
|
For MRTs: | For non-MRTs: | For Managing Directors in the Investment Bank: | ||||||||||||||
Incentive award |
Amount deferred | Incentive award |
Amount deferred |
Incentive award | Amount deferred | |||||||||||
< £500,000 | 40% | Up to £65,000 | 0% | All values | 100% | |||||||||||
³ £500,000 | 60% | > £65,000 | Graduated level of deferral |
Deferred bonuses are generally delivered in equal portions as deferred cash under the Cash Value Plan (CVP) and deferred shares under the Share Value Plan (SVP), each typically vesting in annual tranches over three years subject to the rules of the plans (as amended from time to time) and continued service.
| ||
| ||
Deferred bonuses are subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of deferred bonuses (including to nil) at its discretion. Events which may lead the Committee to do this include, but are not limited to, employee misconduct or a material failure of risk management.
| ||
| ||
Clawback applies to any variable remuneration awarded to a MRT on or after 1 January 2015 in respect of years for which they are a MRT. Barclays may apply clawback if, at any time during the seven year period from the date on which variable remuneration is awarded to a MRT: (i) there is reasonable evidence of employee misbehaviour or material error, and/or (ii) the firm or the business unit suffers a material failure of risk management, taking account of the individuals proximity to and responsibility for that incident.
| ||
Share plans |
Alignment of senior employees with shareholders is achieved through deferral of incentive pay into the SVP. We also encourage wider employee shareholding through the all employee share plans. 82% of the global employee population (excluding Africa) are eligible to participate.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 87 |
Governance: Remuneration report
2015 incentives
This section provides details of how 2015 total incentive award decisions were made.
2015 pay and performance headlines
The key performance considerations which the Committee took into account in making its remuneration decisions for 2015 are highlighted below:
§ | Group adjusted profit before tax was down 2% to £5,403m (2014: £5,502m) while the Investment Bank adjusted profit before tax was up 17% at £1,611m (2014: £1,377m) |
§ | Group statutory profit before tax was down 8% at £2,073m (2014: £2,256m) |
§ | the CET1 ratio was up to 11.4% (2014: 10.3%) |
§ | the leverage ratio was up to 4.5% (2014: 3.7%) |
§ | Balanced Scorecard progress has been made against the Balanced Scorecard in respect of 2018 targets. Full details of 2015 performance against the eight key measures within the Scorecard are set out on page 11. |
The pay outcomes and decisions can be summarised as follows:
§ | the Group compensation to adjusted net income ratio improved to 37.2% (2014: 37.7%). The Core compensation to adjusted net income ratio also improved to 34.7% (2014: 35.7%) |
§ | total compensation costs decreased 6% to £8,339m (2014: £8,891m). Total compensation costs in the Investment Bank were down 5% at £3,423m (2014: £3,620m) |
§ | total incentive awards granted were £1,669m, down 10% on 2014. Investment Bank incentive awards granted were £976m, down 7% on 2014 |
§ | there has been strong differentiation on the basis of individual performance to allow the Group to more effectively manage compensation costs |
§ | average value of incentive awards granted per Group employee is £12,900 (2014: £14,100) and the average value of incentive awards granted per Investment Bank employee is £46,500 (2014: £51,400) |
§ | levels of bonus deferral continue to significantly exceed the minimum requirements in the Remuneration part of the PRA Rulebook and are expected to remain among the highest deferral levels globally. 2015 bonuses awarded to Managing Directors in the Investment Bank were again 100% deferred. |
2015 pay Questions and answers
How do you justify a 2015 incentive pool of £1,669m?
The Committee remains focused on aligning pay to performance and setting pay at a level which is no more than necessary but is motivational to ensure that we accelerate the delivery of shareholder value.
In line with our financial performance, the final 2015 incentive pool at £1,669m is down 10% on 2014.
The following chart illustrates the reduction in variable remuneration over the period from 2010.
Barclays incentive pools
|
||
Notes a 2013 Investment Bank incentive pool has been restated from £1,574m to reflect the business reorganisation. The 2010, 2011 and 2012 Investment Bank incentive pools have not been restated. b Part of the reduction in incentive pools in 2014 was due to the introduction of Role Based Pay. |
88 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
What have you done in terms of conduct adjustments in 2015?
A key feature of our revised remuneration philosophy is the alignment of remuneration with risk appetite and with the conduct expectations of Barclays, our regulators and stakeholders. The Committee takes risk and conduct events very seriously and ensures that there are appropriate adjustments to individual remuneration and, where necessary, the incentive pool.
The Remuneration Review Panel, which reports to the Committee, supports the Committee in this process. The Panel is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and includes senior representatives from the key control functions of Risk, Compliance, Internal Audit, Legal and HR. It sets the policy and processes and is responsible for assessing and recommending to the Committee compensation adjustments for risk and conduct events.
We have a robust process for considering risk and conduct as part of individual performance management reviews with outcomes reflected in individual incentive decisions. When considering individual responsibility, a variety of factors are taken into account such as:
§ | whether the individual was solely responsible for the event or whether others were also responsible, if not directly involved, |
§ | whether the individual was aware (or could reasonably have been expected to be aware) of the failure, |
§ | whether the individual took or missed opportunities to take adequate steps to address the failure, and |
§ | whether the individual, by virtue of seniority, could be deemed indirectly responsible, including staff who drive the Groups culture and set its strategy. |
Individuals who were directly or indirectly accountable for an event have had their remuneration adjusted as appropriate. This includes reductions in current year bonus levels and reductions in vesting amounts of deferred awards through the application of malus. In addition, a number of employees have been terminated for responsibility and accountability for risk and conduct events resolved during the year. The Committee fully acknowledges the impact such risk and conduct events have on shareholders and believes it is wholly appropriate that this should be reflected in incentive decisions for those whose performance and conduct falls short of Barclays standards.
The Committee recognises that conduct events continue to weigh on Group performance, impacting profitability and returns, so in addition to reductions to individuals incentive outcomes, material adjustments have also been made to the incentive pool for conduct. These included, but were not limited to, the settlement reached with the New York State Department of Financial Services in respect of its investigation into electronic trading of Foreign Exchange, the settlements reached with the US Securities and Exchange Commission and New York State Attorney General in respect of those agencies investigations relating to the operation of LX (an alternative trading system), and the settlement reached with the FCA following an investigation into whether Barclays carried out the appropriate due diligence in connection with a transaction it executed in 2012.
The Committee also made a further adjustment in respect of the settlements reached with a number of authorities in May 2015 in relation to investigations into certain sales and trading practices in the Foreign Exchange market and the setting of the US Dollar ISDAFIX benchmark, over and above the substantial adjustments made in 2014 as part of the Committees prudent approach towards incentive funding. The Committee took a similar prudent approach in determining 2015 incentive funding.
The overall impact on the incentive pool resulting from both the direct financial impact on performance and the additional adjustments applied by the Committee is a reduction in excess of £600m.
We have also, in addition to the adjustment for specific risk and conduct issues, adjusted the incentive pool to take account of an overall assessment of a wide range of future risks (including Conduct), non-financial factors that can support the delivery of a strong conduct culture and other factors including reputation, impact on customers, markets and other stakeholders.
Total incentive awards granted current year and deferred (audited)
Barclays Group | Investment Bank | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Year ended 31.12.15 £m |
|
|
Year ended 31.12.14 £m |
|
% change | |
Year ended 31.12.15 £m |
|
|
Year ended 31.12.14 £m |
|
% change | |||||||||||
Total current year bonus | 839 | 885 | 5 | 367 | 381 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total deferred bonus | 661 | 757 | 13 | 579 | 634 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Bonus pool | 1,500 | 1,642 | 9 | 946 | 1,015 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commissions, commitments and other incentives | 169 | 218 | 22 | 30 | 38 | 21 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total incentive awards granted | 1,669 | 1,860 | 10 | 976 | 1,053 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Proportion of bonus that is deferred | 44% | 46% | 61% | 62% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total employees (full time equivalent) | 129,400 | 132,300 | 2 | 21,000 | 20,500 | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Average bonus per employee | £12,900 | £14,100 | 9 | £46,500 | £51,400 | 10 |
Deferral levels vary according to the incentive award quantum. With reductions in incentive award levels, this has reduced the proportion of the bonus that is deferred.
Deferred bonuses are delivered, subject to the rules, and only once an employee meets certain conditions, including continued service. This creates a timing difference between the communication of the bonus pool and the charges that appear in the income statement which are reconciled in the table below:
Reconciliation of total incentive awards granted to income statement charge (audited)
Barclays Group | Investment Bank | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Year ended 31.12.15 £m |
|
|
Year ended 31.12.14 £m |
|
% change |
|
Year ended 31.12.15 £m |
|
|
Year ended 31.12.14 £m |
|
% change | |||||||||||
Total incentive awards for 2015 | 1,669 | 1,860 | 10 | 976 | 1,053 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: deferred bonuses awarded in 2015 | (661 | ) | (757 | ) | 13 | (579 | ) | (634 | ) | 9 | ||||||||||||||
Add: current year charges for deferred bonuses from previous years | 874 | 1,067 | 18 | 736 | 854 | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||
Othera | 2 | (108 | ) | 51 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income statement charge for performance costs | 1,884 | 2,062 | 9 | 1,184 | 1,285 | 8 |
Note
a | Difference between incentive awards granted and income statement charge for commissions, commitments and other incentives |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 89 |
Governance: Remuneration report
2015 incentives
§ | Employees only become eligible to receive payment from a deferred bonus once all of the relevant conditions have been fulfilled, including the provision of services to the Group. |
§ | The income statement charge for performance costs reflects the charge for employees actual services provided to the Group during the relevant calendar year (including where those services fulfil conditions attached to previously deferred bonuses). It does not include charges for deferred bonuses where conditions have not been met. |
§ | As a consequence, the 2015 incentive awards granted decreased 10% compared to 2014, while the income statement charge for performance costs decreased by 9%. |
Income statement charge (audited)
Barclays Group | Investment Bank | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Year ended 31.12.15 £m |
|
|
Year ended 31.12.14 £m |
|
% change | |
Year ended 31.12.15 £m |
|
|
Year ended 31.12.14 £m |
|
% change | |||||||||||
Deferred bonus charge |
874 | 1,067 | 18 | 736 | 854 | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||
Current year bonus charges |
839 | 885 | 5 | 367 | 381 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commissions, commitments and other incentives |
171 | 110 | (55) | 81 | 50 | (62) | ||||||||||||||||||
Performance costs |
1,884 | 2,062 | 9 | 1,184 | 1,285 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Salariesa |
4,954 | 4,998 | 1 | 1,847 | 1,749 | (6) | ||||||||||||||||||
Social security costs |
594 | 659 | 10 | 248 | 268 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Post retirement benefitsb c |
545 | 624 | 13 | 112 | 120 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Allowances and trading incentives |
147 | 170 | 14 | 56 | 64 | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other compensation costs |
215 | 378 | 43 | (24) | 134 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total compensation costsd |
8,339 | 8,891 | 6 | 3,423 | 3,620 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other resourcing costs |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outsourcing |
1,034 | 1,055 | 2 | 15 | 9 | (67) | ||||||||||||||||||
Redundancy and restructuring |
134 | 358 | 63 | 84 | 239 | 65 | ||||||||||||||||||
Temporary staff costs |
697 | 530 | (32) | 248 | 176 | (41) | ||||||||||||||||||
Other |
185 | 171 | (8) | 51 | 42 | (22) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total other resourcing costs
|
2,050 | 2,114 | 3 | 398 | 466 | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total staff costs |
10,389 | 11,005 | 6 | 3,821 | 4,086 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Compensation as % of adjusted net income |
37.2% | 37.7% | 45.5% | 47.6% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Compensation as % of adjusted income |
34.0% | 34.6% | 45.2% | 47.7% |
Notes
a | Salaries include Role Based Pay and fixed pay allowances. |
b | Post retirement benefits charge includes £246m (2014: £242m) in respect of defined contribution schemes and £(130)m credit (2014: £382m) in respect of defined benefit schemes. |
c | 2015 post-retirement benefits have been adjusted to exclude the impact of a £429m (2014: nil) gain on valuation of a component of the defined benefit liability. Including the gain would result in a compensation: adjusted net income ratio of 35.3% and a compensation: adjusted income ratio of 32.3%. |
d | In addition, £236m of Group compensation (2014: £250m) was capitalised as internally generated software. |
§ | Total staff costs decreased 6% to £10,389m, principally reflecting a 9% decrease in performance costs and a 63% decrease in redundancy and restructuring charges. |
§ | Performance costs decreased 9%, reflecting a 18% decrease in the charges for deferred bonuses, a 5% decrease in the bonus charge partially offset by an increase in other performance charges. |
§ | Redundancy and restructuring charges decreased 63% to £134m, predominantly due to the non-recurrence of the 2014 restructuring costs in the Investment Bank. |
Deferred bonuses awarded are expected to be charged to the income statement in the years outlined in the table that follows.
90 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Year in which income statement charge is expected to be taken for deferred bonuses awarded to datea
Actual | Expectedb | |||||||||||||||
|
Year ended 31.12.14 £m |
|
|
Year ended 31.12.15 £m |
|
|
Year ended 31.12.16 £m |
|
|
2017 and beyond £m |
| |||||
Barclays Group | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred bonuses from 2012 and earlier bonus pools | 488 | 117 | 13 | | ||||||||||||
Deferred bonuses from 2013 bonus pool | 579 | 293 | 111 | 17 | ||||||||||||
Deferred bonuses from 2014 bonus pool | | 464 | 194 | 100 | ||||||||||||
Deferred bonuses from 2015 bonus pool | | | 370 | 247 | ||||||||||||
Income statement charge for deferred bonuses | 1,067 | 874 | 688 | 364 | ||||||||||||
Investment Bank | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred bonuses from 2012 and earlier bonus pools | 398 | 101 | 11 | | ||||||||||||
Deferred bonuses from 2013 bonus pool | 456 | 239 | 93 | 13 | ||||||||||||
Deferred bonuses from 2014 bonus pool | | 396 | 167 | 80 | ||||||||||||
Deferred bonuses from 2015 bonus pool | | | 341 | 217 | ||||||||||||
Income statement charge for deferred bonuses | 854 | 736 | 612 | 310 |
Bonus pool component | Expected grant date | Expected payment date(s)c | Year(s) in which income statement charge arisesd | |||
Current year cash bonus | § March 2016 |
§ March 2016 |
§ 2015 | |||
Current year share bonus | § March 2016 |
§ March 2016 |
§ 2015 | |||
Deferred cash bonus |
§ March 2016 |
§ March 2017 (33.3%) |
§ 2016 (48%) | |||
§ March 2018 (33.3%) |
§ 2017 (35%) | |||||
§ March 2019 (33.3%) |
§ 2018 (15%) | |||||
§ 2019 (2%) | ||||||
Deferred share bonus |
§ March 2016 |
§ March 2017 (33.3%) |
§ 2016 (48%) | |||
§ March 2018 (33.3%) |
§ 2017 (35%) | |||||
§ March 2019 (33.3%) |
§ 2018 (15%) | |||||
§ 2019 (2%) |
Notes
a | The actual amount charged and payments made are subject to all conditions being met prior to the expected payment date and will vary compared with the above expectation. In addition, employees receiving a deferred cash bonus may be awarded a service credit of 10% of the initial value of the award at the time that the final instalment is made, subject to continued employment. Dividend equivalent shares may also be awarded under SVP awards. |
b | Does not include the impact of grants which will be made in 2016 and 2017. |
c | Share awards may be subject to an additional holding period. |
d | The income statement charge is based on the period over which conditions are met. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 91 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
This section explains how our Directors remuneration policy was implemented during 2015.
Executive Directors
Executive Directors: Single total figure for 2015 remuneration (audited)
The following table shows a single total figure for 2015 remuneration in respect of qualifying service for each executive Director together with comparative figures for 2014.
|
Salary £000 |
|
|
Role Based Pay £000 |
|
|
Taxable benefits £000 |
|
Annual bonus £000 |
|
|
LTIP £000 |
|
|
Pension £000 |
|
Total £000 |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Antony Jenkinsa | 598 | 1,100 | 516 | 950 | 89 | 100 | 505 | 1,100 | 1,494 | 1,854 | 197 | 363 | 3,399 | 5,467 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria | 800 | 800 | 750 | 750 | 82 | 95 | 701 | 900 | | | 200 | 200 | 2,533 | 2,745 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jes Staleyb | 100 | | 96 | | 48 | | | | | | 33 | | 277 | |
Notes
a | The 2015 figures for Antony Jenkins relate to the period to 16 July 2015 when he ceased to be a Director, save in the case of the LTIP which relates to the whole performance period. Details of his leaving arrangements are provided on page 101. |
b | The 2015 figures for Jes Staley relate to the period from 1 December 2015 when he joined the Board as Group Chief Executive. |
John McFarlane was appointed Executive Chairman from 17 July 2015 pending the appointment of a new Group Chief Executive. At his request, he received no increase in fees. Details of his fees are provided on page 100. John McFarlane is not eligible to participate in Barclays cash, share or long-term incentive plans or pension plans.
Additional information in respect of each element of pay for the executive Directors (audited)
Salary
Jes Staley commenced employment as Group Chief Executive on 1 December 2015 on a salary of £1,200,000 per annum. Tushar Morzaria was paid a salary of £800,000 per annum as Group Finance Director. Antony Jenkins was paid a salary of £1,100,000 per annum.
Role Based Pay (RBP)
Executive Directors receive RBP which is delivered quarterly in shares, subject to a holding period with restrictions lifting over five years (20% each year). The value shown is of shares at the date awarded.
Taxable benefits
Taxable benefits include private medical cover, life and ill health income protection, tax advice, relocation, home leave related costs, car allowance, the use of a company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes and other benefits that are considered minor in nature.
Annual bonus
Annual bonuses are discretionary and are typically awarded in Q1 following the financial year to which they relate. The 2015 bonus awards reflect the Committees assessment of the extent to which the executive Directors achieved their Financial (50% weighting) and Balanced Scorecard (35% weighting) performance measures, and their personal objectives (15% weighting). More information on the performance measures and the outcomes for the 2015 bonuses is set out on pages 93 and 94. Jes Staley was not eligible for a 2015 bonus.
60% of each executive Directors 2015 bonus will be deferred in the form of a share award under the Share Value Plan vesting over three years with one third vesting each year. 20% will be paid in cash and 20% delivered in shares. All shares (whether deferred or not deferred) are subject to a further six month holding period from the point of release. 2015 bonuses are subject to clawback provisions and, additionally, unvested deferred 2015 bonuses are subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of deferred bonuses (including to nil).
LTIP
The LTIP amount included in Antony Jenkins 2015 single total figure is the value of the amount scheduled to be released in relation to the LTIP award granted in 2013 in respect of performance period 2013-2015. As Tushar Morzaria and Jes Staley were not participants in this cycle, the LTIP figure in the single figure table is shown as zero for them. Release is dependent on, amongst other things, performance over the period from 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2015. The performance achieved against the performance targets is as follows.
Performance measure |
Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | Actual | % of award vesting | |||||
Return on risk weighted assets (RoRWA) |
50% | 13% of award vests for average annual RoRWA of 1.1% | Average annual RoRWA of 1.6% | 0.21% | 0% | |||||
Loan loss rate |
30% | 10% of award vests for average annual loan loss rate of 75bps | Average annual loan loss rate of 60bps or below | 53bps | 30% | |||||
Balanced Scorecard |
20% | Performance against the Balanced Scorecard was assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 20%. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard has equal weighting. | See below | 9% | ||||||
Total |
39% |
92 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
A summary of the Committees assessment against the Balanced Scorecard performance measure over the three year performance period is provided below.
Category |
Performance | Vesting out of maximum 4% for each C | ||
Customer and Client |
The Customer and Client Relationship metrics remained stable at 4th place as a strong performance in corporate banking, combined with improvements in Barclaycard UK and Barclays current accounts, was offset by the impact of reshaping the Wealth business and competitive challenges in South Africa. The Client Franchise Rank remained stable at 5th place in challenging market conditions. | 2% | ||
Colleague |
There has been continued advancement towards Barclays 2018 gender goal of 26% women in senior leadership roles; at 23% by the end of 2015. Sustained Engagement is currently 75%, a positive result in light of the ongoing change the organisation has experienced in 2015. Further work is required to achieve the 2018 target. |
2% | ||
Citizenship |
In Citizenship Plan, 10 out of 11 metrics on target shows Barclays is having a positive impact on the communities in which it operates, with lending to households the only initiative to lose momentum primarily as a result of market and trading conditions. | 3% | ||
Conduct |
While Conduct reputation as measured by the YouGov survey improved over the period, the Committee nevertheless determined that, by reference to the material conduct events that crystallised during the performance period, nil vesting was appropriate. | 0% | ||
Company |
There has been a significant strengthening in the CET1 ratio, which is ahead of 2018 target, however work remains to deliver an acceptable return to shareholders, with adjusted RoE slightly down on 2014. | 2% | ||
Total |
9% |
The LTIP award is also subject to a discretionary underpin whereby the Committee must be satisfied with the underlying financial health of the Group based on profit before tax. The Committee was satisfied that this underpin was met, and accordingly determined that the award should be considered for release to the extent of 39% of the maximum number of shares under the total award. The shares are scheduled to be released in March 2016. After release, the shares are subject to an additional two year holding period.
Pension
Executive Directors are paid cash in lieu of pension contributions. This is market practice for senior executives in comparable roles.
2015 Annual bonus outcomes
The Committee considered each of the eligible executive Directors performance against the financial and non-financial measures which had been set to reflect the strategic priorities for 2015. Performance against their individual personal objectives (15% weighting overall) is assessed on an individual basis. The Committee may exercise its discretion to amend the formulaic outcome of assessment against the targets.
Financial (50% weighting)
The approach taken to assessing financial performance against each of the financial measures is based on a straight line outcome between 25% for threshold performance and 100% applicable to each measure for achievement of maximum performance.
The formulaic outcome from 2015 performance against the financial measures gave a total of 22.1% out of 50% being payable attributable to those measures. A summary of the assessment is provided in the following table.
Financial performance measure |
Weighting |
|
Threshold 25% |
|
|
Maximum 100% |
|
|
2015 Actual |
|
|
2015 Outcome |
| |||||||||
Adjusted profit before tax |
20% | £5,801m | £7,022m | £5,403m | 0.0% | |||||||||||||||||
Adjusted costs (ex CTA) |
10% | £16,780m | £15,182m | £16,205m | 5.2% | |||||||||||||||||
CET1 ratio |
10% | 10.47% | 11.34% | 11.4% | 10.0% | |||||||||||||||||
Leverage ratio |
10% | 4.17% | 4.72% | 4.5% | 6.9% | |||||||||||||||||
Total Financial |
50% | 22.1% |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 93 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Balanced Scorecard (35% weighting)
Progress in relation to each of the five Cs of the Balanced Scorecard was assessed by the Committee. The Committee took an approach based on a three-point scale in relation to each measure, with 0% to 3% for below target, 4% or 5% for a met target, and 6% or 7% for above target progress against a particular Balanced Scorecard component.
Based on this approach to assessing performance against 2015 Balanced Scorecard milestones, the Committee agreed a 15% outcome out of a maximum of 35%. A summary of the assessment is provided in the following table.
Balanced Scorecard 5 Cs |
Weighting | Metrica |
|
2015 Target |
|
|
2015 Actual |
|
2015 Assessment by the Committee |
2015 Outcome out of maximum 7% for each C | ||||||||
Customer and Client |
7% | PCB, Barclaycard and Africa Banking weighted Score v peer sets |
4th | 4th | Met target | |||||||||||||
4.0% | ||||||||||||||||||
Client Franchise Risk | 5th | 5th | Met target | |||||||||||||||
Colleague |
7% | Sustained engagement of colleagues score | 82-88% | 75% | Below target | 2.0% | ||||||||||||
% women in senior leadership | 23% | 23% | Met target | |||||||||||||||
Citizenship |
7% | Citizenship Plan initiatives | 11/11 | 10/11 | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
Conduct |
7% | Conduct Reputation (YouGov Survey) | 5.6/10 | 5.4/10 | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
Company |
7% | Adjusted return on equity | 5.9% | 4.9% | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
CET1 ratio | 11.0% | 11.4% | Above target | |||||||||||||||
Total Balanced Scorecard |
35% | 15.0% |
Note
a | Further details in respect of each metric can be found on pages 12 to 16. |
Individual outcomes including assessment of personal objectives
Performance against each of the executive Directors individual personal objectives (15% weighting overall) was assessed by the Committee on an individual basis.
(i) Antony Jenkins
A summary of the assessment for Antony Jenkins against his specific performance measures is provided in the following table.
Performance measure | Weighting | Outcome | ||||||||
Financial | See table on page 93 | 50% | 22.1% | |||||||
Balanced Scorecard 5Cs | See table above | 35% | 15.0% | |||||||
Personal objectives | Judgemental assessment see below | 15% | 11.0% | |||||||
Total | 100% | 48.1% | ||||||||
Final outcome approved by the Remuneration Committee | 48.1% |
The Committee determined at the time of his departure that he would remain eligible for a pro-rated 2015 bonus for the part of the year in which he was Group Chief Executive, subject to an assessment post year end of the relevant performance measures and the general discretion of the Committee. Although it was deemed the appropriate time for Barclays to change Group Chief Executive in mid-2015, the Committee recognised that during the first half of the year Antony Jenkins showed full commitment to continuing to embed a customer and client focused culture backed by the Barclays Values and to delivering on financial commitments with particular focus on capital accretion, reducing costs and continuing the rundown of Non-Core. He was also responsible for ensuring that the Conduct Risk Framework was embedded into the business. Given Antony Jenkins overall personal performance in the first half of the year, the Committee judged that 11% of a maximum of 15% was appropriate.
In aggregate, the performance assessment resulted in an overall formulaic outcome of 48.1% of maximum bonus opportunity being achieved. The resulting 2015 bonus, pro-rated for service, is £505,000.
(ii) Tushar Morzaria
A summary of the assessment for Tushar Morzaria against his specific performance measures is provided in the following table.
Performance measure | Weighting | Outcome | ||||||||
Financial | See table on page 93 | 50% | 22.1% | |||||||
Balanced Scorecard 5Cs | See table above | 35% | 15.0% | |||||||
Personal objectives | Judgemental assessment see below | 15% | 13.0% | |||||||
Total | 100% | 50.1% | ||||||||
Final outcome approved by the Remuneration Committee | 50.1% |
The Committee concluded that Tushar Morzaria had delivered a strong personal performance throughout the year, and noted that during the second half of the year (pending Jes Staleys arrival) this was achieved while discharging considerably increased executive responsibilities. During 2015, Tushar Morzaria continued to drive transformational change, encouraging focus on the simplification of the operating model, including improved process and technology. He managed external relationships very effectively, in particular with shareholders, investors and regulators. He personally worked hard on improving colleague engagement and diversity and actively participated in supporting and promoting Barclays Citizenship agenda. He has managed risk effectively and embedded a positive risk culture. He has also fully embedded the Conduct Risk Framework into the activities of Group Finance, Tax and Treasury. The Committee, in particular, recognised Tushar Morzarias role in the significant improvement in the Banks capital position and in driving further focus on close and effective cost management during 2015. Given this strong personal performance, the Committee judged that 13% of a maximum of 15% attributable to individual objectives was appropriate.
As a result, the formulaic outcome for Tushar Morzaria was 50.1% of maximum bonus opportunity. The resulting 2015 bonus is £701,000.
94 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Executive Directors: other LTIP awards
The Directors remuneration reporting regulations require inclusion in the single total figure of only the value of the LTIP awards whose last year of performance ends in the relevant financial year and whose vesting outcome is known. For 2015, this is the award to Antony Jenkins under the 2013-2015 LTIP cycle and further details are set out on page 92. This section sets out other LTIP cycles in which the executive Directors participate, the outcome of which remains dependent on future performance.
LTIP awards to be granted during 2016
The Committee decided to make an award under the 2016-2018 LTIP cycle to Tushar Morzaria with a face value at grant of 120% of his fixed pay at 31 December 2015. Jes Staley is not eligible for a grant under the 2016-2018 LTIP cycle.
The 2016-2018 LTIP award will be subject to the following performance measures.
Performance measure | Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | |||
Adjusted return on tangible equity (RoTE) |
25% | 6.25% of award vests for average adjusted RoTE of 7.5% | average adjusted RoTE of 10.0% | |||
CET1 ratio must remain at or above an acceptable level for any of this element to vest. The threshold will be reviewed and set annually based on market conditions and regulatory requirements (11% as at 31 December 2016). | ||||||
CET1 ratio as at 31 December 2018 |
25% | 6.25% of award vests for CET1 ratio of 11.6% | CET1 ratio of 12.7% | |||
Cost:income ratio | 20% | 5% of award vests for average cost:income ratio of 66% | average cost:income ratio of 58% | |||
Risk Scorecard | 15% | Performance against the Risk Scorecard is assessed by the Committee, with input from the Group Risk function, Board Risk Committee and Board Reputation Committee as appropriate, to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 15%. The Risk Scorecard measures performance against three broad categories Risk Profile (including Conduct), Control Environment and Risk Capability using a combination of quantitative and qualitative metrics. Specific targets within each of the categories are deemed to be commercially sensitive. Retrospective disclosure of performance will be made in the 2018 Remuneration report subject to commercial sensitivity no longer remaining. | ||||
Balanced Scorecard | 15% | Performance against the Balanced Scorecard is assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 15%. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard has equal weighting. Assessment will be made against progress towards the 2018 targets as set out on page 11. |
Straight line vesting applies between the threshold and maximum points in respect of the financial measures.
The award is subject to a discretionary underpin by which the Committee must be satisfied with the underlying financial health of the Group.
Outstanding LTIP awards
(i) LTIP awards granted during 2014
The performance measures for the awards made under the 2014-2016 LTIP cycle are shown below.
Performance measure | Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | |||
Return on risk weighted assets (RoRWA) |
50% | 23% of award vests for average annual RoRWA of 1.08% | Average annual RoRWA of 1.52% | |||
Loan loss rate | 20% | 7% of award vests for average annual loan loss rate of 70bps | Average annual loan loss rate of 55bps or below | |||
Balanced Scorecard | 30% | Performance against the Balanced Scorecard is assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 30%. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard has equal weighting. The targets within each of the 5Cs are deemed to be commercially sensitive. However, retrospective disclosure of the targets and performance against them will be made in the 2016 Remuneration report subject to commercial sensitivity no longer remaining. |
Straight line vesting applies between the threshold and maximum points in respect of the RoRWA and loan loss rate measures. If the Committee is satisfied with the underlying financial health of the Group based on profit before tax, depending on the extent of its satisfaction, the percentage of Barclays shares that may be considered for release by the Committee under the RoRWA measure can be increased or decreased by 10% of the total award, subject always to a maximum of 50% of the award. Performance outcome will be determined at the end of the performance period. For Antony Jenkins, the resulting number of shares will then be pro-rated to his termination date.
(ii) LTIP awards granted during 2015
Awards were made on 16 March 2015 under the 2015-2017 LTIP cycle at a share price on the date of grant of £2.535, in accordance with our remuneration policy to the executive Directors. This is the price used to calculate the face value below.
% of fixed pay | Number of shares | Face value at grant | Performance period | |||||||||||||
Antony Jenkins | 120% | 1,142,248 | £2,895,599 | 2015-2017 | ||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria | 120% | 828,402 | £2,099,999 | 2015-2017 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 95 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
The performance measures for the 2015-2017 LTIP awards are as follows:
Performance measure | Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | |||
Net generated equitya | 30% | 7.5% of award vests for Net Generated Equity of £1,363m | Net Generated Equity of £1,844m | |||
Core return on risk weighted assets (RoRWA) excluding own credit |
20% | 5% of award vests for average annual Core RoRWA of 1.34% | Average annual Core RoRWA of 1.81% | |||
Non-Core drag on adjusted return on equity (RoE) | 10% | 2.5% of award vests for Non-Core drag on adjusted RoE of 4.02%
|
Non-Core drag on adjusted RoE of 2.97% | |||
Loan loss rate | 10% | 2.5% of award vests for average annual loan loss rate of 70bps | Average annual loan loss rate of 55bps or below | |||
Balanced Scorecard | 30% | Performance against the Balanced Scorecard is assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 30%. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard has equal weighting. The targets within each of the 5Cs are deemed to be commercially sensitive. However, retrospective disclosure of the targets and performance against them will be made in the 2017 Remuneration report subject to commercial sensitivity no longer remaining. |
Note
a | Net generated equity is a metric which converts changes in the CET1 ratio into an absolute capital equivalent measure. For remuneration purposes, Net generated equity will exclude inorganic actions such as rights issues, as determined by the Committee. |
Straight line vesting applies between the threshold and maximum points in respect of the financial and risk measures. The award is subject to a discretionary underpin by which the Committee must be satisfied with the underlying financial health of the Group. For Antony Jenkins, the resulting number of shares will then be pro-rated to his termination date.
Executive Directors: pension (audited)
Jes Staley and Tushar Morzaria receive cash in lieu of pension. The 2015 cash in lieu of pension shown below for Jes Staley is for the period 1 December 2015 to 31 December 2015.
Antony Jenkins left the UK pension scheme in April 2012, and then started receiving cash in lieu of pension. He has benefits in both the final salary 1964 section and in the cash balance Afterwork section. The accrued pension shown below relates to his 1964 section pension only. The other pension entries relate to his benefits in both sections. Antony Jenkins ceased to be an executive Director on 16 July 2015. The 2015 cash in lieu of pension shown below is for the period 1 January 2015 to 16 July 2015.
|
Accrued pension at 31 December 2015 £000 |
|
|
Increase in value of accrued pension over year net of inflation £000 |
|
|
Normal retirement date |
|
|
Pension value in 2015 from DB Scheme £000 |
|
|
2015 Cash in lieu of pension £000 |
|
2015 Total £000 | |||||||
Antony Jenkins | 4 | 0 | 11 July 2021 | 0 | 197 | 197 | ||||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria | | | | 200 | 200 | |||||||||||||||||
Jes Staley | | | | 33 | 33 |
Executive Directors: Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2016
The introduction of new deferral and LTIP requirements in the Remuneration part of the PRA Rulebook and EBA Guidelines will require some structural changes as to how the approved Directors remuneration policy will be implemented in 2016. It is therefore our intent to consult with shareholders over proposed changes once formulated. This section explains how the approved Directors remuneration policy would be implemented in 2016 under the current framework.
Jes Staley | Tushar Morzaria | Comments | ||||||
Salary | £1,200,000 | £800,000 | No change from 2015. | |||||
RBP | £1,150,000 | £750,000 | Delivered quarterly in shares subject to a holding period with restrictions lifting over five years. No change from 2015. | |||||
Pension | 33% of salary | 25% of salary | Fixed cash allowance in lieu of participation in pension plan. No change from 2015. | |||||
Maximum bonus
|
80% of fixed pay
|
80% of fixed pay
|
Variable remuneration for the executive Directors is delivered through bonus and LTIP, both of which are currently deferred over three years. Variable remuneration for the 2016 performance year will be delivered in line with the requirements of the Remuneration part of the PRA Rulebook, including the vesting requirements. Awards under the LTIP will be delivered in shares. The performance and holding periods will be determined before the awards are made in Q1 2017. Vesting will be dependent on performance over the performance period and subject to a further holding period after vesting. | |||||
Maximum LTIP | 120% of fixed pay | 120% of fixed pay | ||||||
96 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Total Fixed Pay
The Directors remuneration policy sets out the policy on RBP for executive Directors. Following the EBA Guidelines, published in December 2015, and despite the formal power to reduce RBP in the Directors remuneration policy, the Committee has agreed, as they also did in 2015, that total fixed pay (salary and RBP elements) will not be reduced in 2016. The Committee will review the structure of RBP in light of the change in regulation and any changes will be reflected in the Directors remuneration policy which will be presented to shareholders for approval at the 2017 AGM.
Clawback and malus
Clawback applies to any variable remuneration awarded to the executive Directors on or after 1 January 2015. Barclays may apply clawback if at any time during the seven year period from the date on which any variable remuneration is awarded: (i) there is reasonable evidence of individual misbehaviour or material error, and/or (ii) the firm suffers a material failure of risk management, taking account of the individuals proximity to, and responsibility for, that incident. For variable remuneration awards granted to executive Directors in respect of 2016 onwards, the clawback period may be extended to 10 years in circumstances where the Company or a regulatory authority has commenced an investigation which could potentially lead to the application of clawback.
As set out in the Directors remuneration policy, malus provisions will continue to apply to unvested deferred awards.
Deferral
A seven year deferral period (with no vesting prior to the third anniversary of award, and vesting no faster than on a pro rata basis between the third and seventh year), will apply to any deferred variable remuneration awarded to the executive Directors in respect of the 2016 performance year onwards.
2016 Annual bonus performance measures
Performance measures with appropriately stretching targets have been selected to cover a range of financial and non-financial goals that support the key strategic objectives of the Company. The performance measures and weightings are shown below.
Financial (50% weighting) |
§ Adjusted profit before tax (20% weighting) | |
§ Adjusted costs (10% weighting) | ||
A performance target range has been set for each financial measure.
|
§ CET1 ratio (20% weighting) | |
Balanced Scorecard (35% weighting)
|
Progress towards the five year Balanced Scorecard targets will be assessed by the Committee at the year end. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard will have equal weighting
| |
Personal (15% weighting) |
The executive Directors have the following joint personal objectives for 2016: | |
§ structure the business effectively, ensuring it is focused on a sustainable core proposition with a simpler performing portfolio, with the majority of restructuring completed in 2016 | ||
§ make significant progress in exiting Non-Core by the end of 2016 | ||
§ deliver on financial commitments with particular focus on improvement in cost and productivity, as evidenced by an improved profit and a lower cost:income ratio | ||
§ manage risk and conduct effectively and make significant progress in ensuring that legacy events are both resolved expediently and not repeated. | ||
In addition, individual personal objectives for 2016 are as follows:
Jes Staley: | ||
§ implement the new management structure to support structural reform, including a new operating model designed to improve efficiency | ||
§ make substantive progress towards a higher performing culture in line with our Values, while strengthening employee engagement at all levels | ||
§ foster an externally focused and customer-centric culture. | ||
Tushar Morzaria: | ||
§ demonstrate effective management of external relationships and reputation | ||
§ strengthen the performance ethic and employee engagement in Group Finance, Tax and Treasury, while also improving productivity.
|
Detailed calibration of the Financial and Balanced Scorecard targets is commercially sensitive and it is not appropriate to disclose this information externally on a prospective basis. Disclosure of achievement against the targets will be made in the 2016 Annual Report subject to the targets no longer being commercially sensitive. The Committee may exercise its discretion to amend the formulaic outcome of assessment against the targets. Any exercise of discretion will be disclosed and explained.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 97 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Illustrative scenarios for executive Directors remuneration
The charts below show the potential value of the executive Directors 2016 remuneration in three scenarios: Minimum (i.e. fixed pay only), Maximum (i.e. fixed pay and the maximum variable pay that may be awarded) and Mid-point (i.e. fixed pay and 50% of the maximum variable pay that may be awarded). For the purposes of these charts, the value of benefits is based on an estimated annual value. The scenarios do not reflect share price movement between award and vesting. LTIP is included at face value; the amount received and included in the single total figure for remuneration will depend on performance over the performance period.
A significant proportion of the potential remuneration of the executive Directors is variable and is therefore performance related. It is also subject to deferral, malus and clawback.
Total remuneration opportunity: Group Chief Executive (£000) |
Total remuneration opportunity: Group Finance Director (£000) | |||
![]() |
![]() |
In the above illustrative scenarios, benefits include regular contractual benefits. Additional ad hoc benefits may arise, for example, overseas relocation of executive Directors, but will always be provided in line with the Directors remuneration policy.
Performance graph and table
The performance graph below illustrates the performance of Barclays over the financial years from 2009 to 2015 in terms of total shareholder return compared with that of the companies comprising the FTSE 100 index. The index has been selected because it represents a cross-section of leading UK companies.
98 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
In addition, the table below provides a summary of the total remuneration of the relevant Group Chief Executive over the same period as the previous graph. For the purpose of calculating the value of the remuneration of the Group Chief Executive, data has been collated on a basis consistent with the single figure methodology.
Year | 2009 | 2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | |
2015 |
|
2015 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Group Chief Executive | |
John Varley |
|
|
John Varley |
|
|
Bob Diamond |
|
|
Bob Diamonda |
|
|
Antony Jenkinsb |
|
|
Antony Jenkins |
|
|
Antony Jenkins |
|
|
Antony Jenkinsb |
|
|
John McFarlanec |
|
|
Jes Staleyd |
| ||||||||||
Group Chief Executive single figure of total remuneration £000s |
2,050 | 4,567 | 11,070e | 1,892 | 529 | 1,602 | 5,467f | 3,399 | 305 | 277 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Annual bonus against maximum opportunity % |
0% | 100% | 80% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 57% | 48% | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term incentive vesting against maximum opportunity % |
50% | 16% | N/Ag | 0% | N/Ag | N/Ag | 30% | 39% | N/Ag | N/Ag |
Notes
a | Bob Diamond left the Board on 3 July 2012. |
b | Antony Jenkins became Group Chief Executive on 30 August 2012 and left the Board on 16 July 2015. |
c | John McFarlane was Executive Chairman from 17 July 2015 to 30 November 2015. His fees, which remained unchanged, have been pro-rated for his time in the position. He was not eligible to receive a bonus or LTIP. |
d | Jes Staley became Group Chief Executive on 1 December 2015. |
e | This figure includes £5,745k tax equalisation as set out in the 2011 Remuneration report. Bob Diamond was tax equalised on tax above the UK rate where that could not be offset by a double tax treaty. |
f | Antony Jenkins 2014 pay is higher than in earlier years since he declined a bonus in 2012 and 2013 and did not have LTIP vesting in those years. |
g | Not a participant in a long-term incentive award which vested in the period. |
Percentage change in Group Chief Executives remuneration
The table below shows how the percentage change in the Group Chief Executives salary, benefits and bonus between 2014 and 2015 compares with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of pay for UK based employees.
Salary | Role Based Pay | Benefits | Annual bonus | |||||||||
Group Chief Executivea | 0.0% | 0.0% | 20.0%b | (15.6%) | ||||||||
Average based on UK employeesc | 3.0% | 12.2%d | 0.0% | (8.0%) |
Notes
a | The 2015 figures for the Group Chief Executive are based on former Group Chief Executive, Antony Jenkins, and are annualised in order to provide a meaningful comparison of the year on year change in remuneration for the Group Chief Executive and UK based employees. |
b | The percentage change in benefits for the Group Chief Executive represents an increase in the cost to Barclays of existing benefits. There was no change in actual benefit provision to the former Group Chief Executive from 2014 to 2015. |
c | Certain populations were excluded to enable a meaningful like for like comparison. |
d | The majority of the increase was due to the introduction of Role Based Pay to certain populations, including new MRTs required to comply with PRA/EBA requirements. |
We have chosen UK based employees as the comparator group as it is the most representative group for pay structure comparisons.
Relative importance of spend on pay
A year on year comparison of the relative importance of pay and distributions to shareholders is shown below. 2015 Group compensation costs have reduced by 6% and dividends to shareholders have increased 2% from 2014.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 99 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Chairman and non-executive Directors
Remuneration for non-executive Directors reflects their responsibilities and time commitment and the level of fees paid to non-executive Directors of comparable major UK companies.
Chairman and non-executive Directors: Single total figure for 2015 fees (audited)
Fees | Benefits | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2015 £000 |
|
|
2014 £000 |
|
|
2015 £000 |
|
|
2014 £000 |
|
|
2015 £000 |
|
|
2014 £000 |
| |||||||
Chairman | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
John McFarlanea | 628 | | 11 | | 639 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Sir David Walkerb | 285 | 750 | 6 | 19 | 291 | 769 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-executive Directors | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Ashley | 207 | 213 | | | 207 | 213 | ||||||||||||||||||
Tim Breedon | 232 | 240 | | | 232 | 240 | ||||||||||||||||||
Crawford Gilliesc | 178 | 91 | | | 178 | 91 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reuben Jeffery III | 135 | 160 | | | 135 | 160 | ||||||||||||||||||
Wendy Lucas-Bulld | 358 | 367 | | | 358 | 367 | ||||||||||||||||||
Dambisa Moyo | 152 | 151 | | | 152 | 151 | ||||||||||||||||||
Frits van Paasschen | 88 | 80 | | | 88 | 80 | ||||||||||||||||||
Sir Michael Rakee | 250 | 250 | | | 250 | 250 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diane de Saint Victor | 135 | 135 | | | 135 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diane Schuenemanf k | 74 | | | | 74 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Sir John Sunderlandg | 60 | 190 | | | 60 | 190 | ||||||||||||||||||
Steve Thiekeh k | 184 | 131 | | | 184 | 131 | ||||||||||||||||||
Fulvio Contii | | 37 | | | | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||
Simon Fraserj | | 47 | | | | 47 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 2,966 | 2,842 | 17 | 19 | 2,983 | 2,861 |
Non-executive Directors are reimbursed expenses that are incurred for business reasons. Any tax that arises on these reimbursed expenses is paid by Barclays.
The Chairman is provided with private medical cover and the use of a company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes.
Notes
a | John McFarlane joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 January 2015 and as Chairman from 24 April 2015. The total includes non-executive Director fees of £78,000 for the period from 1 January 2015 to 24 April 2015. |
b | Sir David Walker retired from the Board with effect from 23 April 2015. |
c | Crawford Gillies joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 May 2014. |
d | The 2014 figure has been updated to include fees received by Wendy Lucas-Bull for her role as Chairman of Barclays Africa Group Limited. The 2015 figure includes fees received by her in 2015 for that role. |
e | Sir Michael Rake retired from the Board with effect from 31 December 2015. |
f | Diane Schueneman joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 25 June 2015. |
g | Sir John Sunderland retired from the Board with effect from 23 April 2015. |
h | Steve Thieke joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 7 January 2014. |
i | Fulvio Conti retired from the Board with effect from 24 April 2014. |
j | Simon Fraser retired from the Board with effect from 24 April 2014. |
k | Diane Schueneman and Steve Thieke both served in 2015 on the US Governance Review Board, which is an advisory board set up as the forerunner of the board of our US intermediate holding company which will be established during 2016. The 2015 figures for Diane Schueneman and Steve Thieke include fees of $37,500 and $75,000 for these roles respectively. |
Chairman and non-executive Directors: Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2016
2016 fees, subject to annual review in line with policy, for the Chairman and non-executive Directors are shown below.
|
1 January 2016 £000 |
|
|
1 January 2015 £000 |
|
|
Percentage Increase |
| ||||
Chairmana | 800b | 750 | | |||||||||
Deputy Chairmana | 250 | 250 | 0 | |||||||||
Board member | 80 | 80 | 0 | |||||||||
Additional responsibilities | ||||||||||||
Senior Independent Director | 30 | 30 | 0 | |||||||||
Chairman of Board Audit or Board Remuneration Committee | 70 | 70 | 0 | |||||||||
Chairman of Board Risk Committee | 60 | 60 | 0 | |||||||||
Chairman of Board Reputation Committee | 50 | 50 | 0 | |||||||||
Membership of Board Audit or Board Remuneration Committee | 30 | 30 | 0 | |||||||||
Membership of Board Reputation or Board Risk Committee | 25 | 25 | 0 | |||||||||
Membership of Board Nominations Committee | 15 | 15 | 0 |
Notes
a | The Chairman and Deputy Chairman do not receive any other additional responsibility fees in addition to the Chairman and Deputy Chairman fees respectively. |
b | John McFarlane was appointed Chairman on 24 April 2015 on fees of £800,000. |
100 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Payments to former Directors
Former Group Chief Executive: Antony Jenkins
Antony Jenkins ceased to be Group Chief Executive on 16 July 2015. In accordance with his contractual entitlements, Antony Jenkins will receive base salary, RBP, benefits and pension until 7 July 2016 (the Termination Date). These payments are being made in instalments and are subject to mitigation in the event that Antony Jenkins brings his termination date forward.
The Committee carefully considered the circumstances of Antony Jenkins departure, taking into account his contribution in bringing the Group to a much stronger position during a difficult period for the Group. Against that background, the Committee agreed to exercise its discretion to treat Antony Jenkins as an eligible leaver for the purposes of his variable pay in accordance with the Directors remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM. The Committee agreed that:
§ | Antony Jenkins would remain eligible for an annual bonus in respect of 2015, pro-rated to 16 July 2015 |
§ | Antony Jenkins 260,355 deferred shares will be considered for release in full on the scheduled release dates. After release, the shares will be subject to an additional 6 month holding period |
§ | the unvested LTIP awards granted to Antony Jenkins in 2014 and 2015 will be considered for release on the scheduled release dates subject to achievement of the applicable performance measures and time pro-rated to the Termination Date. The maximum number of shares (subject to the achievement of the applicable performance measures) after reduction for time pro-rating are LTIP 2014-2016: 1,418,805 shares and LTIP 2015-2017: 475,937 shares. After vesting, the shares will be subject to an additional two year holding period |
§ | all outstanding unvested deferred awards are subject to malus provisions. |
The Company has paid £106k in respect of outplacement services and legal costs in connection with Antony Jenkins termination of employment in line with the approved Directors remuneration policy on terminations.
Former Group Finance Director: Chris Lucas
In 2015, Chris Lucas continued to be eligible to receive life assurance cover, private medical cover and payments under the Executive Income Protection Plan (EIPP). Full details of his eligibility under the EIPP were disclosed in the 2013 Directors Remuneration report (page 115 of the 2013 Annual Report). Chris Lucas did not receive any other payment or benefit in 2015.
Other policy information
Outside appointments
During the period while he was Executive Chairman, John McFarlane retained fees in respect of external directorships at Westfield Corporation Limited of $62k and at Old Oak Holdings Limited of £37k.
Directors shareholdings and share interests
Executive Directors shareholdings and share interests
The chart below shows the value of Barclays shares held beneficially by Jes Staley and Tushar Morzaria as at 26 February 2016 that count towards the shareholding requirement of, as a minimum, Barclays shares worth four times salary. The current executive Directors have five years from their respective date of appointment to meet this requirement. At close of business on 26 February 2016, the market value of Barclays ordinary shares was £1.6910.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 101 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
The table below shows shares owned beneficially by all the Directors and shares over which executive Directors hold awards which are subject to either deferral terms or performance measures. The shares shown below, that are subject to performance measures, are based on the maximum number of shares that may be released (before pro-rating for Antony Jenkins).
Interests in Barclays PLC shares (audited)
|
Total as at 31 December 2015 (or date |
|
||||||||||||||||||
Unvested | ||||||||||||||||||||
Owned outright | |
Subject to performance measures |
|
|
Not subject to performance measures |
|
|
of retirement from the Board, if earlier) |
|
|
Total as at 26 February 2016 |
| ||||||||
Executive Directors | ||||||||||||||||||||
Antony Jenkinsa | 5,540,236 | 4,579,983 | 260,355 | 10,380,574 | | |||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria | 931,310 | 2,204,213 | 741,829 | 3,877,352 | 3,877,352 | |||||||||||||||
Jes Staleyb | 2,812,997 | | 896,450 | 3,709,447 | 3,709,447 | |||||||||||||||
Chairman | ||||||||||||||||||||
John McFarlanec | 11,995 | | | 11,995 | 11,995 | |||||||||||||||
Sir David Walkerd | 151,455 | | | 151,455 | | |||||||||||||||
Non-executive Directors | ||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Ashley | 23,547 | | | 23,547 | 23,547 | |||||||||||||||
Tim Breedon | 19,196 | | | 19,196 | 19,196 | |||||||||||||||
Crawford Gillies | 58,856 | | | 58,856 | 58,856 | |||||||||||||||
Reuben Jeffery III | 184,988 | | | 184,988 | 184,988 | |||||||||||||||
Wendy Lucas-Bull | 14,672 | | | 14,672 | 14,672 | |||||||||||||||
Dambisa Moyo | 40,696 | | | 40,696 | 40,696 | |||||||||||||||
Frits van Paasschen | 17,184 | | | 17,184 | 17,184 | |||||||||||||||
Sir Michael Rakee | 75,670 | | | 75,670 | | |||||||||||||||
Diane de Saint Victor | 21,579 | | | 21,579 | 21,579 | |||||||||||||||
Diane Schuenemanf | 2,000 | | | 2,000 | 2,000 | |||||||||||||||
Sir John Sunderlandg | 139,081 | | | 139,081 | | |||||||||||||||
Steve Thieke | 23,123 | | | 23,123 | 23,123 | |||||||||||||||
Sir Gerry Grimstoneh | | | | | 97,045 |
Notes
a | Antony Jenkins left the Board with effect from 16 July 2015. |
b | Jes Staley joined the Board as Group Chief Executive with effect from 1 December 2015. |
c | John McFarlane joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 January 2015 and as Chairman with effect from 24 April 2015. He was Executive Chairman from 17 July 2015 to 30 November 2015. |
d | Sir David Walker retired from the Board with effect from 23 April 2015. |
e | Sir Michael Rake retired from the Board with effect from 31 December 2015. |
f | Diane Schueneman joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 25 June 2015. |
g | Sir John Sunderland retired from the Board with effect from 23 April 2015. |
h | Sir Gerry Grimstone joined the Board as Senior Independent Director and Deputy Chairman with effect from 1 January 2016. On appointment, he held 97,045 Barclays PLC shares. |
102 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Barclays Board Remuneration Committee
The Board Remuneration Committee is responsible for overseeing Barclays remuneration as described in more detail below.
Terms of Reference
The role of the Committee is to:
§ | set the overarching principles and parameters of remuneration policy across the Group |
§ | consider and approve the remuneration arrangements of the Chairman, the executive Directors, other senior executives and those employees whose total annual compensation exceeds an amount determined by the Committee from time to time (currently £2m or more) |
§ | exercise oversight for remuneration issues. |
The Committee also considers and approves buy-outs of forfeited rights for new hires of £2m or more, and packages on termination where the total discretionary value is £1m or more. It reviews the policy relating to all remuneration plans including pensions, and considers and approves measures to promote the alignment of the interests of shareholders and employees. It is also responsible for the selection and appointment of its independent remuneration adviser.
The Terms of Reference can be found at home.barclays/corporategovernance or from the Company Secretary on request.
Chairman and members
The Chairman and members of the Committee are as follows:
§ | Crawford Gillies, Committee member since 1 May 2014 and Chairman since 24 April 2015 |
§ | Tim Breedon, Committee member since 1 December 2012 |
§ | Steve Thieke, Committee member since 6 February 2014 |
§ | Dambisa Moyo, Committee member since 1 September 2015 |
Former Chairman and members
Members who left the Committee during 2015 were as follows:
§ | Sir John Sunderland, Committee member since 1 July 2005 and Committee Chairman from 24 July 2012 to 23 April 2015 |
§ | Sir David Walker, Committee member from 1 September 2012 to 23 April 2015 |
All current members are considered independent by the Board.
Remuneration Committee attendance in 2015
|
Number of meetings eligible to attend |
|
|
Number
of meetings attended |
| |||
Crawford Gillies | 7 | 7 | ||||||
Tim Breedon | 7 | 7 | ||||||
Steve Thieke | 7 | 7 | ||||||
Dambisa Moyo | 4 | 4 | ||||||
Sir John Sunderland | 1 | 1 | ||||||
Sir David Walker | 1 | 1 |
The performance of the Committee is reviewed each year as part of the Board Effectiveness Review. The December 2015 review concluded that Board members have confidence in the effectiveness of the Committee. Full details of the Board Effectiveness review can be found on page 64.
Advisers to the Remuneration Committee
During 2015, the Committee was advised by Towers Watson (now known as Willis Towers Watson). The Committee is satisfied that the advice provided by Towers Watson to the Committee is independent. Towers Watson is a signatory to, and its appointment as adviser to the Committee is conditional on adherence to, the voluntary UK Code of Conduct for executive remuneration consultants.
Towers Watsons work in 2015 included advising the Committee and providing the latest market data on compensation and trends when considering incentive levels and remuneration packages. A representative from Towers Watson attends Committee meetings. When requested by the Committee, Towers Watson is available to advise and meet with the Committee members separate from management.
Fees for Committee work are charged on a time/cost basis and Towers Watson was paid a total of £195,000 (excluding VAT) in fees for its advice to the Committee in 2015 relating to the executive Directors (either exclusively or along with other employees within the Committees Terms of Reference).
Towers Watson provides pensions advice, advice on health and benefits provision, assistance and technology support for employee surveys and performance management, and remuneration data to the Group. Towers Watson also provides pensions advice and administration services to the Barclays Bank UK Retirement Fund.
The Committee regularly reviews the objectivity and independence of the advice it receives from Towers Watson.
In the course of its deliberations, the Committee considers the views of the Group Chief Executive, Group Human Resources Director and the Group Reward and Performance Director. The Group Finance Director and Chief Risk Officer provide regular updates on Group and business financial performance and the Groups risk profile respectively.
No Barclays employee or Director participates in discussions with, or decisions of, the Committee relating to his or her own remuneration. No other advisers provided significant services to the Committee in the year.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 103 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Remuneration Committee activities in 2015
The following provides a summary of the Committees activities during 2015 and at the January and February 2016 meetings when 2015 remuneration decisions were finalised.
Meeting |
Fixed and variable pay issues | Governance, risk and other matters | ||||||
February 2015 |
§ |
Approved executive Directors and senior executives 2015 fixed pay |
§
§
§
§ |
Risk adjustment and malus review
Approved 2014 Remuneration report
Review of 2014 reward communications strategy
Finance and Risk updates | ||||
§ |
Approved 2015 executive Directors annual bonus performance measures |
|||||||
§ |
Approved group salary and RBP budgets for 2015 |
|||||||
§ |
Approved final 2014 incentive funding |
|||||||
§ |
Approved proposals for executive Directors and senior executives 2014 bonuses and 2015 LTIP awards for executive Directors
|
|||||||
May 2015 |
§ |
2015 early incentive funding projections |
§ |
Consideration of the outcomes of the 2014 Board Committees effectiveness review | ||||
§ |
Update on EBA consultation on draft revised remuneration guidelines | |||||||
§ |
Employee compensation adjustment review | |||||||
§ |
Barclays remuneration approach review | |||||||
July 2015 |
§ |
Review of Committee activity and Terms of Reference | ||||||
§ |
Consideration of process for appointment of Committees independent adviser from April 2016 | |||||||
§ |
Update on July 2014 PRA consultation and resulting changes to the Remuneration part of the PRA Rulebook | |||||||
§ |
Scope of remuneration philosophy review | |||||||
§ |
Employee compensation adjustment review | |||||||
October 2015 |
§ |
Approved Jes Staleys remuneration arrangements |
§ |
Remuneration philosophy review | ||||
(Two meetings)
|
||||||||
November 2015 |
§ |
2015 incentive funding projections |
§ |
Finance and Risk updates including ex ante risk adjustment | ||||
§ |
2016 LTIP performance measures |
§ |
Updates on headcount and attrition | |||||
§ |
2015 payround shareholder engagement planning | |||||||
§
|
Employee compensation adjustment review
| |||||||
December 2015 |
§ |
Initial considerations on senior executives 2016 fixed pay |
§ |
Review of draft 2015 Remuneration report | ||||
§ |
2015 incentive funding proposals and initial proposals for senior executives 2015 bonuses |
§
§
|
Finance and Risk updates including ex ante risk adjustment
Updates on headcount and attrition
| |||||
January 2016 |
§ |
2015 incentive funding proposals |
§
|
Finance and Risk updates | ||||
February 2016 (Two meetings) |
§ |
Approved executive Directors and senior executives 2016 fixed pay |
§
§
§
§ |
Approved 2015 Remuneration report
Finance and Risk updates including ex ante risk adjustment
Appointment of Committee independent adviser
Updates on headcount and attrition | ||||
§ |
Approved 2016 executive Directors annual bonus performance measures |
|||||||
§ |
Approved Group fixed pay budgets for 2016 |
|||||||
§ |
Approved final 2015 incentive funding |
|||||||
§ |
Approved proposals for executive Directors and senior executives 2015 bonuses and 2016 LTIP awards for executive Directors
|
Regular items: market and stakeholder updates including PRA/FCA, US Federal Reserve and other regulatory matters; updates from Remuneration Review Panel meetings; operation of the Committees Control Framework on hiring, retention and termination; and LTIP performance updates.
Statement of voting at Annual General Meeting
The table below shows the voting result in respect of our remuneration arrangements at the AGM held on 23 April 2015 and the last policy vote at the AGM held on 24 April 2014:
For % of votes cast Number |
Against % of votes cast Number |
Withheld Number | ||||
Advisory vote on the 2014 Remuneration report |
97.50% | 2.50% | ||||
11,385,216,004 | 291,926,107 | 63,613,057 | ||||
Binding vote on the Directors remuneration policy |
93.21% | 6.79% | ||||
9,936,116,114 | 723,914,712 | 154,598,278 |
104 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Governance: Remuneration report
Additional remuneration disclosures
This section contains voluntary disclosures about levels of remuneration for our eight most highly paid senior executive officers and levels of remuneration of employees in the Barclays Group.
2015 total remuneration of the eight highest paid senior executive officers below Board level
The table below shows remuneration for the eight highest paid senior executive officers below Board level who were Key Management Personnel in 2015.
Eight highest paid senior executive officers below Board level
|
1 2015 |
|
|
2 2015 |
|
|
3 2015 |
|
|
4 2015 |
|
|
5 2015 |
|
|
6 2015 |
|
|
7 2015 |
|
|
8 2015 |
| |||||||||
Fixed Pay (salary and RBP) |
3,150 | 1,500 | 1,700 | 1,300 | 2,050 | 1,192 | 878 | 661 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current year cash bonus |
| 600 | 320 | 320 | 100 | 140 | 180 | 204 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current year share bonus |
| 600 | 320 | 320 | 100 | 140 | 180 | 204 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred cash bonus |
3,150 | 900 | 480 | 480 | 150 | 210 | 270 | 306 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred share bonus |
3,150 | 900 | 480 | 480 | 150 | 210 | 270 | 306 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total remuneration |
9,450 | 4,500 | 3,300 | 2,900 | 2,550 | 1,892 | 1,778 | 1,681 |
Total remuneration of the employees in the Barclays Group
The table below shows the number of employees in the Barclays Group in 2014 and 2015 in bands by reference to total remuneration. Total remuneration comprises salary, RBP, other allowances, bonus and the value at award of LTIP awards.
Total remuneration of the employees in the Barclays Group
Number of employees | ||||||||
Remuneration band |
2015 | 2014 | ||||||
£0 to £25,000 |
71,886 | 72,262 | ||||||
£25,001 to £50,000 |
31,804 | 33,760 | ||||||
£50,001 to £100,000 |
21,196 | 20,491 | ||||||
£100,001 to £250,000 |
9,903 | 9,000 | ||||||
£250,001 to £500,000 |
2,266 | 2,323 | ||||||
£500,001 to £1,000,000 |
761 | 871 | ||||||
£1,000,001 to £2,500,000 |
268 | 301 | ||||||
£2,500,001 to £5,000,000 |
50 | 55 | ||||||
Above £5m |
5 | 3 |
Barclays is a global business. Of those employees earning above £1m in total remuneration for 2015 in the table above, 55% are based in the US, 34% in the UK, and 11% in the rest of the world.
The number of employees paid above £1m has reduced from 359 in 2014 to 323 in 2015.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 105 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Additional remuneration disclosures
Outstanding share plan and long-term incentive plan awards (audited)
Plan |
|
Number of shares under award at 1 January 2015 (maximum) |
|
|
Number of shares awarded in year (maximum) |
|
|
Market price on award date |
|
|
Number of shares released |
|
|
Market price on release date |
| |||||
Antony Jenkins |
||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays LTIP 2012-2014 |
1,139,217 | | £1.81 | 332,286 | £2.67 | |||||||||||||||
Barclays LTIP 2012-2014 |
1,371,280 | | £1.86 | 400,030 | £2.67 | |||||||||||||||
Barclays LTIP 2013-2015 |
1,545,995 | | £3.06 | | | |||||||||||||||
Barclays LTIP 2014-2016 |
1,891,740 | | £2.31 | | | |||||||||||||||
Barclays LTIP 2015-2017 |
| 1,142,248 | £2.54 | | | |||||||||||||||
Share Value Plan 2012 |
332,377 | | £2.53 | 332,377 | £2.54 | |||||||||||||||
Share Value Plan 2012 |
1,079,970 | | £1.86 | 1,079,970 | £2.54 | |||||||||||||||
Share Value Plan 2015 |
| 260,355 | £2.54 | | | |||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria |
||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays LTIP 2014-2016 |
1,375,811 | | £2.31 | | | |||||||||||||||
Barclays LTIP 2015-2017 |
| 828,402 | £2.54 | | | |||||||||||||||
Share Value Plan 2013 |
733,877 | | £2.51 | 411,437 | £2.54 | |||||||||||||||
Share Value Plan 2014 |
309,557 | | £2.31 | 103,185 | £2.54 | |||||||||||||||
Share Value Plan 2015 |
| 213,017 | £2.54 | | | |||||||||||||||
Jes Staley |
||||||||||||||||||||
Share Value Plan 2015 |
| 896,450 | £2.34 | | | |||||||||||||||
The interests shown in the table above are the maximum number of Barclays shares that may be received under each plan (before pro-rating for Antony Jenkins). Executive Directors do not pay for any share plan or long-term incentive plan awards. Antony Jenkins received 178,527 dividend shares from Share Value Plan (SVP) and LTIP awards and Tushar Morzaria received 19,669 dividend shares from SVP awards released in 2015.
The SVP 2015 award granted to Jes Staley was made in respect of awards he forfeited as a result of accepting employment at Barclays. This award was made in line with the Barclays recruitment policy and was made on no more favourable terms than those forfeited awards.
Outstanding Cash Value Plan (CVP) awards (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||
Plan |
|
Value under award at 1 January 2015 (maximum) £000 |
|
|
Value paid in year £000 |
|
|
Value under award at 31 December 2015 (maximum) £000 |
| |||||||||||
Antony Jenkins |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash Value Plan 2012 |
750 | 750 | |
A service credit was added, on the final vesting date, to the third and final vesting amount which, for the award shown, was 10% of the original award amount. Antony Jenkins received the CVP award as part of his 2011 bonus, which was awarded in respect of performance in his role as CEO of Retail and Business Banking.
106 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Number of shares lapsed in 2015 |
Number of shares under award at 31 December 2015 (maximum) |
Value of release £000 |
End of performance period or first scheduled release date |
Last scheduled release date | ||||||
806,931 | | 887 | | | ||||||
971,250 | | 1,068 | | | ||||||
| 1,545,995 | | 31/12/2015 | 14/03/2016 | ||||||
| 1,891,740 | | 31/12/2016 | 06/03/2017 | ||||||
| 1,142,248 | | 31/12/2017 | 05/03/2018 | ||||||
| | 844 | | | ||||||
| | 2,743 | | | ||||||
| 260,355 | | 14/03/2016 | 05/03/2018 | ||||||
| 1,375,811 | | 31/12/2016 | 06/03/2017 | ||||||
| 828,402 | | 31/12/2017 | 05/03/2018 | ||||||
| 322,440 | 1,045 | 17/03/2014 | 05/03/2018 | ||||||
| 206,372 | 262 | 16/03/2015 | 06/03/2017 | ||||||
| 213,017 | | 14/03/2016 | 05/03/2018 | ||||||
| 896,450 | | 14/03/2016 | 14/03/2016 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 107 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Directors remuneration policy (abridged)
Barclays forward looking remuneration policy for Directors was approved at the 2014 AGM held on 24 April 2014 and applies for three years from that date. The full policy can be found on pages 100 to 110 of the 2013 Annual Report or at home.barclays/annualreport. This section sets out an abridged version of the Directors remuneration policy and is provided for information only.
This remuneration policy sets out the framework for how the Committees remuneration strategy will be executed for the Directors over the three years beginning on the date of the 2014 AGM. This is to be achieved by having a remuneration policy that seeks to:
§ | provide an appropriate and competitive mix of fixed and variable pay which, through its short and long-term components, incentivises management and is aligned to shareholders; |
§ | provide direct line of sight with Barclays strategy through the incentive programmes; and |
§ | comply with and adapt to the changing regulatory landscape. |
Remuneration policy for executive Directors
Element and purpose | Operation | Maximum value and performance measures | ||
A. Fixed pay
|
||||
Salary To reward skills and experience appropriate for the role and provide the basis for a competitive remuneration package |
Salaries are determined with reference to market practice and market data (on which the Committee receives independent advice), and reflect individual experience and role.
Executive Directors salaries are benchmarked against comparable roles in the following banks: Bank of America, BBVA, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, JP Morgan, Lloyds, Morgan Stanley, RBS, Santander, Société Générale, Standard Chartered and UBS. The Committee may amend the list of comparator companies to ensure it remains relevant to Barclays or if circumstances make this necessary (for example, as a result of takeovers or mergers).
Salaries are reviewed annually and any changes are effective from 1 April in the financial year.
|
Salaries for executive Directors are set at a point within the benchmark range determined by the Committee taking into account their experience and performance. Increases for the current executive Directors over the policy period will be no more than local market employee increases other than in exceptional circumstances where the Committee judges that an increase is needed to bring an executive Directors salary into line with that of our competitors. In such circumstances Barclays would consult with its major shareholders.
| ||
Role Based Pay To enable competitive remuneration opportunity in recognition of the breadth and depth of the role |
Paid quarterly in shares which are subject to a holding period with restrictions lifting over five years (20% each year). As the executive Directors beneficially own the shares, they will be entitled to any dividends paid on those shares.
RBP will be reviewed and fixed annually and may be reduced or increased in certain circumstances. Any changes are effective from 1 January in the relevant financial year. |
The maximum RBP for executive Directors is set at £950,000 for the Group Chief Executive, Antony Jenkins, and £750,000 for the Group Finance Director, Tushar Morzaria. It is not pensionable (except where required under local law). These amounts may be reduced but are at the maxima and may not be increased above this level.
There are no performance measures.
| ||
Pension To enable executive Directors to build long-term retirement savings |
Executive Directors receive an annual cash allowance in lieu of participation in a pension arrangement. |
The maximum annual cash allowance is 33% of salary for the Group Chief Executive and 25% of salary for the Group Finance Director and any other executive Director.
| ||
Benefits To provide a competitive and cost effective benefits package appropriate to role and location |
Executive Directors benefits provision includes private medical cover, annual health check, life and ill health income protection, tax advice, car cash allowance, and use of a company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes.
Additional benefits may be offered that are minor in nature or are normal market practice in a country to which an executive Director relocates or from which an executive Director is recruited.
In addition to the above, if an executive Director were to relocate, additional support would be provided for a defined and limited period of time in line with Barclays general employee mobility policy including provision of temporary accommodation, payment of removal costs and relocation flights. Barclays will pay the executive Directors tax on the relocation costs but will not tax equalise and will also not pay the tax on his or her other employment income.
|
The maximum value of the benefit is determined by the nature of the benefit itself and costs of provision may depend on external factors, e.g. insurance costs. |
108 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Remuneration policy for executive Directors continued
Element and purpose | Operation | Maximum value and performance measures | ||
B. Variable Pay
|
||||
Annual bonus To reward delivery of short-term financial targets set each year, the individual performance of the executive Directors in achieving those targets, and their contribution to delivering Barclays strategic objectives
While financial objectives are important, the Balanced Scorecard (which also includes Group financial targets) plays a significant role in bonus determination, to ensure alignment with Barclays strategy
Deferred bonuses encourage long-term focus and retention. Delivery substantially or fully in shares with a holding period increases alignment with shareholders. Deferred bonuses are granted by the Committee (or an authorised sub-committee) at its discretion, subject to the relevant plan rules |
Determination of annual bonus Individual bonuses are discretionary and decisions are based on the Committees judgement of executive Directors performance in the year, measured against Group and personal objectives.
Delivery structure Executive Directors are Code Staff and their bonuses are therefore subject to deferral of at least the level applicable to all Code Staff, currently 40% (for bonuses of no more than £500,000) or 60% (for bonuses of more than £500,000). The Committee may choose to defer a greater proportion of any bonus awarded to an executive Director than the minimum required by the PRA Remuneration Code. At least half the non-deferred bonus is delivered in shares or share-linked instruments.
Deferred bonuses for executive Directors may be delivered in a combination of shares or other deferral instruments.
Participants may, at the Committees discretion, also receive the benefit of any dividends paid between the award date and the relevant release date in the form of dividend shares.
Operation of risk and conduct adjustment and malus Any bonus awarded will reflect appropriate reductions made to incentive pools in relation to risk events. Individual bonus decisions may also reflect appropriate reductions in relation to specific risk and conduct events.
All unvested deferred bonuses are subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of deferred bonuses (including to nil) for any reason. These include, but are not limited to:
§ A participant deliberately misleading Barclays, the market and/or shareholders in relation to the financial performance of the Barclays Group
§ A participant causing harm to Barclays reputation or where his/her actions have amounted to misconduct, incompetence or negligence
§ A material restatement of the financial statements of the Barclays Group or the Group or any business unit suffering a material down turn in its financial performance
§ A material failure of risk management in the Barclays Group
§ A significant deterioration in the financial health of the Barclays Group
Timing of receipt Non-deferred cash components of any bonus are paid following the performance year to which they relate, normally in February. Non-deferred share bonuses are awarded normally in March and are subject to a six-month holding period.
Deferred share bonuses normally vest in three equal portions over a minimum three-year period, subject to the provisions of the plan rules including continued employment and the malus provisions (as explained above). Should the deferred awards vest, the shares are subject to an additional six-month holding period (after payment of tax).
|
The maximum annual bonus opportunity is 80% of fixed pay.
The performance measures by which any executive Director bonuses are assessed include Group, business and personal measures, both financial and non-financial. Financial measures may include, but are not restricted to such measures as net income, adjusted profit before tax, return on equity, CET1 ratio and return on risk weighted assets. Non-financial measures are based on the Balanced Scorecard. Personal objectives may include key initiatives relating to the role of the Director or in support of Barclays strategic objectives. The Balanced Scorecard may be updated from time to time in line with the Groups strategy. In making its assessment of any bonus, the Committee will consider financial factors to guide 50% of the bonus opportunity, the Balanced Scorecard 35%, and personal objectives 15%. Any bonus is discretionary and any amount may be awarded from zero to the maximum value. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 109 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Directors remuneration policy (abridged)
Remuneration policy for executive Directors continued
Element and purpose | Operation | Maximum value and performance measures | ||
B. Variable Pay continued
|
||||
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) award To reward execution of Barclays strategy and growth in shareholder value over a multi-year period
Long-term performance measurement, holding periods and the malus provisions discourage excessive risk-taking and inappropriate behaviours, encourage a long-term view and align executive Directors interests with those of shareholders
Performance measures balance incentivising management to deliver strong risk-adjusted financial returns, and delivery of strategic progress as measured by the Balanced Scorecard. Delivery in shares with a further two-year holding period increases alignment with shareholders |
Determination of LTIP award LTIP awards are made by the Committee following discussion of recommendations made by the Chairman (for the Group Chief Executives LTIP award) and by the Group Chief Executive (for other executive Directors LTIP awards).
Delivery structure LTIP awards are granted subject to the plan rules and are satisfied in Barclays shares (although they may be satisfied in other instruments as may be required by regulation).
For each award, performance measures are set at grant and there is no retesting allowed of those conditions. The Committee has, within the parameters set out opposite, the flexibility to vary the weighting of performance measures and calibration for each award prior to its grant.
The Committee has discretion, and in line with the plan rules approved by shareholders, in exceptional circumstances to amend targets, measures, or number of awards if an event happens (for example, a major transaction) that, in the opinion of the Committee, causes the original targets or measures to be no longer appropriate or such adjustment to be reasonable. The Committee also has the discretion to reduce the vesting of any award if it deems that the outcome is not consistent with performance delivered, including to zero.
Participants may, at the Committees discretion, also receive the benefit of any dividends paid between the award date and the relevant release date in the form of dividend equivalents (cash or securities).
Operation of risk adjustment and malus The achievement of performance measures determines the extent to which LTIP awards will vest. Awards are also subject to malus provisions (as explained in the Annual bonus paragraphs above) which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of awards (including to nil).
Timing of receipt Barclays LTIP awards have a five-year period in total from grant to when all restrictions are lifted. This will include a minimum three-year vesting period and an additional two-year holding period once vested (after payment of tax)
|
The maximum annual LTIP award is 120% of fixed pay.
Vesting is dependent on performance measures and service.
Following determination of the financial measures applicable to an LTIP cycle, if the Committee is satisfied with the underlying financial health of the Barclays Group (based on profit before tax) it may, at its discretion, adjust the percentage of shares considered for release up or down by up to 10% (subject to the maximum % for the award calibrated against financial performance measures).
Performance measures will be based on financial performance (e.g. measured on return on risk weighted assets), risk metrics (e.g. measured by loan loss rate) and the Balanced Scorecard which also includes financial measures. The Committee has discretion to change the weightings but financial measures will be at least 50% and the Balanced Scorecard will be a maximum of 30%. The threshold level of performance for each performance measure will be disclosed annually as part of the implementation of remuneration report.
Straight line vesting applies between threshold and maximum for the financial and risk measures. |
110 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Remuneration policy for executive Directors continued
Element and purpose | Operation | Maximum value and performance measures | ||
C. Other
|
||||
All employee share plans To provide an opportunity for Directors to voluntarily invest in the Company |
Executive Directors are entitled to participate in:
(i) Barclays Sharesave under which they can make monthly savings over a period of three or five years linked to the grant of an option over Barclays shares which can be at a discount of up to 20% on the share price set at the start.
(ii) Barclays Sharepurchase under which they can make contributions (monthly or lump sum) out of pre-tax pay (if based in the United Kingdom) which are used to acquire Barclays shares. |
(i) Savings between £5 and the maximum set by Barclays (which will be no more than the HMRC maximum) per month. There are no performance measures.
(ii) Contributions of between £10 and the maximum set by Barclays (which will be no more than the HMRC maximum) per tax year which Barclays may match up to HMRC maximum (current match is £600). There are no performance measures.
| ||
Previous buy out awards | Tushar Morzaria currently holds an unvested buy-out award under the Barclays Joiners Share Value Plan which was granted to him in respect of awards he forfeited as a result of accepting employment at Barclays. This award was made in line with the Barclays recruitment policy.
|
The award was no more generous than and mirrored as far as possible the expected value and timing of vesting of the forfeited awards granted by JP Morgan.
| ||
Shareholding requirement To further enhance the alignment of shareholders and executive Directors interests in long-term value creation |
Executive Directors must build up a shareholding of 400% of salary over five years from the later of: (i) the introduction of the new requirement in 2013; and (ii) the date of appointment as executive Director. They have a reasonable period to build up to this requirement again if it is not met because of a share price fall.
Shares that count towards the requirement are beneficially owned shares including any vested share awards subject only to holding periods (including vested LTIPs, vested deferred share bonuses and RBP shares). Shares from unvested deferred share bonuses and unvested LTIPs do not count towards the requirement.
|
Barclays shares worth a minimum of 400% of salary must be held within five years. | ||
Outside appointments To encourage self-development and allow for the introduction of external insight and practice |
Executive Directors may accept one board appointment in another listed company.
Chairmans approval must be sought before accepting appointment. Fees may be retained by the executive Director. None of the executive Directors currently hold an outside appointment.
|
Not applicable. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 111 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Directors remuneration policy (abridged)
Notes to the table on pages 108 to 111:
Performance measures and targets
The Committee selected the relevant financial and risk based performance measures because they are key to the banks strategy and are important measures used by the executive Directors to oversee the direction of the business. The Balanced Scorecard has been selected as it demonstrates the performance and progress of Barclays as measured across the following dimensions (5Cs): Customers & Clients, Colleagues, Citizenship, Conduct and Company. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard will have equal weighting. All targets are set to be stretching but achievable and aligned to enhancing shareholder value.
The Committee is of the opinion that the performance targets for the annual bonus and Balanced Scorecard element of the LTIP are commercially sensitive in respect of the Company and that it would be detrimental to the interests of the Company to disclose them before the start of the relevant performance period. The performance against those measures will be disclosed after the end of the relevant financial year in that years remuneration report subject to the sensitivity no longer remaining.
Differences between the remuneration policy of the executive Directors and the policy for all employees of the Barclays Group
The structure of total remuneration packages for executive Directors and for the broader employee population is similar. Employees receive salary, pension and benefits and are eligible to be considered for a bonus and to participate in all employee share plans. The broader employee population typically does not have a contractual limit on the quantum of their remuneration and does not receive RBP which is paid only to some, but not all, Code Staff. Executive Director RBP is determined on a similar basis to other Code Staff.
The Committee approaches any salary increases for executive Directors by benchmarking against market data for named banks. Incremental annual salary increases remain more common among employees at less senior levels.
As with executive Directors, bonuses for the broader employee population are performance based. Bonuses for executive Directors and the broader employee population are subject to deferral requirements. Executive Directors and other Code Staff are subject to deferral at a minimum rate of 40% (for bonuses of no more than £500,000) or 60% (for bonuses of more than £500,000) but the Committee may choose to operate higher deferral rates. For non-Code Staff, bonuses in excess of £65,000 are subject to a graduated level of deferral. The terms of deferred bonus awards for executive Directors and the wider employee population are broadly the same, in particular the vesting of all deferred bonuses (subject to service and malus conditions).
The broader employee population is not eligible to participate in the Barclays LTIP.
How shareholder views and broader employee pay are taken into account by the Committee in setting policy and making remuneration decisions
We recognise that remuneration is an area of particular interest to shareholders and that in setting and considering changes to remuneration it is critical that we listen to and take into account their views. Accordingly, a series of meetings are held each year with major shareholders and shareholder representative groups (including the Association of British Insurers, National Association of Pension Funds and ISS). The Committee Chairman attends these meetings, accompanied by senior Barclays employees (including the Reward and Performance Director and the Company Secretary). The Committee notes that shareholder views on some matters are not always unanimous, but values the insight and engagement that these interactions and the expression of sometimes different views provide. This engagement is meaningful and helpful to the Committee in its work and contributes directly to the decisions made by the Committee.
The Committee takes account of the pay and employment conditions of the broader employee base when it considers the remuneration of the executive Directors. The Committee receives and reviews analysis of remuneration proposals for employees across all of the Groups businesses. This includes analysis by corporate grade and by performance rating and information on proposed bonuses and salary increases across the employee population and individual proposals for Code Staff and highly paid individuals. When the Committee considers executive Director remuneration, it therefore makes that consideration in the context of a detailed understanding of remuneration for the broader employee population and uses the all employee data to compare remuneration and ensure consistency throughout the Group. Employees are not consulted directly on the Directors remuneration policy.
112 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Executive Directors policy on recruitment
Element of remuneration | Commentary | Maximum value | ||
Salary | Determined by market conditions, market practice and ability to recruit.
For a newly appointed executive Director, whether through external recruitment or internal promotion, if their salary is at a level below the desired market level, the Committee retains the discretion to realign their salary over a transitional period which may mean that annualised salary increases for the new appointee are higher than that set out in the salary section of the remuneration policy.
|
In line with policy. | ||
Role Based Pay | Determined by role, market practice and ability to recruit. Percentage may decrease or increase in certain circumstances subject to maximum value.
|
100% of salary. | ||
Benefits | In line with policy.
|
In line with policy. | ||
Pension | In line with policy. | 33% of salary (Group Chief Executive), 25% of salary (Group Finance Director) and 25% if another executive Director is appointed.
| ||
Annual Bonus | In line with policy.
|
80% of fixed pay. | ||
Long Term Incentive Plan | In line with policy.
|
120% of fixed pay. | ||
Buy out | The Committee can consider buying out forfeited bonus opportunity or incentive awards that the new executive Director has forfeited as a result of accepting the appointment with Barclays, subject to proof of forfeiture where applicable.
As required by the PRA Remuneration Code, any award made to compensate for forfeited remuneration from the new executive Directors previous employment may not be more generous than, and must mirror as far as possible the expected value, timing and form of delivery, the terms of the forfeited remuneration and must be in the best long-term interests of Barclays. Barclays deferral policy shall however apply as a minimum to any buy out of annual bonus opportunity.
|
The value of any buy out is not included within the maximum incentive levels above since it relates to a buy out of forfeited bonus opportunity or incentive awards from a previous employer. |
Where a senior executive is promoted to the Board, his or her existing contractual commitments agreed prior to his or her appointment may still be honoured in accordance with the terms of the relevant commitment including vesting of any pre-existing deferred bonus or long-term incentive awards.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 113 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Directors remuneration policy (abridged)
Executive Directors policy on payment for loss of office (including a takeover)
The Committees approach to payments in the event of termination is to take account of the individual circumstances including the reason for termination, individual performance, contractual obligations and the terms of the deferred bonus plans and long-term incentive plans in which the executive Director participates.
Standard provision | Policy | Details | ||
Notice periods in executive Directors service contracts | 12 months notice from the Company.
6 months notice from the executive Director. |
Executive Directors may be required to work during the notice period or may be placed on garden leave or if not required to work the full notice period may be provided with pay in lieu of notice (subject to mitigation where relevant).
| ||
Pay during notice period or payment in lieu of notice per service contracts | 12 months salary payable and continuation of pension and other contractual benefits while an employee. | Payable in phased instalments (or lump sum) and subject to mitigation if paid in instalments and executive Director obtains alternative employment during the notice period or while on garden leave.
In the event of termination for gross misconduct neither notice nor payment in lieu of notice is given.
| ||
Treatment of Role Based Pay | Ceases to be payable from the executive Directors termination date. Therefore, RBP will be paid during any notice period and/or garden leave, but not where Barclays elects to make a payment in lieu of notice (unless otherwise required by local law). | Shares to be delivered on the next quarterly delivery date shall be pro rated for the number of days from the start of the relevant quarter to the termination date. Where Barclays elects to terminate the employment with immediate effect by making a payment in lieu of notice, the executive Director will not receive any shares that would otherwise have accrued during the period for which the payment in lieu is made (unless required otherwise by local law).
| ||
Treatment of annual bonus on termination | No automatic entitlement to bonus on termination, but may be considered at the Committees discretion and subject to performance measures being met and pro rated for service. No bonus would be payable in the case of gross misconduct or resignation.
|
|||
Treatment of unvested deferred bonus awards | Outstanding deferred bonus awards would lapse if the executive Director leaves by reason of resignation or termination for gross misconduct. However in the case of death or if the Director is an eligible leaver defined as leaving due to injury, disability or ill health, retirement, redundancy, the business or company which employs the executive Director ceasing to be part of the Group or in circumstances where Barclays terminates the employment (other than in cases of cause or gross misconduct), he or she would continue to be eligible to be considered for unvested portions of deferred awards, subject to the rules of the relevant plan unless the Committee determines otherwise in exceptional circumstances. Deferred awards are subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of deferred bonuses (including to nil).
In the event of a takeover or other major corporate event, the Committee has absolute discretion to determine whether all outstanding awards would vest early or whether they should continue in the same or revised form following the change of control. The Committee may also determine that participants may exchange existing awards for awards over shares in an acquiring company with the agreement of that company.
|
In an eligible leaver situation, deferred bonus awards may be considered for release in full on the scheduled release date unless the Committee determines otherwise in exceptional circumstances. After release, the awards may be subject to an additional holding period of six months. |
114 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Executive Directors policy on payment for loss of office (including a takeover) continued
Standard provision | Policy | Details | ||
Treatment of unvested awards under the LTIP |
Outstanding unvested awards under the LTIP would lapse if the executive Director leaves by reason of resignation or termination for gross misconduct. However, in line with the plan rules approved by shareholders, in the case of death or if the Director is an eligible leaver defined as leaving due to injury, disability or ill health, retirement, redundancy, the business or company which employs the executive Director ceasing to be part of the Group (or for any other reason if the Committee decides at its discretion), he or she would continue to be entitled to be considered for an award. Awards are also subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of awards (including to nil).
In the event of a takeover or other major corporate event (but excluding an internal reorganisation of the Group), the Committee has absolute discretion to determine whether all outstanding awards vest subject to the achievement of any performance conditions. The Committee has discretion to apply a pro rata reduction to reflect the unexpired part of the vesting period. The Committee may also determine that participants may exchange awards for awards over shares in an acquiring company with the agreement of that company. In the event of an internal reorganisation, the Committee may determine that outstanding awards will be exchanged for equivalent awards in another company.
|
In an eligible leaver situation, awards may be considered for release on the scheduled release date, pro rated for time and performance, subject to the Committees discretion to determine otherwise in exceptional circumstances. After release, the shares (net of deductions for tax) are subject to an additional holding period of two years. | ||
Repatriation | Except in a case of gross misconduct or resignation, where a Director has been relocated at the commencement of employment, the Company may pay for the Directors repatriation costs in line with Barclays general employee mobility policy including temporary accommodation, payment of removal costs and relocation flights. The company will pay the executive Directors tax on the relocation costs but will not tax equalise and will also not pay tax on his or her other income relating to the termination of employment.
|
|||
Other | Except in a case of gross misconduct or resignation, the Company may pay for the executive Directors legal fees and tax advice relating to the termination of employment and provide outplacement services. The Company may pay the executive Directors tax on these particular costs.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 115 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Directors remuneration policy (abridged)
Remuneration policy for non-executive Directors
Element and purpose |
Operation | |
Fees Reflect individual responsibilities and membership of Board Committees and are set to attract non-executive Directors who have relevant skills and experience to oversee the implementation of our strategy
|
The Chairman and Deputy Chairman are paid an all-inclusive fee for all Board responsibilities. The Chairman has a minimum time commitment equivalent to at least 80% of a full-time role. The other non-executive Directors receive a basic Board fee, with additional fees payable where individuals serve as a member or Chairman of a Committee of the Board.
Fees are reviewed each year by the Board as a whole against those for non-executive Directors in companies of similar scale and complexity. Fees were last increased in May 2011.
The first £30,000 (Chairman: first £100,000) after tax and national insurance contributions of each non-executive Directors basic fee is used to purchase Barclays shares which are retained on the non-executive Directors behalf until they retire from the Board.
| |
Benefits For Chairman only |
The Chairman is provided with private medical cover subject to the terms of the Barclays scheme rules from time to time, and is provided with the use of a Company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes.
No other non-executive Director receives any benefits from Barclays. Non-executive Directors are not eligible to join Barclays pension plans.
| |
Bonus and share plans |
Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in Barclays cash, share or long-term incentive plans.
| |
Notice and termination provisions |
Each non-executive Directors appointment is for an initial six year term, renewable for a single term of three years thereafter and subject to annual re-election by shareholders.
Notice period: Chairman: 12 months from the Company (six months from the Chairman). Non-executive Directors: six months from the Company (six months from the Non-executive Director).
Termination payment policy The Chairmans appointment may be terminated by Barclays on 12 months notice or immediately in which case 12 months fees and contractual benefits are payable in instalments at the times they would have been received had the appointment continued, but subject to mitigation if they were to obtain alternative employment. There are similar termination provisions for non-executive Directors based on six months fees. No continuing payments of fees (or benefits) are due if a non-executive Director is not re-elected by shareholders at the Barclays Annual General Meeting.
|
In accordance with the policy table above, any new Chairman and Deputy Chairman would be paid an all-inclusive fee only and any new non-executive Director would be paid a basic fee for their appointment as a Director, plus fees for their participation on and/or chairing of any Board committees, time apportioned in the first year as necessary. No sign-on payments are offered to non-executive Directors.
Discretion
In addition to the various operational discretions that the Committee can exercise in the performance of its duties (including those discretions set out in the Companys share plans), the Committee reserves the right to make either minor or administrative amendments to the policy to benefit its operation or to make more material amendments in order to comply with new laws, regulations and/or regulatory guidance. The Committee would only exercise this right if it believed it was in the best interests of the Company to do so and where it is not possible, practicable or proportionate to seek or await shareholder approval in General Meeting.
116 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Contents
The management of risk plays a central role in the execution of Barclays strategy and insight into the level of risk across businesses and portfolios and the material risks and uncertainties the Group face are key areas of management focus.
For a more detailed breakdown of our Risk performance and Risk management contents please see pages 126 and 143.
Barclays risk disclosures are located across the Annual Report and Barclays 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Annual Report | Pillar 3 Report | |||||||||||
Material existing and emerging risks | ||||||||||||
Insight into the level of risk across our business and portfolios, the material existing and emerging risks and uncertainties we face and the key areas of management focus. | § | Credit risk | 120 | n/a | ||||||||
§ | Market risk | 121 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Funding risk | 121 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Operational risk | 122 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Conduct risk | 124 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Material existing and emerging risks potentially impacting more than one Principal risk
|
125 | n/a | |||||||||
Risk management | ||||||||||||
Overview of Barclays approach to risk management. A more comprehensive overview together with more specific information on policies that the Group determines to be of particular significance in the current operating environment can be found in Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report or at home.barclays | § | Risk management strategy | 128 | 97 | ||||||||
§ | Governance structure | 128 | 97 | |||||||||
§ | Risk governance and assigning responsibilities | 130 | 100 | |||||||||
§ | Principal risks and Key risks | 131 | 101 | |||||||||
§ | Credit risk management | 132 | 107 | |||||||||
§ | Management of credit risk mitigation techniques and counterparty credit risk | n/a | 124 | |||||||||
§ | Market risk management | 134 | 128 | |||||||||
§ | Management of securitisation exposures | n/a | 139 | |||||||||
§ | Funding risk management | 136 | 147 | |||||||||
§ | Capital risk management | 136 | 150 | |||||||||
§ | Liquidity risk management | 138 | 148 | |||||||||
§ | Operational risk management | 139 | 143 | |||||||||
§ | Conduct risk management
|
141 | 152 | |||||||||
Risk performance | ||||||||||||
Credit risk: The risk of suffering financial loss should the Groups customers, clients or market counterparties fail to fulfil their contractual obligations to the Group. |
§ | Credit risk overview and summary of performance | 145 | 107 | ||||||||
§ | Analysis of the balance sheet | 145 | 39, 43 | |||||||||
§ | Maximum exposure and collateral and other credit enhancement held | 146 | 28, 41 | |||||||||
§ | The Groups approach to manage and represent credit quality | 148 | 42, 45 | |||||||||
§ | Loans and advances to customers and banks | 150 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of the concentration of credit risk | 151 | 35, 37 | |||||||||
§ | Group exposures to specific countries and industries | 152 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types | 155 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of loans on concession programmes | 164 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of problem loans | 167 | 57 | |||||||||
§ | Impairment
|
168 | 57 | |||||||||
Market risk: The risk of a reduction to earnings or capital due to volatility of trading book positions or as a consequence of running a banking book balance sheet and liquidity pools. |
§ | Market risk overview, measures in the Group and summary of performance |
172 | 72 | ||||||||
§ | Balance sheet view of trading and banking books | 173 | 73 | |||||||||
§ | Traded market risk | 174 | 74 | |||||||||
§ | Business scenario stresses | 175 | 75 | |||||||||
§ | Review of regulatory measures | 175 | 75 | |||||||||
§ | Non-traded market risk | 176 | 76 | |||||||||
§ | Foreign exchange risk | 178 | 79 | |||||||||
§ | Pension risk review | 179 | 80 | |||||||||
§ | Insurance risk review
|
180 | 81 | |||||||||
Funding risk Capital: The risk that the Group has insufficient capital resources. |
§ | Capital risk overview and summary of performance | 182 | n/a | ||||||||
§ | Regulatory minimum capital and leverage requirements | 182 | 8 | |||||||||
§ | Capital resources | 183 | 16 | |||||||||
§ | Leverage ratio requirements
|
186 | 26 | |||||||||
Funding risk Liquidity: The risk that the Group, although solvent, either does not have sufficient financial resources available to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due, or can secure such resources only at excessive cost. |
§ | Liquidity risk overview and summary of performance | 188 | n/a | ||||||||
§ | Liquidity risk stress testing | 188 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Liquidity pool | 191 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Funding structure and funding relationships | 192 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Wholesale funding | 193 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Term financing | 195 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Encumbrance | 195 | 158 | |||||||||
§ | Credit ratings | 199 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Liquidity management at Barclays Africa Group Limited | 200 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities
|
200 | n/a |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 117 |
Risk review
Contents
Annual Report | Pillar 3 Report | |||||||||||
Risk performance continued | ||||||||||||
Operational risk: Any instance where there is a potential or actual impact to the Group resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, or from an external event. The impacts to the Group can be financial, including losses or an unexpected financial gain, as well as non-financial such as customer detriment, reputational or regulatory consequences.
|
§ § |
Operational risk overview and summary of performance in the period Operational risk profile |
|
206 206 |
|
|
92 93, 94 |
| ||||
Conduct risk: The risk that detriment is caused to our customers, clients, counterparties or the Group because of inappropriate judgement in the execution of our business activities. |
§ § § § §
|
Conduct risk overview Reputation risk Summary of performance Salz recommendations Conduct reputation measure
|
|
208 208 208 209 209 |
|
|
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a |
| ||||
Supervision and regulation: The Groups operations, including its overseas offices, subsidiaries and associates, are subject to a significant body of rules and regulations that are a condition for authorisation to conduct banking and financial services business. |
§ | Supervision of the Group | 210 | n/a | ||||||||
§ | Global regulatory developments | 210 | 8 | |||||||||
§ | Influence of European legislation | 211 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | EU developments | 211 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Regulation in the UK | 212 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Resolution of UK banking groups | 212 | n/a | |||||||||
§ | Structural reform of banking groups | 213 | 8 | |||||||||
§ | Compensation schemes | 213 | 159 | |||||||||
§ | Regulation in the US | 214 | n/a | |||||||||
§
|
Regulation in Africa
|
215 | n/a | |||||||||
Pillar 3 Report |
||||||||||||
Contains extensive information on risk as well as capital management. | § | High level summary of risk and capital profile | n/a | 3 | ||||||||
§ | Notes on basis of preparation | n/a | 5 | |||||||||
§
|
Scope of application of Basel rules
|
n/a | 6 | |||||||||
Risk and capital position review: Provides a detailed breakdown of Barclays regulatory capital adequacy and how this relates to Barclays risk management. | § | Group capital resources, requirements and leverage | n/a | 15 | ||||||||
§ | Analysis of credit risk | n/a | 27 | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of counterparty credit risk | n/a | 63 | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of market risk | n/a | 71 | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of credit value adjustment | n/a | 81 | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of securitisation exposures | n/a | 82 | |||||||||
§ | Analysis of operational risk | n/a | 92 |
118 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 119 |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Material existing and emerging risks to the Groups future performance
120 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 121 |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Material existing and emerging risks to the Groups future performance
122 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 123 |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Material existing and emerging risks to the Groups future performance
124 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 125 |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Material existing and emerging risks to the Groups future performance
126 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk management
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 127 |
Risk review
Risk management
128 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Board oversight and flow of risk related information
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 129 |
Risk review
Risk management
Reporting and control
130 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 131 |
Risk review
Risk management
Credit risk management
Board oversight and flow of risk related information
Organisation and structure
132 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 133 |
Risk review
Risk management
Market risk management
Organisation and structure
134 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Overview of the business market risk control structure
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 135 |
Risk review
Risk management
Funding and capital risk management
136 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 137 |
Risk review
Risk management
Funding risk Liquidity
138 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk management
Operational risk management
Reporting and control
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 139 |
Risk review
Risk management
Operational risk management
140 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk management
Conduct risk management
Organisation and structure
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 141 |
Risk review
Risk management
Conduct risk management
142 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk performance
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 143 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
144 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 145 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Maximum exposure and effects of collateral and other credit enhancements (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maximum | Netting |
|
Collateral |
|
Risk | Net | ||||||||||||||||||
exposure | and set-off | Cash | Non-cash | transfer | exposure | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 49,711 | | | | | 49,711 | ||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks | 1,011 | | | | | 1,011 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 45,576 | | | | | 45,576 | ||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans | 2,474 | | | (607) | (1) | 1,866 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets | 48,050 | | | (607) | (1) | 47,442 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances | 17,913 | | (21) | (5,850) | (515) | 11,527 | ||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 1,383 | | | | | 1,383 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreementsa | 49,513 | | (315) | (49,027) | | 171 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets | 375 | | | | | 375 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets designated at fair value | 69,184 | | (336) | (54,877) | (515) | 13,456 | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 327,709 | (259,582) | (34,918) | (7,484) | (5,529) | 20,196 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks | 41,349 | | (4) | (4,072) | (64) | 37,209 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans | 155,863 | | (221) | (154,355) | (634) | 653 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending | 67,840 | (12) | (1,076) | (14,512) | (1,761) | 50,479 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans | 175,514 | (8,399) | (593) | (45,788) | (4,401) | 116,333 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances to customers | 399,217 | (8,411) | (1,890) | (214,655) | (6,796) | 167,465 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 28,187 | | (166) | (27,619) | | 402 | ||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale debt securities | 89,278 | | | (832) | (811) | 87,635 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 1,410 | | | | | 1,410 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | 1,055,106 | (267,993) | (37,314) | (310,146) | (13,716) | 425,937 | ||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities | 20,576 | | (604) | (1,408) | (104) | 18,460 | ||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions | 845 | | (33) | (57) | (3) | 752 | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreementsb | 93 | | | (91) | | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 281,369 | | (313) | (24,156) | (662) | 256,238 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet | 302,883 | | (950) | (25,712) | (769) | 275,452 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 1,357,989 | (267,993) | (38,264) | (335,858) | (14,485) | 701,389 |
Notes
a | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
b | Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements were previously disclosed as loan commitments. Following the business designation of reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements at fair value through profit and loss, new forward starting reverse repurchase agreements are within the scope of IAS 39 and are recognised as derivatives on the balance sheet. |
146 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Maximum exposure and effects of collateral and other credit enhancements (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maximum | Netting |
|
Collateral |
|
Risk | Net | ||||||||||||||||||
exposure | and set-off | Cash | Non-cash | transfer | exposure | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 39,695 | | | | | 39,695 | ||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks | 1,210 | | | | | 1,210 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 65,997 | | | | | 65,997 | ||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans | 2,693 | | | | | 2,693 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets | 68,690 | | | | | 68,690 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances | 20,198 | | (48) | (6,657) | (291) | 13,202 | ||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 4,448 | | | | | 4,448 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | 5,236 | | | (4,803) | | 433 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets | 469 | | | | | 469 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets designated at fair value | 30,351 | | (48) | (11,460) | (291) | 18,552 | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 439,909 | (353,631) | (44,047) | (8,231) | (6,653) | 27,347 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks | 42,111 | (1,012) | | (3,858) | (176) | 37,065 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans | 166,974 | | (274) | (164,389) | (815) | 1,496 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending | 69,022 | | (954) | (16,433) | (1,896) | 49,739 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans | 191,771 | (9,162) | (620) | (40,201) | (5,122) | 136,666 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances to customers | 427,767 | (9,162) | (1,848) | (221,023) | (7,833) | 187,901 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 131,753 | | | (130,135) | | 1,618 | ||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale debt securities | 85,539 | | | (938) | (432) | 84,169 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 1,680 | | | | | 1,680 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | 1,268,705 | (363,805) | (45,943) | (375,645) | (15,385) | 467,927 | ||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities | 21,263 | | (781) | (848) | (270) | 19,364 | ||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions | 1,091 | | (6) | (8) | (3) | 1,074 | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements | 13,856 | | | (13,841) | | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 276,315 | | (457) | (17,385) | (793) | 257,680 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet | 312,525 | | (1,244) | (32,082) | (1,066) | 278,133 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 1,581,230 | (363,805) | (47,187) | (407,727) | (16,451) | 746,060 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 147 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
The Groups approach to managing and representing credit quality
Asset credit quality
All loans and advances are categorised as either neither past due nor impaired, past due but not impaired, or past due and impaired, which includes restructured loans. For the purposes of the disclosures in the balance sheet credit quality section below and the analysis of loans and advances and impairment section on page 150:
§ | a loan is considered past due when the borrower has failed to make a payment when due under the terms of the loan contract |
§ | the impairment allowance includes allowances against financial assets that have been individually impaired and those subject to collective impairment |
§ | loans neither past due nor impaired consist predominantly of wholesale and retail loans that are performing. These loans, although unimpaired, may carry an unidentified impairment |
§ | loans that are past due but not impaired consist predominantly of wholesale loans that are past due but individually assessed as not being impaired. These loans, although individually assessed as unimpaired, may carry an unidentified impairment provision |
§ | impaired loans that are individually assessed consist predominantly of wholesale loans that are past due and for which an individual allowance has been raised |
§ | impaired loans that are collectively assessed consist predominantly of retail loans that are one day or more past due for which a collective allowance is raised. Wholesale loans that are past due, individually assessed as unimpaired, but which carry an unidentified impairment provision, are excluded from this category. |
Home loans, unsecured loans and credit card receivables that are subject to forbearance in the retail portfolios are included in the collectively assessed impaired loans column in the tables in the analysis of loans and advances and impairment section (page 150). Included within wholesale loans that are designated as neither past due nor impaired is a portion of loans that have been subject to forbearance or similar strategies as part of the Groups ongoing relationship with clients. The loans will have an internal rating reflective of the level of risk to which the Group is exposed, bearing in mind the circumstances of the forbearance, the overall performance and prospects of the client. Loans on forbearance programmes will typically, but not always, attract a higher risk rating than similar loans which are not. A portion of wholesale loans under forbearance is included in the past due but not impaired column, although not all loans subject to forbearance are necessarily impaired or past due. Where wholesale loans under forbearance have been impaired, these form part of individually assessed impaired loans.
The Group uses the following internal measures to determine credit quality for loans that are performing:
Default Grade | |
Retail lending Probability of default |
|
|
Wholesale lending Probability of default |
|
|
Credit Quality description |
| |||
1-3 | 0.0-0.60% | 0.0-0.05% | Strong | |||||||||
4-5 | 0.05-0.15% | |||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15-0.30% | |||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30-0.60% | |||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60-10.00% | 0.60-2.15% | Satisfactory | |||||||||
15-19 | 2.15-11.35% | |||||||||||
20-21 | 10.00%+ | 11.35%+ | Higher risk |
For loans that are performing, these descriptions can be summarised as follows:
Strong: there is a very high likelihood of the asset being recovered in full.
Satisfactory: while there is a high likelihood that the asset will be recovered and therefore, of no cause for concern to the Group, the asset may not be collateralised, or may relate to retail facilities, such as credit card balances and unsecured loans, which have been classified as satisfactory, regardless of the fact that the output of internal grading models may have indicated a higher classification. At the lower end of this grade there are customers that are being more carefully monitored, for example, corporate customers which are indicating some evidence of deterioration, mortgages with a high loan to value, and unsecured retail loans operating outside normal product guidelines.
Higher risk: there is concern over the obligors ability to make payments when due. However, these have not yet converted to actual delinquency. There may also be doubts over the value of collateral or security provided. However, the borrower or counterparty is continuing to make payments when due and is expected to settle all outstanding amounts of principal and interest.
Loans that are past due are monitored closely, with impairment allowances raised as appropriate and in line with the Groups impairment policies. These loans are all considered higher risk for the purpose of this analysis of credit quality.
Debt securities
For assets held at fair value, the carrying value on the balance sheet will include, among other things, the credit risk of the issuer. Most listed and some unlisted securities are rated by external rating agencies. The Group mainly uses external credit ratings provided by Standard & Poors, Fitch or Moodys. Where such ratings are not available or are not current, the Group will use its own internal ratings for the securities.
Balance sheet credit quality
The following tables present the credit quality of Group assets exposed to credit risk.
Overview
As at 31 December 2015, the ratio of the Groups assets classified as strong remained broadly stable at 85% (2014: 84%) of total assets exposed to credit risk.
Traded assets remained mostly investment grade with the following proportions being categorised as strong: 96% (2014: 94%) of total derivative financial instruments, 95% (2014: 91%) of debt securities held for trading and 99% (2014: 98%) of debt securities held as available for sale. The credit quality of counterparties to reverse repurchase agreements held at amortised cost, and designated at fair value categorised as strong was 83% (2014: 78%). The credit risk of these assets is significantly reduced as balances are largely collateralised.
148 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
In the loan portfolios, 89% of home loans (2014: 86%) to customers are measured as strong. The majority of credit card, unsecured and other retail lending remained satisfactory, reflecting the unsecured nature of a significant proportion of the balance, comprising 76% (2014: 71%) of the total. The credit quality profile of the Groups wholesale lending remained stable with counterparties rated strong at 72% (2014: 72%).
Further analysis of debt securities by issuer and issuer type and netting and collateral arrangements on derivative financial instruments is presented on pages 162 and 163 respectively.
Balance sheet credit quality (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Strong (including investment grade) £m |
|
|
Satisfactory (BB+ to B) £m |
|
|
Higher risk (B- and below) £m |
|
|
Maximum exposure to credit risk £m |
|
|
Strong (including investment grade) % |
|
|
Satisfactory (BB+ to B) % |
|
|
Higher risk (B- and below) % |
|
|
Maximum exposure to credit risk % |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
49,711 | | | 49,711 | 100 | 0 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
922 | 62 | 27 | 1,011 | 91 | 6 | 3 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
43,118 | 2,217 | 241 | 45,576 | 95 | 5 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans |
329 | 1,880 | 265 | 2,474 | 13 | 76 | 11 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets |
43,447 | 4,097 | 506 | 48,050 | 90 | 9 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances |
16,751 | 790 | 372 | 17,913 | 94 | 4 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
1,378 | 3 | 2 | 1,383 | 100 | 0 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendinga |
41,145 | 8,352 | 16 | 49,513 | 83 | 17 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets |
313 | 62 | | 375 | 83 | 17 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets designated at fair value |
59,587 | 9,207 | 390 | 69,184 | 86 | 13 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
313,114 | 13,270 | 1,325 | 327,709 | 96 | 4 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
39,059 | 1,163 | 1,127 | 41,349 | 94 | 3 | 3 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
139,252 | 9,704 | 6,907 | 155,863 | 89 | 6 | 5 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
12,347 | 51,294 | 4,199 | 67,840 | 18 | 76 | 6 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
125,743 | 39,600 | 10,171 | 175,514 | 72 | 22 | 6 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances to customers |
277,342 | 100,598 | 21,277 | 399,217 | 70 | 25 | 5 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
23,040 | 5,147 | | 28,187 | 82 | 18 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale debt securities |
88,536 | 632 | 110 | 89,278 | 99 | 1 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
1,142 | 233 | 35 | 1,410 | 81 | 17 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
895,900 | 134,409 | 24,797 | 1,055,106 | 85 | 13 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
39,695 | | | 39,695 | 100 | 0 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
1,134 | 47 | 29 | 1,210 | 94 | 4 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
60,290 | 5,202 | 505 | 65,997 | 91 | 8 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans |
446 | 1,935 | 312 | 2,693 | 16 | 72 | 12 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets |
60,736 | 7,137 | 817 | 68,690 | 89 | 10 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances |
18,544 | 844 | 810 | 20,198 | 92 | 4 | 4 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
4,316 | 130 | 2 | 4,448 | 97 | 3 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
4,876 | 346 | 14 | 5,236 | 93 | 7 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets |
269 | 168 | 32 | 469 | 57 | 36 | 7 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets designated at fair value |
28,005 | 1,488 | 858 | 30,351 | 92 | 5 | 3 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
414,980 | 24,387 | 542 | 439,909 | 94 | 6 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
39,453 | 1,651 | 1,007 | 42,111 | 94 | 4 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
143,700 | 13,900 | 9,374 | 166,974 | 86 | 8 | 6 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
15,369 | 49,255 | 4,398 | 69,022 | 23 | 71 | 6 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
137,102 | 42,483 | 12,186 | 191,771 | 72 | 22 | 6 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances to customers |
296,171 | 105,638 | 25,958 | 427,767 | 69 | 25 | 6 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
102,609 | 29,142 | 2 | 131,753 | 78 | 22 | 0 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale debt securities |
84,405 | 498 | 636 | 85,539 | 98 | 1 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
1,336 | 282 | 62 | 1,680 | 79 | 17 | 4 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,068,524 | 170,270 | 29,911 | 1,268,705 | 84 | 13 | 3 | 100 |
Note
a | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 149 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
As the principal source of credit risk to the Group, loans and advances to customers and banks is analysed in detail below:
Loans and advances to customers and banks
Analysis of loans and advances and impairment to customers and banks |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross L&A £m |
|
|
Impairment allowance £m |
|
|
L&A net of impairment £m |
|
|
Credit risk loans £m |
|
|
CRLs % of gross L&A % |
|
|
Loan impairment chargesa £m |
|
|
Loan loss rates bps |
| ||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
137,212 | 713 | 136,499 | 1,591 | 1.2 | 199 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
17,412 | 539 | 16,873 | 859 | 4.9 | 273 | 157 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
43,346 | 1,835 | 41,511 | 1,601 | 3.7 | 1,251 | 289 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core |
197,970 | 3,087 | 194,883 | 4,051 | 2.0 | 1,723 | 87 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
11,610 | 369 | 11,241 | 845 | 7.3 | 85 | 73 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Group Retail |
209,580 | 3,456 | 206,124 | 4,896 | 2.3 | 1,808 | 86 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
92,321 | 83 | 92,238 | 241 | 0.3 | 47 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
87,855 | 914 | 86,941 | 1,794 | 2.0 | 182 | 21 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
14,955 | 235 | 14,720 | 541 | 3.6 | 80 | 53 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office and Other Operations |
5,922 | | 5,922 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core |
201,053 | 1,232 | 199,821 | 2,576 | 1.3 | 309 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
34,854 | 233 | 34,621 | 345 | 1.0 | (20 | ) | (6 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total Group Wholesale |
235,907 | 1,465 | 234,442 | 2,921 | 1.2 | 289 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Group Total |
445,487 | 4,921 | 440,566 | 7,817 | 1.8 | 2,097 | 47 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans |
2,474 | n/a | 2,474 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances designated at fair value |
17,913 | n/a | 17,913 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances held at fair value |
20,387 | n/a | 20,387 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances |
465,874 | 4,921 | 460,953 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Bankingb,c |
136,544 | 766 | 135,778 | 1,733 | 1.3 | 215 | 16 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
21,334 | 681 | 20,653 | 1,093 | 5.1 | 295 | 138 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
38,376 | 1,815 | 36,561 | 1,765 | 4.6 | 1,183 | 308 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core |
196,254 | 3,262 | 192,992 | 4,591 | 2.3 | 1,693 | 86 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
20,259 | 428 | 19,831 | 1,209 | 6.0 | 151 | 75 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Group Retail |
216,513 | 3,690 | 212,823 | 5,800 | 2.7 | 1,844 | 85 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
106,377 | 44 | 106,333 | 71 | 0.1 | (14) | (1) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Bankingb |
88,192 | 873 | 87,319 | 2,112 | 2.4 | 267 | 30 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
16,312 | 246 | 16,066 | 665 | 4.1 | 54 | 33 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office and Other Operations |
3,240 | | 3,240 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core |
214,121 | 1,163 | 212,958 | 2,848 | 1.3 | 307 | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
44,699 | 602 | 44,097 | 841 | 1.9 | 53 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Group Wholesale |
258,820 | 1,765 | 257,055 | 3,689 | 1.4 | 360 | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Group Total |
475,333 | 5,455 | 469,878 | 9,489 | 2.0 | 2,204 | 46 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans |
2,693 | n/a | 2,693 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances designated at fair value |
20,198 | n/a | 20,198 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances held at fair value |
22,891 | n/a | 22,891 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances |
498,224 | 5,455 | 492,769 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost net of impairment decreased to £440.6bn (2014: £469.9bn):
§ | Non-Core decreased £18.1bn to £45.9bn driven by reclassification of Portuguese and Italian loans now held for sale and a reduction in Europe Retail driven by a run-off of assets |
§ | Investment Bank decreased by £14.1bn to £92.2bn reflecting a decrease in cash collateral balances and a decrease in settlement balances as a result of reduced trading volumes |
§ | Barclaycard increased by £5.0bn to £41.5bn as a result of business growth across the portfolio. |
CRLs decreased £1.7bn to £7.8bn primarily due to a reduction of £0.9bn in Non-Core relating to the reclassification of the Portuguese business as held for sale and improved economic conditions for Corporate portfolios.
Loan impairment charges improved 5% to £2,097m, with a loan loss rate of 47bps (2014: 46bps). This reflected higher recoveries in Europe and the sale of the Spanish business in Non-Core, lower impairments in PCB due to the benign economic environment in the UK resulting in lower default rates and charges, partially offset by increased impairment in Barclaycard driven by growth in the business and updates to impairment model methodologies. Loan loss rates for Africa Banking increased reflecting lower year-end loans and advances balances due to Rand depreciation.
Notes
a | Excluding impairment charges on available for sale investments and reverse repurchase agreements. |
b | UK Business Banking has been reclassified from Retail to Wholesale in line with how the business is now managed. 2014 figures have been revised to reflect this, with net loans and advances of £8.4bn, credit risk loans of £482m and impairment charges of £48m reclassified to Wholesale. |
c | 2014 PCB Credit Risk Loans have been revised by £151m to align the methodology for determining arrears categories with other Home Finance risk disclosures. |
150 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Analysis of gross loans and advances by product |
| |||||||||||||||
|
Home Loans £m |
|
|
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending £m |
|
|
Corporate Loans £m |
|
|
Group Total £m |
| |||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
135,380 | 21,026 | 68,661 | 225,067 | ||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
10,368 | 7,633 | 14,366 | 32,367 | ||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
| 41,559 | 1,787 | 43,346 | ||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
| | 92,321 | 92,321 | ||||||||||||
Head Office and Other Operations |
| | 5,922 | 5,922 | ||||||||||||
Total Core |
145,748 | 70,218 | 183,057 | 399,023 | ||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
10,633 | 1,016 | 34,815 | 46,464 | ||||||||||||
Group Total |
156,381 | 71,234 | 217,872 | 445,487 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
136,022 | 23,837 | 64,877 | 224,736 | ||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
12,959 | 8,375 | 16,312 | 37,646 | ||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
| 38,376 | | 38,376 | ||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
| | 106,377 | 106,377 | ||||||||||||
Head Office and Other Operations |
| | 3,240 | 3,240 | ||||||||||||
Total Core |
148,981 | 70,588 | 190,806 | 410,375 | ||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
18,540 | 1,779 | 44,639 | 64,958 | ||||||||||||
Group Total |
167,521 | 72,367 | 235,445 | 475,333 |
Analysis of the concentration of credit risk
A concentration of credit risk exists when a number of counterparties are located in a geographical region or are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. The Group implements limits on concentrations in order to mitigate the risk. The analyses of credit risk concentrations presented below are based on the location of the counterparty or customer or the industry in which they are engaged. Further detail on the Groups policies with regard to managing concentration risk is presented on page 126 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Geographic concentrations
As at 31 December 2015, the geographic concentration of the Groups assets remained broadly consistent with 2014. 40% (2014: 38%) of the exposure is concentrated in the UK, 31% (2014: 31%) in the Americas and 20% (2014: 22%) in Europe.
Information on exposures to selected Eurozone countries is presented on page 152.
Credit risk concentrations by geography (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
United Kingdom £m |
|
|
Europe £m |
|
|
Americas £m |
|
|
Africa and Middle East £m |
|
|
Asia £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||
On-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
14,061 | 19,094 | 13,288 | 2,055 | 1,213 | 49,711 | ||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
543 | 72 | | 396 | | 1,011 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
7,150 | 10,012 | 23,641 | 2,111 | 5,136 | 48,050 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
22,991 | 5,562 | 35,910 | 3,039 | 1,682 | 69,184 | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
99,658 | 103,498 | 101,592 | 3,054 | 19,907 | 327,709 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
10,733 | 9,918 | 13,078 | 2,900 | 4,720 | 41,349 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
239,086 | 47,372 | 69,803 | 33,461 | 9,495 | 399,217 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendinga |
5,905 | 4,361 | 15,684 | 915 | 1,322 | 28,187 | ||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale debt securities |
20,509 | 40,344 | 20,520 | 3,999 | 3,906 | 89,278 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
868 | 4 | 131 | 314 | 93 | 1,410 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
421,504 | 240,237 | 293,647 | 52,244 | 47,474 | 1,055,106 | ||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
9,543 | 3,020 | 5,047 | 2,505 | 461 | 20,576 | ||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions |
594 | 58 | | 193 | | 845 | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreementsb |
9 | 5 | 65 | | 14 | 93 | ||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
104,797 | 34,370 | 125,456 | 13,600 | 3,146 | 281,369 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet |
114,943 | 37,453 | 130,568 | 16,298 | 3,621 | 302,883 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
536,447 | 277,690 | 424,215 | 68,542 | 51,095 | 1,357,989 |
Note
a | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
b | Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements were previously disclosed as loan commitments. Following the business designation of reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements at fair value through profit and loss, new forward starting reverse repurchase agreements are within the scope of IAS 39 and are recognised as derivatives on the balance sheet. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 151 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Credit risk concentrations by geography (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
United Kingdom £m |
|
|
Europe £m |
|
|
Americas £m |
|
|
Africa and Middle East £m |
|
|
Asia £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||
On-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
13,770 | 12,224 | 9,365 | 2,161 | 2,175 | 39,695 | ||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
644 | 158 | | 408 | | 1,210 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
12,921 | 15,638 | 31,061 | 2,498 | 6,572 | 68,690 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
21,274 | 1,591 | 3,986 | 2,999 | 501 | 30,351 | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
133,400 | 147,421 | 129,771 | 2,332 | 26,985 | 439,909 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
7,472 | 12,793 | 13,227 | 3,250 | 5,369 | 42,111 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
241,543 | 60,018 | 76,561 | 39,241 | 10,404 | 427,767 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
20,551 | 22,655 | 81,368 | 928 | 6,251 | 131,753 | ||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale debt securities |
22,888 | 33,368 | 22,846 | 4,770 | 1,667 | 85,539 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
837 | | 232 | 483 | 128 | 1,680 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
475,300 | 305,866 | 368,417 | 59,070 | 60,052 | 1,268,705 | ||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acceptances, endorsements and other contingent liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
10,222 | 2,542 | 5,517 | 2,757 | 225 | 21,263 | ||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions |
851 | 36 | | 186 | 18 | 1,091 | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements |
4,462 | 5,936 | 701 | 2 | 2,755 | 13,856 | ||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
108,025 | 34,886 | 116,343 | 14,911 | 2,150 | 276,315 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet |
123,560 | 43,400 | 122,561 | 17,856 | 5,148 | 312,525 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
598,860 | 349,266 | 490,978 | 76,926 | 65,200 | 1,581,230 |
Group exposures to specific countries (audited)
The Group recognises the credit and market risk resulting from the ongoing volatility in the Eurozone and continues to monitor events closely while taking coordinated steps to mitigate the risks associated with the challenging economic environment. These contingency plans have been reviewed and refreshed to ensure they remain effective.
The following table shows Barclays exposure to specific Eurozone countries monitored internally as being higher risk and thus being the subject of particular management focus. The basis of preparation is consistent with that described in the 2014 Annual Report.
The net exposure provides the most appropriate measure of the credit risk to which the Group is exposed. The gross exposure is also presented below, alongside off-balance sheet contingent liabilities and commitments.
During 2015, the Groups net on-balance sheet exposures to Spain, Italy, Portugal, Ireland, Cyprus and Greece decreased by £17.2bn to £26.1bn primarily due to a £13.4bn reduction in Spain following the sale of the Spanish business. The £7.0bn decrease in residential mortgages relates predominantly to Portuguese and Italian loans reclassified to held for sale within the Financial institutions category.
As at 31 December 2015, the local net funding deficit in Italy was 3.8bn (2014: 9.9bn) and the deficit in Portugal was 1.4bn (2014: 1.9bn). The net funding surplus in Spain was 0.2bn (2014: 4.3bn).
Net exposure by country and counterparty (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Sovereign £m |
|
|
Financial institutions £m |
|
|
Corporate £m |
|
|
Residential mortgages £m |
|
|
Other retail lending £m |
|
|
Net on-balance |
|
|
Gross on-balance sheet exposure £m |
|
|
Contingent liabilities and commitments £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain |
90 | 623 | 1,176 | 7 | 311 | 2,207 | 7,944 | 2,073 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy |
1,708 | 2,283 | 1,039 | 9,505 | 675 | 15,210 | 20,586 | 2,701 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Portugal |
87 | 3,346 | 152 | 6 | 700 | 4,291 | 4,555 | 1,299 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland |
9 | 2,824 | 1,282 | 37 | 51 | 4,203 | 7,454 | 2,673 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cyprus |
29 | 6 | 59 | 16 | 46 | 156 | 391 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Greece |
1 | 3 | 14 | 4 | 3 | 25 | 975 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,924 | 9,085 | 3,722 | 9,575 | 1,786 | 26,092 | 41,905 | 8,747 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain |
108 | 14,043 | 1,149 | 12 | 248 | 15,560 | 24,873 | 2,863 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy |
1,716 | 485 | 1,128 | 13,530 | 1,114 | 17,973 | 25,967 | 3,033 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Portugal |
105 | 7 | 531 | 2,995 | 1,207 | 4,845 | 5,050 | 1,631 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland |
37 | 3,175 | 1,453 | 43 | 50 | 4,758 | 9,445 | 2,070 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cyprus |
28 | 12 | 61 | 6 | 16 | 123 | 707 | 26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Greece |
1 | 11 | 15 | | | 27 | 1,279 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,995 | 17,733 | 4,337 | 16,586 | 2,635 | 43,286 | 67,321 | 9,623 |
Other country risks being closely monitored include exposures to Russia and China.
Net exposure to Russia of £1.4bn (2014: £1.9bn) largely consists of retail loans and advances of £1.0bn (2014: £0.6bn). The retail loans and advances are predominantly secured against property in the UK and south of France. Gross exposure to Russia was £2.5bn (2014: £3.8bn) including derivative assets with financial institutions. The gross exposure is mitigated by offsetting derivative liabilities.
Net exposure to China of £3.7bn (2014: £4.8bn) largely consists of loans and advances (mainly cash collateral and settlement balances) to sovereign
152 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
of £1.4bn (2014: £1.7bn) and financial institutions of £1.1bn (2014: £1.4bn). The gross exposure to China excluding offsetting derivative liabilities was £3.9bn (2014: £5.0bn).
Industrial concentrations (audited)
As at 31 December 2015, the industrial concentration of the Groups assets remained broadly consistent year on year. 42% (2014: 49%) of total assets were concentrated towards banks and other financial institutions, predominantly within derivative financial instruments which decreased during the year. The proportion of the overall balance concentrated towards governments and central banks remained stable at 12% (2014: 11%) and home loans at 12% (2014: 12%).
Credit risk concentrations by industry (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Banks £m |
|
|
Other financial insti- tutions £m |
|
|
Manu- facturing £m |
|
|
Const- ruction and property £m |
|
|
Govern- ment and central bank £m |
|
|
Energy and water £m |
|
|
Wholesale and retail distribu- tion and leisure £m |
|
|
Business and other services £m |
|
|
Home loans £m |
|
|
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending £m |
|
|
Other £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||||||
On-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
| | | | 49,711 | | | | | | | 49,711 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
1,011 | | | | | | | | | | | 1,011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
1,897 | 11,826 | 970 | 538 | 25,797 | 2,554 | 315 | 2,727 | 550 | | 876 | 48,050 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
14,015 | 35,109 | 104 | 8,642 | 7,380 | 33 | 191 | 3,402 | 229 | | 79 | 69,184 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
185,782 | 114,727 | 2,701 | 2,940 | 6,113 | 4,538 | 1,063 | 5,346 | | | 4,499 | 327,709 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
36,829 | | | | 4,520 | | | | | | | 41,349 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
| 80,729 | 12,297 | 23,519 | 5,940 | 7,743 | 13,830 | 25,728 | 155,863 | 60,162 | 13,406 | 399,217 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendinga |
8,676 | 18,022 | | 1,011 | 305 | | 35 | 138 | | | | 28,187 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale debt securities |
9,745 | 6,114 | 68 | 43 | 67,645 | 182 | 107 | 5,134 | | | 240 | 89,278 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
312 | 1,077 | | | 20 | | | | | | 1 | 1,410 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
258,267 | 267,604 | 16,140 | 36,693 | 167,431 | 15,050 | 15,541 | 42,475 | 156,642 | 60,162 | 19,101 | 1,055,106 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
1,152 | 4,698 | 3,142 | 958 | 9 | 3,073 | 1,301 | 4,645 | 100 | 548 | 950 | 20,576 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions |
378 | 17 | 142 | 1 | | 3 | 129 | 50 | | 123 | 2 | 845 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreementsb |
78 | 15 | | | | | | | | | | 93 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
946 | 31,152 | 35,865 | 11,337 | 871 | 26,217 | 15,054 | 23,180 | 11,708 | 111,988 | 13,051 | 281,369 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet |
2,554 | 35,882 | 39,149 | 12,296 | 880 | 29,293 | 16,484 | 27,875 | 11,808 | 112,659 | 14,003 | 302,883 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
260,821 | 303,486 | 55,289 | 48,989 | 168,311 | 44,343 | 32,025 | 70,350 | 168,450 | 172,821 | 33,104 | 1,357,989 |
Net on-balance sheet exposure to the Oil and Gas sector was £4.4bn (2014: £5.8bn), with contingent liabilities and commitments to this sector of £13.8bn (2014: £12.5bn). Impairment charges were £106m (2014: £1m). The ratio of the Groups total net exposures classified as strong or satisfactory was 97% (2014: 99%) of the total net exposure to credit risk in this sector.
If average oil prices remained at $30 per barrel throughout 2016, estimated additional impairment of approximately £250m would result. If average oil prices were to reduce to $25 per barrel throughout 2016, estimated additional impairment of approximately £450m would result.
Note
a | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
b | Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements were previously disclosed as loan commitments. Following the business designation of reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements at fair value through profit and loss, new forward starting reverse repurchase agreements are within the scope of IAS 39 and recognised as derivatives on the balance sheet. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 153 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Credit risk concentrations by industry (audited) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
Banks £m |
|
|
Other financial insti- tutions £m |
|
|
Manu- facturing £m |
|
|
Const- ruction and property £m |
|
|
Govern- ment and central bank £m |
|
|
Energy and water £m |
|
|
Wholesale and retail distribu- tion and leisure £m |
|
|
Business and other services £m |
|
|
Home loans £m |
|
|
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending £m |
|
|
Other £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||||||
On-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
| | | | 39,695 | | | | | | | 39,695 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
1,210 | | | | | | | | | | | 1,210 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
2,894 | 17,718 | 1,466 | 593 | 39,201 | 2,745 | 385 | 2,751 | | | 937 | 68,690 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
5,113 | 1,548 | 70 | 9,358 | 10,378 | 73 | 207 | 3,127 | 393 | | 84 | 30,351 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
257,463 | 149,050 | 2,519 | 3,454 | 7,691 | 7,794 | 1,510 | 6,227 | | | 4,201 | 439,909 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
40,265 | | | | 1,846 | | | | | | | 42,111 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
| 103,388 | 11,647 | 22,842 | 7,115 | 8,536 | 13,339 | 22,372 | 166,974 | 58,914 | 12,640 | 427,767 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
38,946 | 86,588 | | 4,845 | 739 | | 24 | 611 | | | | 131,753 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale debt securities |
11,122 | 8,365 | 68 | 45 | 61,341 | 194 | 27 | 4,084 | | | 293 | 85,539 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
635 | 995 | | 14 | 24 | | | 12 | | | | 1,680 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
357,648 | 367,652 | 15,770 | 41,151 | 168,030 | 19,342 | 15,492 | 39,184 | 167,367 | 58,914 | 18,155 | 1,268,705 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
1,159 | 5,177 | 2,709 | 698 | | 2,757 | 1,157 | 6,496 | 45 | 191 | 874 | 21,263 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions |
470 | 12 | 197 | 14 | | 1 | 218 | 62 | 55 | 28 | 34 | 1,091 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements |
2,128 | 11,724 | | | 4 | | | | | | | 13,856 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
2,643 | 29,645 | 28,589 | 11,449 | 2,400 | 24,830 | 12,771 | 24,534 | 16,119 | 110,091 | 13,244 | 276,315 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet |
6,400 | 46,558 | 31,495 | 12,161 | 2,404 | 27,588 | 14,146 | 31,092 | 16,219 | 110,310 | 14,152 | 312,525 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
364,048 | 414,210 | 47,265 | 53,312 | 170,434 | 46,930 | 29,638 | 70,276 | 183,586 | 169,224 | 32,307 | 1,581,230 |
154 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types
This section provides an analysis of principal portfolios and businesses in the retail and wholesale segments. In particular, home loans, credit cards, overdrafts and unsecured loans are covered for retail segments while exposures in Investment Bank and PCB including watch list analysis are covered for wholesale segments.
In general, benign economic conditions in the UK and US aided better performance in 2015. South African portfolios were resilient despite challenging market conditions with economic growth being affected by weak manufacturing and low commodity prices.
Secured home loans
Total home loans to retail customers of £156bn (2014: £161bn) represented 75% (2014: 72%) of the Groups total retail balances. The reduction in balances was principally driven by: Portuguese home loans and part of the Italian home loans portfolio being redesignated as held for sale; and, South African home loans due to the depreciation of the Rand.
The two principal portfolios listed below account for 88% of home loans in the Groups retail portfolios, and comprise first lien mortgages.
Home loans principal portfolios |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross loans and advances £m |
|
|
>90 day arrears % |
|
|
Non- performing proportion of outstanding balances % |
|
|
Gross charge-off rates % |
|
|
Recoveries proportion of outstanding balances % |
|
|
Recoveries impairment coverage ratio % |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
PCB UK |
127,750 | 0.2 | 0.7 | 0.3 | 0.4 | 10.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking South Africa |
9,180 | 0.9 | 4.0 | 1.6 | 3.2 | 26.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
PCB UK |
126,668 | 0.2 | 0.6 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 8.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking South Africa |
11,513 | 0.7 | 4.8 | 1.9 | 4.1 | 31.1 |
PCB UK: Portfolio performance remained steady reflecting the continuing low base rate environment, house price appreciation, and benign economic conditions.
Within the UK home loans portfolio:
§ | owner-occupied interest only home loans comprised 32% (2014: 33%) of total balances. The average balance weighted LTV on these loans reduced to 44.7% (2014: 48.7%), and >90 day arrears remained broadly steady at 0.2% (2014: 0.1%) |
§ | buy-to-let home loans comprised 9% (2014: 8%) of total balances. The average balance weighted LTV reduced to 54.6% (2014: 57.6%), and >90 day arrears remained steady at 0.2% (2014: 0.1%). |
The recoveries impairment coverage increased to 10.1% (2014: 8.3%). In 2015, management adjustments to impairment allowances were better aligned to appropriate segments of the portfolio, resulting in a reduction of the impairment allocated to the recoveries book. The overall impairment coverage of the total home loans portfolio remained unchanged.
Africa Banking South Africa: Gross loans and advances reduced by 20%, primarily driven by the depreciation of the Rand and repayments on the existing book. The improvement in the charge-off rates to 1.6% (2014: 1.9%) resulted from the focus on collections strategies and reduced rolls through delinquency cycles.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 155 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Home loans principal portfolios distribution of balances by LTVa |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Distribution of balances |
|
|
Impairment coverage ratio |
|
|
Non-performing proportion of outstanding balances |
|
|
Non-performing balances impairment coverage ratio |
|
|
Recoveries proportion of outstanding balances |
|
|
Recoveries impairment coverage ratio |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
| ||||||||||||
PCB UK |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<=75% |
92.1 | 90.2 | 0.1 | | 0.6 | 0.6 | 4.7 | 2.8 | 0.4 | 0.3 | 6.8 | 4.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>75% and <=80% |
3.4 | 4.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 1.0 | 1.2 | 13.5 | 6.9 | 0.8 | 0.8 | 15.7 | 9.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>80% and <=85% |
2.1 | 2.3 | 0.3 | 0.2 | 1.0 | 1.4 | 16.7 | 8.9 | 0.7 | 0.9 | 21.4 | 11.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>85% and <=90% |
1.4 | 1.4 | 0.3 | 0.4 | 1.3 | 1.7 | 15.7 | 13.0 | 1.0 | 1.3 | 17.8 | 15.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>90% and <=95% |
0.6 | 1.0 | 0.6 | 0.4 | 1.8 | 1.9 | 25.7 | 13.7 | 1.5 | 1.3 | 28.2 | 17.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>95% and <=100% |
0.2 | 0.4 | 1.3 | 1.0 | 4.0 | 2.9 | 25.4 | 21.4 | 3.5 | 2.2 | 27.9 | 26.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% |
0.2 | 0.5 | 3.4 | 2.4 | 7.0 | 6.0 | 35.6 | 28.6 | 5.6 | 4.3 | 41.2 | 36.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<=75% |
76.1 | 74.6 | 0.7 | 0.7 | 0.6 | 0.5 | 13.6 | 16.2 | 1.8 | 1.9 | 17.9 | 20.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>75% and <=80% |
6.8 | 7.7 | 1.6 | 1.5 | 1.0 | 0.9 | 18.4 | 20.0 | 3.3 | 3.0 | 21.4 | 23.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>80% and <=85% |
5.3 | 5.9 | 1.9 | 2.0 | 1.0 | 1.1 | 19.2 | 21.1 | 3.5 | 4.2 | 21.1 | 23.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>85% and <=90% |
3.8 | 4.3 | 2.3 | 2.5 | 0.9 | 1.0 | 20.2 | 22.3 | 4.8 | 5.1 | 21.8 | 24.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>90% and <=95% |
2.6 | 2.5 | 3.7 | 4.3 | 1.2 | 1.4 | 23.8 | 26.3 | 5.9 | 8.7 | 24.2 | 27.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>95% and <=100% |
1.8 | 1.5 | 4.8 | 5.4 | 1.3 | 1.5 | 25.6 | 23.4 | 7.8 | 11.6 | 26.0 | 24.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% |
2.8 | 3.5 | 14.1 | 16.4 | 1.9 | 1.9 | 29.7 | 32.5 | 26.7 | 37.1 | 29.7 | 32.9 |
Home loans principal portfolios Average LTV |
||||||||||||||||
PCB UK | Africa Banking South Africa | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
| ||||
Portfolio marked to market LTV (%): |
||||||||||||||||
Balance weighted |
49.2 | 51.6 | 58.4 | 59.9 | ||||||||||||
Valuation weighted |
37.3 | 39.8 | 39.1 | 40.2 | ||||||||||||
Performing balances (%): |
||||||||||||||||
Balance weighted |
48.8 | 51.5 | 57.5 | 58.6 | ||||||||||||
Valuation weighted |
37.3 | 39.7 | 38.6 | 39.5 | ||||||||||||
Non-performing balances (%): |
||||||||||||||||
Balance weighted |
56.5 | 62.1 | 79.3 | 87.0 | ||||||||||||
Valuation weighted |
45.1 | 49.8 | 59.3 | 64.7 | ||||||||||||
For >100% LTVs: |
||||||||||||||||
Balances (£m) |
310 | 641 | 257 | 390 | ||||||||||||
Marked to market collateral (£m) |
260 | 558 | 218 | 324 | ||||||||||||
Average LTV: balance weighted (%) |
123.0 | 120.9 | 121.1 | 124.2 | ||||||||||||
Average LTV: valuation weighted (%) |
118.5 | 114.8 | 117.7 | 120.3 | ||||||||||||
% of balances in recoveries |
5.6 | 4.4 | 26.6 | 37.1 |
Balance weighted LTV in the UK reduced to 49.2% (2014: 51.6%) due to an increase in average house prices, particularly in London and the South East. The overall non-performing impairment coverage in the UK remained flat year on year but increased across LTV ranges, due to granular alignment of management adjustments across portfolio segments.
PCB UK: The house price appreciation resulted in a 52% reduction in home loans that have LTV >100% to £310m (2014: £641m).
Africa Banking South Africa: Balances with >100% LTV reduced 34% to £257m (2014: £390m), primarily due to a reduction in the size of the recovery book as older and higher risk loans were written off, in addition to the depreciation of the Rand.
Home loans principal portfolios new lending |
||||||||||||||||
PCB UK | Africa Banking South Africa | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||
New bookings (£m) |
18,812 | 20,349 | 1,621 | 1,590 | ||||||||||||
New mortgages proportion above 85% LTV (%) |
8.2 | 6.6 | 40.8 | 33.5 | ||||||||||||
Average LTV on new mortgages: balance weighted (%) |
63.9 | 64.8 | 75.7 | 74.8 | ||||||||||||
Average LTV on new mortgages: valuation weighted (%) |
55.0 | 57.0 | 66.9 | 65.4 |
PCB UK: New lending during 2015 reduced by 8%, reflecting an unchanged risk profile against heightened market activity in the prime residential segment.
Africa Banking South Africa: The proportion of new home loans with LTV above 85% increased to 40.8% (2014: 33.5%) due to a revised strategy which allowed a greater proportion of higher LTV loans to be booked for lower risk customers.
Note
a | Portfolio marked to market based on the most updated valuation including recoveries balances. Updated valuations reflect the application of the latest house price index available in the country as at 31 December 2015. |
156 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Exposure to interest only owner-occupied home loans excluding part and part interest only (P&P IO)a |
||||||||
As at 31 December |
2015 | 2014 | ||||||
Interest only balances, excluding P&P IO (£m) |
33,901 | 35,328 | ||||||
Interest only home loans maturity years (£m): |
||||||||
2016 |
703 | 864 | ||||||
2017 |
1,043 | 1,180 | ||||||
2018 |
1,131 | 1,249 | ||||||
2019 |
1,080 | 1,195 | ||||||
2020 |
1,090 | 1,176 | ||||||
2021-2025 |
7,359 | 7,632 | ||||||
Post 2025 |
21,155 | 21,104 | ||||||
Total Impairment coverage (bps) |
11 | 8 | ||||||
Marked to market LTV: total balances (%) |
||||||||
Balance weighted |
44.7 | 48.7 | ||||||
Valuation weighted |
34.7 | 37.6 | ||||||
For >100% LTVs: (£m) |
||||||||
Balances |
178 | 349 | ||||||
Marked to market collateral |
150 | 302 | ||||||
Overview of performing portfolio |
||||||||
Performing balances (£m) |
33,690 | 35,155 | ||||||
Marked to market LTV: performing balances (%) |
||||||||
Balance weighted |
44.6 | 48.6 | ||||||
Valuation weighted |
34.6 | 37.5 | ||||||
Overview of non-performing portfolio |
||||||||
Non-performing balances (£m) |
211 | 173 | ||||||
Non-performing proportion of interest only balances excluding P&P IO (%) |
0.6 | 0.5 | ||||||
Marked to market LTV: non-performing balances (%) |
||||||||
Balance weighted |
61.4 | 66.2 | ||||||
Valuation weighted |
49.8 | 54.1 |
Interest only mortgages account for £50bn (2014: £51bn) of the total balance of £128bn (2014: £127bn) of UK home loans. This comprised £40bn (2014: £42bn) to owner-occupied customers, and £10bn (2014: £9bn) to buy-to-let customers.
Of the £40bn exposure to owner-occupied customers, £34bn (2014: £35bn) was interest only, with the remaining £6bn (2014: £7bn) representing the interest only component of part and part mortgages.
The average balance weighted LTV for interest only owner-occupied balances reduced to 44.7% (2014: 48.7%) as property prices appreciated. The increase in impairment coverage to 11bps (2014: 8bps) was due to (i) enhancements in methodology, where management adjustments to impairment allowances were allocated on a more granular basis to their appropriate segments; and (ii) a broadening of the high risk definition used on interest only mortgages. The overall impairment coverage of the total home loans portfolio remained unchanged.
Exposures to mortgage current accounts (MCA) reserves
The MCA reserve is a secured overdraft facility previously available to home loan customers in the UK on either a fully amortising or interest only mortgage loan, which allows them to borrow against the equity in their home. It permits draw-down up to an agreed available limit on a separate but connected account to the main mortgage loan facility. The balance drawn must be repaid on redemption of the mortgage.
Of the total 917k home loan customers in the UK, 442k have MCA reserves, with total reserve limits of £11.3bn (2014: £17.9bn).
As at 31 December |
2015 | 2014 | ||||||
Total outstanding of home loans with MCA reserve balances (£bn) |
53.6 | 62.2 | ||||||
As a proportion of outstanding UK home loan balances (%) |
42.0 | 49.1 | ||||||
Home loan customers with active reserves (000s) |
442 | 505 | ||||||
Total reserve limits (£bn) |
11.3 | 17.9 | ||||||
Utilisation rate (%) |
48.9 | 32.3 | ||||||
Utilisation (£bn) |
5.5 | 5.8 | ||||||
Marked to market LTV: balance weighted (%) |
43.7 | 47.7 |
Total outstanding balances which are an aggregate of the mortgage account and the drawn reserve, reduced 14% to £53.6bn (2014: £62.2bn), during the period reflecting paydowns in the main mortgage account.
Reduction in portfolio reserve limits to £11.3bn (2014: £17.9bn) is due to an active limit management programme, combined with natural mortgage redemptions from the existing book during the period. As a result, the utilisation rate increased to 48.9% (2014: 32.3%). MCA balances have remained broadly stable at £5.5bn (2014: £5.8bn), while the average balance weighted LTV reduced to 43.7% (2014: 47.7%) due to an increase in average house prices and repayment on the main mortgage loan.
Although the product has been withdrawn from sale, existing customers can continue to draw against their available reserves.
Note
a | A part and part home loan is a product in which part of the loan is interest only and part is amortising. Analysis excludes the interest only portion of the part and part book which contributes £6.2bn (2014: £6.6bn) to the total owner occupied interest only balance of the £40.1bn (2014: £41.9bn). The total exposure on part and part book is £9.9bn (2014, £9.8bn) and represents 8% of total UK home loans portfolio. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 157 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Credit cards, overdrafts, and unsecured loans
The principal portfolios listed below accounted for 91% (2014: 88%) of the Groups credit cards, overdrafts and unsecured loans.
Principal portfolios |
|
Gross loans and advances £m |
|
|
30 day arrears, excluding recoveries % |
|
|
90 day arrears, excluding recoveries % |
|
|
Gross charge-off rates % |
|
|
Recoveries proportion of outstanding balances % |
|
|
Recoveries impairment coverage ratio % |
| ||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK cardsa |
18,502 | 2.3 | 1.2 | 5.2 | 3.6 | 82.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
US cardsa |
16,699 | 2.2 | 1.1 | 3.9 | 2.0 | 84.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Partner Finance |
3,986 | 1.5 | 0.6 | 2.4 | 2.5 | 85.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Germany cards |
1,419 | 2.3 | 1.0 | 3.8 | 2.7 | 81.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK personal loans |
5,476 | 1.9 | 0.8 | 3.0 | 7.5 | 73.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa cards |
1,886 | 8.5 | 5.0 | 8.4 | 7.4 | 72.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK cardsa |
17,447 | 2.5 | 1.2 | 4.3 | 4.9 | 87.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
US cardsa |
14,005 | 2.1 | 1.0 | 3.7 | 1.8 | 87.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Partner Finance |
3,399 | 1.5 | 0.7 | 2.4 | 2.7 | 76.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Germany cards |
1,355 | 2.5 | 1.1 | 3.8 | 3.4 | 82.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK personal loans |
4,953 | 2.0 | 0.9 | 3.4 | 10.0 | 76.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa cards |
2,364 | 8.1 | 4.6 | 7.6 | 5.9 | 75.7 |
UK cards: In 2015, both early and late stage arrears remained stable within UK cards. The increase in charge-off rate and the reduction in recoveries as a proportion of outstanding was due to the acceleration of delinquent accounts to charge-off prior to debt sale. The decrease in recovery coverage ratio was driven by enhancements to impairment methodology, which took into account the improvement in recoveries and the impact of debt sales.
US cards: Gross loans and advances increased 19% to £16.7bn (2014: £14bn) principally driven by increased new business volumes. Arrears and charge-off rates remained broadly in line with 2014. The decrease in recoveries impairment coverage ratio was due to enhancements to impairment methodology and improvements in recovery expectation.
UK personal loans: Arrears and charge-off rates fell despite a 11% growth in gross loans and advances and reflected the benign economic conditions in the UK.
Barclays Partner Finance: Gross loans and advances increased 17% to £4.0bn (2014: £3.4bn). Portfolio arrears and charge-off rates remained broadly steady in 2015. The recoveries impairment coverage ratio increased following a management adjustment for the secured motor segment (portfolio started in 2012), which took into account changes to expected recoveries performance as the portfolio matured.
Germany cards: The decrease in recoveries proportion of outstanding balances was due to write off of legacy accounts previously held in recoveries until system migration activities were concluded.
South Africa cards: The increased arrears reflected bookings growth in 2015 in line with business strategy and weaker economic conditions. The gross charge-off rate and the recoveries proportion of outstanding balances percentage increased during 2015 due to additional charge-off in the Edcon portfolio as it was aligned with the Groups charge-off policy.
Note
a | For UK and US cards, outstanding recoveries balances for acquired portfolios recognised at fair value (which have no related impairment allowance) have been excluded from the recoveries impairment coverage ratio. Losses have been recognised where related to additional spend from acquired accounts in the period post acquisition. |
158 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Exposure to UK Commercial Real Estate (CRE)
The UK CRE portfolio includes property investment, development, trading, and house builders but excludes social housing and contractors.
UK CRE summary |
||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
As at 31 December |
||||||||
UK CRE loans and advances (£m) |
11,617 | 11,681 | ||||||
Past due balances (£m) |
183 | 393 | ||||||
Balances past due as % of UK CRE balances (%) |
1.6 | 3.4 | ||||||
Impairment allowances (£m) |
99 | 100 | ||||||
Past due coverage ratio (%) |
54.1 | 25.7 | ||||||
Total collateral (£m)a |
27,062 | 25,205 | ||||||
Twelve months ended 31 December |
||||||||
Impairment charge (£m) |
4 | 23 |
Maturity analysis of exposure to UK CRE |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual maturity of UK CRE loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
Past due balances £m |
|
|
Not more than six months £m |
|
|
Over six months but not more than one year £m |
|
|
Over one year but not more than two years £m |
|
|
Over two years but not more than five years £m |
|
|
Over five years but not more than ten years £m |
|
|
Over ten years £m |
|
|
Total loans & advances £m |
| ||||||||
2015 |
183 | 801 | 751 | 941 | 5,779 | 1,076 | 2,087 | 11,617 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2014 |
393 | 838 | 839 | 1,287 | 4,161 | 1,939 | 2,224 | 11,681 |
Total loans and advances at amortised cost remained broadly stable at £11.6bn (2014: £11.7bn) with growth limited to high quality assets. The total collateral increased by 7% to £27.1bn.
The UK CRE businesses operate to specific lending criteria and the portfolio of assets is continually monitored through a range of mandates and limits. The improvement in the past due coverage ratio in 2015 was driven by the sale of three unimpaired real estate loans.
UK CRE LTV analysis |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances | |
Balances as proportion of total |
|
Collateral held | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| ||||||
Group |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
<=100% |
9,045 | 9,011 | 78 | 78 | 26,927 | 25,036 | ||||||||||||||||||
>100% and <=125% |
119 | 149 | 1 | 1 | 106 | 138 | ||||||||||||||||||
>125% |
47 | 167 | | 1 | 29 | 31 | ||||||||||||||||||
Unassessed balancesb |
1,636 | 1,748 | 14 | 15 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured balances |
770 | 606 | 7 | 5 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
11,617 | 11,681 | 100 | 100 | 27,062 | 25,205 |
Portfolio LTVs have reduced due to appreciating commercial property values. Unsecured balances primarily relate to working capital facilities granted to CRE companies.
Notes
a | Based on the most recent valuation assessment. |
b | Corporate Banking balances under £1m. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 159 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Investment Bank
Analysis of loans and advances at amortised cost |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross L&A £m |
|
|
Impairment allowance £m |
|
|
L&A net of impairment £m |
|
|
Credit risk loans £m |
|
|
CRLs % of gross L&A % |
|
|
Loan impairment charges £m |
|
|
Loan loss rates bps |
| ||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interbank lending |
10,174 | | 10,174 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
7,259 | | 7,259 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale lending |
31,451 | 83 | 31,368 | 241 | 0.8 | 47 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
43,437 | | 43,437 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
92,321 | 83 | 92,238 | 241 | 0.3 | 47 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interbank lending |
10,275 | | 10,275 | | | (3) | (3) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
9,626 | | 9,626 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale lending |
28,436 | 44 | 28,392 | 71 | 0.2 | (11) | (4) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
58,040 | | 58,040 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
106,377 | 44 | 106,333 | 71 | 0.1 | (14) | (1) |
Non-Core Wholesale
The table below details Non-Core loans and advances which form part of the Wholesale risk portfolio.
Analysis of loans and advances at amortised cost |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross L&A £m |
|
|
Impairment allowance £m |
|
|
L&A net of impairment £m |
|
|
Credit risk loans £m |
|
|
CRLs % of gross L&A % |
|
|
Loan impairment charges £m |
|
|
Loan loss rates bps |
| ||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interbank lending |
258 | | 258 | | | (7) | (271) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
10,131 | | 10,131 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale lending |
5,277 | 233 | 5,044 | 345 | 6.5 | (13) | (25) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
19,188 | | 19,188 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
34,854 | 233 | 34,621 | 345 | 1.0 | (20) | (6) | |||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interbank lending |
373 | | 373 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
11,622 | | 11,622 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale lending |
8,978 | 602 | 8,376 | 841 | 9.4 | 53 | 59 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
23,726 | | 23,726 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
44,699 | 602 | 44,097 | 841 | 1.9 | 53 | 12 |
Wholesale lending decreased £3.7bn to £5.3bn driven by the reclassification of Portuguese loans now held for sale and rundown of legacy loan portfolios. Wholesale loans predominantly relate to capital equipment loans, legacy Collateralised Loan Obligations (CLO) and legacy Collateralised Debt Obligations (CDO).
Loan impairment charges improved £73m to a release of £20m reflecting higher recoveries in Europe and the sale of the Spanish business.
CRLs decreased to £345m (2014: £841m) as a result of the reclassification of Portuguese loans now held for sale and continued rundown of the Non-Core Investment Bank portfolio.
160 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Wholesale Personal and Corporate Banking
The table below details Personal and Corporate Banking loans and advances which form part of the Wholesale risk portfolio.
Analysis of loans and advances at amortised cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross L&A £m |
|
|
Impairment allowance £m |
|
|
L&A net of impairment £m |
|
|
Credit risk loans £m |
|
|
CRLs % of gross L&A % |
|
|
Loan impairment charges £m |
|
|
Loan loss rates bps |
| ||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Banks |
3,593 | | 3,593 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial institutions |
6,321 | 16 | 6,305 | 46 | 0.7 | 2 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
6,762 | 37 | 6,725 | 51 | 0.8 | 2 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
3,267 | 38 | 3,229 | 47 | 1.4 | 1 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Property |
15,309 | 166 | 15,143 | 645 | 4.2 | 2 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
1,304 | | 1,304 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
2,216 | 79 | 2,137 | 103 | 4.6 | 82 | 370 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
11,333 | 165 | 11,168 | 261 | 2.3 | (8 | ) | (7 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
16,536 | 223 | 16,313 | 271 | 1.6 | 54 | 33 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home loansa |
5,730 | 20 | 5,710 | 142 | 2.5 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lendinga |
8,714 | 1 | 8,713 | 14 | 0.2 | 4 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
6,770 | 169 | 6,601 | 214 | 3.2 | 43 | 64 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
87,855 | 914 | 86,941 | 1,794 | 2.0 | 182 | 21 | |||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014b |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Banks |
5,507 | | 5,507 | | | 1 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial institutions |
5,357 | 13 | 5,344 | 85 | 1.6 | 26 | 49 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
7,174 | 47 | 7,127 | 106 | 1.5 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
3,094 | 40 | 3,054 | 58 | 1.9 | 7 | 21 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Property |
15,480 | 194 | 15,286 | 833 | 5.4 | 36 | 23 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
1,187 | | 1,187 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
1,950 | 2 | 1,948 | 2 | 0.1 | 3 | 16 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
10,928 | 175 | 10,753 | 342 | 3.1 | 56 | 52 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
14,160 | 177 | 13,983 | 344 | 2.4 | 54 | 38 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home loansa |
6,864 | 36 | 6,828 | 96 | 1.4 | 34 | 50 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending |
9,628 | 60 | 9,568 | 16 | 0.2 | 22 | 23 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
6,863 | 129 | 6,734 | 229 | 3.3 | 28 | 40 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
88,192 | 873 | 87,319 | 2,111 | 2.4 | 267 | 30 |
Wholesale PCB loans and advances and CRLs remained broadly stable at £87.9bn (2014: £88.2bn) and £1.8bn (2014: £2.1bn) respectively.
Loan impairment charges improved 32% to £182m due to the benign economic environment in the UK. This led to a decrease in the loan loss rate to 21bps (2014: 30bps).
Analysis of Wholesale balances on watch list
Wholesale accounts that are deemed to contain heightened levels of risk are recorded on a graded watch list comprising four categories graded in line with the perceived severity of the risk attached to the lending, and its probability of default:
§ | Category 1: a temporary classification for performing obligors who exhibit some unsatisfactory features |
§ | Category 2: performing obligors where some doubt exists, but the belief is that the obligor can meet obligations over the short term |
§ | Category 3: obligors where definite concern exists with well defined weaknesses and failure in the short term could arise should further deterioration occur |
§ | Category 4: non-performing obligors, insolvent or regulatory default. High risk of loss. |
Where an obligors financial health gives grounds for concern, it is immediately placed into the appropriate category. For more information please see page 111 in Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Notes
a | Included in the above analysis are Wealth and Investment Management exposures measured on an individual customer exposure basis. |
b | UK Business Banking has been reclassified from Retail to Wholesale in line with how the business is now managed. 2014 figures have been restated to reflect this, with net loans and advances of £8.4bn, credit risk loans of £482m and impairment charges of £48m being reclassified to Wholesale. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 161 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Watch list rating of wholesale balancesa |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Watch list 1 | Watch list 2 | Watch list 3 | Watch list 4 | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| ||||||||||
Energy and Water |
1,247 | 160 | 314 | 1,011 | 447 | 480 | 285 | 49 | 2,293 | 1,700 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
928 | 483 | 539 | 347 | 138 | 162 | 267 | 395 | 1,872 | 1,387 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Miscellaneous Activities |
425 | 277 | 496 | 517 | 544 | 324 | 275 | 445 | 1,740 | 1,563 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale and Retail, Distribution and Leisure |
626 | 249 | 582 | 939 | 272 | 388 | 260 | 536 | 1,740 | 2,112 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property |
424 | 513 | 410 | 600 | 378 | 1,458 | 498 | 1,212 | 1,710 | 3,782 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business and Other Services |
220 | 241 | 516 | 583 | 639 | 214 | 149 | 157 | 1,524 | 1,196 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transport |
86 | 98 | 121 | 148 | 208 | 285 | 98 | 111 | 513 | 641 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
65 | 47 | 175 | 131 | 108 | 136 | 84 | 147 | 432 | 461 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Institutions/Services |
(59 | ) | 29 | 69 | 391 | 62 | 345 | 302 | 325 | 374 | 1,090 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
53 | 75 | 69 | 91 | 119 | 72 | 88 | 29 | 329 | 268 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
4,015 | 2,172 | 3,291 | 4,758 | 2,915 | 3,865 | 2,306 | 3,405 | 12,527 | 14,200 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As a percentage of total balances |
32% | 15% | 26% | 34% | 23% | 27% | 19% | 24% | 100% | 100% |
Total watch list balances fell by 12% to £12.5bn principally reflecting the sale of the corporate business in Spain.
Total watch list balances to energy and water increased by 35% to £2,293m (2014: £1,700m), reflecting the increased stress in the oil and gas sector as a result of the oil price. Watch list balances in manufacturing increased due to increased stress in the automotive sector.
Analysis of debt securities
Debt securities include government securities held as part of the Groups treasury management portfolio for liquidity and regulatory purposes, and are for use on a continuing basis in the activities of the Group.
The following tables provide an analysis of debt securities held by the Group for trading and investment purposes by issuer type, and where the Group held government securities exceeding 10% of shareholders equity.
Further information on the credit quality of debt securities is presented on pages 148 and 149. Further disclosure on sovereign exposures to selected Eurozone countries is presented on page 152.
Debt securities |
||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
£m | % | £m | % | ||||||||||||
Of which issued by: |
||||||||||||||||
Governments and other public bodies |
96,537 | 70.9 | 106,292 | 68.1 | ||||||||||||
Corporate and other issuers |
26,166 | 19.2 | 29,557 | 19.0 | ||||||||||||
US agency |
8,927 | 6.6 | 11,460 | 7.3 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage and asset backed securities |
4,009 | 2.9 | 8,396 | 5.4 | ||||||||||||
Bank and building society certificates of deposit |
598 | 0.4 | 279 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||
Total |
136,237 | 100.0 | 155,984 | 100.0 | ||||||||||||
Government securities |
||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 Fair value £m |
|
|
2014 Fair value |
| ||||||||||
US |
26,119 | 32,096 | ||||||||||||||
UK |
22,372 | 28,938 | ||||||||||||||
France |
8,874 | 6,259 | ||||||||||||||
Germany |
6,619 | 7,801 |
Note
a | Balances represent on-balance sheet exposures and comprise PCB, Barclays Africa, Non-Core and Investment Bank. |
162 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Analysis of derivatives (audited)
The tables below set out the fair value of the derivative assets, together with the value of those assets subject to enforceable counterparty netting arrangements for which the Group holds offsetting liabilities and eligible collateral.
Derivative assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
Balance sheet assets £m |
|
|
Counterparty netting £m |
|
|
Net exposure £m |
|
|
Balance sheet assets £m |
|
|
Counterparty netting £m |
|
|
Net exposure £m |
| ||||||
Foreign exchange |
54,936 | 40,301 | 14,635 | 74,470 | 58,153 | 16,317 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
231,426 | 190,513 | 40,913 | 309,946 | 253,820 | 56,126 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
18,181 | 14,110 | 4,071 | 23,507 | 19,829 | 3,678 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
13,799 | 8,358 | 5,441 | 14,844 | 10,523 | 4,321 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
9,367 | 6,300 | 3,067 | 17,142 | 11,306 | 5,836 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivative assets |
327,709 | 259,582 | 68,127 | 439,909 | 353,631 | 86,278 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral held |
34,918 | 44,047 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net exposure less collateral |
33,209 | 42,231 |
Derivative asset exposures would be £295bn (2014: £398bn) lower than reported under IFRS if netting were permitted for assets and liabilities with the same counterparty, or for which the Group holds cash collateral. Similarly, derivative liabilities would be £295bn (2014: £397bn) lower reflecting counterparty netting and collateral placed. In addition, non-cash collateral of £7bn (2014: £8bn) was held in respect of derivative assets. The Group received collateral from clients in support of over the counter derivative transactions. These transactions are generally undertaken under International Swaps and Derivative Association (ISDA) agreements governed by either UK or New York law.
Exposure relating to derivatives, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, stock borrowing and loan transactions is calculated using internal PRA approved models. These are used as the basis to assess both regulatory capital and capital appetite and are managed on a daily basis. The methodology encompasses all relevant factors to enable the current value to be calculated and the future value to be estimated, for example, current market rates, market volatility and legal documentation (including collateral rights).
The table below sets out the fair value and notional amounts of Over the Counter (OTC) derivative instruments by type of collateral arrangement.
Derivatives by collateral arrangement |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Notional contract amount £m |
|
|
Fair value |
|
|
Notional contract amount £m |
|
|
Fair value |
| |||||||||||||
|
Assets £m |
|
|
Liabilities £m |
|
|
Assets £m |
|
|
Liabilities £m |
| |||||||||||||
Unilateral in favour of Barclays |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
15,645 | 242 | (308 | ) | 15,067 | 191 | (158 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
4,365 | 846 | (65 | ) | 5,826 | 940 | (72 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
277 | 2 | (7 | ) | 226 | 3 | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
303 | 4 | (146 | ) | 310 | 3 | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
905 | 150 | (30 | ) | 2,455 | 158 | (120 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total unilateral in favour of Barclays |
21,495 | 1,244 | (556 | ) | 23,884 | 1,295 | (362 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Unilateral in favour of counterparty |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
50,343 | 810 | (2,107 | ) | 24,861 | 681 | (2,713 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
121,231 | 4,436 | (6,981 | ) | 138,396 | 6,073 | (8,751 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
140 | 3 | (1 | ) | 403 | 6 | (19 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
827 | 100 | (83 | ) | 1,100 | 133 | (137 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
74 | | (3 | ) | 2,881 | 359 | (138 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total unilateral in favour of counterparty |
172,615 | 5,349 | (9,175 | ) | 167,641 | 7,252 | (11,758 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Bilateral arrangement |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
2,878,125 | 46,831 | (50,899 | ) | 3,350,366 | 67,496 | (70,919 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
7,315,345 | 197,900 | (188,293 | ) | 9,032,753 | 263,812 | (256,697 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
663,090 | 13,617 | (11,985 | ) | 887,041 | 18,290 | (17,002 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
144,108 | 4,991 | (8,297 | ) | 162,615 | 6,033 | (10,498 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
36,794 | 3,164 | (3,104 | ) | 68,400 | 6,254 | (6,377 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total bilateral arrangement |
11,037,462 | 266,503 | (262,578 | ) | 13,501,175 | 361,885 | (361,493 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Uncollateralised derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
271,819 | 7,008 | (5,424 | ) | 303,341 | 6,028 | (5,452 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
193,565 | 6,091 | (2,907 | ) | 199,615 | 8,572 | (3,524 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
7,881 | 467 | (700 | ) | 8,716 | 565 | (800 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
6,672 | 2,204 | (3,075 | ) | 5,789 | 2,115 | (2,406 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
13,347 | 1,733 | (1,667 | ) | 26,099 | 2,806 | (2,766 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total uncollateralised derivatives |
493,284 | 17,503 | (13,773 | ) | 543,560 | 20,086 | (14,948 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total OTC derivative assets/(liabilities) |
11,724,856 | 290,599 | (286,082 | ) | 14,236,260 | 390,518 | (388,561 | ) |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 163 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Analysis of loans on concession programmes
Re-age activity
Re-age is applicable only to revolving products where a minimum due payment is required. Re-age refers to returning of a delinquent account to up to date status without collecting the full arrears (principal, interest and fees).
The following are the principal portfolios in which re-age activity occurs.
Principal portfolios core portfolios |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
New re-ages in the year | |
New re-ages as proportion of total outstanding |
|
|
30 day arrears at 12 months since re-age |
| ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
| ||||||
UK cards |
117 | 163 | 0.7 | 1.0 | 40.5 | 43.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
US cards |
36 | 31 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 47.2 | 46.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
UK cards: The reduction of new to re-ages in the year is due to changes in operational and qualification criteria resulting in reduced volume of accounts qualifying for re-age. Enhanced criteria has also led to lower 30 day arrears at 12 months after re-age.
US cards: The increase in new to re-ages is in line with portfolio growth, the ratio as a proportion of total outstanding remained stable at 0.2%.
Re-age activity in South Africa and Europe card portfolios are not considered to be material. For further detail on policy relating to the re-ageing of loans, please refer to page 116 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Forbearance
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
Analysis of forbearance programmes |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances | Impairment allowance | Impairment coverage | ||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
| ||||||
Personal and Corporate Bankinga |
589 | 931 | 33 | 63 | 5.6 | 6.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
209 | 299 | 29 | 45 | 13.8 | 15.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
729 | 972 | 247 | 394 | 33.9 | 40.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core |
1,527 | 2,202 | 309 | 502 | 20.2 | 22.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
246 | 419 | 20 | 49 | 8.3 | 11.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total retail |
1,773 | 2,621 | 329 | 551 | 18.5 | 21.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
210 | 106 | 4 | 10 | 2.1 | 9.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Personal and Corporate Banking |
1,764 | 1,590 | 253 | 225 | 14.3 | 14.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
228 | 132 | 17 | 7 | 7.5 | 5.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core |
2,202 | 1,828 | 274 | 242 | 12.4 | 13.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
230 | 651 | 117 | 271 | 50.7 | 41.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total wholesale |
2,432 | 2,479 | 391 | 513 | 16.1 | 20.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Group total |
4,205 | 5,100 | 720 | 1,064 | 17.1 | 20.9 |
Balances on forbearance programmes reduced 18% to £4.2bn (2014: £5.1bn) driven primarily by; (i) fewer customers requiring forbearance as macroeconomic conditions improved; and (ii) the ongoing impact of enhanced qualification criteria. The decrease in impairment coverage to 17.1% (2014: 20.9%) reflected coverage reduction across both the wholesale and retail portfolios.
Retail balances on forbearance reduced by 32% to £1.8bn and reflected a decrease across all businesses.
§ | PCB: Migration of Business Banking from Retail to Corporate amounting to £239m. |
§ | Barclaycard: Primarily due to multiple asset sales through the year and updated entry criteria for forbearance programmes, which reduced inflows in the UK cards portfolio. |
§ | Africa Banking: Updated qualifying criteria in South African home loans and depreciation of the Rand. |
Wholesale balances on forbearance reduced by 2% to £2.4bn as the removal of assets following the sale of the Spanish corporate business was partially offset by the migration of Business Banking forborne assets into the UK Corporate Bank. Excluding these movements, the overall level of forborne balances was broadly stable.
See over for more information on these portfolios.
Note
a | The forbearance definition has been tightened during the year based on observed performance to more accurately reflect signs of financial distress. As a result an element of the MCA population has been reclassified as high risk instead of forbearance. 2014 forbearance balances have been restated for a like for like comparison. |
164 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Retail forbearance programmes
Forbearance on the Groups principal retail portfolios in the UK, US and South Africa is presented below. The principal portfolios listed below account for 70% (2014: 83%) of total retail forbearance balances.
Analysis of key portfolios in forbearance programmes | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances on forbearance programmes | Marked | Marked | Impairment | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which: | to market | to market | allowances | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Past due of which: | LTV of | LTV of | marked | balances on | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
forbearance | forbearance | against | forbearance | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
% of gross | 91 or more | balances: | balances: | balances on | programmes | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
loans and | 1-90 days | days past | balance | valuation | forbearance | coverage | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | advances | Up-to-date | past due | due | weighted | weighted | programmes | ratio | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | % | £m | £m | £m | % | % | £m | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PCB UKa |
445 | 0.3 | 211 | 177 | 57 | 48.0 | 34.1 | 4 | 0.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking South Africa |
125 | 1.3 | 50 | 64 | 11 | 67.5 | 53.6 | 7 | 5.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK |
448 | 2.4 | 414 | 31 | 3 | n/a | n/a | 159 | 35.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US |
133 | 0.8 | 92 | 30 | 11 | n/a | n/a | 30 | 22.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured loans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK |
85 | 1.6 | 59 | 22 | 3 | n/a | n/a | 21 | 24.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PCB UK |
522 | 0.4 | 257 | 206 | 59 | 52.1 | 36.8 | 3 | 0.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking South Africa |
207 | 1.8 | 95 | 99 | 13 | 71.1 | 57.4 | 13 | 6.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK |
724 | 4.3 | 679 | 41 | 4 | n/a | n/a | 324 | 44.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US |
98 | 0.7 | 67 | 22 | 9 | n/a | n/a | 22 | 22.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured loans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK |
121 | 2.4 | 83 | 33 | 5 | n/a | n/a | 25 | 20.9 |
Loans in forbearance in the principal home loans portfolios decreased 22% to £570m (2014: £729m).
§ | PCB UK (home loans): Balances under forbearance decreased 15% to £445m, principally due to an update to the entry criteria, and fewer customers requiring forbearance in a stable macroeconomic environment. Total past due balances reduced 12% to £234m in line with falling total balances under forbearance. |
§ | Africa Banking South Africa (home loans): Reduction in forbearance balances to £125m (2014: £207m) was due to enhanced qualification criteria which resulted in a more appropriate and sustainable programme for customers, and depreciation of the Rand. |
Forbearance balances on principal credit cards, overdrafts and unsecured loan portfolios decreased by 29% to £666m.
§ | UK Cards: The reduction in forbearance balances was driven by the implementation of enhanced qualification criteria and asset sales. Balances in arrears and coverage ratio reduced in line with balance reduction. |
§ | US Cards: The increase in balances on forbearance programmes was in line with asset growth on the US portfolio. Balances in arrears remained low as a proportion of the total and coverage was stable. |
Forbearance by type |
| |||||||||||||||
Home loans Barclays Core portfolios | ||||||||||||||||
UK | South Africa | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| ||||
Interest only conversion |
94 | 100 | | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate reduction |
| | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Payment concession |
103 | 106 | 97 | 161 | ||||||||||||
Term extension |
248 | 316 | 28 | 45 | ||||||||||||
Total |
445 | 522 | 125 | 207 |
Note
a | The forbearance definition has been tightened during the year based on observed performance to more accurately reflect signs of financial distress. As a result, an element of the MCA population has been reclassified as high-risk instead of forbearance. 2014 forbearance balances have been restated for a like for like comparison. (2014 MCA balances: £1.3bn). |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 165 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Forbearance by type | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards and unsecured loans Barclays Core portfolios | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK cards | US cards | UK personal loans | ||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| ||||||
Payment concession |
21 | 31 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Term extension |
| | | | 6 | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||
Fully amortising |
| | 69 | 58 | 79 | 93 | ||||||||||||||||||
Repayment plana |
427 | 693 | 64 | 40 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
448 | 724 | 133 | 98 | 85 | 121 |
Payment concessions reduced to £21m (2014: £31m) in UK cards following its withdrawal from forbearance offering in 2014.
Repayment plan balances in UK cards decreased to £427m (2014: £693m) driven by a debt sale and the continued reduction in new repayment plan volumes, following the implementation of enhanced qualification criteria in 2012.
Wholesale forbearance programmes
The tables below detail balance information for wholesale forbearance cases.
Analysis of wholesale balances in forbearance programmes | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances on forbearance programmes | Impairment | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which: | allowances | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total balances £m |
|
|
% of gross loans and advances % |
|
|
Performing balances £m |
|
|
Impaired up-to-date balances £m |
|
|
Balances between 1 and 90 days past due £m |
|
|
Balances 91 days or more past due £m |
|
|
marked against balances on forbearance programmes £m |
|
|
balances on forbearance programmes coverage ratio % |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
210 | 0.2 | 81 | | 100 | 29 | 4 | 2.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
1,764 | 2.0 | 578 | 661 | 93 | 432 | 253 | 14.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
228 | 1.5 | 103 | 4 | | 121 | 17 | 7.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Core |
2,202 | 1.1 | 762 | 665 | 193 | 582 | 274 | 12.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
229 | 0.7 | 38 | 103 | 2 | 87 | 117 | 50.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Group |
2,431 | 1.0 | 800 | 768 | 195 | 669 | 391 | 16.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
106 | 0.1 | 52 | | 22 | 32 | 10 | 9.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
1,590 | 2.0 | 574 | 587 | 38 | 391 | 225 | 14.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
132 | 0.8 | 30 | 47 | 13 | 42 | 7 | 5.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Core |
1,828 | 0.9 | 656 | 634 | 73 | 465 | 242 | 13.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
651 | 1.5 | 36 | 336 | 41 | 238 | 271 | 41.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Group |
2,479 | 1.0 | 692 | 970 | 114 | 703 | 513 | 20.7 |
Wholesale forbearance reporting split by exposure class |
||||||||||||||||
|
Corporate £m |
|
|
Personal and trusts £m |
|
|
Other £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||
Restructure: reduced contractual cash flows |
158 | | | 158 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: maturity date extension |
716 | 24 | 62 | 801 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: changed cash flow profile (other than extension) |
317 | 1 | | 318 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: payment other than cash |
12 | | | 12 | ||||||||||||
Change in security |
7 | 1 | | 8 | ||||||||||||
Adjustments or non-enforcement of covenants |
295 | 92 | | 387 | ||||||||||||
Other (e.g. capital repayment holiday; restructure pending) |
538 | 208 | | 746 | ||||||||||||
Total |
2,043 | 326 | 62 | 2,431 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Restructure: reduced contractual cash flows |
180 | | | 180 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: maturity date extension |
600 | 79 | 4 | 683 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: changed cash flow profile (other than extension) |
335 | 25 | 4 | 364 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: payment other than cash |
7 | 9 | | 16 | ||||||||||||
Change in security |
17 | | | 17 | ||||||||||||
Adjustments or non-enforcement of covenants |
383 | 53 | | 436 | ||||||||||||
Other (e.g. capital repayment holiday; restructure pending) |
607 | 175 | 1 | 783 | ||||||||||||
Total |
2,129 | 341 | 9 | 2,479 |
Note
a | Repayment plan represents a reduction to the minimum payment due requirements and interest rate. |
166 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Wholesale forbearance reporting split by business unit | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
Total £m | ||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||
Restructure: reduced contractual cash flows |
131 | | 4 | 23 | 158 | |||||||||||||
Restructure: maturity date extension |
370 | 162 | 153 | 116 | 801 | |||||||||||||
Restructure: changed cash flow profile (other than extension) |
248 | 2 | 68 | | 318 | |||||||||||||
Restructure: payment other than cash |
1 | 11 | | | 12 | |||||||||||||
Change in security |
8 | | | | 8 | |||||||||||||
Adjustments or non-enforcements of covenants |
338 | 2 | | 47 | 387 | |||||||||||||
Other (e.g. capital repayment holiday; restructure pending) |
668 | 33 | 3 | 43 | 747 | |||||||||||||
Total |
1,764 | 210 | 228 | 229 | 2,431 | |||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||
Restructure: reduced contractual cash flows |
125 | | 1 | 54 | 181 | |||||||||||||
Restructure: maturity date extension |
314 | 72 | 78 | 219 | 683 | |||||||||||||
Restructure: changed cash flow profile (other than extension) |
178 | 2 | 49 | 135 | 364 | |||||||||||||
Restructure: payment other than cash |
13 | | | 3 | 16 | |||||||||||||
Change in security |
11 | | | 6 | 17 | |||||||||||||
Adjustments or non-enforcements of covenants |
329 | | | 107 | 436 | |||||||||||||
Other (e.g. capital repayment holiday; restructure pending) |
620 | 32 | 4 | 127 | 783 | |||||||||||||
Total |
1,589 | 106 | 134 | 651 | 2,479 |
Wholesale forbearance decreased 2% to £2.4bn with an impairment coverage ratio of 16.1% (2014: 20.7%). Personal & Corporate Banking accounted for the largest portion with 73% (2014: 64%) of total balances held as forbearance.
Overall forbearance balances in Core portfolios rose by 20% to £2.2bn, driven primarily by the migration of forborne Business Banking assets into the PCB UK Corporate Banking portfolio from PCB Retail.
Non-Core balances remain focused on the European corporate portfolios and reduced by 65% to £230m following the sale of the Spanish corporate business.
Wholesale forbearance flows in 2015a | ||||
|
Balance £m |
| ||
As at 1 January 2015 |
2,479 | |||
Added to forbearanceb |
1,302 | |||
Removed from forbearance (credit improvement) |
(190 | ) | ||
Fully or partially repaid and other movementsc |
(936 | ) | ||
Written off/moved to recoveries |
(224 | ) | ||
As at 31 December 2015 |
2,431 |
Analysis of problem loans
Impaired loans and loans past due within this section are reflected in the balance sheet credit quality tables on page 149 as being Higher Risk.
Age analysis of loans and advances that are past due but not impaired (audited)
The following table presents an age analysis of loans and advances that are past due but not impaired.
Loans and advances past due but not impaired (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past due up to 1 month £m |
|
|
Past due 1-2 months £m |
|
|
Past due 2-3 months £m |
|
|
Past due 3-6 months £m |
|
|
Past due 6 months and over £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances designated at fair value |
70 | 14 | | | 209 | 293 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
22 | 8 | 6 | 24 | 80 | 140 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
288 | 14 | 15 | 93 | 120 | 530 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
5,862 | 897 | 207 | 226 | 280 | 7,472 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
6,242 | 933 | 228 | 343 | 689 | 8,435 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances designated at fair value |
594 | 48 | 1 | | 33 | 676 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
46 | 6 | 17 | 135 | 230 | 434 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
64 | 29 | 14 | 139 | 194 | 440 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loansd |
5,251 | 630 | 874 | 190 | 387 | 7,332 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
5,955 | 713 | 906 | 464 | 844 | 8,882 |
Notes
a | Refer to sustainability of loans under forbearance in Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report for more information. |
b | Includes £239m transitioned to wholesale forbearance categories within the UK SME Businesses previously in Retail. |
c | Includes £321m removed following the sale of the Non-Core Business in Spain. |
d | Corporate loan balances past due up to 1 month have been revised down by £1,953m to better reflect the ageing of the loans. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 167 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Impaired loans
The following table represents an analysis of impaired loans in line with the disclosure requirements from the Enhanced Disclosure Taskforce. For further information on definitions of impaired loans refer to the identifying potential credit risk loans section on page 112 of Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Movement in impaired loans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
At beginning of year £m |
|
|
Classified as impaired during the year £m |
|
|
Transferred to not impaired during the year £m |
|
|
Repayments £m |
|
|
Amounts written off £m |
|
|
Acquisitions and disposals £m |
|
|
Exchange and other adjustments £m |
a
|
|
Balance at 31 December £m |
| |||||||||
2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
1,503 | 602 | (192 | ) | (272 | ) | (97 | ) | | (207 | ) | 1,337 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
2,613 | 2,226 | (112 | ) | (269 | ) | (1,873 | ) | | (385 | ) | 2,200 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
2,683 | 1,032 | (558 | ) | (208 | ) | (333 | ) | (43 | ) | (475 | ) | 2,098 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total impaired loans |
6,799 | 3,860 | (862 | ) | (749 | ) | (2,303 | ) | (43 | ) | (1,067 | ) | 5,635 | |||||||||||||||||||
2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
1,983 | 762 | (352 | ) | (412 | ) | (161 | ) | | (317 | ) | 1,503 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
3,385 | 2,089 | (108 | ) | (361 | ) | (1,885 | ) | | (507 | ) | 2,613 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
5,142 | 1,167 | (729 | ) | (658 | ) | (1,211 | ) | | (1,028 | ) | 2,683 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total impaired loans |
10,510 | 4,018 | (1,189 | ) | (1,431 | ) | (3,257 | ) | | (1,852 | ) | 6,799 | ||||||||||||||||||||
For information on restructured loans refer to disclosures on forbearance on pages 164 to 167.
Analysis of loans and advances assessed as impaired (audited) The following table presents an age analysis of loans and advances collectively impaired and total individually impaired loans.
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances assessed as impaired (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past due up to 1 month £m |
|
|
Past due 1-2 months £m |
|
|
Past due 2-3 months £m |
|
|
Past due 3-6 months £m |
|
|
Past due 6 months and over £m |
|
|
Total £m |
|
|
Individually assessed for impairment £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
3,672 | 1,036 | 278 | 364 | 812 | 6,162 | 648 | 6,810 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
1,241 | 691 | 284 | 541 | 1,792 | 4,549 | 964 | 5,513 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
251 | 76 | 45 | 76 | 96 | 544 | 1,786 | 2,330 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
5,164 | 1,803 | 607 | 981 | 2,700 | 11,255 | 3,398 | 14,653 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
5,155 | 1,424 | 335 | 470 | 1,050 | 8,434 | 455 | 8,889 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
1,196 | 738 | 299 | 532 | 2,225 | 4,990 | 800 | 5,790 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
284 | 30 | 24 | 25 | 148 | 511 | 2,679 | 3,190 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
6,635 | 2,192 | 658 | 1,027 | 3,423 | 13,935 | 3,934 | 17,869 |
The decrease in collectively impaired loans to £11.3bn (2014: £13.9bn) predominantly relates to home loans within the past due up to 1 month category. MCA forbearance balances previously allocated into this category (2014 MCA balances: £1.3bn) no longer form part of the forbearance programme nor collectively assessed for impairment.
Note
a | Exchange and other adjustments includes the reclassification of the Portuguese loans now held for sale and the Spanish loans held for sale in 2014. |
168 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Potential credit risk loans (PCRLs) and coverage ratios
The Group reports potentially and actually impaired loans as PCRLs. PCRLs comprise two categories of loans: credit risk loans (CRLs) and potential problem loans (PPLs). For further information on definitions of CRLs and PPLs refer to the identifying potential credit risk loans section on page 112 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Potential credit risk loans and coverage ratios by business | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
CRLs | PPLs | PCRLs | ||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| ||||||
Personal & Corporate Bankinga | 1,591 | 1,733 | 263 | 264 | 1,854 | 1,997 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking | 859 | 1,093 | 154 | 161 | 1,013 | 1,254 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard | 1,601 | 1,765 | 249 | 227 | 1,850 | 1,992 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core | 4,051 | 4,591 | 666 | 652 | 4,717 | 5,243 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 845 | 1,209 | 13 | 26 | 858 | 1,234 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Group retail | 4,896 | 5,800 | 679 | 678 | 5,575 | 6,477 | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank | 241 | 71 | 450 | 107 | 691 | 178 | ||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Bankinga | 1,794 | 2,112 | 567 | 614 | 2,361 | 2,726 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking | 541 | 665 | 245 | 94 | 786 | 759 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core | 2,576 | 2,848 | 1,262 | 815 | 3,838 | 3,663 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 345 | 841 | 109 | 119 | 454 | 960 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Group wholesale | 2,921 | 3,689 | 1,371 | 934 | 4,292 | 4,623 | ||||||||||||||||||
Group total | 7,817 | 9,489 | 2,050 | 1,612 | 9,867 | 11,100 | ||||||||||||||||||
Impairment allowance | CRL coverage | PCRL coverage | ||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
| ||||||
Personal & Corporate Bankinga,b | 713 | 766 | 44.8 | 44.2 | 38.5 | 38.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking | 539 | 681 | 62.7 | 62.3 | 53.2 | 54.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard | 1,835 | 1,815 | 114.6 | 102.8 | 99.2 | 91.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core | 3,087 | 3,262 | 76.2 | 71.1 | 65.4 | 62.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 369 | 428 | 43.7 | 35.4 | 43.0 | 34.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Group retail | 3,456 | 3,690 | 70.6 | 63.6 | 62.0 | 57.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank | 83 | 44 | 34.4 | 62.0 | 12.0 | 24.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Bankinga | 914 | 873 | 50.9 | 41.3 | 38.7 | 32.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking | 235 | 246 | 43.4 | 37.0 | 29.9 | 32.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core | 1,232 | 1,163 | 47.8 | 40.8 | 32.1 | 31.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 233 | 602 | 67.5 | 71.6 | 51.3 | 62.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Group wholesale | 1,465 | 1,765 | 50.2 | 47.8 | 34.1 | 38.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Group total | 4,921 | 5,455 | 63.0 | 57.5 | 49.9 | 49.1 |
§ | CRLs decreased 17.6% to £7.8bn, with the Groups CRL coverage ratio increasing to 63.0% (2014: 57.5%). |
§ | CRLs in retail portfolios have decreased 15.6% to £4.9bn. This is primarily driven by Non-Core as a result of the sale of the Portuguese business and rundown of assets in Europe. Another driver of the decrease is the Africa retail portfolios reducing as a result of improved recoveries. Retail CRL coverage increased to 70.6% (2014: 63.6%), due to the decrease in the retail CRL portfolio. |
§ | Wholesale CRL portfolios decreased by 20.8% to £2.9bn. This is primarily driven by reductions in Non-Core as a result of the sale of the Portuguese corporate loans and continued rundown of the Non-Core Investment Bank portfolio; and within PCB due to the improved economic environment. Investment Bank CRLs increased £170m to £241m predominantly relating to the Oil and Gas sector. Wholesale CRL coverage increased to 50.2% (2014: 47.8%), driven by the decrease in CRLs in 2015. |
Notes
a | UK Business Banking has been reclassified from Retail to Wholesale in line with how the business is now managed. |
b | 2014 PCB CRLs, PPLs and PCRLs have been revised by £151m, £121m and £273m respectively to align methodology for determining arrears categories with other Home Finance risk disclosures. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 169 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Impairment
Impairment allowances
Impairment allowances decreased 10% to £4,921m primarily within Non-Core as a result of the reclassification of impairments held against the Portuguese loans now held for sale.
Movements in allowance for impairment by asset class (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
At beginning of year £m |
|
|
Acquisitions and disposals £m |
|
|
Unwind of discount £m |
|
|
Exchange and other adjustments £m |
a
|
|
Amounts written off £m |
|
|
Recoveries £m |
|
|
Amounts charged to income statement £m |
|
|
Balance at 31 December £m |
| |||||||||
2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
547 | | (32) | (64) | (94) | 7 | 154 | 518 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
3,345 | | (105) | (170) | (1,848) | 301 | 1,871 | 3,394 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
1,563 | | (12) | (383) | (335) | 92 | 84 | 1,009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total impairment allowance |
5,455 | | (149) | (617) | (2,277) | 400 | 2,109 | 4,921 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
788 | | (23) | (200) | (191) | 17 | 156 | 547 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
3,603 | 13 | (116) | (307) | (1,679) | 126 | 1,705 | 3,345 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
2,867 | | (14) | (540) | (1,167) | 78 | 339 | 1,563 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total impairment allowance |
7,258 | 13 | (153) | (1,047) | (3,037) | 221 | 2,200 | 5,455 |
Management adjustments to models for impairment
Management adjustments to models for impairment are applied in order to factor in certain conditions or changes in policy that are not incorporated into the relevant impairment models, or to ensure that the impairment allowance reflects all known facts and circumstances at the period end. Adjustments typically increase the model derived impairment allowance. Where applicable, management adjustments are reviewed and incorporated into future model development.
Management adjustments to models of more than £10m with respect to impairment allowance in our principal portfolios are presented below.
Principal portfolios that have management adjustments greater than £10m (unaudited) |
| |||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
Total management adjustments to impairment stock, including forbearance £m |
|
|
Proportion of total impairment stock % |
|
|
Total management adjustments to impairment stock, including forbearance £m |
|
|
Proportion of total impairment stock % |
| ||||
PCB |
||||||||||||||||
UK home loans |
68 | 67 | 52 | 55 | ||||||||||||
UK personal loans |
75 | 16 | 48 | 10 | ||||||||||||
UK overdrafts |
37 | 29 | 30 | 19 | ||||||||||||
UK large corporate and business lending |
183 | 26 | 98 | 14 | ||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
||||||||||||||||
South Africa home loans |
22 | 17 | 22 | 11 | ||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
||||||||||||||||
UK cards |
147 | 17 | 62 | 5 | ||||||||||||
US Cards |
58 | 9 | 10 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Barclays Partner Finance |
41 | 28 | 9 | 7 | ||||||||||||
Germany Cards |
20 | 21 | 3 | 3 |
During 2015, the Retail Impairment Policy was significantly strengthened and models enhanced.
UK home loans: Adjustments to capture the potential impact from increase in the house price to earnings ratio, change in the impairment methodology and increased coverage on interest only loans maturing in the next five years.
UK personal loans: Adjustments to incorporate revised impairment policy requirements, and for updated model requirements.
UK overdrafts: Principally for updated model-related requirements and adjustments to align to revised impairment policy.
UK large corporate and business lending: In business lending to reflect policy changes affecting customers on forbearance and impairment treatment. In corporate lending to account for single name losses, adjustment to allow for small names yet to emerge within the oil and gas sector, and the susceptibility of minimum debt service customers to interest rate raises not currently captured in models.
South Africa home loans: Primarily to incorporate the uncertainty in the macroeconomic outlook. The adjustment has increased by 27% in local currency.
Barclaycard: Predominantly to align to new impairment policy requirements in models, and to increase coverage on forbearance programmes and accounts in recoveries.
Note
a | Exchange and other adjustments includes the reclassification of impairments held against the Portuguese loans now held for sale and the Spanish loans held for sale in 2014. |
170 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 171 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
172 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Balance sheet view of trading and banking books
As defined by the regulatory rules, a trading book consists of positions held for trading intent or to hedge elements of the trading book. Trading intent must be evidenced in the basis of the strategies, policies and procedures set up by the firm to manage the position or portfolio. The table below provides a Group-wide overview of where assets and liabilities on the Groups balance sheet are managed within regulatory traded and non-traded books.
The balance sheet split by trading book and banking books is shown on an IFRS scope of consolidation. The reconciliation between the accounting and regulatory scope of consolidation is shown in table 1 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report. The reconciling items are all part of the banking book.
Balance sheet split by trading and banking books |
||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Banking book £m |
a
|
|
Trading book £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||
Cash and balances at central banks |
49,711 | | 49,711 | |||||||||
Items in course of collection from other banks |
1,011 | | 1,011 | |||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
3,355 | 73,993 | 77,348 | |||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
25,263 | 51,567 | 76,830 | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
296 | 327,413 | 327,709 | |||||||||
Available for sale financial investments |
90,267 | | 90,267 | |||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
39,779 | 1,570 | 41,349 | |||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
380,406 | 18,811 | 399,217 | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
28,187 | | 28,187 | |||||||||
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets |
3,010 | | 3,010 | |||||||||
Investments in associates and joint ventures |
573 | | 573 | |||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
3,468 | | 3,468 | |||||||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
8,222 | | 8,222 | |||||||||
Current tax assets |
415 | | 415 | |||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
4,495 | | 4,495 | |||||||||
Retirement benefit assets |
836 | | 836 | |||||||||
Non-current assets classified as held for disposal |
7,364 | | 7,364 | |||||||||
Total assets |
646,658 | 473,354 | 1,120,012 | |||||||||
Deposits from banks |
45,344 | 1,736 | 47,080 | |||||||||
Items in course of collection due to other banks |
1,013 | | 1,013 | |||||||||
Customer accounts |
401,927 | 16,315 | 418,242 | |||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
25,035 | | 25,035 | |||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
| 33,967 | 33,967 | |||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
7,027 | 84,718 | 91,745 | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
1,699 | 322,553 | 324,252 | |||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
69,150 | | 69,150 | |||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
21,467 | | 21,467 | |||||||||
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities |
10,610 | | 10,610 | |||||||||
Provisions |
4,142 | | 4,142 | |||||||||
Current tax liabilities |
903 | | 903 | |||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
122 | | 122 | |||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities |
423 | | 423 | |||||||||
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
5,997 | | 5,997 | |||||||||
Total liabilities |
594,859 | 459,289 | 1,054,148 |
Included within the trading book are assets and liabilities which are included in the market risk regulatory measures. For more information on these measures (VaR, SVaR, IRC and APR) see the risk management section on page 128 in Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Note
a | The primary risk factors for banking book assets and liabilities are interest rates and, to a lesser extent, foreign exchange rates. Credit spreads and equity prices will also be factors where the Group holds debt and equity securities respectively, either as financial assets designated at fair value (see Note 14) or as available for sale (see Note 16). |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 173 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Traded market risk review
Review of management measures
The following disclosures provide details on management measures of market risk. See the risk management section on page 128 in Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report for more detail on management measures and the differences when compared to regulatory measures.
The table below shows the Total management VaR on a diversified basis by risk factor. Total management VaR includes all trading positions in the Investment Bank, Non-Core, Africa Banking and Head Office.
Limits are applied against each risk factor VaR as well as Total management VaR, which are then cascaded further by risk managers to each business.
The daily average, maximum and minimum values of management VaR (audited) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Management VaR (95%) |
Average | High | a | Low | a | Average | High | a | Low | a | ||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit risk |
11 | 17 | 8 | 11 | 15 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate risk |
6 | 14 | 4 | 11 | 17 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity risk |
8 | 18 | 4 | 10 | 16 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Basis risk |
3 | 4 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Spread risk |
3 | 6 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange risk |
3 | 6 | 1 | 4 | 23 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity risk |
2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 8 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Inflation risk |
3 | 5 | 2 | 2 | 4 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diversification effecta |
(22 | ) | n/a | n/a | (26 | ) | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||||
Total management VaR |
17 | 25 | 12 | 22 | 36 | 17 |
Average interest rate VaR decreased by £5m to £6m (Dec 14: £11m) during 2015 as certain banking book positions were transferred from the Investment Bank to Head Office Treasury, reflecting the operational transfer of responsibility (see page 176). These positions are high quality and liquid banking book assets and are now reported as non-traded market risk exposures. Similarly, lower spread risk and basis risk VaR in 2015 reflect reduced risk taking.
Average equities risk VaR reduced by 20% to £8m, reflecting reduced cash portfolio activities and a more conservative risk profile maintained in the derivatives portfolio.
Average foreign exchange risk VaR decreased by 25% to £3m as a result of lower activity in the first half of the year, partially offset by higher volatility in the global foreign exchange market seen in the second half of the year.
Inflation risk VaR increased by £1m to £3m, primarily due to increased volatility in the inflation market.
Average commodity risk VaR remained stable at £2m, but the high levels reduced significantly year-on-year due to the portfolio having been largely divested, and reduced client flows impacted by lower oil prices.
Group management VaR |
Daily trading revenue | |||
|
|
The chart above presents the frequency distribution of our daily trading revenues for all material positions included in VaR for 2015. This includes daily trading revenue generated in the Investment Bank (except for Private Equity and Principal Investments), Treasury, Africa Banking and Non-Core.
The basis of preparation for trading revenue was changed in 2015 to align better with and reflect the portfolio structure included in Group Management VaR. 2014 figures have been presented on a comparable basis. Disclosed trading revenue includes realised and unrealised mark to market gains and losses from intraday market moves but excludes commission and advisory fees. The trading revenue measure is based on actual trading results and holding periods. In contrast, the VaR shows the volatility of a hypothetical measure. To construct this measure, positions are assumed to be held for one day, and the aggregate unrealised gain or loss is the measure. VaR and the actual revenue figure are not directly comparable. VaR informs risk managers of the risk implications of current portfolio decisions.
Note
a | Diversification effects recognise that forecast losses from different assets or businesses are unlikely to occur concurrently, hence the expected aggregate loss is lower than the sum of the expected losses from each risk factor area. Historic correlations between losses are taken into account in making these assessments. The high and low VaR reported for each category did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low VaR reported as a whole. Consequently, diversification effect balances for the high and low VaR would not be meaningful and are therefore omitted from the above table. |
174 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
The average daily net revenue increased by 10% to £10.1m; there were more positive trading revenue days in 2015 than in 2014, with 85% (2014: 82%) of days generating positive trading revenue.
The daily VaR chart illustrates an average declining trend in 2015. Intermittent VaR increases were due to increased client flow in periods of heightened volatility in specific markets and subsequent risk management of the position.
Business scenario stresses
As part of the Groups risk management framework, on a regular basis the performance of the trading business in hypothetical scenarios characterised by severe macroeconomic conditions is modelled. Up to six global scenarios are modelled on a regular basis, for example, a sharp deterioration in liquidity, a slowdown in the global economy, terrorist attacks and a sovereign peripheral crisis.
Throughout 2015 the scenario analyses showed the biggest market risk related impact would be due to a severe deterioration in market liquidity and a sovereign peripheral crisis.
Review of regulatory measures
The following disclosures provide details on regulatory measures of market risk. See pages 133 and 134 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report for more detail on regulatory measures and the differences when compared to management measures.
The Groups market risk capital requirement comprises of two elements:
§ | trading book positions booked to legal entities within the scope of the Groups PRA waiver where the market risk is measured under a PRA approved internal models approach, including Regulatory VaR, Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR), Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) and All Price Risk (APR) as required |
§ | trading book positions that do not meet the conditions for inclusion within the approved internal models approach. The capital requirement for these positions is calculated using standardised rules. |
The table below summarises the regulatory market risk measures under the internal models approach. See table Minimum capital requirement for market risk on page 76 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report for a breakdown of capital requirements by approach.
Analysis of Regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and APR |
||||||||||||||||
|
Year end £m |
|
|
Average £m |
|
|
Max £m |
|
|
Min £m |
| |||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR |
26 | 28 | 46 | 20 | ||||||||||||
SVaR |
44 | 54 | 68 | 38 | ||||||||||||
IRC |
129 | 142 | 254 | 59 | ||||||||||||
APR |
12 | 15 | 27 | 11 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR |
29 | 39 | 66 | 29 | ||||||||||||
SVaR |
72 | 74 | 105 | 53 | ||||||||||||
IRC |
80 | 118 | 287 | 58 | ||||||||||||
APR |
24 | 28 | 39 | 24 |
Overall, there was a lower risk profile during 2015:
§ | Regulatory VaR/SVaR: reduction in a Regulatory VaR/SVaR is driven by application of diversification to the general and specific market risk VaR charges which resulted in an overall RWA reduction |
§ | IRC: the IRC increase was mainly driven by the implementation of an updated IRC model in Q4 15 which features a more refined correlation structure, adoption of a continuous transition matrix and a local currency adjustment for sovereign issuance |
§ | APR: reduced as a result of further reductions in a specific legacy portfolio. |
Breakdown of the major regulatory risk measures by portfolio |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Macro £m |
|
|
Equities £m |
|
|
Credit £m |
|
|
Client Capital Management |
|
|
Treasury £m |
|
|
Africa £m |
|
|
Non-Core £m |
| |||||||
Regulatory VaR |
10 | 8 | 5 | 12 | 4 | 4 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SVaR |
25 | 33 | 15 | 18 | 11 | 6 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||
IRC |
197 | 5 | 79 | 99 | 13 | | 62 | |||||||||||||||||||||
APR |
| | | | | | 12 |
The table above shows the primary portfolios which are driving the trading businesses modelled capital requirement as at 2015 year end. The standalone portfolio results diversify at the total level and are not necessarily additive. Regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and APR in the prior table show the diversified results at a group level.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 175 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Non-traded market risk
Overview
The non-traded market risk framework covers exposures in the banking book, mostly consisting of exposures relating to accrual accounted and available for sale instruments. The potential volatility of the net interest income of the bank is measured by an Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR) metric that is monitored regularly and reported to senior management and the Board Risk Committee as part of the limit monitoring framework.
Net interest income sensitivity
The table below shows a sensitivity analysis on pre-tax net interest income for the non-trading financial assets and financial liabilities including the effect of any hedging. The sensitivity has been measured using the Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR) methodology as described on page 136 in Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report. Note that this metric is simplistic in that it assumes a large parallel shock occurs instantaneously across all major currencies and ignores the impact of any management actions on customer products.
Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by business unit | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa £m |
|
|
Non-Core £m |
a
|
|
Treasury £m |
b
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
+200bps |
305 | (31 | ) | 28 | 27 | (131 | ) | 198 | ||||||||||||||||
+100bps |
152 | (14 | ) | 14 | 14 | (63 | ) | 103 | ||||||||||||||||
-100bps |
(385 | ) | 10 | (11 | ) | | (26 | ) | (412 | ) | ||||||||||||||
-200bps |
(433 | ) | 14 | (14 | ) | | (36 | ) | (469 | ) | ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014c |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
+200bps |
464 | (59 | ) | 26 | 6 | 14 | 451 | |||||||||||||||||
+100bps |
239 | (27 | ) | 13 | 3 | 10 | 238 | |||||||||||||||||
-100bps |
(426 | ) | 26 | (9 | ) | (1 | ) | (29 | ) | (439 | ) | |||||||||||||
-200bps |
(430 | ) | 29 | (17 | ) | (1 | ) | (39 | ) | (458 | ) |
Overall the NII sensitivity of the Group to sudden changes in interest rates has decreased. The main drivers of the change in NII sensitivities are:
§ | PCB: The reduction in NII sensitivity was due to increased hedging of certain deposit products exposure to interest rate changes |
§ | Barclaycard: The reduction in NII is due to a decrease in the period of time that the book can be repriced post a change in interest rates |
§ | Non-Core: The increase is predominantly due to a change in the hedge profile following the announced disposals in Europe |
§ | Treasury: The increase in NII sensitivity is primarily driven by an increased exposure in the short dated available for sale bond portfolio. This results in a higher duration mismatch between assets and liabilities which an up-shock scenario creates a negative impact. In a down shock scenario the full benefit of this is not realised due to the rates being floored at zero, resulting in a net negative NII impact from Treasury under these simple modelling assumptions. |
Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by currency (audited) | ||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
+100 basis points £m |
|
|
-100 basis points £m |
|
|
+100 basis points £m |
|
|
-100 basis points £m |
| ||||
GBP |
94 | (368 | ) | 184 | (406 | ) | ||||||||||
USD |
(15 | ) | (30 | ) | (11 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||||
EUR |
(6 | ) | (8 | ) | 21 | 3 | ||||||||||
ZAR |
6 | (5 | ) | 10 | (8 | ) | ||||||||||
Other currencies |
24 | (1 | ) | 34 | (17 | ) | ||||||||||
Total |
103 | (412 | ) | 238 | (439 | ) | ||||||||||
As percentage of net interest income |
0.82 | % | (3.28 | )% | 1.97 | % | (3.63 | )% |
Notes
a | Only retail exposures within Non-Core are included in the calculation. |
b | Treasury includes both accrual and fair value accounted positions modelled with an appropriate holding period. It excludes hedge accounting ineffectiveness. Although hedge accounting ineffectiveness is recorded within net interest income, it is excluded in this analysis as it is driven by fair value movements rather than interest accruals. |
c | 2014 comparatives have been revised to reflect the inclusion of all Treasury banking books and the exclusion of hedge ineffectiveness. |
176 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Economic Capital by business unit
Barclays measures some non-traded market risks using an economic capital (EC) methodology. EC is predominantly calculated using a daily VaR model and then scaled up to a one-year EC confidence interval (99.98%). For more information on definitions of prepayment, recruitment and residual risk, and on how EC is used to manage market risk, see the market risk management section on page 128 in Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report.
Economic capital for non-trading risk by business unit | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking |
|
|
Non-Core £m |
a
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Prepayment risk |
35 | 7 | | | 42 | |||||||||||||||
Recruitment risk |
64 | 1 | | 5 | 70 | |||||||||||||||
Residual risk |
7 | 2 | 126 | 5 | 140 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
106 | 10 | 126 | 10 | 252 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Prepayment risk |
32 | 15 | | | 47 | |||||||||||||||
Recruitment risk |
148 | 1 | | | 149 | |||||||||||||||
Residual risk |
12 | 3 | 34 | 16 | 65 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
192 | 19 | 34 | 16 | 261 |
PCB recruitment risk: The reduction of EC for PCB is driven by lower levels of recruitment risk associated with hedging mismatch for savings and mortgage products as at 31 December 2015. The mortgage book in particular saw significant falls in recruitment risk due to lower levels of pre-hedging, particularly within mortgages of longer tenor.
Africa Banking residual risk: The significant changes in EC for Africa Banking are mainly due to the adoption of new behavioural assumptions for residual risk which went live on 1 January 2015.
Analysis of equity sensitivity
The table below measures the overall impact of a +/- 100bps movement in interest rates on available for sale and cash flow hedge reserves. This data is captured using PV01 which is an indicator of the shift in asset value for a 1 basis point shift in the yield curve. Note that the methodology used to estimate the impact of the negative movement applied a 0% floor to interest rates.
Analysis of equity sensitivity | ||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
+100 basis points £m |
|
|
-100 basis points £m |
|
|
+100 basis points £m |
|
|
-100 basis points £m |
| ||||
Net interest income |
103 | (412 | ) | 238 | (439 | ) | ||||||||||
Taxation effects on the above |
(31 | ) | 124 | (57 | ) | 105 | ||||||||||
Effect on profit for the year |
72 | (288 | ) | 181 | (334 | ) | ||||||||||
As percentage of net profit after tax |
11.56 | % | (46.23 | )% | 21.42 | % | (39.53 | )% | ||||||||
Effect on profit for the year (per above) |
72 | (288 | ) | 181 | (334 | ) | ||||||||||
Available for sale reserve |
(751 | ) | 1,052 | (698 | ) | 845 | ||||||||||
Cash flow hedge reserve |
(3,104) | 1,351 | (3,058 | ) | 2,048 | |||||||||||
Taxation effects on the above |
1,157 | (721 | ) | 901 | (694 | ) | ||||||||||
Effect on equity |
(2,626 | ) | 1,394 | (2,674 | ) | 1,865 | ||||||||||
As percentage of equity |
(3.99) | % | 2.12 | % | (4.05) | % | 2.83 | % |
As discussed in relation to the net interest income sensitivity table on page 176, the impact of a 100bps movement in rates is largely driven by PCB and Treasury. The available for sale reserve change in sensitivity was mainly driven by changes in portfolio composition, primarily due to an increase in available for sale assets held on a shorter dated outright basis. Note that the movement in the available for sale reserve would impact CRD IV fully loaded Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital but the movement in the cash flow hedge reserve would not impact CET1 capital.
Note
a | Only the retail exposures within Non-Core are captured in the measure. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 177 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Volatility of the available for sale portfolio in the liquidity pool
Changes in value of the available for sale exposures flow directly through capital via the equity reserve. The volatility of the value of the available for sale investments in the liquidity pool is captured and managed through a value measure rather than an earning measure, i.e. the non-traded market risk VaR.
Although the underlying methodology to calculate the non-traded VaR is the same as the one used to calculate traded management VaR, the two measures are not directly comparable. The non-traded VaR represents the volatility to capital driven by the available for sale exposures. This is used for internal management purposes and although it is not formally backtested like the regulatory VaR (as shown on page 175), it is reviewed on a regular basis by risk managers to ensure it remains adequate for risk appetite and monitoring purposes.
These exposures are in the banking book and do not meet the criteria for trading book treatment. As such available for sale volatility is a risk which is taken into account in the IRRBB internal capital assessment, which is covered by the Pillar 2 capital framework.
Analysis of volatility of the available for sale portfolio in liquidity pool |
||||||||||||
2015 | ||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
|
Average £m |
|
|
High £m |
|
|
Low £m |
| |||
Non-traded market VaR (daily, 95%) |
41.6 | 48.5 | 37.0 |
The non-traded VaR is mainly driven by volatility of interest rates in developed markets in the chart above.
The increase in VaR seen in H215 is due to the volatility in the government and swap rate markets observed in that period, particularly in the US and the UK. The subsequent decrease was due to subsiding market volatility in combination with a reduction in exposure.
Foreign exchange risk
The Group is exposed to two sources of foreign exchange risk.
a) Transactional foreign currency exposure
Transactional foreign exchange exposure represents exposure on banking assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the transacting entity.
The Groups risk management policies prevent the holding of significant open positions in foreign currencies outside the trading portfolio managed by the Investment Bank which is monitored through VaR.
Banking book transactional foreign exchange risk outside of the Investment Bank is monitored on a daily basis by the market risk functions and minimised by the businesses.
b) Translational foreign exchange exposure
The Groups investments in overseas subsidiaries and branches create capital resources denominated in foreign currencies, principally USD, EUR and ZAR. Changes in the GBP value of the net investments due to foreign currency movements are captured in the currency translation reserve, resulting in a movement in CET1 capital.
The Groups strategy is to minimise the volatility of the capital ratios caused by foreign exchange movements, by ensuring that the CET1 capital movements broadly match the revaluation of the Groups foreign currency RWA exposures.
The economic hedges primarily represent the USD and EUR preference shares and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) instruments that are held as equity, which are accounted for at historic cost under IFRS and do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes.
178 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Functional currency of operations (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Foreign currency net investments £m |
|
|
Borrowings which hedge the net investments £m |
|
|
Derivatives which hedge the net investments £m |
|
|
Structural currency exposures pre-economic hedges £m |
|
|
Economic hedges £m |
|
|
Remaining structural currency exposures £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD | 24,712 | 8,839 | 1,158 | 14,715 | 7,008 | 7,707 | ||||||||||||||||||
EUR | 2,002 | 630 | 14 | 1,358 | 1,764 | (406 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
ZAR | 3,201 | 4 | 99 | 3,098 | | 3,098 | ||||||||||||||||||
JPY | 383 | 168 | 205 | 10 | | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other | 2,927 | | 1,294 | 1,633 | | 1,633 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 33,225 | 9,641 | 2,770 | 20,814 | 8,772 | 12,042 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD | 23,728 | 5,270 | 1,012 | 17,446 | 6,655 | 10,791 | ||||||||||||||||||
EUR | 3,056 | 328 | 238 | 2,490 | 1,871 | 619 | ||||||||||||||||||
ZAR | 3,863 | | 103 | 3,760 | | 3,760 | ||||||||||||||||||
JPY | 364 | 164 | 208 | (8 | ) | | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Other | 2,739 | | 1,198 | 1,541 | | 1,541 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 33,750 | 5,762 | 2,759 | 25,229 | 8,526 | 16,703 |
During 2015, total structural currency exposure net of hedging instruments decreased by £4.7bn to £12.0bn (2014: £16.7bn). The decrease is broadly in line with the overall RWA currency profile, with a reduction in USD RWAs in the year. Foreign currency net investments remained stable at £33.2bn (2014: £33.8bn).
Pension risk review
The UK Retirement Fund (UKRF) represents approximately 92% (2014: 92%) of the Groups total retirement benefit obligations globally. The other material overseas schemes are in South Africa and in the US and they represent approximately 4% (2014: 4%) and 2% (2014: 2%) respectively of the Groups total retirement benefit obligations. As such, this risk review section focuses exclusively on the UKRF. Note that the scheme is closed to new entrants.
Pension risk arises as the estimated market value of the pension fund assets might decline, or the investment returns might reduce; or the estimated value of the pension liabilities might increase.
See page 137 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report for more information on how pension risk is managed.
Assets
The Board of Trustees defines an overall long term investment strategy for the UKRF, with investments across a broad range of asset classes. This ensures an appropriate mix of return seeking assets to generate future returns as well as liability matching assets to better match the future pension obligations. The main market risks within the asset portfolio are due to movements in interest rates and equities, as shown by the analysis of scheme assets within Note 35 Pensions and retirement benefits.
The fair value of the UKRF plan assets was £26.8bn. See Note 35 Pensions and retirement benefits.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 179 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Liabilities
The retirement benefit obligations are a series of future cash flows with relatively long duration. On an IAS 19 basis these cash flows are sensitive to changes in the expected long term inflation rate and the discount rate (AA corporate bond yield curve):
§ | an increase in long term inflation corresponds to an increase in liabilities |
§ | an increase in the discount rate corresponds to a decrease in liabilities. |
Pension risk is generated through the Groups defined benefit schemes and this risk is set to reduce over time as our main defined benefit schemes are closed to new entrants, and in many cases closed to future accruals. The chart below outlines the shape of the UKRFs liability cash flow profile that takes account of future inflation indexing of payments to beneficiaries, with the majority of the cash flows (approximately 83%) falling between 0 and 40 years, peaking within the 21 to 30 year band and reducing thereafter. The shape may vary depending on changes in inflation expectation and mortality and it is updated in line with the triennial valuation process.
For more detail on liability assumptions see Note 35 to the financial statements.
Risk measurement
In line with Barclays risk management framework, the assets and liabilities of the UKRF are modelled within a VaR framework to show the volatility of the pension positions on a total portfolio level. This ensures that the risks, diversification and liability matching characteristics of the UKRF obligations and investments are adequately captured. VaR is measured and monitored on a monthly basis. It is discussed at pension risk fora such as the Market Risk Committee, Pensions Management Group and Pension Executive Board. The VaR model takes into account the valuation of the liabilities following an IAS 19 basis (see Note 35 Pension and post-retirement benefits in the financial statements). The trustees receive quarterly VaR measures on a funding basis.
The pension liability is also sensitive to post-retirement mortality assumptions (see Note 35).
In addition to this, the impact of pension risk to the Group is taken into account as part of the stress testing process. Stress testing is performed internally at least on an annual basis. The UKRF exposure is also included as part of the regulatory stress tests and exercises indicated that the UKRF risk profile is resilient to severe stress events.
The defined benefit pension scheme affects capital in two ways. An IAS 19 deficit impacts the CET1 capital ratio, and pension risk is also taken into account in the Pillar 2A capital assessment.
Triennial valuation
Please see Note 35 Pensions and retirement benefits for information on the funding position of the UKRF.
Insurance risk review
Insurance risk is managed within Africa Banking primarily in the Wealth, Investment Management & Insurance (WIMI) portfolios and is reported across four significant categories. Please see page 138 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report for more information on the definitions and governance procedure.
The risk types below mainly determine the regulatory capital requirements. The year-on-year decrease in risk appetite was agreed as part of the medium-term planning process.
Analysis of insurance riska | ||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | |
Position £m |
|
|
Appetite £m |
|
|
Position £m |
|
|
Appetite £m |
| ||||
Short term insurance underwriting risk |
30 | 32 | 40 | 44 | ||||||||||||
Life insurance underwriting risk |
17 | 20 | 21 | 28 | ||||||||||||
Life insurance mismatch risk |
12 | 20 | 16 | 40 | ||||||||||||
Life and short-term insurance investment risk |
11 | 18 | 12 | 14 |
In 2015, the largest year-on-year movement was in short-term insurance underwriting risk where the reduction in the position reflected the closure of the Agriculture book to new insurance business.
For mismatch risk, the 2015 Appetite was materially lower than the 2014 Appetite as the level of mismatch between policyholder assets and policyholder liabilities decreased following the adoption of improved reserving methodologies and sign off by the independent statutory actuary function. As a result, while 2015 Position has reduced in absolute terms, the utilisation against appetite has increased.
From 2016 onwards, the methodology for assessment of Insurance Risk will change from a CAR-based approach to a Solvency Assessment and Management (SAM) based approach (the Solvency II equivalent) which is considered to be a more robust risk management approach with well-developed methodologies.
Note
a | The figures in the table are reported using Capital Adequacy Requirement (CAR) approach. |
180 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk Capital
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 181 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk Capital
182 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Capital resources
The CRR and Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) implemented Basel III within the EU (collectively known as CRD IV) on 1 January 2014. The rules are supplemented by Regulatory Technical Standards and the PRAs rulebook, including the implementation of transitional rules. However, rules and guidance are still subject to change as certain aspects of CRD IV are dependent on final technical standards and clarifications to be issued by the EBA and adopted by the European Commission and the PRA. All capital, RWA and leverage calculations reflect Barclays interpretation of the current rules.
Key capital ratios |
||||||
As at 31 December |
2015 | 2014 | ||||
Fully Loaded CET1 |
11.4% | 10.3% | ||||
PRA Transitional CET1a |
11.4% | 10.2% | ||||
PRA Transitional Tier 1b,c |
14.7% | 13.0% | ||||
PRA Transitional Total Capitalb,c |
18.6% | 16.5% | ||||
Capital resources (audited) |
||||||
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
2014 £m | ||
Shareholders equity (excluding non-controlling interests) per the balance sheet |
59,810 | 59,567 | ||||
Less: other equity instruments (recognised as AT1 capital) |
(5,305) | (4,322) | ||||
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable dividends |
(631) | (615) | ||||
Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) |
950 | 1,227 | ||||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
||||||
Additional value adjustments (PVA) |
(1,602) | (2,199) | ||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
(8,234) | (8,127) | ||||
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding temporary differences |
(855) | (1,080) | ||||
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges |
(1,231) | (1,814) | ||||
Excess of expected losses over impairment |
(1,365) | (1,772) | ||||
Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from own credit |
127 | 658 | ||||
Defined benefit pension fund assets |
(689) | | ||||
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments |
(57) | (25) | ||||
Other regulatory adjustments |
(177) | (45) | ||||
Fully loaded CET1 capital |
40,741 | 41,453 | ||||
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains |
| (583) | ||||
PRA transitional CET1 capital |
40,741 | 40,870 | ||||
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital |
||||||
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
5,305 | 4,322 | ||||
Qualifying AT1 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries |
6,718 | 6,870 | ||||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
(130) | | ||||
Transitional AT1 capitald |
11,893 | 11,192 | ||||
PRA transitional Tier 1 capital |
52,634 | 52,062 | ||||
Tier 2 capital |
||||||
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
1,757 | 800 | ||||
Qualifying Tier 2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries |
12,389 | 13,529 | ||||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
(253) | (48) | ||||
PRA transitional total regulatory capital |
66,527 | 66,343 |
Notes
a | The CRD IV CET1 ratio (FSA October 2012 transitional statement) as applicable to Barclays Tier 2 Contingent Capital Notes was 13.1% based on £46.8bn of transitional CRD IV CET1 capital and £358bn RWAs. |
b | The PRA transitional capital is based on the PRA Rulebook and accompanying supervisory statements. |
c | As at 31 December 2015, Barclays fully loaded Tier 1 capital was £46,173m, and the fully loaded Tier 1 ratio was 12.9%. Fully loaded total regulatory capital was £62,103m and the fully loaded total capital ratio was 17.3%. The fully loaded Tier 1 capital and total capital measures are calculated without applying the transitional provisions set out in CRD IV and assessing compliance of AT1 and Tier 2 instruments against the relevant criteria in CRD IV. |
d | Of the £11.9bn transitional AT1 capital, fully loaded AT1 capital used for the leverage ratio comprises the £5.3bn capital instruments and related share premium accounts, £0.3bn qualifying minority interests and £0.1bn capital deductions. It excludes legacy Tier 1 capital instruments issued by subsidiaries that are subject to grandfathering. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 183 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk Capital
Movement in CET1 capital |
||
2015 £m | ||
Opening balance as at 1 January |
41,453 | |
Loss for the period attributable to equity holders |
(49) | |
Own credit |
(531) | |
Dividends paid and foreseen |
(1,372) | |
Decrease in regulatory capital generated from earnings |
(1,952) | |
Net impact of share awards |
609 | |
Available for sale reserves |
(245) | |
Currency translation reserves |
(41) | |
Other reserves |
9 | |
Increase in other qualifying reserves |
332 | |
Retirement benefit reserve |
916 | |
Defined benefit pension fund asset deduction |
(689) | |
Net impact of pensions |
227 | |
Minority interests |
(277) | |
Additional value adjustments (PVA) |
597 | |
Goodwill and intangible assets |
(107) | |
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences |
225 | |
Excess of expected loss over impairment |
407 | |
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments |
(32) | |
Other regulatory adjustments |
(132) | |
Decrease in regulatory adjustments and deductions |
681 | |
Closing balance as at 31 December |
40,741 |
§ | During 2015, the fully loaded CET1 ratio increased to 11.4% (2014: 10.3%) driven by a significant reduction in RWAs. |
§ | CET1 capital decreased by £0.7bn to £40.7bn, after absorbing adjusting items, with the following significant movements: |
| a £1.4bn reduction for dividends paid and foreseen |
| a £0.2bn net increase as the retirement benefit reserve increased £0.9bn, offset by £0.7bn pension asset deduction |
| a £0.7bn increase due to lower regulatory deductions and adjustments including a £0.6bn decrease in PVA, a £0.4bn decrease in expected losses due to the sale of the Spanish business and disposals across the Investment Bank, partially offset by a £0.3bn decrease in eligible minority interests. |
184 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk weighted assets (RWAs) by risk type and business | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit risk | Counterparty credit riska | Market riskb | |
Operational risk |
|
Total RWAs | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Std £m |
|
|
IRB £m |
|
|
Std £m |
|
|
IRB £m |
|
|
Std £m |
|
|
IMA £m |
|
£m | £m | |||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking | 31,506 | 71,352 | 242 | 1,122 | 30 | | 16,176 | 120,428 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard | 17,988 | 17,852 | | | | | 5,505 | 41,345 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking | 8,556 | 17,698 | 22 | 487 | 885 | 682 | 5,604 | 33,934 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank | 4,808 | 39,414 | 11,020 | 10,132 | 9,626 | 13,713 | 19,620 | 108,333 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office and Other Operations | 1,513 | 2,763 | 32 | 59 | 48 | 1,230 | 2,104 | 7,749 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Core | 64,371 | 149,079 | 11,316 | 11,800 | 10,589 | 15,625 | 49,009 | 311,789 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 5,078 | 11,912 | 1,397 | 9,231 | 679 | 10,639 | 7,651 | 46,587 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total risk weighted assets | 69,449 | 160,991 | 12,713 | 21,031 | 11,268 | 26,264 | 56,660 | 358,376 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking | 32,657 | 70,080 | 238 | 1,049 | 26 | | 16,176 | 120,226 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard | 15,910 | 18,492 | | | | | 5,505 | 39,907 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking | 9,015 | 21,794 | 10 | 562 | 948 | 588 | 5,604 | 38,521 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank | 5,773 | 36,829 | 13,739 | 11,781 | 18,179 | 16,480 | 19,621 | 122,402 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office and Other Operations | 506 | 2,912 | 234 | 62 | 7 | 521 | 1,326 | 5,568 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Core | 63,861 | 150,107 | 14,221 | 13,454 | 19,160 | 17,589 | 48,232 | 326,624 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 10,679 | 19,416 | 3,023 | 18,406 | 2,236 | 13,088 | 8,428 | 75,276 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total risk weighted assets | 74,540 | 169,523 | 17,244 | 31,860 | 21,396 | 30,677 | 56,660 | 401,900 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Movement analysis of risk weighted assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Risk weighted assets | |
Credit risk £bn |
|
|
Counterparty credit risk £bn |
a
|
|
Market risk £bn |
b
|
|
Operational risk £bn |
|
|
Total RWAs £bn |
| |||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2015 | 244.0 | 49.1 | 52.1 | 56.7 | 401.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Book size | 8.3 | (10.6 | ) | (9.5 | ) | | (11.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions and disposals | (14.2 | ) | | (0.4 | ) | | (14.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Book quality | 0.1 | (1.7 | ) | 0.7 | | (0.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Model updates | (2.1 | ) | (1.1 | ) | (2.7 | ) | | (5.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Methodology and policy | 2.3 | (1.9 | ) | (2.6 | ) | | (2.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange movementc | (8.0 | ) | (0.1 | ) | | | (8.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | 230.4 | 33.7 | 37.6 | 56.7 | 358.4 |
RWAs decreased £43.5bn to £358.4bn, driven by:
§ | Book size: RWAs decreased £11.8bn primarily due to a reduction in holdings of US bonds and equities and a reduction in derivatives and securities financing transactions. This was partially offset by a growth in corporate lending, particularly in Africa and the UK |
§ | Acquisitions and disposals: RWAs decreased £14.6bn primarily due to disposals in Non-Core, including the sale of the Spanish business |
§ | Model updates: RWAs decreased £5.9bn primarily due to implementation of diversification benefits across advanced general and specific market risk, as well as a recalibration of a credit risk model within the Investment Bank and Non-Core |
§ | Methodology and policy: RWAs decreased £2.2bn primarily due to the implementation of collateral modelling for mismatched FX collateral, and a transfer of securities financing transactions in certain businesses from the banking book to trading book, enabling further collateral offset |
§ | Foreign exchange movements decreased RWAs by £8.1bn primarily due to depreciation of ZAR against GBP. |
Notes
a | RWAs in relation to default fund contributions are included in counterparty credit risk. |
b | RWAs in relation to credit valuation adjustment (CVA) are included in market risk. |
c | Foreign exchange movement does not include FX for modelled counterparty risk or modelled market risk. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 185 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk Capital
Leverage ratio and exposures
The leverage ratio applicable to the Group has been calculated in accordance with the requirements of the CRR which was amended effective from January 2015. The leverage calculation below uses the end point CRR definition of Tier 1 capital for the numerator and the CRR definition of leverage exposure.
At 31 December 2015, Barclays leverage ratio was 4.5%, which exceeds the expected end point minimum requirement of 3.7% as outlined by the PRA Supervisory Statement SS45/15 and the updated PRA rulebook, comprising of the 3% minimum requirement, and the fully phased in G-SII buffer.
Leverage exposure | ||||||||
|
As at 31.12.15 £bn |
|
|
As at 31.12.14 £bn |
a
| |||
Accounting assets | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 328 | 440 | ||||||
Cash collateral | 62 | 73 | ||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 28 | 132 | ||||||
Financial assets designated at fair valueb | 77 | 38 | ||||||
Loans and advances and other assets | 625 | 675 | ||||||
Total IFRS assets | 1,120 | 1,358 | ||||||
Regulatory consolidation adjustments | (10 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||
Derivatives adjustments | ||||||||
Derivatives netting | (293 | ) | (395 | ) | ||||
Adjustments to cash collateral | (46 | ) | (53 | ) | ||||
Net written credit protection | 15 | 27 | ||||||
Potential Future Exposure (PFE) on derivatives | 129 | 179 | ||||||
Total derivatives adjustments | (195 | ) | (242 | ) | ||||
Securities financing transactions (SFTs) adjustments | 16 | 25 | ||||||
Regulatory deductions and other adjustments | (14 | ) | (15 | ) | ||||
Weighted off-balance sheet commitments | 111 | 115 | ||||||
Total fully loaded leverage exposure | 1,028 | 1,233 | ||||||
Fully loaded CET1 capital | 40.7 | 41.5 | ||||||
Fully loaded AT1 capital | 5.4 | 4.6 | ||||||
Fully loaded Tier 1 capital | 46.2 | 46.0 | ||||||
Fully loaded leverage ratio | 4.5% | 3.7% |
§ | During 2015 the leverage ratio increased significantly to 4.5% (2014: 3.7%) driven by a reduction in the leverage exposure of £205bn to £1,028bn. |
§ | Total derivative exposuresc decreased £76bn to £195bn: |
| PFE decreased £50bn to £129bn, mainly as a result of continued Non-Core rundown and optimisations including trade compressions and tear-ups |
| other derivative assets decreased £14bn to £51bn, driven by a net decrease in IFRS derivatives. The decrease was mainly within interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives due to net trade reduction and an increase in major interest forward curves |
| net written credit protection decreased £12bn to £15bn due to a reduction in business activity and improved portfolio netting. |
§ | Taken together, reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and financial assets designated at fair value decreased £65bn to £105bn, reflecting a reduction in matched book trading and general firm financing due to balance sheet deleveraging. |
§ | Loans and advances and other assets decreased £50bn to £625bn driven by £37bn reduction in trading portfolio assets primarily due to Non-Core rundown, a reduction in trading activities in the Investment Bank, as well as a £10bn decrease in settlement balances and a £5bn decrease in Africa reflecting the depreciation of ZAR against GBP. This was partially offset by lending growth of £3bn in Barclaycard. |
§ | SFT adjustments decreased by £9bn to £16bn due to maturity of trades and a reduction in trading volumes. |
Notes
a | 2014 comparatives have been prepared on a BCBS 270 basis. Barclays does not believe that there is a material difference between the BCBS 270 leverage exposure and a leverage exposure calculated in accordance with the EU delegated act. |
b | Included within financial assets designated at fair value are reverse repurchase agreements designated at fair value of £50bn (2014: £5bn). |
c | Total derivative exposures includes IFRS derivative financial instruments, cash collateral and total derivative adjustments. |
186 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 187 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
188 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Key LRA assumptions include:
For the year ended 31 December 2015
Liquidity risk driver | Barclays-specific stress | |
Wholesale secured and unsecured funding |
§ Zero rollover of wholesale unsecured liabilities maturing, senior unsecured debt and conduit commercial paper. | |
§ No benefit assumed from reverse repos covering firm short positions. | ||
§ Rollover of trades secured on extremely liquid collateral. | ||
§ Varying rollover of trades secured on liquid collateral, subject to haircut widening. | ||
§ Zero rollover of trades secured on less-liquid collateral. | ||
§ 100% of contractual buybacks will occur. | ||
§ Haircuts applied to the market value of marketable assets held in the liquidity buffer.
| ||
Deposit outflow
|
§ Substantial deposit outflows in PCB and Barclaycard as the Group is seen as greater credit risk than competitors. | |
Funding concentration
|
§ Additional outflows recognised against concentration of providers of wholesale financing (largest unsecured counterparty unwilling to roll). | |
Intra-day liquidity
|
§ Anticipated liquidity required to support additional intra-day requirements at cash payment and securities settlement venues based on historical peak usage and triparty settlement based on forward maturities of trades.
| |
Intra-group
|
§ Anticipated liquidity required to support material subsidiaries, based on stand-alone stress tests. Surplus liquidity held within certain subsidiaries is not taken as a benefit to the wider Group.
| |
Off-balance sheet |
§ Drawdown on committed facilities based on facility type, counterparty type and counterparty creditworthiness. | |
§ Outflow of all collateral owed to counterparties but not yet called. | ||
§ Collateral outflows based on Monte Carlo simulation and historical stress outflows. | ||
§ Increase in the Groups initial margin requirement across all major exchanges. | ||
§ Outflows as a result of a multi-notch downgrade in credit rating.
| ||
Franchise viability
|
§ Liquidity required in order to meet outflows that are non-contractual in nature but necessary in order to support the Groups ongoing franchise (for example, market-making activities and non contractual debt buyback).
| |
Cross currency risk |
§ Net settlement cash flows at contractual maturity for physically settled FX forwards and cross currency swaps are reflected. | |
§ No benefit assumed from surplus net inflows in non-G10 currencies.
| ||
Mitigating actions
|
§ Monetisation of unencumbered assets that are of known liquidity value to the firm but held outside the liquidity pool (subject to haircut/valuation adjustment).
| |
Internalisation Risk |
§ Loss of internal sources of funding within the Prime Brokerage Synthetic Business. | |
§ Acceleration of term profile associated with Prime Brokerage Clients deleveraging their portfolios asymmetrically by closing short positions.
|
Liquidity regulation
Since October 2015, the Group manages its liquidity profile against the new CRD IV liquidity regime implemented by PRA. The CRD IV regime defines the liquidity risk ratio, liquidity pool asset eligibility and net stress outflow applied against Barclays reported balances.
The Group monitors its position against the CRD IV Interim LCR and the Basel III Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). The LCR is designed to promote short-term resilience of a banks liquidity risk profile by ensuring that it has sufficient high quality liquid resources to survive an acute stress scenario lasting for 30 days. The NSFR has a time horizon of at least six months and has been developed to promote a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities.
The PRA regime requires phased compliance with the LCR standard from 1 October 2015 at a minimum of 80% increasing to 100% by January 2018. The methodology for the LCR is based off the final published Delegated Act which became EU law in October 2015.
In October 2014, the BCBS published a final standard for the NSFR with the minimum requirement to be introduced in January 2018 at 100% on an ongoing basis. The methodology for calculating the NSFR is based on an interpretation of the Basel standards published in October 2014 and includes a number of assumptions which are subject to change prior to adoption by the European Commission through the CRD IV.
Based on the CRD IV and Basel III standards respectively, as at 31 December 2015, the Group had a surplus to both of these metrics with a CRD IV Interim LCR of 133% (2014: 124%) and a Basel III NSFR of 106% (2014: 102%).
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 189 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
Comparing internal and regulatory liquidity stress tests
The LRA stress scenarios and the CRD IV Interim LCR are all broadly comparable short-term stress scenarios in which the adequacy of defined liquidity resources is assessed against contractual and contingent stress outflows. The CRD IV Interim LCR stress tests provide an independent assessment of the Groups liquidity risk profile.
Stress Test | Barclays LRA | CRD IV Interim LCR | Basel III NSFR | |||
Time Horizon | 30 90 days | 30 days | 6+ months | |||
Calculation | Liquid assets to net cash outflows | Liquid assets to net cash outflows | Stable funding resources to stable funding requirements |
As at 31 December 2015, the Group held eligible liquid assets in excess of 100% of stress requirements for all three LRA scenarios and the CRD IV Interim LCR requirement.
Compliance with internal and regulatory stress tests | ||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Barclays LRA (one month Barclays specific £bn |
|
|
CRD IV Interim LCR £bn |
b
| ||
Total eligible liquidity pool | 145 | 147 | ||||||
Asset inflows | 1 | 18 | ||||||
Stress outflows | ||||||||
Retail and commercial deposit outflows | (50 | ) | (72 | ) | ||||
Wholesale funding | (15 | ) | (12 | ) | ||||
Net secured funding | (12 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||
Derivatives | (8 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||
Contractual credit rating downgrade exposure | (6 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||
Drawdowns of loan commitments | (7 | ) | (32 | ) | ||||
Intraday | (13 | ) | | |||||
Total stress net cash flows | (110 | ) | (110 | ) | ||||
Surplus | 35 | 37 | ||||||
Liquidity pool as a percentage of anticipated net cash flows | 131% | 133% | ||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | 124% | 124% |
In 2015, the Group strengthened its liquidity position, building a larger surplus to its internal and regulatory requirements. The Group plans to maintain its surplus to the internal and regulatory stress requirements at an efficient level, while considering risks to market funding conditions and its liquidity position. The continuous reassessment of these risks may lead to appropriate actions being taken with respect to sizing of the liquidity pool.
Note
a | Of the three stress scenarios monitored as part of the LRA, the 30-day Barclays-specific scenario results in the lowest ratio at 131% (2014: 124%). This compares to 144% (2014: 135%) under the 90-day market-wide scenario, and 133% (2014: 127%) under the 30-day combined scenario. |
b | Includes BAGL. |
190 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Liquidity pool
The Group liquidity pool as at 31 December 2015 was £145bn (2014: £149bn). During 2015, the month-end liquidity pool ranged from £142bn to £168bn (2014: £134bn to £156bn), and the month-end average balance was £155bn (2014: £145bn). The liquidity pool is held unencumbered and is not used to support payment or clearing requirements. Such requirements are treated as part of our regular business funding. The liquidity pool is intended to offset stress outflows, and comprises the following cash and unencumbered assets.
Composition of the Group liquidity pool as at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Liquidity pool of which CRD IV LCR eligible | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Liquidity pool £bn |
|
|
Cash £bn |
|
|
Level 1 £bn |
|
|
Level 2A £bn |
|
|
2014 Liquidity pool |
| ||||||
Cash and deposits with central banksa | 48 | 45 | 1 | | 37 | |||||||||||||||
Government bondsb | ||||||||||||||||||||
AAA rated | 63 | | 63 | | 73 | |||||||||||||||
AA+ to AA- rated | 11 | | 7 | 4 | 12 | |||||||||||||||
Other government bonds | 1 | | 1 | | | |||||||||||||||
Total government bonds | 75 | | 71 | 4 | 85 | |||||||||||||||
Other | ||||||||||||||||||||
Supranational bonds and multilateral development banks | 7 | | 7 | | 9 | |||||||||||||||
Agencies and agency mortgage-backed securities | 8 | | 6 | 2 | 11 | |||||||||||||||
Covered bonds (rated AA- and above) | 4 | | 2 | 2 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
Other | 3 | | | | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Total Other | 22 | | 15 | 4 | 27 | |||||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2015 | 145 | 45 | 87 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2014 | 149 | 37 | 99 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||
The Group liquidity pool is well diversified by major currency and the Group monitors LRA stress scenarios for major currencies.
|
| |||||||||||||||||||
Liquidity pool by currency | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
USD £bn |
|
|
EUR £bn |
|
|
GBP £bn |
|
|
Other £bn |
|
|
Total £bn |
| ||||||
Liquidity pool as at 31 December 2015 | 41 | 33 | 46 | 25 | 145 | |||||||||||||||
Liquidity pool as at 31 December 2014 | 46 | 27 | 54 | 22 | 149 |
Management of the Group liquidity pool
The composition of the Group liquidity pool is efficiently managed. The maintenance of the liquidity pool increases the Groups costs as the interest expense paid on the liabilities used to fund the liquidity pool is greater than the interest income received on liquidity pool assets. This cost can be reduced by investing a greater portion of the Group liquidity pool in highly liquid assets other than cash and deposits with central banks while maintaining a minimum level of cash in the liquidity pool to meet cash outflows on the first day of a Barclays-specific stress and enough cash and same day settlement securities to meet all outflows in the first three days of the stress. These assets in the liquidity pool primarily comprise highly rated government bonds, and their inclusion in the liquidity pool does not compromise the liquidity position of the Group.
The composition of the liquidity pool is subject to limits set by the Board, Treasury Committee and the independent Credit risk and Market risk functions. In addition, the investment of the liquidity pool is monitored for concentration risk by issuer, currency and asset type. Given the incremental returns generated by these highly liquid assets, the risk and reward profile is continuously managed.
The Group manages the liquidity pool on a centralised basis. As at 31 December 2015, 94% of the liquidity pool was located in Barclays Bank PLC (2014: 92%) and was available to meet liquidity needs across the Group. The residual liquidity pool is held predominantly within Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI). The portion of the liquidity pool outside of Barclays Bank PLC is held against entity-specific stressed outflows and regulatory requirements. To the extent the use of this portion of the liquidity pool is restricted due to regulatory requirements, it is assumed to be unavailable to the rest of the Group.
Notes
a | Of which over 97% (2014: over 95%) was placed with the BoE, US Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, Bank of Japan and Swiss National Bank. |
b | Of which over 92% (2014: over 95%) are UK, US, Japanese, French, German, Danish, Swiss and Dutch securities. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 191 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
Contingent liquidity
In addition to the Group liquidity pool, the Group has access to other unencumbered assets which provide a source of contingent liquidity. While these are not relied on in the Groups LRA, a portion of these assets may be monetised in a stress to generate liquidity through use as collateral for secured funding or through outright sale.
In either a Barclays-specific or market-wide liquidity stress, liquidity available via market sources could be severely disrupted. In circumstances where market liquidity is unavailable or available only at heavily discounted prices, the Group could generate liquidity via central bank facilities. The Group maintains a significant amount of collateral pre-positioned at central banks and available to raise funding.
For more detail on the Groups other unencumbered assets see page 195.
Funding structure and funding relationships
The basis for sound liquidity risk management is a solid funding structure that reduces the probability of a liquidity stress leading to an inability to meet funding obligations as they fall due. The Groups overall funding strategy is to develop a diversified funding base (geographically, by type and by counterparty) and maintain access to a variety of alternative funding sources, to provide protection against unexpected fluctuations, while minimising the cost of funding.
Within this, the Group aims to align the sources and uses of funding. As such, retail and commercial customer loans and advances are largely funded by customer deposits, with the surplus funding the liquidity pool. Other assets, together with other loans and advances and unencumbered assets are funded by long-term wholesale debt and equity.
The majority of reverse repurchase agreements are matched by repurchase agreements. The liquidity pool is predominantly funded through wholesale markets. These funding relationships are summarised below:
Assets | |
2015 £bn |
|
|
2014 £bn |
|
Liabilities | |
2015 £bn |
|
|
2014 £bn |
| |||||||
Loans and advances to customersa | 336 | 346 | Customer accountsa | 374 | 366 | |||||||||||||||
Group liquidity pool | 145 | 149 | < 1 Year wholesale funding | 54 | 75 | |||||||||||||||
> 1 Year wholesale funding | 88 | 96 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assetsb | 135 | 153 | Equity and other liabilitiesb | 104 | 112 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendingc |
178 | 271 | Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowingc | 178 | 271 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 326 | 439 | Derivative financial instruments | 322 | 438 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets | 1,120 | 1,358 | Total liabilities and equity | 1,120 | 1,358 |
Deposit funding (Includes BAGL) (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
Funding of loans and advances to customers |
|
Loans and advances to customers |
|
|
Customer deposits |
|
|
Loan to deposit ratio |
|
|
Loan to deposit ratio |
| ||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
£bn | £bn | % | % | ||||||||||||
Personal and Corporate Banking |
218 | 305 | ||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
40 | 10 | ||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
30 | 31 | ||||||||||||||
Non-Core (retail) |
12 | 2 | ||||||||||||||
Total retail and corporate funding |
300 | 348 | 86 | 89 | ||||||||||||
Investment Bank, Non-Core (wholesale) and Other |
99 | 70 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
399 | 418 | 95 | 100 |
Notes
a | Excluding cash collateral and settlement balances. |
b | BAGL Group balances other than customer loans and advances of £29bn and customer deposits of £29bn are included in other assets and liabilities. |
c | Comprised of reverse repurchase that provide financing to customers collateralised by highly liquid securities on a short-term basis or are used to settle short-term inventory positions and repo financing of trading portfolio assets. |
192 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
PCB, Barclaycard, Non-Core (Retail) and Africa Banking activities are largely funded with customer deposits. As at 31 December 2015, the loan to deposit ratio for these businesses was 86% (2014: 89%). The Group loan to deposit ratio as at 31 December 2015 was 95% (2014: 100%).
The excess of the Investment Banks loans and advances over customer deposits is funded with long-term debt and equity. The Investment Bank does not rely on customer retail deposit funding from PCB.
As at 31 December 2015, £129bn (2014: £128bn) of total customer deposits were insured through the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) and other similar schemes. In addition to these customer deposits, there were £4bn (2014: £4bn) of other liabilities insured by governments.
Although, contractually, current accounts are repayable on demand and savings accounts at short notice, the Groups broad base of customers, numerically and by depositor type, helps protect against unexpected fluctuations in balances. Such accounts form a stable funding base for the Groups operations and liquidity needs. The Group assesses the behavioural maturity of both customer assets and liabilities to identify structural balance sheet funding gaps. Customer behaviour is determined by quantitative modelling combined with qualitative assessment taking into account for historical experience, current customer composition, and macroeconomic projections. These behavioural profiles represent our forward looking expectation of the run-off profile. The relatively low cash outflow within one year demonstrates that customer funding remains broadly matched with customer assets from a behavioural perspective.
Behavioural maturity profile (Includes BAGL) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Behavioural maturity profile cash outflow/(inflow) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans and advances to customers £bn |
|
|
Customer deposits £bn |
|
|
Customer funding surplus/ (deficit) £bn |
|
|
Not more than one year £bn |
|
|
Over one year but not more than five years £bn |
|
|
More than five years £bn |
|
|
Total £bn |
| ||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal and Corporate Banking |
218 | 305 | 87 | 18 | 3 | 66 | 87 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
40 | 10 | (30 | ) | (10 | ) | (10 | ) | (10 | ) | (30 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
30 | 31 | 1 | 2 | 1 | (2 | ) | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Non-Core (Retail) |
12 | 2 | (10 | ) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | (7 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total |
300 | 348 | 48 | 9 | (8 | ) | 47 | 48 | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal and Corporate Banking |
217 | 299 | 82 | 19 | 3 | 60 | 82 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
37 | 7 | (30 | ) | (10 | ) | (10 | ) | (10 | ) | (30 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
35 | 35 | | 2 | (2 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Non-Core (Retail) |
20 | 8 | (12 | ) | | (2 | ) | (10 | ) | (12 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Total |
309 | 349 | 40 | 11 | (11 | ) | 40 | 40 |
Wholesale funding
Wholesale funding relationships are summarised below:
Assets |
|
2015 £bn |
|
|
2014 £bn |
|
Liabilities |
|
2015 £bn |
|
|
2014 £bn |
| |||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
28 | 37 | Repurchase agreements |
70 | 124 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
42 | 87 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
34 | 45 | Trading portfolio liabilities |
34 | 45 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
326 | 440 | Derivative financial instruments |
322 | 439 | |||||||||||||||
Liquidity pool |
97 | 109 | Less than one year wholesale debt |
54 | 75 | |||||||||||||||
Other assetsa |
103 | 122 | Greater than one year wholesale debt and equity |
150 | 157 |
Repurchase agreements fund reverse repurchase agreements and trading portfolio assets. Trading portfolio liabilities are settled by the remainder of reverse repurchase agreements (see Note 19 Offsetting financial assets and liabilities for further detail on netting).
Derivative liabilities and assets are largely matched. A substantial proportion of balance sheet derivative positions qualify for counterparty netting and the remaining portions are largely offset once netted against cash collateral received and paid.
Wholesale debt, along with the surplus of customer deposits to loans and advances to customers, is used to fund the liquidity pool. Term wholesale debt and equity largely fund other assets.
Note
a | Predominantly available for sale investments, financial assets designated at fair value and loans and advances to banks funded by greater than one year wholesale debt and equity and trading portfolio assets. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 193 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
Composition of wholesale funding
The Group maintains access to a variety of sources of wholesale funds in major currencies, including those available from term investors across a variety of distribution channels and geographies, money markets, and repo markets. The Group has direct access to US, European and Asian capital markets through its global investment banking operations and long-term investors through its clients worldwide, and is an active participant in money markets. As a result, wholesale funding is well diversified by product, maturity, geography and major currency.
As at 31 December 2015, the Groups total wholesale funding outstanding (excluding repurchase agreements) was £142bn (2014: £171bn). £54bn (2014: £75bn) of wholesale funding matures in less than one year, of which £14bn (2014: £22bn)a relates to term funding.
As at 31 December 2015, outstanding wholesale funding comprised £25bn (2014: £33bn) of secured funding and £117bn (2014: £138bn) of unsecured funding.
In preparation for a Single Point of Entry resolution model, Barclays continues to issue debt capital and term senior unsecured funding out of Barclays PLC, the holding company, replacing maturing debt in Barclays Bank PLC.
Maturity profile of wholesale fundingb |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Not more than one month £bn |
|
|
Over one month but not more than three months £bn |
|
|
Over three months but not more than six months £bn |
|
|
Over six months but not more than one year £bn |
|
|
Sub-total less than one year £bn |
|
|
Over one year but not more than two years £bn |
|
|
Over two years but not more than three years £bn |
|
|
Over three years but not more than four years £bn |
|
|
Over four years but not more than five years £bn |
|
|
More than five years £bn |
|
|
Total £bn |
| ||||||||||||
Barclays PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (public benchmark) |
| | | | | | 0.8 | 1.3 | 0.9 | 3.1 | 6.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (privately placed) |
| | | | | | 0.1 | | | | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
| | | | | | | | 0.9 | 0.9 | 1.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks |
9.5 | 3.1 | 1.3 | 0.8 | 14.7 | 0.1 | | | | 0.3 | 15.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper |
0.5 | 4.9 | 3.4 | 5.3 | 14.1 | 1.0 | 0.6 | 0.9 | 0.4 | 0.5 | 17.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed commercial paper |
2.2 | 3.3 | 0.2 | | 5.7 | | | | | | 5.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (public benchmark) |
| 1.3 | | 1.4 | 2.7 | 3.6 | | 4.3 | 1.3 | 3.9 | 15.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (privately |
0.6 | 1.6 | 2.3 | 4.8 | 9.3 | 5.1 | 5.4 | 3.7 | 3.0 | 8.5 | 35.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| | 1.1 | | 1.1 | 4.4 | 1.0 | 1.6 | | 4.2 | 12.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
0.7 | | | | 0.7 | 0.5 | 1.4 | 1.3 | 0.5 | 0.3 | 4.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
| | | | | 1.1 | 3.0 | 0.2 | 0.9 | 14.0 | 19.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Otherd |
2.3 | 1.1 | 0.3 | 1.5 | 5.2 | 0.7 | 0.3 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 1.6 | 8.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2015 |
15.8 | 15.3 | 8.6 | 13.8 | 53.5 | 16.5 | 12.6 | 13.7 | 8.3 | 37.3 | 141.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which secured |
4.2 | 3.9 | 1.6 | 0.3 | 10.0 | 5.1 | 2.4 | 2.8 | 0.5 | 4.5 | 25.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which unsecured |
11.6 | 11.4 | 7.0 | 13.5 | 43.5 | 11.4 | 10.2 | 10.9 | 7.8 | 32.8 | 116.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2014 |
16.8 | 23.2 | 14.4 | 21.0 | 75.4 | 14.0 | 16.1 | 6.5 | 14.0 | 45.4 | 171.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which secured |
5.3 | 7.8 | 1.7 | 2.2 | 17.0 | 2.7 | 5.1 | 0.1 | 2.4 | 6.0 | 33.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which unsecured |
11.5 | 15.4 | 12.7 | 18.8 | 58.4 | 11.3 | 11.0 | 6.4 | 11.6 | 39.4 | 138.1 |
Outstanding wholesale funding includes £35bn (2014: £45bn) of privately placed senior unsecured notes in issue. These notes are issued through a variety of distribution channels including intermediaries and private banks. Although not a requirement, the liquidity pool exceeded wholesale funding maturing in less than one year by £91bn (2014: £74bn).
Notes
a | Term funding maturities comprise public benchmark and privately placed senior unsecured notes, covered bonds/asset backed securities (ABS) and subordinated debt where the original maturity of the instrument was more than one year. |
b | The composition of wholesale funds comprises the balance sheet reported deposits from banks, financial liabilities at fair value, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities, excluding cash collateral and settlement balances. It does not include collateral swaps, including participation in the BoEs Funding for Lending Scheme. Included within deposits from banks are £6bn of liabilities drawn in the European Central Banks facilities. |
c | Includes structured notes of £28bn, £8bn of which mature within one year. |
d | Primarily comprised of fair value deposits £5bn and secured financing of physical gold £3bn. |
194 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Currency composition of wholesale debt
As at 31 December 2015, the proportion of wholesale funding by major currencies was as follows:
Currency composition of wholesale funding |
||||||||||||||||
|
USD % |
|
|
EUR % |
|
|
GBP % |
|
|
Other % |
| |||||
Deposits from banks |
25 | 51 | 19 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Certificates of deposits and commercial paper |
25 | 60 | 14 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Asset backed commercial paper |
92 | 8 | | | ||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (public benchmark) |
43 | 20 | 28 | 9 | ||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (privately placed) |
39 | 21 | 18 | 22 | ||||||||||||
Covered bonds/ABS |
27 | 41 | 31 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
44 | 19 | 37 | | ||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2015 |
38 | 31 | 23 | 8 | ||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2014 |
35 | 32 | 25 | 8 |
To manage cross-currency refinancing risk the Group manages to foreign exchange cash flow limits, which limit risk at specific maturities. Across wholesale funding, the composition of wholesale funding is materially unchanged.
Term financing
The Group issued £9bn (2014: £15bn) of term funding net of early redemptions during 2015. The Group has £14bn of term debt maturing in 2016 and £16bn maturing in 2017a.
The Group expects to continue issuing public wholesale debt in 2016, in order to maintain a stable and diverse funding base by type, currency and distribution channel.
Encumbrance
Asset encumbrance arises from collateral pledged against secured funding and other collateralised obligations. Barclays funds a portion of trading portfolio assets and other securities via repurchase agreements and other similar borrowing, and pledges a portion of customer loans and advances as collateral in securitisations, covered bond and other similar secured structures. Barclays monitors the mix of secured and unsecured funding sources within the Groups funding plan and seeks to efficiently utilise available collateral to raise secured funding and meet other collateralised obligations.
Encumbered assets have been defined consistently with the Groups reporting requirements under Article 100 of the CRR. Securities and commodities assets are considered encumbered when they have been pledged or used to secure, collateralise or credit enhance a transaction which impacts their transferability and free use. This includes external repurchase or other similar agreements with market counterparts.
Excluding assets positioned at central banks, as at 31 December 2015, £157bn (2014: £176bn) of the Groups assets were encumbered, primarily due to cash collateral posted, firm financing of trading portfolio assets and other securities and funding secured against loans and advances to customers.
Assets may also be encumbered under secured funding arrangements with central banks, such as the Funding for Lending Scheme. In advance of such encumbrance, assets are often positioned with central banks to facilitate efficient future draw down. £88bn (2014: £99bn) of on-balance sheet assets were positioned at the central banks, consisting of encumbered assets and collateral pre-positioned and available for use in secured financing transactions.
£212bn (2014: £270bn) of on and off-balance sheet assets not positioned at the central bank were identified as readily available and available for use in secured financing transactions. Additionally, they include cash and securities held in the Group liquidity pool as well as unencumbered assets which provide a source of contingent liquidity. While these additional assets are not relied upon in the Groups LRA, a portion of these assets may be monetised to generate liquidity through use as collateral for secured funding or through outright sale. Loans and advances to customers are only classified as readily available if they are already in a form, such that, they can be used to raise funding without further management actions. This includes excess collateral already in secured funding vehicles.
£208bn (2014: £208bn) of assets not positioned at the central bank were identified as available as collateral. These assets are not subject to any restrictions on their ability to secure funding, to be offered as collateral, or to be sold to reduce potential future funding requirements, but are not immediately available in the normal course of business in their current form. They primarily consist of loans and advances which would be suitable for use in secured funding structures but are conservatively classified as not readily available because they are not in transferable form.
Not available as collateral consist of assets that cannot be pledged or used as security for funding due to restrictions that prevent their pledge or use as security for funding in the normal course of business.
Derivatives and reverse repo assets relate specifically to derivatives, reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending. These are shown separately as these on-balance sheet assets cannot be pledged. However, these assets can give rise to the receipt of non-cash assets which are held off-balance sheet, and can be used to raise secured funding or meet additional funding requirements.
In addition, £265bn (2014: £313bn) of the total £306bn (2014: £396bn) securities accepted as collateral, and held off-balance sheet, were on-pledged, the significant majority of which related to matched-book activity where reverse repurchase agreements are matched by repurchase agreements entered into to facilitate client activity. The remainder relates primarily to reverse repurchases used to settle trading portfolio liabilities as well as collateral posted against derivative margin requirements.
Note
a | Includes £0.6bn of bilateral secured funding in 2016 and £0.4bn in 2017. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 195 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
Asset encumbrancea |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Assets encumbered as a result of transactions with counterparties other than central banks |
|
|
Other assets (comprising assets encumbered at the central bank and unencumbered assets) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets not positioned at the central bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Assets £bn |
|
|
As a result of covered £bn |
|
|
As a result of £bn |
|
|
Other £bn |
|
|
Total £bn |
|
Assets positioned at central banksc £bn |
|
|
Readily available assets £bn |
|
|
Available as collateral |
|
|
Not available as collateral £bn |
|
|
Derivatives and Reverse repos £bn |
|
|
Total £bn |
| ||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
47.9 | | | | | | 47.9 | | | | 47.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
74.8 | | | 49.1 | 49.1 | | 25.7 | | | | 25.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value |
72.5 | | | 2.5 | 2.5 | | 3.2 | 17.7 | 1.3 | 47.8 | 70.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
325.5 | | | | | | | | | 325.5 | 325.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances banksb |
19.6 | | | | | | 7.9 | 10.2 | 1.5 | | 19.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances customersb |
307.3 | 16.4 | 5.9 | 8.0 | 30.3 | 86.4 | 14.8 | 175.8 | | | 277.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral |
62.6 | | | 62.6 | 62.6 | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Settlement balances |
20.4 | | | | | | | | 20.4 | | 20.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale financial investments |
87.0 | | | 12.2 | 12.2 | | 72.2 | 1.0 | 1.6 | | 74.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
28.2 | | | | | | | | | 28.2 | 28.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-current assets held for sale |
7.3 | | | | | 1.9 | 1.2 | 3.2 | 1.0 | | 7.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets |
19.9 | | | | | | | | 19.9 | | 19.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
1,073.0 | 16.4 | 5.9 | 134.4 | 156.7 | 88.3 | 172.9 | 207.9 | 45.7 | 401.5 | 916.3 |
Off-balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Collateral received £bn |
|
|
Collateral received of which on- |
|
|
Readily available assets £bn |
|
|
Available as collateral £bn |
|
|
Not available as collateral £bn |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral | 305.9 | 265.4 | 39.0 | | 1.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total unencumbered collateral | | | 211.9 | 207.9 | 47.2 |
Notes
a | The format of this disclosure has been updated following the issuance of a Dear CFO letter by the PRA. The revised format continues to satisfy the recommendations of the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force on encumbrance disclosure. |
b | Excluding cash collateral and settlement balances. |
c | Includes both encumbered and unencumbered assets. Assets within this category that have been encumbered are disclosed as assets pledged in Note 40 to the financial statements. |
196 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Asset encumbrancea |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Assets encumbered as a result of transactions with counterparties other than central banks |
|
|
Other assets (comprising assets encumbered at the central bank and unencumbered assets) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | Assets not positioned at the central bank | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet As at 31 December 2014 |
|
Assets £bn |
|
|
As a result of covered bonds £bn |
|
|
As a result of securitis- ations £bn |
|
|
Other £bn |
|
|
Total £bn |
|
positioned at the central banksc £bn |
|
|
Readily available assets £bn |
|
|
Available as collateral £bn |
|
|
Not available as collateral £bn |
|
|
Derivatives and Reverse repos £bn |
|
|
Total £bn |
| ||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
37.8 | | | | | | 37.8 | | | | 37.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
111.9 | | | 50.7 | 50.7 | | 61.2 | | | | 61.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value |
34.2 | | | 2.3 | 2.3 | | 3.5 | 20.7 | 2.5 | 5.2 | 31.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
438.6 | | | | | | | | | 438.6 | 438.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances banksb |
19.5 | | | | | | 8.6 | 9.2 | 1.7 | | 19.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances customersb |
311.1 | 20.4 | 9.2 | 10.3 | 39.9 | 93.4 | 8.7 | 169.1 | | | 271.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral |
72.6 | | | 72.6 | 72.6 | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Settlement balances |
30.8 | | | | | | | | 30.8 | | 30.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale financial investments |
82.0 | | | 9.3 | 9.3 | | 70.0 | 0.5 | 2.2 | | 72.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
131.7 | | | | | | | | | 131.7 | 131.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-current assets held for sale |
15.6 | | 1.5 | | 1.5 | 5.1 | 0.2 | 8.3 | 0.5 | | 14.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets |
18.8 | | | | | | | | 18.8 | | 18.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
1,304.6 | 20.4 | 10.7 | 145.2 | 176.3 | 98.5 | 190.0 | 207.8 | 56.5 | 575.5 | 1,128.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Collateral received £bn |
|
|
Collateral received of which on- pledged £bn |
|
|
Readily available assets £bn |
|
|
Available as collateral £bn |
|
|
Not available as collateral £bn |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral |
|
395.7 | 313.0 | 79.9 | | 2.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total unencumbered collateral |
|
269.9 | 207.8 | 59.3 |
Notes
a | The format of this disclosure has been updated following the issuance of a Dear CFO letter by the PRA. The revised format continues to satisfy the recommendations of the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force on encumbrance disclosure. |
b | Excluding cash collateral and settlement balances. |
c | Includes both encumbered and unencumbered assets. Assets within this category that have been encumbered are disclosed as assets pledged in Note 40 to the financial statements. |
home.barclays/annualreport |
Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 197 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements
Barclays enters into repurchase and other similar secured borrowing agreements to finance its trading portfolio assets. The majority of reverse repurchase agreements are matched by offsetting repurchase agreements entered into to facilitate client activity. The remainder are used to settle trading portfolio liabilities.
Due to the high quality of collateral provided against secured financing transactions, the liquidity risk associated with this activity is significantly lower than unsecured financing transactions. Nonetheless, Barclays manages to gross and net secured mismatch limits to limit refinancing risk under a severe stress scenario and a portion of the Groups liquidity pool is held against stress outflows on these positions. The Group secured mismatch limits are calibrated based on market capacity, liquidity characteristics of the collateral and risk appetite of the Group.
The cash value of repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions will typically differ from the market value of the collateral against which these transactions are secured by an amount referred to as a haircut (or over-collateralisation). Typical haircut levels vary depending on the quality of the collateral that underlies these transactions. For transactions secured against extremely liquid fixed income collateral, lenders demand relatively small haircuts (typically ranging from 0-2%). For transactions secured against less liquid collateral, haircuts vary by asset class (typically ranging from 5-10% for corporate bonds and other less liquid collateral).
As at 31 December 2015, the significant majority of repurchases related to matched-book activity. The Group may face refinancing risk on the net maturity mismatch for matched-book activity.
Net matched-book activitya,b |
|
|||||||||
Negative number represents net repurchase agreement (net liability) |
|
Less than one month £bn |
|
|
One month to three months £bn |
|
Over three months £bn | |||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||
Extremely liquid fixed income |
(12.9) | 7.3 | 5.6 | |||||||
Liquid fixed income |
0.3 | 0.6 | (0.9) | |||||||
Equities |
7.0 | (1.5) | (5.5) | |||||||
Less liquid fixed income |
1.6 | (0.4) | (1.2) | |||||||
Total |
(4.0) | 6.0 | (2.0) | |||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||
Extremely liquid fixed income |
(8.9) | 6.3 | 2.6 | |||||||
Liquid fixed income |
(0.1) | 0.5 | (0.4) | |||||||
Equities |
8.9 | (3.0) | (5.9) | |||||||
Less liquid fixed income |
1.2 | 0.3 | (1.5) | |||||||
Total |
1.1 | 4.1 | (5.2) |
The residual repurchase agreement activity is the firm-financing component and reflects the Group funding of a portion of its trading portfolio assets. The primary risk related to firm-financing activity is the inability to roll-over transactions as they mature. However, 50% (2014: 54%) of firm-financing activity was secured against highly liquid assets.
Firm financing repurchase agreementsa,b |
|
|||||||||||||
|
Less than one month £bn |
|
|
One month to three months £bn |
|
|
Over three months £bn |
|
Total £bn | |||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||
Extremely liquid fixed income |
28.8 | 8.3 | 0.3 | 37.4 | ||||||||||
Liquid fixed income |
2.0 | 0.6 | 1.1 | 3.7 | ||||||||||
Highly liquid |
10.9 | 6.3 | 10.2 | 27.4 | ||||||||||
Less liquid |
2.7 | 1.1 | 1.9 | 5.7 | ||||||||||
Total |
44.4 | 16.3 | 13.5 | 74.2 | ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||
Extremely liquid fixed income |
33.4 | 4.1 | 2.2 | 39.7 | ||||||||||
Liquid fixed income |
3.6 | 0.3 | 0.6 | 4.5 | ||||||||||
Highly liquid |
13.1 | 5.0 | 4.1 | 22.2 | ||||||||||
Less liquid |
2.3 | 1.3 | 3.3 | 6.9 | ||||||||||
Total |
52.4 | 10.7 | 10.2 | 73.3 |
Notes
a | Includes collateral swaps. |
b | Includes financing positions for prime brokerage clients which are reported as customer payables/receivables on-balance sheet. |
198 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Credit ratings
In addition to monitoring and managing key metrics related to the financial strength of the Group, Barclays also subscribe to independent credit rating agency reviews by Standard & Poors (S&P), Moodys, Fitch and Rating and Investment Information (R&I). These ratings assess the creditworthiness of the Group, its subsidiaries and branches and are based on reviews of a broad range of business and financial attributes including risk management processes and procedures, capital strength, earnings, funding, liquidity, accounting and governance.
Credit ratingsa | ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | Standard & Poors | Moodys | Fitch | |||||||
Barclays Bank PLC | ||||||||||
Long-term | A- (Stable) | A2 (Stable) | A (Stable) | |||||||
Short-term | A-2 | P-1 | F1 | |||||||
Stand-alone rating | BBB+ | BAA2 | A | |||||||
Barclays PLC | ||||||||||
Long-term | BBB (Stable) | Baa3 (Stable) | A (Stable) | |||||||
Short-term | A-2 | P-3 | F1 |
Barclays ratings carry a stable outlook with S&P, Moodys and Fitch. Fitch affirmed the ratings in December 2015 as part of its periodic review, noting the balance of Barclays stable PCB and strong Barclaycard businesses against the Investment Bank and Barclays Non-Core performance.
Credit rating agencies took industry wide actions in 2015 driven by evolving resolution frameworks. This involved the reassessment of the likelihood of sovereign support resulting in downward pressure on senior credit ratings. They also updated their methodologies which provided some mitigation to reflect the subordination of junior debt available to absorb losses ahead of senior bank creditors.
As a consequence, S&P downgraded Barclays PLC, the holding company, by two notches and Barclays Bank PLC, the operating company, by one notch in H115. Moodys downgraded Barclays PLC by three notches while affirming the rating of Barclays Bank PLC also in H115. There was no impact on Barclays stand-alone credit ratings with all credit rating agencies.
During the year, Barclays also solicited issuer ratings from R&I for which they assigned ratings of A- for Barclays PLC and A for Barclays Bank PLC with stable outlooks.
Contractual credit rating downgrade exposure (cumulative cash flow) | ||||||||
Cumulative cash outflow | ||||||||
|
One-notch downgrade £bn |
|
|
Two-notch downgrade £bn |
| |||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||
Securitisation derivatives | 2 | 3 | ||||||
Contingent liabilities | 1 | 1 | ||||||
Derivatives margining | | 1 | ||||||
Liquidity facilities | 1 | 1 | ||||||
Total contractual funding or margin requirements | 4 | 6 | ||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||
Securitisation derivatives | 5 | 6 | ||||||
Contingent liabilities | 8 | 8 | ||||||
Derivatives margining | | 1 | ||||||
Liquidity facilities | 1 | 2 | ||||||
Total contractual funding or margin requirements | 14 | 17 |
Note
a | Refers to Standard & Poors Stand-Alone Credit Profile (SACP), Moodys Bank Financial Strength Ratio (BFSR)/Baseline Credit Assessment (BCA) and Fitch Viability Rating (VR). |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 199 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
Liquidity management at BAGL Group (audited)
Liquidity risk is managed separately at BAGL Group due to local currency, funding and regulatory requirements.
In addition to the Group liquidity pool, as at 31 December 2015, BAGL Group held £6bn (2014: £7bn) of liquidity pool assets against BAGL specific anticipated stressed outflows. The liquidity pool consists of notes and coins, central bank deposits, government bonds and Treasury bills.
The BAGL loan to deposit ratio as at 31 December 2015 was 102% (2014: 102%).
As at 31 December 2015, BAGL had £9bn (2014: £9bn) of wholesale funding outstanding, of which £5bn (2014: £5bn) matures in less than 12 months.
Additional information on liquidity management at BAGL can be found in the Barclays Africa Group Annual Report.
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities (audited)
The table on the next page provides detail on the contractual maturity of all financial instruments and other assets and liabilities. Derivatives (other than those designated in a hedging relationship) and trading portfolio assets and liabilities are included in the on demand column at their fair value. Liquidity risk on these items is not managed on the basis of contractual maturity since they are not held for settlement according to such maturity and will frequently be settled before contractual maturity at fair value. Derivatives designated in a hedging relationship are included according to their contractual maturity.
Financial assets designated at fair value in respect of linked liabilities to customers under investment contracts have been included in other assets and other liabilities as the Group is not exposed to liquidity risk arising from them; any request for funds from creditors would be met by simultaneously liquidating or transferring the related investment.
200 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities (including BAGL) (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
On demand £m |
|
|
Not more than three months £m |
|
|
Over three months but not more than six |
|
|
Over six months but not more than nine months £m |
|
|
Over nine months but not more than one year £m |
|
|
Over one year but not |
|
|
Over two years but not more than three years £m |
|
|
Over three years but not more than five years £m |
|
|
Over five years but not more than ten £m |
|
|
Over ten years £m |
|
Total £m | |||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 49,580 | 131 | | | | | | | | | 49,711 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks | 631 | 380 | | | | | | | | | 1,011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | 77,348 | | | | | | | | | | 77,348 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value | 5,692 | 46,941 | 1,722 | 1,372 | 583 | 1,021 | 587 | 424 | 867 | 16,172 | 75,381 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 326,772 | 28 | 3 | 1 | 53 | 328 | 61 | 257 | 147 | 59 | 327,709 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks | 5,354 | 31,539 | 1,954 | 366 | 468 | 588 | 991 | 43 | 12 | 34 | 41,349 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers | 29,117 | 76,337 | 13,935 | 7,084 | 12,332 | 27,616 | 27,318 | 48,707 | 50,737 | 106,034 | 399,217 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 2 | 24,258 | 3,296 | 292 | 205 | 74 | 35 | 1 | 24 | | 28,187 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments | 467 | 2,396 | 1,792 | 4,936 | 2,088 | 11,537 | 14,659 | 17,898 | 21,445 | 13,049 | 90,267 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets | | 1,304 | | | | 100 | | | | | 1,404 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets | 494,963 | 183,314 | 22,702 | 14,051 | 15,729 | 41,264 | 43,651 | 67,330 | 73,232 | 135,348 | 1,091,584 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assetsa | 28,428 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 1,120,012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks | 5,717 | 38,720 | 1,355 | 540 | 335 | 97 | 9 | 67 | 236 | 4 | 47,080 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks | 1,013 | | | | | | | | | | 1,013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer accounts | 312,921 | 80,114 | 7,605 | 4,253 | 5,304 | 2,845 | 912 | 1,654 | 622 | 2,012 | 418,242 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 66 | 17,346 | 3,479 | 1,975 | 876 | 843 | 52 | | 398 | | 25,035 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | 33,967 | | | | | | | | | | 33,967 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 319 | 52,185 | 3,152 | 3,470 | 2,317 | 6,093 | 5,458 | 7,446 | 4,139 | 5,533 | 90,112 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 323,786 | 80 | 92 | 49 | 49 | 42 | 13 | 57 | 70 | 14 | 324,252 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | 50 | 14,270 | 5,615 | 4,322 | 4,469 | 10,164 | 4,797 | 13,037 | 10,028 | 2,398 | 69,150 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | 2 | | | 9 | 28 | 1,254 | 2,994 | 2,194 | 8,741 | 6,245 | 21,467 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities | | 2,685 | | | | 1,075 | | | | | 3,760 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities | 677,841 | 205,400 | 21,298 | 14,618 | 13,378 | 22,413 | 14,235 | 24,455 | 24,234 | 16,206 | 1,034,078 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilitiesa | 20,070 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 1,054,148 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative liquidity gap | (182,878 | ) | (204,964 | ) | (203,560 | ) | (204,127 | ) | (201,776 | ) | (182,925 | ) | (153,509 | ) | (110,634 | ) | (61,636 | ) | 57,506 | 65,864 |
Note
a | Other assets includes balances of £7,364m (2014: £15,574m) and other liabilities includes balances of £5,997m (2014: £13,115m) relating to amounts held for sale. Please refer to Note 44 for details. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 201 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities (including BAGL) (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
On demand £m |
|
|
Not more than three months £m |
|
|
Over three months but not more than six |
|
|
Over six months but not than nine months |
|
|
Over nine months but not more than one year £m |
|
|
Over one year but not |
|
|
Over two years but not more than three years £m |
|
|
Over three years but not more than five years £m |
|
|
Over five years but not more than ten years £m |
|
|
Over ten years £m |
|
Total £m | |||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 39,466 | 229 | | | | | | | | | 39,695 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks | 828 | 382 | | | | | | | | | 1,210 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | 114,717 | | | | | | | | | | 114,717 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value | 5,732 | 3,139 | 1,540 | 797 | 602 | 2,696 | 1,322 | 1,253 | 1,038 | 18,538 | 36,657 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 438,270 | 26 | 6 | 8 | 7 | 204 | 274 | 443 | 439 | 232 | 439,909 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks | 5,875 | 31,138 | 3,236 | 225 | 944 | 404 | 233 | 20 | 36 | | 42,111 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers | 24,607 | 99,208 | 9,225 | 6,900 | 9,241 | 35,477 | 24,653 | 48,486 | 54,168 | 115,802 | 427,767 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 144 | 117,977 | 9,857 | 2,013 | 941 | 28 | 116 | 109 | 22 | 546 | 131,753 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments | 513 | 1,324 | 2,045 | 3,576 | 844 | 10,804 | 16,705 | 10,107 | 23,683 | 16,465 | 86,066 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets | | 1,469 | | | | 176 | | | | | 1,645 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets | 630,152 | 254,892 | 25,909 | 13,519 | 12,579 | 49,789 | 43,303 | 60,418 | 79,386 | 151,583 | 1,321,530 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assetsa | 36,376 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 1,357,906 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks | 7,978 | 48,155 | 1,041 | 504 | 298 | 187 | 95 | 69 | 57 | 6 | 58,390 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks | 1,177 | | | | | | | | | | 1,177 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer accounts | 317,449 | 86,626 | 7,284 | 5,442 | 3,245 | 4,208 | 494 | 1,219 | 713 | 1,024 | 427,704 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 40 | 111,766 | 7,175 | 2,847 | 1,989 | 119 | 116 | | 427 | | 124,479 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | 45,124 | | | | | | | | | | 45,124 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 665 | 6,554 | 3,493 | 4,056 | 3,244 | 7,015 | 5,524 | 9,573 | 6,174 | 8,851 | 55,149 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 438,623 | 29 | 7 | 12 | 5 | 62 | 69 | 78 | 268 | 167 | 439,320 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | 10 | 19,075 | 11,146 | 9,712 | 4,791 | 7,568 | 10,560 | 10,350 | 11,376 | 1,511 | 86,099 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | | 235 | 48 | 15 | | 37 | 1,259 | 1,947 | 10,938 | 6,674 | 21,153 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities | | 3,060 | | | | 815 | | | | | 3,875 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities | 811,066 | 275,500 | 30,194 | 22,588 | 13,572 | 20,011 | 18,117 | 23,236 | 29,953 | 18,233 | 1,262,470 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilitiesa | 29,478 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 1,291,948 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative liquidity gap | (180,914 | ) | (201,522 | ) | (205,807 | ) | (214,876 | ) | (215,869 | ) | (186,091 | ) | (160,905 | ) | (123,723 | ) | (74,290 | ) | 59,060 | 65,958 |
Expected maturity dates do not differ significantly from the contract dates, except for:
§ | trading portfolio assets and liabilities and derivative financial instruments, which may not be held to maturity as part of the Groups trading strategies |
§ | retail deposits, which are included within customer accounts, are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis. In practice, these instruments form a stable base for the Groups operations and liquidity needs because of the broad base of customers, both numerically and by depositor type (see behavioural maturity profile on page 193) and |
§ | financial assets designated at fair value held in respect of linked liabilities, which are managed with the associated liabilities. |
Note
a | Other assets includes balances of £7,364m (2014: £15,574m) and other liabilities includes balances of £5,997m (2014: £13,115m) relating to amounts held for sale. Please refer to Note 44 for details. |
202 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Contractual maturity of financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis (audited)
The table below presents the cash flows payable by the Group under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows of all financial liabilities (i.e. nominal values).
The balances in the below table do not agree directly to the balances in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, related to both principal as well as those associated with all future coupon payments.
Derivative financial instruments held for trading and trading portfolio liabilities are included in the on demand column at their fair value.
Financial liabilities designated at fair value in respect of linked liabilities under investment contracts have been excluded from this analysis as the Group is not exposed to liquidity risk arising from them.
Contractual maturity of financial liabilities undiscounted (including BAGL Group) (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
On demand £m |
|
|
Not more than three months £m |
|
|
Over three months but not more than six months £m |
|
|
Over six months but not more than one year £m |
|
|
Over one year but not more than three years £m |
|
|
Over three years but not more than five years £m |
|
|
Over five years but not more than ten years £m |
|
|
Over ten years £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks | 5,717 | 38,721 | 1,357 | 877 | 108 | 70 | 239 | 10 | 47,099 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks | 1,013 | | | | | | | | 1,013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer accounts | 312,921 | 80,142 | 7,640 | 9,655 | 3,858 | 1,854 | 744 | 3,087 | 419,901 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 66 | 17,349 | 3,482 | 2,853 | 898 | | 491 | | 25,139 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | 33,967 | | | | | | | | 33,967 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 319 | 52,202 | 3,165 | 5,830 | 11,851 | 7,840 | 4,690 | 8,694 | 94,591 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 323,786 | 81 | 94 | 102 | 57 | 59 | 80 | 16 | 324,275 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | 50 | 14,352 | 5,845 | 9,277 | 16,777 | 14,175 | 11,276 | 4,547 | 76,299 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | 2 | 253 | 403 | 344 | 6,057 | 3,737 | 9,969 | 6,313 | 27,078 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities | | 2,685 | | | 1,075 | | | | 3,760 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities | 677,841 | 205,785 | 21,986 | 28,938 | 40,681 | 27,735 | 27,489 | 22,667 | 1,053,122 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks | 7,978 | 48,155 | 1,042 | 804 | 287 | 75 | 62 | 29 | 58,432 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks | 1,177 | | | | | | | | 1,177 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer accounts | 317,449 | 86,659 | 7,364 | 8,854 | 4,851 | 1,399 | 1,046 | 2,218 | 429,840 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 40 | 111,769 | 7,178 | 4,837 | 236 | | 428 | | 124,488 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | 45,124 | | | | | | | | 45,124 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 665 | 6,561 | 3,508 | 7,378 | 12,854 | 10,285 | 7,170 | 14,273 | 62,694 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 438,623 | 30 | 7 | 17 | 137 | 85 | 314 | 341 | 439,554 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | 10 | 19,481 | 11,406 | 14,952 | 19,416 | 11,352 | 12,075 | 2,760 | 91,452 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | | 380 | 324 | 171 | 1,403 | 4,339 | 11,218 | 6,683 | 24,518 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities | | 3,060 | | | 815 | | | | 3,875 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities | 811,066 | 276,095 | 30,829 | 37,013 | 39,999 | 27,535 | 32,313 | 26,304 | 1,281,154 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 203 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Funding risk liquidity
Maturity of off-balance sheet commitments received and given (audited)
The table below presents the maturity split of the Groups off-balance sheet commitments received and given at the balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the undiscounted cash flows (i.e. nominal values) on the basis of earliest opportunity at which they are available.
Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments received (including BAGL) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
On demand £m |
|
|
Not more than three months £m |
|
|
Over three months but not more than six months £m |
|
|
Over six months but not more than nine months £m |
|
|
Over nine months but not more than one year £m |
|
|
Over one year but not more than two years £m |
|
|
Over two years but not more than three years £m |
|
|
Over three years but not more than five years £m |
|
|
Over five years but not more than ten years £m |
|
|
Over ten years £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Guarantees, letters of credit and credit insurance | 6,329 | 138 | 4 | 5 | 32 | 84 | 12 | 97 | 4 | 17 | 6,722 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting repurchase agreementsa | | 392 | | 73 | | | | | | | 465 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments received | 6,329 | 530 | 4 | 78 | 32 | 84 | 12 | 97 | 4 | 17 | 7,187 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Guarantees, letters of credit and credit insurance | 6,571 | 60 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 152 | 138 | 203 | 65 | | 7,303 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting repurchase agreementsa | | 10,778 | | | | | | | | | 10,778 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments received | 6,571 | 10,838 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 152 | 138 | 203 | 65 | | 18,081 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments given (including BAGL) (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
On demand £m |
|
|
Not more than three months £m |
|
|
Over three months but not more than six months £m |
|
|
Over six months but not more than nine months £m |
|
|
Over nine months but not more than one year £m |
|
|
Over one year but not more than two years £m |
|
|
Over two years but not more than three years £m |
|
|
Over three years but not more than five years £m |
|
|
Over five years but not more than ten years £m |
|
|
Over ten years £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities | 17,421 | 933 | 493 | 140 | 590 | 423 | 158 | 161 | 164 | 138 | 20,621 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions | 617 | 30 | 10 | | 61 | 119 | | 8 | | | 845 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreementsa | | 93 | | | | | | | | | 93 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 274,020 | 1,152 | 1,564 | 1,116 | 1,071 | 873 | 554 | 906 | 78 | 35 | 281,369 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments given | 292,058 | 2,208 | 2,067 | 1,256 | 1,722 | 1,415 | 712 | 1,075 | 242 | 173 | 302,928 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities | 17,304 | 1,770 | 352 | 162 | 102 | 410 | 55 | 83 | 1,037 | 49 | 21,324 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade-related transactions | 869 | 75 | 13 | | 19 | 115 | | | | | 1,091 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreementsa | | 13,735 | | 121 | | | | | | | 13,856 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 262,540 | 4,045 | 1,722 | 844 | 646 | 3,638 | 877 | 1,846 | 137 | 20 | 276,315 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments given | 280,713 | 19,625 | 2,087 | 1,127 | 767 | 4,163 | 932 | 1,929 | 1,174 | 69 | 312,586 |
Note
a | Forward starting reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements were previously disclosed as loan commitments. Following the business designation of reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements at fair value through profit and loss, new forward starting reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements are within the scope of IAS 39 and are recognised as derivatives on the balance sheet. |
204 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk performance
Operational risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 205 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Operational risk
Note
a | Figures include operational risk losses for reportable events having impact of +/- £10,000 and exclude events that are conduct risk, aggregated and boundary events. A boundary event is an operational risk event that results in a credit risk impact. |
206 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Risk review
Risk performance
Conduct risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 207 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Conduct risk
208 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 209 |
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
210 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 211 |
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
212 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 213 |
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
214 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 215 |
216 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Financial review
Contents
A review of the performance of Barclays, including the key performance indicators, and our businesses contribution to the overall performance of the Group.
|
Page
|
| ||||||
Financial review | ||||||||
§ Key performance indicators |
218 | |||||||
§ Consolidated summary income statement |
220 | |||||||
§ Income statement commentary |
221 | |||||||
§ Consolidated summary balance sheet |
223 | |||||||
§ Balance sheet commentary |
224 | |||||||
§ Analysis of results by business |
225 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 217 |
Financial review
Key performance indicators
In assessing the financial performance of the Group, management uses a range of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) which focus on the Groups financial strength, the delivery of sustainable returns and cost management.
Definition |
Why is it important and how the Group performed | |||||||
CRD IV fully loaded Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio
Capital requirements are part of the regulatory framework governing how banks and depository institutions are supervised. Capital ratios express a banks capital as a percentage of its risk weighted assets (RWAs) as defined by the PRA.
In the context of CRD IV, the fully loaded CET1 ratio is a measure of capital that is predominantly common equity as defined by the Capital Requirements Regulation. |
The Groups capital management objective is to maximise shareholders value by prudently optimising the level, mix, and distribution to businesses of its capital resources, while maintaining sufficient capital resources to: ensure the Group is well capitalised relative to its minimum regulatory capital requirements set by the PRA and other regulatory authorities; support its credit rating; and support its growth and strategic objectives.
The Groups CRD IV fully loaded CET1 ratio increased to 11.4% (2014: 10.3%) due to a £44bn reduction in RWAs to £358bn, demonstrating continued progress on the Non-Core rundown together with reductions in the Investment Bank, which was partially offset by a decrease in CET1 capital to £40.7bn (2014: £41.5bn).
|
2015: 11.4% 2014: 10.3% 2013: 9.1% |
||||||
Leverage ratio The ratio is calculated as fully loaded Tier 1 Capital divided by leverage exposure. |
The leverage ratio is non-risk based and is intended to act as a supplementary measure to the risk based capital metrics such as the CET1 ratio.
The leverage ratio increased to 4.5% (2014: 3.7%), reflecting a reduction in the leverage exposure of £205bn to £1,028bn and an increase in Tier 1 Capital to £46.2bn (2014: £46.0bn). Tier 1 Capital includes £5.4bn (2014: £4.6bn) of Additional Tier 1 (AT1) securities.
|
2015: 4.5% 2014: 3.7% 2013: n/a |
||||||
Return on average shareholders equity (RoE) RoE is calculated as profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, divided by average shareholders equity for the year excluding non-controlling and other equity interests.
Adjusted RoE excludes post tax adjusting items for gains on US Lehman acquisition assets, movements in own credit, the revision to the Education, Social Housing and Local Authority (ESHLA) valuation methodology, provisions for UK customer redress, provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange, the gain on valuation of a component of the defined retirement benefit liability, impairment of goodwill and other assets relating to businesses being disposed, and losses on sale relating to the Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses.
Average shareholders equity for adjusted RoE excludes the impact of own credit on retained earnings.
|
This measure indicates the return generated by the management of the business based on shareholders equity. Achieving a target RoE demonstrates the Groups ability to execute its strategy and align managements interests with the shareholders. RoE lies at the heart of the Groups capital allocation and performance management process.
Adjusted RoE for the Group decreased to 4.9% (2014: 5.1%) driven by a 3% reduction in Group adjusted attributable profit, as average shareholders equity remained in line at £56bn (2014: £56bn).
|
Group adjusted RoE 2015: 4.9%
2014: 5.1% 2013: 4.3%a |
Note
a | 2013 adjusted total operating expenses and profit before tax have been revised to account for the reclassification of £173m of charges, relating to a US residential mortgage-related business settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency, to provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange to aid comparability. |
218 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Definition |
Why is it important and how the Group performed | |||||||
Operating expenses excluding costs to achieve Defined as adjusted total operating expenses excluding costs to achieve.
Adjusted operating expenses exclude provisions for UK customer redress, provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange, the gain on valuation of a component of the defined retirement benefit liability, impairment of goodwill and other assets relating to businesses being disposed, and losses on sale relating to the Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses. |
Barclays views the active management and control of operating expenses as a key strategic objective.
Adjusted operating expenses excluding costs to achieve of £793m (2014: £1,165m), decreased 4% to £16,205m.
Operating expenses in the Core business, excluding costs to achieve of £693m (2014: £953m), were broadly in line at £15,106m (2014: £15,105m). |
Group adjusted
2015: £16,205m
2014: £16,904m 2013: £18,511ma
Core
2015: £15,106m
2014: £15,105m 2013: £16,377m |
||||||
Non-Core RWAs RWAs are a measure of assets adjusted for associated risks. Risk weightings are established in accordance with the rules as implemented by CRD IV and local regulators. |
Barclays Non-Core was established as a separate unit in 2014 and groups together assets which do not fit with the strategic objectives of the Group. Reducing Non-Core RWAs will rebalance the Group to deliver higher and more sustainable returns.
Non-Core RWAs have reduced from £110bn in December 2013 to £47bn, resulting in an equity allocation of £7.2bn as at December 2015, 13% of the Group total. This is down from £15.1bn as at December 2013, which was 28% of the Group total.
|
Non-Core
2015: £47bn
2014: £75bn 2013: £110bn |
Note
a | 2013 adjusted total operating expenses and profit before tax have been revised to account for the reclassification of £173m of charges, relating to a US residential mortgage-related business settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency, to provisions for ongoing investigation and litigation including Foreign Exchange to aid comparability. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 219 |
Financial review
Consolidated summary income statement
For the year ended 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013a £m |
|
|
2012 £m |
|
|
2011 £m |
| |||||
Continuing operations |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income |
12,558 | 12,080 | 11,600 | 11,654 | 12,201 | |||||||||||||||
Non-interest income net of claims and benefits on insurance contracts |
11,970 | 13,648 | 16,296 | 17,707 | 16,312 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted total income net of insurance claims |
24,528 | 25,728 | 27,896 | 29,361 | 28,513 | |||||||||||||||
Gain on US Lehman acquisition assets |
496 | 461 | 259 | | | |||||||||||||||
Own credit gain/(charge) |
430 | 34 | (220) | (4,579) | 2,708 | |||||||||||||||
Revision of ESHLA valuation methodology |
| (935) | | | | |||||||||||||||
Gain/(loss) on disposal of BlackRock, Inc. investment |
| | | 227 | (58) | |||||||||||||||
Gains on debt buy-backs |
| | | | 1,130 | |||||||||||||||
Statutory total income net of insurance claims |
25,454 | 25,288 | 27,935 | 25,009 | 32,292 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(2,114) | (2,168) | (3,071) | (3,340) | (3,802) | |||||||||||||||
Impairment of BlackRock, Inc. investment |
| | | | (1,800) | |||||||||||||||
Statutory credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(2,114) | (2,168) | (3,071) | (3,340) | (5,602) | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted operating expenses |
(16,998) | (18,069) | (19,720) | (18,562) | (19,289) | |||||||||||||||
Provisions for UK customer redress |
(2,772) | (1,110) | (2,000) | (2,450) | (1,000) | |||||||||||||||
Provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange |
(1,237) | (1,250) | (173) | | | |||||||||||||||
Gain on valuation of a component of the defined retirement benefit liability |
429 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Impairment of goodwill and other assets relating to businesses being disposed |
(96) | | (79) | | (597) | |||||||||||||||
Losses on sale relating to the Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses |
(3) | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Statutory operating expenses |
(20,677) | (20,429) | (21,972) | (21,012) | (20,886) | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted other net (expenses)/income |
(13) | 11 | (24) | 140 | 60 | |||||||||||||||
Losses on sale relating to the Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses |
(577) | (446) | | | | |||||||||||||||
Losses on acquisitions and disposals |
| | | | (94) | |||||||||||||||
Statutory other net (expenses)/income |
(590) | (435) | (24) | 140 | (34) | |||||||||||||||
Statutory profit before tax |
2,073 | 2,256 | 2,868 | 797 | 5,770 | |||||||||||||||
Statutory taxation |
(1,450) | (1,411) | (1,571) | (616) | (1,902) | |||||||||||||||
Statutory profit after tax |
623 | 845 | 1,297 | 181 | 3,868 | |||||||||||||||
Statutory (loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of the parent |
(394) | (174) | 540 | (624) | 2,924 | |||||||||||||||
Statutory profit attributable to non-controlling interests |
672 | 769 | 757 | 805 | 944 | |||||||||||||||
Statutory profit attributable to other equity holdersb |
345 | 250 | | | | |||||||||||||||
623 | 845 | 1,297 | 181 | 3,868 | ||||||||||||||||
Selected statutory financial statistics |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic (loss)/earnings per share |
(1.9p) | (0.7p) | 3.8p | (4.8p) | 22.9p | |||||||||||||||
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share |
(1.9p) | (0.7p) | 3.7p | (4.8p) | 21.9p | |||||||||||||||
Dividends per ordinary share |
6.5p | 6.5p | 6.5p | 6.5p | 6.0p | |||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equityb |
(0.7%) | (0.3%) | 1.2% | (1.4%) | 7.1% | |||||||||||||||
Return on average shareholders equityb |
(0.6%) | (0.2%) | 1.0% | (1.2%) | 5.9% | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit before tax |
5,403 | 5,502 | 5,081 | 7,599 | 5,482 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted taxation |
(1,690) | (1,704) | (2,029) | (2,159) | (1,299) | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit after tax |
3,713 | 3,798 | 3,052 | 5,440 | 4,183 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit attributable to equity holders of the parent |
2,696 | 2,779 | 2,295 | 4,635 | 3,239 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit attributable to non-controlling interests |
672 | 769 | 757 | 805 | 944 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit attributable to other equity interestsb |
345 | 250 | | | | |||||||||||||||
3,713 | 3,798 | 3,052 | 5,440 | 4,183 | ||||||||||||||||
Selected adjusted financial statistics |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
16.6p | 17.3p | 16.0p | 35.5p | 25.3p | |||||||||||||||
Dividend payout ratio |
39% | 38% | 41% | 18% | 24% | |||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equityb |
5.8% | 5.9% | 5.1% | 10.6% | 8.1% | |||||||||||||||
Return on average shareholders equityb |
4.9% | 5.1% | 4.3% | 9.0% | 6.7% |
The financial information above is extracted from the published accounts. This information should be read together with the information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Notes
a | 2013 adjusted total operating expenses and profit before tax have been revised to account for the reclassification of £173m of charges, relating to a US residential mortgage related business settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency, to provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange to aid comparability. |
b | The profit after tax attributable to other equity holders of £345m (2014: £250m) is offset by a tax credit recorded in reserves of £70m (2014: £54m). The net amount of £275m (2014: £196m), along with non-controlling interests (NCI) is deducted from profit after tax in order to calculate earnings per share, return on average tangible shareholders equity and return on average shareholders equity. |
220 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Financial review
Income statement commentary
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 221 |
Financial review
Income statement commentary
222 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Financial review
Consolidated summary balance sheet
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
|
|
2012 £m |
|
|
2011 £m |
| |||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
49,711 | 39,695 | 45,687 | 86,191 | 106,894 | |||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
1,011 | 1,210 | 1,282 | 1,473 | 1,812 | |||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
77,348 | 114,717 | 133,069 | 146,352 | 152,183 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
76,830 | 38,300 | 38,968 | 46,629 | 36,949 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
327,709 | 439,909 | 350,300 | 485,140 | 559,010 | |||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
90,267 | 86,066 | 91,756 | 75,109 | 68,491 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
41,349 | 42,111 | 39,422 | 41,799 | 48,576 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
399,217 | 427,767 | 434,237 | 430,601 | 437,355 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
28,187 | 131,753 | 186,779 | 176,522 | 153,665 | |||||||||||||||
Other assets |
28,383 | 36,378 | 22,128 | 22,535 | 23,745 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,120,012 | 1,357,906 | 1,343,628 | 1,512,351 | 1,588,680 | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks |
47,080 | 58,390 | 55,615 | 77,345 | 90,905 | |||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks |
1,013 | 1,177 | 1,359 | 1,587 | 969 | |||||||||||||||
Customer accounts |
418,242 | 427,704 | 431,998 | 390,828 | 371,806 | |||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
33,967 | 45,124 | 53,464 | 44,794 | 45,887 | |||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
91,745 | 56,972 | 64,796 | 78,561 | 87,997 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
324,252 | 439,320 | 347,118 | 480,987 | 548,944 | |||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
69,150 | 86,099 | 86,693 | 119,525 | 129,736 | |||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
21,467 | 21,153 | 21,695 | 24,018 | 24,870 | |||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowings |
25,035 | 124,479 | 196,748 | 217,178 | 207,292 | |||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
22,197 | 31,530 | 20,193 | 17,542 | 16,315 | |||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1,054,148 | 1,291,948 | 1,279,679 | 1,452,365 | 1,524,721 | |||||||||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital and share premium |
21,586 | 20,809 | 19,887 | 12,477 | 12,380 | |||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments |
5,305 | 4,322 | 2,063 | | | |||||||||||||||
Other reserves |
1,898 | 2,724 | 249 | 3,674 | 3,837 | |||||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
31,021 | 31,712 | 33,186 | 34,464 | 38,135 | |||||||||||||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests |
59,810 | 59,567 | 55,385 | 50,615 | 54,352 | |||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
6,054 | 6,391 | 8,564 | 9,371 | 9,607 | |||||||||||||||
Total equity |
65,864 | 65,958 | 63,949 | 59,986 | 63,959 | |||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
1,120,012 | 1,357,906 | 1,343,628 | 1,512,351 | 1,588,680 | |||||||||||||||
Net tangible asset value per share |
275p | 285p | 283p | 349p | 381p | |||||||||||||||
Net asset value per ordinary share |
324p | 335p | 331p | 414p | 446p | |||||||||||||||
Number of ordinary shares of Barclays PLC (in millions) |
16,805 | 16,498 | 16,113 | 12,243 | 12,199 | |||||||||||||||
Year-end US Dollar exchange rate |
1.48 | 1.56 | 1.65 | 1.62 | 1.54 | |||||||||||||||
Year-end Euro exchange rate |
1.36 | 1.28 | 1.20 | 1.23 | 1.19 | |||||||||||||||
Year-end South African Rand exchange rate |
23.14 | 18.03 | 17.37 | 13.74 | 12.52 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 223 |
Financial review
Balance sheet commentary
224 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
All disclosures in this section are unaudited unless otherwise stated.
Segmental analysis (audited)
Analysis of adjusted results by business |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Personal and Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Barclays Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Group adjusted results £m |
| |||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
8,726 | 4,927 | 3,574 | 7,572 | (107) | 24,692 | (164) | 24,528 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(378) | (1,251) | (352) | (55) | | (2,036) | (78) | (2,114) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating income |
8,348 | 3,676 | 3,222 | 7,517 | (107) | 22,656 | (242) | 22,414 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
(4,774) | (1,927) | (2,169) | (5,362) | (246) | (14,478) | (873) | (15,351) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK bank levy |
(93) | (42) | (52) | (203) | (8) | (398) | (78) | (476) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(109) | | | (107) | (14) | (230) | (148) | (378) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Costs to achieve |
(292) | (106) | (29) | (234) | (32) | (693) | (100) | (793) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other (losses)/incomea |
(40) | 33 | 7 | | 5 | 5 | (18) | (13) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations |
3,040 | 1,634 | 979 | 1,611 | (402) | 6,862 | (1,459) | 5,403 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets (£bn) |
287.2 | 47.4 | 49.9 | 375.9 | 56.4 | 816.9 | 303.1 | 1,120.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
8,828 | 4,356 | 3,664 | 7,588 | 242 | 24,678 | 1,050 | 25,728 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(482) | (1,183) | (349) | 14 | | (2,000) | (168) | (2,168) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating income |
8,346 | 3,173 | 3,315 | 7,602 | 242 | 22,678 | 882 | 23,560 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
(4,951) | (1,727) | (2,244) | (5,504) | (57) | (14,483) | (1,510) | (15,993) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK bank levy |
(70) | (29) | (45) | (218) | (9) | (371) | (91) | (462) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(54) | | (2) | (129) | (66) | (251) | (198) | (449) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Costs to achieve |
(400) | (118) | (51) | (374) | (10) | (953) | (212) | (1,165) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income/(losses)a |
14 | 40 | 11 | | (3) | 62 | (51) | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations |
2,885 | 1,339 | 984 | 1,377 | 97 | 6,682 | (1,180) | 5,502 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets (£bn) |
285.0 | 41.3 | 55.5 | 455.7 | 49.1 | 886.5 | 471.5 | 1,357.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2013b |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
8,723 | 4,103 | 4,039 | 8,596 | 142 | 25,603 | 2,293 | 27,896 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(621) | (1,096) | (479) | 22 | 3 | (2,171) | (900) | (3,071) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating income |
8,102 | 3,007 | 3,560 | 8,618 | 145 | 23,432 | 1,393 | 24,825 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
(5,362) | (1,752) | (2,451) | (6,141) | (103) | (15,809) | (1,929) | (17,738) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK bank levy |
(66) | (22) | (42) | (236) | (29) | (395) | (109) | (504) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(98) | (34) | | (31) | (10) | (173) | (96) | (269) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Costs to achieve |
(384) | (49) | (26) | (190) | (22) | (671) | (538) | (1,209) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income/(losses)a |
41 | 33 | 8 | | 4 | 86 | (110) | (24) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations |
2,233 | 1,183 | 1,049 | 2,020 | (15) | 6,470 | (1,389) | 5,081 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets (£bn) |
278.5 | 34.4 | 54.9 | 438.0 | 26.6 | 832.4 | 511.2 | 1,343.6 |
Notes
a | Other (losses)/income represents the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, profit (or loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, and gains on acquisitions. |
b | 2013 adjusted total operating expenses and profit before tax have been revised to account for the reclassification of £173m of charges, relating to a US residential mortgage-related business settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency, to provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange to aid comparability. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 225 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
All disclosures in this section are unaudited unless otherwise stated.
Adjusted results reconciliation |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2013a | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
|
Group adjusted results £m |
|
|
Adjusting items £m |
|
|
Group statutory results £m |
|
|
Group adjusted results £m |
|
|
Adjusting items £m |
|
|
Group statutory results £m |
|
|
Group adjusted results £m |
|
|
Adjusting items £m |
|
|
Group statutory results £m |
| |||||||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
24,528 | 926 | 25,454 | 25,728 | (440) | 25,288 | 27,896 | 39 | 27,935 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(2,114) | | (2,114) | (2,168) | | (2,168) | (3,071) | | (3,071) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net operating income |
22,414 | 926 | 23,340 | 23,560 | (440) | 23,120 | 24,825 | 39 | 24,864 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
(15,351) | 330 | (15,021) | (15,993) | | (15,993) | (17,738) | (79) | (17,817) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK bank levy |
(476) | | (476) | (462) | | (462) | (504) | | (504) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(378) | (4,009) | (4,387) | (449) | (2,360) | (2,809) | (269) | (2,173) | (2,442) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Costs to achieve |
(793) | | (793) | (1,165) | | (1,165) | (1,209) | | (1,209) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other (losses)/incomeb |
(13) | (577) | (590) | 11 | (446) | (435) | (24) | | (24) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations |
5,403 | (3,330) | 2,073 | 5,502 | (3,246) | 2,256 | 5,081 | (2,213) | 2,868 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit reconciliation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013a £m |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit before tax |
|
5,403 | 5,502 | 5,081 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provisions for UK customer redress |
|
(2,772) | (1,110) | (2,000) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange |
|
(1,237) | (1,250) | (173) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Losses on sale relating to the Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses |
|
(580) | (446) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain on US Lehman acquisition assets |
|
496 | 461 | 259 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Own credit |
|
430 | 34 | (220) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain on valuation of a component of the defined retirement benefit liability |
|
429 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment of goodwill and other assets relating to businesses being disposed |
|
(96) | | (79) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revision of ESHLA valuation methodology |
|
| (935) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statutory profit before tax |
|
2,073 | 2,256 | 2,868 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income by geographic region (audited) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted | Statutory | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| |||||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UKc |
11,730 | 12,357 | 11,681 | 12,160 | 11,456 | 11,461 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Europe |
2,245 | 2,896 | 4,019 | 2,245 | 2,896 | 4,019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Americasd |
6,114 | 5,547 | 6,775 | 6,610 | 6,008 | 7,034 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
3,801 | 4,152 | 4,137 | 3,801 | 4,152 | 4,137 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asia |
638 | 776 | 1,284 | 638 | 776 | 1,284 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
24,528 | 25,728 | 27,896 | 25,454 | 25,288 | 27,935 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statutory income from individual countries which represent more than 5% of total income (audited)e |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK |
12,160 | 11,456 | 11,461 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US |
6,228 | 5,866 | 6,760 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa |
2,727 | 2,915 | 2,884 |
Notes
a | 2013 adjusted total operating expenses and profit before tax have been revised to account for the reclassification of £173m of charges, relating to a US residential mortgage-related business settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency, to provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange to aid comparability. |
b | Other (losses)/income represents the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, profit (or loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, and gains on acquisitions. |
c | UK adjusted income excludes the impact of an own credit gain of £430m (2014: £34m gain) and ESHLA valuation revision of nil (2014: £935m). |
d | Americas adjusted income excludes the gains on US Lehman acquisition assets of £496m (2014: £461m). |
e | Total income net of insurance claims based on counterparty location. Income from any single external customer does not amount to 10% or greater of the Groups total income net of insurance claims. |
226 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Barclays Core
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Income statement information |
||||||||||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
24,692 | 24,678 | 25,603 | |||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(2,036 | ) | (2,000 | ) | (2,171 | ) | ||||||
Net operating income |
22,656 | 22,678 | 23,432 | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
(14,478 | ) | (14,483 | ) | (15,809 | ) | ||||||
UK bank levy |
(398 | ) | (371 | ) | (395 | ) | ||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(230 | ) | (251 | ) | (173 | ) | ||||||
Costs to achieve |
(693 | ) | (953 | ) | (671 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses |
(15,799 | ) | (16,058 | ) | (17,048 | ) | ||||||
Other net income |
5 | 62 | 86 | |||||||||
Profit before tax |
6,862 | 6,682 | 6,470 | |||||||||
Tax charge |
(1,749 | ) | (1,976 | ) | (1,754 | ) | ||||||
Profit after tax |
5,113 | 4,706 | 4,716 | |||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
(610 | ) | (648 | ) | (638 | ) | ||||||
Other equity interests |
(284 | ) | (194 | ) | | |||||||
Attributable profit |
4,219 | 3,864 | 4,078 | |||||||||
Balance sheet information |
||||||||||||
Total assets |
£816.9bn | £886.5bn | £832.4bn | |||||||||
Risk weighted assets |
£311.8bn | £326.6bn | £332.6bn | |||||||||
Leverage exposure |
£906.5bn | £955.9bn | n/a | |||||||||
Key facts |
||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) |
123,800 | 123,400 | 129,700 | |||||||||
Performance measures |
||||||||||||
Return on average tangible equity |
10.9% | 11.3% | 14.4% | |||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity |
£39.2bn | £34.6bn | £28.4bn | |||||||||
Return on average equity |
9.0% | 9.2% | 11.3% | |||||||||
Average allocated equity |
£47.3bn | £42.3bn | £35.9bn | |||||||||
Period end allocated equity |
£47.6bn | £44.9bn | £39.0bn | |||||||||
Cost:income ratio |
64% | 65% | 67% | |||||||||
Loan loss rate (bps) |
51 | 49 | 55 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 227 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
228 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
2013 £m | ||||
Income statement information |
||||||||||
Net interest income |
6,438 | 6,298 | 5,893 | |||||||
Net fee, commission and other income |
2,288 | 2,530 | 2,830 | |||||||
Total income |
8,726 | 8,828 | 8,723 | |||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(378) | (482) | (621) | |||||||
Net operating income |
8,348 | 8,346 | 8,102 | |||||||
Operating expenses |
(4,774) | (4,951) | (5,362) | |||||||
UK bank levy |
(93) | (70) | (66) | |||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(109) | (54) | (98) | |||||||
Costs to achieve |
(292) | (400) | (384) | |||||||
Total operating expenses |
(5,268) | (5,475) | (5,910) | |||||||
Other net (expenses)/income |
(40) | 14 | 41 | |||||||
Profit before tax |
3,040 | 2,885 | 2,233 | |||||||
Attributable profit |
2,179 | 2,058 | 1,681 | |||||||
Balance sheet information |
||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost |
£218.4bn | £217.0bn | £212.2bn | |||||||
Total assets |
£287.2bn | £285.0bn | £278.5bn | |||||||
Customer deposits |
£305.4bn | £299.2bn | £295.9bn | |||||||
Risk weighted assets |
£120.4bn | £120.2bn | £118.3bn | |||||||
Key facts |
||||||||||
Average LTV of mortgage lendinga |
49% | 52% | 56% | |||||||
Average LTV of new mortgage lendinga |
64% | 65% | 64% | |||||||
Client assetsb |
£112.2bn | £148.6bn | £155.3bn | |||||||
Number of branches |
1,362 | 1,488 | 1,560 | |||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) |
45,700 | 45,600 | 50,100 | |||||||
Performance measures |
||||||||||
Return on average tangible equity |
16.2% | 15.8% | 12.7% | |||||||
Average allocated tangible equity |
£13.6bn | £13.1bn | £13.2bn | |||||||
Return on average equity |
12.1% | 11.9% | 9.7% | |||||||
Average allocated equity |
£18.2bn | £17.5bn | £17.3bn | |||||||
Cost:income ratio |
60% | 62% | 68% | |||||||
Loan loss rate (bps) |
17 | 21 | 28 | |||||||
Net interest margin |
2.99% | 3.00% | 2.91% | |||||||
Analysis of total income |
£m | £m | £m | |||||||
Personal |
4,054 | 4,159 | 4,040 | |||||||
Corporate |
3,754 | 3,592 | 3,620 | |||||||
Wealth |
918 | 1,077 | 1,063 | |||||||
Total income |
8,726 | 8,828 | 8,723 | |||||||
Analysis of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost |
||||||||||
Personal |
£137.0bn | £136.8bn | £133.8bn | |||||||
Corporate |
£67.9bn | £65.1bn | £62.5bn | |||||||
Wealth |
£13.5bn | £15.1bn | £15.9bn | |||||||
Total loans and advances to customers at amortised cost |
£218.4bn | £217.0bn | £212.2bn | |||||||
Analysis of customer deposits |
||||||||||
Personal |
£151.3bn | £145.8bn | £140.5bn | |||||||
Corporate |
£124.4bn | £122.2bn | £118.5bn | |||||||
Wealth |
£29.7bn | £31.2bn | £36.9bn | |||||||
Total customer deposits |
£305.4bn | £299.2bn | £295.9bn |
Notes
a | Average LTV of mortgage lending and new mortgage lending calculated on the balance weighted basis. |
b | Includes assets managed or administered by Barclays on behalf of clients including Assets Under Management (AUM), custody assets, assets under administration, and Wealth client deposits and client lending. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 229 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
230 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
2013 £m |
||||||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||||
Net interest income | 3,520 | 3,044 | 2,829 | |||||||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | 1,407 | 1,312 | 1,274 | |||||||||||
Total income | 4,927 | 4,356 | 4,103 | |||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | (1,251) | (1,183) | (1,096) | |||||||||||
Net operating income | 3,676 | 3,173 | 3,007 | |||||||||||
Operating expenses | (1,927) | (1,727) | (1,752) | |||||||||||
UK bank levy | (42) | (29) | (22) | |||||||||||
Litigation and conduct | | | (34) | |||||||||||
Costs to achieve | (106) | (118) | (49) | |||||||||||
Total operating expenses | (2,075) | (1,874) | (1,857) | |||||||||||
Other net income | 33 | 40 | 33 | |||||||||||
Profit before tax | 1,634 | 1,339 | 1,183 | |||||||||||
Attributable profit | 1,106 | 938 | 822 | |||||||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | £39.8bn | £36.6bn | £31.5bn | |||||||||||
Total assets | £47.4bn | £41.3bn | £34.4bn | |||||||||||
Customer deposits | £10.2bn | £7.3bn | £5.1bn | |||||||||||
Risk weighted assets | £41.3bn | £39.9bn | £35.7bn | |||||||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||||
30 days arrears rates UK cards | 2.3% | 2.5% | 2.4% | |||||||||||
30 days arrears rates US cards | 2.2% | 2.1% | 2.1% | |||||||||||
Total number of Barclaycard consumer customers | 28.2m | 29.1m | 26.3m | |||||||||||
Total number of Barclaycard business clients | 341,000 | 340,000 | 350,000 | |||||||||||
Value of payments processed | £293bn | £257bn | £236bn | |||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | 13,100 | 12,200 | 11,000 | |||||||||||
Performance measures | ||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible equity | 22.3% | 19.9% | 19.9% | |||||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity | £5.0bn | £4.7bn | £4.1bn | |||||||||||
Return on average equity | 17.7% | 16.0% | 15.5% | |||||||||||
Average allocated equity | £6.3bn | £5.9bn | £5.3bn | |||||||||||
Cost:income ratio | 42% | 43% | 45% | |||||||||||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 289 | 308 | 332 | |||||||||||
Net interest margin | 9.13% | 8.75% | 8.99% |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 231 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
232 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Constant currencya | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
2013 £m |
2015 £m |
2014 £m |
||||||||||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | 2,066 | 2,093 | 2,245 | 2,066 | 1,908 | |||||||||||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | 1,668 | 1,741 | 1,979 | 1,668 | 1,583 | |||||||||||||||
Total income | 3,734 | 3,834 | 4,224 | 3,734 | 3,491 | |||||||||||||||
Net claims and benefits incurred under insurance contracts | (160) | (170) | (185) | (160) | (155) | |||||||||||||||
Total income net of insurance claims | 3,574 | 3,664 | 4,039 | 3,574 | 3,336 | |||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | (352) | (349) | (479) | (352) | (317) | |||||||||||||||
Net operating income | 3,222 | 3,315 | 3,560 | 3,222 | 3,019 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses | (2,169) | (2,244) | (2,451) | (2,169) | (2,051) | |||||||||||||||
UK bank levy | (52) | (45) | (42) | (52) | (45) | |||||||||||||||
Litigation and conduct | | (2) | | | (2) | |||||||||||||||
Costs to achieve | (29) | (51) | (26) | (29) | (46) | |||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | (2,250) | (2,342) | (2,519) | (2,250) | (2,144) | |||||||||||||||
Other net income | 7 | 11 | 8 | 7 | 10 | |||||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 979 | 984 | 1,049 | 979 | 885 | |||||||||||||||
Attributable profit | 332 | 360 | 356 | 332 | 320 | |||||||||||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | £29.9bn | £35.2bn | £34.9bn | £29.9bn | £27.6bn | |||||||||||||||
Total assets | £49.9bn | £55.5bn | £54.9bn | £49.9bn | £43.8bn | |||||||||||||||
Customer deposits | £30.6bn | £35.0bn | £34.6bn | £30.6bn | £27.6bn | |||||||||||||||
Risk weighted assets | £33.9bn | £38.5bn | £38.0bn | £33.9bn | £31.3bn | |||||||||||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||||||||||
Average LTV of mortgage portfoliob | 58.4% | 59.9% | 62.3% | |||||||||||||||||
Average LTV of new mortgage lendingb | 74.7% | 74.8% | 74.9% | |||||||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | 44,400 | 45,000 | 45,900 | |||||||||||||||||
Performance measures | ||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible equity | 11.7% | 12.9% | 11.3% | |||||||||||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity | £2.8bn | £2.8bn | £3.2bn | |||||||||||||||||
Return on average equity | 8.7% | 9.3% | 8.1% | |||||||||||||||||
Average allocated equity | £3.8bn | £3.9bn | £4.4bn | |||||||||||||||||
Cost:income ratio | 63% | 64% | 62% | |||||||||||||||||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 109 | 93 | 128 | |||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin | 6.06% | 5.95% | 5.81% |
Notes
a | Constant currency results are calculated by converting ZAR results into GBP using the average 2015 exchange rate for the income statement and the closing 2015 exchange rate for the balance sheet to eliminate the impact of movement in exchange rates between the two periods. |
b | Average LTV of mortgage portfolio and new mortgage lending calculated on the balance weighted basis. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 233 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
234 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
Net interest income | 588 | 647 | 393 | |||||||||
Net trading income | 3,859 | 3,735 | 4,969 | |||||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | 3,125 | 3,206 | 3,234 | |||||||||
Total income | 7,572 | 7,588 | 8,596 | |||||||||
Credit impairment (charges)/releases and other provisions | (55) | 14 | 22 | |||||||||
Net operating income | 7,517 | 7,602 | 8,618 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | (5,362) | (5,504) | (6,141) | |||||||||
UK bank levy | (203) | (218) | (236) | |||||||||
Litigation and conduct | (107) | (129) | (31) | |||||||||
Costs to achieve | (234) | (374) | (190) | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | (5,906) | (6,225) | (6,598) | |||||||||
Profit before tax | 1,611 | 1,377 | 2,020 | |||||||||
Attributable profit | 804 | 397 | 1,308 | |||||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks and customers at amortised costa | £92.2bn | £106.3bn | £104.5bn | |||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | £65.1bn | £94.8bn | £96.6bn | |||||||||
Derivative financial instrument assets | £114.3bn | £152.6bn | £108.7bn | |||||||||
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | £122.2bn | £160.6bn | £116.6bn | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendingb | £25.5bn | £64.3bn | £78.2bn | |||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair valueb | £48.1bn | £8.9bn | £16.5bn | |||||||||
Total assets | £375.9bn | £455.7bn | £438.0bn | |||||||||
Risk weighted assets | £108.3bn | £122.4bn | £124.4bn | |||||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | 19,800 | 20,500 | 22,600 | |||||||||
Performance measures | ||||||||||||
Return on average tangible equity | 6.0% | 2.8% | 8.5% | |||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity | £13.9bn | £14.6bn | £15.3bn | |||||||||
Return on average equity | 5.6% | 2.7% | 8.2% | |||||||||
Average allocated equity | £14.8bn | £15.4bn | £15.9bn | |||||||||
Cost:income ratio | 78% | 82% | 77% | |||||||||
Analysis of total income | ||||||||||||
Investment banking fees | 2,093 | 2,111 | 2,160 | |||||||||
Lending | 436 | 417 | 325 | |||||||||
Banking | 2,529 | 2,528 | 2,485 | |||||||||
Credit | 995 | 1,044 | 1,257 | |||||||||
Equities | 2,001 | 2,046 | 2,297 | |||||||||
Macro | 2,034 | 1,950 | 2,580 | |||||||||
Markets | 5,030 | 5,040 | 6,134 | |||||||||
Banking & Markets | 7,559 | 7,568 | 8,619 | |||||||||
Other | 13 | 20 | (23) | |||||||||
Total income | 7,572 | 7,588 | 8,596 |
Notes
a | As at 31 December 2015 loans and advances included £74.8bn (2014: £86.4bn) of loans and advances to customers (including settlement balances of £18.6bn (2014: £25.8bn) and cash collateral of £24.8bn (2014: £32.2bn)) and loans and advances to banks of £17.4bn (2014: £19.9bn) (including settlement balances of £1.6bn (2014: £2.7bn) and cash collateral of £5.7bn (2014: £6.9bn)). |
b | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. Included within financial assets designated at fair value are reverse repurchase agreements designated at fair value of £42.5bn (2014: £3.4bn). |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 235 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
Total income | (107 | ) | 242 | 142 | ||||||||
Credit impairment releases and other provisions | | | 3 | |||||||||
Net operating (expense)/income | (107 | ) | 242 | 145 | ||||||||
Operating expenses | (246 | ) | (57 | ) | (103 | ) | ||||||
UK bank levy | (8 | ) | (9 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||||
Litigation and conduct | (14 | ) | (66 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||||
Cost to achieve | (32 | ) | (10 | ) | (22 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses | (300 | ) | (142 | ) | (164 | ) | ||||||
Other net income/(expense) | 5 | (3 | ) | 4 | ||||||||
(Loss)/profit before tax | (402 | ) | 97 | (15 | ) | |||||||
Attributable (loss)/profit | (202 | ) | 112 | (89 | ) | |||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Total assets | £56.4bn | £49.1bn | £26.6bn | |||||||||
Risk weighted assets | £7.7bn | £5.6bn | £16.2bn | |||||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | 800 | 100 | 100 |
236 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 237 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
Barclays Non-Core continued
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013a £m |
| ||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
Net interest income | 249 | 214 | 307 | |||||||||
Net trading income | (805 | ) | 120 | 1,327 | ||||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | 765 | 1,026 | 983 | |||||||||
Total income | 209 | 1,360 | 2,617 | |||||||||
Net claims and benefits incurred under insurance contracts | (373 | ) | (310 | ) | (324 | ) | ||||||
Total income net of insurance claims | (164 | ) | 1,050 | 2,293 | ||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | (78 | ) | (168 | ) | (900 | ) | ||||||
Net operating (expense)/income | (242 | ) | 882 | 1,393 | ||||||||
Operating expenses | (873 | ) | (1,510 | ) | (1,929 | ) | ||||||
UK bank levy | (78 | ) | (91 | ) | (109 | ) | ||||||
Litigation and conduct | (148 | ) | (198 | ) | (96 | ) | ||||||
Costs to achieve | (100 | ) | (212 | ) | (538 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses | (1,199 | ) | (2,011 | ) | (2,672 | ) | ||||||
Other net expenses | (18 | ) | (51 | ) | (110 | ) | ||||||
Loss before tax | (1,459 | ) | (1,180 | ) | (1,389 | ) | ||||||
Attributable loss | (1,523 | ) | (1,085 | ) | (1,783 | ) | ||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks and customers at amortised costb | £45.9bn | £63.9bn | £81.9bn | |||||||||
Derivative financial instrument assets | £210.3bn | £285.4bn | £239.3bn | |||||||||
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | £198.7bn | £277.1bn | £228.3bn | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendingc | £2.4bn | £49.3bn | £104.7bn | |||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair valuec | £20.1bn | £22.2bn | £19.5bn | |||||||||
Total assets | £303.1bn | £471.5bn | £511.2bn | |||||||||
Customer deposits | £14.9bn | £21.6bn | £29.3bn | |||||||||
Risk weighted assets | £46.6bn | £75.3bn | £109.9bn | |||||||||
Leverage exposure | £121.3bn | £277.5bn | n/a | |||||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | 5,600 | 8,900 | 9,900 | |||||||||
Performance measures | ||||||||||||
Return on average tangible equityd | (5.1% | ) | (5.4% | ) | (9.3% | ) | ||||||
Average allocated tangible equity | £8.9bn | £13.2bn | £16.8bn | |||||||||
Return on average equityd | (4.1% | ) | (4.1% | ) | (7.0% | ) | ||||||
Average allocated equity | £9.0bn | £13.4bn | £17.1bn | |||||||||
Period end allocated equity | £7.2bn | £11.0bn | £15.1bn | |||||||||
Analysis of total income net of insurance claims | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||
Businesses | 613 | 1,101 | 1,498 | |||||||||
Securities and loans | (481 | ) | 117 | 642 | ||||||||
Derivatives | (296 | ) | (168 | ) | 153 | |||||||
Total income net of insurance claims | (164 | ) | 1,050 | 2,293 |
Notes
a | 2013 adjusted total operating expenses and profit before tax have been revised to account for the reclassification of £173m of charges, relating to a US residential mortgage-related business settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency, to provisions for ongoing investigations and litigations including Foreign Exchange to aid comparability. |
b | As at 31 December 2015 loans and advances included £35.2bn (2014: £51.6bn) of loans and advances to customers (including settlement balances of £0.2bn (2014: £1.6bn) and cash collateral of £19.0bn (2014: £22.1bn)) and loans and advances to banks of £10.6bn (2014: £12.3bn) (including settlement balances of nil (2014: £0.3bn) and cash collateral of £10.1bn (2014: £11.3bn)). |
c | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. Included within financial assets designated at fair value are reverse repurchase agreements designated at fair value of £1.4bn (2014: £1.0bn). |
d | Return on average equity and average tangible equity for Barclays Non-Core represents its impact on the Group. This does not represent the return on average tangible equity of the Non-Core business. |
238 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Return on average tangible equity | ||||||||||||
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2013 % |
c
| ||||
Personal and Corporate Banking | 16.2 | 15.8 | 12.7 | |||||||||
Barclaycard | 22.3 | 19.9 | 19.9 | |||||||||
Africa Banking | 11.7 | 12.9 | 11.3 | |||||||||
Investment Bank | 6.0 | 2.8 | 8.5 | |||||||||
Barclays Core operating businesses | 12.7 | 10.8 | 11.6 | |||||||||
Head Office impacta | (1.8 | ) | 0.5 | 2.8 | ||||||||
Barclays Core | 10.9 | 11.3 | 14.4 | |||||||||
Barclays Non-Core impacta | (5.1 | ) | (5.4 | ) | (9.3 | ) | ||||||
Barclays Group adjusted total | 5.8 | 5.9 | 5.1 | |||||||||
Return on average equity | ||||||||||||
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2013 % |
c
| ||||
Personal and Corporate Banking | 12.1 | 11.9 | 9.7 | |||||||||
Barclaycard | 17.7 | 16.0 | 15.5 | |||||||||
Africa Banking | 8.7 | 9.3 | 8.1 | |||||||||
Investment Bank | 5.6 | 2.7 | 8.2 | |||||||||
Barclays Core operating businesses | 10.4 | 8.9 | 9.7 | |||||||||
Head Office impacta | (1.4 | ) | 0.3 | 1.6 | ||||||||
Barclays Core | 9.0 | 9.2 | 11.3 | |||||||||
Barclays Non-Core impacta | (4.1 | ) | (4.1 | ) | (7.0 | ) | ||||||
Barclays Group adjusted total | 4.9 | 5.1 | 4.3 | |||||||||
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parentb | ||||||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
c
| ||||
Personal and Corporate Banking | 2,203 | 2,075 | 1,681 | |||||||||
Barclaycard | 1,114 | 943 | 822 | |||||||||
Africa Banking | 332 | 360 | 356 | |||||||||
Investment Bank | 829 | 415 | 1,308 | |||||||||
Head Office | (202 | ) | 112 | (89 | ) | |||||||
Barclays Core | 4,276 | 3,905 | 4,078 | |||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | (1,510 | ) | (1,072 | ) | (1,783 | ) | ||||||
Barclays Group adjusted total | 2,766 | 2,833 | 2,295 |
Notes
a | Return on average equity and average tangible equity for Head Office and Barclays Non-Core represents their impact on Barclays Core and the Group respectively. This does not represent the return on average equity and average tangible equity of Head Office or the Non-Core business. |
b | Profit for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent includes the tax credit recorded in reserves in respect of interest payments on other equity instruments. |
c | 2013 adjusted total operating expenses and profit before tax have been revised to account for the reclassification of £173m of charges, relating to a US residential mortgage-related business settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency, to provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange to aid comparability. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 239 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
Returns and equity by business continued
Average allocated tangible equity | ||||||||||||
|
2015 £bn |
|
|
2014 £bn |
|
|
2013 £bn |
| ||||
Personal and Corporate Banking | 13.6 | 13.1 | 13.2 | |||||||||
Barclaycard | 5.0 | 4.7 | 4.1 | |||||||||
Africa Banking | 2.8 | 2.8 | 3.2 | |||||||||
Investment Bank | 13.9 | 14.6 | 15.3 | |||||||||
Head Officea | 3.9 | (0.6 | ) | (7.4 | ) | |||||||
Barclays Core | 39.2 | 34.6 | 28.4 | |||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 8.9 | 13.2 | 16.8 | |||||||||
Barclays Group adjusted total | 48.1 | 47.8 | 45.2 | |||||||||
Average allocated equity | ||||||||||||
|
2015 £bn |
|
|
2014 £bn |
|
|
2013 £bn |
| ||||
Personal and Corporate Banking | 18.2 | 17.5 | 17.3 | |||||||||
Barclaycard | 6.3 | 5.9 | 5.3 | |||||||||
Africa Banking | 3.8 | 3.9 | 4.4 | |||||||||
Investment Bank | 14.8 | 15.4 | 15.9 | |||||||||
Head Officea | 4.2 | (0.4 | ) | (7.0 | ) | |||||||
Barclays Core | 47.3 | 42.3 | 35.9 | |||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 9.0 | 13.4 | 17.1 | |||||||||
Barclays Group adjusted total | 56.3 | 55.7 | 53.0 | |||||||||
Period end allocated equity | ||||||||||||
|
2015 £bn |
|
|
2014 £bn |
|
|
2013 £bn |
| ||||
Personal and Corporate Banking | 18.3 | 17.9 | 17.3 | |||||||||
Barclaycard | 6.3 | 6.2 | 5.4 | |||||||||
Africa Banking | 3.4 | 4.0 | 3.8 | |||||||||
Investment Bank | 13.0 | 14.7 | 14.6 | |||||||||
Head Officea | 6.6 | 2.1 | (2.1 | ) | ||||||||
Barclays Core | 47.6 | 44.9 | 39.0 | |||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 7.2 | 11.0 | 15.1 | |||||||||
Barclays Group adjusted total | 54.8 | 55.9 | 54.1 |
Note
a | Based on risk weighted assets and capital deductions in Head Office plus the residual balance of average ordinary shareholders equity and tangible ordinary shareholders equity. |
240 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Year ended 31 December 2015 | Year ended 31 December 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net interest income £m |
|
|
Average customer assets £m |
|
|
Net interest margin % |
|
|
Net interest income £m |
|
|
Average customer assets £m |
|
|
Net interest margin % |
| |||||||
Personal and Corporate Banking | 6,438 | 214,989 | 2.99 | 6,298 | 210,026 | 3.00 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard | 3,520 | 38,560 | 9.13 | 3,044 | 34,776 | 8.75 | ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking | 2,066 | 34,116 | 6.06 | 2,093 | 35,153 | 5.95 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Personal and Corporate Banking, Barclaycard and Africa Banking |
12,024 | 287,665 | 4.18 | 11,435 | 279,955 | 4.08 | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank | 588 | 647 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office | (303) | (216) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Core | 12,309 | 11,866 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | 249 | 214 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Group net interest income | 12,558 | 12,080 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 241 |
242 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Financial statements
Contents
Detailed analysis of our statutory accounts, independently audited and providing in-depth disclosure on the financial performance of the Group.
Page | Note | |||||||||||
Consolidated financial statements | ||||||||||||
§ |
Presentation of information | 244 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Independent Auditors Report | 245 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms report | 252 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Consolidated income statement | 253 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income | 254 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Consolidated balance sheet | 255 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Consolidated statement of changes in equity | 256 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Consolidated cash flow statement | 257 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Parent Company accounts | 258 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Notes to the financial statements | 260 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Significant accounting policies
|
260 | 1 | |||||||||
Notes to the financial statements | ||||||||||||
Performance/return |
§ |
Segmental reporting | 263 | 2 | ||||||||
§ |
Net interest income | 263 | 3 | |||||||||
§ |
Net fee and commission income | 264 | 4 | |||||||||
§ |
Net trading income | 264 | 5 | |||||||||
§ |
Net investment income | 265 | 6 | |||||||||
§ |
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | 265 | 7 | |||||||||
§ |
Operating expenses | 267 | 8 | |||||||||
§ |
Profit/(loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures | 267 | 9 | |||||||||
§ |
Tax | 268 | 10 | |||||||||
§ |
Earnings per share | 271 | 11 | |||||||||
§ |
Dividends on ordinary shares
|
271 | 12 | |||||||||
Assets and liabilities held at fair value |
§ |
Trading portfolio | 272 | 13 | ||||||||
§ |
Financial assets designated at fair value | 272 | 14 | |||||||||
§ |
Derivative financial instruments | 273 | 15 | |||||||||
§ |
Available for sale financial assets | 276 | 16 | |||||||||
§ |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 276 | 17 | |||||||||
§ |
Fair value of assets and liabilities | 277 | 18 | |||||||||
§ |
Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
|
293 | 19 | |||||||||
Financial instruments held |
§ |
Loans and advances to banks and customers | 295 | 20 | ||||||||
at amortised cost |
§ |
Finance leases | 295 | 21 | ||||||||
§ |
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar | 296 | 22 | |||||||||
secured lending and borrowing
|
||||||||||||
Non-current assets and other investments |
§ |
Property, plant and equipment | 297 | 23 | ||||||||
§ |
Goodwill and intangible assets | 298 | 24 | |||||||||
§ |
Operating leases
|
300 | 25 | |||||||||
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings |
§ |
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities | 301 | 26 | ||||||||
§ |
Provisions | 301 | 27 | |||||||||
§ |
Contingent liabilities and commitments | 303 | 28 | |||||||||
§ |
Legal, competition and regulatory matters
|
303 | 29 | |||||||||
Capital instruments, equity and reserves |
§ |
Subordinated liabilities | 314 | 30 | ||||||||
§ |
Ordinary shares, share premium and other equity | 318 | 31 | |||||||||
§ |
Reserves | 319 | 32 | |||||||||
§ |
Non-controlling interests
|
319 | 33 | |||||||||
Employee benefits |
§ |
Share based payments | 321 | 34 | ||||||||
§ |
Pensions and post retirement benefits
|
323 | 35 | |||||||||
Scope of consolidation |
§ |
Principal subsidiaries | 327 | 36 | ||||||||
§ |
Structured entities | 328 | 37 | |||||||||
§ |
Investments in associates and joint ventures | 333 | 38 | |||||||||
§ |
Securitisations | 333 | 39 | |||||||||
§ |
Assets pledged
|
335 | 40 | |||||||||
Other disclosure matters |
§ |
Related party transactions and Directors remuneration | 336 | 41 | ||||||||
§ |
Auditors remuneration | 338 | 42 | |||||||||
§ |
Financial risks, liquidity and capital management | 339 | 43 | |||||||||
§ |
Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities | 339 | 44 | |||||||||
§ |
Barclays PLC (the Parent Company) | 340 | 45 | |||||||||
§ |
Related undertakings
|
341 | 46 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 243 |
Presentation of information
244 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Independent Auditors report
Independent Auditors report to the members of Barclays PLC
Our audit approach
Overview
Materiality |
Overall Group materiality: £313 million represents 5% of adjusted profit before tax (per the adjusted profit reconciliation on page 226) excluding cost to achieve. The use of this measure of profit mitigates the effects of volatility. Adjusted profit is the measure disclosed in the Financial Review as is operating expenses excluding costs to achieve which is a key performance indicator that the Directors focus on.
| |
Audit scope |
We planned and scoped our audit for 2015 reflecting the Groups move to a more legal entity focused reporting structure. As a result we defined the Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Barclays Africa Group Limited and Barclays Capital Securities Limited as significant components of the Group, subject to an audit of their complete financial information. Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Africa Group Ltd entities are themselves consolidations of individually distinct sub-components. Consequently we performed a combination of full scope audits and audits of specific financial statement line items (namely investments in joint ventures and associates) based on the financial significance of the sub-component to achieve the desired level of audit evidence.
| |
Areas of focus |
The areas of focus for our audit comprised to which we allocated the greatest amount of our resources and effort were: | |
§ impairment of loans and advances to customers | ||
§ valuation of financial instruments held at fair value | ||
§ provisions for conduct redress costs | ||
§ litigation and regulatory claims | ||
§ IT systems and controls over financial reporting and | ||
§ provision for uncertain tax positions.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 245 |
Independent Auditors report
Independent Auditors report to the members of Barclays PLC
The scope of our audit and our areas of focus We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (ISAs (UK & Ireland)).
We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.
|
The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and effort, are identified as areas of focus in the table below. We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address these specific areas in order to provide an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures should be read in this context. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. All of these areas of focus were discussed with the Board Audit Committee. Their report on those matters that they considered to be significant financial statement reporting issues is set out on pages 44 to 46.
We have gained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the controls in each process below. The table sets out further work performed to address the areas of focus.
| |||||
Area of focus | How our audit addressed the area of focus | |||||
Impairment of loans and advances to customers |
We focused on this area because the Directors make complex and subjective judgements over both timing of recognition of impairment and the estimation of the size of any such impairment.
In wholesale loans and advances, the material portion of impairment is individually calculated. For retail loans and advances, the material portion of the impairment is calculated on a modelled basis for portfolios of loans and advances.
We focused our audit on the following areas of impairment specifically relating to: |
We assessed and tested the design and operating effectiveness of the controls over impairment data and calculations. These controls included those over the identification of which loans and advances were impaired, the granting of forbearance, the data transfer from source systems to impairment models and model output to the general ledger, and the calculation of the impairment provisions. In addition, we tested IT controls for impairment systems. We determined that we could rely on these controls for the purposes of our audit.
We tested the entity and business unit level controls over the end to end model process including in relation to model build, model monitoring, the annual validation process and governance committee approvals. We determined that we could rely on these controls for the purposes of our audit.
In addition, we performed detailed testing on a sample of new and existing models used to calculate both unidentified and identified impairment. This testing varied by portfolio, but typically included testing of the coding used in impairment models, re-performance of the calculation, testing the extraction of data used in the models including the bucketing into delinquency bandings, and testing and applying sensitivities to the underlying critical assumptions.
We tested a sample of post model adjustments, including considering the basis for the adjustment, the logic applied, the source data used, the key assumptions adopted and the sensitivity of the adjustment to these assumptions.
Where impairment was individually calculated, we tested controls over the timely identification of potentially impaired loans. We determined that we could rely on these controls for the purposes of our audit. We also tested a sample of loans and advances to ascertain whether the loss event (that is the point at which impairment is recognised) had been identified in a timely manner including, where relevant, how forbearance had been considered. Where impairment had been identified, we examined the forecasts of future cash flows prepared by management to support the calculation of the impairment, challenging the assumptions and comparing estimates to external evidence where available. We found no material exceptions in these tests.
We examined a sample of loans and advances which had not been identified by management as potentially impaired and formed our own judgement as to whether that was appropriate including using external evidence in respect of the relevant counterparties. We found no material exceptions in these tests.
For customers with exposure to the oil, gas and commodity prices, we increased our sample testing of cases individually assessed for impairment, included those customers identified on the watchlist, and those that remained in the good book. In addition, we tested relevant post model adjustments held and considered the completeness of the unidentified impairment provision for these customers.
In the case of some impairment provisions, we formed a different view from that of management, but in our view the differences were within a reasonable range of outcomes in the context of the overall loans and advances and the uncertainties disclosed in the financial statements.
| ||||
§ | the key assumptions and judgements made by the Directors that underlie the calculation of modelled retail impairment (including in relation to a number of model changes that were implemented in 2015). Key assumptions and judgements include the emergence period used for unidentified impairment, the probability of default calculation and the loss given default calculation | |||||
§ | the post model adjustments recorded in response to a range of identified internal factors, such as known data and system issues impacting specific impairment models, and external factors such as the persistently low interest rate environment in the UK |
|||||
§ | the completeness of the customer accounts that are included in the impairment calculation, including how unidentified impairment (customers that have had a loss event that has not yet manifested itself in a missed payment or other indicator) and forbearance are taken account of.
|
|||||
In addition, in wholesale we considered the impact of lower oil, gas and commodity prices on the creditworthiness of relevant counterparties.
See Notes 7 and 20 to the financial statements on pages 265 and 295 respectively and the relevant parts of the Risk review to which they are cross-referred.
|
246 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Area of focus | How our audit addressed the area of focus | |||||
Valuation of financial instruments held at fair value |
The valuation of the Groups financial instruments held at fair value was a key area of audit focus due to their significance.
The Directors make significant judgement because of the complexity involved in valuing some of these assets and liabilities given the limited external evidence to support the Groups valuations.
In particular, the Education, Social Housing and Local Authority (ESHLA) loan books (£16.2bn) requires significant judgement in the valuation methodology used due to limited availability of observable market data used to calibrate the funding and credit spreads used in the valuation.
The Groups Funding Fair Value Adjustment (FFVA) for the measurement of uncollateralised derivatives is an area of judgement for the Directors as there are limited uncollateralised derivative trades. The limited data available does not allow the different elements of pricing to be isolated resulting in the Directors exercising their judgement in assessing fair value.
See Notes 14 to 18 to the financial statements on pages 272 to 292. |
We assessed the design and operating effectiveness of the Groups key controls supporting the identification, measurement and oversight of valuation risk of financial instruments.
We examined the Groups independent price verification processes, model validation and approval processes, controls over data feeds and inputs to valuation and the Groups governance and reporting processes and controls. We made our own examination of collateral disputes, gains and losses on disposals and other events which could provide evidence about the appropriateness of the Groups valuations. We determined that we could rely on the key controls operated by the Group for the purposes of our audit.
For the more judgemental valuations, which may depend on unobservable inputs, we evaluated the assumptions, methodologies and models used by the Group. We performed an independent valuation of a sample of positions which in some cases resulted in a different valuation to that calculated by management. In our view, the differences were within a reasonable range of outcomes in the context of the inherent uncertainties disclosed in the financial statements.
In auditing the ESHLA loan book, we assessed the appropriateness of the valuation methodology for the portfolio and the level of observability in the market, including performing comparable credit spread research and comparing any observations to those used by management within the Credit Valuation Adjustment. We independently performed the valuation of a sample of derivatives and loans and evaluated the appropriateness of ESHLA specific fair value adjustments.
In respect of the FFVA for uncollateralised derivatives we assessed the methodology applied, and assumptions made, by the Group and compared it with our knowledge of current industry practice. We tested the controls over the data inputs to the valuation model and involved our internal specialists to test the appropriateness of the model. We evaluated the extent to which funding costs are incorporated into derivative valuation with reference to the limited observable transaction and other market data available.
Overall, in our view, in the context of the inherent uncertainties as disclosed in the financial statements, these valuations were within a reasonable range of outcomes.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 247 |
Independent Auditors report
Independent Auditors report to the members of Barclays PLC
Area of focus | How our audit addressed the area of focus | |||||
Provisions for conduct redress costs |
We focused on this area because the Directors have made provisions that require significant judgement in relation to the amount of current and potential future claims from customers for losses or damages associated with inappropriate business activities.
For conduct exposures identified, the measurement of provisions is highly judgemental and key assumptions are difficult to forecast, such as complaint volumes. In particular we focused on the £2.2bn provision for Payment Protection Insurance (PPI).
Barclays have developed a calculation methodology which is used to provide data for tracking PPI, and for provision calculations. The key input is the future complaints flow which is inherently difficult to estimate given the variety of factors which can influence the volumes.
A new factor impacting estimation uncertainty this year was the Financial Conduct Authoritys consultation paper 15/39 in which they propose a two year timebar and address how banks should respond to the Plevin ruling. The Directors have had to make significant judgements in updating their PPI provision methodology to reflect the impact these factors may have on future claims flows.
See Note 27 to the financial statements on pages 301 and 302.
|
We assessed and tested the design and operating effectiveness of the controls over the calculation of the provisions for the cost of conduct remediation. We determined that we could rely on these controls for the purposes of the audit. In the view of significant judgements involved, we also examined the more material provisions in detail and sought additional evidence.
In relation to PPI, we examined the data capture, analysis and modelling process around the provision calculations. We tested the nature, categorisation and history of claim volumes and settlement amounts and assessed whether the assumptions underpinning the provision calculations, including future claim volumes and settlement amounts, where appropriate.
We tested the provisioning models and underlying assumptions used, in particular how management updated their provisioning models to address actual complaint flows, the proposed timebar and implications of the Plevin judgement. To challenge management assumptions, we have developed and used our own model to run different provisioning scenarios and compared if management assumptions were within our range of provisioning.
We have evaluated whether the disclosures within the financial statements appropriately address the significant uncertainties that exist around determining the provisions and the sensitivity of the provisions to changes in the underlying assumptions and the impact of the proposed timebar.
We considered the sensitivity of the provision to possible variations in those assumptions. This could result in different amounts for some provisions to those calculated by Directors, but in our view these differences were within a reasonable range of outcomes in the context of the degree of uncertainty.
| ||||
Litigation and regulatory claims |
We focused on this area because the Group is subject to challenge in respect of a number of legal, regulatory and competition matters, many of which are beyond its control. Consequently, the Directors make judgements about the incidence and quantum of such liabilities arising from litigation and regulatory or competition claims which are subject to the future outcome of legal or regulatory processes.
See Note 29 to the financial statements on pages 303 to 313. |
We assessed and tested the design and operating effectiveness of the controls over the identification, evaluation, provisioning and reporting of legal, regulatory and competition matters. We determined that we could rely on these controls for the purposes of our audit.
In view of the significant judgements required, we also examined the more material provisions in detail and sought additional evidence. We evaluated the Groups assessment of the nature and status of litigation, claims and provision assessments, if any, and discussed with internal counsel to understand the legal position and the basis of material risk positions. In some cases we have confirmed this information directly with the Groups external counsel.
As set out in the financial statements, the outcome of litigation and regulatory claims are dependent on the future outcome of continuing legal and regulatory processes and consequently the calculations of the provisions are subject to inherent uncertainty. In our view, the provisions had been arrived at based on the information currently available to the Group and after consideration of the legal advice received by the Group.
| ||||
IT systems and controls over financial reporting |
We identified IT systems and controls over financial reporting as an area of focus as the Groups financial accounting and reporting systems are heavily dependent on complex systems and there is a risk that automated accounting procedures and related IT dependent manual controls are not designed and operating effectively.
A particular area of focus related to logical access management and segregation of duties controls which were remediated in 2015. |
We assessed and tested the design and operating effectiveness of the controls over the continued integrity of the IT systems that are relevant to financial reporting. We examined the framework of governance over the Groups IT organisation and the controls over program development and changes, access to programs and data and IT operations, including compensating controls where required. Where necessary we also carried out direct tests of certain aspects of the security of the Groups IT systems including access management and segregation of duties.
The combination of the tests of the controls and the direct tests that we carried out gave us sufficient evidence to enable us to rely on the continued and proper operation of the Groups IT systems for the purposes of our audit.
|
248 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Area of focus | How our audit addressed the area of focus | |||||
Provision for uncertain tax positions |
We focused on this area because the Group is subject to taxation in many jurisdictions and, in many cases, the ultimate tax treatment is uncertain and is not determined until resolved with the relevant tax authority. Consequently, the Directors make judgements about the incidence and quantum of tax liabilities which are subject to the future outcome of assessments by the relevant tax authorities and potentially associated legal processes.
See Note 10 to the financial statements on pages 268 to 270.
|
Our tax specialists examined the correspondence between the Group and the relevant tax authorities and between the Group and its external advisers. We examined the matters in dispute and used our knowledge of the law of the relevant tax jurisdictions and other similar taxation matters to assess the available evidence and the provisions made by Directors.
As set out in the financial statements, since the settlement of the Groups tax position is subject to future negotiation with various tax authorities, the calculations of the provisions are subject to inherent uncertainty. In our view, the provisions were within a reasonable range of outcomes in the context of that uncertainty. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 249 |
Independent Auditors report
Independent Auditors report to the members of Barclays PLC
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Overall Group materiality
|
£313 million (2014: £330 million).
| |
How we determined it | 5% of adjusted profit before tax excluding costs to achieve. The adjusting items disclosed in the Consolidated Summary Income Statement in the Financial Review on page 220 to get to Statutory profit before tax are as follows: Own credit, Gain on US Lehman acquisition assets, Gain on valuation of a component of the defined retirement benefit liability, Provisions for UK customer redress, Provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange, and Losses on sale relating to the Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses.
| |
Rationale for benchmark applied
|
The use of adjusted profit before tax is considered appropriate as the adjusting items are excluded on the basis that the Directors deem them to be exceptional by nature, either because they are non-recurring or because they are influenced by market conditions that are not reflective of the operations of the business. Adjusted profit is the measure disclosed in the Financial Review.
| |
We excluded costs to achieve, as in 2014 the Directors embarked on a significant restructuring of the Group. The costs associated with this initiative are significant and, like the adjusting items listed above, are expected to be discrete and non-recurring in nature and thus is not considered as an appropriate indicator of the underlying performance of the business. Operating expenses excluding costs to achieve is a key performance indicator that the Directors focus on, included in the Financial Review. The costs are separately disclosed on the face of the Analysis of results by business segments in the Financial Review and a measure of profit, excluding these costs, is specifically highlighted in the Groups Results Announcement.
|
Other required reporting
Consistency of other information
Companies Act 2006 opinion
In our opinion, the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.
ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting
| ||
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: | ||
§ information in the Annual Report is |
We have no exceptions to report. | |
- materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements or |
||
- apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group and Parent Company acquired in the course of performing our audit or |
||
- otherwise misleading
|
||
§ the statement given by the Directors on page 78, in accordance with provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code), that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for members to assess the Groups and Parent Companys performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and Parent Company acquired in the course of performing our audit
|
We have no exceptions to report. | |
§ the section of the Annual Report on page 44 as required by provision C.3.8 of the Code, describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.
|
We have no exceptions to report. |
250 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
The Directors assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the Group
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to: | ||
§ the Directors confirmation in the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity |
We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.
| |
§ the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated |
We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.
| |
§ the Directors explanation in the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
|
We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.
| |
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Directors Statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group and the Directors Statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group, set out on page 26. Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing our audit. We have nothing to report having performed our review.
| ||
Adequacy of accounting records and information and explanations received
| ||
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: |
||
§ we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit |
We have no exceptions to report.
| |
§ adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us |
We have no exceptions to report.
| |
§ the Parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. |
We have no exceptions to report.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 251 |
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms report
252 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December |
Notes |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||||
Continuing operations |
||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
3 | 17,201 | 17,363 | 18,315 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense |
3 | (4,643 | ) | (5,283 | ) | (6,715 | ) | |||||||||
Net interest income |
12,558 | 12,080 | 11,600 | |||||||||||||
Fee and commission income |
4 | 9,655 | 9,836 | 10,479 | ||||||||||||
Fee and commission expense |
4 | (1,763 | ) | (1,662 | ) | (1,748 | ) | |||||||||
Net fee and commission income |
7,892 | 8,174 | 8,731 | |||||||||||||
Net trading income |
5 | 3,623 | 3,331 | 6,553 | ||||||||||||
Net investment income |
6 | 1,138 | 1,328 | 680 | ||||||||||||
Net premiums from insurance contracts |
709 | 669 | 732 | |||||||||||||
Other income |
67 | 186 | 148 | |||||||||||||
Total income |
25,987 | 25,768 | 28,444 | |||||||||||||
Net claims and benefits incurred on insurance contracts |
(533 | ) | (480 | ) | (509 | ) | ||||||||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
25,454 | 25,288 | 27,935 | |||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
7 | (2,114 | ) | (2,168 | ) | (3,071 | ) | |||||||||
Net operating income |
23,340 | 23,120 | 24,864 | |||||||||||||
Staff costs |
8 | (9,960 | ) | (11,005 | ) | (12,155 | ) | |||||||||
Infrastructure costs |
8 | (3,180 | ) | (3,443 | ) | (3,531 | ) | |||||||||
Administration and general expenses |
8 | (3,528 | ) | (3,621 | ) | (4,113 | ) | |||||||||
Provision for UK customer redress |
27 | (2,772 | ) | (1,110 | ) | (2,000 | ) | |||||||||
Provision for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange |
27 | (1,237 | ) | (1,250 | ) | (173 | ) | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
8 | (20,677 | ) | (20,429 | ) | (21,972 | ) | |||||||||
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures |
47 | 36 | (56 | ) | ||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures |
9 | (637 | ) | (471 | ) | 6 | ||||||||||
Gain on acquisitions |
| | 26 | |||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
2,073 | 2,256 | 2,868 | |||||||||||||
Taxation |
10 | (1,450 | ) | (1,411 | ) | (1,571 | ) | |||||||||
Profit after tax |
623 | 845 | 1,297 | |||||||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||||||
Equity holders of the parent |
(394 | ) | (174 | ) | 540 | |||||||||||
Other equity holdersa |
345 | 250 | | |||||||||||||
Total equity holders |
(49 | ) | 76 | 540 | ||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
33 | 672 | 769 | 757 | ||||||||||||
Profit after tax |
623 | 845 | 1,297 | |||||||||||||
p | p | p | ||||||||||||||
Earnings per share |
||||||||||||||||
Basic (loss)/earnings per share |
11 | (1.9 | ) | (0.7 | ) | 3.8 | ||||||||||
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share |
11 | (1.9 | ) | (0.7 | ) | 3.7 |
Note
a | The profit after tax attributable to other equity holders of £345m (2014: £250m) is offset by a tax credit recorded in reserves of £70m (2014: £54m). The net amount of £275m (2014: £196m), along with NCI, is deducted from profit after tax in order to calculate earnings per share. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 253 |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| |||
Profit after tax |
623 | 845 | 1,297 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive (loss)/income from continuing operations: |
||||||||||||
Currency translation reserve |
||||||||||||
Currency translation differences |
(476 | ) | 486 | (1,767 | ) | |||||||
Available for sale reserve |
||||||||||||
Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value |
33 | 5,333 | (2,734 | ) | ||||||||
Net gains transferred to net profit on disposal |
(373 | ) | (619 | ) | (145 | ) | ||||||
Net losses/(gains) transferred to net profit due to impairment |
17 | (31 | ) | (7 | ) | |||||||
Net (gains)/losses transferred to net profit due to fair value hedging |
(148 | ) | (4,074 | ) | 2,376 | |||||||
Changes in insurance liabilities |
86 | (94 | ) | 28 | ||||||||
Tax |
134 | (102 | ) | 100 | ||||||||
Cash flow hedging reserve |
||||||||||||
Net (losses)/gains from changes in fair value |
(407 | ) | 2,687 | (1,914 | ) | |||||||
Net gains transferred to net profit |
(268 | ) | (767 | ) | (547 | ) | ||||||
Tax |
81 | (380 | ) | 571 | ||||||||
Other |
21 | (42 | ) | (37 | ) | |||||||
Total comprehensive (loss)/income that may be recycled to profit or loss |
(1,300 | ) | 2,397 | (4,076 | ) | |||||||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) not recycled to profit or loss: |
||||||||||||
Retirement benefit remeasurements |
1,174 | 268 | (512 | ) | ||||||||
Tax |
(260 | ) | (63 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the period
|
|
(386
|
)
|
|
2,602
|
|
|
(4,591
|
)
| |||
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year |
237 | 3,447 | (3,294 | ) | ||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||
Equity holders of the parent |
45 | 2,756 | (3,406 | ) | ||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
192 | 691 | 112 | |||||||||
237 | 3,447 | (3,294 | ) |
254 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated balance sheet
As at 31 December |
Notes |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
49,711 | 39,695 | 45,687 | |||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
1,011 | 1,210 | 1,282 | |||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
13 | 77,348 | 114,717 | 133,069 | ||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
14 | 76,830 | 38,300 | 38,968 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
15 | 327,709 | 439,909 | 350,300 | ||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
16 | 90,267 | 86,066 | 91,756 | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
20 | 41,349 | 42,111 | 39,422 | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
20 | 399,217 | 427,767 | 434,237 | ||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
22 | 28,187 | 131,753 | 186,779 | ||||||||||||
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets |
3,010 | 3,607 | 3,920 | |||||||||||||
Investments in associates and joint ventures |
38 | 573 | 711 | 653 | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
23 | 3,468 | 3,786 | 4,216 | ||||||||||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
24 | 8,222 | 8,180 | 7,685 | ||||||||||||
Current tax assets |
10 | 415 | 334 | 219 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
10 | 4,495 | 4,130 | 4,807 | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit assets |
35 | 836 | 56 | 133 | ||||||||||||
Non current assets classified as held for sale |
44 | 7,364 | 15,574 | 495 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,120,012 | 1,357,906 | 1,343,628 | |||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks |
47,080 | 58,390 | 55,615 | |||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks |
1,013 | 1,177 | 1,359 | |||||||||||||
Customer accounts |
418,242 | 427,704 | 431,998 | |||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
22 | 25,035 | 124,479 | 196,748 | ||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
13 | 33,967 | 45,124 | 53,464 | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
17 | 91,745 | 56,972 | 64,796 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
15 | 324,252 | 439,320 | 347,118 | ||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
69,150 | 86,099 | 86,693 | |||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
30 | 21,467 | 21,153 | 21,695 | ||||||||||||
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities |
26 | 10,610 | 11,423 | 12,934 | ||||||||||||
Provisions |
27 | 4,142 | 4,135 | 3,886 | ||||||||||||
Current tax liabilities |
10 | 903 | 1,021 | 1,042 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
10 | 122 | 262 | 373 | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities |
35 | 423 | 1,574 | 1,958 | ||||||||||||
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
44 | 5,997 | 13,115 | | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1,054,148 | 1,291,948 | 1,279,679 | |||||||||||||
Total equity |
||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital and share premium |
31 | 21,586 | 20,809 | 19,887 | ||||||||||||
Other equity instruments |
31 | 5,305 | 4,322 | 2,063 | ||||||||||||
Other reserves |
32 | 1,898 | 2,724 | 249 | ||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
31,021 | 31,712 | 33,186 | |||||||||||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests |
59,810 | 59,567 | 55,385 | |||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
33 | 6,054 | 6,391 | 8,564 | ||||||||||||
Total equity |
65,864 | 65,958 | 63,949 | |||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
1,120,012 | 1,357,906 | 1,343,628 |
The Board of Directors approved the financial statements on pages 253 to 347 on 29 February 2016.
John McFarlane
Group Chairman
Jes Staley
Group Chief Executive
Tushar Morzaria
Group Finance Director
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 255 |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
|
Called
up share capital and share premium £m |
a
|
|
Other equity instruments £m |
a
|
|
Available for sale reserve £m |
b
|
|
Cash flow hedging reserve £m |
b
|
|
Currency translation reserve £m |
b
|
|
Other reserves and treasury shares £m |
b
|
|
Retained earnings £m |
|
|
Total equity excluding non- controlling interests £m |
|
|
Non- controlling interests £m |
|
|
Total equity £m |
| |||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2015 |
20,809 | 4,322 | 562 | 1,817 | (582 | ) | 927 | 31,712 | 59,567 | 6,391 | 65,958 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax |
| 345 | | | | | (394 | ) | (49 | ) | 672 | 623 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Currency translation movements |
| | | | (41 | ) | | | (41 | ) | (435 | ) | (476 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
| | (245 | ) | | | | | (245 | ) | (6 | ) | (251 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedges |
| | | (556 | ) | | | | (556 | ) | (38 | ) | (594 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pension remeasurement |
| | | | | | 916 | 916 | (2 | ) | 914 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | | 20 | 20 | 1 | 21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| 345 | (245 | ) | (556 | ) | (41 | ) | | 542 | 45 | 192 | 237 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
137 | | | | | | | 137 | | 137 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
640 | | | | | | 571 | 1,211 | | 1,211 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue and exchange of other equity instruments |
| 995 | | | | | | 995 | | 995 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
| (345 | ) | | | | | 70 | (275 | ) | | (275 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of preference shares |
| | | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in treasury shares |
| | | | | (602 | ) | | (602 | ) | | (602 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes |
| | | | | 618 | (755 | ) | (137 | ) | | (137 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
| | | | | | (1,081 | ) | (1,081 | ) | (552 | ) | (1,633 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserve movements |
| (12 | ) | | | | | (38 | ) | (50 | ) | 23 | (27 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2015 |
21,586 | 5,305 | 317 | 1,261 | (623 | ) | 943 | 31,021 | 59,810 | 6,054 | 65,864 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2014 |
19,887 | 2,063 | 148 | 273 | (1,142 | ) | 970 | 33,186 | 55,385 | 8,564 | 63,949 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax |
| 250 | | | | | (174 | ) | 76 | 769 | 845 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Currency translation movements |
| | | | 560 | | | 560 | (74 | ) | 486 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
| | 414 | | | | | 414 | (1 | ) | 413 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedges |
| | | 1,544 | | | | 1,544 | (4 | ) | 1,540 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pension remeasurement |
| | | | | | 205 | 205 | | 205 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | | (43 | ) | (43 | ) | 1 | (42 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| 250 | 414 | 1,544 | 560 | | (12 | ) | 2,756 | 691 | 3,447 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
150 | | | | | | | 150 | | 150 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
772 | | | | | | 693 | 1,465 | | 1,465 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue and exchange of other equity instruments |
| 2,263 | | | | | (155 | ) | 2,108 | (1,527 | ) | 581 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
| (250 | ) | | | | | 54 | (196 | ) | | (196 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of preference shares |
| | | | | | (104 | ) | (104 | ) | (687 | ) | (791 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in treasury shares |
| | | | | (909 | ) | | (909 | ) | | (909 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes |
| | | | | 866 | (866 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
| | | | | | (1,057 | ) | (1,057 | ) | (631 | ) | (1,688 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserve movements |
| (4 | ) | | | | | (27 | ) | (31 | ) | (19 | ) | (50 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2014 |
20,809 | 4,322 | 562 | 1,817 | (582 | ) | 927 | 31,712 | 59,567 | 6,391 | 65,958 |
Notes
a | For further details refer to Note 31. |
b | For further details refer to Note 32. |
256 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| |||
Continuing operations |
||||||||||||
Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
2,073 | 2,256 | 2,868 | |||||||||
Adjustment for non-cash items: |
||||||||||||
Allowance for impairment |
2,105 | 2,168 | 3,071 | |||||||||
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment of property, plant, equipment and intangibles |
1,324 | 1,279 | 1,274 | |||||||||
Other provisions, including pensions |
4,333 | 3,600 | 3,674 | |||||||||
Net loss on disposal of investments and property, plant and equipment |
(374 | ) | (619 | ) | (145 | ) | ||||||
Other non-cash movements |
(635 | ) | (808 | ) | (1,293 | ) | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
||||||||||||
Net decrease/(increase) in loans and advances to banks and customers |
27,565 | 3,684 | (3,915 | ) | ||||||||
Net decrease/(increase) in reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
103,566 | 55,021 | (10,264 | ) | ||||||||
Net (decrease) in deposits and debt securities in issue |
(37,721 | ) | (2,113 | ) | (13,392 | ) | ||||||
Net (decrease) in repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
(99,444 | ) | (72,269 | ) | (20,430 | ) | ||||||
Net (increase)/decrease in derivative financial instruments |
(2,868 | ) | 2,593 | 971 | ||||||||
Net decrease in trading assets |
37,342 | 18,368 | 13,443 | |||||||||
Net (decrease)/increase in trading liabilities |
(11,157 | ) | (8,340 | ) | 8,670 | |||||||
Net (increase) in financial investments |
(3,757 | ) | (7,156 | ) | (6,114 | ) | ||||||
Net (increase)/decrease in other assets |
(2,324 | ) | (14,694 | ) | 128 | |||||||
Net (decrease)/increase in other liabilities |
(2,230 | ) | 8,141 | (1,930 | ) | |||||||
Corporate income tax paid |
(1,670 | ) | (1,552 | ) | (1,558 | ) | ||||||
Net cash from operating activities |
16,128 | (10,441 | ) | (24,942 | ) | |||||||
Purchase of available for sale investments |
(120,251 | ) | (108,645 | ) | (92,015 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sale or redemption of available for sale investments |
113,048 | 120,843 | 69,473 | |||||||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment |
(852 | ) | (657 | ) | (736 | ) | ||||||
Other cash flows associated with investing activities |
(379 | ) | (886 | ) | 633 | |||||||
Net cash from investing activities |
(8,434 | ) | 10,655 | (22,645 | ) | |||||||
Dividends paid |
(1,496 | ) | (1,688 | ) | (1,672 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds of borrowings and issuance of subordinated debt |
1,138 | 826 | 700 | |||||||||
Repayments of borrowings and redemption of subordinated debt |
(682 | ) | (1,100 | ) | (1,425 | ) | ||||||
Net issue of shares and other equity instruments |
1,278 | 559 | 9,473 | |||||||||
Net purchase of treasury shares |
(679 | ) | (909 | ) | (1,066 | ) | ||||||
Net redemption of shares issued to non-controlling interests |
| (746 | ) | (100 | ) | |||||||
Net cash from financing activities |
(441 | ) | (3,058 | ) | 5,910 | |||||||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents |
824 | (431 | ) | 198 | ||||||||
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
8,077 | (3,275 | ) | (41,479 | ) | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
78,479 | 81,754 | 123,233 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
86,556 | 78,479 | 81,754 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents comprise: |
||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
49,711 | 39,695 | 45,687 | |||||||||
Loans and advances to banks with original maturity less than three months |
35,876 | 36,282 | 35,259 | |||||||||
Available for sale treasury and other eligible bills with original maturity less than three months |
816 | 2,322 | 644 | |||||||||
Trading portfolio assets with original maturity less than three months |
153 | 180 | 164 | |||||||||
86,556 | 78,479 | 81,754 |
Interest received was £20,376m (2014: £21,372m, 2013: £23,387m) and interest paid was £7,534m (2014: £8,566m, 2013: £10,709m).
The Group is required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities and these amounted to £4,369m (2014: £4,448m, 2013: £4,722m).
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash comprises cash on hand and demand deposits, and cash equivalents comprise highly liquid investments that are convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value with original maturities of three months or less. Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are not considered to be part of cash equivalents.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 257 |
Financial statements of Barclays PLC
Parent company accounts
Income statement |
||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
Notes | |
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||||
Dividends received from subsidiary |
876 | 821 | 734 | |||||||||||||
Net interest expense |
(7 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||||||
Other income/(expense) |
45 | 227 | 275 | (137 | ) | |||||||||||
Management charge from subsidiary |
(6 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit before tax |
1,090 | 1,084 | 585 | |||||||||||||
Tax |
(43 | ) | (57 | ) | 35 | |||||||||||
Profit after tax |
1,047 | 1,027 | 620 | |||||||||||||
Attributable to |
||||||||||||||||
Ordinary equity holders |
702 | 777 | 620 | |||||||||||||
Other equity holders |
345 | 250 | | |||||||||||||
Profit after tax and total comprehensive income for the year was £1,047m (2014: £1,027m). There were no other components of total comprehensive income other than the profit after tax.
The Company had no staff during the year (2014: nil, 2013: nil).
|
| |||||||||||||||
Balance sheet |
||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
Notes | |
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiary |
45 | 35,303 | 33,743 | |||||||||||||
Loans and advances to subsidiary |
45 | 7,990 | 2,866 | |||||||||||||
Derivative financial instrument |
45 | 210 | 313 | |||||||||||||
Other assets |
133 | 174 | ||||||||||||||
Total assets |
43,636 | 37,096 | ||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks |
494 | 528 | ||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
45 | 1,766 | 810 | |||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
45 | 6,224 | 2,056 | |||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
| 10 | ||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
8,484 | 3,404 | ||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity |
||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital |
31 | 4,201 | 4,125 | |||||||||||||
Share premium account |
31 | 17,385 | 16,684 | |||||||||||||
Other equity instruments |
31 | 5,321 | 4,326 | |||||||||||||
Capital redemption reserve |
394 | 394 | ||||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
7,851 | 8,163 | ||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity |
35,152 | 33,692 | ||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
43,636 | 37,096 |
The financial statements on pages 258 and 259 and the accompanying note on page 340 were approved by the Board of Directors on 29 February 2016 and signed on its behalf by:
John McFarlane
Group Chairman
Jes Staley
Group Chief Executive
Tushar Morzaria
Group Finance Director
258 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Statement of changes in equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notes |
|
Called up share capital and share £m |
|
|
Other equity £m |
|
|
Capital reserves and other equity |
|
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
Total equity £m |
| |||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2015 |
20,809 | 4,326 | 394 | 8,163 | 33,692 | |||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax and total comprehensive income |
| 345 | | 702 | 1,047 | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
137 | | | | 137 | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
640 | | | | 640 | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of other equity instruments |
| 995 | | | 995 | |||||||||||||||||||
Dividends |
12 | | | | (1,081 | ) | (1,081 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
| (345 | ) | | 70 | (275 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2015 |
21,586 | 5,321 | 394 | 7,851 | 35,152 | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2014 |
19,887 | 2,063 | 394 | 8,398 | 30,742 | |||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax and total comprehensive income |
| 250 | | 777 | 1,027 | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
150 | | | | 150 | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
772 | | | | 772 | |||||||||||||||||||
Issue of other equity instruments |
| 2,263 | | | 2,263 | |||||||||||||||||||
Dividends |
12 | | | | (1,057 | ) | (1,057 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
| (250 | ) | | 54 | (196 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | (9 | ) | (9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2014 |
20,809 | 4,326 | 394 | 8,163 | 33,692 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow statement |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| |||||||||||||||
Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
1,090 | 1,084 | 585 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
100 | 734 | (546 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other non-cash movements |
52 | (43 | ) | (20 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate income tax (paid)/received |
(27 | ) | 38 | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Net cash from operating activities |
1,215 | 1,813 | 16 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital contribution to subsidiary |
(1,560 | ) | (3,684 | ) | (8,630 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(1,560 | ) | (3,684 | ) | (8,630 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares and other equity instruments |
1,771 | 3,185 | 9,473 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net (increase) in loans and advances to bank subsidiaries of the Parent |
(4,973 | ) | (2,866 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||
Net increase in deposits and debt securities in issue |
4,052 | 2,056 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds of borrowings and issuance of subordinated debt |
921 | 803 | (859 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
(1,081 | ) | (1,057 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||
Coupons paid |
(345 | ) | (250 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||
Net cash from financing activities |
345 | 1,871 | 8,614 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
| | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
| | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net cash from operating activities includes: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends received |
876 | 821 | 734 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest paid |
(7 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) |
The Parent Companys principal activity is to hold the investment in its wholly-owned subsidiary, Barclays Bank PLC. Dividends received are treated as operating income.
The Company was not exposed at 31 December 2015 or 2014 to significant risks arising from the financial instruments it holds, which comprised loans and advances and other assets which had no market risk or material credit risk.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 259 |
Notes to the financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2015
This section describes Barclays significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates that relate to the financial statements and notes as a whole. If an accounting policy or a critical accounting estimate relates to a specific note, the applicable accounting policy and/or critical accounting estimate is contained within the relevant note.
1 Significant accounting policies
1. Reporting entity These financial statements are prepared for Barclays PLC and its subsidiaries (the Barclays PLC Group or the Group) under Section 399 of the Companies Act 2006. The Group is a major global financial services provider engaged in retail banking, credit cards, wholesale banking, investment banking, wealth management and investment management services. In addition, individual financial statements have been presented for the holding company.
2. Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards The consolidated financial statements of the Group, and the individual financial statements of Barclays PLC, have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations (IFRICs) issued by the Interpretations Committee, as published by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). They are also in accordance with IFRS and IFRIC interpretations endorsed by the EU. The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated and individual financial statements are set out below, and in the relevant notes to the financial statements. These policies have been consistently applied.
3. Basis of preparation The consolidated and individual financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention modified to include the fair valuation of investment property, and particular financial instruments, to the extent required or permitted under IFRS as set out in the relevant accounting policies. They are stated in millions of pounds Sterling (£m), the functional currency of Barclays PLC.
4. Accounting policies Barclays prepares financial statements in accordance with IFRS. The Groups significant accounting policies relating to specific financial statement items, together with a description of the accounting estimates and judgements that were critical to preparing them, are set out under the relevant notes. Accounting policies that affect the financial statements as a whole are set out below.
(i) Consolidation Barclays applies IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements.
The consolidated financial statements combine the financial statements of Barclays PLC and all its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities over which Barclays PLC has control. The Group has control over another entity when the Group has all of the following:
1) power over the relevant activities of the investee, for example through voting or other rights
2) exposure to, or rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and
3) the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.
The assessment of control is based on the consideration of all facts and circumstances. The Group reassesses whether it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control.
Intra-group transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation and consistent accounting policies are used throughout the Group for the purposes of the consolidation.
Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions if they occur after control has already been obtained and they do not result in loss of control.
As the consolidated financial statements include partnerships where the Group member is a partner, advantage has been taken of the exemption under Regulation 7 of the Partnership (Accounts) Regulations 2008 with regard to preparing and filing of individual partnership financial statements.
Details of the principal subsidiaries are given in Note 36, and a complete list of all subsidiaries is presented in Note 46.
(ii) Foreign currency translation The Group applies IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates. Transactions and balances in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling at the rate ruling on the date of the transaction. Foreign currency balances are translated into Sterling at the period end exchange rates. Exchange rate gains and losses on such balances are taken to the income statement.
The Groups foreign operations (including subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and branches) based mainly outside the UK may have different functional currencies. The functional currency of an operation is the currency of the main economy to which it is exposed.
Prior to consolidation (or equity accounting) the assets and liabilities of non-Sterling operations are translated at the closing rate and items of income, expense and other comprehensive income are translated into Sterling at the rate on the date of the transactions. Exchange rate differences arising on the translation of foreign operations are included in currency translation reserves within equity. These are transferred to the income statement when the Group loses control, joint control or significant influence over the foreign operation or on partial disposal of the operation.
(iii) Financial assets and liabilities The Group applies IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement to the recognition, classification and measurement, and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities, the impairment of financial assets, and hedge accounting.
Recognition The Group recognises financial assets and liabilities when it becomes a party to the terms of the contract, which is the trade date or the settlement date.
|
260 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
1 Significant accounting policies continued
Classification and measurement Financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and may be held at fair value or amortised cost depending on the Groups intention towards the assets and the nature of the assets and liabilities, mainly determined by their contractual terms.
The accounting policy for each type of financial asset or liability is included within the relevant note for the item. The Groups policies for determining the fair values of the assets and liabilities are set out in Note 18.
Derecognition The Group derecognises a financial asset, or a portion of a financial asset, from its balance sheet where the contractual rights to cash flows from the asset have expired, or have been transferred, usually by sale, and with them either substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset or significant risks and rewards, along with the unconditional ability to sell or pledge the asset.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the liability has been settled, has expired or has been extinguished. An exchange of an existing financial liability for a new liability with the same lender on substantially different terms generally a difference of 10% in the present value of the cash flows or a substantive qualitative amendment is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements Transactions in which the Group transfers assets and liabilities, portions of them, or financial risks associated with them can be complex and it may not be obvious whether substantially all of the risks and rewards have been transferred. It is often necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. Such an analysis compares the Groups exposure to variability in asset cash flows before the transfer with its retained exposure after the transfer.
A cash flow analysis of this nature may require judgement. In particular, it is necessary to estimate the assets expected future cash flows as well as potential variability around this expectation. The method of estimating expected future cash flows depends on the nature of the asset, with market and market-implied data used to the greatest extent possible. The potential variability around this expectation is typically determined by stressing underlying parameters to create reasonable alternative upside and downside scenarios. Probabilities are then assigned to each scenario. Stressed parameters may include default rates, loss severity, or prepayment rates.
(iv) Issued debt and equity instruments The Group applies IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Presentation, to determine whether funding is either a financial liability (debt) or equity.
Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities if the contractual arrangement results in the Group having a present obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset, or a variable number of equity shares, to the holder of the instrument. If this is not the case, the instrument is generally an equity instrument and the proceeds included in equity, net of transaction costs. Dividends and other returns to equity holders are recognised when paid or declared by the members at the AGM and treated as a deduction from equity.
Where issued financial instruments contain both liability and equity components, these are accounted for separately. The fair value of the debt is estimated first and the balance of the proceeds is included within equity.
New and amended standards and interpretations The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year. There were no new or amended standards or interpretations that resulted in a change in accounting policy.
Future accounting developments There have been, and are expected to be, a number of significant changes to the Groups financial reporting after 2015 as a result of amended or new accounting standards that have been or will be issued by the IASB. The most significant of these are as follows:
IFRS 9 Financial instruments IFRS 9 Financial Instruments which will replace IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement is effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 and is currently expected to be endorsed by the EU in 2016. IFRS 9, in particular the impairment requirements, will lead to significant changes in the accounting for financial instruments.
Impairment IFRS 9 introduces a revised impairment model which will require entities to recognise expected credit losses based on unbiased forward-looking information, replacing the existing incurred loss model which only recognises impairment if there is objective evidence that a loss is already incurred.
The IFRS 9 impairment model will be applicable to all financial assets at amortised cost, lease receivables, debt financial assets at fair value through OCI, loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. This contrasts to the IAS 39 impairment model which is not applicable to loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts (these were covered by IAS 37). In addition, the IAS 39 Available for Sale assets model is not fully aligned to the model for amortised cost assets.
IFRS 9 requires the recognition of lifetime expected credit losses for financial instruments for which the credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition. If the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition 12 month expected credit losses are recognised, being the expected credit losses from default events that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.
Expected credit losses are the unbiased probability of default weighted average credit losses determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes and forecast future economic conditions. Credit losses are the expected cash shortfalls from what is contractually due over the expected life of the financial instrument, discounted at the effective interest rate.
Under IFRS 9, impairment will be recognised earlier than is the case under IAS 39 because it requires expected losses to be recognised before the loss event arises. Measurement will involve increased complexity and judgement including estimation of probabilities of defaults, loss given default, a range of unbiased future economic scenarios, estimation of expected lives, estimation of exposures at default and assessing increases in credit risk. It is expected to have a material financial impact, but it will not be practical to disclose reliable financial impact estimates until the implementation programme is further advanced.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 261 |
Notes to the financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2015
1 Significant accounting policies continued
Based on the current requirements of CRD IV, the expected increase in the accounting impairment provision would reduce CET1 capital but the impact would be partially mitigated by the excess of expected losses over impairment included in the CET1 calculation as discussed on page 183.
Classification and measurement IFRS 9 will require financial assets to be classified on the basis of two criteria:
1) the business model within which financial assets are managed, and
2) their contractual cash flow characteristics (whether the cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest).
Financial assets will be measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and their contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest.
Financial assets will be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and their contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest.
Other financial assets are measured at fair value through profit and loss. There is an option to make an irrevocable election for non-traded equity investments to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.
The accounting for financial liabilities is largely unchanged, except for financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss. Gains and losses on such financial liabilities arising from changes in Barclays own credit risk will be presented in other comprehensive income rather than in profit and loss.
Hedge accounting IFRS 9 contains revised requirements on hedge accounting, which are more closely aligned with an entitys risk management strategies and risk management objectives. The new rules would replace the current quantitative effectiveness test with a simpler version, and requires that an economic relationship exist between the hedged item and the hedging instrument. Under the new rules, voluntary hedge de-designations would not be allowed.
Adoption of the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements is optional, and certain aspects of IAS 39, being the portfolio fair value hedge for interest rate risk, would continue to be available for entities (while applying IFRS 9 to the remainder of the entitys hedge accounting relationships) until the IASB completes its accounting for dynamic risk management project. Barclays is considering the most appropriate approach to adopt in this area.
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers In 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers which will replace IAS 18 Revenue and IAS 11 Construction Contracts. It applies to all contracts with customers except leases, financial instruments and insurance contracts. The standard will establish a more systematic approach for revenue measurement and recognition. During July 2015, the IASB confirmed the deferral of the effective date by one year to 1 January 2018. The standard has not yet been endorsed by the EU. Adoption of the standard is not expected to have a significant impact.
IFRS 16 Leases In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases, which will replace IAS 17 Leases. Under the new requirements, lessees would be required to recognise assets and liabilities arising from both operating and finance leases on the balance sheet. The expected effective date is 1 January 2019. The standard has not yet been endorsed by the EU.
Insurance contracts The IASB also plans to issue a new standard on insurance contracts.
The Group is in the process of considering the financial impacts of the new standards.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates. It also requires management to exercise judgement in applying the accounting policies. The key areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions are significant to the consolidated and individual financial statements are highlighted under the relevant note. Critical accounting estimates and judgements are disclosed in:
| ||||||
Page | Page | |||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
265 |
Fair value of financial instruments |
277 | |||
Income taxes |
268 |
Provisions |
301 | |||
Available for sale assets |
276 |
Retirement benefit obligations |
323 | |||
Other disclosures To improve transparency and ease of reference, by concentrating related information in one place, and to reduce duplication, certain disclosures required under IFRS have been included within the Risk management section as follows:
§ Segmental reporting on pages 225 to 241
§ Credit risk management, on pages 132 and 133, including exposures to selected countries
§ Market risk, on pages 134 and 135
§ Funding risk capital, on pages 136 and 137
§ Funding risk liquidity, on page 138.
These are covered by the Audit opinion included on pages 245 to 252.
|
262 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
The notes included in this section focus on the results and performance of the Group. Information on the income generated, expenditure incurred, segmental performance, tax, earnings per share and dividends are included here.
2 Segmental reporting
Presentation of segmental reporting The Groups segmental reporting is in accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments. Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Executive Committee, which is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, and has been identified as the chief operating decision maker. All transactions between business segments are conducted on an arms-length basis, with intra-segment revenue and costs being eliminated in Head Office. Income and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining business segment performance.
|
An analysis of the Groups performance by business segment and income by geographic segment is included on pages 225 and 226. Further details on each of the segments are provided on pages 227 to 241.
3 Net interest income
Accounting for interest income and expense The Group applies IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. Interest income on loans and advances at amortised cost, available for sale debt investments, and interest expense on financial liabilities held at amortised cost, are calculated using the effective interest method which allocates interest, and direct and incremental fees and costs, over the expected lives of the assets and liabilities.
The effective interest method requires the Group to estimate future cash flows, in some cases based on its experience of customers behaviour, considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, as well as the expected lives of the assets and liabilities. Due to the large number of product types (both assets and liabilities), in the normal course of business there are no individual estimates that are material to the results or financial position.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Cash and balances with central banks | 158 | 193 | 219 | |||||||||
Available for sale investments | 1,387 | 1,615 | 1,804 | |||||||||
Loans and advances to banks | 541 | 446 | 468 | |||||||||
Loans and advances to customers | 14,732 | 14,677 | 15,613 | |||||||||
Other | 383 | 432 | 211 | |||||||||
Interest income | 17,201 | 17,363 | 18,315 | |||||||||
Deposits from banks | (177 | ) | (199 | ) | (201 | ) | ||||||
Customer accounts | (930 | ) | (1,473 | ) | (2,656 | ) | ||||||
Debt securities in issue | (1,722 | ) | (1,922 | ) | (2,176 | ) | ||||||
Subordinated liabilities | (1,644 | ) | (1,622 | ) | (1,572 | ) | ||||||
Other | (170 | ) | (67 | ) | (110 | ) | ||||||
Interest expense | (4,643 | ) | (5,283 | ) | (6,715 | ) | ||||||
Net interest income | 12,558 | 12,080 | 11,600 |
Interest income includes £149m (2014: £153m) accrued on impaired loans.
Other interest income principally includes interest income relating to reverse repurchase agreements and hedging activity. Similarly, other interest expense principally includes interest expense relating to repurchase agreements and hedging activity.
Included in net interest income is hedge ineffectiveness as detailed on page 275.
2015
Net interest income increased by 4% to £12,558m, driven by margin improvement in Barclaycard and Africa Banking, and volume growth in both PCB and Barclaycard. This was partially offset by a decrease in Head Office due to a reduction in interest income on AFS investments. Interest income decreased by 1% to £17,201m, driven by a decline in income on AFS investments which fell 14% to £1,387m. Interest expense decreased 12% to £4,643m, driven by reduced interest expense on customer accounts falling by 37% to £930m.
2014
Net interest income increased by 4% to £12,080m, driven by improvements in PCB savings margins and volume growth in Barclaycard, partially offset by a reduction in Africa Banking due to currency movements and the sale and rundown of assets in Non-Core. Interest income decreased by 5% to £17,363m, driven by a reduction in income from loans and advances to customers which fell 6% to £14,677m. Interest expense reduced 21% to £5,283m, driven by a reduction in interest on customer accounts of £1,183m to £1,473m.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 263 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
4 Net fee and commission income
Accounting for net fee and commission income The Group applies IAS 18 Revenue. Fees and commissions charged for services provided or received by the Group are recognised as the services are provided, for example on completion of the underlying transaction.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Fee and commission income | ||||||||||||
Banking, investment management and credit related fees and commissions | 9,497 | 9,681 | 10,311 | |||||||||
Foreign exchange commission | 158 | 155 | 168 | |||||||||
Fee and commission income | 9,655 | 9,836 | 10,479 | |||||||||
Fee and commission expense | (1,763 | ) | (1,662 | ) | (1,748 | ) | ||||||
Net fee and commission income | 7,892 | 8,174 | 8,731 |
2015
Net fee and commission income decreased £282m to £7,892m. This was primarily driven by lower income due to the sale of the US Wealth and Spanish retail businesses and launch of the revised PCB overdraft proposition in mid 2014, which recognises the majority of the overdraft income as net interest income as opposed to fee income. Investment Bank income decreased, driven by lower equity underwriting fees partially offset by higher financial advisory and debt underwriting fees. Growth in Africa Banking was offset by adverse currency movements. These movements were partly offset by increases in Barclaycard, driven by growth in payment volumes.
2014
Net fee and commission income decreased £557m to £8,174m. This was driven by lower fees as a result of decreased debt underwriting fees and declines in cash commissions, reflecting lower volumes in the Investment Bank. Further decreases were caused by the launch of the revised PCB overdraft proposition, which recognises the majority of the overdraft income as net interest income as opposed to fee income, and adverse currency movements in Africa Banking. These movements were partly offset by increases in Barclaycard, driven by growth in payment volumes.
5 Net trading income
Accounting for net trading income In accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, trading positions are held at fair value, and the resulting gains and losses are included in the income statement, together with interest and dividends arising from long and short positions and funding costs relating to trading activities.
Income arises from both the sale and purchase of trading positions, margins which are achieved through market making and customer business and from changes in fair value caused by movements in interest and exchange rates, equity prices and other market variables.
Own credit gains/losses arise from the fair valuation of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss. See Note 17 Financial liabilities designated at fair value.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Trading income | 3,193 | 3,297 | 6,773 | |||||||||
Own credit gains/(losses) | 430 | 34 | (220 | ) | ||||||||
Net trading income | 3,623 | 3,331 | 6,553 |
Included within net trading income were gains of £992m (2014: £1,051m loss; 2013: £914m gain) on financial assets designated at fair value and losses of £187m (2014: £65m loss; 2013: £684m loss) on financial liabilities designated at fair value.
2015
Net trading income increased 9% to £3,623m, primarily reflecting a £396m favourable variance in own credit due to widening of credit spreads on Barclays issued debt. Trading income decreased by £104m, mainly driven by the continued disposal and running down of certain businesses and fair value movements on the ESHLA portfolio within Non-Core, and depreciation of ZAR against GBP. This was partially offset by increases in various Investment Bank businesses driven by higher volatility and trading activity during the year.
2014
Net trading income decreased 49% to £3,331m, primarily reflecting a £2,541m decrease in trading income, as lower volatility and subdued trading activity combined with tighter spreads reduced income across a number of businesses. Disposals and running down of certain Non-Core businesses and the £935m fair value reduction on the ESHLA portfolio (see Note 18 for further details) also contributed to the lower income. This was partially offset by a £254m favourable variance in own credit gains/losses.
264 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
6 Net investment income
Accounting for net investment income Dividends are recognised when the right to receive the dividend has been established. Other accounting policies relating to net investment income are set out in Note 16 Available for sale financial assets and Note 14 Financial assets designated at fair value.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Net gain from disposal of available for sale investments |
374 | 620 | 145 | |||||||||
Dividend income |
8 | 9 | 14 | |||||||||
Net gain from financial instruments designated at fair value |
238 | 233 | 203 | |||||||||
Other investment income |
518 | 466 | 318 | |||||||||
Net investment income |
1,138 | 1,328 | 680 |
2015
Net investment income decreased by £190m to £1,138m. This was largely driven by lower gains and fewer disposals of available for sale investments due to unfavourable market conditions. During the year, a gain of £496m (2014: £461m) was recognised in other investment income due to the final and full legal settlement in respect of US Lehman acquisition assets.
2014
Net investment income increased by £648m to £1,328m. This was largely driven by an increase in disposals of available for sale investments due to favourable market conditions and increases in other investment income as a result of greater certainty regarding the recoverability of certain assets not yet received from the 2008 US Lehman acquisition (2014: £461m gain; 2013: £259m gain).
7 Credit impairment charges and other provisions
Accounting for the impairment of financial assets
Loans and other assets held at amortised cost In accordance with IAS 39, the Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that loan assets or available for sale financial investments (debt or equity) will not be recovered in full and, wherever necessary, recognises an impairment loss in the income statement.
An impairment loss is recognised if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of events that have occurred and these have adversely impacted the estimated future cash flows from the assets. These events include:
§ becoming aware of significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor
§ a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments
§ the Group, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrowers financial difficulty, grants a concession that it would not otherwise consider
§ it becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation
§ the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties
§ observable data at a portfolio level indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, although the decrease cannot yet be ascribed to individual financial assets in the portfolio such as adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the portfolio or national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the portfolio.
Impairment assessments are conducted individually for significant assets, which comprise all wholesale customer loans and larger retail business loans and collectively for smaller loans and for portfolio level risks, such as country or sectoral risks. For the purposes of the assessment, loans with similar credit risk characteristics are grouped together generally on the basis of their product type, industry, geographical location, collateral type, past due status and other factors relevant to the evaluation of expected future cash flows.
The impairment assessment includes estimating the expected future cash flows from the asset or the group of assets, which are then discounted using the original effective interest rate calculated for the asset. If this is lower than the carrying value of the asset or the portfolio, an impairment allowance is raised.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases, and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement.
Following impairment, interest income continues to be recognised at the original effective interest rate on the restated carrying amount, representing the unwind of the discount of the expected cash flows, including the principal due on non-accrual loans.
Uncollectable loans are written off against the related allowance for loan impairment on completion of the Groups internal processes and all recoverable amounts have been collected. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the income statement.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 265 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
7 Credit impairment charges and other provisions continued
Available for sale financial assets
Impairment of available for sale debt instruments Debt instruments are assessed for impairment in the same way as loans. If impairment is deemed to have occurred, the cumulative decline in the fair value of the instrument that has previously been recognised in the AFS reserve is removed from reserves and recognised in the income statement. This may be reversed if there is evidence that the circumstances of the issuer have improved.
Impairment of available for sale equity instruments Where there has been a prolonged or significant decline in the fair value of an equity instrument below its acquisition cost, it is deemed to be impaired. The cumulative net loss that has been previously recognised directly in the AFS reserve is removed from reserves and recognised in the income statement.
Increases in the fair value of equity instruments after impairment are recognised directly in other comprehensive income. Further declines in the fair value of equity instruments after impairment are recognised in the income statement.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements The calculation of impairment involves the use of judgement, based on the Groups experience of managing credit risk.
Within the retail and small businesses portfolios, which comprise large numbers of small homogenous assets with similar risk characteristics where credit scoring techniques are generally used, statistical techniques are used to calculate impairment allowances on a portfolio basis, based on historical recovery rates and assumed emergence periods. These statistical analyses use as primary inputs the extent to which accounts in the portfolio are in arrears and historical information on the eventual losses encountered from such delinquent portfolios. There are many such models in use, each tailored to a product, line of business or customer category. Judgement and knowledge is needed in selecting the statistical methods to use when the models are developed or revised. The impairment allowance reflected in the financial statements for these portfolios is therefore considered to be reasonable and supportable. The impairment charge reflected in the income statement for retail portfolios is £1,808m (2014: £1,844m; 2013: £2,161m) and amounts to 86% (2014: 84%; 2013: 71%) of the total impairment charge on loans and advances.
For individually significant assets, impairment allowances are calculated on an individual basis and all relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account (for example, the business prospects for the customer, the realisable value of collateral, the Groups position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process). The level of the impairment allowance is the difference between the value of the discounted expected future cash flows (discounted at the loans original effective interest rate), and its carrying amount. Subjective judgements are made in the calculation of future cash flows. Furthermore, judgements change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in frequent revisions to the impairment allowance as individual decisions are taken. Changes in these estimates would result in a change in the allowances and have a direct impact on the impairment charge. The impairment charge reflected in the financial statements in relation to wholesale portfolios is £289m (2014: £360m; 2013: £901m) and amounts to 14% (2014: 16%; 2013: 29%) of the total impairment charge on loans and advances. Further information on impairment allowances and related credit information is set out within the Risk review.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
New and increased impairment allowances |
3,056 | 3,230 | 3,929 | |||||||||
Releases |
(547 | ) | (809 | ) | (683 | ) | ||||||
Recoveries |
(400 | ) | (221 | ) | (201 | ) | ||||||
Impairment charges on loans and advances |
2,109 | 2,200 | 3,045 | |||||||||
Provision (releases)/charges for undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees provided |
(12 | ) | 4 | 17 | ||||||||
Loan impairment |
2,097 | 2,204 | 3,062 | |||||||||
Available for sale investment |
17 | (31 | ) | 1 | ||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
| (5 | ) | 8 | ||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
2,114 | 2,168 | 3,071 |
2015
Loan impairment fell 5% to £2,097m, reflecting lower impairment in PCB and Non-Core, partially offset by higher charges in the Investment Bank and Barclaycard.
2014
Loan impairment fell 28% to £2,204m, reflecting lower impairment in Non-Core, PCB, and Africa Banking partially offset by higher charges in Barclaycard.
266 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
8 Operating expenses
Accounting for staff costs The Group applies IAS 19 Employee benefits in its accounting for most of the components of staff costs.
Short-term employee benefits salaries, accrued performance costs and social security are recognised over the period in which the employees provide the services to which the payments relate.
Performance costs recognised to the extent that the Group has a present obligation to its employees that can be measured reliably and are recognised over the period of service that employees are required to work to qualify for the services.
Deferred cash bonus awards and deferred share bonus awards are made to employees to incentivise performance over the vesting period. To receive payment under an award, employees must provide service over the vesting period, typically three years from the grant date. The period over which the expense for deferred cash and share bonus awards is recognised is based upon the common understanding between the employee and the Group and the terms and conditions of the award. The Group considers that it is appropriate to recognise the awards over the period from the date of grant to the date that the awards vest as this is the period over which the employees understand that they must provide service in order to receive awards. The table on page 91 details the relevant award dates, payment dates and the period in which the income statement charge arises for bonuses. No expense has been recognised in 2015 for the deferred bonuses that will be granted in March 2016, as they are dependent upon future performance rather than performance during 2015.
The accounting policies for share based payments, and pensions and other post retirement benefits are included in Note 34 and Note 35 respectively.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Infrastructure costs | ||||||||||||
Property and equipment | 1,353 | 1,570 | 1,610 | |||||||||
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment | 554 | 585 | 647 | |||||||||
Operating lease rentals | 500 | 594 | 645 | |||||||||
Amortisation of intangible assets | 617 | 522 | 480 | |||||||||
Impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets | 153 | 172 | 149 | |||||||||
Gain on property disposals | 3 | | | |||||||||
Total infrastructure costs | 3,180 | 3,443 | 3,531 | |||||||||
Administration and general costs | ||||||||||||
Consultancy, legal and professional fees | 1,191 | 1,104 | 1,253 | |||||||||
Subscriptions, publications, stationery and communications | 760 | 842 | 869 | |||||||||
Marketing, advertising and sponsorship | 536 | 558 | 583 | |||||||||
Travel and accommodation | 218 | 213 | 307 | |||||||||
UK bank levy | 476 | 462 | 504 | |||||||||
Goodwill impairment | 102 | | 79 | |||||||||
Other administration and general expenses | 245 | 442 | 518 | |||||||||
Total administration and general costs | 3,528 | 3,621 | 4,113 | |||||||||
Recurring staff cost | 10,389 | 11,005 | 12,155 | |||||||||
Gains on retirement benefits | (429) | | | |||||||||
Staff costs | 9,960 | 11,005 | 12,155 | |||||||||
Provision for UK customer redress | 2,772 | 1,110 | 2,000 | |||||||||
Provision for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange | 1,237 | 1,250 | 173 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | 20,677 | 20,429 | 21,972 |
For information on staff costs, refer to pages 90 and 91 of the Remuneration Report.
2015
Operating expenses have increased by 1% to £20,677m (2014: £20,429m) attributable to an increase in provisions for UK customer redress including PPI and an increase in impairment of goodwill partially offset by a decrease in staff costs (includes a gain on Retirement benefits, refer to Note 35 of £429m) and infrastructure costs reflecting savings from strategic cost programmes.
2014
Operating expenses have reduced by 7% to £20,429m, primarily driven by savings from strategic cost programmes, including a 5% reduction in headcount and currency movements, lower provisions for UK customer redress including PPI, reduced IT and infrastructure spend and non-occurrence of various provisions raised last year. This was partially offset by the charge of £1,250m (2013: £173m) for ongoing investigations and litigation relating to Foreign Exchange.
The impact of strategic cost programmes have driven savings across infrastructure and administration costs. Staff costs have decreased by 9% to £11,005m, reflecting a 5% net reduction in headcount and reductions in incentive awards granted.
9 Profit/(loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures
During the year, the loss on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures was £637m (2014: loss of £471m; 2013: gain of £6m), principally relating to the sale of Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses. Please refer to Note 44 Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 267 |
Notes to the financial statements Performance/return
|
10 Tax
Accounting for income taxes Barclays applies IAS 12 Income Taxes in accounting for taxes on income. Income tax payable on taxable profits (Current Tax) is recognised as an expense in the period in which the profits arise. Withholding taxes are also treated as income taxes. Income tax recoverable on tax allowable losses is recognised as a current tax asset only to the extent that it is regarded as recoverable by offset against taxable profits arising in the current or prior period. Current tax is measured using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising from the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates and legislation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date which are expected to apply when the deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset when there is both a legal right to set-off and an intention to settle on a net basis.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Current tax charge |
||||||||||||
Current year |
1,901 | 1,421 | 1,997 | |||||||||
Adjustment for prior years |
(183 | ) | (19 | ) | 156 | |||||||
1,718 | 1,402 | 2,153 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax charge/(credit) |
||||||||||||
Current year |
(346 | ) | 75 | (68) | ||||||||
Adjustment for prior years |
78 | (66 | ) | (514) | ||||||||
(268 | ) | 9 | (582) | |||||||||
Tax charge |
1,450 | 1,411 | 1,571 |
Tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income can be found in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income which additionally includes within Other a tax credit of £21m (2014: £42m charge) principally relating to share based payments.
The table below shows the reconciliation between the actual tax charge and the tax charge that would result from applying the standard UK corporation tax rate to the Groups profit before tax.
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2015 % |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2014 % |
|
|
2013 £m |
|
|
2013 % |
| |||||||
Profit before tax from continuing operations |
2,073 | 2,256 | 2,868 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Tax charge based on the standard UK corporation tax rate of 20.25% (2014: 21.50%, 2013: 23.25%) |
420 | 20.25 | 485 | 21.50 | 667 | 23.25 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-creditable taxes including withholding taxes |
309 | 14.9 | 329 | 14.6 | 559 | 19.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-deductible provisions for UK customer redress |
283 | 13.6 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-UK profits at statutory tax rates different from the UK statutory tax rate |
274 | 13.2 | 253 | 11.2 | 328 | 11.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-deductible provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange |
261 | 12.6 | 387 | 17.2 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-deductible expenses including UK bank levy |
207 | 10.0 | 285 | 12.6 | 296 | 10.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Impact of change in tax rates |
158 | 7.6 | 9 | 0.4 | (159 | ) | (5.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Tax adjustments in respect of share based payments |
30 | 1.4 | 21 | 0.9 | (13 | ) | (0.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Non-deductible impairments and losses on disposal |
26 | 1.3 | 234 | 10.4 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-taxable gains and income |
(241 | ) | (11.6 | ) | (282 | ) | (12.5 | ) | (234 | ) | (8.2 | ) | ||||||||||||
Adjustments in respect of prior years |
(105 | ) | (5.1 | ) | (85 | ) | (3.8 | ) | (358 | ) | (12.5 | ) | ||||||||||||
Changes in recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets |
(77 | ) | (3.7 | ) | (183 | ) | (8.1 | ) | 409 | 14.3 | ||||||||||||||
Other items |
(52 | ) | (2.5 | ) | 40 | 1.8 | 137 | 4.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Non-UK losses at statutory tax rates different from the UK statutory tax rate |
(43 | ) | (2.1 | ) | (82 | ) | (3.6 | ) | (61 | ) | (2.1 | ) | ||||||||||||
Tax charge |
1,450 | 69.9 | 1,411 | 62.5 | 1,571 | 54.8 |
The effective tax rate of 69.9% (2014: 62.5%) increased from the previous year. This is mainly due to provisions for UK customer redress, that were non-deductible in 2015 as a result of changes introduced by the UK summer Budget, and the impact of changes to tax rates. The changes to tax rates in the period that had an adverse impact on the 2015 tax charge were the reduction of the local New York tax rate and the increase of the UK tax rate, specifically through the introduction of the new corporation tax surcharge that applies to banks. These tax rate changes resulted in the carrying value of US deferred tax assets being reduced and are further explained later in Note 10.
The effective tax rate of 69.9% on statutory profit before tax is significantly higher than the effective tax rate on adjusted profit before tax. For further details on the adjusted effective tax rate, please refer to page 221 of the financial review.
268 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
10 Tax continued
Current tax assets and liabilities
Movements on current tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||
Assets |
334 | 219 | ||||||
Liabilities |
(1,021) | (1,042) | ||||||
As at 1 January |
(687) | (823) | ||||||
Income statement |
(1,718) | (1,402) | ||||||
Other comprehensive income |
6 | (26) | ||||||
Corporate income tax paid |
1,670 | 1,552 | ||||||
Other movements |
241 | 12 | ||||||
(488) | (687) | |||||||
Assets |
415 | 334 | ||||||
Liabilities |
(903) | (1,021) | ||||||
As at 31 December |
(488) | (687) | ||||||
Deferred tax assets and liabilities |
||||||||
The deferred tax amounts on the balance sheet were as follows:
|
||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||
Barclays Group US Inc (BGUS) US tax group |
1,903 | 1,588 | ||||||
Barclays Bank PLC (US Branch) US tax group |
1,569 | 1,591 | ||||||
Barclays PLC UK tax group |
411 | 461 | ||||||
Other |
612 | 490 | ||||||
Deferred tax asset |
4,495 | 4,130 | ||||||
Deferred tax liability |
(122) | (262) | ||||||
Net deferred tax |
4,373 | 3,868 |
US deferred tax assets in BGUS and the US Branch
The deferred tax asset in BGUS of £1,903m (2014: £1,588m) includes £449m (2014: £348m) relating to tax losses and the deferred tax asset in the US Branch of £1,569m (2014: £1,591m) includes £244m (2014: £479m) relating to tax losses. Under US tax rules losses can be carried forward and offset against profits for a period of 20 years. The losses first arose in 2011 in BGUS and 2008 in the US Branch and therefore any unused amounts may begin to expire in 2031 and 2028 respectively. The remaining US deferred tax assets relate primarily to temporary differences for which there is no time limit on recovery.
The valuation of the Groups US deferred tax assets was adjusted downwards in 2015 as a result of both the reduction in the local New York rate of tax, which affected the deferred tax asset in both BGUS and the US Branch, and the introduction of the new UK corporation tax surcharge, which affected the deferred tax asset in the US Branch. The US Branch deferred tax asset is stated net of a measurement for UK tax because Barclays Bank PLC is subject to UK tax on the profits of its non-UK branches.
The deferred tax asset for the BGUS tax loss is projected to be fully utilised in 2017 and the deferred tax asset for the US Branch loss to be fully utilised in 2018.
UK tax group deferred tax asset
The deferred tax asset in the UK tax group of £411m (2014: £461m) relates entirely to temporary differences (2014: £245m related to tax losses). Based on profit forecasts, it is probable that there will be sufficient future taxable profits available against which the temporary differences will be utilised.
Other deferred tax assets
The deferred tax asset of £612m (2014: £490m) in other entities within the Group includes £209m (2014: £243m) relating to tax losses carried forward. These deferred tax assets relate to a number of different territories and their recognition is based on profit forecasts or local country laws which indicate that it is probable that the losses and temporary differences will be utilised.
Of the deferred tax asset of £612m (2014: £490m), an amount of £106m (2014: £140m) relates to entities which have suffered a loss in either the current or prior year. This has been taken into account in reaching the above conclusion that these deferred tax assets will be fully recovered in the future.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 269 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
10 Tax continued
The table below shows movements on deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year. The amounts are different from those disclosed on the balance sheet and in the preceding table as they are presented before offsetting asset and liability balances where there is a legal right to set-off and an intention to settle on a net basis.
|
Fixed asset timing differences £m |
|
|
Available for sale £m |
|
|
Cash flow hedges £m |
|
|
Retirement benefit obligations £m |
|
|
Loan impairment allowance £m |
|
|
Other provisions £m |
|
|
Tax losses carried forward £m |
|
|
Share based payments and deferred compensation £m |
|
|
Other £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||||||
Assets |
1,542 | 18 | 5 | 321 | 176 | 233 | 1,315 | 729 | 951 | 5,290 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
(555 | ) | (35 | ) | (464 | ) | | | | | | (368) | (1,422) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2015 |
987 | (17 | ) | (459 | ) | 321 | 176 | 233 | 1,315 | 729 | 583 | 3,868 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income statement |
779 | (13 | ) | 1 | (119 | ) | (14 | ) | 21 | (540 | ) | (126 | ) | 279 | 268 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| (14 | ) | 221 | (261 | ) | | | 122 | (10 | ) | (21) | 37 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other movements |
48 | 2 | 3 | 10 | (5 | ) | 7 | 5 | 30 | 100 | 200 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,814 | (42 | ) | (234 | ) | (49 | ) | 157 | 261 | 902 | 623 | 941 | 4,373 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
2,008 | 28 | 5 | 95 | 157 | 261 | 902 | 623 | 1,511 | 5,590 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
(194 | ) | (70 | ) | (239 | ) | (144 | ) | | | | | (570) | (1,217) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2015 |
1,814 | (42 | ) | (234 | ) | (49 | ) | 157 | 261 | 902 | 623 | 941 | 4,373 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
1,525 | 53 | 5 | 490 | 376 | 360 | 1,235 | 762 | 1,078 | 5,884 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
(761 | ) | (61 | ) | (87 | ) | (9 | ) | | | | | (532) | (1,450) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2014 |
764 | (8 | ) | (82 | ) | 481 | 376 | 360 | 1,235 | 762 | 546 | 4,434 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income statement |
172 | 84 | (1 | ) | (54 | ) | 70 | (87 | ) | 4 | (40 | ) | (157) | (9) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| (104 | ) | (380 | ) | (63 | ) | | | | (10 | ) | (5) | (562) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other movements |
51 | 11 | 4 | (43 | ) | (270 | ) | (40 | ) | 76 | 17 | 199 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
987 | (17 | ) | (459 | ) | 321 | 176 | 233 | 1,315 | 729 | 583 | 3,868 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
1,542 | 18 | 5 | 321 | 176 | 233 | 1,315 | 729 | 951 | 5,290 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
(555 | ) | (35 | ) | (464 | ) | | | | | | (368) | (1,422) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2014 |
987 | (17 | ) | (459 | ) | 321 | 176 | 233 | 1,315 | 729 | 583 | 3,868 |
Other movements include deferred tax amounts relating to acquisitions, disposals and exchange gains and losses.
The amount of deferred tax liability expected to be settled after more than 12 months is £675m (2014: £1,123m). The amount of deferred tax assets expected to be recovered after more than 12 months is £4,838m (2014: £4,845m). These amounts are before offsetting asset and liability balances where there is a legal right to set-off and an intention to settle on a net basis.
Unrecognised deferred tax
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of gross deductible temporary differences of £51m (2014: £2,332m), gross tax losses of £13,456m (2014: £9,764m) which includes capital losses of £3,838m (2014: £3,522m), and unused tax credits of £452m (2014: £405m). Of these tax losses, £389m (2014: £341m) expire within five years, £13m (2014: £18m) expire within six to ten years, £124m (2014: £812m) expire within 11 to 20 years and £12,930m (2014: £8,593m) can be carried forward indefinitely. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these items because it is not probable that future taxable profits and gains will be available against which they can be utilised.
Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of the value of the Groups investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. It is not practicable to determine the amount of income tax that would be payable were such temporary differences to reverse.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The Group is subject to corporate income taxes in numerous jurisdictions and the calculation of the Groups tax charge and worldwide provisions for corporate income taxes necessarily involves a degree of estimation and judgement. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax treatment is uncertain and cannot be determined until resolution has been reached with the relevant tax authority. The Group has a number of open tax returns with various tax authorities with whom there is active dialogue. Liabilities relating to these open and judgemental matters are based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due after taking into account external advice, where appropriate. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts provided, such differences will impact the tax charge in a future period. There is no individual position currently subject to challenge by a tax authority that if resolved in an adverse manner would materially impact the Groups financial position.
Deferred tax assets have been recognised based on business profit forecasts. Further detail on the recognition of deferred tax assets is provided in the deferred tax assets and liabilities section of this tax note.
270 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
11 Earnings per share
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of parent from continuing operations |
|
(394 | ) | (174 | ) | 540 | ||||||||||||||||||
Tax credit on profit after tax attributable to other equity holders |
|
70 | 54 | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dilutive impact of convertible options |
|
| | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of parent from continuing operations including dilutive impact of convertible options |
|
(324 | ) | (120 | ) | 541 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
2015 million |
|
|
2014 million |
|
|
2013 million |
| ||||||||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of shares in issue |
|
16,687 | 16,329 | 14,308 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Number of potential ordinary shares |
|
367 | 296 | 360 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of shares |
|
17,054 | 16,625 | 14,668 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share | Diluted earnings per sharea | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2015 p |
|
|
2014 p |
|
|
2013 p |
|
|
2015 p |
|
|
2014 p |
|
|
2013 p |
| |||||||
(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations |
(1.9 | ) | (0.7 | ) | 3.8 | (1.9 | ) | (0.7 | ) | 3.7 |
The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent and the basic weighted average number of shares excluding treasury shares held in employee benefit trusts or held for trading. When calculating the diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares held in respect of Barclays PLC, totalling 367m (2014: 296m) shares. In addition, the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent is adjusted for the dilutive impact of the potential conversion of outstanding options held in respect of Barclays Africa Group Limited. The increase in the number of potential ordinary shares is due to the average share price of £2.52 (2014: £2.39) being greater than the average strike price of £2.11 (2014: £2.15). During the year, the total number of share options granted under employee share schemes was 553m (2014: 666m). The schemes have strike prices ranging from £1.30 to £4.35.
Of the total number of employee share options and share awards at 31 December 2015, 23m (2014: 24m) were anti-dilutive.
The 358m increase in the basic weighted average number of shares since 31 December 2014 to 16,687m is due to shares issued under employee share schemes and the Scrip Dividend Programme.
12 Dividends on ordinary shares
The Directors have approved a final dividend in respect of 2015 of 3.5p per ordinary share of 25p each which will be paid on 5 April 2016 to shareholders on the Share Register on 11 March 2016. As at 31 December 2015, there were 16,805m ordinary shares in issue. The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2015 does not reflect this dividend, which will be accounted for in shareholders equity as an appropriation of retained profits in the year ending 31 December 2016. The 2015 financial statements include the 2015 interim dividends of £503m (2014: £493m) and final dividend declared in relation to 2014 of £578m (2014: £564m).
Note
a | Potential ordinary shares shall be treated as dilutive when, and only when, their conversion to ordinary shares would increase loss per share. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 271 |
Notes to the financial statements Assets and liabilities held at fair value
|
The notes included in this section focus on assets and liabilities the Group holds and recognises at fair value. Fair value refers to the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an arms-length transaction with a willing counterparty, which may be an observable market price or, where there is no quoted price for the instrument, may be an estimate based on available market data. Detail regarding the Groups approach to managing market risk can be found on pages 134 and 135.
13 Trading portfolio
Accounting for trading portfolio assets and liabilities In accordance with IAS 39, all assets and liabilities held for trading purposes are held at fair value with gains and losses in the changes in fair value taken to the income statement in Net trading income (Note 5).
|
Trading portfolio assets | Trading portfolio liabilities | |||||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
2015 £m |
2014 £m | |||||
Debt securities and other eligible bills |
45,576 | 65,997 | (24,985) | (28,739) | ||||||||
Equity securities |
29,055 | 44,576 | (8,982) | (16,022) | ||||||||
Traded loans |
2,474 | 2,693 | | | ||||||||
Commodities |
243 | 1,451 | | (363) | ||||||||
Trading portfolio assets/(liabilities) |
77,348 | 114,717 | (33,967) | (45,124) | ||||||||
14 Financial assets designated at fair value
| ||||||||||||
Accounting for financial assets designated at fair value In accordance with IAS 39, financial assets may be designated at fair value, with gains and losses taken to the income statement in Net trading income (Note 5) and Net investment income (Note 6). The Group has the ability to make the fair value designation when holding the instruments at fair value reduces an accounting mismatch (caused by an offsetting liability or asset being held at fair value), or is managed by the Group on the basis of its fair value, or includes terms that have substantive derivative characteristics (Note 15 Derivative financial instruments).
The details on how the fair value amounts are arrived for financial assets designated at fair value are described in Fair value of assets and liabilities (Note 18).
| ||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||
2015 £m |
2014 £m | |||||||||||
Loans and advances |
17,913 | 20,198 | ||||||||||
Debt securities |
1,383 | 4,448 | ||||||||||
Equity securities |
6,197 | 6,306 | ||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreementsa |
49,513 | 5,236 | ||||||||||
Customers assets held under investment contracts |
1,449 | 1,643 | ||||||||||
Other financial assets |
375 | 469 | ||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
76,830 | 38,300 |
Credit risk of loans and advances designated at fair value and related credit derivatives
The following table shows the maximum exposure to credit risk, the changes in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk, and the cumulative changes in fair value since initial recognition together with the amount by which related credit derivatives mitigate this risk:
|
Maximum exposure as at 31 December |
|
|
Changes in fair value during the year ended |
|
|
Cumulative changes in fair value from inception |
| ||||||||||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||||||
Loans and advances designated at fair value, attributable to credit risk |
17,913 | 20,198 | 69 | (112) | (629) | (828) | ||||||||||||||||||
Value mitigated by related credit derivatives |
417 | 359 | 26 | | 42 | 18 |
Note
a | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
272 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
15 Derivative financial instruments
Accounting for derivatives Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments or indices defined in the contract. They include swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and combinations of these instruments and primarily affect the Groups net interest income, net trading income, net fee and commission income and derivative assets and liabilities. Notional amounts of the contracts are not recorded on the balance sheet.
The Group applies IAS 39. All derivative instruments are held at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. This includes terms included in a contract or other financial asset or liability (the host), which, had it been a stand-alone contract, would have met the definition of a derivative. These are separated from the host and accounted for in the same way as a derivative.
Hedge accounting The Group applies hedge accounting to represent, to the maximum possible extent permitted under accounting standards, the economic effects of its interest and currency risk management strategies. Derivatives are used to hedge interest rate, exchange rate, commodity, and equity exposures and exposures to certain indices such as house price indices and retail price indices related to non-trading positions. Where derivatives are held for risk management purposes, and when transactions meet the required criteria for documentation and hedge effectiveness, the Group applies fair value hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting, or hedging of a net investment in a foreign operation, as appropriate to the risks being hedged.
Fair value hedge accounting Changes in fair value of derivatives that qualify and are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The fair value changes adjust the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability held at amortised cost.
If hedge relationships no longer meet the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting is discontinued. For fair value hedges of interest rate risk, the fair value adjustment to the hedged item is amortised to the income statement over the period to maturity of the previously designated hedge relationship using the effective interest method. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised immediately in the income statement.
Cash flow hedge accounting For qualifying cash flow hedges, the fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognised initially in other comprehensive income, and then recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the income statement immediately.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the hedged item is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was recognised in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.
Hedges of net investments The Groups net investments in foreign operations, including monetary items accounted for as part of the net investment, are hedged for foreign currency risks using both derivatives and foreign currency borrowings. Hedges of net investments are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges; the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is being recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion being recognised immediately in the income statement. The cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement on the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation, or other reductions in the Groups investment in the operation.
|
Total derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Notional |
|
|
Notional |
|
|||||||||||||||||||
contract | Fair value | contract | Fair value | |||||||||||||||||||||
amount | Assets | Liabilities | amount | Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||
Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading |
29,437,102 | 326,772 | (323,788 | ) | 32,624,342 | 438,270 | (438,623 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management |
316,605 | 937 | (464 | ) | 268,448 | 1,639 | (697 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) |
29,753,707 | 327,709 | (324,252 | ) | 32,892,790 | 439,909 | (439,320 | ) |
The fair value of gross derivative assets decreased by 26% to £328bn, driven by decrease in interest rate derivatives of £79bn due to net trade reduction and an increase in the major interest rate forward curves and a decrease in foreign exchange derivatives of £19bn, materially reflecting trade maturities. Information on further netting of derivative financial instruments is included within Note 19 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities.
Trading derivatives are managed within the Groups market risk management policies, which are outlined on pages 134 and 135.
The Groups exposure to credit risk arising from derivative contracts are outlined in the Credit Risk section on page 163.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 273 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
15 Derivative financial instruments continued
The fair values and notional amounts of derivative instruments held for trading are set out in the following table:
Derivatives held for trading |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Notional contract amount £m |
|
Fair value |
|
Notional contract amount £m |
|
|
Fair value |
| |||||||||||||||
|
Assets £m |
|
|
Liabilities £m |
|
|
Assets £m |
|
|
Liabilities £m |
| |||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange |
1,277,863 | 17,613 | (19,433 | ) | 1,684,832 | 31,883 | (34,611 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Currency swaps |
1,006,640 | 30,703 | (32,449 | ) | 1,109,795 | 32,209 | (33,919 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC options bought and sold |
924,832 | 6,436 | (6,771 | ) | 895,226 | 10,267 | (10,665 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC derivatives |
3,209,335 | 54,752 | (58,653 | ) | 3,689,853 | 74,359 | (79,195 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives cleared by central counterparty |
9,308 | 33 | (44 | ) | 11,382 | 56 | (70 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange traded futures and options bought and sold |
6,071 | 13 | (12 | ) | 57,623 | 18 | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
3,224,714 | 54,798 | (58,709 | ) | 3,758,858 | 74,433 | (79,281 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
4,600,472 | 159,040 | (148,475 | ) | 5,779,015 | 209,962 | (200,096 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Forward rate agreements |
371,510 | 440 | (390 | ) | 467,812 | 794 | (722 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC options bought and sold |
2,634,527 | 48,995 | (49,001 | ) | 3,083,200 | 67,039 | (67,575 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC derivatives |
7,606,509 | 208,475 | (197,866 | ) | 9,330,027 | 277,795 | (268,393 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives cleared by central counterparty |
11,407,745 | 21,871 | (22,603 | ) | 15,030,090 | 30,166 | (31,152 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange traded futures and options bought and sold |
5,470,872 | 281 | (263 | ) | 2,210,602 | 382 | (336 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
24,485,126 | 230,627 | (220,732 | ) | 26,570,719 | 308,343 | (299,881 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
OTC swaps |
671,389 | 14,087 | (12,693 | ) | 896,386 | 18,864 | (17,825 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives cleared by central counterparty |
277,257 | 4,094 | (3,931 | ) | 287,577 | 4,643 | (4,542 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
948,646 | 18,181 | (16,624 | ) | 1,183,963 | 23,507 | (22,367 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
OTC options bought and sold |
53,645 | 5,507 | (7,746 | ) | 67,151 | 6,461 | (9,517 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity swaps and forwards |
98,264 | 1,794 | (3,855 | ) | 102,663 | 1,823 | (3,532 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC derivatives |
151,909 | 7,301 | (11,601 | ) | 169,814 | 8,284 | (13,049 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange traded futures and options bought and sold |
429,592 | 6,498 | (6,851 | ) | 490,960 | 6,560 | (6,542 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index derivatives |
581,501 | 13,799 | (18,452 | ) | 660,774 | 14,844 | (19,591 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
OTC options bought and sold |
21,959 | 1,402 | (1,408 | ) | 38,196 | 1,592 | (1,227 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity swaps and forwards |
29,161 | 3,645 | (3,397 | ) | 61,639 | 7,985 | (8,175 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC derivatives |
51,120 | 5,047 | (4,805 | ) | 99,835 | 9,577 | (9,402 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange traded futures and options bought and sold |
145,995 | 4,320 | (4,466 | ) | 350,193 | 7,566 | (8,101 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
197,115 | 9,367 | (9,271 | ) | 450,028 | 17,143 | (17,503 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading |
29,437,102 | 326,772 | (323,788 | ) | 32,624,342 | 438,270 | (438,623 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total OTC derivatives held for trading |
11,690,262 | 289,662 | (285,618 | ) | 14,185,915 | 388,879 | (387,864 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives cleared by central counterparty held for trading |
11,694,310 | 25,998 | (26,578 | ) | 15,329,049 | 34,865 | (35,764 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total exchange traded derivatives held for trading |
6,052,530 | 11,112 | (11,592 | ) | 3,109,378 | 14,526 | (14,995 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading |
29,437,102 | 326,772 | (323,788 | ) | 32,624,342 | 438,270 | (438,623 | ) |
274 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
15 Derivative financial instruments continued
The fair values and notional amounts of derivative instruments held for risk management are set out in the following table:
Derivatives held for risk management |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Notional contract amount £m |
|
|
Fair value |
|
|
Notional contract amount £m |
|
Fair value | |||||||||||||||||
|
Assets £m |
|
|
Liabilities £m |
|
|
Assets £m |
|
|
Liabilities £m |
| |||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Currency swaps |
1,357 | 133 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
14,198 | 162 | (115 | ) | 19,218 | 223 | (60 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange |
759 | 5 | | 930 | 17 | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives cleared by central counterparty |
147,072 | | | 82,550 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges |
163,386 | 300 | (115 | ) | 102,698 | 240 | (60 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
13,798 | 637 | (264 | ) | 27,345 | 1,379 | (590 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange |
2,527 | | (32 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives cleared by central counterparty |
134,939 | | | 135,553 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges |
151,264 | 637 | (296 | ) | 162,898 | 1,379 | (590 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange |
1,955 | | (53 | ) | 2,852 | 20 | (47 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments |
1,955 | | (53 | ) | 2,852 | 20 | (47 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management |
316,605 | 937 | (464 | ) | 268,448 | 1,639 | (697 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total OTC derivatives held for risk management |
34,594 | 937 | (464 | ) | 50,345 | 1,639 | (697 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives cleared by central counterparty held for risk management |
282,011 | | | 218,103 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management |
316,605 | 937 | (464 | ) | 268,448 | 1,639 | (697 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
The Group has hedged the following forecast cash flows, which primarily vary with interest rates. These cash flows are expected to impact the income statement in the following periods, excluding any hedge adjustments that may be applied:
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Up to | One to | Two to | Three to | Four to | More than | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total | one year | two years | three years | four years | five years | five years | ||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forecast receivable cash flows |
4,952 | 555 | 816 | 875 | 813 | 633 | 1,260 | |||||||||||||||||||
Forecast payable cash flows |
872 | 769 | 35 | 31 | 22 | 11 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||
2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forecast receivable cash flows |
4,277 | 308 | 491 | 695 | 729 | 651 | 1,403 | |||||||||||||||||||
Forecast payable cash flows |
972 | 178 | 770 | 10 | 7 | 4 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Amounts recognised in net interest income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gains/(losses) on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk |
552 | 2,610 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Losses)/gains on the hedging instruments |
(485 | ) | (2,797 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value ineffectiveness |
67 | (187 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedging ineffectiveness |
16 | 41 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment hedging ineffectiveness |
(2 | ) | |
Gains and losses transferred from the cash flow hedging reserve to the income statement included a £36m gain (2014: £52m gain) transferred to interest income; a £267m gain (2014: £778m gain) to interest expense; a £4m loss (2014: £15m loss) to net trading income; a £17m gain (2014: nil) to administration and general expenses; and a £69m loss (2014: £78m loss) to taxation.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 275 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
16 Available for sale financial assets
Accounting for available for sale financial assets
Available for sale financial assets are held at fair value with gains and losses being included in other comprehensive income. The Group uses this classification for assets that are not derivatives and are not held for trading purposes or otherwise designated at fair value through profit or loss, or at amortised cost. Dividends and interest (calculated using the effective interest method) are recognised in the income statement in Note 3 Net interest income or Note 6 Net investment income. On disposal, the cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is also included in net investment income.
|
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
£m | £m | |||||||
Debt securities and other eligible bills |
89,278 | 85,539 | ||||||
Equity securities |
989 | 527 | ||||||
Available for sale investments |
90,267 | 86,066 |
17 Financial liabilities designated at fair value
Accounting for liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss
In accordance with IAS 39, financial liabilities may be designated at fair value, with gains and losses taken to the income statement within Net trading income (Note 5) and Net investment income (Note 6). The Group has the ability to make the fair value designation when holding the instruments at fair value reduces an accounting mismatch (caused by an offsetting liability or asset being held at fair value), or is managed by the Group on the basis of its fair value, or includes terms that have substantive derivative characteristics (see Note 15 Derivative financial instruments).
The details on how the fair value amounts are arrived for financial liabilities designated at fair value are described in Fair value of assets and liabilities (Note 18).
|
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
|
Fair value £m |
|
|
Contractual amount due on maturity £m |
|
|
Fair value £m |
|
|
Contractual amount due on maturity £m |
| |||||
Debt securities |
33,177 | 36,097 | 42,395 | 44,910 | ||||||||||||
Deposits |
6,029 | 6,324 | 7,206 | 7,301 | ||||||||||||
Liabilities to customers under investment contracts |
1,633 | | 1,823 | | ||||||||||||
Repurchase agreementsa |
50,838 | 50,873 | 5,423 | 5,433 | ||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities |
68 | 68 | 125 | 125 | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
91,745 | 93,362 | 56,972 | 57,769 |
The cumulative own credit loss recognised is £226m (2014: £716m).
Note
a | During 2015, new repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
276 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities
Accounting for financial assets and liabilities fair values The Group applies IAS 39. All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date of initial recognition and, depending on the classification of the asset or liability, may continue to be held at fair value either through profit or loss or other comprehensive income. The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
Wherever possible, fair value is determined by reference to a quoted market price for that instrument. For many of the Groups financial assets and liabilities, especially derivatives, quoted prices are not available, and valuation models are used to estimate fair value. The models calculate the expected cash flows under the terms of each specific contract, and then discount these values back to a present value. These models use as their basis independently sourced market parameters including, for example, interest rate yield curves, equities and commodities prices, option volatilities and currency rates.
For financial liabilities measured at fair value, the carrying amount reflects the effect on fair value of changes in own credit spreads derived from observable market data, such as spreads on Barclays issued bonds or credit default swaps (CDS). Most market parameters are either directly observable or are implied from instrument prices. The model may perform numerical procedures in the pricing such as interpolation when input values do not directly correspond to the most actively traded market trade parameters.
On initial recognition, it is presumed that the transaction price is the fair value unless there is observable information available in an active market to the contrary. The best evidence of an instruments fair value on initial recognition is typically the transaction price. However, if fair value can be evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, or is based on a valuation technique whose inputs include only data from observable markets, then the instrument should be recognised at the fair value derived from such observable market data.
For valuations that have made use of unobservable inputs, the difference between the model valuation and the initial transaction price (Day One profit) is recognised in profit or loss either: on a straight-line basis over the term of the transaction; or over the period until all model inputs will become observable where appropriate; or released in full when previously unobservable inputs become observable.
Various factors influence the availability of observable inputs and these may vary from product to product and change over time. Factors include the depth of activity in the relevant market, the type of product, whether the product is new and not widely traded in the marketplace, the maturity of market modelling and the nature of the transaction (bespoke or generic). To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are not observable in the market, the determination of fair value can be more subjective, dependent on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Unobservable inputs are determined based on the best information available, for example by reference to similar assets, similar maturities or other analytical techniques.
The sensitivity of valuations used in the financial statements to possible changes in significant unobservable inputs is shown on page 286.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements The valuation of financial instruments often involves a significant degree of judgement and complexity, in particular where valuation models make use of unobservable inputs (Level 3 assets and liabilities). This note provides information on these instruments, including the related unrealised gains and losses recognised in the period, a description of significant valuation techniques and unobservable inputs, and a sensitivity analysis.
|
Valuation
IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement requires an entity to classify its assets and liabilities according to a hierarchy that reflects the observability of significant market inputs. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined below.
Quoted market prices Level 1
Assets and liabilities are classified as Level 1 if their value is observable in an active market. Such instruments are valued by reference to unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets where the quoted price is readily available, and the price represents actual and regularly occurring market transactions. An active market is one in which transactions occur with sufficient volume and frequency to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Valuation technique using observable inputs Level 2
Assets and liabilities classified as Level 2 have been valued using models whose inputs are observable in an active market. Valuations based on observable inputs include assets and liabilities such as swaps and forwards which are valued using market standard pricing techniques, and options that are commonly traded in markets where all the inputs to the market standard pricing models are observable.
Valuation technique using significant unobservable inputs Level 3
Assets and liabilities are classified as Level 3 if their valuation incorporates significant inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). A valuation input is considered observable if it can be directly observed from transactions in an active market, or if there is compelling external evidence demonstrating an executable exit price. Unobservable input levels are generally determined via reference to observable inputs, historical observations or using other analytical techniques.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 277 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
The following table shows the Groups assets and liabilities that are held at fair value disaggregated by valuation technique (fair value hierarchy) and balance sheet classification:
Assets and liabilities held at fair value |
||||||||||||||||
Valuation technique using | ||||||||||||||||
|
Quoted market prices (Level 1) £m |
|
|
Observable inputs (Level 2) £m |
|
|
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
36,676 | 35,725 | 4,947 | 77,348 | ||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair valuea |
6,163 | 52,909 | 17,758 | 76,830 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
6,342 | 315,949 | 5,418 | 327,709 | ||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
42,552 | 46,693 | 1,022 | 90,267 | ||||||||||||
Otherb |
26 | 8 | 7,470 | 7,504 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
91,759 | 451,284 | 36,615 | 579,658 | ||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
(23,978 | ) | (9,989 | ) | | (33,967 | ) | |||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair valuea |
(240 | ) | (90,203 | ) | (1,302 | ) | (91,745 | ) | ||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
(5,450 | ) | (314,033 | ) | (4,769 | ) | (324,252 | ) | ||||||||
Otherb |
(1,024 | ) | (802 | ) | (4,171 | ) | (5,997 | ) | ||||||||
Total liabilities |
(30,692 | ) | (415,027 | ) | (10,242 | ) | (455,961 | ) | ||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
48,962 | 59,428 | 6,327 | 114,717 | ||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
9,934 | 8,461 | 19,905 | 38,300 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
9,863 | 425,301 | 4,745 | 439,909 | ||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
44,234 | 40,519 | 1,313 | 86,066 | ||||||||||||
Otherb |
33 | 198 | 15,550 | 15,781 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
113,026 | 533,907 | 47,840 | 694,773 | ||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
(26,840 | ) | (17,935 | ) | (349 | ) | (45,124 | ) | ||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
(15 | ) | (55,141 | ) | (1,816 | ) | (56,972 | ) | ||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
(10,313 | ) | (424,687 | ) | (4,320 | ) | (439,320 | ) | ||||||||
Otherb |
| | (13,115 | ) | (13,115 | ) | ||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(37,168 | ) | (497,763 | ) | (19,600 | ) | (554,531 | ) |
Notes
a | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
b | Other includes assets and liabilities held for sale of £7,364m (2014: £15,574m) and £5,997m (2014: £13,115m) respectively, which are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Refer to Note 44 for more information on non-current assets and liabilities held for sale. Other also includes investment property of £140m (2014: £207m). |
278 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
The following table shows the Groups assets and liabilities that are held at fair value disaggregated by valuation technique (fair value hierarchy) and product type:
Assets and liabilities held at fair value by product type |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation technique using | Valuation technique using | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Quoted market prices (Level 1) £m |
|
|
Observable inputs (Level 2) £m |
|
|
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) £m |
|
|
Quoted market prices (Level 1) £m |
|
|
Observable inputs (Level 2) £m |
|
|
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
| 228,751 | 2,675 | | (218,864 | ) | (2,247 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
2 | 54,839 | 95 | (4 | ) | (58,594 | ) | (196 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Credit derivativesa |
| 16,279 | 1,902 | | (16,405 | ) | (219 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
3,830 | 9,279 | 690 | (2,870 | ) | (14,037 | ) | (1,545 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
2,510 | 6,801 | 56 | (2,576 | ) | (6,133 | ) | (562 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
55,150 | 52,967 | 419 | (15,036 | ) | (5,474 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
352 | 11,598 | 2,895 | (234 | ) | (4,558 | ) | (15 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
82 | 503 | | (5 | ) | (6,955 | ) | (382 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreementsb |
| 49,513 | | | (50,838 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
| 1,931 | 16,828 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
| 12,009 | 770 | | (384 | ) | (37 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans |
| | 551 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
| | | | (29,695 | ) | (546 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
29,704 | 4,038 | 171 | (8,943 | ) | (221 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Funds and fund linked products |
| 1,649 | 378 | | (1,601 | ) | (148 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Physical commodities |
87 | 156 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Otherc |
42 | 971 | 9,185 | (1,024 | ) | (1,268 | ) | (4,344 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Total |
91,759 | 451,284 | 36,615 | (30,692 | ) | (415,027 | ) | (10,242 | ) | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
| 308,706 | 1,239 | (5 | ) | (299,181 | ) | (1,344 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
4 | 74,358 | 108 | (3 | ) | (79,188 | ) | (138) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivativesa |
| 21,541 | 1,966 | | (21,958 | ) | (409 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
3,847 | 9,750 | 1,247 | (3,719 | ) | (13,780 | ) | (2,092 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
6,012 | 10,946 | 185 | (6,586 | ) | (10,580 | ) | (337 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
62,577 | 48,296 | 1,014 | (11,563 | ) | (14,002 | ) | (346 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
151 | 22,036 | 3,061 | | (3,572 | ) | (13 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
78 | 921 | | (4 | ) | (6,276 | ) | (665 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements |
| 5,236 | | | (5,423 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
1 | 2,462 | 17,744 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
30 | 16,211 | 1,631 | | (67 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans |
| | 1,180 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
| | | (10 | ) | (40,592 | ) | (749 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
40,252 | 7,823 | 171 | (15,276 | ) | (699 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Funds and fund linked products |
| 2,644 | 631 | | (2,060 | ) | (210 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Physical commodities |
4 | 1,447 | | | (363 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Otherc |
70 | 1,530 | 17,663 | (2 | ) | (22 | ) | (13,297 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Total |
113,026 | 533,907 | 47,840 | (37,168 | ) | (497,763 | ) | (19,600 | ) |
Assets and liabilities reclassified between Level 1 and Level 2
There were transfers of £537m assets and £801m liabilities (2014: nil) of equity and foreign exchange derivatives from Level 1 to Level 2 to reflect the market observability of these product types.
Notes
a | Credit derivatives includes derivative exposure to monoline insurers. |
b | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar lending and repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
c | Other includes non-current assets and liabilities held for sale, private equity investments, asset backed loans and investment property. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 279 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Level 3 movement analysis
The following table summarises the movements in the Level 3 balance during the year. The table shows gains and losses and includes amounts for all assets and liabilities transferred to and from Level 3 during the year. Transfers have been reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the year.
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
As at £m |
|
|
Total gains and losses in the period recognised in the |
|
|
Total gains in OCI £m |
|
Transfers |
|
As at 31 December 2015 £m |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Purchases £m |
|
|
Sales £m |
|
|
Issues £m |
|
|
Settlements £m |
|
|
Trading income £m |
|
|
Other income £m |
|
|
In £m |
|
|
Out £m |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
685 | 27 | (119 | ) | | (109 | ) | (6 | ) | | | 2 | (160 | ) | 320 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
3,026 | 62 | (64 | ) | | (20 | ) | (47 | ) | | | 5 | (80 | ) | 2,882 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
1,610 | 1,365 | (1,565 | ) | | (711 | ) | 58 | | | 5 | (19 | ) | 743 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
273 | 520 | (251 | ) | | (3 | ) | (42 | ) | | | 11 | (1 | ) | 507 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Funds and fund linked products |
589 | | (174 | ) | | (56 | ) | (27 | ) | | | 12 | (4 | ) | 340 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
144 | 23 | (19 | ) | | (9 | ) | (14 | ) | | | 53 | (23 | ) | 155 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
6,327 | 1,997 | (2,192 | ) | | (908 | ) | (78 | ) | | | 88 | (287 | ) | 4,947 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans |
1,179 | 3,540 | (3,878 | ) | | (342 | ) | 49 | 1 | | | | 549 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loansc |
17,471 | 192 | (114 | ) | | (756 | ) | (531 | ) | (6 | ) | | | | 16,256 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed loans |
393 | 1,098 | (1,260 | ) | | 2 | 8 | | | 15 | | 256 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
701 | 94 | (200 | ) | | (3 | ) | 8 | 38 | | 4 | (132 | ) | 510 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
161 | 66 | (31 | ) | | (3 | ) | (11 | ) | 5 | | 26 | (26 | ) | 187 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
19,905 | 4,990 | (5,483 | ) | | (1,102 | ) | (477 | ) | 38 | | 45 | (158 | ) | 17,758 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
1 | | | | | | | | | (1 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
327 | 14 | (36 | ) | | | | | 1 | | (212 | ) | 94 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
985 | 65 | (91 | ) | | (1,026 | ) | | 549 | 419 | 27 | | 928 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
1,313 | 79 | (127 | ) | | (1,026 | ) | | 549 | 420 | 27 | (213 | ) | 1,022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Othera |
207 | 27 | (89 | ) | | | | (5 | ) | | | | 140 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
(349 | ) | | | | | | | | | 349 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
(666 | ) | | | (216 | ) | 261 | | 17 | | | 221 | (383 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
(748 | ) | | | (16 | ) | 245 | (4 | ) | (8 | ) | | (38 | ) | 4 | (565 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
(402 | ) | | | | (19 | ) | (18 | ) | 75 | | | 10 | (354 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
(1,816 | ) | | | (232 | ) | 487 | (22 | ) | 84 | | (38 | ) | 235 | (1,302 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
(105 | ) | 1 | 218 | | (247 | ) | 203 | | | 243 | 117 | 430 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
1,557 | 273 | (12 | ) | | (6 | ) | (123 | ) | | | (11 | ) | 7 | 1,685 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
(845 | ) | 111 | (2 | ) | (290 | ) | 103 | 34 | | | (21 | ) | 52 | (858 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
(152 | ) | | | | (66 | ) | (6 | ) | | | (388 | ) | 106 | (506 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
(30 | ) | 14 | (1 | ) | (7 | ) | 9 | (14 | ) | | | (73 | ) | | (102 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net derivative financial instrumentsb |
425 | 399 | 203 | (297 | ) | (207 | ) | 94 | | | (250 | ) | 282 | 649 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
26,012 | 7,492 | (7,688 | ) | (529 | ) | (2,756 | ) | (483 | ) | 666 | 420 | (128 | ) | 208 | 23,214 |
Notes
a | Other includes investment property of £140m (2014: £207m). Non-current assets held for sale of £7,330m (2014: £15,574m) and liabilities in a disposal group classified as held for sale of £4,171m (2014: £13,115m) are not included as these are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. |
b | The derivative financial instruments are represented on a net basis. On a gross basis, derivative financial assets are £5,418m (2014: £4,745m) and derivative financial liabilities are £4,769m (2014: £4,320m). |
c | A partially offsetting market gain of £172m (2014: £2,921m loss) has been recognised on the Level 2 derivative instruments that hedge the ESHLA loan portfolio interest rate risk. |
280 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
As at £m |
|
|
Total gains and losses in the period recognised in the income statement |
|
|
Total gains £m |
|
Transfers |
|
As at 31 £m |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Purchases £m |
|
|
Sales £m |
|
|
Issues £m |
|
|
Settlements £m |
|
|
Trading income £m |
|
|
Other income £m |
|
|
In £m |
|
|
Out £m |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
161 | 96 | (198 | ) | | (46 | ) | 5 | | | 676 | (9 | ) | 685 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
3,039 | 177 | (332 | ) | | (370 | ) | 484 | | | 39 | (11 | ) | 3,026 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
2,111 | 1,037 | (1,552 | ) | | (141 | ) | 178 | | | 8 | (31 | ) | 1,610 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
176 | 250 | (30 | ) | | (49 | ) | 2 | | | 13 | (89 | ) | 273 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Funds and fund linked products |
494 | | (92 | ) | | | (17 | ) | | | 204 | | 589 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
440 | 8 | (369 | ) | | 54 | 22 | | | | (11 | ) | 144 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
6,421 | 1,568 | (2,573 | ) | | (552 | ) | 674 | | | 940 | (151 | ) | 6,327 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans |
1,198 | 2,919 | (2,678 | ) | | (334 | ) | 76 | (2 | ) | | | | 1,179 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loansc |
15,956 | 2 | (177 | ) | | (81 | ) | 1,830 | 9 | | | (68 | ) | 17,471 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed loans |
375 | 855 | (777 | ) | | (4 | ) | 19 | | | 1 | (76 | ) | 393 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
1,168 | 173 | (500 | ) | | (11 | ) | 4 | 82 | | | (215 | ) | 701 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
73 | 75 | (1 | ) | | (35 | ) | 9 | 32 | | 2 | 6 | 161 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
18,770 | 4,024 | (4,133 | ) | | (465 | ) | 1,938 | 121 | | 3 | (353 | ) | 19,905 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
1 | | | | | | | | | | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
59 | 281 | (12 | ) | | (1 | ) | | | | | | 327 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
2,085 | 37 | (78 | ) | | (1,694 | ) | 1 | 586 | 74 | 4 | (30 | ) | 985 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
2,145 | 318 | (90 | ) | | (1,695 | ) | 1 | 586 | 74 | 4 | (30 | ) | 1,313 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Othera |
451 | 47 | (238 | ) | | | | 5 | | | (58 | ) | 207 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
| | | | | (3 | ) | | | (346 | ) | | (349 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
(409 | ) | | | (254 | ) | 12 | 2 | 88 | | (108 | ) | 3 | (666 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
(1,164 | ) | | | (16 | ) | 293 | 88 | | | (48 | ) | 99 | (748 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
(67 | ) | | | (341 | ) | 10 | 6 | 30 | | (40 | ) | | (402 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
(1,640 | ) | | | (611 | ) | 315 | 96 | 118 | | (196 | ) | 102 | (1,816 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
(15 | ) | 5 | 45 | (5 | ) | 7 | (358 | ) | | | 103 | 113 | (105 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
1,420 | 11 | | | 42 | 121 | | | (81 | ) | 44 | 1,557 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
(601 | ) | 86 | (12 | ) | (305 | ) | 113 | (278 | ) | | | (14 | ) | 166 | (845 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
(141 | ) | | | (3 | ) | (10 | ) | 4 | | | (11 | ) | 9 | (152 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
31 | | (12 | ) | (4 | ) | (71 | ) | (6 | ) | | | 29 | 3 | (30 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net derivative financial instrumentsb |
694 | 102 | 21 | (317 | ) | 81 | (517 | ) | | | 26 | 335 | 425 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
26,841 | 6,059 | (7,013 | ) | (928 | ) | (2,316 | ) | 2,189 | 830 | 74 | 431 | (155 | ) | 26,012 |
Notes
a | Other includes investment property of £140m (2014: £207m). Non-current assets held for sale of £7,330m (2014: £15,574m) and liabilities in a disposal group classified as held for sale of £4,171m (2014: £13,115m) are not included as these are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. |
b | The derivative financial instruments are represented on a net basis. On a gross basis, derivative financial assets are £5,418m (2014: £4,745m) and derivative financial liabilities are £4,769m (2014: £4,320m). |
c | A partially offsetting market gain of £172m (2014: £2,921m loss) has been recognised on the Level 2 derivative instruments that hedge the ESHLA loan portfolio interest rate risk. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 281 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Assets and liabilities move between Level 2 and Level 3 primarily due to i) an increase or decrease in observable market activity related to an input, or ii) a change in the significance of the unobservable input, with assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 if an unobservable input is deemed significant.
Unrealised gains and losses on Level 3 financial assets and liabilities
The following table discloses the unrealised gains and losses recognised in the year arising on Level 3 financial assets and liabilities held at year end.
Unrealised gains and losses recognised during the period on Level 3 assets and liabilities held at period end |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other | Other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income statement | compre- | Income statement | compre- | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading | Other | hensive | Trading | Other | hensive | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
income £m |
|
|
income £m |
|
|
income £m |
|
|
Total £m |
|
|
income £m |
|
|
income £m |
|
|
income £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
(125 | ) | | | (125 | ) | 466 | | | 466 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
(562 | ) | (17 | ) | | (579 | ) | 1,849 | (9 | ) | | 1,840 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale assets |
| (20 | ) | 488 | 468 | | 572 | 80 | 652 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
(1 | ) | | | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | | | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
(24 | ) | 76 | | 52 | 98 | 118 | | 216 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Othera |
| (22 | ) | | (22 | ) | | 5 | | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net derivative financial instruments |
123 | | | 123 | (238 | ) | | | (238 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
(589 | ) | 17 | 488 | (84 | ) | 2,172 | 686 | 80 | 2,938 |
The trading losses of £562m (2014: trading gains of £1,849m) within Level 3 financial assets designated at fair value was primarily due to fair value losses on the ESHLA loan portfolio of £531m.
Valuation techniques and sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis is performed on products with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) to generate a range of reasonably possible alternative valuations. The sensitivity methodologies applied take account of the nature of valuation techniques used, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data and the impact of using alternative models.
Sensitivities are dynamically calculated on a monthly basis. The calculation is based on range or spread data of a reliable reference source or a scenario based on relevant market analysis alongside the impact of using alternative models. Sensitivities are calculated without reflecting the impact of any diversification in the portfolio.
The valuation techniques used for the material products within Levels 2 and 3, and observability and sensitivity analysis for products within Level 3, are described below.
Interest rate derivatives
Description: These are derivatives linked to interest rates or inflation indices. This category includes futures, interest rate and inflation swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, inflation options, balance guaranteed swaps and other exotic interest rate derivatives.
Valuation: Interest rate derivative cash flows are valued using interest rate yield curves whereby observable market data is used to construct the term structure of forward rates. This is then used to project and discount future cash flows based on the parameters of the trade. Instruments with optionality are valued using volatilities implied from market observable inputs. Exotic interest rate derivatives are valued using industry standard and bespoke models based on observable and unobservable market parameter inputs. Input parameters include interest rates, volatilities, correlations and others as appropriate. Inflation forward curves and interest rate yield curves may be extrapolated beyond observable tenors. Balance guaranteed swaps are valued using cash flow models that calculate fair value based on loss projections, prepayment, recovery and discount rates. These parameters are determined by reference to underlying asset performance.
Observability: In general, input parameters are deemed observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each parameter and underlying. Certain correlation, convexity, long dated forwards and volatility exposures are unobservable beyond liquid maturities. Unobservable market data and model inputs are set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques or inferred via another reasonable method.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity relating to unobservable valuation inputs is based on the dispersion of consensus data services where available, otherwise stress scenarios or historic data are used.
Notes
a | Other consists of investment properties. |
282 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Foreign exchange derivatives
Description: These are derivatives linked to the foreign exchange (FX) market. This category includes FX forward contracts, FX swaps and FX options. The vast majority are traded as OTC derivatives.
Valuation: Exotic and non-exotic derivatives are valued using industry standard and bespoke models. Input parameters include FX rates, interest rates, FX volatilities, interest rate volatilities, FX interest rate correlations and others as appropriate. Unobservable model inputs are set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques to match the appropriate risk profile.
Observability: Certain correlations, long dated forwards and volatilities are unobservable beyond liquid maturities.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity relating to unobservable valuation inputs is primarily based on the dispersion of consensus data services.
Credit derivatives
Description: These are derivatives linked to the credit spread of a referenced entity, index or basket of referenced entities or a pool of referenced assets via securitisation. This category includes single name and index CDS, asset backed CDS, synthetic CDOs, and Nth-to-default basket swaps.
Valuation: CDS are valued using a market standard model that incorporates the credit curve as its principal input. Credit spreads are observed directly from broker data, third party vendors or priced to proxies. Where credit spreads are unobservable, they are determined with reference to recent transactions or proxied from bond spreads on observable trades of the same issuer or other similar entities. Synthetic CDOs are valued using a model that calculates fair value based on credit spreads, recovery rates, correlations and interest rates, and is calibrated to the index tranche market.
Observability: CDS contracts referencing entities that are not actively traded are considered unobservable. The correlation input to synthetic CDO valuation is considered unobservable as it is proxied from the observable index tranche market. Where an asset backed credit derivative does not have an observable market price and the valuation is determined using a model, the instrument is considered unobservable.
Level 3 sensitivity: The sensitivity of valuations of the illiquid CDS portfolio is determined by applying a shift to each spread curve. The shift is based on the average range of pricing observed in the market for similar CDS. Synthetic CDO sensitivity is calculated using correlation levels derived from the range of contributors to a consensus bespoke service.
Derivative exposure to monoline insurers
Description: These products are derivatives through which credit protection has been purchased on structured debt instruments (primarily CLOs) from monoline insurers.
Valuation: Given the bespoke nature of the CDS, the primary valuation input is the price of the cash instrument it protects.
Observability: While the market value of the cash instrument underlying the CDS contract may be observable, its use in the valuation of CDS is considered unobservable due to the bespoke nature of the monoline CDS contracts.
Level 3 sensitivity: Due to the high degree of uncertainty, the sensitivity reflects the impact of writing down the credit protection element of fair value to zero.
Equity derivatives
Description: These are derivatives linked to equity indices and single names. This category includes exchange traded and OTC equity derivatives including vanilla and exotic options.
Valuation: The valuations of OTC equity derivatives are determined using industry standard models. Input parameters include stock prices, dividends, volatilities, interest rates, equity repo curves and, for multi-asset products, correlations. Unobservable model inputs are determined by reference to liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques to match the appropriate risk profile.
Observability: In general, input parameters are deemed observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each parameter and underlying.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is estimated based on the dispersion of consensus data services either directly or through proxies.
Commodity derivatives
Description: These products are exchange traded and OTC derivatives based on underlying commodities such as metals, crude oil and refined products, agricultural, power and natural gas.
Valuation: The valuations of commodity swaps and options are determined using models incorporating discounting of cash flows and other industry standard modelling techniques. Valuation inputs include forward curves, volatilities implied from market observable inputs and correlations.
Unobservable inputs are set with reference to similar observable products or by applying extrapolation techniques from the observable market.
Observability: Certain correlations, forward curves and volatilities for longer dated exposures are unobservable.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is determined primarily by measuring historical variability over two years. Where historical data is unavailable or uncertainty is due to volumetric risk, sensitivity is measured by applying appropriate stress scenarios or using proxy bid-offer spread levels.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 283 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Complex derivative instruments
Valuation estimates made by counterparties with respect to complex derivative instruments, for the purpose of determining the amount of collateral to be posted, often differ, sometimes significantly, from Barclays own estimates. In almost all cases, Barclays has been able to successfully resolve such differences or otherwise reach an accommodation with respect to collateral posting levels, including in certain cases by entering into compromise collateral arrangements. Due to the ongoing nature of collateral calls, Barclays will often be engaged in discussion with one or more counterparties in respect of such differences at any given time. Valuation estimates made by counterparties for collateral purposes are, like any other third party valuation, considered when determining Barclays fair value estimates.
Government and government sponsored debt
Description: These are government bonds, supra sovereign bonds and agency bonds.
Valuation: Liquid government bonds actively traded through an exchange or clearing house are marked to the closing levels observed in these markets. Less liquid bonds are valued using observable market prices which are sourced from broker quotes, inter-dealer prices or other reliable pricing services. Where there are no observable market prices, fair value is determined by reference to either issuances or CDS spreads of the same issuer as proxy inputs to obtain discounted cash flow amounts.
Observability: Where an observable market price is not available, the bond is considered Level 3.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is calculated by using the range of observable proxy prices.
Corporate debt
Description: This primarily contains corporate bonds.
Valuation: Corporate bonds are valued using observable market prices which are sourced from broker quotes, inter-dealer prices or other reliable pricing services. Where there are no observable market prices, fair value is determined by reference to either issuances or CDS spreads of the same issuer as proxy inputs to obtain discounted cash flow amounts. In the absence of observable bond or CDS spreads for the respective issuer, similar reference assets or sector averages are applied as a proxy (the appropriateness of proxies being assessed based on issuer, coupon, maturity and industry).
Observability: Where an observable market price is not available, the security is considered Level 3.
Level 3 sensitivity: The sensitivity for the corporate bonds portfolio is determined by applying a shift to each underlying position driven by average ranges of external levels observed in the market for similar bonds.
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements
Description: These include securities purchased under resale agreements, securities sold under repurchase agreements, and other similar secured lending agreements.
Valuation: Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements are valued by discounting the expected future cash flows. The inputs to the valuation include interest rates and repo rates, which are determined based on the specific parameters of the transaction.
Observability: In general, input parameters are deemed observable up to liquid maturities, as determined based on the specific parameters of the transaction. Unobservable market data and model inputs are set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques or inferred via another reasonable method.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity relating to unobservable valuation inputs is based on the dispersion of consensus data services where available, otherwise stress scenarios or historic data are used. In general, the sensitivity of unobservable inputs is insignificant to the overall balance sheet valuation given the predominantly short term nature of the agreements.
Non-asset backed loans
Description: This category is largely made up of fixed rate loans, such as the ESHLA portfolio, which are valued using models that discount expected future cash flows.
Valuation: Fixed rate loans are valued using models that calculate fair value based on observable interest rates and unobservable loan spreads. Unobservable loan spreads incorporate funding costs, the level of comparable assets such as gilts, issuer credit quality and other factors.
Observability: Within this population, the unobservable input is the loan spread.
Level 3 sensitivity: The sensitivity for fixed rate loans is calculated by applying a shift to loan spreads.
Asset backed securities
Description: These are securities that are linked to the cash flows of a pool of referenced assets via securitisation. This category includes residential mortgage backed securities, commercial mortgage backed securities, CDOs, CLOs and other asset backed securities.
Valuation: Where available, valuations are based on observable market prices which are sourced from broker quotes and inter-dealer prices. Otherwise, valuations are determined using industry standard discounted cash flow analysis that calculates the fair value based on valuation inputs such as constant default rate, conditional prepayment rate, loss given default and yield. These inputs are determined by reference to a number of sources including proxying to observed transactions, market indices or market research, and by assessing underlying collateral performance.
Proxying to observed transactions, indices or research requires an assessment and comparison of the relevant securities underlying attributes including collateral, tranche, vintage, underlying asset composition (historical losses, borrower characteristics and loan attributes such as loan to value ratio and geographic concentration) and credit ratings (original and current).
Observability: Where an asset backed product does not have an observable market price, and the valuation is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis, an instrument is considered unobservable.
Level 3 sensitivity: The sensitivity analysis for asset backed products is based on externally sourced pricing dispersion or by stressing the inputs of discounted cash flow analysis.
284 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Commercial real estate loans
Description: This portfolio includes loans that are secured by a range of commercial property types including retail, hotel, office, multi-family and industrial properties.
Valuation: Performing loans are valued using discounted cash flow analysis which considers the characteristics of the loan such as property type, geographic location, credit quality and property performance reviews in order to determine an appropriate credit spread. Where there is significant uncertainty regarding loan performance, valuation is based on independent third party appraisals or bids for the underlying properties. Independent third party appraisals are determined by discounted cash flow analysis, and key valuation inputs are yield and loss given default.
Observability: Since each commercial real estate loan is unique in nature, and the secondary loan market is relatively illiquid, valuation inputs are generally considered unobservable.
Level 3 sensitivity: For performing loans, sensitivity is determined by stressing the credit spread for each loan. For loans which have significant uncertainty regarding loan performance, sensitivity is determined by either a range of bids or by stressing the inputs to independent third party appraisals.
Issued debt
Description: This category contains Barclays issued notes.
Valuation: Fair valued Barclays issued notes are valued using discounted cash flow techniques and industry standard models incorporating various observable input parameters depending on the terms of the instrument.
Observability: Barclays issued notes are generally observable. Structured notes are debt instruments containing embedded derivatives. Where either an input to the embedded derivative or the debt instrument is deemed unobservable and significant to the overall valuation of the note, the structured note is classified as Level 3.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity to the unobservable input in the embedded derivative is calculated in line with the method used for the type of derivative instrument concerned.
Other
Description: Other includes non-current assets and liabilities held for sale and private equity investments. See below for more detail. Other also includes investment properties.
Non-current assets held for sale
Description: Non-current assets held for sale materially consists of the Portuguese Retail Banking, Wealth and Investment Management businesses and part of the Portuguese Corporate banking business, Barclays Vida y Pensiones (BVP), a company offering life insurance, pension products and services in Spain, Portugal and Italy, and the Italian Retail business. These sales are part of the divestment of the Barclays Non-Core segment of the Group.
Valuation: Non-current assets held for sale are valued at the lower of carrying value and fair value less cost to sell.
Observability: The items in Level 2 and Level 3 include customer cash, nostro accounts with other banks and other time deposits.
Level 3 sensitivity: The businesses held for sale are valued at the agreed price less costs to sell and are not expected to display significant sensitivity.
Private equity investments
Description: This category includes private equity investments.
Valuation: Private equity investments are valued in accordance with the International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines. This requires the use of a number of individual pricing benchmarks such as the prices of recent transactions in the same or similar entities, discounted cash flow analysis and comparison with the earnings multiples of listed comparative companies. Full valuations are generally performed at least biannually, with the positions reviewed periodically for material events that might impact upon fair value. The valuation of unquoted equity instruments is subjective by nature. However, the relevant methodologies are commonly applied by other market participants and have been consistently applied over time. Private equity investments include Barclays equity interest in Visa Europe, an available for sale asset, which has been valued by reference to consideration, some of which is contingent upon future events, that will be receivable upon completion of the announced sale of Visa Europe to Visa Inc. The elements of consideration that are contingent on future events have been deemed unobservable and no value has been attributed to such elements in the year-end valuation.
Observability: Unobservable inputs include earnings estimates, multiples of comparative companies, marketability discounts and discount rates.
Level 3 sensitivity: The relevant valuation models are each sensitive to a number of key assumptions, such as projected future earnings, comparator multiples, marketability discounts and discount rates. Valuation sensitivity is estimated by flexing such assumptions to reasonable alternative levels and determining the impact on the resulting valuation.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 285 |
Notes to the financial statements Assets and liabilities held at fair value
|
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Sensitivity analysis of valuations using unobservable inputs |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value | Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total assets £m |
|
|
Total liabilities £m |
|
|
Income statement £m |
|
|
Equity £m |
|
|
Income statement £m |
|
|
Equity £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
2,675 | (2,247 | ) | 93 | | (103 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
95 | (196 | ) | 17 | | (17 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivativesa |
1,902 | (219 | ) | 66 | | (96 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
690 | (1,545 | ) | 167 | | (185 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
56 | (562 | ) | 13 | | (13 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
419 | (1 | ) | 4 | | (4 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
2,895 | (15 | ) | 10 | 1 | (5 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
| (382 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
16,828 | | 1,581 | | (1,564 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
770 | (37 | ) | 1 | | (1 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans |
551 | | 24 | | (1 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
| (546 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
171 | | | 17 | | (17 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Funds and fund linked products |
378 | (148 | ) | 1 | | (1 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Otherb |
9,185 | (4,344 | ) | 154 | 318 | (172 | ) | (53 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Total |
36,615 | (10,242 | ) | 2,131 | 336 | (2,162 | ) | (71 | ) | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
1,239 | (1,344 | ) | 70 | | (71 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
108 | (138 | ) | 36 | | (36 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivativesa |
1,966 | (409 | ) | 81 | | (229 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
1,247 | (2,092 | ) | 220 | | (220 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
185 | (337 | ) | 46 | | (46 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
1,014 | (346 | ) | | | (2 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
3,061 | (13 | ) | 26 | (1 | ) | (9 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
| (665 | ) | 3 | | 3 | | |||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
17,744 | | 1,164 | | (820 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
1,631 | | 46 | 1 | (72 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate loans |
1,180 | | 20 | | (19 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
| (749 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
171 | | | 11 | | (11 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Funds and fund linked products |
631 | (210 | ) | 14 | | (14 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Otherb |
17,663 | (13,297 | ) | 180 | 82 | (156 | ) | (55 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Total |
47,840 | (19,600 | ) | 1,906 | 93 | (1,691 | ) | (71 | ) |
The effect of stressing unobservable inputs to a range of reasonably possible alternatives, alongside considering the impact of using alternative models, would be to increase fair values by up to £2.1bn (2014: £1.9bn) or to decrease fair values by up to £2.2bn (2014: £1.7bn) with substantially all the potential effect impacting profit and loss rather than reserves.
Notes
a | Credit derivatives includes derivative exposure to monoline insurers. |
b | Other includes non-current assets and liabilities held for sale, which are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, investment property, private equity investments and asset backed loans. |
286 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Significant unobservable inputs
The following table discloses the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities recognised at fair value and classified as Level 3, along with the range of values used for those significant unobservable inputs:
|
Total assets £m |
|
|
Total liabilities £m |
|
Valuation technique(s) |
Significant unobservable inputs |
|
2015 Range |
|
|
2014 Range |
|
Unitsa | ||||||||||||||||||||
Min | Max | Min | Max | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instrumentsb |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
2,675 | (2,247 | ) | Discounted cash flows | Inflation forwards | 0.3 | 8 | (0.5 | ) | 11 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
derivatives |
Option model | Inflation volatility | 36 | 197 | 40 | 300 | bp vol | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IR IR correlation | (55 | ) | 100 | (88 | ) | 100 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FX IR correlation | (20 | ) | 30 | 14 | 90 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate volatility | 5 | 249 | 6 | 437 | bp vol | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivativesc |
1,902 | (219 | ) | Discounted cash flows | Credit spread | 140 | 413 | 116 | 240 | bps | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Correlation model | Credit correlation | 26 | 41 | 36 | 90 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit spread | 10 | 9,923 | 6 | 5,898 | bps | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable pricing | Price | 80 | 102 | 64 | 100 | points | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
690 | (1,545 | ) | Equity volatility | | 318 | 1 | 97 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity equity correlation | (54 | ) | 100 | (55 | ) | 99 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity FX correlation | (100 | ) | 40 | (80 | ) | 55 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-derivative financial instruments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
2,895 | (15 | ) | Discounted cash flows | Credit spread | 120 | 529 | 140 | 900 | bps | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable pricing | Price | 1 | 114 | | 104 | points | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed |
770 | (37 | ) | Discounted cash flows | Conditional prepayment rate | | 25 | | 5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
securities |
Constant default rate | | 2 | | 9 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss given default | 30 | 100 | 45 | 100 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield | 5 | 58 | 3 | 11 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit spread | 157 | 1,416 | 74 | 2,688 | bps | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable pricing | Price | 1 | 114 | | 100 | points | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real |
551 | | Discounted cash flows | Loss given default | 0 | 100 | | 100 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
estate loans |
Yield | | | 4 | 8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit spread | 230 | 801 | 124 | 675 | bps | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
16,828 | | Discounted cash flows | Loan spread | 3 | 994 | 39 | 1,000 | bps | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Otherd |
1,855 | (173 | ) | Discounted cash flows | Loss given default | | 94 | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield | 7 | 12 | 8 | 9 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable pricing | Price | | 103 | | 133 | points |
Notes
a | The units used to disclose ranges for significant unobservable inputs are percentages, points, basis point volatility and basis points. Basis point volatility is a measure of implied volatility in terms of annual absolute basis point change in the underlying rate. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 100 points equals 100% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 150 basis points equals 1.5%. |
b | Certain derivative instruments are classified as Level 3 due to a significant unobservable credit spread input into the calculation of the Credit Valuation Adjustment for the instruments. The range of significant unobservable credit spreads is between 69-1,175bps. |
c | Credit derivatives includes derivative exposure to monoline insurers. |
d | Other includes private equity investments, asset backed loans and investment property. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 287 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
The following section describes the significant unobservable inputs identified in the table above, and the sensitivity of fair value measurement of the instruments categorised as Level 3 assets or liabilities to increases in significant unobservable inputs. Where sensitivities are described, the inverse relationship will also generally apply.
Where reliable interrelationships can be identified between significant unobservable inputs used in fair value measurement, a description of those interrelationships is included below.
Comparable price
Comparable instrument prices are used in valuation by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable observable bond, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the unobservable bond. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and bond being valued in order to establish the value of the bond.
In general, a significant increase in comparable price in isolation will result in a movement in fair value that is favourable for the holder of a cash instrument.
For a derivative instrument, a significant increase in an input derived from a comparable price in isolation can result in a movement in fair value that is favourable or unfavourable depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Conditional prepayment rate
Conditional prepayment rate is the proportion of voluntary, unscheduled repayments of loan principal by a borrower. Prepayment rates affect the weighted average life of securities by altering the timing of future projected cash flows.
A significant increase in a conditional prepayment rate in isolation can result in a movement in fair value that is favourable or unfavourable depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Conditional prepayment rates are typically inversely correlated to credit spread, i.e. securities with high borrower credit spread typically experience lower prepayment rates, and also tend to experience higher default rates.
Constant default rate
The constant default rate represents an annualised rate of default of the loan principal by the borrower.
A significant increase in a constant default rate in isolation can result in a movement in fair value that is favourable or unfavourable depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Constant default rate and conditional prepayment rates are typically inversely correlated: fewer defaults on loans typically will mean higher credit quality and therefore more prepayments.
Correlation
Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables (i.e. how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable). Correlation is a key input into valuation of derivative contracts with more than one underlying instrument. For example, where an option contract is written on a basket of underlying names, the volatility of the basket, and hence the fair value of the option, will depend on the correlation between the basket components. Credit correlation generally refers to the correlation between default processes for the separate names that make up the reference pool of a CDO structure.
A significant increase in correlation in isolation can result in a movement in fair value that is favourable or unfavourable depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Credit spread
Credit spreads typically represent the difference in yield between an instrument and a benchmark security or reference rate. Credit spreads reflect the additional yield that a market participant would demand for taking exposure to the credit risk of an instrument, and form part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow calculation.
In general, a significant increase in credit spread in isolation will result in a movement in fair value that is unfavourable for the holder of a cash asset.
For a derivative instrument, a significant increase in credit spread in isolation can result in a movement in fair value that is favourable or unfavourable depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Loan spread
Loan spreads typically represent the difference in yield between an instrument and a benchmark security or reference rate. Loan spreads typically reflect funding costs, credit quality, the level of comparable assets such as gilts and other factors, and form part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow calculation.
The ESHLA portfolio primarily consists of long dated fixed rate loans extended to counterparties in the UK Education, Social Housing and Local Authority sectors. The loans are categorised as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to their illiquid nature and the significance of unobservable loan spreads to the valuation. Valuation uncertainty arises from the long dated nature of the portfolio, the lack of secondary market in the loans and the lack of observable loan spreads. The majority of ESHLA loans are to borrowers in heavily regulated sectors that are considered extremely low credit risk, and have a history of zero defaults since inception. While the overall credit spread range is 991bps (2014: 961bps), the vast majority of spreads are concentrated towards the bottom end of this range, with 99% of the loan notional being valued with spreads less than 200bps, consistently for both years.
In general, a significant increase in loan spreads in isolation will result in a movement in fair value that is unfavourable for the holder of a loan.
Forwards
A price or rate that is applicable to a financial transaction that will take place in the future. A forward is generally based on the spot price or rate, adjusted for the cost of carry, and defines the price or rate that will be used to deliver a currency, bond, commodity or some other underlying instrument at a point in the future. A forward may also refer to the rate fixed for a future financial obligation, such as the interest rate on a loan payment. In general, a significant increase in a forward in isolation will result in a movement in fair value that is favourable for the contracted receiver of the underlying (currency, bond, commodity, etc), but the sensitivity is dependent on the specific terms of the instrument.
288 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Loss given default (LGD)
LGD represents the expected loss upon liquidation of the collateral as a percentage of the balance outstanding.
In general, a significant increase in the LGD in isolation will translate to lower recovery and lower projected cash flows to pay to the securitisation, resulting in a movement in fair value that is unfavourable for the holder of the securitised product.
Volatility
Volatility is a key input in the valuation of derivative products containing optionality. Volatility is a measure of the variability or uncertainty in returns for a given derivative underlying. It represents an estimate of how much a particular underlying instrument, parameter or index will change in value over time. In general, volatilities will be implied from observed option prices. For unobservable options the implied volatility may reflect additional assumptions about the nature of the underlying risk, as well as reflecting the given strike/maturity profile of a specific option contract.
In general a significant increase in volatility in isolation will result in a movement in fair value that is favourable for the holder of a simple option, but the sensitivity is dependent on the specific terms of the instrument.
There may be inter-relationships between unobservable volatilities and other unobservable inputs that can be implied from observation (e.g. when equity prices fall, implied equity volatilities generally rise) but these are specific to individual markets and may vary over time.
Yield
The rate used to discount projected cash flows in a discounted future cash flow analysis.
In general, a significant increase in yield in isolation will result in a movement in fair value that is unfavourable for the holder of a cash instrument.
Fair value adjustments
Key balance sheet valuation adjustments are quantified below:
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||
Bid-offer valuation adjustments |
(360 | ) | (396 | ) | ||||
Other exit adjustments |
(149 | ) | (169 | ) | ||||
Uncollateralised derivative funding |
(72 | ) | (100 | ) | ||||
Derivative credit valuation adjustments: |
||||||||
Monolines |
(9 | ) | (24 | ) | ||||
Other derivative credit valuation adjustments |
(318 | ) | (394 | ) | ||||
Derivative debit valuation adjustments |
189 | 177 |
Bid-offer valuation adjustments
The Group uses mid market pricing where it is a market maker and has the ability to transact at, or better than, mid price (which is the case for certain equity, bond and vanilla derivative markets). For other financial assets and liabilities, bid-offer adjustments are recorded to reflect the price for the expected close out strategy. The methodology for determining the bid-offer adjustment for a derivative portfolio involves calculating the net risk exposure by offsetting long and short positions by strike and term in accordance with the risk management and hedging strategy.
Bid-offer levels are derived from market sources, such as broker data.
Other exit adjustments
Market data input for exotic derivatives may not have a directly observable bid-offer spread. In such instances, an exit adjustment is applied as a proxy for the bid-offer adjustment. An example of this is correlation risk where an adjustment is applied to reflect the possible range of values that market participants apply. The exit adjustment may be determined by calibrating to derivative prices, by scenario analysis or historical analysis. Other exit adjustments have reduced by £20m to £149m respectively as a result of movements in market bid-offer spreads.
Discounting approaches for derivative instruments
Collateralised
In line with market practice, the methodology for discounting collateralised derivatives takes into account the nature and currency of the collateral that can be posted within the relevant CSA. This CSA aware discounting approach recognises the cheapest to deliver option that reflects the ability of the party posting collateral to change the currency of the collateral.
Uncollateralised
A fair value adjustment of £72m is applied to account for the impact of incorporating the cost of funding into the valuation of uncollateralised and partially collateralised derivative portfolios and collateralised derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not allow the rehypothecation of collateral received. This adjustment is referred to as the Funding Fair Value Adjustment (FFVA). FFVA has decreased by £28m to £72m mainly as a result of material trade unwinds and the reduction in the average maturity date of the portfolio as trades tend to maturity.
FFVA is determined by calculating the net expected exposure at a counterparty level and applying a funding rate to these exposures that reflects the market cost of funding. Barclays internal Treasury rates are used as an input to the calculation. The approach takes into account the probability of default of each counterparty, as well as any mandatory break clauses.
FFVA incorporates a scaling factor which is an estimate of the extent to which the cost of funding is incorporated into observed traded levels. On calibrating the scaling factor, it is with the assumption that Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA) and Debit Valuation Adjustments (DVA) are retained as valuation components incorporated into such levels. The effect of incorporating this scaling factor at 31 December 2015 was to reduce FFVA by £216m (2014: £300m).
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 289 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Uncollateralised derivative trading activity is used to determine this scaling factor. The trading history analysed includes new trades, terminations, trade restructures and novations. The FFVA balance and movement is driven by the Barclays own cost of funding spread over LIBOR, counterparty default probabilities and recovery rates, as well as the market value of the underlying derivatives. Movements in the market value of the portfolio in scope for FFVA are mainly driven by interest rates, inflation rates and foreign exchange levels.
Barclays continues to monitor market practices and activity to ensure the approach to uncollateralised derivative valuation remains appropriate. The above approach has been in use since 2012 with no significant changes.
Derivative credit and debit valuation adjustments
Credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and debit valuation adjustments (DVA) are incorporated into derivative valuations to reflect the impact on fair value of counterparty credit risk and Barclays own credit quality respectively. These adjustments are calculated for uncollateralised and partially collateralised derivatives across all asset classes. CVA and DVA are calculated using estimates of exposure at default, probability of default and recovery rates, at a counterparty level. Counterparties include, but are not limited to, corporates, monolines, sovereigns and sovereign agencies, supranationals and special purpose vehicles.
Exposure at default is generally based on expected exposure, estimated through the simulation of underlying risk factors. For some complex products, where this approach is not feasible, simplifying assumptions are made, either through approximating with a more vanilla structure, or using current or scenario based mark to market as an estimate of future exposure. Where a strong CSA exists to mitigate counterparty credit risk, the exposure at default is set to zero.
Probability of default and recovery rate information is generally sourced from the CDS markets. For counterparties where this information is not available, or considered unreliable due to the nature of the exposure, alternative approaches are taken based on mapping internal counterparty ratings onto historical or market based default and recovery information. In particular, this applies to sovereign related names where the effect of using the recovery assumptions implied in CDS levels would imply a £56m (2014: £120m) increase in CVA.
Correlation between counterparty credit and underlying derivative risk factors may lead to a systematic bias in the valuation of counterparty credit risk, termed wrong way or right way risk. This is not incorporated into the CVA calculation, but risk of wrong way exposure is controlled at the trade origination stage.
CVA decreased by £91m to £327m, primarily due to reduction in the average maturity date of the portfolio as trades tend to maturity. In addition, there was a reduction in monoline CVA of £15m due to trade unwinds. DVA increased by £12m to £189m, primarily as a result of Barclays credit spreads deteriorating.
Portfolio exemptions
The Group uses the portfolio exemption in IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement to measure the fair value of groups of financial assets and liabilities. Instruments are measured using the price that would be received to sell a net long position, i.e. an asset, for a particular risk exposure or to transfer a net short position, i.e. a liability, for a particular risk exposure in an orderly transaction between market participants at the balance sheet date under current market conditions. Accordingly, the Group measures the fair value of the group of financial assets and liabilities consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.
Unrecognised gains as a result of the use of valuation models using unobservable inputs
The amount that has yet to be recognised in income that relates to the difference between the transaction price, i.e. the fair value at initial recognition, and the amount that would have arisen had valuation models using unobservable inputs been used on initial recognition, less amounts subsequently recognised, is £101m (2014: £96m). There are additions of £35m (2014: nil) and £31m (2014: £41m) of amortisation and releases.
The reserve held for unrecognised gains is predominantly related to derivative financial instruments.
Third party credit enhancements
Structured and brokered certificates of deposit issued by Barclays Group are insured up to $250,000 per depositor by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) in the US. The FDIC is funded by premiums that Barclays and other banks pay for deposit insurance coverage. The carrying value of these issued certificates of deposit that are designated under the IAS 39 fair value option includes this third party credit enhancement. The on-balance sheet value of these brokered certificates of deposit amounted to £3,729m (2014: £3,650m).
Valuation control framework
The valuation control framework covers fair value positions and is a key control in ensuring the material accuracy of valuations.
The valuation control function within Finance is responsible for independent price verification, oversight of prudent and fair value adjustments and escalation of valuation issues.
Governance over the valuation process is the responsibility of the Valuation Committee, and this is the governance forum to which valuation issues are escalated.
The Valuation Committee meets on a monthly basis and is responsible for overseeing valuation policy and practice within the Group. It provides reports to the Board Audit Committee, which examines the judgements taken on valuation and related disclosures.
Price verification uses independently sourced data that is deemed most representative of the market. The characteristics against which the data source is assessed are independence, reliability, consistency with other sources and evidence that the data represents an executable price. The most current data available at the balance sheet date is used. Where significant variances are noted in the independent price verification process, an adjustment is made to fair value. Additional fair value adjustments may be made to reflect such factors as bid-offer spreads, market data uncertainty, model limitations and counterparty risk. Further detail on these fair value adjustments is disclosed on page 289.
290 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Comparison of carrying amounts and fair values for assets and liabilities not held at fair value
The following table summarises the fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost on the Groups balance sheet:
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Carrying amount £m |
|
|
Fair value £m |
|
|
Quoted market prices £m |
|
|
Observable inputs (Level 2) £m |
|
|
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) £m |
| |||||
Financial assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks | 41,349 | 41,301 | 5,933 | 34,125 | 1,243 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans | 155,863 | 151,431 | | | 151,431 | |||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending | 67,840 | 67,805 | 1,148 | 284 | 66,373 | |||||||||||||||
Finance lease receivables | 4,776 | 4,730 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans | 170,738 | 169,697 | 585 | 129,847 | 39,265 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendinga | 28,187 | 28,187 | | 28,187 | | |||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks | (47,080 | ) | (47,080 | ) | (4,428 | ) | (42,652 | ) | | |||||||||||
Customer accounts: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Current and demand accounts | (147,122 | ) | (147,121 | ) | (130,439 | ) | (16,537 | ) | (145 | ) | ||||||||||
Savings accounts | (135,567 | ) | (135,600 | ) | (122,029 | ) | (13,537 | ) | (34 | ) | ||||||||||
Other time deposits | (135,553 | ) | (135,796 | ) | (43,025 | ) | (84,868 | ) | (7,903 | ) | ||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | (69,150 | ) | (69,863 | ) | (190 | ) | (69,122 | ) | (551 | ) | ||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowinga | (25,035 | ) | (25,035 | ) | | (25,035 | ) | | ||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | (21,467 | ) | (22,907 | ) | | (22,907 | ) | | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks | 42,111 | 42,088 | 2,693 | 38,756 | 639 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans | 166,974 | 159,602 | | | 159,602 | |||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending | 63,583 | 63,759 | 1,214 | 488 | 62,057 | |||||||||||||||
Finance lease receivables | 5,439 | 5,340 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans | 191,771 | 188,805 | 233 | 143,231 | 45,341 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 131,753 | 131,753 | 2 | 131,751 | | |||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks | (58,390 | ) | (58,388 | ) | (4,257 | ) | (54,117 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||||||||
Customer accounts: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Current and demand accounts | (143,057 | ) | (143,085 | ) | (126,732 | ) | (16,183 | ) | (170 | ) | ||||||||||
Savings accounts | (131,163 | ) | (131,287 | ) | (116,172 | ) | (15,086 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||||||||
Other time deposits | (153,484 | ) | (153,591 | ) | (43,654 | ) | (101,736 | ) | (8,201 | ) | ||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | (86,099 | ) | (87,522 | ) | (188 | ) | (87,334 | ) | | |||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | (124,479 | ) | (124,479 | ) | (423 | ) | (124,056 | ) | | |||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | (21,153 | ) | (22,718 | ) | | (22,701 | ) | (17 | ) |
Fair value is an estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As a wide range of valuation techniques are often available, it may not be appropriate to directly compare this fair value information to independent market sources or other financial institutions. Different valuation methodologies and assumptions can have a significant impact on fair values which are based on unobservable inputs.
Note
a | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 291 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
18 Fair value of assets and liabilities continued
Financial assets
The carrying value of financial assets held at amortised cost (including loans and advances to banks and customers, and other lending such as reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed) is determined in accordance with the relevant accounting policy noted on pages 295 and 296.
Loans and advances to banks
The fair value of loans and advances, for the purpose of this disclosure, is derived from discounting expected cash flows in a way that reflects the current market price for lending to issuers of similar credit quality. Where market data or credit information on the underlying borrowers is unavailable, a number of proxy/extrapolation techniques are employed to determine the appropriate discount rates.
There is minimal difference between the fair value and carrying amount due to the short term nature of the lending (i.e. predominantly overnight deposits) and the high credit quality of counterparties.
Loans and advances to customers
The fair value of loans and advances to customers, for the purpose of this disclosure, is derived from discounting expected cash flows in a way that reflects the current market price for lending to issuers of similar credit quality.
For retail lending (i.e. home loans and credit cards) tailored discounted cash flow models are used to estimate the fair value of different product types. For example, for home loans different models are used to estimate fair values of tracker, offset and fixed rate mortgage products. Key inputs to these models are the differentials between historic and current product margins and estimated prepayment rates.
The discount of fair value to carrying amount for home loans has reduced to 2.8% (2014: 4.4%) due to changes in product mix across the loan portfolio and movements in product margins.
The fair value of corporate loans is calculated by the use of discounted cash flow techniques where the gross loan values are discounted at a rate of difference between contractual margins and hurdle rates or spreads where Barclays charges a margin over LIBOR depending on credit quality and loss given default and years to maturity. The discount between the carrying and fair value has decreased to 0.6% (2014: 1.5%).
Reverse repurchase agreements
The fair value of reverse repurchase agreements approximates carrying amount as these balances are generally short dated and fully collateralised.
Financial liabilities
The carrying value of financial liabilities held at amortised cost (including customer accounts, other deposits, repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities) is determined in accordance with the accounting policy noted on pages 296 and 314.
Deposits from banks and customer accounts
In many cases, the fair value disclosed approximates carrying value because the instruments are short term in nature or have interest rates that reprice frequently such as customer accounts and other deposits and short term debt securities.
The fair value for deposits with longer term maturities such as time deposits, are estimated using discounted cash flows applying either market rates or current rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Consequently the fair value discount is minimal.
Debt securities in issue
Fair values of other debt securities in issue are based on quoted prices where available, or where the instruments are short dated, carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value difference has decreased to 1.0% (2014: 1.7%).
Repurchase agreements
The fair value of repurchase agreements approximates carrying amounts as these balances are generally short dated.
Subordinated liabilities
Fair values for dated and undated convertible and non-convertible loan capital are based on quoted market rates for the issue concerned or issues with similar terms and conditions.
292 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
19 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
In accordance with IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation, the Group reports financial assets and financial liabilities on a net basis on the balance sheet only if there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The following table shows the impact of netting arrangements on:
§ | all financial assets and liabilities that are reported net on the balance sheet |
§ | all derivative financial instruments and reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and borrowing agreements that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements, but do not qualify for balance sheet netting. |
The table identifies the amounts that have been offset in the balance sheet and also those amounts that are covered by enforceable netting arrangements (offsetting arrangements and financial collateral) but do not qualify for netting under the requirements of IAS 32 described above.
The Net amounts presented below are not intended to represent the Groups actual exposure to credit risk, as a variety of credit mitigation strategies are employed in addition to netting and collateral arrangements.
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Effects of offsetting on-balance sheet | Related amounts not offseta |
|
Amounts not subject to £m |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross amounts £m |
|
|
Amounts offset £m |
b
|
|
Net amounts reported on the balance sheet £m |
|
|
Financial instruments £m |
|
|
Financial collateral £m |
|
|
Net amount £m |
|
|
Balance sheet total £m |
d
| ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial assetse |
328,692 | (7,685 | ) | 321,007 | (259,582 | ) | (42,402 | ) | 19,023 | 6,702 | 327,709 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
33,805 | (11,220 | ) | 22,585 | | (22,299 | ) | 286 | 5,602 | 28,187 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements designated at fair valuef |
135,792 | (91,668 | ) | 44,124 | | (44,101 | ) | 23 | 5,389 | 49,513 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
498,289 | (110,573 | ) | 387,716 | (259,582 | ) | (108,802 | ) | 19,332 | 17,693 | 405,409 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilitiese |
(325,984 | ) | 7,645 | (318,339 | ) | 259,582 | 40,124 | (18,633 | ) | (5,913 | ) | (324,252 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
(30,525 | ) | 10,687 | (19,838 | ) | | 19,838 | | (5,197 | ) | (25,035 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements designated at fair valuef |
(141,126 | ) | 92,201 | (48,925 | ) | | 48,364 | (561 | ) | (1,913 | ) | (50,838 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(497,635 | ) | 110,533 | (387,102 | ) | 259,582 | 108,326 | (19,194 | ) | (13,023 | ) | (400,125 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
617,981 | (182,274 | ) | 435,707 | (353,631 | ) | (52,278 | ) | 29,798 | 4,202 | 439,909 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
204,895 | (97,254 | ) | 107,641 | | (106,436 | ) | 1,205 | 24,112 | 131,753 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements designated at fair value |
4,119 | | 4,119 | | (3,918 | ) | 201 | 1,117 | 5,236 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
826,995 | (279,528 | ) | 547,467 | (353,631 | ) | (162,632 | ) | 31,204 | 29,431 | 576,898 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
(617,161 | ) | 184,496 | (432,665 | ) | 353,631 | 54,311 | (24,723 | ) | (6,655 | ) | (439,320 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
(202,218 | ) | 97,254 | (104,964 | ) | | 104,023 | (941 | ) | (19,515 | ) | (124,479 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements designated at fair value |
(4,256 | ) | | (4,256 | ) | | 3,942 | (314 | ) | (1,167 | ) | (5,423 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(823,635 | ) | 281,750 | (541,885 | ) | 353,631 | 162,276 | (25,978 | ) | (27,337 | ) | (569,222 | ) |
Notes
a | Financial collateral of £42,402m (2014: £52,278m) was received in respect of derivative assets, including £34,918m (2014: £44,047m) of cash collateral and £7,484m (2014: £8,231m) of non-cash collateral. Financial collateral of £40,124m (2014: £54,311m) was placed in respect of derivative liabilities, including £35,464m (2014: £43,768m) of cash collateral and £4,660m (2014: £10,543m) of non-cash collateral. The collateral amounts are limited to net balance sheet exposure so as to not include over-collateralisation. Of the £34,918m, (2014: £44,047m) cash collateral held, £27,732m, (2014: £33,769m) was included in deposits from banks and £7,186m (2014: £10,278m), was included in customer accounts. Of the £35,464m, (2014: £43,768m) cash collateral placed, £13,238m (2014: £16,815m) was included in loans and advances to banks and £22,226m (2014: £26,953m) was included in loans and advances to customers. |
b | Amounts offset for Derivative financial assets include cash collateral netted of £572m (2014: £1,052m). Amounts offset for Derivative liabilities include cash collateral netted of £532m (2014: £3,274m). Settlements assets and liabilities have been offset amounting to £8,886m (2014: £13,258m). No other significant recognised financial assets and liabilities were offset in the balance sheet. Therefore, the only balance sheet categories necessary for inclusion in the table are those shown above. |
c | This column includes contractual rights of set off that are subject to uncertainty under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction. |
d | The balance sheet total is the sum of Net amounts reported on the balance sheet that are subject to enforceable netting arrangements and Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangements. |
e | The decrease in amounts offset is due to the conversion of Barclays daily collateralised interest rate swaps with LCH Clearnet Ltd, for which the collateral was offset against the derivative exposure, into daily settled interest rate swaps in December 2015. This led to a reduction in gross balances available to be offset. The derivative notional disclosure in Note 15 includes the notional of the daily settled interest rate swaps. |
f | During 2015, new reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements, other similar secured lending and borrowing in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 293 |
Notes to the financial statements Assets and liabilities held at fair value
|
19 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities continued
Derivative assets and liabilities
The Financial instruments column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set off under netting agreements, such as the ISDA Master Agreement or derivative exchange or clearing counterparty agreements, whereby all outstanding transactions with the same counterparty can be offset and close-out netting applied across all outstanding transaction covered by the agreements if an event of default or other predetermined events occur.
Financial collateral refers to cash and non-cash collateral obtained, typically daily or weekly, to cover the net exposure between counterparties by enabling the collateral to be realised in an event of default or if other predetermined events occur.
Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and borrowing
The Amounts offset column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set off under netting agreements, such as global master repurchase agreements and global master securities lending agreements, whereby all outstanding transactions with the same counterparty can be offset and close-out netting applied across all outstanding transaction covered by the agreements if an event of default or other predetermined events occur.
Financial collateral typically comprises highly liquid securities which are legally transferred and can be liquidated in the event of counterparty default.
These offsetting and collateral arrangements and other credit risk mitigation strategies used by the Group are further explained in the Credit risk mitigation section on page 133.
294 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notes to the financial statements Financial instruments held at amortised cost
|
The notes included in this section focus on assets that are held at amortised cost arising from the Groups retail and wholesale lending including loans and advances, finance leases, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and similar secured lending. Detail regarding the Groups capital and liquidity position can be found on pages 187 to 204.
20 Loans and advances to banks and customers
Accounting for financial instruments held at amortised cost Loans and advances to customers and banks, customer accounts, debt securities and most financial liabilities are held at amortised cost. That is, the initial fair value (which is normally the amount advanced or borrowed) is adjusted for repayments and the amortisation of coupon, fees and expenses to represent the effective interest rate of the asset or liability.
In accordance with IAS 39, where the Group no longer intends to trade in financial assets, it may transfer them out of the held for trading classification and measure them at amortised cost if they meet the definition of a loan. The initial value used for the purposes of establishing amortised cost is fair value on the date of the transfer.
|
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| ||
Gross loans and advances to banks |
41,349 | 42,111 | ||||||
Less: allowance for impairment |
| | ||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
41,349 | 42,111 | ||||||
Gross loans and advances to customers |
404,138 | 433,222 | ||||||
Less: allowance for impairment |
(4,921 | ) | (5,455 | ) | ||||
Loans and advances to customers |
399,217 | 427,767 |
Further information on the Groups loans and advances to banks and customers and impairment allowances is included on pages 150 and 151.
Prior to 2010, the Group reclassified certain financial assets, originally classified as held for trading, that were deemed to be not held for trading purposes to loans and advances. The carrying value and fair value of securities reclassified into loans and advances is £975m (2014: £1,862m) and £958m (2014: £1,834m) respectively.
If the reclassifications had not been made, the Groups income statement for 2015 would have included a net gain on the reclassified trading assets of £12m (2014: gain of £57m).
21 Finance leases
Accounting for finance leases The Group applies IAS 17 Leases in accounting for finance leases, both where it is the lessor or the lessee. A finance lease is a lease which confers substantially all the risks and rewards of the leased assets on the lessee. Where the Group is the lessor, the leased asset is not held on the balance sheet; instead a finance lease receivable is recognised representing the minimum lease payments receivable under the terms of the lease, discounted at the rate of interest implicit in the lease. Where the Group is the lessee, the leased asset is recognised in property, plant and equipment and a finance lease liability is recognised, representing the minimum lease payments payable under the lease, discounted at the rate of interest implicit in the lease.
Interest income or expense is recognised in interest receivable or payable, allocated to accounting periods to reflect a constant periodic rate of return.
|
Finance lease receivables
Finance lease receivables are included within loans and advances to customers. The Group engages in asset-based lending and works with a broad range of international technology, industrial equipment and commercial companies to provide customised finance programmes to assist manufacturers, dealers and distributors of assets.
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Present | Present | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross | value of | Gross | value of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
investment | minimum | Un- | investment | minimum | Un- | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
in finance | Future | lease | guaranteed | in finance | Future | lease | guaranteed | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
lease | finance | payments | residual | lease | finance | payments | residual | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
receivables | income | receivable | values | receivables | income | receivable | values | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Not more than one year |
1,826 | (230 | ) | 1,596 | 117 | 2,139 | (304 | ) | 1,835 | 125 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Over one year but not more than five years |
3,569 | (555 | ) | 3,014 | 275 | 4,159 | (682 | ) | 3,477 | 293 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Over five years |
224 | (32 | ) | 192 | 21 | 213 | (40 | ) | 173 | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
5,619 | (817 | ) | 4,802 | 413 | 6,511 | (1,026 | ) | 5,485 | 435 |
The impairment allowance for uncollectable finance lease receivables is £56m (2014: £82m).
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 295 |
Notes to the financial statements
Financial instruments held at amortised cost
21 Finance leases continued
Finance lease liabilities
The Group leases items of property, plant and equipment on terms that meet the definition of finance leases. Finance lease liabilities are included within Note 26 Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities.
As at 31 December 2015, the total future minimum payments under finance leases were nil (2014: £14m). The carrying amount of assets held under finance leases was nil (2014: £31m).
22 Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar lending and borrowing
Reverse repurchase agreements (and stock borrowing or similar transaction) are a form of secured lending whereby the Group provides a loan or cash collateral in exchange for the transfer of collateral, generally in the form of marketable securities subject to an agreement to transfer the securities back at a fixed price in the future. Repurchase agreements are where the Group obtains such loans or cash collateral, in exchange for the transfer of collateral.
Accounting for reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar lending and borrowing The Group purchases (a reverse repurchase agreement) or borrows securities subject to a commitment to resell or return them. The securities are not included in the balance sheet as the Group does not acquire the risks and rewards of ownership. Consideration paid (or cash collateral provided) is accounted for as a loan asset at amortised cost, unless it is designated at fair value through profit and loss.
The Group may also sell (a repurchase agreement) or lend securities subject to a commitment to repurchase or redeem them. The securities are retained on the balance sheet as the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Consideration received (or cash collateral provided) is accounted for as a financial liability at amortised cost, unless it is designated at fair value through profit and loss.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||
Assets |
||||||||
Banks |
8,954 | 39,528 | ||||||
Customers |
19,233 | 92,225 | ||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendinga |
28,187 | 131,753 | ||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||
Banks |
13,951 | 49,940 | ||||||
Customers |
11,084 | 74,539 | ||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowinga |
25,035 | 124,479 |
Note
a | During 2015, new reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar secured lending and borrowing in certain businesses have been designated at fair value to better align to the way the business manages the portfolios risk and performance (see Notes 14 and 17 for further detail). |
296 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notes to the financial statements
Non-current assets and other investments
The notes included in this section focus on the Groups non-current tangible and intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, which provide long-term future economic benefits.
23 Property, plant and equipment
Accounting for property, plant and equipment |
||||||
The Group applies IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 40 Investment Properties. | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, which includes direct and incremental acquisition costs less accumulated depreciation and provisions for impairment, if required. Subsequent costs are capitalised if these result in an enhancement to the asset. | ||||||
Depreciation is provided on the depreciable amount of items of property, plant and equipment on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Depreciation rates, methods and the residual values underlying the calculation of depreciation of items of property, plant and equipment are kept under review to take account of any change in circumstances. The Group uses the following annual rates in calculating depreciation:
|
||||||
Annual rates in calculating depreciation | Depreciation rate | |||||
Freehold land | Not depreciated | |||||
Freehold buildings and long-leasehold property (more than 50 years to run) | 2-3.3% | |||||
Leasehold property over the remaining life of the lease (less than 50 years to run) | Over the remaining life of the lease | |||||
Costs of adaptation of freehold and leasehold property | 6-10% | |||||
Equipment installed in freehold and leasehold property | 6-10% | |||||
Computers and similar equipment | 17-33% | |||||
Fixtures and fittings and other equipment | 9-20% | |||||
Where leasehold property has a remaining useful life of less than 17 years, costs of adaptation and installed equipment are depreciated over the remaining life of the lease. | ||||||
Investment property | ||||||
The Group initially recognises investment property at cost, and subsequently at fair value at each balance sheet date, reflecting market conditions at the reporting date. Gains and losses on remeasurement are included in the income statement.
|
|
Investment property £m |
|
|
Property £m |
|
|
Equipment £m |
|
|
Leased assets £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||
Cost | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2015 | 207 | 4,054 | 4,350 | 10 | 8,621 | |||||||||||||||
Additions and disposals | (71 | ) | 22 | 173 | 49 | 173 | ||||||||||||||
Change in fair value of investment properties | 10 | | | | 10 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | (6 | ) | (157 | ) | (264 | ) | 3 | (424 | ) | |||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | 140 | 3,919 | 4,259 | 62 | 8,380 | |||||||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation and impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2015 | | (1,669 | ) | (3,157 | ) | (9 | ) | (4,835 | ) | |||||||||||
Depreciation charge | | (181 | ) | (373 | ) | | (554 | ) | ||||||||||||
Disposals | | 144 | 159 | | 303 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | | 9 | 194 | (29 | ) | 174 | ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | | (1,697 | ) | (3,177 | ) | (38 | ) | (4,912 | ) | |||||||||||
Net book value | 140 | 2,222 | 1,082 | 24 | 3,468 | |||||||||||||||
Cost | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2014 | 451 | 3,924 | 4,552 | 10 | 8,937 | |||||||||||||||
Additions and disposals | (160 | ) | 174 | 7 | | 21 | ||||||||||||||
Change in fair value of investment properties | (1 | ) | | | | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | (83 | ) | (44 | ) | (209 | ) | | (336 | ) | |||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | 207 | 4,054 | 4,350 | 10 | 8,621 | |||||||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation and impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2014 | | (1,513 | ) | (3,201 | ) | (7 | ) | (4,721 | ) | |||||||||||
Depreciation charge | | (184 | ) | (399 | ) | (2 | ) | (585 | ) | |||||||||||
Disposals | | 34 | 271 | | 305 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | | (6 | ) | 172 | | 166 | ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | | (1,669 | ) | (3,157 | ) | (9 | ) | (4,835 | ) | |||||||||||
Net book value | 207 | 2,385 | 1,193 | 1 | 3,786 |
Property rentals of £9m (2014: £5m) and £9m (2014: £14m) have been included in net investment income and other income respectively. Impairment of £38m (2014: £61m) was charged in the period.
The fair value of investment property is determined by reference to current market prices for similar properties, adjusted as necessary for condition and location, or by reference to recent transactions updated to reflect current economic conditions. Discounted cash flow techniques may be employed to calculate fair value where there have been no recent transactions, using current external market inputs such as market rents and interest rates. Valuations are carried out by management with the support of appropriately qualified independent valuers. Refer to Note 18 Fair value of assets and liabilities for further details.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 297 |
Notes to the financial statements
Non-current assets and other investments
24 Goodwill and intangible assets
Accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets Goodwill The carrying value of goodwill is determined in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations and IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, and represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the Groups share of the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition.
Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently when there are indications that impairment may have occurred. The test involves comparing the carrying value of goodwill with the present value of the pre-tax cash flows, discounted at a rate of interest that reflects the inherent risks of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill relates, or the CGUs fair value if this is higher.
Intangible assets Intangible assets other than goodwill are accounted for in accordance with IAS 38 Intangible Assets and IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.
Intangible assets include brands, customer lists, internally generated software, other software, licences and other contracts and core deposit intangibles. They are initially recognised when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, the cost can be measured reliably and, in the case of intangible assets not acquired in a business combination, where it is probable that future economic benefits attributable to the assets will flow from their use.
Intangible assets are stated at cost (which is, in the case of assets acquired in a business combination, the acquisition date fair value) less accumulated amortisation and provisions for impairment, if any, and are amortised over their useful lives in a manner that reflects the pattern to which they contribute to future cash flows, using the amortisation periods set out below:
|
||||||
Annual rates in calculating amortisation | Amortisation period | |||||
Goodwill | Not amortised | |||||
Internally generated software | 12 months to 6 years | |||||
Other software | 12 months to 6 years | |||||
Core deposits intangibles | 12 months to 25 years | |||||
Brands | 12 months to 25 years | |||||
Customer lists | 12 months to 25 years | |||||
Licences and other | 12 months to 25 years | |||||
Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when there are indications that impairment may have occurred.
|
Internally | Core | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
generated | Other | deposit | Customer | Licences | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill | software | software | intangibles | Brands | lists | and other | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2015 |
6,329 | 3,240 | 482 | 186 | 112 | 1,721 | 447 | 12,517 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Additions and disposals |
(515 | ) | 998 | 75 | | | | 18 | 576 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
(211 | ) | (126 | ) | (15 | ) | (40 | ) | (26 | ) | (56 | ) | 6 | (468 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
5,603 | 4,112 | 542 | 146 | 86 | 1,665 | 471 | 12,625 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated amortisation and impairment |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2015 |
(1,442 | ) | (1,257 | ) | (194 | ) | (88 | ) | (111 | ) | (962 | ) | (283 | ) | (4,337 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Disposals |
518 | 128 | 2 | | | | 3 | 651 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation charge |
| (421 | ) | (17 | ) | (6 | ) | | (143 | ) | (30 | ) | (617 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charge |
(102 | ) | (101 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | | (12 | ) | | (217 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
28 | 17 | (2 | ) | 20 | 25 | 36 | (7 | ) | 117 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
(998 | ) | (1,634 | ) | (212 | ) | (75 | ) | (86 | ) | (1,081 | ) | (317 | ) | (4,403 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Net book value |
4,605 | 2,478 | 330 | 71 | | 584 | 154 | 8,222 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2014 |
6,346 | 2,411 | 556 | 194 | 116 | 1,543 | 437 | 11,603 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Additions and disposals |
36 | 702 | 176 | | | 123 | 7 | 1,044 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
(53 | ) | 127 | (250 | ) | (8 | ) | (4 | ) | 55 | 3 | (130 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
6,329 | 3,240 | 482 | 186 | 112 | 1,721 | 447 | 12,517 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated amortisation and impairment |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2014 |
(1,468 | ) | (999 | ) | (217 | ) | (85 | ) | (97 | ) | (799 | ) | (253 | ) | (3,918 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Disposals |
| 98 | 21 | | | 14 | 2 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation charge |
| (306 | ) | (19 | ) | (7 | ) | (18 | ) | (142 | ) | (30 | ) | (522 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Impairment charge |
| (74 | ) | (21 | ) | | | (5 | ) | | (100 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
26 | 24 | 42 | 4 | 4 | (30 | ) | (2 | ) | 68 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
(1,442 | ) | (1,257 | ) | (194 | ) | (88 | ) | (111 | ) | (962 | ) | (283 | ) | (4,337 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Net book value |
4,887 | 1,983 | 288 | 98 | 1 | 759 | 164 | 8,180 |
298 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
24 Goodwill and intangible assets continued
Goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to business segments as follows:
2015 £m |
|
2014 £m |
| |||
Personal and Corporate Banking |
3,472 | 3,471 | ||||
Africa Banking |
725 | 915 | ||||
Barclaycard |
408 | 427 | ||||
Barclays Non-Core |
| 74 | ||||
Total net book value of goodwill |
4,605 | 4,887 |
Goodwill
Testing goodwill for impairment involves a significant amount of judgement. This includes the identification of independent CGUs and the allocation of goodwill to these units based on which units are expected to benefit from the acquisition. The allocation is reviewed following business reorganisation. Cash flow projections necessarily take into account changes in the market in which a business operates including the level of growth, competitive activity, and the impacts of regulatory change. Determining both the expected pre-tax cash flows and the risk adjusted interest rate appropriate to the operating unit requires the exercise of judgement. The estimation of pre-tax cash flows is sensitive to the periods for which detailed forecasts are available and to assumptions regarding long-term sustainable cash flows.
Other intangible assets
Determining the estimated useful lives of intangible assets (such as those arising from contractual relationships) requires an analysis of circumstances. The assessment of whether an asset is exhibiting indicators of impairment as well as the calculation of impairment, which requires the estimation of future cash flows and fair values less costs to sell, also requires the preparation of cash flow forecasts and fair values for assets that may not be regularly bought and sold.
Impairment testing of goodwill
During 2015, the Group recognised an impairment charge of £102m (2014: nil) primarily attributable to Non-Core and the withdrawal of the Bespoke product in Barclaycard. This is as a result of the carrying amount of the goodwill relating to these businesses not being supported based on the value in use calculations.
Key assumptions
The key assumptions used for impairment testing are set out below for each significant goodwill balance. Other goodwill of £881m (2014: £1,031m) was allocated to multiple CGUs which are not considered individually significant.
Personal and Corporate Banking (PCB)
Goodwill relating to Woolwich was £3,225m (2014: £3,225m) of the total PCB balance. The carrying value of the CGU is determined using an allocation of total Group shareholder funds excluding goodwill based on the CGUs share of risk weighted assets before goodwill balances are added back. The recoverable amount of the CGU has been determined using cash flow predictions based on financial budgets approved by management and covering a three-year period, with a terminal growth rate of 2.4% (2014: 2.4%) applied thereafter. The forecast cash flows have been discounted at a pre-tax rate of 11.4% (2014: 11.0%). Based on these assumptions, the recoverable amount exceeded the carrying amount including goodwill by £24,811m (2014: £17,260m). A one percentage point change in the discount rate or terminal growth rate would increase or decrease the recoverable amount by £4,860m (2014: £2,888m) and £3,422m (2014: £2,070m) respectively. A reduction in the forecast cash flows of 10% per annum would reduce the recoverable amount by £4,835m (2014: £2,697m).
Africa
Goodwill relating to the Absa Retail Bank CGU was £499m (2014: £631m) of the total Africa Banking balance. The carrying value of the CGU has been determined by using net asset value. The recoverable amount of Absa Retail Bank has been determined using cash flow predictions based on financial budgets approved by management and covering a three year period, with a terminal growth rate of 6% (2014: 6%) applied thereafter. The forecast cash flows have been discounted at a pre-tax rate of 18.5% (2014: 18.7%). The recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded the carrying amount including goodwill by £2,946m (2014: £1,623m). A one percentage point change in the discount rate or the terminal growth rate would increase or decrease the recoverable amount by £349m (2014: £329m) and £221m (2014: £206m) respectively. A reduction in the forecast cash flows of 10% per annum would reduce the recoverable amount by £469m (2014: £440m).
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 299 |
Notes to the financial statements
Non-current assets and other investments
25 Operating leases
Accounting for operating leases The Group applies IAS 17 Leases, for operating leases. An operating lease is a lease where substantially all of the risks and rewards of the leased assets remain with the lessor. Where the Group is the lessor, lease income is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease unless another systematic basis is more appropriate. The Group holds the leased assets on-balance sheet within property, plant and equipment.
Where the Group is the lessee, rentals payable are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more appropriate.
|
Operating lease receivables
The Group acts as lessor, whereby items of plant and equipment are purchased and then leased to third parties under arrangements qualifying as operating leases. The future minimum lease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable operating leases was £1m (2014: £1m).
Operating lease commitments
The Group leases various offices, branches and other premises under non-cancellable operating lease arrangements. With such operating lease arrangements, the asset is kept on the lessors balance sheet and the Group reports the future minimum lease payments as an expense over the lease term. The leases have various terms, escalation and renewal rights. There are no contingent rents payable.
Operating lease rentals of £500m (2014: £594m) have been included in administration and general expenses.
The future minimum lease payments by the Group under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
|
Property £m |
|
|
Equipment £m |
|
|
Property £m |
|
|
Equipment £m |
| |||||
Not more than one year |
376 | 1 | 403 | 41 | ||||||||||||
Over one year but not more than five years |
1,127 | 11 | 1,147 | 106 | ||||||||||||
Over five years |
1,874 | | 2,036 | | ||||||||||||
Total |
3,377 | 12 | 3,586 | 147 |
Total future minimum sublease payments to be received under non-cancellable subleases were £1m (2014: £99m).
300 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
The notes included in this section focus on the Groups accruals, provisions and contingent liabilities. Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is probable that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation, and it can be reliably estimated. Contingent liabilities reflect potential liabilities that are not recognised on the balance sheet.
26 Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
Accounting for insurance contracts The Group applies IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts to its insurance contracts. An insurance contract is a contract that compensates a third party against a loss from non-financial risk. Some wealth management and other products, such as life assurance contracts, combine investment and insurance features; these are treated as insurance contracts when they pay benefits that are at least 5% more than they would pay if the insured event does not occur.
Insurance liabilities include current best estimates of future contractual cash flows, claims handling, and administration costs in respect of claims. Liability adequacy tests are performed at each balance sheet date to ensure the adequacy of contract liabilities. Where a deficiency is highlighted by the tests, insurance liabilities are increased with any deficiency being recognised in the income statement.
Insurance premium revenue is recognised in the income statement in the period earned, net of reinsurance premiums payable, in net premiums from insurance contracts. Increases and decreases in insurance liabilities are recognised in the income statement in net claims and benefits on insurance contracts.
|
|
2015 £m |
|
2014 £m | |||
Accruals and deferred income |
4,271 | 4,770 | ||||
Other creditors |
3,770 | 3,851 | ||||
Obligations under finance leases (see Note 21) |
| 36 | ||||
Insurance contract liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities |
2,569 | 2,766 | ||||
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities |
10,610 | 11,423 |
Accruals and deferred income decreased by 10% to £4.3bn mainly driven by lower staff costs and administrative and general costs accrued as at 31 December 2015.
Insurance liabilities relate principally to the Groups long-term business. Insurance contract liabilities associated with the Groups short term non-life business are £115m (2014: £157m). The maximum amounts payable under all of the Groups insurance products, ignoring the probability of insured events occurring and the contribution from investments backing the insurance policies, were £65bn (2014: £82bn) or £49bn (2014: £74bn) after reinsurance. Of this insured risk, £55bn (2014: £69bn) or £43bn (2014: £66bn) after reinsurances was concentrated in short-term insurance contracts in Africa.
The impact to the income statement and equity under a reasonably possible change in the assumptions used to calculate the insurance liabilities would be £5m (2014: £8m).
27 Provisions
Accounting for provisions The Group applies IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets in accounting for non-financial liabilities.
Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is more likely than not that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation, which can be reliably estimated. Provision is made for the anticipated cost of restructuring, including redundancy costs when an obligation exists. This is the case when the Group has a detailed formal plan for restructuring a business and has raised valid expectations in those affected by the restructuring by announcing its main features or starting to implement the plan. A provision is made for undrawn loan commitments if it is probable that the facility will be drawn and results in the recognition of an asset at an amount less than the amount advanced.
|
Undrawn | Legal, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
contractually | Customer redress | competition | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Onerous contracts £m |
|
Redundancy and restructuring £m |
committed facilities and guarantees £m |
|
Payment Protection Insurance £m |
|
|
Other customer redress £m |
|
and regulatory matters £m |
|
Sundry provisions £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||||
As at 1 January 2015 | 205 | 291 | 94 | 1,059 | 586 | 1,690 | 210 | 4,135 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions | 120 | 190 | 25 | 2,200 | 821 | 1,559 | 177 | 5,092 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amounts utilised | (42 | ) | (136) | (2) | (1,171 | ) | (440 | ) | (2,616) | (49 | ) | (4,456 | ) | |||||||||||||
Unused amounts reversed | (149 | ) | (140) | (37) | | (32 | ) | (136) | (86 | ) | (580 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | 7 | (19) | (20) | 18 | (39 | ) | (8) | 12 | (49 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | 141 | 186 | 60 | 2,106 | 896 | 489 | 264 | 4,142 |
Provisions expected to be recovered or settled within no more than 12 months after 31 December 2015 were £2,113m (2014: £3,464m).
Onerous contracts
Onerous contract provisions comprise an estimate of the costs involved with fulfilling the terms and conditions of contracts where the liability is higher than the amount of economic benefit to be received.
Redundancy and restructuring
These provisions comprise the estimated cost of restructuring, including redundancy costs where an obligation exists. Additions made during the year relate to formal restructuring plans and have either been utilised, or reversed, where total costs are now expected to be lower than the original provision amount.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 301 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
27 Provisions continued
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees
Provisions are made if it is probable that a facility will be drawn and the resulting asset is expected to have a realisable value that is less than the amount advanced.
Customer redress
Customer redress provisions comprise the estimated cost of making redress payments to customers, clients and counterparties for losses or damages associated with inappropriate judgement in the execution of our business activities. Provisions for other customer redress include £282m (2014: nil) in respect of Packaged Bank Accounts and £290m (2014: nil) in respect of historic pricing practices associated with certain Foreign Exchange transactions for certain customers between 2005 and 2012, and smaller provisions across the retail and corporate businesses which are likely to be utilised within the next 12 months.
Sundry provisions
This category includes provisions that do not fit into any of the other categories, such as fraud losses and dilapidation provisions.
Legal, competition and regulatory matters
The Group is engaged in various legal proceedings, both in the UK and a number of other overseas jurisdictions, including the US. For further information in relation to legal proceedings and discussion of the associated uncertainties, please see Note 29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Payment Protection Insurance redress
As at 31 December 2015, Barclays had recognised cumulative provisions totalling £7.4bn (2014: £5.2bn) against the cost of Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) redress and associated processing costs with utilisation of £5.3bn (2014: £4.2bn), leaving a residual provision of £2.1bn (2014: £1.1bn).
Through to 31 December 2015, 1.6m (2014: 1.3m) customer initiated claimsa had been received and processed. The volume of claims received during 2015 decreased 9%b from 2014. This rate of decline however was slower than previously expected, due to steady levels of claims from Claims Management Companies (CMC) in particular.
During 2015 claims volumes continued to decline, but at a slower rate than had been projected at the start of the year based on historic experience. As a result, management has revised upwards its estimate of future volumes and recognised additional provisions totalling £2.2bn during the year. The provision estimate reflects an assessment of the proposals contained in a consultation published by the FCA on 26 November 2015 which, if enacted, would impact on the timing and volume of future claims flow. This includes estimating the impact of a proposed 2018 complaint deadline and guidance on the impact of a 2014 UK Supreme Court judgment (Plevin vs Paragon Personal Finance Limited). The potential impact of these proposals is difficult to estimate and the outcome of the consultation is not yet known.
The provision is calculated using a number of key assumptions which continue to involve significant management judgement and modelling:
§ | customer initiated claim volumes claims received but not yet processed plus an estimate of future claims initiated by customers where the volume is anticipated to decline over time |
§ | proactive response rate volume of claims in response to proactive mailing |
§ | uphold rate the percentage of claims that are upheld as being valid upon review |
§ | average claim redress the expected average payment to customers for upheld claims based on the type and age of the policy/policies |
§ | processing cost per claim the cost to Barclays of assessing and processing each valid claim. |
These assumptions remain subjective, in particular due to the uncertainty associated with future claims levels, which include complaints driven by CMC activity.
The current provision represents Barclays revised best estimate of all future expected costs of PPI redress, however, it is possible the eventual outcome may differ from the current estimate. If this were to be material, the provision will be increased or decreased accordingly.
The following table details by key assumption, actual data through to 31 December 2015, forecast assumptions used in the provision calculation and a sensitivity analysis illustrating the impact on the provision if the future expected assumptions prove too high or too low.
Cumulative | Sensitivity analysis | Cumulative | ||||||||||||||
actual to | Future | increase/decrease | actual to | |||||||||||||
Assumption |
31.12.15 | expected | in provision | 31.12.14 | ||||||||||||
Customer initiated claims received and processeda |
1,570k | 730kc | 50k = £103m | 1,300k | ||||||||||||
Proactive mailing |
680k | 150k | 50k = £16m | 680k | ||||||||||||
Response rate to proactive mailing |
28% | 26% | 1% = £2m | 28% | ||||||||||||
Average uphold rate per claimc |
86%d | 88% | 1% = £18m | 79% | ||||||||||||
Average redress per valid claime |
£1,808 | £1,810 | £100 = £87m | £1,740 | ||||||||||||
Processing cost per claimf |
£300 | £295 | 50k = £15m | £294 |
Notes
a | Total claims received to date, including those received via CMCs but excluding those for which no PPI policy exists and excluding responses to proactive mailing. |
b | Gross volumes received. |
c | Average uphold rate per claim excludes those for which no PPI policy exists. |
d | Change in average uphold rate mainly due to increased remediation in 2015. |
e | Average redress stated on a per policy basis and excludes remediation. |
f | Processing cost per claim on an upheld complaints basis, includes direct staff costs and associated overheads. |
302 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
28 Contingent liabilities and commitments
Accounting for contingent liabilities Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events, and present obligations where the transfer of economic resources is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet but are disclosed unless the outflow of economic resources is remote.
|
The following table summarises the nominal amount of contingent liabilities and commitments which are not classified as on-balance sheet:
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security |
16,065 | 14,547 | ||||||
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements |
4,556 | 6,777 | ||||||
Contingent liabilities |
20,621 | 21,324 | ||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions |
845 | 1,091 | ||||||
Forward starting reverse repurchase agreementsa |
93 | 13,856 | ||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
281,369 | 276,315 |
The Financial Services Compensation Scheme
The Financial Compensation Scheme (the FSCS) is the UK government-backed compensation scheme for customers of authorised institutions that are unable to pay claims. It provides compensation to depositors in the event that UK licensed deposit-taking institutions are unable to meet their claims. The FSCS raises levies on UK licensed deposit-taking institutions to meet such claims based on their share of UK deposits on 31 December of the specified years preceding the scheme year (which runs from 1 April to 31 March).
Compensation has previously been paid out by the FSCS, funded by loan facilities totalling approximately £18bn provided by HM Treasury to FSCS in support of FSCSs obligations to the depositors of banks declared in default. The interest rate chargeable on the loan and levied to the industry is subject to a floor equal to the higher of HM Treasurys own cost of borrowing (typically 2024 UK Gilt yield), and GBP LIBOR with 12-month maturity plus a spread. The FSCS recovered £1bn capital shortfall in respect of the legacy facility from industry in three instalments across 2013, 2014 and 2015. A separate shortfall in respect of Dunfermline Building Society was levied on the industry in both 2014 and 2015. The FSCS liability for the interest and capital levy for 2015-2016 was recognised and paid in 2015. Barclays has included an accrual of £56m in other liabilities as at 31 December 2015 (2014: £88m) in respect of the Barclays portion of the Interest Levy. Capital Levies for 2015/16 were recognised in 2015 and settled in the same year.
Further details on contingent liabilities relating to legal and competition and regulatory matters can be found in Note 29.
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters
Barclays PLC (BPLC), Barclays Bank PLC (BBPLC) and the Group face legal, competition and regulatory challenges, many of which are beyond our control. The extent of the impact on BPLC, BBPLC and the Group of these matters cannot always be predicted but may materially impact our operations, financial results, condition and prospects. Matters arising from a set of similar circumstances can give rise to either a contingent liability or a provision, or both, depending on the relevant facts and circumstances. The Group has not disclosed an estimate of the potential financial effect on the Group of contingent liabilities where it is not currently practicable to do so.
Investigations into certain agreements and Civil Action
The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has alleged that BPLC and BBPLC breached their disclosure obligations in connection with two advisory services agreements entered into by BBPLC. The FCA has imposed a £50m fine. BPLC and BBPLC are contesting the findings. The UK Serious Fraud Office (SFO), the US Department of Justice (DOJ) and the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) are also investigating these agreements.
Background Information
The FCA has investigated certain agreements, including two advisory services agreements entered into by BBPLC with Qatar Holding LLC (Qatar Holding) in June and October 2008 respectively, and whether these may have related to BPLCs capital raisings in June and November 2008. The FCA issued warning notices (Warning Notices) against BPLC and BBPLC in September 2013.
The existence of the advisory services agreement entered into in June 2008 was disclosed but the entry into the advisory services agreement in October 2008 and the fees payable under both agreements, which amount to a total of £322m payable over a period of five years, were not disclosed in the announcements or public documents relating to the capital raisings in June and November 2008. While the Warning Notices consider that BPLC and BBPLC believed at the time that there should be at least some unspecified and undetermined value to be derived from the agreements, they state that the primary purpose of the agreements was not to obtain advisory services but to make additional payments, which would not be disclosed, for the Qatari participation in the capital raisings.
The Warning Notices conclude that BPLC and BBPLC were in breach of certain disclosure-related listing rules and BPLC was also in breach of Listing Principle 3 (the requirement to act with integrity towards holders and potential holders of the Companys shares). In this regard, the FCA considers that BPLC and BBPLC acted recklessly. The financial penalty in the Warning Notices against the Group is £50m. BPLC and BBPLC continue to contest the findings.
Note
a | Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements were previously disclosed as loan commitments. Following the business designation of reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements at fair value through profit and loss, new forward starting reverse repurchase agreements are within the scope of IAS 39 and are recognised as derivatives on the balance sheet. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 303 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
Recent Developments
The FCA has agreed that the FCA enforcement process be stayed pending progress in the SFOs investigation into the agreements referred to above, in respect of which the Group has received and has continued to respond to requests for further information.
In January 2016, PCP Capital Partners LLP and PCP International Finance Limited (PCP) served a claim on BBPLC seeking damages of £721.4m plus interest and costs for fraudulent misrepresentation and deceit, arising from alleged statements made by BBPLC to PCP in relation to the terms on which securities were to be issued to investors, including PCP, in the November 2008 capital raising. BBPLC is defending the claim.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period. PCP has made a claim against BBPLC totalling £721.4m plus interest and costs. This amount does not necessarily reflect BBPLCs potential financial exposure if a ruling were to be made against it.
Investigations into certain business relationships
The DOJ and SEC are undertaking an investigation into whether the Groups relationships with third parties who assist BPLC to win or retain business are compliant with the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Certain regulators in other jurisdictions have also been briefed on the investigations. Separately, the Group is cooperating with the DOJ and SEC in relation to an investigation into certain of its hiring practices in Asia and is keeping certain regulators in other jurisdictions informed.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Alternative Trading Systems and High-Frequency Trading
The SEC, the New York State Attorney General (NYAG), the FCA and regulators in certain other jurisdictions have been investigating a range of issues associated with alternative trading systems (ATSs), including dark pools, and the activities of high-frequency traders. Various parties, including the NYAG, have filed complaints against BPLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI) and certain of the Groups current and former officers in connection with ATS related activities. BPLC and BCI have settled with the NYAG and the SEC, and BCI continues to provide information to other relevant regulatory authorities in response to their enquiries. BPLC and BCI continue to defend against the class actions described below.
Background Information
Civil complaints have been filed in the New York Federal Court on behalf of a putative class of plaintiffs against BPLC and BCI and others generally alleging that the defendants violated the federal securities laws by participating in a scheme in which high-frequency trading firms were given informational and other advantages so that they could manipulate the US securities market to the plaintiffs detriment. These complaints were consolidated (Trader Class Action) and Barclays filed a motion to dismiss this action.
In June 2014, the NYAG filed a complaint (NYAG Complaint) against BPLC and BCI in the Supreme Court of the State of New York (NY Supreme Court) alleging, amongst other things, that BPLC and BCI engaged in fraud and deceptive practices in connection with LX, the Groups SEC-registered ATS.
BPLC and BCI have also been named in a class action by an institutional investor client under California law based on allegations similar to those in the NYAG Complaint. This California class action has been consolidated with the Trader Class Action.
Also, following the filing of the NYAG Complaint, BPLC and BCI were named in a shareholder securities class action along with certain of its former CEOs, and its current and a former CFO and an employee in Equities Electronic Trading on the basis that investors suffered damages when their investments in Barclays American Depository Receipts declined in value as a result of the allegations in the NYAG Complaint. BPLC and BCI filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court granted in part and denied in part. In February 2016, the court granted plaintiffs motion to conduct the litigation as a class action.
Recent Developments
In August 2015, the Court granted Barclays motion to dismiss the Trader Class Action, and the plaintiffs have chosen not to appeal. Also in August 2015, the Court granted Barclays motion to dismiss the California class action, and later transferred that action to the Central District of California. The California class action plaintiffs have filed an amended complaint, which Barclays has filed a motion to dismiss.
On 1 February 2016, Barclays reached separate settlement agreements with each of the SEC and the NYAG to resolve those agencies claims against BPLC and BCI relating to the operation of LX for $35m each.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
The remaining complaints seek unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the matters in this section or what effect that these matters might have upon operating results, cash flows or the Groups financial position in any particular period.
304 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
FERC
The US Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) has filed a civil action against BBPLC and certain of its former traders in the US District Court in California seeking to collect on an order assessing a $435m civil penalty and the disgorgement of $34.9m of profits, plus interest, in connection with allegations that BBPLC manipulated the electricity markets in and around California. The US Attorneys Office in the Southern District of New York (SDNY) has informed BBPLC that it is looking into the same conduct at issue in the FERC matter, and a civil class action complaint was filed in the US District Court for the SDNY against BBPLC asserting antitrust allegations that mirror those raised in the civil suit filed by FERC.
Background Information
In October 2012, FERC issued an Order to Show Cause and Notice of Proposed Penalties (Order and Notice) against BBPLC and four of its former traders in relation to their power trading in the western US. In the Order and Notice, FERC asserted that BBPLC and its former traders violated FERCs Anti-Manipulation Rule by manipulating the electricity markets in and around California from November 2006 to December 2008, and proposed civil penalties and profit disgorgement to be paid by BBPLC.
In October 2013, FERC filed a civil action against BBPLC and its former traders in the US District Court in California seeking to collect the $435m civil penalty and disgorgement of $34.9m of profits, plus interest.
In September 2013, the criminal division of the US Attorneys Office in SDNY advised BBPLC that it is looking at the same conduct at issue in the FERC matter.
In June 2015, a civil class action complaint was filed in the US District Court for the SDNY against BBPLC by Merced Irrigation District, a California utility company, asserting antitrust allegations in connection with BBPLCs purported manipulation of the electricity markets in and around California. The allegations mirror those raised in the civil suit filed by FERC against BBPLC currently pending in the US District Court in California.
Recent Developments
In October 2015, the US District Court in California ordered that it would bifurcate its assessment of liabilities and penalties from its assessment of disgorgement. FERC has filed and BBPLC is opposing a brief seeking summary affirmance of the penalty assessment. The court has indicated that it will either affirm the penalty assessment or require further evidence to determine this issue.
BBPLC has appealed the bifurcation order to the US Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit and has also filed a motion with the US District Court in California to stay the proceedings pending the outcome of the appeal.
In December 2015, BBPLC filed a motion to dismiss the civil class action for failure to state a claim.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
FERC has made claims against BBPLC and certain of its former traders totalling $469.9m, plus interest, for civil penalties and profit disgorgement. The civil class action complaint refers to damages of $139.3m. These amounts do not necessarily reflect BBPLCs potential financial exposure if a ruling were to be made against it in either action.
Investigations into LIBOR and other Benchmarks
Regulators and law enforcement agencies from a number of governments have been conducting investigations relating to BBPLCs involvement in manipulating certain financial benchmarks, such as LIBOR and EURIBOR. BBPLC, BPLC and BCI have reached settlements with the relevant law enforcement agency or regulator in certain of the investigations, but others, including the investigations by the US State Attorneys General, the SFO and the prosecutors office in Trani, Italy remain pending.
Background Information
In June 2012, BBPLC announced that it had reached settlements with the Financial Services Authority (FSA) (as predecessor to the FCA), the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and the DOJ Fraud Section (DOJ-FS) in relation to their investigations concerning certain benchmark interest rate submissions, and BBPLC agreed to pay total penalties of £290m. The settlement with the DOJ-FS was made by entry into a Non-Prosecution Agreement (LIBOR NPA) which has now expired. In addition, BBPLC was granted conditional leniency from the DOJ Antitrust Division (DOJ-AD) in connection with potential US antitrust law violations with respect to financial instruments that reference EURIBOR.
Investigations by the US State Attorneys General
Following the settlements announced in June 2012, a group of 31 US State Attorneys General (SAGs) commenced its own investigation into LIBOR, EURIBOR and the Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate. The Group has cooperated with the investigation throughout and is in advanced discussions with the SAGs about potential resolution.
Investigation by the SFO
In July 2012, the SFO announced that it had decided to investigate the LIBOR matter, in respect of which BBPLC has received and continues to respond to requests for information.
For a discussion of civil litigation arising in connection with these investigations see LIBOR and other Benchmarks Civil Actions.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
Aside from the settlements discussed above, it is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 305 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
LIBOR and other Benchmark Civil Actions
Following the settlements of the investigations referred to above in Investigations into LIBOR and other Benchmarks, a number of individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against the Group in relation to LIBOR and/or other benchmarks. While several of such cases have been dismissed and certain have settled subject to approval from the court, other actions remain pending and their ultimate impact is unclear.
Background Information
A number of individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against the Group and other banks in relation to manipulation of LIBOR and/or other benchmark rates.
USD LIBOR Cases in MDL Court
The majority of the USD LIBOR cases, which have been filed in various US jurisdictions, have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes before a single judge in the SDNY (MDL Court).
The complaints are substantially similar and allege, amongst other things, that BBPLC and the other banks individually and collectively violated provisions of the US Sherman Antitrust Act, the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), the US Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO) and various state laws by manipulating USD LIBOR rates.
The lawsuits seek unspecified damages with the exception of five lawsuits, in which the plaintiffs are seeking a combined total in excess of $1.25bn in actual damages against all defendants, including BBPLC, plus punitive damages. Some of the lawsuits also seek trebling of damages under the US Sherman Antitrust Act and RICO.
The proposed class actions purport to be brought on behalf of (amongst others) plaintiffs that (i) engaged in USD LIBOR-linked over-the-counter transactions (OTC Class); (ii) purchased USD LIBOR-linked financial instruments on an exchange (Exchange-Based Class); (iii) purchased USD LIBOR-linked debt securities (Debt Securities Class); (iv) purchased adjustable rate mortgages linked to USD LIBOR (Homeowner Class); or (v) issued loans linked to USD LIBOR (Lender Class).
In August 2012 the MDL Court stayed all newly filed proposed class actions and individual actions (Stayed Actions), so that the MDL Court could address the motions pending in three lead proposed class actions (Lead Class Actions) and three lead individual actions (Lead Individual Actions).
In March 2013, August 2013 and June 2014, the MDL Court issued a series of decisions effectively dismissing the majority of claims against BBPLC and other panel bank defendants in the Lead Class Actions and Lead Individual Actions.
As a result, the:
§ | Debt Securities Class was dismissed entirely |
§ | claims of the Exchange-Based Class were limited to claims under the CEA |
§ | claims of the OTC Class were limited to claims for unjust enrichment and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. |
The Debt Securities Class has appealed the dismissal of their action to the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (Second Circuit). Multiple other plaintiffs in the litigation before the MDL Court also joined the appeal, which has been briefed and argued. A decision is pending.
Additionally, the MDL Court has begun to address the claims in the Stayed Actions, many of which, including state law fraud and tortious interference claims, were not asserted in the Lead Class Actions. As a result, in October 2014, the direct action plaintiffs (those who have brought suits individually rather than as part of a class action) filed their amended complaints and in November 2014, the defendants filed their motions to dismiss. In August 2015, the MDL Court granted in part and denied in part the motion to dismiss the direct action plaintiffs claims. Although the MDL Court dismissed a number of claims on various grounds, a number of state law claims will proceed to discovery.
In November 2014, the plaintiffs in the Lender Class and Homeowner Class actions filed their amended complaints. In January 2015, the defendants filed their motions to dismiss. In November 2015, the MDL Court granted in part and denied in part the motions to dismiss these actions, dismissing all claims against BBPLC brought by the Homeowner Class and reserving judgment with respect to the claims asserted by the Lender Class. In December 2015, the MDL Court approved a schedule for litigation of class certification issues, with the associated discovery beginning in 2016 and extending through 2017.
Until there are further decisions, the ultimate impact of the MDL Courts decisions will be unclear, although it is possible that the decisions will be interpreted by the courts to affect other litigation, including the actions described further below, some of which concern different benchmark interest rates.
In December 2014, the MDL Court granted preliminary approval for the settlement of the remaining Exchange-Based Class claims for $20m. Final approval of the settlement is awaiting plaintiffs submission of a plan for allocation of the settlement proceeds acceptable to the MDL Court.
In November 2015, the outstanding OTC Class claims were settled for $120m. The settlement is subject to approval by the MDL Court.
306 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
EURIBOR Cases
In February 2013, a EURIBOR-related class action was filed against BPLC, BBPLC, BCI and other EURIBOR panel banks. The plaintiffs assert antitrust, CEA, RICO, and unjust enrichment claims. In particular, BBPLC is alleged to have conspired with other EURIBOR panel banks to manipulate EURIBOR. The lawsuit is brought on behalf of purchasers and sellers of NYSE LIFFE EURIBOR futures contracts, purchasers of Euro currency-related futures contracts and purchasers of other derivative contracts (such as interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements that are linked to EURIBOR) during the period 1 June 2005 through 31 March 2011. In October 2015, the class action was settled for $94m subject to court approval. The settlement has been preliminarily approved by the court but remains subject to final approval.
Securities Fraud Case in the SDNY
BPLC, BBPLC and BCI were also named as defendants along with four former officers and directors of BBPLC in a securities class action in the SDNY in connection with BBPLCs role as a contributor panel bank to LIBOR. The complaint principally alleged that BBPLCs Annual Reports for the years 2006 to 2011 contained misstatements and omissions and that BBPLCs daily USD LIBOR submissions constituted false statements in violation of US securities law. In November 2015, the class action was settled for $14m. The settlement has been preliminarily approved by the court but remains subject to final approval.
Additional USD LIBOR Case in the SDNY
An additional individual action was commenced in February 2013 in the SDNY against BBPLC and other panel bank defendants. The plaintiff alleged that the panel bank defendants conspired to increase USD LIBOR, which caused the value of bonds pledged as collateral for a loan to decrease, ultimately resulting in the sale of the bonds at a low point in the market. The panel bank defendants moved to dismiss the action, and the motion was granted in April 2015. In June 2015, the plaintiff sought leave to file a further amended complaint; that motion is pending.
Sterling LIBOR Cases in SDNY
In May 2015, a putative class action was commenced in the SDNY against BBPLC and other Sterling LIBOR panel banks by a plaintiff involved in exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives that were linked to Sterling LIBOR. The complaint alleges, among other things, that BBPLC and other panel banks manipulated the Sterling LIBOR rate between 2005 and 2010 and, in so doing, committed CEA, antitrust, and RICO violations. Proceedings are ongoing.
In January 2016, an additional putative class action concerning Sterling LIBOR was commenced in the SDNY against BBPLC and BCI, as well as other Sterling LIBOR panel banks. This additional class action similarly alleges manipulation of the Sterling LIBOR rate between 2005 and 2010, and asserts claims for violations of the CEA, antitrust, and RICO statutes, as well as common law violations. Proceedings are ongoing.
Complaint in the US District Court for the Central District of California
In July 2012, a purported class action complaint in the US District Court for the Central District of California was amended to include allegations related to USD LIBOR and names BBPLC as a defendant. The amended complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class that includes holders of adjustable rate mortgages linked to USD LIBOR. In January 2015, the court granted BBPLCs motion for summary judgment and dismissed all of the remaining claims against BBPLC. The plaintiff has appealed the courts decision to the US Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
Japanese Yen LIBOR Case in SDNY
A class action was commenced in April 2012 in the SDNY against BBPLC and other Japanese Yen LIBOR panel banks by a plaintiff involved in exchange-traded derivatives. The complaint also names members of the Japanese Bankers Associations Euroyen Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate (Euroyen TIBOR) panel, of which BBPLC is not a member. The complaint alleges, amongst other things, manipulation of the Euroyen TIBOR and Yen LIBOR rates and breaches of the CEA and US Sherman Antitrust Act between 2006 and 2010. In March 2014, the court dismissed the plaintiffs antitrust claims in full, but sustained the plaintiffs CEA claims. The plaintiff moved for leave to file a third amended complaint adding additional claims, including a RICO claim, which was denied in March 2015. The Plaintiff has sought an immediate appeal of that decision, and that request is pending. Discovery is continuing.
In July 2015, a second class action concerning Yen LIBOR was filed in the SDNY against BPLC, BBPLC and BCI. The complaint names members of the Yen LIBOR panel, the Euroyen TIBOR panel, and certain of their affiliates and brokers. The complaint alleges breaches of the US Sherman Antitrust Act and RICO between 2006 and 2010 based on factual allegations that are substantially similar to those in the April 2012 class action.
Non-US Benchmarks Cases
In addition to US actions, legal proceedings have been brought or threatened against the Group in connection with alleged manipulation of LIBOR and EURIBOR in a number of jurisdictions. The number of such proceedings in non-US jurisdictions, the benchmarks to which they relate, and the jurisdictions in which they may be brought have increased over time.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
Aside from the settlements discussed above, it is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect they might have on the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 307 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
Foreign Exchange Investigations
Various regulatory and enforcement authorities have been investigating a range of issues associated with Foreign Exchange sales and trading, including electronic trading. Certain of these investigations involve multiple market participants in various countries. The Group has reached settlements with the CFTC, the DOJ, the New York State Department of Financial Services (NYDFS), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve) and the FCA (together, the Resolving Authorities) with respect to certain of these investigations as further described below. Investigations by the European Commission (Commission), the Administrative Council for Economic Defence in Brazil and the South African Competition Commission, amongst others, remain pending.
Background Information
In May 2015, the Group announced that it had reached settlements with the Resolving Authorities in relation to investigations into certain sales and trading practices in the Foreign Exchange market, that it had agreed to pay total penalties of approximately $2.38bn, including a $60m penalty imposed by the DOJ as a consequence of certain practices continuing after entry into the LIBOR NPA, and that BPLC had agreed to plead guilty to a violation of US anti-trust law.
Under the plea agreement with the DOJ, BPLC agreed to pay a criminal fine of $650m and a term of probation of three years from the date of the final judgment in respect of the plea agreement during which BPLC must, amongst other things, (i) commit no crime whatsoever in violation of the federal laws of the United States, (ii) implement and continue to implement a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the conduct that gave rise to the plea agreement and (iii) strengthen its compliance and internal controls as required by relevant regulatory or enforcement agencies.
Pursuant to the settlement with the CFTC, BBPLC consented to, among other things, pay a civil monetary penalty of $400m.
Pursuant to its settlement with the Federal Reserve, BBPLC and BBPLCs New York branch consented to an order imposing a civil monetary penalty of $342m and ordering BBPLC and BBPLCs New York branch to submit in writing to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for its approval certain programs to enhance internal controls and compliance. Under the Federal Reserve order, BBPLC and its institution-affiliated parties must not in the future directly or indirectly retain certain individuals who participated in the misconduct underlying the order.
Pursuant to the settlement with the NYDFS, BBPLC and BBPLCs New York branch consented to an order imposing a civil monetary penalty of $485m and requiring BBPLC and BBPLCs New York branch to take all steps necessary to terminate four identified employees. BBPLC and BBPLCs New York branch must also continue to engage the independent monitor previously selected by the NYDFS to conduct a comprehensive review of certain compliance programs, policies, and procedures.
The FCA issued a Final Notice and imposed a financial penalty of £284m on BBPLC.
The full text of the DOJ plea agreement, the CFTC, NYDFS and Federal Reserve orders, and the FCA Final Notice referred to above are publicly available on the Resolving Authorities respective websites.
The settlements reached in May 2015 did not encompass ongoing investigations of electronic trading in the Foreign Exchange market. The Group is cooperating with certain authorities which continue to investigate sales and trading practices of various sales and trading personnel, including Foreign Exchange personnel, among multiple market participants, including BBPLC, in various countries.
The FCA is also investigating historic pricing practices by BBPLC associated with certain Foreign Exchange transactions for certain customers between 2005 and 2012. BBPLC is cooperating with the FCA regarding the proposed terms and timing for appropriate customer redress.
For a discussion of civil litigation arising in connection with these investigations see Civil Actions in Respect of Foreign Exchange Trading below.
Recent Developments
In November 2015, BBPLC announced that it had reached a settlement with the NYDFS in respect of its investigation into BBPLC and BBPLCs New York branch electronic trading of Foreign Exchange and Foreign Exchange trading systems in the period between 2009 to 2014. Pursuant to the settlement the NYDFS imposed a civil monetary penalty of $150m, primarily for certain internal systems and controls failures. The Group continues to cooperate with other ongoing investigations.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
The fines in connection with the May 2015 settlements with the Resolving Authorities were covered by the Groups provisions of £2.05bn.
A provision of £290m in redress costs for certain customers was recognised in Q3 2015 in relation to the FCA investigation into historic pricing practices by BBPLC associated with certain Foreign Exchange transactions referred to above. It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of any further financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect they might have on the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
308 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
Civil Actions in respect of Foreign Exchange
Since November 2013, a number of civil actions have been filed in the SDNY on behalf of proposed classes of plaintiffs alleging manipulation of Foreign Exchange markets under the US Sherman Antitrust Act and New York state law and naming several international banks as defendants, including BBPLC. In February 2014, the SDNY combined all then-pending actions alleging a class of US persons in a single consolidated action. Settlements have been agreed with certain proposed classes of plaintiffs in the consolidated class action subject to court approval. The remaining proceedings are ongoing.
Since February 2015, several additional civil actions have been filed in the SDNY on behalf of proposed classes of plaintiffs alleging injuries related to Barclays alleged manipulation of Foreign Exchange rates and naming several international banks as defendants, including BPLC, BBPLC and BCI. One of the newly filed actions asserts claims under the US Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) statute and includes allegations that are duplicative of allegations in the other cases, as well as additional allegations about Foreign Exchange sales practices and ERISA plans. Another action was filed in the Northern District of California on behalf of a putative class of individuals that exchanged currencies on a retail basis at bank branches.
Recent Developments
In September 2015, BBPLC and BCI settled with certain proposed classes of plaintiffs in the consolidated action for $384m subject to court approval.
In addition, in November 2015 and December 2015, two additional civil actions were filed in the SDNY on behalf of proposed classes of plantiffs alleging injuries based on Barclays purported improper rejection of customer trades through Barclays Last Look system. In February 2016, BBPLC and BCI agreed a settlement with plaintiffs in one of the actions on a class-wide basis subject to court approval. The amount of the proposed settlement is $50m. In February 2016, the plaintiffs in the second action voluntarily dismissed their claims.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
Aside from the settlements discussed above, the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period is currently uncertain.
ISDAFIX Investigation
Regulators and law enforcement agencies, including the CFTC, have conducted separate investigations into historical practices with respect to ISDAFIX, amongst other benchmarks.
In May 2015, the CFTC entered into a settlement order with BPLC, BBPLC and BCI pursuant to which BPLC, BBPLC and BCI agreed to pay a civil monetary penalty of $115m in connection with the CFTCs industry-wide investigation into the setting of the US Dollar ISDAFIX benchmark. In addition, the CFTC order requires BPLC, BBPLC and BCI to cease and desist from violating provisions of the CEA, fully cooperate with the CFTC in related investigations and litigation and undertake certain remediation efforts to the extent not already undertaken.
Investigations by other regulators and law enforcement agencies remain pending. For a discussion of civil litigation arising in connection with these investigations see Civil Actions in Respect of ISDAFIX below.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
The fine in connection with the May 2015 settlement with the CFTC was covered by the Groups provisions of £2.05bn.
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of any further financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect they might have on the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Civil Actions in respect of ISDAFIX
Since September 2014, a number of ISDAFIX related civil actions have been filed in the SDNY on behalf of a proposed class of plaintiffs, alleging that BBPLC, a number of other banks and one broker, violated the US Sherman Antitrust Act and several state laws by engaging in a conspiracy to manipulate the USD ISDAFIX. A consolidated amended complaint was filed in February 2015.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Precious Metals Investigation
BBPLC has been providing information to the DOJ and other authorities in connection with investigations into precious metals and precious metals-based financial instruments.
For a discussion of civil litigation arising in connection with these investigations see Civil Actions in Respect of the Gold Fix below.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Civil Actions in respect of the Gold Fix
Since March 2014, a number of civil complaints have been filed in US Federal Courts, each on behalf of a proposed class of plaintiffs, alleging that BBPLC and other members of The London Gold Market Fixing Ltd. manipulated the prices of gold and gold derivative contracts in violation of the CEA, the US Sherman Antitrust Act, and state antitrust and consumer protection laws. All of the complaints have been transferred to the SDNY and consolidated for pre-trial purposes. In April 2015, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the claims. Proceedings are ongoing.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 309 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
US Residential and Commercial Mortgage-related Activity and Litigation
The Groups activities within the US residential mortgage sector during the period from 2005 through 2008 included:
§ | sponsoring and underwriting of approximately $39bn of private-label securitisations |
§ | economic underwriting exposure of approximately $34bn for other private-label securitisations |
§ | sales of approximately $0.2bn of loans to government sponsored enterprises (GSEs) |
§ | sales of approximately $3bn of loans to others |
§ | sales of approximately $19.4bn of loans (net of approximately $500m of loans sold during this period and subsequently repurchased) that were originated and sold to third parties by mortgage originator affiliates of an entity that the Group acquired in 2007 (Acquired Subsidiary). |
Throughout this time period affiliates of the Group engaged in secondary market trading of US residential mortgaged-backed securities (RMBS) and US commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS), and such trading activity continues today.
In connection with its loan sales and certain private-label securitisations, on 31 December 2015, the Group had unresolved repurchase requests relating to loans with a principal balance of approximately $2.3bn at the time they were sold, and civil actions have been commenced by various parties alleging that the Group must repurchase a substantial number of such loans.
In addition, the Group is party to a number of lawsuits filed by purchasers of RMBS asserting statutory and/or common law claims. The current outstanding face amount of RMBS related to these pending claims against the Group as of 31 December 2015 was approximately $0.4bn.
Regulatory and governmental authorities, including amongst others, the DOJ, SEC, Special Inspector General for the US Troubled Asset Relief Program, the US Attorneys Office for the District of Connecticut and the US Attorneys Office for the Eastern District of New York have initiated wide-ranging investigations into market practices involving mortgage-backed securities, and the Group is cooperating with several of those investigations.
RMBS Repurchase Requests
Background
The Group was the sole provider of various loan-level representations and warranties (R&Ws) with respect to:
§ | approximately $5bn of Group sponsored securitisations |
§ | approximately $0.2bn of sales of loans to GSEs |
§ | approximately $3bn of loans sold to others. |
In addition, the Acquired Subsidiary provided R&Ws on all of the $19.4bn of loans it sold to third parties.
R&Ws on the remaining Group sponsored securitisations were primarily provided by third-party originators directly to the securitisation trusts with a Group subsidiary, such as the depositor for the securitisation, providing more limited R&Ws. There are no stated expiration provisions applicable to most R&Ws made by the Group, the Acquired Subsidiary or these third parties.
Under certain circumstances, the Group and/or the Acquired Subsidiary may be required to repurchase the related loans or make other payments related to such loans if the R&Ws are breached.
The unresolved repurchase requests received on or before 31 December 2015 associated with all R&Ws made by the Group or the Acquired Subsidiary on loans sold to GSEs and others and private-label activities had an original unpaid principal balance of approximately $2.3bn at the time of such sale.
A substantial number (approximately $2.2bn) of the unresolved repurchase requests discussed above relate to civil actions that have been commenced by the trustees for certain RMBS securitisations in which the trustees allege that the Group and/or the Acquired Subsidiary must repurchase loans that violated the operative R&Ws. Such trustees and other parties making repurchase requests have also alleged that the operative R&Ws may have been violated with respect to a greater (but unspecified) amount of loans than the amount of loans previously stated in specific repurchase requests made by such trustees. All of the litigation involving repurchase requests remain at early stages.
In addition, the Acquired Subsidiary is subject to a civil action seeking, among other things, indemnification for losses allegedly suffered by a loan purchaser as a result of alleged breaches of R&Ws provided by the Acquired Subsidiary in connection with loan sales to the purchaser during the period 1997 to 2007. This litigation is ongoing.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
310 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
RMBS Securities Claims
Background
As a result of some of the RMBS activities described above, the Group is party to a number of lawsuits filed by purchasers of RMBS sponsored and/or underwritten by the Group between 2005 and 2008. As a general matter, these lawsuits allege, among other things, that the RMBS offering materials allegedly relied on by such purchasers contained materially false and misleading statements and/or omissions and generally demand rescission and recovery of the consideration paid for the RMBS and recovery of monetary losses arising out of their ownership.
Recent Developments
The Group has settled a number of these claims, including in October 2015 a settlement with the National Credit Union Administration to resolve two outstanding civil lawsuits for $325m.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
If the Group were to lose the pending actions the Group believes it could incur a loss of up to the outstanding amount of the RMBS at the time of judgment, plus any cumulative losses on the RMBS at such time and any interest, fees and costs, less the market value of the RMBS at such time and less any provisions taken to date.
The original face amount of RMBS related to the pending civil actions against the Group total approximately $1.3bn, of which approximately $0.4bn was outstanding as at 31 December 2015. Cumulative realised losses reported on these RMBS as at 31 December 2015 were approximately $0.1bn.
Although the purchasers in the remaining securities actions have generally not identified a specific amount of alleged damages, the Group has estimated the total market value of these RMBS as at 31 December 2015 to be approximately $0.3bn. The Group may be entitled to indemnification for a portion of such losses.
Mortgage-related Investigations
In addition to the RMBS Repurchase Requests and RMBS Securities Claims, numerous regulatory and governmental authorities, amongst them the DOJ, SEC, Special Inspector General for the US Troubled Asset Relief Program, the US Attorneys Office for the District of Connecticut and the US Attorneys Office for the Eastern District of New York have been investigating various aspects of the mortgage-related business, including issuance and underwriting practices in primary offerings of RMBS and trading practices in the secondary market for both RMBS and CMBS. The Group continues to respond to requests relating to the RMBS Working Group of the Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force (RMBS Working Group), which was formed to investigate pre-financial crisis mortgage-related misconduct. In connection with several of the investigations by members of the RMBS Working Group, a number of financial institutions have entered into settlements involving substantial monetary payments.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period, but the cost of resolving these investigations could individually or in aggregate prove to be substantial.
American Depositary Shares
BPLC, BBPLC and various former members of BPLCs Board of Directors have been named as defendants in a securities class action consolidated in the SDNY alleging misstatements and omissions in offering documents for certain American Depositary Shares issued by BBPLC in April 2008 with an original face amount of approximately $2.5 billion (the April 2008 Offering).
Background Information
The plaintiffs have asserted claims under the Securities Act of 1933, alleging that the offering documents for the April 2008 Offering contained misstatements and omissions concerning (amongst other things) BBPLCs portfolio of mortgage-related (including US subprime-related) securities, BBPLCs exposure to mortgage and credit market risk, and BBPLCs financial condition. The plaintiffs have not specifically alleged the amount of their damages.
In June 2014, the SDNY denied the defendants motion to dismiss the claims. The case is in discovery.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the action described on the Group or what effect that it might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
BDC Finance L.L.C.
BDC Finance L.L.C. (BDC) filed a complaint against BBPLC in the NY Supreme Court alleging breach of contract in connection with a portfolio of total return swaps governed by an ISDA Master Agreement (collectively, the Agreement). Parties related to BDC have also sued BBPLC and BCI in Connecticut State Court in connection with BBPLCs conduct relating to the Agreement.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 311 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
Background Information
In October 2008, BDC filed a complaint in the NY Supreme Court alleging that BBPLC breached the Agreement when it failed to transfer approximately $40m of alleged excess collateral in response to BDCs October 2008 demand (Demand).
BDC asserts that under the Agreement BBPLC was not entitled to dispute the Demand before transferring the alleged excess collateral and that even if the Agreement entitled BBPLC to dispute the Demand before making the transfer, BBPLC failed to dispute the Demand. BDC demands damages totalling $298m plus attorneys fees, expenses, and prejudgement interest. Proceedings are currently pending before the NY Supreme Court.
In September 2011, BDCs investment advisor, BDCM Fund Adviser L.L.C. and its parent company, Black Diamond Capital Holdings L.L.C. also sued BBPLC and BCI in Connecticut State Court for unspecified damages allegedly resulting from BBPLCs conduct relating to the Agreement, asserting claims for violation of the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practices Act and tortious interference with business and prospective business relations. The parties have agreed to a stay of that case.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
BDC has made claims against the Group totalling $298m plus attorneys fees, expenses, and pre-judgement interest. This amount does not necessarily reflect the Groups potential financial exposure if a ruling were to be made against it.
Civil Actions in respect of the US Anti-Terrorism Act
In April 2015, an amended civil complaint was filed in the US Federal Court in the Eastern District of New York by a group of approximately 250 plaintiffs, alleging that BBPLC and a number of other banks engaged in a conspiracy and violated the US Anti-Terrorism Act (ATA) by facilitating US dollar denominated transactions for the Government of Iran and various Iranian banks, which in turn funded Hezbollah attacks that injured the plaintiffs family members. Plaintiffs seek to recover for pain, suffering and mental anguish pursuant to the provisions of the ATA, which allows for the tripling of any proven damages. BBPLC has filed a motion to dismiss the action which is fully briefed.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the matters in this section or what effect that these matters might have upon operating results, cash flows or the Groups financial position in any particular period.
Interest Rate Swap US Civil Action
In November 2015, an antitrust class action was filed against BPLC, BBPLC, BCI and other financial institutions in the SDNY by a US retirement and pension fund. The complaint alleges that the defendants that act as market makers for certain types of derivatives and Tradeweb conspired to prevent the development of exchanges for interest rate swaps (IRS) and demands unspecified money damages, treble damages and legal fees. The plaintiff claims to represent a class of buy-side investors that transacted in fixed-for-floating IRS with defendants in the US from 1 January 2008 to the present, including other retirement funds, university endowments, municipalities, corporations and insurance companies.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the action described on the Group or what effect it has upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Treasury Auction Securities Civil Actions
Numerous putative class action complaints have been filed in US Federal Courts against BCI and other financial institutions that have served as primary dealers in US Treasury securities. The complaints have been or are in the process of being consolidated in the Federal Court in New York. The complaints generally allege that defendants conspired to manipulate the US Treasury securities market in violation of US federal antitrust laws, the CEA and state common law. Some complaints also allege that defendants engaged in illegal spoofing of the US Treasury market. The Group is considering the allegations in the complaints and is keeping all relevant agencies informed.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Investigation into Americas Wealth & Investment Management Advisory Business
The SEC is investigating the non-performance of certain due diligence on third-party managers by the Manager Research division of Barclays Wealth & Investment Management, Americas investment advisory business and the Group is responding to requests for information.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the investigation on the Group or what effect that it might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Retail Structured Products Investigation
The Group is cooperating with an enforcement investigation commenced by the FCA in connection with structured deposit products provided to UK customers from June 2008 to the present.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of these matters or what effect that they may have upon operating results, cash flows or the Groups financial position in any particular period.
312 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
29 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
Investigation into suspected money laundering related to foreign exchange transactions in South African operation
Absa Bank Limited, a subsidiary of Barclays Africa Group Limited, has identified potentially fraudulent activity by certain of its customers using import advance payments to effect foreign exchange transfers from South Africa to beneficiary accounts located in Asia, UK, Europe and the US. As a result, the Group is conducting a review of relevant activity, processes, systems and controls. The Group is keeping relevant agencies and regulators informed as to the ongoing status of this matter.
It is too early to assess reliably the outcome.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Portuguese Competition Authority Investigation
The Portuguese Competition Authority is investigating whether competition law was infringed by the exchange of information about retail credit products amongst 15 banks in Portugal, including the Group, over a period of 11 years with particular reference to mortgages, consumer lending and lending to small and medium enterprises. The Group is cooperating with the investigation.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of these matters or what effect that they may have upon operating results, cash flows or the Groups financial position in any particular period.
Credit Default Swap (CDS) Antitrust Investigations and Civil Actions
The Commission and the DOJ-AD commenced investigations into the CDS market, in 2011 and 2009, respectively. In December 2015 the Commission announced its decision to close its investigations in respect of BBPLC and 12 other banks. The Commission continues to pursue its case in respect of Markit Ltd. and ISDA, which could indirectly expose BBPLC to financial loss. The case relates to concerns about actions to delay and prevent the emergence of exchange traded credit derivative products.
The DOJ-ADs investigation is a civil investigation and relates to similar issues.
In September 2015, BBPLC settled a proposed, consolidated class action that had been filed in the US alleging similar issues for $178m subject to court approval.
Claimed Amounts/Financial Impact
Aside from the settlement discussed above, it is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on the Group or what effect that they might have upon the Groups operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Lehman Brothers
Since September 2009, BCI and BBPLC have been engaged in litigation with various entities that have sought to challenge certain aspects of the transaction pursuant to which BCI, BBPLC and other companies in the Group acquired most of the assets of Lehman Brothers Inc. in September 2008, as well as the court order (Order) approving the sale (Sale). All of the claims challenging the Sale were ultimately resolved in favour of BCI. In May 2015, BCI and BBPLC reached a settlement with the SIPA Trustee for Lehman Brothers Inc. (Trustee) to resolve the remaining outstanding litigation between them relating to the Sale. Pursuant to the settlement, BBPLC has received all of the assets that BBPLC asserted it was entitled to receive with the exception of $80m of assets that the Trustee is entitled to retain and approximately $0.3bn of margin for exchange-traded derivatives still owed to BBPLC but expected to be received from third parties. The settlement was approved by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the SDNY on 29 June 2015, thereby bringing the litigation relating to the Sale to an end.
General
The Group is engaged in various other legal, competition and regulatory matters both in the UK and a number of overseas jurisdictions. It is subject to legal proceedings by and against the Group which arise in the ordinary course of business from time to time, including (but not limited to) disputes in relation to contracts, securities, debt collection, consumer credit, fraud, trusts, client assets, competition, data protection, money laundering, financial crime, employment, environmental and other statutory and common law issues.
The Group is also subject to enquiries and examinations, requests for information, audits, investigations and legal and other proceedings by regulators, governmental and other public bodies in connection with (but not limited to) consumer protection measures, compliance with legislation and regulation, wholesale trading activity and other areas of banking and business activities in which the Group is or has been engaged. The Group is keeping all relevant agencies briefed as appropriate in relation to these matters and others described in this note on an ongoing basis.
At the present time, the Group does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these other matters to have a material adverse effect on its financial position. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters and the matters specifically described in this note, there can be no assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters will not be material to the Groups operating results or cash flows for a particular period, depending on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the matter(s) and the amount of income otherwise reported for the reporting period.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 313 |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
The notes included in this section focus on the Groups loan capital and shareholders equity including issued share capital, retained earnings, other equity balances and interests of minority shareholders in our subsidiary entities (non-controlling interests). For more information on capital management and how the Group maintains sufficient capital to meet our regulatory requirements see pages 181 to 186.
|
30 Subordinated liabilities
Accounting for subordinated debt Subordinated debt is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method under IAS 39.
|
Subordinated liabilities include accrued interest and comprise undated and dated loan capital as follows:
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||||||
Undated subordinated liabilities |
5,248 | 5,640 | ||||||||||
Dated subordinated liabilities |
16,219 | 15,513 | ||||||||||
Total subordinated liabilities |
21,467 | 21,153 | ||||||||||
None of the Groups loan capital is secured.
|
||||||||||||
Undated subordinated liabilities |
||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities per balance sheet |
||||||||||||
Initial call date | |
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| ||||||
Barclays Bank PLC issued |
||||||||||||
Tier One Notes (TONs) |
||||||||||||
6% Callable Perpetual Core Tier One Notes |
2032 | 16 | 16 | |||||||||
6.86% Callable Perpetual Core Tier One Notes (USD 569m) |
2032 | 626 | 604 | |||||||||
Reserve Capital Instruments (RCIs) |
||||||||||||
5.926% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments (USD 159m) |
2016 | 113 | 112 | |||||||||
7.434% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments (USD 117m) |
2017 | 85 | 85 | |||||||||
6.3688% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2019 | 38 | 39 | |||||||||
14% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2019 | 3,062 | 3,065 | |||||||||
5.3304% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2036 | 51 | 52 | |||||||||
Undated Notes |
||||||||||||
6.875% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2015 | | 140 | |||||||||
6.375% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2017 | 143 | 146 | |||||||||
7.7% Undated Subordinated Notes (USD 99m) |
2018 | 69 | 69 | |||||||||
8.25% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2018 | 149 | 152 | |||||||||
7.125% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2020 | 195 | 202 | |||||||||
6.125% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2027 | 245 | 249 | |||||||||
Junior Undated Floating Rate Notes (USD 109m) |
Any interest payment date | 74 | 70 | |||||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 3 |
Any interest payment date | 145 | 145 | |||||||||
Bonds |
||||||||||||
9.25% Perpetual Subordinated Bonds (ex-Woolwich PLC) |
2021 | 91 | 94 | |||||||||
9% Permanent Interest Bearing Capital Bonds |
At any time | 45 | 46 | |||||||||
Loans |
||||||||||||
5.03% Reverse Dual Currency Undated Subordinated Loan (JPY 8,000m) |
2028 | 42 | 39 | |||||||||
5% Reverse Dual Currency Undated Subordinated Loan (JPY 12,000m) |
2028 | 59 | 54 | |||||||||
Barclays SLCSM Funding B.V. guaranteed by the Bank |
||||||||||||
6.14% Fixed Rate Guaranteed Perpetual Subordinated Notes |
2015 | | 261 | |||||||||
Total undated subordinated liabilities |
5,248 | 5,640 |
314 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
30 Subordinated liabilities continued
Undated loan capital
Undated loan capital is issued by the Bank and its subsidiaries for the development and expansion of the business and to strengthen the capital bases. The principal terms of the undated loan capital are described below.
Subordination
All undated loan capital ranks behind the claims against the bank of depositors and other unsecured unsubordinated creditors and holders of dated loan capital in the following order: Junior Undated Floating Rate Notes; other issues of Undated Notes, Bonds and Loans ranking pari passu with each other; followed by TONs and RCIs ranking pari passu with each other.
Interest
All undated loan capital bears a fixed rate of interest until the initial call date, with the exception of the 9% Bonds which are fixed for the life of the issue, and the Junior and Series 3 Undated Notes which are floating rate.
After the initial call date, in the event that they are not redeemed, the 6.375%, 7.125%, 6.125% Undated Notes and the 9.25% Bonds will bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance for five-year periods based on market rates. All other undated loan capital except the two floating rate Undated Notes will bear interest, and the two floating rate Undated Notes currently bear interest, at rates fixed periodically in advance based on London interbank rates.
Payment of interest
The Bank is not obliged to make a payment of interest on its Undated Notes, Bonds and Loans excluding the 7.7% Undated Notes, 8.25% Undated Notes and 9.25% Bonds if, in the preceding six months, a dividend has not been declared or paid on any class of shares of Barclays PLC or, in certain cases, any class of preference shares of the Bank. The Bank is not obliged to make a payment of interest on its 9.25% Perpetual Subordinated Bonds if, in the immediately preceding 12 months interest period, a dividend has not been paid on any class of its share capital. Interest not so paid becomes payable in each case if such a dividend is subsequently paid or in certain other circumstances. During the year, the Bank declared and paid dividends on its ordinary shares and on all classes of preference shares.
No payment of principal or any interest may be made unless the Bank satisfies a specified solvency test.
The Bank may elect to defer any payment of interest on the 7.7% Undated Notes and 8.25% Undated Notes. Until such time as any deferred interest has been paid in full, neither the Bank nor Barclays PLC may declare or pay a dividend, subject to certain exceptions, on any of its ordinary shares, preference shares, or other share capital or satisfy any payments of interest or coupons on certain other junior obligations.
The Bank may elect to defer any payment of interest on the RCIs. Any such deferred payment of interest must be paid on the earlier of: (i) the date of redemption of the RCIs, (ii) the coupon payment date falling on or nearest to the tenth anniversary of the date of deferral of such payment, and (iii) in respect of the 14% RCIs only, substitution. While such deferral is continuing, neither the Bank nor Barclays PLC may declare or pay a dividend, subject to certain exceptions, on any of its ordinary shares or preference shares.
The Bank may elect to defer any payment of interest on the TONs if it determines that it is, or such payment would result in it being, in non-compliance with capital adequacy requirements and policies of the PRA. Any such deferred payment of interest will only be payable on a redemption of the TONs. Until such time as the Bank next makes a payment of interest on the TONs, neither the Bank nor Barclays PLC may (i) declare or pay a dividend, subject to certain exceptions, on any of their respective ordinary shares or Preference Shares, or make payments of interest in respect of the Banks Reserve Capital Instruments and (ii) certain restrictions on the redemption, purchase or reduction of their respective share capital and certain other securities also apply.
Repayment
All undated loan capital is repayable at the option of the Bank, generally in whole, at the initial call date and on any subsequent coupon or interest payment date or in the case of the 6.375%, 7.125%, 6.125% Undated Notes and the 9.25% Bonds on any fifth anniversary after the initial call date. In addition, each issue of undated loan capital is repayable, at the option of the Bank in whole in the event of certain changes in the tax treatment of the notes, either at any time, or on an interest payment date. There are no events of default except non-payment of principal or mandatory interest. Any repayments require the prior approval of the PRA.
Other
All issues of undated subordinated liabilities are non-convertible.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 315 |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
30 Subordinated liabilities continued
Dated subordinated liabilities |
||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | ||||||||||
per balance sheet | ||||||||||
Initial | Maturity | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
call date | date | £m | £m | |||||||
Barclays PLC issued |
||||||||||
2.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes (EUR 1,250m) |
2020 | 2025 | 918 | | ||||||
4.375% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 1,250m) |
2024 | 883 | 810 | |||||||
Barclays Bank PLC issued |
||||||||||
4.38% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 75m) |
2015 | | 49 | |||||||
4.75% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 150m) |
2015 | | 98 | |||||||
6.05% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 1,556m) |
2017 | 1,124 | 1,102 | |||||||
Floating Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 40m) |
2018 | 29 | 31 | |||||||
6% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,750m) |
2018 | 1,377 | 1,462 | |||||||
CMS-Linked Subordinated Notes (EUR 100m) |
2018 | 77 | 82 | |||||||
CMS-Linked Subordinated Notes (EUR 135m) |
2018 | 103 | 109 | |||||||
Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Callable Notes |
2018 | 2023 | 555 | 565 | ||||||
7.75% Contingent Capital Notes (USD 1,000m) |
2018 | 2023 | 679 | 640 | ||||||
Floating Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 50m) |
2019 | 36 | 38 | |||||||
5.14% Lower Tier 2 Notes (USD 1,094m) |
2020 | 808 | 767 | |||||||
6% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,500m) |
2021 | 1,252 | 1,338 | |||||||
9.5% Subordinated Bonds (ex-Woolwich PLC) |
2021 | 293 | 306 | |||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 100m) |
2021 | 73 | 77 | |||||||
10% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes |
2021 | 2,317 | 2,363 | |||||||
10.179% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 1,521m) |
2021 | 1,083 | 1,062 | |||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 50m) |
2022 | 37 | 39 | |||||||
6.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,000m) |
2022 | 891 | 947 | |||||||
7.625% Contingent Capital Notes (USD 3,000m) |
2022 | 1,984 | 1,856 | |||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 50m) |
2023 | 37 | 39 | |||||||
5.75% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes |
2026 | 802 | 828 | |||||||
5.4% Reverse Dual Currency Subordinated Loan (JPY 15,000m) |
2027 | 80 | 74 | |||||||
6.33% Subordinated Notes |
2032 | 60 | 62 | |||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 100m) |
2040 | 74 | 78 | |||||||
Absa Bank Limited issued |
||||||||||
8.1% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 2,000m) |
2015 | 2020 | | 114 | ||||||
10.28% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 600m) |
2017 | 2022 | 26 | 34 | ||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 400m) |
2017 | 2022 | 18 | 22 | ||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 1,805m) |
2017 | 2022 | 79 | 101 | ||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 2,007m) |
2018 | 2023 | 88 | 112 | ||||||
8.295% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 1,188m) |
2018 | 2023 | 42 | 64 | ||||||
5.50% CPI-linked Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 1,500m) |
2023 | 2028 | 86 | 109 | ||||||
Barclays Africa Group Limited Issued |
||||||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 370m) |
2019 | 2024 | 16 | 21 | ||||||
10.835% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 130m) |
2019 | 2024 | 6 | 7 | ||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 1,693m) |
2020 | 2025 | 74 | | ||||||
10.05% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 807m) |
2020 | 2025 | 36 | | ||||||
11.4% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 288m) |
2020 | 2025 | 13 | | ||||||
11.365% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 508m) |
2020 | 2025 | 23 | | ||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 437m) |
2020 | 2025 | 19 | | ||||||
11.81% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 737m) |
2022 | 2027 | 33 | | ||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 30m) |
2022 | 2027 | 1 | | ||||||
Other capital issued by Barclays Africa and Japan |
20162019 | 87 | 107 | |||||||
Total dated subordinated liabilities |
16,219 | 15,513 |
316 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
30 Subordinated liabilities continued
Dated loan capital
Dated loan capital is issued by the Company, the Bank and respective subsidiaries for the development and expansion of their business and to strengthen their respective capital bases. The principal terms of the dated loan capital are described below:
Subordination
Dated loan capital issued by the Company ranks behind the claims against the Company of unsecured unsubordinated creditors but before the claims of the holders of its equity.
All dated loan capital issued by the Bank ranks behind the claims against the Bank of depositors and other unsecured unsubordinated creditors but before the claims of the undated loan capital and the holders of its equity. The dated loan capital issued by other subsidiaries is similarly subordinated.
Interest
Interest on the Floating Rate Notes is fixed periodically in advance, based on the related interbank or local central bank rates.
Interest on the 7.75% Contingent Capital Notes and the 2.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes are fixed until the call date. After the respective call dates, in the event that they are not redeemed, the interest rates will be reset and fixed until maturity based on a market rate.
Repayment
Those Notes with a call date are repayable at the option of the issuer, on conditions governing the respective debt obligations, some in whole or in part, and some only in whole. The remaining dated loan capital outstanding at 31 December 2015 is redeemable only on maturity, subject in particular cases to provisions allowing an early redemption in the event of certain changes in tax law, or to certain changes in legislation or regulations.
Any repayments prior to maturity require, in the case of the Company and the Bank, the prior approval of the PRA, or in the case of the overseas issues, the approval of the local regulator for that jurisdiction and of the PRA in certain circumstances.
There are no committed facilities in existence at the balance sheet date which permit the refinancing of debt beyond the date of maturity.
Other
The 7.625% Contingent Capital Notes will be automatically transferred from investors to Barclays PLC (or another entity within the Group) for nil consideration in the event the Barclays PLC consolidated CRD IV CET1 ratio (FSA October 2012 transitional statement) falls below 7.0%.
The 7.75% Contingent Capital Notes will be automatically written-down and investors will lose their entire investment in the notes in the event the Barclays PLC consolidated CRD IV CET1 ratio (FSA October 2012 transitional statement) falls below 7.0%.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 317 |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
31 Ordinary shares, share premium, and other equity
Called up share capital, allotted and fully paid |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Number of shares m |
|
|
Ordinary shares £m |
|
|
Share premium £m |
|
|
Total share capital and share premium £m |
|
|
Other equity instruments £m |
| ||||||
As at 1 January 2015 | 16,498 | 4,125 | 16,684 | 20,809 | 4,322 | |||||||||||||||
Issued to staff under share incentive plans | 253 | 63 | 577 | 640 | | |||||||||||||||
Issuances relating to Scrip Dividend Programme | 54 | 13 | 124 | 137 | | |||||||||||||||
AT1 securities issuance | | | | | 995 | |||||||||||||||
Other movements | | | | | (12 | ) | ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | 16,805 | 4,201 | 17,385 | 21,586 | 5,305 | |||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2014 | 16,113 | 4,028 | 15,859 | 19,887 | 2,063 | |||||||||||||||
Issued to staff under share incentive plans | 320 | 81 | 691 | 772 | | |||||||||||||||
Issuances relating to Scrip Dividend Programme | 65 | 16 | 134 | 150 | | |||||||||||||||
AT1 securities issuance | | | | | 2,263 | |||||||||||||||
Other movements | | | | | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | 16,498 | 4,125 | 16,684 | 20,809 | 4,322 |
Called up share capital
Called up share capital comprises 16,805m (2014: 16,498m) ordinary shares of 25p each. The increase was due to the issuance of 253m (2014:320m) shares under employee share schemes and a further 54m (2014: 65m) issued as part of the Barclays PLC Scrip Dividend Programme.
Share repurchase
At the 2015 AGM on 23 April 2015, Barclays PLC was authorised to repurchase 1,650m of its ordinary shares of 25p. The authorisation is effective until the AGM in 2016 or the close of business on 30 June 2016, whichever is the earlier. No share repurchases were made during either 2015 or 2014.
Other equity instruments
Other equity instruments of £5,305m (2014: £4,322m) include AT1 securities issued by Barclays PLC. In 2015, there was one issuance of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities, with a principal amount of £1.0bn. In 2014, there were three issuances of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities, with principal amounts of $1.2bn, 1.1bn and £0.7bn.
The AT1 securities are perpetual securities with no fixed maturity and are structured to qualify as AT1 instruments under CRD IV.
The principal terms of the AT1 securities are described below:
§ | AT1 securities rank behind the claims against Barclays PLC of (i) unsubordinated creditors; (ii) claims which are expressed to be subordinated to the claims of unsubordinated creditors of Barclays PLC but not further or otherwise; or (iii) claims which are, or are expressed to be, junior to the claims of other creditors of Barclays PLC, whether subordinated or unsubordinated, other than claims which rank, or are expressed to rank, pari passu with, or junior to, the claims of holders of the AT1 securities |
§ | AT1 securities bear a fixed rate of interest until the initial call date. After the initial call date, in the event that they are not redeemed, the AT1 securities will bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance for five-year periods based on market rates |
§ | interest on the AT1 securities will be due and payable only at the sole discretion of Barclays PLC, and Barclays PLC has sole and absolute discretion at all times and for any reason to cancel (in whole or in part) any interest payment that would otherwise be payable on any interest payment date and |
§ | AT1 securities are undated and are repayable, at the option of Barclays PLC, in whole at the initial call date, or on any fifth anniversary after the initial call date. In addition, the AT1 securities are repayable, at the option of Barclays PLC, in whole in the event of certain changes in the tax or regulatory treatment of the securities. Any repayments require the prior consent of the PRA. |
All AT1 securities will be converted into ordinary shares of Barclays PLC, at a pre-determined price, should the fully loaded CET1 ratio of Barclays PLC fall below 7.0%.
318 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
32 Reserves
Currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of the Groups net investment in foreign operations, net of the effects of hedging.
As at 31 December 2015, there was a debit balance of £623m (2014: £582m debit) in the currency translation reserve. The increase in the debit balance of £41m (2014: £560m decrease to a debit balance) principally reflected the depreciation of ZAR and EUR against GBP, offset by the appreciation of USD against GBP. The currency translation reserve movement associated with non-controlling interests was a £435m debit (2014: £74m debit) reflecting the depreciation of ZAR against GBP.
During the year, a £65m net loss (2014: £91m net gain) from recycling of the currency translation reserve was recognised in the income statement.
Available for sale reserve
The available for sale reserve represents the unrealised change in the fair value of available for sale investments since initial recognition.
As at 31 December 2015 there was a credit balance of £317m (2014: £562m credit) in the available for sale reserve. The decrease of £245m (2014: £414m increase) principally reflected a £350m loss from changes in fair value on government bonds, predominantly held in the liquidity pool, £148m of losses from related hedging, £378m of net gains transferred to the income statement, partially offset by a £396m gain from changes in fair value of equity investments in Visa Europe and an £86m change in insurance liabilities. A tax credit of £132m was recognised in the period relating to these items. The tax credit on AFS movements represented an effective rate of tax of 35.0% (2014: 19.9%). This is significantly higher than the UK corporation tax rate of 20.25% (2014: 21.5%) due to AFS movements including the Visa Europe gain that will be offset by existing UK capital losses for which a deferred tax asset has not been recognised.
Cash flow hedging reserve
The cash flow hedging reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on effective cash flow hedging instruments that will be recycled to the income statement when the hedged transactions affect profit or loss.
As at 31 December 2015, there was a credit balance of £1,261m (2014: £1,817m credit) in the cash flow hedging reserve. The decrease of £556m (2014: £1,544m increase) principally reflected a £378m decrease in the fair value of interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes as interest rate forward curves increased and £247m gains recycled to the income statement in line with when the hedged item affects profit or loss, partially offset by a tax credit of £66m. The tax credit on cash flow hedging reserve movements represented an effective rate of tax of 10.6% (2014: 19.8%). This is significantly lower than the UK corporation tax rate of 20.25% (2014: 21.5%) due to the tax rate changes introduced by the UK Summer Budget increasing associated deferred tax liabilities.
Other reserves and treasury shares
As at 31 December 2015, there was a credit balance of £1,011m (2014: £1,011m credit) in other reserves relating to the excess repurchase price paid over nominal of redeemed ordinary and preference shares issues by the Group.
The treasury shares relate to Barclays PLC shares held in relation to the Groups various share schemes. These schemes are described in Note 34 Share based payments.
Treasury shares are deducted from shareholders equity within other reserves. A transfer is made to retained earnings in line with the vesting of treasury shares held for the purposes of share based payments.
As at 31 December 2015, there was a debit balance of £68m (2014: £84m debit) in other reserves relating to treasury shares. The increase principally reflected £602m (2014: £909m) of net purchases of treasury shares held for the purposes of employee share schemes, partially offset by £618m (2014: £866m) transferred to retained earnings reflecting the vesting of deferred share based payments.
33 Non-controlling interests
|
Profit attributable
to non-controlling interest |
|
|
Equity attributable
to non-controlling interest |
|
|
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest |
| ||||||||||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||||||
Barclays Bank PLC issued: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preference shares | 343 | 441 | 3,654 | 3,654 | 343 | 441 | ||||||||||||||||||
Upper Tier 2 instruments | 2 | 2 | 486 | 486 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group Limited | 325 | 320 | 1,902 | 2,247 | 209 | 189 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other non-controlling interests | 2 | 6 | 12 | 4 | | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 672 | 769 | 6,054 | 6,391 | 552 | 631 |
Subsidiaries of the Group that give rise to significant non-controlling interests are Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Africa Group Limited.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 319 |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
33 Non-controlling interests continued
Barclays Bank PLC
Barclays PLC holds 100% of the voting rights of Barclays Bank PLC. As at 31 December 2015, Barclays Bank PLC has in issue preference shares and Upper Tier 2 instruments, representing 11% (2014: 11%) of its equity. Preference share dividends and redemption are typically at the discretion of Barclays Bank PLC. The payment of Upper Tier 2 instrument coupons and principal are typically at the discretion of Barclays Bank PLC, except for coupon payments that become compulsory where Barclays PLC has declared or paid a dividend on ordinary shares in the preceding six month period. Preference share and Upper Tier 2 instrument holders typically only have rights to redeem in the event of insolvency.
Instrument |
||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
2014 £m | |||
Preference Shares: |
||||||
6.00% non cumulative callable preference shares |
203 | 203 | ||||
6.278% non cumulative callable preference shares |
318 | 318 | ||||
4.75% non cumulative callable preference shares |
211 | 211 | ||||
6.625% non cumulative callable preference shares |
406 | 406 | ||||
7.1% non cumulative callable preference shares |
657 | 657 | ||||
7.75% non cumulative callable preference shares |
550 | 550 | ||||
8.125% non cumulative callable preference shares |
1,309 | 1,309 | ||||
Total Barclays Bank PLC Preference Shares |
3,654 | 3,654 | ||||
Barclays Africa Group Limited |
201 | 258 | ||||
Total |
3,855 | 3,912 | ||||
Upper Tier 2 Instruments: |
||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 1 |
222 | 222 | ||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 2 |
264 | 264 | ||||
Total Upper Tier 2 Instruments |
486 | 486 | ||||
Summarised financial information for Barclays Africa Group Limited
Summarised financial information for Barclays Africa Group Limited, before intercompany eliminations, is set out below:
|
||||||
|
Barclays Africa Group Limited 2015 £m |
|
Barclays Africa Group Limited 2014 £m | |||
Income statement information |
||||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
3,418 | 3,530 | ||||
Profit after tax |
781 | 765 | ||||
Total other comprehensive income for the year, after tax |
26 | (7) | ||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
807 | 758 | ||||
Statement of cash flows information |
||||||
Net cash inflows |
923 | 43 | ||||
Balance sheet information |
||||||
Total assets |
49,471 | 55,378 | ||||
Total liabilities |
45,200 | 50,150 | ||||
Shareholder equity |
4,271 | 5,228 |
Full financial statements for Barclays Africa Group Limited can be obtained at barclaysafrica.com/barclaysafrica/Investor-Relations.
Protective rights of non-controlling interests
Barclays Africa Group Limited
Barclays owns 62.5% (62.3% including treasury shares) of the share capital of Barclays Africa Group Limited. Barclays PLCs rights to access the assets of Barclays Africa and its group companies are restricted by virtue of the South African Companies Act which requires 75% shareholder approval to dispose of all or the greater part of Barclays Africa Group Limiteds assets or to complete the voluntary winding up of the entity.
Barclays Bank PLC
Barclays Bank PLC also has in issue preference shares which are non-controlling interests to the Group. Under the terms of these instruments, Barclays PLC may not pay dividends on ordinary shares until a dividend is next paid on these instruments or the instruments are redeemed or purchased by Barclays Bank PLC. There are no restrictions on Barclays Bank PLCs ability to remit capital to the Parent as a result of these issued instruments.
320 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
The notes included in this section focus on the costs and commitments associated with employing our staff.
34 Share based payments
Accounting for share based payments
The Group applies IFRS 2 Share Based Payments in accounting for employee remuneration in the form of shares.
Employee incentives include awards in the form of shares and share options, as well as offering employees the opportunity to purchase shares on favourable terms. The cost of the employee services received in respect of the shares or share options granted is recognised in the income statement over the period that employees provide services, generally the period in which the award is granted or notified and the vesting date of the shares or options. The overall cost of the award is calculated using the number of shares and options expected to vest and the fair value of the shares or options at the date of grant.
The number of shares and options expected to vest takes into account the likelihood that performance and service conditions included in the terms of the awards will be met. Failure to meet the non-vesting condition is treated as a cancellation, resulting in an acceleration of recognition of the cost of the employee services.
The fair value of shares is the market price ruling on the grant date, in some cases adjusted to reflect restrictions on transferability. The fair value of options granted is determined using option pricing models to estimate the numbers of shares likely to vest. These take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors. Market conditions that must be met in order for the award to vest are also reflected in the fair value of the award, as are any other non-vesting conditions such as continuing to make payments into a share based savings scheme.
|
The charge for the year arising from share based payment schemes was as follows:
Charge for the year | ||||||||||||
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2013 £m |
| ||||
Share Value Plan |
442 | 575 | 576 | |||||||||
Others |
100 | 84 | 126 | |||||||||
Total equity settled |
542 | 659 | 702 | |||||||||
Cash settled |
24 | 43 | 25 | |||||||||
Total share based payments |
566 | 702 | 727 |
The terms of the main current plans are as follows:
Share Value Plan (SVP)
The SVP was introduced in March 2010 and approved by shareholders (for Executive Director participation and use of new issue shares) at the AGM in April 2011. SVP awards are granted to participants in the form of a conditional right to receive Barclays PLC shares or provisional allocations of Barclays PLC shares which vest or are considered for release over a period of three years in equal annual tranches. Participants do not pay to receive an award or to receive a release of shares. The grantor may also make a dividend equivalent payment to participants on release of a SVP award. SVP awards are also made to eligible employees for recruitment purposes. All awards are subject to potential forfeiture in certain leaver scenarios.
Other schemes
In addition to the SVP, the Group operates a number of other schemes including schemes operated by, and settled in, the shares of subsidiary undertakings, none of which are individually material in relation to the charge for the year or the dilutive effect of outstanding share options. Included within other schemes are Sharesave (both UK and overseas), the Barclays Long Term Incentive Plan and the Executive Share Award Scheme.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 321 |
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
34 Share based payments continued
Share option and award plans
The weighted average fair value per award granted and weighted average share price at the date of exercise/release of shares during the year was:
|
Weighted average fair value per award granted in year |
|
|
Weighted average share price at exercise/release during year |
| |||||||||||||||||||
|
2015 £ |
|
|
2014 £ |
|
|
2015 £ |
|
|
2014 £ |
| |||||||||||||
SVPa |
2.54 | 2.33 | 2.53 | 2.31 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Othersa |
0.49-2.54 | 0.52-2.39 | 2.37-2.67 | 2.23-2.56 | ||||||||||||||||||||
SVP are nil cost awards on which the performance conditions are substantially completed at the date of grant. Consequently the fair value of these awards is based on the market value at that date.
Movements in options and awards
The movement in the number of options and awards for the major schemes and the weighted average exercise price of options was:
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
SVPa,b | Othersa,c | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Number (000s) | Number (000s) |
|
Weighted average ex. price (£) |
| ||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at beginning of year/acquisition date |
480,042 | 524,260 | 185,599 | 231,989 | 1.61 | 1.55 | ||||||||||||||||||
Granted in the year |
186,397 | 275,152 | 55,982 | 64,326 | 2.27 | 1.78 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exercised/released in the year |
(252,031 | ) | (287,319 | ) | (50,538 | ) | (71,594 | ) | 1.41 | 1.44 | ||||||||||||||
Less: forfeited in the year |
(27,938 | ) | (32,051 | ) | (20,811 | ) | (32,784 | ) | 1.76 | 1.66 | ||||||||||||||
Less: expired in the year |
| | (3,257 | ) | (6,338 | ) | 2.39 | 2.24 | ||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at end of year |
386,470 | 480,042 | 166,975 | 185,599 | 1.75 | 1.61 | ||||||||||||||||||
Of which exercisable: |
30 | 44 | 26,058 | 20,025 | 1.48 | 1.88 | ||||||||||||||||||
Certain of the Groups share option plans enable certain Directors and employees to subscribe for new ordinary shares of Barclays PLC. For accounting for treasury shares see Note 32 Reserves.
The weighted average contractual remaining life and number of options and awards outstanding (including those exercisable) at the balance sheet date are as follows:
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Weighted average remaining contractual life in years |
|
|
Number of options/ awards outstanding (000s) |
|
|
Weighted average remaining contractual life in years |
|
|
Number of options/ awards outstanding (000s) |
| |||||||||||||
SVPa,b |
1 | 386,470 | 1 | 480,042 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Othersa |
0-2 | 166,975 | 0-3 | 185,599 |
There were no significant modifications to the share based payments arrangements in 2015 and 2014.
As at 31 December 2015, the total liability arising from cash-settled share based payments transactions was £13m (2014: £45m).
Holdings of Barclays PLC shares
Various employee benefit trusts established by the Group hold shares in Barclays PLC to meet obligations under the Barclays share based payment schemes. The total number of Barclays shares held in these employee benefit trusts at 31 December 2015 was 5.1 million (2014: 5.2 million). Dividend rights have been waived on all these shares. The total market value of the shares held in trust based on the year end share price of £2.19 (2014: £2.43) was £11.2m (2014: £12.6m).
Notes
a | Options/awards granted over Barclays PLC shares. |
b | Nil cost award and therefore the weighted average exercise price was nil. |
c | The number of awards within Others at the end of the year principally relates to Sharesave (number of awards exercisable at end of year was 12,479,264). The weighted average exercise price relates to Sharesave. |
322 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
35 Pensions and post retirement benefits
Accounting for pensions and post retirement benefits
The Group operates a number of pension schemes (including defined contribution and defined benefit) and post-employment benefit schemes.
Defined contribution schemes the Group recognises contributions due in respect of the accounting period in the income statement. Any contributions unpaid at the balance sheet date are included as a liability.
Defined benefit schemes the Group recognises its obligations to members of the scheme at the period end, less the fair value of the scheme assets after applying the asset ceiling test. The clarifications contained in the proposed amendments to IFRIC 14 as to when an entity has an unconditional right to benefit from a scheme surplus are not expected to have a material impact on the Group.
Each schemes obligations are calculated using the projected unit credit method on the assumptions set out in the note below. Scheme assets are stated at fair value as at the period end.
Changes in pension scheme liabilities or assets (remeasurements) that do not arise from regular pension cost, net interest on net defined benefit liabilities or assets, past service costs, settlements or contributions to the scheme, are recognised in other comprehensive income.
Remeasurements comprise experience adjustments (differences between previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred), the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions, return on scheme assets (excluding amounts included in the interest on the assets) and any changes in the effect of the asset ceiling restriction (excluding amounts included in the interest on the restriction).
Post-employment benefits the cost of providing health care benefits to retired employees is accrued as a liability in the financial statements over the period that the employees provide services to the Group, using a methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension schemes.
Pension schemes
UK Retirement Fund (UKRF)
The UKRF is the Groups main scheme, representing 92% of the Groups total retirement benefit obligations. The UKRF was closed to new entrants on 1 October 2012, and comprises 10 sections, the two most significant of which are:
§ | Afterwork, which comprises a contributory cash balance defined benefit element, and a voluntary defined contribution element. The cash balance element is accrued each year and revalued until Normal Retirement Age in line with the increase in Retail Price Index (RPI) (up to a maximum of 5% p.a.). An investment related increase of up to 2% a year may also be added at Barclays discretion. Between 1 October 2003 and 1 October 2012 the majority of new employees outside of the Investment Bank were eligible to join this section. The costs of ill-health retirements and death in service benefits for Afterwork members are borne by the UKRF. The main risks that Barclays runs in relation to Afterwork are limited to needing to make additional contributions if pre-retirement investment returns are not sufficient to provide for the benefits. |
§ | the 1964 Pension Scheme. Most employees recruited before July 1997 built up benefits in this non-contributory defined benefit scheme in respect of service up to 31 March 2010. Pensions were calculated by reference to service and pensionable salary. From 1 April 2010, members became eligible to accrue future service benefits in either Afterwork or the Pension Investment Plan (PIP), a historic defined contribution section which is now closed to future contributions. The risks that Barclays runs in relation to the 1964 section are typical of final salary pension schemes, principally that investment returns fall short of expectations, that inflation exceeds expectations, and that retirees live longer than expected. |
Barclays Pension Savings Plan (BPSP)
§ | From 1 October 2012, a new UK pension scheme, the BPSP, was established to satisfy Auto Enrolment legislation. The BPSP is a defined contribution scheme (Group Personal Pension) providing benefits for all new Barclays UK hires from 1 October 2012, Investment Bank UK employees who were in PIP as at 1 October 2012, and also all UK employees who were not members of a pension scheme at that date. As a defined contribution scheme, BPSP is not subject to the same investment return, inflation or longevity risks for Barclays that defined benefit schemes are. Members benefits reflect contributions paid and the level of investment returns achieved. |
Apart from the UKRF and the BPSP, Barclays operates a number of smaller pension and long-term employee benefits and post-retirement health care plans globally, the largest of which are the US and South African defined benefit schemes. Many of the schemes are funded, with assets backing the obligations held in separate legal vehicles such as trusts. Others are operated on an unfunded basis. The benefits provided, the approach to funding, and the legal basis of the schemes, reflect their local environments.
Governance
The UKRF operates under trust law and is managed and administered on behalf of the members in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed and Rules and all relevant legislation. The Corporate Trustee is Barclays Pension Funds Trustees Limited, a private limited company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC. The Trustee is the legal owner of the assets of the UKRF which are held separately from the assets of the Group.
The Trustee Board comprises six Management Directors selected by Barclays, of whom three are independent Directors with no relationship with Barclays or the UKRF, plus three Member Nominated Directors selected from eligible active staff and pensioner members who apply for the role.
The BPSP is a Group Personal Pension arrangement which operates as a collection of personal pension plans. Each personal pension plan is a direct contract between the employee and the BPSP provider (Legal & General Assurance Society Limited), and is regulated by the FCA.
Similar principles of pension governance apply to the Groups other pension schemes, although different legislation covers overseas schemes where, in most cases, the Group has the power to determine the funding rate.
Amounts recognised
The following tables include amounts recognised in the income statement and an analysis of benefit obligations and scheme assets for all Group defined benefit schemes. The net position is reconciled to the assets and liabilities recognised on the balance sheet. The tables include funded and unfunded post-retirement benefits.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 323 |
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
35 Pensions and post retirement benefits continued
Income statement charge |
||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | ||||||||||
Current service cost |
303 | 324 | 371 | |||||||||
Net finance cost |
42 | 78 | 55 | |||||||||
Past service cost |
(434 | ) | (5 | ) | 4 | |||||||
Settlements |
1 | (15 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||
Total |
(88 | ) | 382 | 427 |
Past Service costs includes a £429m (2014: nil; 2013: nil) gain on valuation of a component of the defined retirement benefit liability.
Balance sheet reconciliation |
2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Of which | Of which | |||||||||||||||
relates to | relates to | |||||||||||||||
Total | UKRF | Total | UKRF | |||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of the year |
(30,392 | ) | (27,931 | ) | (27,568 | ) | (25,093 | ) | ||||||||
Current service cost |
(303 | ) | (234 | ) | (324 | ) | (258 | ) | ||||||||
Interest costs on scheme liabilities |
(1,147 | ) | (1,010 | ) | (1,261 | ) | (1,101 | ) | ||||||||
Past service cost |
434 | 429 | 5 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Settlements |
| | 83 | | ||||||||||||
Remeasurement gain/(loss) financial |
1,161 | 1,121 | (2,493 | ) | (2,382 | ) | ||||||||||
Remeasurement loss demographic |
(159 | ) | (160 | ) | (370 | ) | (340 | ) | ||||||||
Remeasurement gain experience |
609 | 611 | 407 | 418 | ||||||||||||
Employee contributions |
(36 | ) | (2 | ) | (35 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||
Benefits paid |
1,172 | 1,021 | 999 | 825 | ||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
382 | 128 | 165 | | ||||||||||||
Benefit obligation at end of the year |
(28,279 | ) | (26,027 | ) | (30,392 | ) | (27,931 | ) | ||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets at beginning of the year |
28,874 | 26,827 | 25,743 | 23,661 | ||||||||||||
Interest income on scheme assets |
1,105 | 979 | 1,183 | 1,042 | ||||||||||||
Employer contribution |
689 | 586 | 347 | 241 | ||||||||||||
Settlements |
| | (68 | ) | | |||||||||||
Remeasurement return on scheme assets greater than discount rate |
(476 | ) | (446 | ) | 2,736 | 2,705 | ||||||||||
Employee contributions |
36 | 2 | 35 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Benefits paid |
(1,172 | ) | (1,021 | ) | (999 | ) | (825 | ) | ||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
(304 | ) | (98 | ) | (103 | ) | 1 | |||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets at the end of the year |
28,752 | 26,829 | 28,874 | 26,827 | ||||||||||||
Net surplus/(deficit) |
473 | 802 | (1,518 | ) | (1,104 | ) | ||||||||||
Irrecoverable surplus (effect of asset ceiling) |
(60 | ) | | | | |||||||||||
Net recognised assets/(liabilities) |
413 | 802 | (1,518 | ) | (1,104 | ) | ||||||||||
Retirement benefit assets |
836 | 802 | 56 | | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities |
(423 | ) | | (1,574 | ) | (1,104 | ) | |||||||||
Net retirement benefit liabilities |
413 | 802 | (1,518 | ) | (1,104 | ) |
Included within the benefit obligation was £2,050m (2014: £2,272m) relating to overseas pensions and £202m (2014: £189m) relating to other post-employment benefits. Of the total benefit obligation of £28,279m (2014: £30,392m), £245m (2014: £286m) was wholly unfunded.
As at 31 December 2015, the UKRF scheme assets were in surplus versus IAS 19R obligations by £802m (2014: deficit of £1,104m). The movement for the UKRF is mainly due to a £1.9bn decrease in the defined benefit obligation. The decrease in defined benefit obligation can be linked to an increase in discount rate, membership experience, and a change to the calculation of statutory underpin for certain benefits.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Actuarial valuation of the schemes obligation is dependent upon a series of assumptions, below is a summary of the main financial and demographic assumptions adopted for UKRF.
UKRF financial assumptions |
||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||
% p.a | % p.a | |||||||
Discount rate |
3.82 | 3.67 | ||||||
Inflation rate |
3.05 | 3.05 | ||||||
Rate of increase in salaries |
2.55 | 2.55 | ||||||
Rate of increase for pensions in payment |
2.87 | 2.98 | ||||||
Rate of increase for pensions in deferment |
2.87 | 2.98 | ||||||
Afterwork revaluation rate |
3.27 | 3.35 |
The UKRF discount rate assumption for 2015 was based on a variant of the standard Willis Towers Watson RATE Link model. This variant includes all bonds rated AA by at least one of the four major ratings agencies, and assumes that yields after year 30 are flat. For 2014, the discount rate assumption was based on the single equivalent discount rate implied by the standard Willis Towers Watson RATE Link model.
324 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
35 Pensions and post retirement benefits continued
The UKRFs post-retirement mortality assumptions are based on a best estimate assumption derived from an analysis in 2014 of Barclays own post-retirement mortality experience, and taking account of the recent evidence from published mortality surveys. An allowance has been made for future mortality improvements based on the 2013 core projection model published by the Continuous Mortality Investigation Bureau subject to a long-term trend of 1.25% p.a. in future improvements. The table below shows how the assumed life expectancy at 60, for members of the UKRF, has varied over the past three years:
Assumed life expectancy |
||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | ||||||||||
Life expectancy at 60 for current pensioners (years) |
||||||||||||
Males |
28.4 | 28.3 | 27.9 | |||||||||
Females |
30.0 | 29.9 | 29.0 | |||||||||
Life expectancy at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40 (years) |
||||||||||||
Males |
30.2 | 30.1 | 29.3 | |||||||||
Females |
32.0 | 31.9 | 30.6 |
Sensitivity analysis on actuarial assumptions
The sensitivity analysis has been calculated by valuing the UKRF liabilities using the amended assumptions shown in the table below and keeping the remaining assumptions the same as disclosed in the table above, except in the case of the inflation sensitivity where other assumptions that depend on assumed inflation have also been amended correspondingly. The difference between the recalculated liability figure and that stated in the balance sheet reconciliation table above is the figure shown. The selection of these movements to illustrate the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to key assumptions should not be interpreted as Barclays expressing any specific view of the probability of such movements happening.
Change in key assumptions |
||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
Impact on UKRF defined | Impact on UKRF defined | |||||||||||||||
benefit obligation | benefit obligation | |||||||||||||||
(Decrease)/ | (Decrease)/ | (Decrease)/ | (Decrease)/ | |||||||||||||
Increase | Increase | Increase | Increase | |||||||||||||
% | £bn | % | £bn | |||||||||||||
0.5% increase in discount rate |
(8.2 | ) | (2.1 | ) | (9.0 | ) | (2.5 | ) | ||||||||
0.5% increase in assumed price inflation |
5.4 | 1.4 | 7.3 | 2.0 | ||||||||||||
One year increase to life expectancy at 60 |
3.5 | 0.9 | 3.5 | 1.0 |
The weighted average duration of the benefit payments reflected in the defined benefit obligation for the UKRF is 18 years.
Assets
A long term investment strategy has been set for the UKRF, with its asset allocation comprising a mixture of equities, bonds, property and other appropriate assets. This recognises that different asset classes are likely to produce different long term returns and some asset classes may be more volatile than others. The long term investment strategy ensures, among other aims, that investments are adequately diversified. Asset managers are permitted some flexibility to vary the asset allocation from the long term investment strategy within control ranges agreed with the Trustee from time to time.
The UKRF also employs derivative instruments, where appropriate, to achieve a desired exposure or return, or to match assets more closely to liabilities. The value of assets shown reflects the assets held by the scheme, with any derivative holdings reflected on a fair value basis.
The value of the assets of the schemes and their percentage in relation to total scheme assets were as follows:
Analysis of scheme assets |
||||||||||||||||
Total | Of which relates to UKRF | |||||||||||||||
% of total | % of total | |||||||||||||||
fair value of | fair value of | |||||||||||||||
scheme | scheme | |||||||||||||||
Value | assets | Value | assets | |||||||||||||
£m | % | £m | % | |||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||
Equities quoted |
7,764 | 27.0 | 6,947 | 25.9 | ||||||||||||
Equities non quoted |
1,757 | 6.1 | 1,750 | 6.5 | ||||||||||||
Bonds fixed governmenta |
1,105 | 3.8 | 577 | 2.2 | ||||||||||||
Bonds index-linked governmenta |
9,677 | 33.7 | 9,670 | 36.0 | ||||||||||||
Bonds corporate and othera |
5,856 | 20.4 | 5,680 | 21.2 | ||||||||||||
Property commercialb |
1,602 | 5.6 | 1,581 | 5.9 | ||||||||||||
Derivativesb |
183 | 0.6 | 183 | 0.7 | ||||||||||||
Cash |
67 | 0.2 | 47 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||
Otherb |
741 | 2.6 | 394 | 1.4 | ||||||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets |
28,752 | 100.0 | 26,829 | 100.0 |
Notes
a | Assets held are predominantly quoted. |
b | Assets held are predominantly non-quoted. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 325 |
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
35 Pensions and post retirement benefits continued
Analysis of scheme assets |
||||||||||||||||
Total | Of which relates to UKRF | |||||||||||||||
% of total | % of total | |||||||||||||||
fair value of | fair value of | |||||||||||||||
scheme | scheme | |||||||||||||||
Value | assets | Value | assets | |||||||||||||
£m | % | £m | % | |||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Equities quoted |
6,813 | 23.6 | 5,808 | 21.6 | ||||||||||||
Equities non-quoted |
1,549 | 5.4 | 1,537 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||
Bonds fixed governmenta |
934 | 3.2 | 609 | 2.3 | ||||||||||||
Bonds index-linked governmenta |
7,114 | 24.6 | 7,114 | 26.5 | ||||||||||||
Bonds corporate and othera |
5,599 | 19.4 | 5,317 | 19.8 | ||||||||||||
Property commercialb |
2,023 | 7.0 | 1,945 | 7.3 | ||||||||||||
Derivativesb |
1,472 | 5.1 | 1,472 | 5.5 | ||||||||||||
Cash |
2,897 | 10.0 | 2,644 | 9.9 | ||||||||||||
Pooled fundsc |
284 | 1.0 | 284 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||
Otherb |
189 | 0.7 | 97 | 0.3 | ||||||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets |
28,874 | 100.0 | 26,827 | 100.0 |
Included within the fair value of scheme assets were: £5m (2014: £3m) relating to shares in Barclays PLC, £23m (2014: £39m) relating to bonds issued by the Barclays Group, £6m (2014: £6m) relating to property occupied by Group companies, and £7m (2014: £14m) relating to other investments. The UKRF also invests in investment vehicles which may hold shares or debt issued by the Barclays Group.
The UKRF scheme assets also include £36m (2014: £36m) relating to UK private equity investments and £1,714m (2014: £1,502m) relating to overseas private equity investments. These are disclosed above within Equities non-quoted.
Approximately a third of the UKRF assets are invested in liability-driven investment strategies; primarily UK gilts as well as interest rate and inflation swaps. These are used to better match the assets to its liabilities. The swaps are used to reduce the schemes inflation and duration risks against its liabilities.
Funding
The latest triennial funding valuation of the UKRF was carried out with an effective date of 30 September 2013. This was completed in 2014 and showed a deficit of £3.6bn and a funding level of 87.4%. The next funding valuation of the UKRF is due to be completed in 2017 with an effective date of 30 September 2016. In non-valuation years, the Scheme Actuary prepares an annual update of the funding position. The latest annual update was carried out as at 30 September 2015 and showed a deficit of £6.0bn and a funding level of 82.7%. The increase in funding deficit over the year to 30 September can be mainly attributed to the fall in real gilt yields over the year.
The Bank and Trustee agreed a scheme specific funding target, statement of funding principles, a schedule of contributions and a recovery plan to eliminate the deficit in the Fund. The main differences between the funding and IAS 19 assumptions are a more prudent longevity assumption for funding and a different approach to setting the discount rate.
The recovery plan to eliminate the deficit will result in the Bank paying deficit contributions to the Fund until 2021. Deficit contributions of £300m were paid in 2015, and also are payable in 2016. Further deficit contributions of £740m per annum are payable during 2017 to 2021. Up to £500m of the 2021 deficit contribution is payable in 2017 depending on the deficit level at that time. These deficit contributions are in addition to the regular contributions to meet the Groups share of the cost of benefits accruing over each year.
In non-valuation years, the Scheme Actuary prepares an annual update of the funding position. The latest annual update was carried out as at 30 September 2015 and showed a deficit of £6.0bn and a funding level of 82.7%. The increase in funding deficit over the year to 30 September 2015 can be mainly attributed to the fall in real gilt yields over the year.
Defined benefit contributions paid with respect to the UKRF were as follows:
Contributions paid |
||||
£m | ||||
2015 |
586 | |||
2014 |
241 | |||
2013 |
238 |
The Groups expected contribution to the UKRF in respect of defined benefits in 2016 is £632m (2015: £586m). In addition, the expected contributions to UK defined contribution schemes in 2016 is £49m (2015: £52m) to the UKRF and £140m (2015: £126m) to the BPSP. For the material non-UK defined benefit schemes, the expected contributions in 2016 are £78m (2015: £107m).
Notes
a | Assets held are predominantly quoted. |
b | Assets held are predominantly non-quoted. |
c | Pooled funds relate to a variety of investments which are predominantly non-quoted. |
326 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
This section presents information on the Groups investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates and its interests in structured entities. Detail is also given on securitisation transactions the Group has entered into and arrangements that are held off-balance sheet.
Barclays applies IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements combine the financial statements of Barclays PLC and all its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities over which the Group has control. Under IFRS 10, this is when the Group is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement in the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.
The Group reassesses whether it controls an entity if facts and circumstances indicate that there have been changes to its power, its rights to variable returns or its ability to use its power to affect the amount of its returns.
Intra-group transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation and consistent accounting policies are used throughout the Group for the purposes of the consolidation. Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions if they occur after control has been obtained and they do not result in loss of control.
The significant judgements used in applying this policy are set out below.
|
Accounting for investment in subsidiaries
In the individual financial statements of Barclays PLC, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment.
Principal subsidiaries for the Group are set out below. This includes those subsidiaries that are most significant in the context of the Groups business, results or financial position.
Non- | Non- | |||||||||||||||
controlling | controlling | |||||||||||||||
interests | interests | |||||||||||||||
Percentage | proportion of | proportion of | ||||||||||||||
of voting | ownership | voting | ||||||||||||||
Principal place of business or | rights held | interests | interests | |||||||||||||
Company name |
incorporation | Nature of business | % | % | % | |||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC |
England | Banking, holding company | 100 | 11 | | |||||||||||
Barclays Capital Securities Limited |
England | Securities dealing | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Private Clients International Limited |
Isle of Man | Banking | 100 | * | | | ||||||||||
Barclays Securities Japan Limited |
Japan | Securities dealing | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group Limited |
South Africa | Banking | 62 | 38 | 38 | |||||||||||
Barclays Capital Inc |
United States | Securities dealing | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Bank Delaware |
United States | Credit card issuer | 100 | | |
The country of registration or incorporation is also the principal area of operation of each of the above subsidiaries. Investments in subsidiaries held directly by Barclays Bank PLC are marked *. See Note 46 Related undertakings for further information on the Groups undertakings.
Ownership interests are in some cases different to voting interests due to the existence of non-voting equity interests, such as preference shares. See Note 33 Non-controlling interests for more information.
Barclays Bank SAU was considered a principal subsidiary in 2014. Barclays Bank SAU and its subsidiaries, comprising all its associated assets and liabilities, was sold to a third party, Caixabank, SA on 2 January 2015.
Significant judgements and assumptions used to determine the scope of the consolidation
Determining whether the Group has control of an entity is generally straightforward based on ownership of the majority of the voting capital. However, in certain instances, this determination will involve significant judgement, particularly in the case of structured entities where voting rights are often not the determining factor in decisions over the relevant activities. This judgement may involve assessing the purpose and design of the entity. It will also often be necessary to consider whether the Group, or another involved party with power over the relevant activities, is acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of others.
There is also often considerable judgement involved in the ongoing assessment of control over structured entities. In this regard, where market conditions have deteriorated such that the other investors exposures to the structures variable returns have been substantively eliminated, the Group may conclude that the managers of the structured entity are acting as its agent and therefore will consolidate the structured entity.
An interest in equity voting rights exceeding 50% would typically indicate that the Group has control of an entity. However, certain entities, as set out below, are excluded from consolidation because the Group does not have exposure to their variable returns.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 327 |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
36 Principal subsidiaries continued
Country of registration or incorporation | Company name |
Percentage of voting rights held (%) |
Equity shareholders funds (£m) |
Retained profit for the year (£m) | ||||
UK | Fitzroy Finance Limited | 100 | | | ||||
Cayman Islands | Palomino Limited | 100 | 2 | |
These entities are managed by external counterparties and consequently are not controlled by the Group. Where appropriate, interests relating to these entities are included in Note 37 Structured entities.
Significant restrictions
As is typical for a Group of its size and international scope, there are restrictions on the ability of Barclays PLC to obtain distributions of capital, access the assets or repay the liabilities of members of its Group due to the statutory, regulatory and contractual requirements of its subsidiaries and due to the protective rights of non-controlling interests. These are considered below.
Regulatory requirements
Barclays principal subsidiary companies have assets and liabilities before intercompany eliminations of £1,468bn (2014: £1,757bn) and £1,398bn (2014: £1,683bn) respectively. The assets and liabilities are subject to prudential regulation and regulatory capital requirements in the countries in which they are regulated. These require entities to maintain minimum capital levels which cannot be returned to the parent company, Barclays PLC on a going concern basis.
In order to meet capital requirements, subsidiaries may hold certain equity-accounted and debt-accounted issued financial instruments and non-equity instruments such as Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments and other forms of subordinated liabilities. See Note 33 Non-controlling interests and Note 30 Subordinated liabilities for particulars of these instruments. These instruments may be subject to cancellation clauses or preference share restrictions that would limit the ability of the entity to repatriate the capital on a timely basis.
Liquidity requirements
Regulated subsidiaries of the Group are required to maintain liquidity pools to meet PRA and local regulatory requirements. The main subsidiaries affected are Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Africa Group Limited and Barclays Capital Inc which must maintain daily compliance with the regulatory minimum. See pages 188 to 204 for further details of liquidity requirements, including those of our significant subsidiaries.
Statutory requirements
The Groups subsidiaries are subject to statutory requirements not to make distributions of capital and unrealised profits and generally to maintain solvency. These requirements restrict the ability of subsidiaries to make remittances of dividends to Barclays PLC, the ultimate parent, except in the event of a legal capital reduction or liquidation. In most cases, the regulatory restrictions referred to above exceed the statutory restrictions.
Contractual requirements
Asset encumbrance
The Group uses its financial assets to raise finance in the form of securitisations and through the liquidity schemes of central banks. Once encumbered, the assets are not available for transfer around the Group. The assets typically affected are disclosed in Note 40 Assets pledged.
Assets held by consolidated structured entities
£80m (2014: £379m) of assets included in the Groups balance sheet relate to consolidated investment funds and are held to pay return and principal to the holders of units in the funds. The assets held in these funds cannot be transferred to other members of the Group. The decrease is materially driven by the sale of the Spanish business in January 2015, which included certain European wealth funds, and the disposal of a French wealth fund during the year.
Other restrictions
The Group is required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities, and these amounted to £4,369m (2014: £4,448m).
Barclays Africa Group Limited assets are subject to exchange control regulation determined by the South African Reserve Bank (SARB). Special dividends and loans in lieu of dividends cannot be transferred without SARB approval.
37 Structured entities
A structured entity is an entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. Structured entities are generally created to achieve a narrow and well defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities.
Depending on the Groups power over the activities of the entity and its exposure to and ability to influence its own returns, it may consolidate the entity. In other cases, it may sponsor or have exposure to such an entity but not consolidate it.
Consolidated structured entities
The Group has contractual arrangements which may require it to provide financial support to the following types of consolidated structured entities:
Securitisation vehicles
The Group uses securitisation as a source of financing and a means of risk transfer. Refer to Note 39 Securitisations for further detail.
The Group provides liquidity facilities to certain securitisation vehicles. At 31 December 2015, there were outstanding loan commitments to these entities totalling £135m (2014: £201m).
328 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
37 Structured entities continued
Commercial paper (CP) and medium-term note conduits
The Group provided £8.5bn (2014: £9.1bn) in undrawn contractual backstop liquidity facilities to CP conduits.
Fund management entities
Barclays has contractually guaranteed the performance of certain cash investments in a number of managed investment funds which have resulted in their consolidation. As at 31 December 2015, the notional value of the guarantee was £257m (2014: £585m). The decrease is primarily due to the closure of a number of European wealth funds during the year.
Employee benefit and other trusts
The Group provides capital contributions to employee share trusts to enable them to meet their obligations to employees under share-based payment plans. During 2015, the Group provided undrawn liquidity facilities of £784m (2014: £332m) to certain trusts.
Unconsolidated Structured Entities in which the Group has an interest
An interest in a structured entity is any form of contractual or non-contractual involvement which creates variability in returns arising from the performance of the entity for the Group. Such interests include holdings of debt or equity securities, derivatives that transfer financial risks from the entity to the Group, lending, loan commitments, financial guarantees and investment management agreements.
Interest rate swaps, foreign exchange derivatives that are not complex and which expose the Group to insignificant credit risk by being senior in the payment waterfall of a securitisation and derivatives that are determined to introduce risk or variability to a structured entity are not considered to be an interest in an entity and have been excluded from the disclosures below.
The nature and extent of the Groups interests in structured entities is summarised below:
Summary of interests in unconsolidated structured entities |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured financing £m |
|
|
Short-term traded interests £m |
|
|
Traded derivatives £m |
|
|
Other interests £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||
As at December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
| 8,949 | | 1,648 | 10,597 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
12,382 | | | 353 | 12,735 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
| | 4,427 | 1,926 | 6,353 | |||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
| | | 1,060 | 1,060 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
| | | 4,067 | 4,067 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
| | | 27,700 | 27,700 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
7,117 | | | | 7,117 | |||||||||||||||
Other assets |
| | | 31 | 31 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets |
19,499 | 8,949 | 4,427 | 36,785 | 69,660 | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
| | 2,761 | 1,926 | 4,687 | |||||||||||||||
As at December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
| 14,538 | | 3,668 | 18,206 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
| | | 963 | 963 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
| | 5,207 | 1,594 | 6,801 | |||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
| | | 1,216 | 1,216 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
| | | 4,277 | 4,277 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
| | | 30,067 | 30,067 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
37,139 | | | | 37,139 | |||||||||||||||
Other assets |
| | | 38 | 38 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets |
37,139 | 14,538 | 5,207 | 41,823 | 98,707 | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
| | 5,222 | 1,514 | 6,736 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 329 |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
37 Structured entities continued
Secured financing arrangements, short term traded interests and traded derivatives are typically managed under market risk management described on page 174 which includes an indication of the change of risk measures compared to last year. For this reason, the total assets of these entities are not considered meaningful for the purposes of understanding the related risks and so have not been presented. Other interests include a Non-Core portfolio which is being managed down, conduits and corporate lending where the interest is driven by normal customer demand.
Secured financing
The Group routinely enters into reverse repurchase contracts, stock borrowing and similar arrangements on normal commercial terms where the counterparty to the arrangement is a structured entity. Due to the nature of these arrangements, especially the transfer of collateral and ongoing margining, the Group has minimal exposure to the performance of the structured entity counterparty. A description of these transactions is included in Note 22 Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar secured lending and borrowing.
Short-term traded interests
The Group buys and sells interests in structured entities as part of its trading activities, for example, retail mortgage backed securities, CDOs and similar interests. Such interests are typically held individually or as part of a larger portfolio for no more than 90 days. In such cases, the Group typically has no other involvement with the structured entity other than the securities it holds as part of trading activities and its maximum exposure to loss is restricted to the carrying value of the asset.
As at 31 December 2015, £8,576m (2014: £12,058m) of the Groups £8,949m (2014: £14,538m) short-term traded interests were comprised of debt securities issued by asset securitisation vehicles.
Traded derivatives
The Group enters into a variety of derivative contracts with structured entities which reference market risk variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and credit indices among other things. The main derivative types which are considered interests in structured entities include index based and entity specific credit default swaps, balance guaranteed swaps, total return swaps, commodities swaps, and equity swaps. A description of the types of derivatives and the risk management practices are detailed in Note 15 Derivative financial instruments. The risk of loss may be mitigated through ongoing margining requirements as well as a right to cash flows from the structured entity which are senior in the payment waterfall. Such margining requirements are consistent with market practice for many derivative arrangements and in line with the Groups normal credit policies.
Derivative transactions require the counterparty to provide cash or other collateral under margining agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk. Included in the traded derivatives total are £409m (2014: £445m) of derivative assets which are cleared derivative type arrangements. These are transactions where the Group enters into a contract with an exchange on behalf of a structured entity client and holds an opposite position with it. The Group is exposed to settlement risk only on these derivatives which is mitigated through daily margining. Total notionals amounted to £117,642m (2014: £176,584m).
Except for CDS where the maximum exposure to loss is the swap notional amount, it is not possible to estimate the maximum exposure to loss in respect of derivative positions as the fair value of derivatives is subject to changes in market rates of interest, exchange rates and credit indices which by their nature are uncertain. In addition, the Groups losses would be subject to mitigating action under its traded market risk and credit risk policies that require the counterparty to provide collateral in cash or other assets on a daily basis in most cases.
Other interests in unconsolidated structured entities
The Groups interests in structured entities not held for the purposes of short-term trading activities are set out below, summarised by the purpose of the entities and limited to significant categories, based on maximum exposure to loss.
330 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
37 Structured entities continued
Nature of interest |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Structured credit portfolio £m |
|
|
Multi-seller conduit programmes £m |
|
|
Lending £m |
|
|
Mortgage- backed securities £m |
|
|
Investment funds and trusts £m |
|
|
Others £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||
As at December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
1,545 | | | | | 40 | 1,585 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities |
| | | | | 63 | 63 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
| | 247 | | | 6 | 253 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
| | 41 | | | 57 | 98 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities |
| | | | | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
| | | | | 1,926 | 1,926 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
537 | | | 515 | | 8 | 1,060 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
1,599 | 5,029 | 20,571 | | | 501 | 27,700 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
| | 4,051 | | | 16 | 4,067 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
| 4 | 7 | | 20 | | 31 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet exposures |
3,681 | 5,033 | 24,917 | 515 | 20 | 2,619 | 36,785 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet notional amounts |
708 | 3,042 | 10,225 | | | 1,409 | 15,384 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Maximum exposure to loss |
4,389 | 8,075 | 35,142 | 515 | 20 | 4,028 | 52,169 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets of the entity |
36,290 | 81,355 | 376,296 | 115,351 | 21,766 | 5,084 | 636,142 | |||||||||||||||||||||
As at December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
3,590 | | | | | 51 | 3,641 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities |
| | | | | 27 | 27 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
| | 881 | | | 11 | 892 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
| | | | | 35 | 35 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities |
| | | | | 36 | 36 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
| | 80 | | | 1,514 | 1,594 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
1 | 575 | | 626 | | 14 | 1,216 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
3,390 | 8,236 | 17,780 | | | 661 | 30,067 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
| | 4,277 | | | | 4,277 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
| 5 | 9 | | 21 | 3 | 38 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet exposures |
6,981 | 8,816 | 23,027 | 626 | 21 | 2,352 | 41,823 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet notional amounts |
1,078 | 8,075 | 6,359 | | | 2,104 | 17,616 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Maximum exposure to loss |
8,059 | 16,891 | 29,386 | 626 | 21 | 4,456 | 59,439 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets of the entity |
50,279 | 97,298 | 390,522 | 147,422 | 25,556 | 5,816 | 716,893 |
Maximum exposure to loss
Unless specified otherwise below, the Groups maximum exposure to loss is the total of its on-balance sheet positions and its off-balance sheet arrangements, being loan commitments and financial guarantees. Exposure to loss is mitigated through collateral, financial guarantees, the availability of netting and credit protection held.
Structured Credit Portfolio
This comprises interests in debt securities issued by securitisation vehicles, mainly CLOs, CDOs, Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitisation structures (RMBSs and CMBSs), and drawn and undrawn loan facilities to these entities. In some cases, the securities are wrapped with credit protection from a monoline insurer, which transfers the credit risk to the monoline. The entities are wholly debt financed through the issuance of tranches of debt securities or through direct funding, such as the loan facilities provided by the Group. As the underlying assets of the entities amortise and pay down, the debt securities issued by the entities are repaid in order of seniority. Where the entities experience significant credit deterioration, debt securities may be written off or cancelled in reverse order of seniority.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 331 |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
37 Structured entities continued
As at 31 December 2015 the Groups funded exposures comprised £1,545m (2014: £3,591m) debt securities at fair value and £1,599m (2014: £3,390m) amortised cost loans and advances. Of the £3,681m (2014: £6,981m), £2,783m (2014: £4,822m) is investment grade, with the remainder either non-investment grade or not rated. The Group also had £708m (2014: £1,078m) of unfunded exposures in the form of undrawn liquidity commitments. Of the £4,389m (2014: £8,059m) of funded and unfunded exposures, £4,387m (2014: £7,897m) is senior in the capital structure of the entity.
Though the Groups funded exposures are primarily investment grade and senior in the capital structure, there are cases where the interests that are subordinate to the Groups senior and mezzanine interests have minimal or no value, due to decreases in the fair value of the underlying collateral held by the entity.
The Groups income from these entities comprises trading income (largely gains and losses on changes in the fair value and interest earned on bonds) on items classified as held for trading and interest income on interests classified as loans and receivables.
During 2015, the Group recorded a fair value loss of £4m (2014: £91m loss) on debt securities. Impairment losses recorded on loans and advances were immaterial in both the current and prior year.
The fair value of the Groups interests in certain CLOs and CDOs is influenced by the protection directly provided to the structured entities by monoline insurers in addition to the value of the collateral held by the entities. The protection provided to the entities by the monoline insurers is in the form of a CDS. However, the ability of the monolines to make payments is uncertain, which is reflected in the valuation of the Groups interests in the monoline wrapped CLOs and CDOs.
Multi-seller conduit programmes
The conduits engage in providing financing to various clients and hold whole or partial interests in pools of receivables or similar obligations. These instruments are protected from loss through over-collateralisation, seller guarantees, or other credit enhancements provided to the conduits. The Groups off-balance sheet exposure included in the table above represents liquidity facilities that are provided to the conduits for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper issued by the conduits and will only be drawn where the conduits are unable to access the commercial paper market. If these facilities are drawn, the Group is protected from loss through over-collateralisation, seller guarantees, or other credit enhancements provided to the conduits. The Group earns income from fees received on the liquidity facility and the letter of credit provided to the conduits. There were no impairment losses on this lending in either of the current year or the prior year.
Lending
The portfolio includes lending provided by the Group to unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of its lending business to earn income in the form of interest and lending fees and includes loans to structured entities that are generally collateralised by property, equipment or other assets. All loans are subject to the Groups credit sanctioning process. Collateral arrangements are specific to the circumstances of each loan with additional guarantees and collateral sought from the sponsor of the structured entity for certain arrangements. During the period the Group incurred an impairment of £35m (2014: £31m) against such facilities. The main types of lending are £3bn (2014: £4bn) of funding loans to bankruptcy remote structured entities to either invest or develop properties, £4bn (2014: £5bn) of loans to structured entities which have been created by an individual to hold one or more assets, £2bn (2014: £2bn) to entities whose operations are limited to financing or funding the acquisition of specific assets such as schools, hospitals, roads and renewable energy projects under the Private Finance Initiative (PFI), and £1bn (2014: £1bn) of funding loans to bankruptcy remote structured entities to enable them to purchase capital equipment for parent companies and are supported by government export guarantees.
Mortgage-backed securities
This represents a portfolio of floating rate notes, mainly mortgage-backed security positions, used as an accounting hedge of interest rate risk under the Groups structural hedging programme. All notes are investment grade. The portfolio has decreased owing to a reduced requirement for hedge accounting capacity in sterling.
Investment funds and trusts
In the course of its fund management activities, the Group establishes pooled investment funds that comprise investments of various kinds, tailored to meet certain investors requirements. The Groups interest in funds is generally restricted to a fund management fee, the value of which is typically based on the performance of the fund.
The Group acts as trustee to a number of trusts established by or on behalf of its clients. The purpose of the trusts, which meet the definition of structured entities, is to hold assets on behalf of beneficiaries. The Groups interest in trusts is generally restricted to unpaid fees which, depending on the trust, may be fixed or based on the value of the trust assets. Barclays has no other risk exposure to the trusts.
Other
This includes £1,926m (2014: £1,514m) of derivative transactions with structured entities where the market risk is materially hedged with corresponding derivative contracts.
Assets transferred to sponsored unconsolidated structured entities
Assets transferred to sponsored unconsolidated structured entities were immaterial.
332 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
38 Investments in associates and joint ventures
Accounting for associates and joint ventures Barclays applies IAS 28 Investments in Associates and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements. Associates are entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the operating and financial policies. Generally the Group holds more than 20%, but less than 50%, of their voting shares. Joint ventures are arrangements where the Group has joint control and rights to the net assets of the entity.
The Groups investments in associates and joint ventures are initially recorded at cost and increased (or decreased) each year by the Groups share of the post acquisition profit/(loss). The Group ceases to recognise its share of the losses of equity accounted associates when its share of the net assets and amounts due from the entity have been written off in full, unless it has a contractual or constructive obligation to make good its share of the losses. In some cases, investments in these entities may be held at fair value through profit or loss, for example, those held by private equity businesses.
|
There are no individually significant investments in joint ventures or associates held by Barclays.
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Associates | Joint ventures | Total | Associates | Joint ventures | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||
Equity accounted | 217 | 356 | 573 | 303 | 408 | 711 | ||||||||||||||||||
Held at fair value through profit or loss | 77 | 475 | 552 | 307 | 366 | 673 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 294 | 831 | 1,125 | 610 | 774 | 1,384 | ||||||||||||||||||
Summarised financial information for the Groups equity accounted associates and joint ventures is set out below. The amounts shown are the net income of the investees, not just the Groups share for the year ended 31 December 2015, with the exception of certain undertakings for which the amounts are based on accounts made up to dates not earlier than three months before the balance sheet date.
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
Associates | Joint ventures | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) from continuing operations | 6 | (9 | ) | 86 | 146 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income | | 13 | (24 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | 6 | 4 | 62 | 141 |
Unrecognised shares of the losses of individually immaterial associates and joint ventures were nil (2014: nil).
The Groups associates and joint ventures are subject to statutory requirements such that they cannot make remittances of dividends or make loan repayments to Barclays PLC without agreement from the external parties.
The Groups share of commitments and contingencies of its associates and joint ventures comprised unutilised credit facilities provided to customers of £1,450m (2014: £1,566m). In addition, the Group has made commitments to finance or otherwise provide resources to its joint ventures and associates of £177m (2014: £183m).
39 Securitisations
Accounting for securitisations The Group uses securitisations as a source of finance and a means of risk transfer. Such transactions generally result in the transfer of contractual cash flows from portfolios of financial assets to holders of issued debt securities.
Securitisations may, depending on the individual arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets and the recognition of the debt securities issued in the transaction; lead to partial continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Groups continuing involvement in those assets or to derecognition of the assets and the separate recognition, as assets or liabilities, of any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer. Full derecognition only occurs when the Group transfers both its contractual right to receive cash flows from the financial assets, or retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to another party without material delay or reinvestment, and also transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, including credit risk, prepayment risk and interest rate risk.
|
In the course of its normal banking activities, the Group makes transfers of financial assets, either legally (where legal rights to the cash flows from the asset are passed to the counterparty) or beneficial (where the Group retains the rights to the cash flows but assumes a responsibility to transfer them to the counterparty). Depending on the nature of the transaction, this may result in derecognition of the assets in their entirety, partial derecognition or no derecognition of the assets subject to the transfer.
Full derecognition only occurs when the Group transfers both its contractual right to receive cash flows from the financial assets (or retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to another party without material delay or reinvestment) and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, including credit risk, prepayment risk and interest rate risk. When an asset is transferred, in some circumstances, the Group may retain an interest in it (continuing involvement) requiring the Group to repurchase it in certain circumstances for other than its fair value on that date.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 333 |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
39 Securitisations continued
A summary of the main transactions, and the assets and liabilities and the financial risks arising from these transactions, is set out below:
Transfers of financial assets that do not result in derecognition
Securitisations
The Group was party to securitisation transactions involving its residential mortgage loans, business loans and credit card balances.
In these transactions, the assets, interests in the assets, or beneficial interests in the cash flows arising from the assets, are transferred to a special purpose entity, which then issues interest bearing debt securities to third party investors.
Securitisations may, depending on the individual arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets and the recognition of the debt securities issued in the transaction. Partial continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Groups continuing involvement in those assets can also occur or derecognition of the assets and the separate recognition, as assets or liabilities, of any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer.
The following table shows the carrying amount of securitised assets that have not resulted in full derecognition, together with the associated liabilities, for each category of asset on the balance sheet:
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Carrying amount £m |
|
|
Fair value £m |
|
|
Carrying amount £m |
|
|
Fair value £m |
|
|
Carrying amount £m |
|
|
Fair value £m |
|
|
Carrying amount £m |
|
|
Fair value £m |
| |||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgage loans |
376 | 362 | (168 | ) | (170 | ) | 2,830 | 2,619 | (2,352 | ) | (2,360 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
5,433 | 5,472 | (4,604 | ) | (4,606 | ) | 7,060 | 7,162 | (5,160 | ) | (5,178 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
8 | 8 | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | 157 | 154 | (135 | ) | (146 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
5,817 | 5,842 | (4,780 | ) | (4,784 | ) | 10,047 | 9,935 | (7,647 | ) | (7,684 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained interests in residential mortgage loans |
| | | | 66 | n/a | | n/a | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained interests in corporate loans |
42 | 42 | n/a | n/a | | | | |
Balances included within loans and advances to customers represent securitisations where substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset have been retained by the Group.
The relationship between the transferred assets and the associated liabilities is that holders of notes may only look to cash flows from the securitised assets for payments of principal and interest due to them under the terms of their notes, although the contractual terms of their notes may be different to the maturity and interest of the transferred assets.
Retained interests in transfers of financial assets that resulted in partial derecognition are securities which represent a continuing exposure to the prepayment and credit risk in the underlying securitised assets. The carrying amount of the loans before transfer was £78m (2014: £120m). The retained interest is initially recorded as an allocation of the original carrying amount based on the relative fair values of the portion derecognised and the portion retained.
For transfers of assets in relation to repurchase agreements, see Note 22 Reverse repurchase agreements including other similar and secured lending and borrowing and Note 40 Assets pledged.
Continuing involvement in financial assets that have been derecognised
In some cases, the Group may have transferred a financial asset in its entirety but may have continuing involvement in it. This arises in asset securitisations where loans and asset backed securities were derecognised as a result of the Groups involvement with CLOs, CDOs, RMBS and CMBS. Continuing involvement largely arises from providing financing into these structures in the form of retained notes, which do not bear first losses.
The table below shows the potential financial implications of such continuing involvement:
|
Continuing involvement as at 31 December 2015 |
|
|
Gain/(loss) from continuing involvement |
| |||||||||||||||
Type of transfer |
|
Carrying amount £m |
|
|
Fair value £m |
|
|
Maximum exposure to loss £m |
|
|
For the year ended 31 December 2015 £m |
|
|
Cumulative to 31 December 2015 £m |
| |||||
CLO and other assets |
686 | 684 | 686 | 7 | (36 | ) | ||||||||||||||
US sub-prime and Alt-A |
38 | 37 | 38 | | (426 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage backed securities |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Total |
724 | 721 | 724 | 7 | (462 | ) |
334 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
39 Securitisations continued
|
Continuing
involvement as at 31 December 2014 |
|
|
Gain/(loss) from continuing involvement |
| |||||||||||||||
Type of transfer |
|
Carrying amount £m |
|
|
Fair value £m |
|
|
Maximum exposure to loss £m |
|
|
For the year ended 31 December 2014 £m |
|
|
Cumulative to 31 December 2014 £m |
| |||||
CLO and other assets |
1,370 | 1,354 | 1,370 | 14 | (720 | ) | ||||||||||||||
US sub-prime and Alt-A |
208 | 195 | 208 | | (1,365 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage backed securities |
200 | 200 | 200 | 15 | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total |
1,778 | 1,749 | 1,778 | 29 | (2,093 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Assets which represent the Groups continuing involvement in derecognised assets are recorded in the following line items:
|
| |||||||||||||||||||
Type of transfer |
|
Loans and advances £m |
|
|
Trading portfolio assets £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||
CLO and other assets |
327 | 359 | 686 | |||||||||||||||||
US sub-prime and Alt-A |
38 | | 38 | |||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage backed securities |
| | | |||||||||||||||||
Total |
365 | 359 | 724 | |||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||
CLO and other assets |
829 | 541 | 1,370 | |||||||||||||||||
US sub-prime and Alt-A |
200 | 8 | 208 | |||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage backed securities |
| 200 | 200 | |||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,029 | 749 | 1,778 |
Assets are pledged as collateral to secure liabilities under repurchase agreements, securitisations and stock lending agreements or as collateral posted against derivative margin requirements. Assets pledged as collateral include all assets categorised as encumbered in the disclosure on page 195, other than those held in commercial paper conduits. In these transactions, Barclays will be required to step in to provide financing itself under a liquidity facility if the vehicle cannot access the commercial paper market. The following table summarises the nature and carrying amount of the assets pledged as security against these liabilities:
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
a
| |||
Trading portfolio assets |
49,308 | 50,782 | ||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
2,534 | 2,324 | ||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
51,038 | 62,459 | ||||||
Cash collateral |
62,599 | 72,562 | ||||||
Available for sale financial investments |
11,666 | 8,732 | ||||||
Non current assets held for sale |
1,930 | 4,693 | ||||||
Assets pledged |
179,075 | 201,552 |
Barclays has an additional £13bn (2014: £9bn) of loans and advances within its asset backed funding programmes that can readily be used to raise additional secured funding and are available to support future issuance.
Collateral held as security for assets
Under certain transactions, including reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing transactions, the Group is allowed to resell or re-pledge the collateral held. The fair value at the balance sheet date of collateral accepted and re-pledged to others was as follows:
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral |
308,162 | 396,480 | ||||||
Of which fair value of securities re-pledged/transferred to others |
266,015 | 313,354 |
The full disclosure as per IFRS 7 has been included in collateral and other credit enhancements (see pages 145 to 147).
Note
a | 2014 has been revised to align balance sheet categories to the asset encumbrance table on page 196. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 335 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
The notes included in this section focus on related party transactions, auditors remuneration and Directors remuneration. Related parties include any subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, entities under common directorships and Key Management Personnel.
41 Related party transactions and Directors remuneration
Related party transactions
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operational decisions, or one other party controls both. The definition includes subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and the Groups pension schemes.
Subsidiaries
Transactions between Barclays PLC and its subsidiaries also meet the definition of related party transactions. Where these are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed in the Group Financial Statements. Transactions between Barclays PLC and its subsidiary, Barclays Bank PLC are fully disclosed in Barclays PLCs balance sheet and income statement. A list of the Groups principal subsidiaries is shown in Note 36.
Associates, joint ventures and other entities
The Group provides banking services to its associates, joint ventures, the Group pension funds (principally the UK Retirement Fund) and to entities under common directorships, providing loans, overdrafts, interest and non-interest bearing deposits and current accounts to these entities as well as other services. Group companies also provide investment management and custodian services to the Group pension schemes. The Group also provides banking services for unit trusts and investment funds managed by Group companies, which are not individually material. All of these transactions are conducted on the same terms as third party transactions. Summarised financial information for the Groups investments in associates and joint ventures is set out in Note 38.
Amounts included in the Groups financial statements, in aggregate, by category of related party entity are as follows:
Pension | ||||||||||
funds, unit | ||||||||||
trusts and | ||||||||||
Joint | investment | |||||||||
Associates | ventures | funds | ||||||||
£m | £m | £m | ||||||||
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||
Income |
(19) | 40 | 4 | |||||||
Impairment |
(4) | (2) | | |||||||
Total assets |
36 | 1,578 | | |||||||
Total liabilities |
158 | 133 | 184 | |||||||
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||
Income |
(5) | 9 | 4 | |||||||
Impairment |
| (1) | | |||||||
Total assets |
130 | 1,558 | | |||||||
Total liabilities |
264 | 188 | 149 | |||||||
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2013 |
||||||||||
Income |
(10) | 24 | 3 | |||||||
Impairment |
(3) | (4) | | |||||||
Total assets |
116 | 1,521 | 5 | |||||||
Total liabilities |
278 | 185 | 207 |
Guarantees, pledges or commitments given in respect of these transactions in the year were £881m (2014: £911m) predominantly relating to joint ventures. No guarantees, pledges or commitments were received in the year. Derivatives transacted on behalf of the pension funds unit trusts and investment funds were £13m (2014: £587m).
Key Management Personnel
The Groups Key Management Personnel, and persons connected with them, are also considered to be related parties for disclosure purposes. Key Management Personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Barclays PLC (directly or indirectly) and comprise the Directors of Barclays PLC and the Officers of the Group, certain direct reports of the Group Chief Executive and the heads of major business units and functions.
There were no material related party transactions with entities under common directorship where a Director or other member of Key Management Personnel (or any connected person) is also a Director or other member of Key Management Personnel (or any connected person) of Barclays.
336 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
41 Related party transactions and Directors remuneration continued
The Group provides banking services to Directors and other Key Management Personnel and persons connected to them. Transactions during the year and the balances outstanding were as follows:
Loans outstanding | ||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||
£m | £m | |||||
As at 1 January | 11.4 | 13.4 | ||||
Loans issued during the year | 1.1 | 1.3 | ||||
Loan repayments during the year | (2.7) | (3.3) | ||||
As at 31 December | 9.8 | 11.4 |
No allowances for impairment were recognised in respect of loans to Directors or other members of Key Management Personnel (or any connected person).
Deposits outstanding | ||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||
£m | £m | |||||
As at 1 January | 103.0 | 100.2 | ||||
Deposits received during the year | 44.8 | 25.7 | ||||
Deposits repaid during the year | (31.3) | (22.9) | ||||
As at 31 December | 116.5 | 103.0 |
Total commitments outstanding
Total commitments outstanding refers to the total of any undrawn amounts on credit cards and/or overdraft facilities provided to Key Management Personnel. Total commitments outstanding as at 31 December 2015 were £0.5m (2014: £1.3m).
All loans to Directors and other Key Management Personnel (and persons connected to them), (a) were made in the ordinary course of business, (b) were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other persons and (c) did not involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable features.
Remuneration of Directors and other Key Management Personnel
Total remuneration awarded to Directors and other Key Management Personnel below represents the awards made to individuals that have been approved by the Board Remuneration Committee as part of the latest remuneration decisions, and is consistent with the approach adopted for disclosures set out on pages 83 to 116. Costs recognised in the income statement reflect the accounting charge for the year and are included within operating expenses. The difference between the values awarded and the recognised income statement charge principally relates to the recognition of deferred costs for prior year awards. Figures are provided for the period that individuals met the definition of Directors and other Key Management Personnel.
2015 | 2014 | |||||
£m | £m | |||||
Salaries and other short-term benefits | 31.3 | 28.3 | ||||
Pension costs | 0.3 | 0.3 | ||||
Other long-term benefits | 4.7 | 8.1 | ||||
Share-based payments | 11.0 | 15.0 | ||||
Employer social security charges on emoluments | 5.2 | 5.8 | ||||
Costs recognised for accounting purposes | 52.5 | 57.5 | ||||
Employer social security charges on emoluments | (5.2) | (5.8) | ||||
Other long-term benefits difference between awards granted and costs recognised | 2.5 | (4.3) | ||||
Share-based payments difference between awards granted and costs recognised | (2.3) | (8.4) | ||||
Total remuneration awarded | 47.5 | 39.0 |
Disclosure required by the Companies Act 2006
The following information regarding Directors is presented in accordance with the Companies Act 2006:
2015 | 2014 | |||||
£m | £m | |||||
Aggregate emolumentsa | 7.0 | 7.8 | ||||
Amounts paid under LTIPsb | 2.2 | | ||||
9.2 | 7.8 |
There were no pension contributions paid to defined contribution schemes on behalf of Directors (2014: nil). There were no notional pension contributions to defined contribution schemes.
As at 31 December 2015, there were no Directors accruing benefits under a defined benefit scheme (2014: nil).
Notes
a | The aggregate emoluments include amounts paid for the 2015 year. In addition, deferred share awards for 2015 will be made to Antony Jenkins and Tushar Morzaria which will only vest subject to meeting certain conditions. The total of the deferred share awards is £0.7m (£1.2m for 2014). |
b | The figure shown for 2015 in Amounts paid under long-term incentive schemes is the amount that was released in 2015 in respect of the 2012-2014 Barclays Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) cycle. The LTIP amount in the single total figure table for executive Directors 2015 remuneration in the Directors Remuneration report relates to the award that is scheduled to be released in 2016 in respect of the 2013-2015 LTIP cycle. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 337 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
41 Related party transactions and Directors remuneration continued
Directors and Officers shareholdings and options
The beneficial ownership of ordinary share capital of Barclays PLC by all Directors and Officers of Barclays PLC (involving 26 persons) at 31 December 2015 amounted to 10,586,812 (2014: 9,078,157) ordinary shares of 25p each (0.06% of the ordinary share capital outstanding).
At 31 December 2015, executive Directors and officers of Barclays PLC (involving 32 persons) held options to purchase a total of 17,206 (2014: 30,398) Barclays PLC ordinary shares of 25p each at prices ranging from 133.01p to 178p under Sharesave.
Advances and credit to Directors and guarantees on behalf of Directors
In accordance with Section 413 of the Companies Act 2006, the total amount of advances and credits made available in 2015 to persons who served as Directors during the year was £0.3m (2014: £0.4m). The total value of guarantees entered into on behalf of Directors during 2015 was nil (2014: nil).
Auditors remuneration is included within consultancy, legal and professional fees in administration and general expenses and comprises:
|
Audit |
|
|
Taxation |
|
|
Other |
|
||||||||||
Audit | related | services | services | Total | ||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||
2015 | ||||||||||||||||||
Audit of the Groups annual accounts | 13 | | | | 13 | |||||||||||||
Other services: | ||||||||||||||||||
Fees payable for the Companys associatesa | 21 | | | | 21 | |||||||||||||
Other services suppliedb | | 3 | | | 3 | |||||||||||||
Other services relating to taxation | ||||||||||||||||||
compliance services | | | 1 | | 1 | |||||||||||||
advisory servicesc | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Other | | 4 | | 1 | 5 | |||||||||||||
Total auditors remuneration | 34 | 7 | 1 | 1 | 43 | |||||||||||||
2014 | ||||||||||||||||||
Audit of the Groups annual accounts | 11 | | | | 11 | |||||||||||||
Other services: | ||||||||||||||||||
Fees payable for the Companys associatesa | 24 | | | | 24 | |||||||||||||
Other services suppliedb | | 4 | | | 4 | |||||||||||||
Other services relating to taxation | ||||||||||||||||||
compliance services | | | 1 | | 1 | |||||||||||||
advisory servicesc | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Other | | 3 | | 1 | 4 | |||||||||||||
Total auditors remuneration | 35 | 7 | 1 | 1 | 44 | |||||||||||||
2013 | ||||||||||||||||||
Audit of the Groups annual accounts | 10 | | | | 10 | |||||||||||||
Other services: | ||||||||||||||||||
Fees payable for the Companys associatesa | 25 | | | | 25 | |||||||||||||
Other services suppliedb | | 3 | | | 3 | |||||||||||||
Other services relating to taxation | ||||||||||||||||||
compliance services | | | 2 | | 2 | |||||||||||||
advisory servicesc | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Other | | 3 | | 2 | 5 | |||||||||||||
Total auditors remuneration | 35 | 6 | 2 | 2 | 45 |
The figures shown in the above table relate to fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its associates for continuing operations of business. Fees paid to other auditors not associated with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in respect of the audit of the Companys subsidiaries were £4m (2014: £4m, 2013: £5m).
Notes
a | Comprises the fees for the statutory audit of the subsidiaries and associated pension schemes both inside and outside Great Britain and fees for the work performed by associates of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in respect of the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Fees relating to the audit of the associated pension schemes were nil (2014: £0.2m). |
b | Comprises services in relation to statutory and regulatory filings. These include audit services for the review of the interim financial information under the Listing Rules of the UK listing authority. |
c | Includes consultation on tax matters, tax advice relating to transactions and other tax planning and advice. |
338 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
43 Financial risks, liquidity and capital management
To improve transparency and ease of reference, by concentrating related information in one place, and to reduce duplication, disclosures required under IFRS relating to financial risks and capital resources have been included within the Risk management and governance section as follows:
§ | Credit risk, on pages 144 to 170 |
§ | Market risk, on pages 171 to 180 |
§ | Capital risk, on pages 181 to 186 |
§ | Liquidity risk, on pages 187 to 204. |
44 Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities
Accounting for non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities
The Group applies IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations.
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. In order to be classified as held for sale, the asset must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary and the sale must be highly probable. Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell.
|
Assets classified as held for sale |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Portugal 2015 £m |
|
|
BVP 2015 £m |
|
|
Italy 2015 £m |
|
|
Other 2015 £m |
|
|
Total 2015 £m |
|
Total 2014 £m | |||||||
Available for sale financial investments |
7 | 1,220 | | 3 | 1,230 | 162 | ||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
3,407 | | 2,091 | 15 | 5,513 | 14,943 | ||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
42 | | | 86 | 128 | 92 | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
| 22 | | | 22 | 291 | ||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
28 | 756 | 27 | 104 | 915 | 557 | ||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,484 | 1,998 | 2,118 | 208 | 7,808 | 16,045 | ||||||||||||||||
Balance of impairment unallocated under IFRS 5 |
(180 | ) | (22 | ) | (242 | ) | | (444 | ) | (471) | ||||||||||||
Total agreed to consolidated balance sheet |
3,304 | 1,976 | 1,876 | 208 | 7,364 | 15,574 | ||||||||||||||||
Liabilities classified as held for sale |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Portugal 2015 £m |
|
|
BVP 2015 £m |
|
|
Italy 2015 £m |
|
|
Other 2015 £m |
|
|
Total 2015 £m |
|
Total 2014 £m | |||||||
Deposits from banks |
| | | | | (4,313) | ||||||||||||||||
Customer accounts |
(1,826 | ) | | (2,174 | ) | | (4,000 | ) | (6,827) | |||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
| | | | | (77) | ||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
(37 | ) | (1,858 | ) | (66 | ) | (36 | ) | (1,997 | ) | (1,898) | |||||||||||
Total |
(1,863 | ) | (1,858 | ) | (2,240 | ) | (36 | ) | (5,997 | ) | (13,115) |
Sale of the Portuguese business
The disposal group includes all assets and liabilities of the Portuguese Retail Banking, Wealth and Investment Management businesses and part of the Portuguese Corporate banking business. This sale is part of the divestment of the Non-Core segment of the Group.
The Portuguese disposal was announced on 2 September 2015 and the sale is due to complete in Q116. A loss of £180m has been recognised in the income statement within (loss)/profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures.
Sale of Barclays Vida Y Pensiones
The disposal group includes all assets and liabilities of Barclays Vida Y Pensiones (BVP), a company offering life insurance, pension products and services in Spain, Portugal and Italy. BVP was classified as held for sale in the first half of 2015 and is expected to be sold in the first half of 2016. A loss of £22m has been recognised in the income statement within (loss)/profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures.
Sale of the Italian business
The disposal group includes the assets and liabilities of the Italian Retail Banking business including mortgages. This sale is part of the divestment of the Non-Core segment of the Group.
The Italian disposal was announced on 3 December 2015 and the sale is expected to complete in the first half of 2016. A loss of £258m has been recognised in the income statement within (loss)/profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 339 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
44 Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities continued
Other held for sale assets
Other assets includes the Barclays Risk Analysis Index Solutions business. A pre-tax gain of approximately £480m is expected to be recognised on completion during 2016.
During the year, a number of held for sale assets have been disposed of. The sale of the Spanish business (Barclays Bank SAU) took place in January 2015. Losses of £446m in 2014 and £117m in 2015 have been recognised in the income statement within (loss)/profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures. Of the 2015 loss, £97m relates to recycling of the related currency translation reserve with the remainder due to revision of the estimated closing net asset value of the disposal group on completion. The sale of the Pakistan business took place in June 2015, and UKSL in September 2015 with gains of £14m and £7m respectively recognised in other income.
45 Barclays PLC (the Parent Company)
Other income/(expense)
Other income of £227m (2014: £275m) includes £345m (2014: £250m) of income received from gross coupon payments on Barclays Bank PLC issued AT1 securities partially offset by a £114m fair value loss (2014: £27m gain) on derivative financial instruments.
Non-current assets and liabilities
Investment in subsidiary
The investment in subsidiary of £35,303m (2014: £33,743m) represents investments made into Barclays Bank PLC, including £5,350m (2014: £4,350m) of AT1 securities. The increase of £1,560m during the year was due to a £1,000m increased holding in Barclays Bank PLC issued securities and a further cash contribution of £560m.
Loans and advances to subsidiary, subordinated liabilities and debt securities in issue
During the period, Barclays PLC issued 1.25bn equivalent of Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes included within the subordinated liabilities balance of £1,766m (2014: £810m), $5.5bn of Fixed Rate Senior Notes, Yen 60bn of Fixed and Floating Rate Notes and 100m of private MTN included within the debt securities in issue balance of £6,224m (2014: £2,056m). The proceeds raised through these transactions were used to invest in Barclays Bank PLC Notes in each case with a ranking corresponding to the notes issued by Barclays PLC and included within the loans and advances to subsidiary balance of £7,990m (2014: £2,866m).
Derivative financial instrument
The derivative financial instrument of £210m (2014: £313m) held by the Parent Company represents Barclays PLCs right to receive a Capital Note with a face value of $3bn for no additional consideration, in the event the Barclays PLC consolidated CRD IV CET1 ratio (FSA October 2012 transitional statement) falls below 7% at which point the notes are automatically assigned by the holders to Barclays PLC.
Shareholders equity
Called up share capital and share premium of Barclays PLC was £21,586m (2014: £20,809m). Other equity instruments of £5,321m (2014: £4,326m) comprises of AT1 securities. For further details please refer to Note 31.
340 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notes to the financial statements
The Groups corporate structure consists of a number of related undertakings, comprising subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant other interests. A full list of these undertakings, the country of incorporation and the ownership of each share class is set out below. The information is provided as at 31 December 2015.
The entities are grouped by the countries in which they are incorporated. The profits earned by the activities of these entities are in some cases taxed in countries other than the country of incorporation. Barclays 2015 Country Snapshot provides details of where the Group carries on its business, where its profits are subject to tax and the taxes it pays in each country it operates in.
Wholly owned subsidiaries
Unless otherwise stated the undertakings below are wholly owned and consolidated by Barclays and the share capital disclosed comprises ordinary or common shares which are held by Group subsidiaries. Where multiple share classes are held the proportion of the nominal value of each class of shares held is 100% unless otherwise stated.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 341 |
Notes to the financial statements
46 Related undertakings continued
342 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
46 Related undertakings continued
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 343 |
Notes to the financial statements
46 Related undertakings continued
344 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
46 Related undertakings continued
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 345 |
Notes to the financial statements
46 Related undertakings continued
346 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
46 Related undertakings continued
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 347 |
348 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Shareholder information
Contents
Resources for shareholders including contact details for shareholder enquiries
Page
|
||||||||
Shareholder information | ||||||||
§ | Your Barclays shareholding | 350 | ||||||
§ | Useful contact details | 351 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 349 |
Shareholder information
350 | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Shareholder information continued
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Annual Report 2015 | 351 |
Return to stability
Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 |
How do I use this document?
The diagram below maps the structure
and flow of the Strategic Report.
Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 01 |
Chairmans letter Addressing the issues facing Barclays today
|
|
02 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 03 |
Chief Executives review with a strategy that answers the business challenges ahead
|
|
04 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 05 |
Our approach ...delivered through a simpler and better structured business... |
![]() |
06 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Our approach that is best suited to our business environment |
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 07 |
Our approach and underpinned by our robust approach to risk management |
|
08 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Our approach to better drive value creation and sustainable stakeholder return
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 09 |
Our approach through our broad service offer.
|
|
10 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
How we are doing Our Balanced Scorecard measures progress and performance against our goal
|
|
We have agreed eight key measures categorised into the 5Cs against which our stakeholders can hold us to account.
Metric
|
Actual 2014 | Actual 2015 | Target 2018 | |||||||
![]() |
Customer and Client Page 12 |
Personal and Corporate Banking (PCB), Barclaycard and Africa Banking weighted average ranking of Relationship Net Promoter Score® (NPS) vs. peer sets
|
4th | 4th | 1st | |||||
Client Franchise Rank: Weighted average ranking of wallet share or customer satisfaction with priority clients in the Investment Bank
|
5th |
5th |
Top 3 | |||||||
|
Colleague Page 13 |
Sustained engagement of colleagues score | 72% | 75% | 87-91% | |||||
% women in senior leadership
|
22% | 23% | 26% | |||||||
|
Citizenship Page 14 |
Citizenship Plan initiatives on track or ahead
|
11/11 | 10/11 | Plan targets | |||||
|
Conduct Page 15 |
Conduct Reputation (YouGov survey)
|
5.3/10 | 5.4/10 | 6.5/10 | |||||
|
Company Page 16 |
Adjusted Return on Equity (RoE)
|
5.1% | 4.9% | N/Aa | |||||
Fully Loaded CRD IV CET1 ratio (Capital Requirements Directive IV Common Equity Tier 1)
|
10.3% |
11.4% |
N/Aa |
Note |
a | Please refer to the new financial targets set out in the Chief Executives review on page 4. |
Gender Barclays Board membership includes four women and ten men, and one woman and nine men on the Group Executive Committee. During 2015 we had a maximum of three women on the Group Executive Committee. Under the Companies Act 2006, Barclays are also required to report on the gender breakdown of our employees and senior managers. Of our global workforce of 129,400 (66,100 male, 63,300 female), 796 were senior managers (574 male, 222 female), which include Officers of the Group, certain direct reports of the Chief Executive, heads of major business units, certain senior Managing Directors, and directors on the boards of undertakings of the Group, but exclude individuals who sit as directors on the board of the Company.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 11 |
How we are doing for our Customers and Clients we aim to be the bank of choice
|
|
12 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
How we are doing creating an environment where our Colleagues can fulfil their potential
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 13 |
How we are doing we have a positive impact on the communities in which we operate
|
|
14 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
How we are doing acting with integrity in everything we do
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 15 |
How we are doing effectively managing risk to create sustainable returns for our Company.
|
|
16 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
How we are doing The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice
|
![]() |
Barclays Group: our 2015 structure, markets and customer type
Group structure
|
Markets
|
Customer type
| ||
Personal and Corporate Banking | § UK Retail |
| ||
§ Corporate Banking |
||||
See pages 18-19
|
§ Wealth
|
|||
Barclaycard
|
§ UK cards
|
| ||
§ US cards |
||||
See pages 19-20
|
§ Card businesses in Europe |
|||
§ Business Solutions
|
||||
Africa Banking
|
§ Retail and business banking, cards
|
| ||
§ Corporate and investment banking |
||||
See pages 21-22
|
§ Wealth and Investment Management, and Insurance
|
|||
Investment Bank
|
§ Markets
|
| ||
§ Banking |
||||
See pages 22-23
|
§ Research
|
|||
Barclays Non-Core
See pages 24 |
§ Principal non-strategic businesses |
| ||
§ Securities and loans, such as non-strategic long dated corporate loans |
||||
§ Derivatives impacted by regulation
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 17 |
The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice continued
|
|
18 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
![]() |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 19 |
The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice continued
|
|
20 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 21 |
The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice continued
|
|
22 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 23 |
The activity in our business units reflects our progress in becoming the partner of choice continued
|
|
24 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Running the company well Your Board sets strategic direction and provides oversight and control
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 25 |
Your Board sets strategic direction and provides oversight and control continued
|
|
26 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 27 |
Running the Company well with a relevant and balanced remuneration framework
|
|
28 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
Summary Remuneration report
The full Remuneration Report can be found on pages 83 to 116 in the Annual Report 2015. The Remuneration report (other than the part containing the Directors Remuneration Policy) will be subject to an advisory vote by shareholders at the 2016 AGM.
Executive team
2015 saw a change in Group Chief Executive. The Company announced on 28 October 2015 that Jes Staley was to become Group Chief Executive with effect from 1 December 2015. He was appointed on a salary of £1,200,000 and Role Based Pay of £1,150,000 commensurate with market pay levels. The Committee approved the grant of a share buy-out award to compensate him for an unvested share award granted to him by a previous employer which was forfeited as a result of him joining Barclays. The award was made on terms aligned to the forfeited award. Jes Staley satisfied, at the date of joining, the executive Directors shareholding requirement of four times salary through his personal purchase of 2,790,000 Barclays shares.
During the four month period between Antony Jenkins departure as Group Chief Executive and Jes Staley starting in the role, John McFarlane served as Executive Chairman. John McFarlane indicated to the Committee that he did not wish his remuneration to be increased during that time and therefore his fee remained unchanged for the period during which he served as Executive Chairman.
The Committee also approved compensation arrangements on Antony Jenkins departure as Group Chief Executive during the year. Further details can be found on page 101 in the Annual Report 2015.
2015 remuneration
The following tables show a single total figure for 2015 remuneration in respect of qualifying service for each executive and non-executive Director together with comparative figures for 2014.
Executive Directors: Single total figure for 2015 remuneration (audited)
|
Salary £000 |
|
|
Role Based Pay £000 |
|
|
Taxable benefits £000 |
|
Annual bonus £000 |
|
|
LTIP £000 |
|
|
Pension £000 |
|
Total £000 |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Antony Jenkinsa |
598 | 1,100 | 516 | 950 | 89 | 100 | 505 | 1,100 | 1,494 | 1,854 | 197 | 363 | 3,399 | 5,467 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria |
800 | 800 | 750 | 750 | 82 | 95 | 701 | 900 | | | 200 | 200 | 2,533 | 2,745 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jes Staleyb |
100 | | 96 | | 48 | | | | | | 33 | | 277 | |
Notes
a | The 2015 figures for Antony Jenkins relate to the period to 16 July 2015 when he ceased to be a Director, save in the case of the LTIP which relates to the whole performance period. |
b | The 2015 figures for Jes Staley relate to the period from 1 December 2015 when he joined the Board as Group Chief Executive. |
John McFarlane was appointed Executive Chairman from 17 July 2015 to 30 November 2015. Details of his fees are provided on page 31.
Additional information in respect of 2015 remuneration for the executive Directors (audited)
Role Based Pay (RBP)
Executive Directors receive RBP which is delivered quarterly in shares, subject to a holding period with restrictions lifting over five years (20% each year). The value shown in the above table is of shares at the date awarded.
Taxable benefits
Taxable benefits include private medical cover, life and ill health income protection, tax advice, relocation, home leave related costs, car allowance and the use of a company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes and other benefits that are considered minor in nature.
Annual bonus
Annual bonuses are discretionary and are typically awarded in Q1 following the financial year to which they relate. The 2015 bonus awards reflect the Committees assessment of the extent to which the executive Directors achieved their Financial (50% weighting) and Balanced Scorecard (35% weighting) performance measures, and their personal objectives (15% weighting). A summary of the assessment against the performance measures is provided below. For more information please see pages 93 and 94 in the Annual Report 2015. Jes Staley was not eligible for a 2015 bonus.
Financial (50% weighting)
Performance measure |
Weighting |
|
Threshold 25% |
|
|
Maximum 100% |
|
|
2015 Actual |
|
|
2015 Outcome |
| |||||||
Financial |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted profit before tax |
20% | £5,801m | £7,022m | £5,403m | 0.0% | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted costs (ex CTA) |
10% | £16,780m | £15,182m | £16,205m | 5.2% | |||||||||||||||
CET1 ratio |
10% | 10.47% | 11.34% | 11.4% | 10.0% | |||||||||||||||
Leverage ratio |
10% | 4.17% | 4.72% | 4.5% | 6.9% | |||||||||||||||
Total Financial |
50% | 22.1% |
The approach taken to assessing financial performance against each of the financial measures is based on a straight line outcome between 25% for threshold performance and 100% applicable to each measure for achievement of maximum performance.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 29 |
with a relevant and balanced remuneration framework continued
|
|
Balanced Scorecard (35% weighting)
Progress in relation to each of the five Cs of the Balanced Scorecard was assessed by the Committee. The Committee took an approach based on a three-point scale in relation to each measure, with 0% to 3% for below target, 4% or 5% for met target, and 6% or 7% for above target progress against a particular Balanced Scorecard component.
Balanced Scorecard 5Cs |
Weighting | Metric | |
2015 Target |
|
|
2015 Actual |
|
2015 Assessment |
2015 Outcome out of maximum 7% for each C | ||||||||
Customer and Client |
7% | PCB, Barclaycard and Africa Banking weighted average ranking of Relationship Net Promoter Score v peer sets Client Franchise Risk |
4th | 4th | Met target | |||||||||||||
4.0% | ||||||||||||||||||
5th | 5th | Met target | ||||||||||||||||
Colleague |
7% | Sustained engagement of colleagues score | 82-88% | 75% | Below target | 2.0% | ||||||||||||
% women in senior leadership | 23% | 23% | Met target | |||||||||||||||
Citizenship |
7% | Citizenship Plan initiatives | 11/11 | 10/11 | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
Conduct |
7% | Conduct Reputation (YouGov Survey) | 5.6/10 | 5.4/10 | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
Company |
7% | Adjusted return on equity | 5.9% | 4.9% | Below target | 3.0% | ||||||||||||
CET1 ratio | 11.0% | 11.4% | Above target | |||||||||||||||
Total Balanced Scorecard |
35% | 15.0% |
Personal objectives (15% weighting)
(i) | Antony Jenkins: The Committee recognised that during the first half of the year Antony Jenkins showed full commitment to continuing to embed a customer and client focused culture backed by the Barclays Values and to delivering on financial commitments with particular focus on capital accretion, reducing costs and continuing the rundown of Non-Core. The Committee judged that 11% of a maximum of 15% was appropriate. |
(ii) | Tushar Morzaria: The Committee concluded that Tushar Morzaria had delivered a strong personal performance throughout the year, and noted that during the second half of the year (pending Jes Staleys arrival) this was achieved while discharging considerably increased executive responsibilities. During 2015, Tushar Morzaria continued to drive transformational change, played a significant role in the improvement in the Banks capital position and in driving further focus on close and effective cost management. The Committee judged that 13% of a maximum of 15% was appropriate. |
Overall summary
The performance assessment for Antony Jenkins resulted in an overall formulaic outcome of 48.1% of maximum bonus opportunity being achieved. Antony Jenkins resulting 2015 bonus, pro-rated for service, is £505,000. The formulaic outcome for Tushar Morzaria was 50.1% of maximum bonus opportunity. Tushar Morzarias resulting 2015 bonus is £701,000.
60% of each executive Directors 2015 bonus will be deferred in the form of a share award under the Share Value Plan vesting over three years with one third vesting each year. 20% will be paid in cash and 20% delivered in shares. All shares (whether deferred or not deferred) are subject to a further six month holding period from the point of release. 2015 bonuses are subject to clawback provisions and, additionally, unvested deferred 2015 bonuses are subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of deferred bonuses (including to nil).
LTIP
The LTIP amount included in Antony Jenkins 2015 single total figure is the value of the amount scheduled to be released in relation to the LTIP award granted in 2013 in respect of performance period 2013-2015. Tushar Morzaria and Jes Staley were not participants in this cycle. The performance achieved against the performance targets is as follows.
Performance measure |
Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting |
Actual | % of award vesting | |||||
Return on risk weighted assets (RoRWA) |
50% | 13% of award vests for average annual RoRWA of 1.1% | Average annual RoRWA of 1.6% |
0.21% | 0% | |||||
Loan loss rate |
30% | 10% of award vests for average annual loan loss rate of 75bps | Average annual loan loss rate of 60bps or below |
53bps | 30% | |||||
Balanced Scorecard |
20% | Performance was assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard has equal weighting. | See page 93 of the Annual Report 2015 |
9% |
The Committee was also satisfied that the discretionary underpin in respect of the underlying financial health of the Group based on profit before tax was met, and accordingly determined that 39% of the maximum number of shares under the total award should be considered for release in March 2016. After release, the shares are subject to an additional two year holding period.
Pension
Executive Directors are paid cash in lieu of pension contributions. This is market practice for senior executives in comparable roles.
30 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
|
2016 remuneration
The introduction of new deferral and LTIP requirements in the Remuneration part of the PRA Rulebook and EBA Guidelines will require some structural changes as to how the approved Directors remuneration policy will be implemented in 2016. It is therefore our intent to consult with shareholders over proposed changes once formulated. The following summarises how the approved Directors remuneration policy would be implemented in 2016 under the current framework.
Fixed pay | Annual Bonus | Long term incentive plan | ||||||||||||||||||
Salary | Role Based Pay | Pension | ||||||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Jes Staley |
1,200 | 1,150 | 396 | Maximum 80% of fixed pay | Maximum 120% of fixed pay | |||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria |
800 | 750 | 200 | Maximum 80% of fixed pay | Maximum 120% of fixed pay |
Salary, Role Based Pay, pension and benefits are unchanged from 2015.
Chairman and non-executive Directors: Single total figure for 2015 fees (audited)
Fees | Benefits | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||||||||||||||||
Chairman |
||||||||||||||||||||||
John McFarlanea |
628 | | 11 | | 639 | | ||||||||||||||||
Sir David Walkerb |
285 | 750 | 6 | 19 | 291 | 769 | ||||||||||||||||
Non-executive Directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Ashley |
207 | 213 | | | 207 | 213 | ||||||||||||||||
Tim Breedon |
232 | 240 | | | 232 | 240 | ||||||||||||||||
Crawford Gilliesc |
178 | 91 | | | 178 | 91 | ||||||||||||||||
Reuben Jeffery III |
135 | 160 | | | 135 | 160 | ||||||||||||||||
Wendy Lucas-Bulld |
358 | 367 | | | 358 | 367 | ||||||||||||||||
Dambisa Moyo |
152 | 151 | | | 152 | 151 | ||||||||||||||||
Frits van Paasschen |
88 | 80 | | | 88 | 80 | ||||||||||||||||
Sir Michael Rakee |
250 | 250 | | | 250 | 250 | ||||||||||||||||
Diane de Saint Victor |
135 | 135 | | | 135 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||
Diane Schuenemanf,k |
74 | | | | 74 | | ||||||||||||||||
Sir John Sunderlandg |
60 | 190 | | | 60 | 190 | ||||||||||||||||
Steve Thiekeh,k |
184 | 131 | | | 184 | 131 | ||||||||||||||||
Fulvio Contii |
| 37 | | | | 37 | ||||||||||||||||
Simon Fraserj |
| 47 | | | | 47 | ||||||||||||||||
Total |
2,966 | 2,842 | 17 | 19 | 2,983 | 2,861 |
Non-executive Directors are reimbursed expenses that are incurred for business reasons. Any tax that arises on these reimbursed expenses is paid by Barclays. The Chairman is provided with private medical cover and the use of a company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes.
Notes
a | John McFarlane joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 January 2015 and as Chairman from 24 April 2015. The total includes non-executive Director fees of £78,000 for the period from 1 January 2015 to 24 April 2015. |
b | Sir David Walker retired from the Board with effect from 23 April 2015. |
c | Crawford Gillies joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 May 2014. |
d | The 2014 figure has been updated to include fees received by Wendy Lucas-Bull for her role as Chairman of Barclays Africa Group Limited. The 2015 figure includes fees received by her in 2015 for that role. |
e | Sir Michael Rake retired from the Board with effect from 31 December 2015. |
f | Diane Schueneman joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 25 June 2015. |
g | Sir John Sunderland retired from the Board with effect from 23 April 2015. |
h | Steve Thieke joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 7 January 2014. |
i | Fulvio Conti retired from the Board with effect from 24 April 2014. |
j | Simon Fraser retired from the Board with effect from 24 April 2014. |
k | Diane Schueneman and Steve Thieke both served in 2015 on the US Governance Review Board, which is an advisory board set up as the forerunner of the board of our US intermediate holding company which will be implemented during 2016. The 2015 figures for Diane Schueneman and Steve Thieke include fees of $37,500 and $75,000 for these roles respectively. |
Regulatory developments
The PRA made revisions to the Remuneration part of its Rulebook (formerly the UK Remuneration Code) during 2015 which apply from 1 January 2016. These include the seven, five and three year tiered deferral requirements for Senior Managers and different categories of Material Risk Taker (MRT) respectively, and the potential extension of the clawback period to ten years for Senior Managers (under certain circumstances). These changes, which apply globally to Barclays as a UK headquartered bank, further emphasise the competitive disadvantages attributable to the lack of a global level regulatory playing field.
Further revisions to the Remuneration part of the PRA Rulebook are required during 2016 for the European Banking Authoritys (EBA) final Guidelines on sound remuneration policies. The most significant changes include a prohibition on the payment of dividends on deferred shares and an increase to a one year (from six months) holding period for incentive awards delivered in shares to the large majority of MRTs. The Guidelines apply from 1 January 2017. The application of the Guidelines to UK firms, once confirmed by the PRA and FCA, will contribute to changes to our Directors remuneration policy in 2017.
Agenda for 2016
In line with legal requirements, we will be seeking shareholder approval for our Directors remuneration policy at the 2017 AGM. As a Committee, we will review our remuneration policy to ensure that future arrangements are fully aligned to our strategy to accelerate delivery to shareholders in a manner consistent with Barclays Values and also to meet new regulatory requirements. This will be developed over the coming months and we will engage constructively with shareholders and regulators as we do so.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 31 |
Running the company well underpinned by solid capital footings.
|
|
32 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
|
Performance commentary:
2015 results were characterised by further the continued execution of the strategy.
Group capital and leverage ratios continued to strengthen. The fully loaded common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio increased 110 basis points to 11.4% driven by a reduction in risk weighted assets of £44bn to £358bn. The leverage ratio increased 80 basis points to 4.5% driven by a reduction in leverage exposure of £205bn to £1,028bn.
Strong progress on the rundown of the Non-Core business continued, with a further reduction in risk weighted assets of £29bn to £47bn contributing to the increase in the CET1 ratio. Non-Core leverage exposure decreased to £121bn (2014: £277bn). The announced sales of the Portuguese and Italian retail businesses in H215, due to be completed in H116, are expected to result in a further £2.5bn reduction in Non-Core risk weighted assets. Non-Core period end allocated equity reduced to £7bn (2014: £11bn).
The accelerated rundown of the Non-Core business resulted in a 2% reduction in Group adjusted profit before tax to £5,403m due to a 24% increase in the Non-Core loss before tax to £1,459m.
The Core business performed well reflecting continued strategic progress. This resulted in a 3% increase in profit before tax to £6,862m, with improvements in all Core operating businesses, including Africa Banking on a constant currency basis.
The improved profit before tax in the Core business was driven by positive cost to income jaws across all Core operating businesses. Combined with the increase in average allocated equity of £5bn to £47bn, this resulted in a return on average equity for the Core business of 9.0% (2014: 9.2%) and a the return on average tangible equity of 10.9% (2014: 11.3%). Group adjusted return on average equity was 4.9% (2014: 5.1%).
Driving efficiency remains a significant focus for the Group, with total adjusted operating expenses reducing 6% to £16,998m. Adjusted operating expenses excluding costs to achieve reduced 4% to £16,205m, driven by savings from strategic cost programmes.
Statutory profit before tax reduced 8% to £2,073m after absorbing net losses on adjusting items of £3,330m (2014: £3,246m).
A final dividend for 2015 of 3.5p per share will be paid, resulting in a total 6.5p dividend per share for the year
2015 Adjusting items to income statement
In order to provide a more consistent basis for comparing business performance between periods, management assess performance on both an adjusted and statutory basis. Adjusted measures exclude items considered to be significant but not representative of the underlying business performance and are detailed below.
Adjusted profit reconciliation |
2015 £m |
2014 £m | ||
Adjusted profit before tax |
5,403 | 5,502 | ||
Provisions for UK customer redress |
(2,772) | (1,110) | ||
Provisions for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange |
(1,237) | (1,250) | ||
Losses on sale relating to the Spanish, Portuguese and Italian businesses |
(580) | (446) | ||
Gain on US Lehman acquisition assets |
496 | 461 | ||
Own credit |
430 | 34 | ||
Gain on valuation of a component of the defined retirement benefit liability |
429 | | ||
Impairment of goodwill and other assets relating to businesses being disposed |
(96) | | ||
Revision of ESHLA valuation methodology |
| (935) | ||
Statutory profit before tax |
2,073 | 2,256 |
|
These financial highlights provide an overview of 2015 performance. For further information on the results of the Group, please see our Financial review on page 217 of the Annual Report 2015 at home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 33 |
Running the company well Consolidated income statement
|
|
For the year ended 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
2014 £m | ||
Continuing operations |
||||||
Interest income |
17,201 | 17,363 | ||||
Interest expense |
(4,643) | (5,283) | ||||
Net interest income |
12,558 | 12,080 | ||||
Fee and commission income |
9,655 | 9,836 | ||||
Fee and commission expense |
1,763 | (1,662) | ||||
Net fee and commission income |
7,892 | 8,174 | ||||
Net trading income |
3,623 | 3,331 | ||||
Net investment income |
1,138 | 1,328 | ||||
Net premiums from insurance contracts |
709 | 669 | ||||
Other income |
67 | 186 | ||||
Total income |
25,987 | 25,768 | ||||
Net claims and benefits incurred on insurance contracts |
(533) | (480) | ||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
25,454 | 25,288 | ||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(2,114) | (2,168) | ||||
Net operating income |
23,340 | 23,120 | ||||
Staff costs |
(9,960) | (11,005) | ||||
Infrastructure costs |
(3,180) | (3,443) | ||||
Administration and general expenses |
(3,528) | (3,621) | ||||
Provision for UK customer redress |
(2,772) | (1,110) | ||||
Provision for ongoing investigations and litigation including Foreign Exchange |
(1,237) | (1,250) | ||||
Operating expenses |
(20,677) | (20,429) | ||||
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures |
47 | 36 | ||||
(Loss)/profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures |
(637) | (471) | ||||
Profit before tax |
2,073 | 2,256 | ||||
Taxation |
(1,450) | (1,411) | ||||
Profit after tax |
623 | 845 | ||||
Attributable to: |
||||||
Equity holders of the parent |
(394) | (174) | ||||
Other equity holders |
345 | 250 | ||||
Total equity holders |
(49) | 76 | ||||
Non-controlling interests |
672 | 769 | ||||
Profit after tax |
623 | 845 | ||||
p | p | |||||
Earnings per share |
||||||
Basic (loss)/earnings per share |
(1.9) | (0.7) | ||||
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share |
(1.9) | (0.7) |
34 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Running the company well Consolidated balance sheet
|
|
As at 31 December |
|
2015 £m |
|
2014 £m | ||
Assets |
||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
49,711 | 39,695 | ||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
1,011 | 1,210 | ||||
Trading portfolio assets |
77,348 | 114,717 | ||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
76,830 | 38,300 | ||||
Derivative financial instruments |
327,709 | 439,909 | ||||
Available for sale investments |
90,267 | 86,066 | ||||
Loans and advances to banks |
41,349 | 42,111 | ||||
Loans and advances to customers |
399,217 | 427,767 | ||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
28,187 | 131,753 | ||||
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets |
3,010 | 3,607 | ||||
Investments in associates and joint ventures |
573 | 711 | ||||
Property, plant and equipment |
3,468 | 3,786 | ||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
8,222 | 8,180 | ||||
Current tax assets |
415 | 334 | ||||
Deferred tax assets |
4,495 | 4,130 | ||||
Retirement benefit assets |
836 | 56 | ||||
Non current assets classified as held for sale |
7,364 | 15,574 | ||||
Total assets |
1,120,012 | 1,357,906 | ||||
Liabilities |
||||||
Deposits from banks |
47,080 | 58,390 | ||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks |
1,013 | 1,177 | ||||
Customer accounts |
418,242 | 427,704 | ||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
25,035 | 124,479 | ||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
33,967 | 45,124 | ||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
91,745 | 56,972 | ||||
Derivative financial instruments |
324,252 | 439,320 | ||||
Debt securities in issue |
69,150 | 86,099 | ||||
Subordinated liabilities |
21,467 | 21,153 | ||||
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities |
10,610 | 11,423 | ||||
Provisions |
4,142 | 4,135 | ||||
Current tax liabilities |
903 | 1,021 | ||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
122 | 262 | ||||
Retirement benefit liabilities |
423 | 1,574 | ||||
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
5,997 | 13,115 | ||||
Total liabilities |
1,054,148 | 1,291,948 | ||||
Total equity |
||||||
Called up share capital and share premium |
21,586 | 20,809 | ||||
Other equity instruments |
5,305 | 4,322 | ||||
Other reserves |
1,898 | 2,724 | ||||
Retained earnings |
31,021 | 31,712 | ||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests |
59,810 | 59,567 | ||||
Non-controlling interests |
6,054 | 6,391 | ||||
Total equity |
65,864 | 65,958 | ||||
Total liabilities and equity |
1,120,012 | 1,357,906 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 35 |
Your Barclays shareholding
Shareholder information
36 | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Shareholder information continued
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Strategic Report 2015 | 37 |
Return to stability
Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 |
Contents
Page
| ||||
Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report
|
2
| |||
Summary of risk profile
|
3
| |||
Notes on basis of preparation
|
5
| |||
Scope of application of Basel rules
|
6
| |||
Risk and capital position review
|
14
| |||
§ Group capital resources, requirements and leverage |
15 | |||
§ Analysis of credit risk |
27 | |||
§ Analysis of counterparty credit risk |
63 | |||
§ Analysis of market risk |
71 | |||
§ Analysis of securitisation exposures |
82 | |||
§ Analysis of operational risk
|
92
| |||
Barclays approach to managing risks
|
95
| |||
§ Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture |
96 | |||
§ Management of credit risk and the internal ratings based approach |
107 | |||
§ Management of counterparty credit risk and credit risk mitigation techniques |
124 | |||
§ Management of market risk |
128 | |||
§ Management of securitisation exposures |
139 | |||
§ Management of operational risk |
143 | |||
§ Management of funding risk |
147 | |||
§ Management of conduct risk (including reputation risk)
|
152
| |||
Appendix A PD, LGD, RWA and EAD by country
|
156
| |||
Appendix B Disclosure on asset encumbrance
|
158
| |||
Appendix C Remuneration disclosures
|
159
| |||
Appendix D CRD IV reference
|
161
| |||
Location of risk disclosures
|
168
| |||
Index of tables
|
170
|
|
See page 168 for an index of all risk disclosures in the Pillar 3 and Annual Reports | |
|
A glossary of terms and remuneration disclosures can be found at: home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 1 |
Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 2 |
Summary of risk profile
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 3 |
Summary of risk profile
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 4 |
Notes on basis of preparation
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 5 |
Scope of application of Basel rules
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 6 |
Scope of application of Basel rules
Application of the Basel framework
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 7 |
Scope of application of Basel rules
Application of the Basel framework
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 8 |
Scope of application of Basel rules
Risk and capital position review
Figure 1: Summary of regulatory scope of consolidation as at 31 December 2015a,b
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 9 |
Scope of application of Basel rules
Risk and capital position review
Table 1: Barclays PLC balance sheet statutory versus regulatory view
This table shows a reconciliation between Barclays PLC balance sheet for statutory and regulatory purposes. Please note that the amount shown under the regulatory scope of consolidation is not a RWA measure; it is based on an accounting measure and cannot be directly reconciled to other tables in this report.
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Accounting balance sheet per published financial statements £m |
|
|
Deconsolidation of insurance/ other entities £m |
|
|
Consolidation of banking associates/ other entities £m |
|
|
Balance sheet per regulatory scope of consolidation £m |
| ||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
49,711 | (10) | 51 | 49,752 | ||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
1,011 | | | 1,011 | ||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
77,348 | | 2,762 | 80,110 | ||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
76,830 | (2,414) | 146 | 74,562 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
327,709 | (2) | (1,642) | 326,065 | ||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
90,267 | (2,152) | | 88,115 | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
41,349 | (146) | 80 | 41,283 | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
399,217 | (5,878) | 1,465 | 394,804 | ||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
28,187 | | | 28,187 | ||||||||||||
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets |
3,010 | 402 | 32 | 3,444 | ||||||||||||
Investments in associates and joint ventures |
573 | (105) | (420) | 48 | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
3,468 | (16) | 21 | 3,473 | ||||||||||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
8,222 | (22) | 10 | 8,210 | ||||||||||||
Current tax assets |
415 | (1) | (1) | 413 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
4,495 | (29) | 3 | 4,469 | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit assets |
836 | (1) | | 835 | ||||||||||||
Non current assets classified as held for disposal |
7,364 | (1,959) | | 5,405 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,120,012 | (12,333) | 2,507 | 1,110,186 | ||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks |
(47,080) | 926 | (1,002) | (47,156) | ||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks |
(1,013) | | | (1,013) | ||||||||||||
Customer accounts |
(418,242) | | 1,774 | (416,468) | ||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
(25,035) | | | (25,035) | ||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
(33,967) | | (2,549) | (36,516) | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
(91,745) | 1,468 | (550) | (90,827) | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
(324,252) | | | (324,252) | ||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
(69,150) | 5,761 | | (63,389) | ||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
(21,467) | | (2) | (21,469) | ||||||||||||
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities |
(10,610) | 2,101 | (117) | (8,626) | ||||||||||||
Provisions |
(4,142) | 3 | (1) | (4,140) | ||||||||||||
Current tax liabilities |
(903) | 20 | (2) | (885) | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(122) | 1 | (48) | (169) | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities |
(423) | 3 | (8) | (428) | ||||||||||||
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
(5,997) | 1,871 | | (4,126) | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(1,054,148) | 12,154 | (2,505) | (1,044,499) | ||||||||||||
Total equity |
||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital and share premium |
(21,586) | | | (21,586) | ||||||||||||
Other equity instruments |
(5,305) | | | (5,305) | ||||||||||||
Other reserves |
(1,898) | (52) | | (1,950) | ||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
(31,021) | 141 | (2) | (30,882) | ||||||||||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests |
(59,810) | 89 | (2) | (59,723) | ||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
(6,054) | 90 | | (5,964) | ||||||||||||
Total equity |
(65,864) | 179 | (2) | (65,687) | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
(1,120,012) | 12,333 | (2,507) | (1,110,186) |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 10 |
Scope of application of Basel rules
Risk and capital position review
Table 2: Regulatory calculation drivers split by IFRS account classification
Driver for regulatory calculations | ||||||||||||
IFRS classification |
|
Credit risk page 27 |
|
|
Counterparty credit risk page 63 |
|
|
Market riska page 71 |
| |||
Assets |
||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
● | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Items in course of collection from other banks |
● | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
¡ | ¡ | ● | |||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
● | ● | ● | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
¡ | ● | ● | |||||||||
Available for sale financial investments |
● | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
● | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
● | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
¡ | ● | ¡ | |||||||||
Other assetsb |
● | ¡ | ● | |||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||
Deposits from banks |
¡ | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Items in course of collection due to other banks |
¡ | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Customer accounts |
¡ | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
¡ | ● | ¡ | |||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
¡ | ¡ | ● | |||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value: |
¡ | ● | ● | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
¡ | ● | ● | |||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
¡ | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
¡ | ¡ | ¡ | |||||||||
Other liabilitiesc |
¡ | ¡ | ¡ |
Notes
a | Includes credit valuation adjustment. |
b | Other assets consists of: prepayments, accrued income and other assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, current tax assets, deferred tax assets, retirement benefit assets and non current assets classified as held for sale. |
c | Other liabilities consists of: accruals, deferred income and other liabilities, provisions, current tax liabilities, deferred tax liabilities, retirement benefit liabilities, liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 11 |
Scope of application of Basel rules
Risk and capital position review
Scope of permission for calculation approaches
Barclays seeks permission from its regulators to use modelled approaches where possible, to enable risk differentiation.
Barclays has regulatory approval to use its internal models for the calculation of the majority of its banking and trading book as well as operational risks. The following table summarises the principal portfolios within Barclays that use the Standardised and Advanced IRB approaches as at 31 December 2015.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
Table 3: The scope of the Standardised and IRB approaches for credit and counterparty credit risk
|
Credit risk (see Table 13 and 14) |
|
Counterparty credit risk (see Table 41 and 42) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business as at 31 December 2015 |
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Average risk weight |
|
|
EAD post-CRM £m |
|
RWA £m |
|
Average risk weight |
|
|
EAD post-CRM £m |
|
Advanced Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approaches |
|
Standardised approach |
| ||||||||
Personal & Corporate Banking |
102,858 | 33% | 314,484 | 1,364 | 35% | 3,890 | UK managed retail and wholesale portfolios |
|
Mainly non-UK managed retail (including Wealth) and wholesale portfolios (including legacy), UK asset and sales finance |
| ||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
35,840 | 59% | 60,412 | | n/a | | UK, Germany and Spain retail credit cards |
|
US retail credit cards, joint card issuance, partner finance, secure lending, commercial payment and any recent portfolio acquisitions. |
| ||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
26,254 | 57% | 46,109 | 509 | 37% | 1,392 | Retail mortgages, current accounts, personal loans and credit cards in Absa |
|
Mainly retail and wholesale portfolios outside South Africa |
| ||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
44,222 | 35% | 127,863 | 21,152 | 31% | 69,221 | Most portfolios |
|
Certain portfolios typically with low or no defaults, or other exposures by exception |
| ||||||||||||||||||
Head Office |
4,276 | 8% | 55,692 | 91 | 33% | 279 | Small number of portfolios |
|
Most portfolios including high quality liquidity pool assets |
| ||||||||||||||||||
Non-Core |
16,990 | 35% | 48,736 | 10,628 | 50% | 21,090 | Certain legacy Investment Bank portfolios, models related to retail exposures in Continental Europe |
|
Certain portfolios typically with low or no defaults, or insufficient historical data |
| ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
230,440 | 35% | 653,296 | 33,744 | 35% | 95,872 |
Barclays AIRB roll-out plans are discussed with our regulators and updated on an agreed schedule.
Barclays has permission to use the Internal Model Method (IMM) to calculate its counterparty credit risk exposures. The permission is comprehensive and applies to the majority of its trades and portfolios. Exceptions include certain contracts entered into by Barclays Capital Inc., for instance exchange traded derivatives and margin loans.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 12 |
Scope of application of Basel rules
Risk and capital position review
Table 4: Summary of the scope of application of regulatory methodologies for market and operational risk
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||
Risk type |
Risk weighted assets | Scope | ||
Market risk |
£37.6bn | As explained from page 132, the risk of loss from changes in the prices of assets in the trading book are captured by a combined RWA calculation for general and specific market risks. The regulatory permission for Barclays to use models considers risk types and legal entities; see table 9 on page 23 for capital requirements related to each approach and risk factor.
Barclays has regulatory approval for VaR modelling for general market risk, which is designed to capture the risk of loss arising from changes in market interest rates, along with the risk of losses arising from changes in foreign exchange, commodities and equity market value.
The capital charge for specific market risk is designed to protect against losses from adverse movements in the price of an individual security owing to factors related to the individual issuer. Barclays has permission to model specific market risk, including credit spread, migration, and default risks, for certain legal entities and product types. Where the Group does not have permission to use a model (notably in Barclays Capital Inc), the Standardised approach is applied. | ||
Of which: Credit valuation adjustment (CVA)
|
£11.3bn | Barclays calculates CVA risk for all contracts in scope as defined by article 382 of the CRR. Barclays has permission to use an internal model for the specific risk of debt instruments and therefore is allowed to use the Advanced method for CVA for such instruments where applicable. The Standardised method for CVA is used otherwise. | ||
Operational risk |
£56.7bn | Barclays has regulatory approval to calculate its operational risk capital requirement using a CRD IV AMA, this accounts for 93% of operational risk RWAs as at 2015 year end. Recently acquired businesses are excluded from this approval. Barclays uses the BIA while it transitions these businesses to AMA, this accounts for 7% of operational risk RWAs as at 2015 year end. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 13 |
Risk and capital position review
Contents
Page
| ||||
Risk and capital position review
|
||||
§ Group capital resources, requirements and leverage |
15 | |||
§ Analysis of credit risk |
27 | |||
§ Analysis of counterparty credit risk |
63 | |||
§ Analysis of market risk |
71 | |||
§ Analysis of securitisation exposures |
82 | |||
§ Analysis of operational risk |
92 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 14 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 15 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Table 5: Capital resources
This table shows the Groups capital resources. Table 7 presents the components of regulatory capital on both a transitional and fully loaded basis as at 31 December 2015.
Key capital ratios |
||||
As at 31 December |
2015 | 2014 | ||
Fully Loaded CET1 |
11.4% | 10.3% | ||
PRA Transitional CET1a |
11.4% | 10.2% | ||
PRA Transitional Tier 1b |
14.7% | 13.0% | ||
PRA Transitional Total Capitalb |
18.6% | 16.5% | ||
Capital resources (audited) |
||||
As at 31 December |
2015 £m |
2014 £m | ||
Shareholders equity (excluding non-controlling interests) per the balance sheet |
59,810 | 59,567 | ||
Less: other equity instruments (recognised as AT1 capital) |
(5,305) | (4,322) | ||
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable dividends |
(631) | (615) | ||
Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) |
950 | 1,227 | ||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
||||
Additional value adjustments (PVA) |
(1,602) | (2,199) | ||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
(8,234) | (8,127) | ||
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding temporary differences |
(855) | (1,080) | ||
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges |
(1,231) | (1,814) | ||
Excess of expected losses over impairment |
(1,365) | (1,772) | ||
Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from own credit |
127 | 658 | ||
Defined benefit pension fund assets |
(689) | | ||
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments |
(57) | (25) | ||
Other regulatory adjustments |
(177) | (45) | ||
Fully loaded CET1 capital |
40,741 | 41,453 | ||
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains |
| (583) | ||
PRA transitional CET1 capital |
40,741 | 40,870 | ||
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital |
||||
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
5,305 | 4,322 | ||
Qualifying AT1 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries |
6,718 | 6,870 | ||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
(130) | | ||
Transitional AT1 capital |
11,893 | 11,192 | ||
PRA transitional Tier 1 capital |
52,634 | 52,062 | ||
Tier 2 capital |
||||
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
1,757 | 800 | ||
Qualifying Tier 2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries |
12,389 | 13,529 | ||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
(253) | (48) | ||
PRA transitional total regulatory capital |
66,527 | 66,343 |
Notes
a | The CRD IV CET1 ratio (FSA October 2012 transitional statement) as applicable to Barclays Tier 2 Contingent Capital Notes was 13.1% based on £46.8bn of transitional CRD IV CET1 capital and £358bn RWAs. |
b | The PRA transitional capital is based on the PRA Rulebook and accompanying supervisory statements. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 16 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Table 6: Summary of movements in capital resources
Movement in PRA transitional total capital |
||
2015 £m | ||
Opening fully loaded CET1 capital |
41,453 | |
Loss for the period attributable to equity holders |
(49) | |
Own credit |
(531) | |
Dividends paid and foreseen |
(1,372) | |
Decrease in regulatory capital generated from earnings |
(1,952) | |
Net impact of share awards |
609 | |
Available for sale reserves |
(245) | |
Currency translation reserves |
(41) | |
Other reserves |
9 | |
Increase in other qualifying reserves |
332 | |
Retirement benefit reserve |
916 | |
Defined benefit pension fund asset deduction |
(689) | |
Net impact of pensions |
227 | |
Minority interests |
(277) | |
Additional value adjustments (PVA) |
597 | |
Goodwill and intangible assets |
(107) | |
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences |
225 | |
Excess of expected loss over impairment |
407 | |
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments |
(32) | |
Other regulatory adjustments |
(132) | |
Decrease in regulatory adjustments and deductions |
681 | |
Closing fully loaded CET1 capital |
40,741 | |
Opening PRA transitional AT1 capital as at 1 January |
11,192 | |
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
983 | |
Qualifying AT1 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries |
(152) | |
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
(130) | |
Increase in AT1 capital |
701 | |
Closing PRA transitional AT1 capital |
11,893 | |
Opening PRA transitional Tier 2 capital as at 1 January |
14,281 | |
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
957 | |
Qualifying Tier 2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries |
(1,140) | |
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
(205) | |
Decrease in Tier 2 capital |
(388) | |
Closing PRA transitional Tier 2 capital |
13,893 | |
Total PRA transitional regulatory capital |
66,527 |
§ | During 2015, the fully loaded CET1 ratio increased to 11.4% (2014: 10.3%) driven by a significant reduction in RWAs. |
§ | CET1 capital decreased by £0.7bn to £40.7bn, after absorbing adjusting items, with the following significant movements: |
- | a £1.4bn reduction for dividends paid and foreseen |
- | a £0.2bn net increase as the retirement benefit reserve increased £0.9bn, partially offset by £0.7bn pension asset deduction |
- | a £0.7bn increase due to lower regulatory deductions and adjustments including a £0.6bn decrease in PVA, a £0.4bn decrease in expected losses due to the sale of the Spanish business and disposals across the Investment Bank, partially offset by a £0.3bn decrease in eligible minority interests |
§ | Transitional Tier 1 capital increased by £0.7bn to £11.9bn largely due to a £1.0bn issuance of AT1 securities. |
§ | Transitional Tier 2 capital decreased by £0.4bn to £13.9bn due to redemptions in the period, an increase in capital deductions for own paper and decreased eligible minority interests. This was partly offset by an issuance of 1.25bn Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 17 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Table 7: Regulatory capital
This table shows the components of regulatory capital presented on both a transitional and fully loaded basis as at 31 December 2015.
This disclosure has been prepared using the format set out in Annex IV and Annex VI of the final Implementing technical standards with regard to disclosure of own funds requirements for institution (Commission implementing regulation EU 1423/2013).
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: instruments and reserves | ||||||||||||||
|
31 December 2015 Transitional position £m |
|
|
Transitional impacts £m |
|
|
31 December 2015 Fully loaded £m |
| ||||||
1 | Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts | 21,586 | | 21,586 | ||||||||||
of which: ordinary shares | 21,586 | | 21,586 | |||||||||||
2 | Retained earnings | 31,021 | | 31,021 | ||||||||||
3 | Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) | 1,898 | | 1,898 | ||||||||||
5 | Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) | 950 | | 950 | ||||||||||
5a | Independently reviewed interim net profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividenda | (631 | ) | | (631 | ) | ||||||||
Scope of consolidation adjustment | (177 | ) | | (177 | ) | |||||||||
6 | Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments | 54,647 | | 54,647 | ||||||||||
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments | ||||||||||||||
7 | Additional value adjustments | (1,602 | ) | | (1,602 | ) | ||||||||
8 | Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) | (8,234 | ) | | (8,234 | ) | ||||||||
10 | Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences | |||||||||||||
(net of related tax liability) | (855 | ) | | (855 | ) | |||||||||
11 | Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges | (1,231 | ) | | (1,231 | ) | ||||||||
12 | Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected losses amounts | (1,365 | ) | | (1,365 | ) | ||||||||
14 | Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing | 127 | | 127 | ||||||||||
15 | Defined-benefit pension fund assets | (689 | ) | | (689 | ) | ||||||||
16 | Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments | (57 | ) | | (57 | ) | ||||||||
28 | Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) | (13,906 | ) | | (13,906 | ) | ||||||||
29 | Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital | 40,741 | | 40,741 | ||||||||||
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments | ||||||||||||||
30 | Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts | 5,305 | | 5,305 | ||||||||||
31 | of which: classified as equity under IFRS | 5,305 | | 5,305 | ||||||||||
34 | Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minority interests) issued | |||||||||||||
by subsidiaries and held by third parties | 6,718 | (6,461 | ) | 257 | ||||||||||
35 | of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out | 6,683 | (6,683 | ) | | |||||||||
36 | Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments | 12,023 | (6,461 | ) | 5,562 | |||||||||
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments | ||||||||||||||
37 | Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments | (130 | ) | | (130 | ) | ||||||||
43 | Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital | (130 | ) | | (130 | ) | ||||||||
44 | Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital | 11,893 | (6,461 | ) | 5,432 | |||||||||
45 | Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) | 52,634 | (6,461 | ) | 46,173 |
Note
a | Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable dividends only. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 18 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Table 7 Regulatory capital continued
|
31 December 2015 Transitional position £m |
|
|
Transitional impacts £m |
|
|
31 December 2015 Fully loaded £m |
| ||||||
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions | ||||||||||||||
46 | Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts | 1,757 | | 1,757 | ||||||||||
Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (including minority interests) | ||||||||||||||
48 | issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties | 12,389 | 2,037 | 14,426 | ||||||||||
49 | of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out | 1,742 | (1,742 | ) | | |||||||||
51 | Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments | 14,146 | 2,037 | 16,183 | ||||||||||
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments | ||||||||||||||
52 | Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans | (250 | ) | | (250 | ) | ||||||||
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial | ||||||||||||||
sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short | ||||||||||||||
55 | positions) | (3 | ) | | (3 | ) | ||||||||
57 | Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital | (253 | ) | | (253 | ) | ||||||||
58 | Tier 2 (T2) capital | 13,893 | 2,037 | 15,930 | ||||||||||
59 | Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) | 66,527 | (4,424 | ) | 62,103 | |||||||||
60 | Total risk weighted assets | 358,376 | | 358,376 | ||||||||||
Capital ratios and buffers | ||||||||||||||
61 | Common Equity Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) | 11.4% | 11.4% | |||||||||||
62 | Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) | 14.7% | 12.9% | |||||||||||
63 | Total capital (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) | 18.6% | 17.3% | |||||||||||
68 | Common Equity Tier 1 available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) | 7.4% | 6.9% | |||||||||||
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk weighting) | ||||||||||||||
Direct and indirect holdings of the capital of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a | ||||||||||||||
72 | significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) | 2,743 | 2,743 | |||||||||||
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where | ||||||||||||||
the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of | ||||||||||||||
73 | eligible short positions) | 604 | 604 | |||||||||||
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 10% threshold, net of related | ||||||||||||||
75 | tax liability) | 4,016 | 4,016 | |||||||||||
Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2 | ||||||||||||||
77 | Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under Standardised approach | 1,007 | 1,007 | |||||||||||
79 | Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under Internal ratings based approach | 1,092 | 1,092 | |||||||||||
Capital instruments subject to phase out arrangements (only applicable between 1 Jan 2013 and 1 Jan 2022) | ||||||||||||||
82 | Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements | 6,717 | ||||||||||||
83 | Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) | 3 | ||||||||||||
84 | Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase out arrangements | 2,480 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 19 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Table 8: Summary of terms and conditions of capital resources
This table breaks down the Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital issued by instrument and provides selected key terms and conditions. All Tier 1 capital comprises perpetual instruments with no maturity date. Regulatory capital might differ from the amounts recorded under IFRS due to PRA requirements relating to: capital eligibility criteria, amortisation of principal in the final five years to maturity, and the exclusion of the impact of fair value hedging.
Transitional provisions contained within CRR Article 486 are not applicable on an instrument by instrument basis and therefore instruments have been included in their transitional tiers rather than their tiers under fully loaded rules.
Further details on the terms of each instrument of subordinated liabilities can be found on pages 314 to 317 of the Barclays PLC Annual Report and online at home.barclays/annualreport. The online disclosure has been prepared using the format set out in Annex II of the final Implementing technical standards with regard to disclosure of own funds requirements for institutions (Commission implementing regulation EU1423/2013).
Regulatory balance | IFRS balance | |||||||||||||||||||
Instrument |
Initial call date |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||||||
Additional Tier 1 Capital |
||||||||||||||||||||
Additional Tier 1 Equity Instruments Barclays PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||
8.25% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (USD 2,000m) |
2018 | 1,229 | 1229 | 1,229 | 1229 | |||||||||||||||
7.00% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities |
2019 | 695 | 695 | 695 | 695 | |||||||||||||||
6.625% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (USD 1,211m) |
2019 | 712 | 712 | 712 | 712 | |||||||||||||||
6.5% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (EUR 1,077m) |
2019 | 844 | 856 | 844 | 856 | |||||||||||||||
8.0% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (EUR 1,000m) |
2020 | 830 | 830 | 830 | 830 | |||||||||||||||
7.875 % Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities |
2022 | 995 | | 995 | | |||||||||||||||
Total Additional Tier 1 Equity Instruments |
5,305 | 4,322 | 5,305 | 4,322 | ||||||||||||||||
Preference Shares |
||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||
6.00% non cumulative callable preference shares |
2017 | 203 | 203 | 203 | 203 | |||||||||||||||
4.75% non cumulative callable preference shares |
2020 | 211 | 211 | 211 | 211 | |||||||||||||||
6.278% non cumulative callable preference shares |
2034 | 318 | 318 | 318 | 318 | |||||||||||||||
Any dividend | ||||||||||||||||||||
6.625% non cumulative callable preference shares |
payment date | 406 | 406 | 406 | 406 | |||||||||||||||
Any dividend | ||||||||||||||||||||
7.1% non cumulative callable preference shares |
payment date | 657 | 657 | 657 | 657 | |||||||||||||||
Any dividend | ||||||||||||||||||||
7.75% non cumulative callable preference shares |
payment date | 550 | 550 | 550 | 550 | |||||||||||||||
Any dividend | ||||||||||||||||||||
8.125% non cumulative callable preference shares |
payment date | 1,309 | 1,309 | 1,309 | 1,309 | |||||||||||||||
Absa Bank Limited |
||||||||||||||||||||
Absa Preference Shares |
201 | 258 | 201 | 258 | ||||||||||||||||
Total Preference Shares |
3,855 | 3,912 | 3,855 | 3,912 | ||||||||||||||||
Tier One Notes (TONs) Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||
6% Callable Perpetual Core Tier One Notes |
2032 | 13 | 13 | 16 | 16 | |||||||||||||||
6.86% Callable Perpetual Core Tier One Notes (USD 569m) |
2032 | 383 | 365 | 626 | 604 | |||||||||||||||
Total Tier One Notes |
396 | 378 | 642 | 620 | ||||||||||||||||
Reserve Capital Instruments (RCIs) Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||
5.926% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments (USD 159m) |
2016 | 107 | 102 | 113 | 112 | |||||||||||||||
7.434% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments (USD 117m) |
2017 | 79 | 75 | 85 | 85 | |||||||||||||||
6.3688% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2019 | 33 | 33 | 38 | 39 | |||||||||||||||
14% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2019 | 2,178 | 2,171 | 3,062 | 3,065 | |||||||||||||||
5.3304% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2036 | 35 | 35 | 51 | 52 | |||||||||||||||
Total Reserve Capital Instruments |
2,432 | 2,416 | 3,349 | 3,353 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 20 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Table 8: Summary of terms and conditions of capital resources continued
Regulatory balance | IFRS balance | |||||||||||||||||||
Instrument |
Initial call date |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| |||||||
Tier 2 Capital |
||||||||||||||||||||
Undated subordinated liabilities Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||
6.875% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2015 | | 135 | | 140 | |||||||||||||||
6.375% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2017 | 134 | 133 | 143 | 146 | |||||||||||||||
7.7% Undated Subordinated Notes (USD 99m) |
2018 | 67 | 63 | 69 | 69 | |||||||||||||||
8.25% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2018 | 140 | 140 | 149 | 152 | |||||||||||||||
7.125% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2020 | 158 | 158 | 195 | 202 | |||||||||||||||
6.125% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2027 | 195 | 196 | 245 | 249 | |||||||||||||||
Any interest | ||||||||||||||||||||
Junior Undated Floating Rate Notes (USD 109m) |
payment date | 74 | 70 | 74 | 70 | |||||||||||||||
Any interest | ||||||||||||||||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 3 |
payment date | 145 | 145 | 145 | 145 | |||||||||||||||
Bonds Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||
9.25% Perpetual Subordinated Bonds (ex-Woolwich Plc) |
2021 | 75 | 75 | 91 | 94 | |||||||||||||||
9% Permanent Interest Bearing Capital Bonds |
At any time | 40 | 40 | 45 | 46 | |||||||||||||||
Loans Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||
5.03% Reverse Dual Currency Undated Subordinated Loan (JPY 8,000m) |
2028 | 45 | 43 | 42 | 39 | |||||||||||||||
5% Reverse Dual Currency Undated Subordinated Loan (JPY 12,000m) |
2028 | 67 | 64 | 59 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Barclays SLCSM Funding B.V. guaranteed by the Bank |
||||||||||||||||||||
6.14% Fixed Rate Guaranteed Perpetual Subordinated Notes |
2015 | | 265 | | 261 | |||||||||||||||
Total undated subordinated liabilities |
1,140 | 1,527 | 1,257 | 1,667 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 21 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Table 8: Summary of terms and conditions of capital resources continued
Regulatory balance | IFRS balance | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Instrument |
Initial call date | Maturity date |
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
|
|
2015 £m |
|
|
2014 £m |
| ||||||||||
Barclays PLC issued |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes (EUR 1,250m) |
2020 | 2025 | 916 | | 918 | | ||||||||||||||||||
4.375% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 1,250m) |
2024 | 842 | 800 | 883 | 810 | |||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC issued |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
4.38% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 75m) |
2015 | | 5 | | 49 | |||||||||||||||||||
4.75% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 150m) |
2015 | | 3 | | 98 | |||||||||||||||||||
6.05% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 1,556m) |
2017 | 404 | 582 | 1,124 | 1,102 | |||||||||||||||||||
Floating Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 40m) |
2018 | 15 | 22 | 29 | 31 | |||||||||||||||||||
6% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,750m) |
2018 | 532 | 836 | 1,377 | 1,462 | |||||||||||||||||||
CMS-Linked Subordinated Notes (EUR 100m) |
2018 | 30 | 48 | 77 | 82 | |||||||||||||||||||
CMS-Linked Subordinated Notes (EUR 135m) |
2018 | 44 | 68 | 103 | 109 | |||||||||||||||||||
Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Callable Notes |
2018 | 2023 | 500 | 499 | 555 | 565 | ||||||||||||||||||
7.75% Contingent Capital Notes (USD 1,000m) |
2018 | 2023 | 672 | 638 | 679 | 640 | ||||||||||||||||||
Floating Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 50m) |
2019 | 29 | 38 | 36 | 38 | |||||||||||||||||||
5.14% Lower Tier 2 Notes (USD 1,094m) |
2020 | 718 | 701 | 808 | 767 | |||||||||||||||||||
6% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,500m) |
2021 | 1,104 | 1,168 | 1,252 | 1,338 | |||||||||||||||||||
9.5% Subordinated Bonds (ex-Woolwich Plc) |
2021 | 200 | 199 | 293 | 306 | |||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 100m) |
2021 | 74 | 78 | 73 | 77 | |||||||||||||||||||
10% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes |
2021 | 1,955 | 1,954 | 2,317 | 2,363 | |||||||||||||||||||
10.179% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 1,521m) |
2021 | 1,027 | 975 | 1,083 | 1,062 | |||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 50m) |
2022 | 37 | 39 | 37 | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||
6.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,000m) |
2022 | 733 | 775 | 891 | 947 | |||||||||||||||||||
7.625% Contingent Capital Notes (USD 3,000m) |
2022 | 2,016 | 1,913 | 1,984 | 1,856 | |||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 50m) |
2023 | 37 | 39 | 37 | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||
5.75% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes |
2026 | 604 | 604 | 802 | 828 | |||||||||||||||||||
5.4% Reverse Dual Currency Subordinated Loan (JPY 15,000m) |
2027 | 84 | 81 | 80 | 74 | |||||||||||||||||||
6.33% Subordinated Notes |
2032 | 50 | 50 | 60 | 62 | |||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 100m) |
2040 | 74 | 78 | 74 | 78 | |||||||||||||||||||
Absa Bank Limited issued |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
8.1% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 2,000m) |
2015 | 2020 | | 113 | | 114 | ||||||||||||||||||
10.28% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 600m) |
2017 | 2022 | | | 26 | 34 | ||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 400m) |
2017 | 2022 | | | 18 | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 1,805m) |
2017 | 2022 | 78 | 101 | 79 | 101 | ||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 2,007m) |
2018 | 2023 | 87 | 112 | 88 | 112 | ||||||||||||||||||
8.295% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 1,188m) |
2018 | 2023 | 51 | 66 | 42 | 64 | ||||||||||||||||||
5.50% CPI-linked Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 1,500m) |
2023 | 2028 | | | 86 | 109 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group Limited Issued |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 370m) |
2019 | 2024 | 16 | 21 | 16 | 21 | ||||||||||||||||||
10.835% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 130m) |
2019 | 2024 | 6 | 7 | 6 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 1,693m) |
2025 | 73 | | 74 | | |||||||||||||||||||
10.05% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 807m) |
2025 | 34 | | 36 | | |||||||||||||||||||
11.4% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 288m) |
2025 | 13 | | 13 | | |||||||||||||||||||
11.365% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 508m) |
2020 | 2025 | 22 | | 23 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 437m) |
2020 | 2025 | 19 | | 19 | | ||||||||||||||||||
11.81% Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 737m) |
2022 | 2027 | 32 | | 33 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated Callable Notes (ZAR 30m) |
2022 | 2027 | 1 | | 1 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Other capital issued by Barclays Africa and Japan |
|
2016- 2019 |
|
| | 87 | 107 | |||||||||||||||||
Total dated subordinated liabilities |
13,129 | 12,613 | 16,219 | 15,513 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Non controlling Tier 2 capital Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 1 (USD 335m) |
|
Any interest payment date |
|
222 | 222 | 222 | 222 | |||||||||||||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 2 (USD 415m) |
|
Any interest payment date |
|
264 | 264 | 264 | 264 | |||||||||||||||||
Total non controlling Tier 2 capital |
486 | 486 | 486 | 486 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 22 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Table 9: Risk weighted assets (RWAs) by risk type and business
This table shows RWAs by risk type and business.
Risk weighted assets (RWAs) by risk type and business |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit risk | Counterparty credit risk | Market risk | |
Operational risk |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Std £m |
|
|
F-IRB £m |
|
|
A-IRB £m |
|
|
Std £m |
|
|
F-IRB £m |
|
|
A-IRB £m |
|
|
Default fund £m |
|
|
Settle- ment Risk |
|
|
CVA £m |
|
|
Std £m |
|
|
IMA £m |
|
£m |
|
Total RWAs £m |
| ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Banking |
31,506 | | 71,352 | 242 | | 1,122 | | | 30 | | | 16,176 | 120,428 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
17,988 | | 17,852 | | | | | | | | | 5,505 | 41,345 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
8,556 | | 17,698 | 22 | | 479 | | 8 | 325 | 560 | 682 | 5,604 | 33,934 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
4,808 | | 39,414 | 9,587 | | 10,132 | 916 | 517 | 3,438 | 9,327 | 10,574 | 19,620 | 108,333 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office |
1,513 | | 2,763 | 20 | | 59 | 12 | | 57 | | 1,221 | 2,104 | 7,749 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Core |
64,371 | | 149,079 | 9,871 | | 11,792 | 928 | 525 | 3,850 | 9,887 | 12,477 | 49,009 | 311,789 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
5,078 | | 11,912 | 1,221 | | 9,231 | 176 | | 7,418 | 599 | 3,301 | 7,651 | 46,587 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total risk weighted assets |
69,449 | | 160,991 | 11,092 | | 21,023 | 1,104 | 525 | 11,268 | 10,486 | 15,778 | 56,660 | 358,376 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal & Corporate |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Banking |
32,657 | | 70,080 | 238 | | 1,049 | | | 26 | | | 16,176 | 120,226 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclaycard |
15,910 | | 18,492 | | | | | | | | | 5,505 | 39,907 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa Banking |
9,015 | 11,502 | 10,292 | 10 | 561 | | | 1 | 310 | 638 | 588 | 5,604 | 38,521 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
5,773 | | 36,829 | 12,445 | | 11,328 | 1,249 | 498 | 6,680 | 16,014 | 11,965 | 19,621 | 122,402 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office |
506 | | 2,912 | | | 62 | 234 | | 21 | 5 | 502 | 1,326 | 5,568 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Core |
63,861 | 11,502 | 138,605 | 12,693 | 561 | 12,439 | 1,483 | 499 | 7,037 | 16,657 | 13,055 | 48,232 | 326,624 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core |
10,679 | | 19,416 | 2,619 | | 18,403 | 369 | 38 | 8,470 | 1,575 | 5,279 | 8,428 | 75,276 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total risk weighted assets |
74,540 | 11,502 | 158,021 | 15,312 | 561 | 30,842 | 1,852 | 537 | 15,507 | 18,232 | 18,334 | 56,660 | 401,900 |
Table 10: Movements in risk weighted assets (RWAs)
This table shows movements in RWAs, split by risk types and macro drivers
Movement analysis of risk weighted assets (RWAs) |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit risk £bn |
|
|
Counterparty credit riska £bn |
|
|
Market riskb £bn |
|
|
Operational risk £bn |
|
|
Total £bn |
| ||||||
As at 1 January 2015 |
244.0 | 49.1 | 52.1 | 56.7 | 401.9 | |||||||||||||||
Book size |
8.3 | (10.6) | (9.5) | | (11.8) | |||||||||||||||
Acquisitions and disposals |
(14.2) | | (0.4) | | (14.6) | |||||||||||||||
Book quality |
0.1 | (1.7) | 0.7 | | (0.9) | |||||||||||||||
Model updates |
(2.1) | (1.1) | (2.7) | | (5.9) | |||||||||||||||
Methodology and policy |
2.3 | (1.9) | (2.6) | | (2.2) | |||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange movementc |
(8.0) | (0.1) | | | (8.1) | |||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
230.4 | 33.7 | 37.6 | 56.7 | 358.4 |
Notes
a | RWAs in relation to default fund contributions are included in counterparty credit risk. |
b | RWAs in relation to CVA are included in market risk. |
c | Foreign exchange movement does not include FX for modelled counterparty credit risk or modelled market risk. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 23 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Total RWA movement
RWAs decreased £43.5bn to £358.4bn, driven by:
§ | Book size: RWAs decreased by £11.8bn primarily due to a reduction in holdings of US bonds and equities and a reduction in derivatives and securities financing transactions. This was partially offset by a growth in corporate lending, particularly in Africa and the UK |
§ | Acquisitions and disposals: RWAs decreased by £14.6bn primarily due to disposals in Non-Core, including the sale of the Spanish business |
§ | Model updates: RWAs decreased by £5.9bn primarily due to implementation of diversification benefits across advanced general and specific market risk, as well as a recalibration of a credit risk model within the Investment Bank and Non-Core |
§ | Methodology and policy: RWAs decreased by £2.2bn primarily due to the implementation of collateral modelling for mismatched FX collateral and a transfer of securities financing transactions in certain businesses from the banking book to trading book, enabling further collateral offset |
§ | Foreign exchange movements: RWAs decreased by £8.1bn primarily due to depreciation of ZAR against GBP. |
Credit risk
RWAs decreased by £13.6bn, reflecting:
§ | Acquisitions and disposals: RWAs decreased by £14.2bn driven by disposals in Non-Core, including the sale of the Spanish business |
§ | Foreign exchange movements: RWAs decreased by £8.0bn primarily due to depreciation of ZAR against GBP |
§ | Model updates: RWAs decreased by £2.1bn primarily driven by the transition to a new model within PCB and following a model recalibration within the Investment Bank and Non-Core. |
Offset by:
§ | Book size: RWAs increased by £8.3bn driven by a £3.4bn increase in Africa Banking due to an increase in corporate lending; £1.9bn increase in PCB primarily driven by UK corporate asset growth; and £1.9bn increase in Barclaycard primarily due to asset growth in the US |
§ | Methodology and policy: RWAs increased by £2.3bn primarily driven by the Investment Bank and Non-Core in part due to a transfer of counterparties from the trading to the banking book following a change in the regulatory treatment for securitisation transactions. |
Counterparty credit risk
RWAs decreased by £15.4bn, reflecting:
§ | Book size: RWAs decreased by £10.6bn primarily driven by a reduction in derivative and securities financing transaction exposures in the Investment Bank and Non-Core |
§ | Methodology and policy: RWAs decreased by £1.9bn primarily due to the implementation of collateral modelling for mismatched FX collateral and a a transfer of securities financing transactions in certain businesses from the banking book to trading book, enabling further collateral offset. This was partially offset by an increase in RWAs due to the capture of an extended margin period of risk on securities financing transactions within the Investment Bank |
§ | Book quality: RWAs decreased by £1.7bn, primarily due to counterparties no longer in default as a result of debt restructure |
§ | Model updates: RWAs decreased by £1.1bn primarily driven by a model recalibration within the Investment Bank and Non-Core. |
Market risk
RWAs decreased by £14.5bn, reflecting:
§ | Book size: RWAs reduced by £9.5bn driven by a reduction in the holdings of US bonds and equities trading book exposures within the Investment Bank and Non-Core |
§ | Model updates: RWAs decreased by £2.7bn primarily due to implementation of diversification benefits across advanced general and specific market risk within the Investment Bank and Non-Core |
§ | Methodology and policy: RWAs decreased by £2.6bn partly driven by a change in calculation methodology on CVA as a result of updated regulatory guidance. |
Operational risk
§ | Barclays operational risk RWA requirement has remained static at £56.7bn, pending regulatory approval for AMA model enhancements. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 24 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Basis of preparation for movements in risk weighted assets
This analysis splits RWA movement by credit, counterparty credit, market and operational risk. Seven categories of drivers have been identified and are described below. Not all the drivers are applicable to all risk types, however all categories have been listed below for completeness purposes.
Book size
Credit risk and counterparty risk
This represents RWA movements driven by changes in the size and composition of underlying positions, measured using EAD values for existing portfolios over the period. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
§ | new business and maturing loans |
§ | changes in product mix and exposure growth for existing portfolios |
§ | book size reductions owing to write-offs. |
Market risk (inc CVA)
This represents RWA movements owing to the changes in trading positions and volumes driven by business activity.
Book quality
Credit risk and counterparty risk
This represents RWA movements driven by changes in the underlying credit quality and recoverability of portfolios and reflected through model calibrations or realignments where applicable. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
§ | PD migration and LGD changes driven by economic conditions |
§ | ratings migration for standardised exposures |
§ | changing lending practices, demographics and maturity. |
Market risk (inc CVA)
This is the movement in RWAs owing to changing risk levels in the trading book, caused by fluctuations in market conditions.
Model updates
Credit risk and counterparty risk
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external model updates. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
§ | updates to existing model inputs driven by both internal and external review |
§ | model enhancements to improve model performance. |
Market risk (inc CVA)
This is the movement in RWAs reflecting changes in model scope, changes to market data levels, volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings used as input for the internal modelled RWA calculations.
Methodology and policy
Credit risk and counterparty risk
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external methodology, policy and regulatory changes. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
§ | updates to RWA calculation methodology, communicated by the regulator |
§ | the implementation of credit risk mitigation to a wider scope of portfolios. |
Market risk (inc CVA)
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external methodology, policy and regulatory changes for market risk and CVA.
Acquisitions and disposals
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of the disposal or acquisition of business operations impacting the size of banking and trading portfolios. This includes credit RWA reductions relating to Non-Core.
Foreign exchange movements
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of changes in the exchange rate between the functional currency of the Barclays business area or portfolio and Barclays presentational currency for consolidated reporting. It should be noted that foreign exchange movements shown in table 10 do not include the impact of foreign exchange for the counterparty credit risk IMM and modelled market risk RWAs.
Other
This is the movement in RWAs driven by items that cannot be reasonably assigned to the other driver categories. This category had a nil balance for the year ended 31 December 2015.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 25 |
Risk and capital position review
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage
Leverage ratio and exposures
Table 11: Leverage ratio
The leverage calculation below uses the end-point CRR definition of Tier 1 capital for the numerator and the CRR definition of leverage exposure.
At 31 December 2015, Barclays leverage ratio was 4.5%, which exceeds the expected end-point minimum requirement of 3.7% as outlined by the PRA Supervisory Statement SS45/15 and the updated PRA rulebook, comprising of the 3% minimum requirement, and the fully phased-in G-SII buffer.
Leverage ratio |
||||||||
Leverage exposure |
|
As at 31.12.15 £bn |
|
|
As at 31.12.14 £bn |
a
| ||
Accounting assets |
||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
328 | 440 | ||||||
Cash collateral |
62 | 73 | ||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
28 | 132 | ||||||
Financial assets designated at fair valueb |
77 | 38 | ||||||
Loans and advances and other assets |
625 | 675 | ||||||
Total IFRS assets |
1,120 | 1,358 | ||||||
Regulatory consolidation adjustments |
(10) | (8) | ||||||
Derivatives adjustments |
||||||||
Derivatives netting |
(293) | (395) | ||||||
Adjustments to cash collateral |
(46) | (53) | ||||||
Net written credit protection |
15 | 27 | ||||||
Potential Future Exposure (PFE) on derivatives |
129 | 179 | ||||||
Total derivatives adjustments |
(195) | (242) | ||||||
Securities financing transactions (SFTs) adjustments |
16 | 25 | ||||||
Regulatory deductions and other adjustments |
(14) | (15) | ||||||
Weighted off-balance sheet commitments |
111 | 115 | ||||||
Total fully loaded leverage exposure |
1,028 | 1,233 | ||||||
Fully loaded CET1 capital |
40.7 | 41.5 | ||||||
Fully loaded AT1 capital |
5.4 | 4.6 | ||||||
Fully loaded Tier 1 capital |
46.2 | 46.0 | ||||||
Fully loaded leverage ratio |
4.5% | 3.7% |
During 2015 the leverage ratio increased significantly to 4.5% (2014: 3.7%) driven by a reduction in the leverage exposure of £205bn to £1,028bn:
§ | total derivative exposuresc decreased £76bn to £195bn: |
- | PFE decreased £50bn to £129bn, mainly as a result of continued Non-Core rundown and optimisations including trade compressions and tear-ups |
- | other derivative assets decreased £14bn to £51bn, driven by a net decrease in IFRS derivatives. The decrease was mainly within interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives due to net trade reduction and an increase in major interest forward curves |
- | net written credit protection decreased £12bn to £15bn due to a reduction in business activity and improved portfolio netting |
§ | taken together, reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and financial assets designated at fair value decreased £65bn to £105bn, reflecting a reduction in matched book trading and general firm financing due to balance sheet deleveraging |
§ | loans and advances and other assets decreased by £50bn to £625bn driven by a £37bn reduction in trading portfolio assets primarily due to Non-Core rundown, a reduction in trading activities in the Investment Bank, as well as a £10bn decrease in settlement balances and a £9bn decrease in Africa Banking reflecting the depreciation of ZAR against GBP. This was partially offset by lending growth of £3bn in Barclaycard and £2bn in PCB |
§ | SFT adjustments decreased by £9bn to £16bn due to maturity of trades and a reduction in trading volumes. |
Notes
a | 2014 comparatives have been prepared on a BCBS 270 basis. Barclays does not believe that there is a material difference between the BCBS 270 leverage exposure and a leverage exposure calculated in accordance with the EU delegated act. |
b | Included within financial assets designated at fair value are reverse repurchase agreements designated at fair value of £50bn (2014:£5bn). |
c | Total derivative exposures includes IFRS derivative financial instruments, cash collateral and total derivative adjustments. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 26 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 27 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Analysis of capital requirements for credit risk and exposures
Table 12: Minimum capital requirements and exposure for credit risk Note on pre- and post credit risk mitigation (CRM) EAD
This table summarises credit risk information presented in the rest of this report and shows exposure at default pre and post-CRM, and the associated capital requirements. In accordance with regulatory requirements, credit risk mitigation is either reflected in regulatory measures for exposure at default (EAD), or in the risk inputs: probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD). For the majority of Barclays exposures, in particular mortgages and those under the AIRB treatment, the impact of CRM is primarily reflected in the PD or LGD rather than EAD measures.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
RWAs and post-CRM exposures are analysed by business on pages 30 and 31. Pre-CRM exposures are further analysed by geography on page 35, industry on page 37 and residual maturity on page 39. Information on the impact of CRM on EAD is set out on page 126.
Credit exposure class
EAD pre-CRMa | EAD post-CRMa | Capital requirements | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Year end £m |
|
|
Average £m |
b
|
|
Year end £m |
|
|
Average £m |
b
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Average RWA £m |
b
|
|
Capital reqs £m |
| |||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
113,327 | 105,769 | 113,183 | 105,716 | 2,509 | 2,512 | 201 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
881 | 638 | 881 | 638 | 121 | 46 | 10 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
213 | 306 | 204 | 297 | 45 | 112 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
4,181 | 4,145 | 4,181 | 4,145 | | 7 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
2,394 | 2,634 | 2,394 | 2,634 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
7,735 | 8,004 | 7,663 | 7,863 | 1,990 | 2,160 | 161 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
48,749 | 49,394 | 36,638 | 36,754 | 31,211 | 31,142 | 2,497 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
27,109 | 26,746 | 26,476 | 26,033 | 19,828 | 19,596 | 1,586 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
13,860 | 14,913 | 13,860 | 14,913 | 5,714 | 6,130 | 457 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
2,247 | 2,183 | 2,199 | 2,145 | 2,800 | 2,710 | 224 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
2,034 | 1,625 | 2,034 | 1,625 | 3,339 | 2,722 | 267 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
1,209 | 1,118 | 1,209 | 1,118 | 242 | 224 | 19 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
1 | | 1 | | 1 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
526 | 627 | 526 | 627 | 1,161 | 1,362 | 93 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
2,167 | 2,933 | 2,167 | 2,933 | 488 | 558 | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
226,633 | 221,035 | 213,616 | 207,441 | 69,449 | 69,281 | 5,558 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
14,782 | 13,135 | 14,782 | 13,135 | 2,648 | 3,054 | 212 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
28,219 | 30,023 | 28,219 | 30,023 | 7,096 | 6,895 | 568 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
159,011 | 155,311 | 151,520 | 147,720 | 72,926 | 73,460 | 5,833 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) |
7,897 | 8,432 | 7,897 | 8,432 | 3,609 | 3,889 | 289 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
155,977 | 158,534 | 155,977 | 158,534 | 27,023 | 27,601 | 2,162 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
44,003 | 44,198 | 44,003 | 44,198 | 18,766 | 19,389 | 1,501 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
8,596 | 8,963 | 8,596 | 8,963 | 8,658 | 9,013 | 693 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
17,367 | 20,237 | 17,367 | 20,237 | 3,141 | 4,178 | 251 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
11,319 | 11,663 | 11,319 | 11,663 | 17,124 | 17,080 | 1,370 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
447,171 | 450,496 | 439,680 | 442,905 | 160,991 | 164,559 | 12,879 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total credit exposure |
673,804 | 671,531 | 653,296 | 650,346 | 230,440 | 233,840 | 18,437 |
Notes
a | Collateral and guarantees for Advanced IRB are not included within EAD as these are incorporated in loss given default (LGD) calculations. |
b | Averages are based on the past four quarter end positions. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 28 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 12: Minimum capital requirements and exposure for credit risk Note on pre and post credit risk mitigation (CRM) EAD continued
Credit exposure class
EAD pre-CRMa,c | EAD post-CRMa | Capital requirements | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
Year end £m |
|
|
Average £m |
b
|
|
Year end £m |
|
|
Average £m |
b
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Average RWA £m |
b
|
|
Capital reqs £m |
| |||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
104,499 | 103,061 | 104,499 | 103,046 | 2,828 | 2,480 | 226 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
863 | 1,512 | 862 | 1,512 | 37 | 66 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
365 | 267 | 354 | 263 | 190 | 120 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
3,085 | 3,848 | 3,085 | 3,848 | 26 | 7 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
2,609 | 1,623 | 2,609 | 1,623 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
6,952 | 6,887 | 6,765 | 6,714 | 2,844 | 2,466 | 197 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
49,953 | 48,808 | 37,344 | 35,617 | 32,798 | 33,091 | 2,611 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
27,711 | 26,688 | 26,879 | 25,788 | 20,506 | 19,572 | 1,640 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
15,948 | 16,112 | 15,948 | 16,114 | 6,424 | 6,244 | 514 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
3,086 | 2,862 | 3,061 | 2,827 | 3,885 | 3,504 | 311 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
1,552 | 1,816 | 1,552 | 1,816 | 2,683 | 3,183 | 215 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
858 | 837 | 858 | 837 | 172 | 187 | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| 132 | | 126 | | 38 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
660 | 890 | 660 | 890 | 1,524 | 1,791 | 110 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
2,852 | 2,975 | 2,852 | 2,975 | 623 | 659 | 50 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
220,993 | 218,318 | 207,328 | 203,996 | 74,540 | 73,408 | 5,908 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
176 | 212 | 176 | 212 | 95 | 102 | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
981 | 970 | 981 | 970 | 472 | 433 | 38 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
14,761 | 14,458 | 14,761 | 14,458 | 10,935 | 10,766 | 875 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
15,918 | 15,640 | 15,918 | 15,640 | 11,502 | 11,301 | 921 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
6,704 | 8,662 | 6,704 | 8,662 | 744 | 1,039 | 57 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
30,521 | 31,558 | 30,521 | 31,558 | 7,108 | 7,368 | 604 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
138,168 | 134,952 | 129,547 | 126,049 | 64,987 | 63,506 | 5,191 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) |
8,835 | 9,014 | 8,835 | 9,014 | 4,203 | 4,970 | 336 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
172,500 | 172,415 | 172,500 | 172,415 | 30,895 | 31,613 | 2,472 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
43,953 | 43,212 | 43,953 | 43,212 | 19,676 | 19,529 | 1,574 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
9,053 | 9,051 | 9,053 | 9,051 | 8,614 | 8,408 | 689 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
20,848 | 20,802 | 20,848 | 20,802 | 5,315 | 8,200 | 425 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
11,729 | 12,204 | 11,729 | 12,204 | 16,479 | 14,973 | 1,319 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
442,311 | 441,870 | 433,690 | 432,967 | 158,021 | 159,606 | 12,667 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total credit exposure |
679,222 | 675,828 | 656,936 | 652,603 | 244,063 | 244,315 | 19,496 |
Exposure at default pre and post CRM and RWA decrease is primarily driven by the sale of the Spanish business and the UK Secured Lending portfolio and rundown of legacy portfolio assets.
The key movements by business are as shown in Table 13 and 14 while further details are provided in tables 16 to 32.
Notes
a | Collateral and guarantees for advanced IRB are not included within EAD as these are incorporated in loss given default (LGD) calculations. |
b | Averages are calculated from the past four quarters. This is to show intra-year fluctuations. |
c | EAD Pre-CRM excludes the impact of balance sheet netting. Prior period balances on tables 12, 16, 17 and 18 have been revised to reflect this. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 29 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Credit risk exposures
The following tables analyse credit risk exposures and risk weighted assets.
Table 13: Detailed view of exposure at default, post-CRM by business
This table shows exposure at default post-CRM by business and credit exposure class for credit risk.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
EAD post-CRM credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||
Credit risk |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
43,261 | 2,558 | 3,765 | 18,760 | 39,729 | 108,073 | 5,110 | 113,183 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
326 | 11 | 2 | 242 | 266 | 847 | 34 | 881 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
176 | | | 3 | | 179 | 25 | 204 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
1,683 | 19 | 10 | 747 | 1,527 | 3,986 | 195 | 4,181 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
963 | 11 | 6 | 428 | 874 | 2,282 | 112 | 2,394 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
4,248 | 309 | 123 | 747 | 1,791 | 7,218 | 445 | 7,663 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
23,925 | 289 | 3,553 | 7,021 | 56 | 34,844 | 1,794 | 36,638 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
782 | 22,861 | 2,046 | | | 25,689 | 787 | 26,476 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
12,524 | | 153 | 576 | | 13,253 | 607 | 13,860 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
1,205 | 333 | 125 | 167 | | 1,830 | 369 | 2,199 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
54 | 3 | | 182 | 583 | 822 | 1,212 | 2,034 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
413 | 5 | 2 | 183 | 434 | 1,037 | 172 | 1,209 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | 1 | | | 1 | | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
33 | | 222 | 45 | | 300 | 226 | 526 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
1,666 | 100 | 287 | 11 | 20 | 2,084 | 83 | 2,167 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
91,259 | 26,499 | 10,295 | 29,112 | 45,280 | 202,445 | 11,171 | 213,616 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
3,185 | 23 | 3,077 | 1,625 | 6,188 | 14,098 | 684 | 14,782 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
6,735 | 27 | 640 | 10,461 | 2,603 | 20,466 | 7,753 | 28,219 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
58,917 | 3 | 13,271 | 68,529 | 250 | 140,970 | 10,550 | 151,520 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) |
6,790 | | 1,107 | | | 7,897 | | 7,897 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
130,530 | | 10,782 | | | 141,312 | 14,665 | 155,977 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
9,900 | 31,883 | 2,220 | | | 44,003 | | 44,003 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
5,388 | 1 | 3,199 | | | 8,588 | 8 | 8,596 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | 151 | 13,515 | 515 | 14,181 | 3,186 | 17,367 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
1,780 | 1,976 | 1,367 | 4,621 | 856 | 10,600 | 719 | 11,319 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
223,225 | 33,913 | 35,814 | 98,751 | 10,412 | 402,115 | 37,565 | 439,680 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total credit risk exposure |
314,484 | 60,412 | 46,109 | 127,863 | 55,692 | 604,560 | 48,736 | 653,296 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 30 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 13: Detailed view of exposure at default, post-CRM by business continued
EAD post-CRM credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||
Credit risk |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
37,745 | 1,710 | 7,295 | 16,629 | 30,653 | 94,032 | 10,467 | 104,499 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
448 | 2 | 1 | 124 | 219 | 794 | 68 | 862 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
181 | | | 163 | | 344 | 10 | 354 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
1,203 | 8 | 31 | 525 | 1,004 | 2,771 | 314 | 3,085 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
1,026 | 7 | 5 | 448 | 856 | 2,342 | 267 | 2,609 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
4,901 | 356 | 548 | 171 | 108 | 6,084 | 681 | 6,765 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
23,714 | 464 | 2,756 | 6,708 | 188 | 33,830 | 3,514 | 37,344 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
1,075 | 20,049 | 2,224 | | | 23,348 | 3,531 | 26,879 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
14,175 | | 153 | 558 | | 14,886 | 1,062 | 15,948 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
1,243 | 293 | 232 | 21 | | 1,789 | 1,272 | 3,061 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
57 | | | 165 | 135 | 357 | 1,195 | 1,552 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| | | | 698 | 698 | 160 | 858 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
47 | | 250 | 133 | | 430 | 230 | 660 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
1,575 | 121 | 468 | 84 | 15 | 2,263 | 589 | 2,852 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
87,390 | 23,010 | 13,963 | 25,729 | 33,876 | 183,968 | 23,360 | 207,328 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 176 | | | 176 | | 176 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | 981 | | | 981 | | 981 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | 14,761 | | | 14,761 | | 14,761 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| | 15,918 | | | 15,918 | | 15,918 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB Approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
1,947 | 8 | 5 | 1,632 | 1,763 | 5,355 | 1,349 | 6,704 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
6,969 | 23 | 15 | 11,303 | 4,462 | 22,772 | 7,749 | 30,521 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
55,611 | 2 | 6 | 58,908 | 264 | 114,791 | 14,756 | 129,547 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) |
7,711 | | 1,124 | | | 8,835 | | 8,835 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
130,575 | | 13,896 | | | 144,471 | 28,029 | 172,500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
9,643 | 31,605 | 2,705 | | | 43,953 | | 43,953 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
4,844 | 2 | 4,197 | | | 9,043 | 10 | 9,053 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
93 | | 270 | 14,978 | 628 | 15,969 | 4,879 | 20,848 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
2,054 | 1,785 | 1,543 | 4,023 | 927 | 10,332 | 1,397 | 11,729 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
219,447 | 33,425 | 23,761 | 90,844 | 8,044 | 375,521 | 58,169 | 433,690 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total credit risk exposure |
306,837 | 56,435 | 53,642 | 116,573 | 41,920 | 575,407 | 81,529 | 656,936 |
Exposure at default post- CRM decreased by £3.6bn to £653.3bn. The key movements by business were as follows:
§ | PCB increased by £7.6bn to £314.5bn, driven by an increase in corporate lending |
§ | Barclaycard increased by £4.0bn to £60.4bn, driven by asset growth and the depreciation of GBP against USD |
§ | Africa Banking decreased by £7.5bn to £46.1bn, driven by depreciation of ZAR against GBP |
§ | Investment Bank increased by £11.3bn to £127.9bn, driven by new syndication facilities and movement in the Group liquidity pool |
§ | Head Office increased by £13.8bn to £55.7bn, driven by movement in the Group liquidity pool, increased deferred tax assets and collateral pledges |
§ | Barclays Non-Core decreased by £32.8bn to £48.7bn, driven by the sale of the Spanish business and the UK Secured Lending portfolio and the rundown of legacy portfolio assets. |
The total Group liquidity pool composition has decreased £4bn to £145bn. This was primarily driven by a £14bn decrease in bonds sourced through reverse repurchase transactions, offset by a £10bn increase in bonds held on-balance sheet. These result in an increase in credit risk EAD and a decrease in counterparty credit risk EAD. The composition of the liquidity pool is efficiently and centrally managed, with further details provided in the Annual Report page 191.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 31 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 14: Detailed view of credit risk RWAs by business
This table shows RWAs for credit risk by business, broken down by credit exposure class for credit risk in the banking book.
Risk weighted assets credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||
Credit risk |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| 1 | 2,441 | 14 | 52 | 2,508 | 1 | 2,509 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
7 | 2 | | 112 | | 121 | | 121 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
39 | | | 1 | | 40 | 5 | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
1,244 | 61 | 52 | 77 | 445 | 1,879 | 111 | 1,990 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
22,520 | 341 | 3,533 | 3,759 | 51 | 30,204 | 1,007 | 31,211 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
583 | 17,146 | 1,535 | | | 19,264 | 564 | 19,828 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
5,150 | | 116 | 223 | | 5,489 | 225 | 5,714 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
1,488 | 413 | 163 | 229 | 1 | 2,294 | 506 | 2,800 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risks |
81 | 4 | | 278 | 874 | 1,237 | 2,102 | 3,339 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
83 | 1 | | 37 | 87 | 208 | 34 | 242 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | 1 | | | 1 | | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
82 | | 497 | 68 | | 647 | 514 | 1,161 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
229 | 19 | 218 | 10 | 3 | 479 | 9 | 488 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
31,506 | 17,988 | 8,556 | 4,808 | 1,513 | 64,371 | 5,078 | 69,449 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
548 | 5 | 1,237 | 310 | 467 | 2,567 | 81 | 2,648 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
2,758 | 5 | 309 | 1,243 | 431 | 4,746 | 2,350 | 7,096 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
36,155 | | 7,449 | 27,039 | 16 | 70,659 | 2,267 | 72,926 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) |
3,000 | | 609 | | | 3,609 | | 3,609 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
19,399 | | 3,019 | | | 22,418 | 4,605 | 27,023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
1,579 | 15,754 | 1,433 | | | 18,766 | | 18,766 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
6,160 | 1 | 2,496 | | | 8,657 | 1 | 8,658 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | 21 | 1,720 | 46 | 1,787 | 1,354 | 3,141 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
1,753 | 2,087 | 1,125 | 9,102 | 1,803 | 15,870 | 1,254 | 17,124 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
71,352 | 17,852 | 17,698 | 39,414 | 2,763 | 149,079 | 11,912 | 160,991 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total credit risk weighted assets |
102,858 | 35,840 | 26,254 | 44,222 | 4,276 | 213,450 | 16,990 | 230,440 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 32 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 14: Detailed view of credit risk RWAs by business continued
Risk weighted assets credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||
Credit risk |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
3 | | 2,518 | | 51 | 2,572 | 256 | 2,828 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
27 | | | 10 | | 37 | | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
45 | | | 135 | | 180 | 10 | 190 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| | 26 | | | 26 | | 26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
1,695 | 72 | 272 | 419 | 26 | 2,484 | 360 | 2,844 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
22,537 | 479 | 2,755 | 4,337 | 85 | 30,193 | 2,605 | 32,798 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
817 | 15,038 | 2,091 | | | 17,946 | 2,560 | 20,506 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
5,632 | | 115 | 217 | | 5,964 | 460 | 6,424 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
1,561 | 296 | 316 | 32 | | 2,205 | 1,680 | 3,885 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
85 | | | 248 | 202 | 535 | 2,148 | 2,683 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| | | | 140 | 140 | 32 | 172 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
116 | | 538 | 342 | | 996 | 528 | 1,524 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
139 | 25 | 384 | 33 | 2 | 583 | 40 | 623 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
32,657 | 15,910 | 9,015 | 5,773 | 506 | 63,861 | 10,679 | 74,540 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 95 | | | 95 | | 95 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | 472 | | | 472 | | 472 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | 10,935 | | | 10,935 | | 10,935 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| | 11,502 | | | 11,502 | | 11,502 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
219 | 1 | 1 | 250 | 151 | 622 | 122 | 744 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
2,134 | 5 | 4 | 1,370 | 1,352 | 4,865 | 2,243 | 7,108 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
34,905 | | 5 | 25,205 | 121 | 60,236 | 4,751 | 64,987 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) |
3,530 | | 673 | | | 4,203 | | 4,203 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
19,747 | | 3,622 | | | 23,369 | 7,526 | 30,895 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
1,423 | 16,539 | 1,714 | | | 19,676 | | 19,676 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
5,626 | 2 | 2,983 | | | 8,611 | 3 | 8,614 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
28 | | 51 | 2,187 | 57 | 2,323 | 2,992 | 5,315 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
2,468 | 1,945 | 1,239 | 7,817 | 1,231 | 14,700 | 1,779 | 16,479 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
70,080 | 18,492 | 10,292 | 36,829 | 2,912 | 138,605 | 19,416 | 158,021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total credit risk weighted assets |
102,737 | 34,402 | 30,809 | 42,602 | 3,418 | 213,968 | 30,095 | 244,063 |
Risk weighted assets decreased by £13.6bn to £230.4bn. The key movements by business were as follows:
§ | PCB remained stable at £102.9bn |
§ | Barclaycard increased by £1.4bn to £35.8bn, driven by asset growth, especially within Barclaycard US |
§ | Africa Banking decreased by £4.6bn to £26.3bn, driven by depreciation of ZAR against GBP, partly offset by underlying asset growth |
§ | Investment Bank increased by £1.6bn to £44.2bn, driven by new syndication facilities |
§ | Head Office increased by £0.9bn to £4.3bn, driven by increased deferred tax assets and collateral pledges |
§ | Barclays Non-Core decreased by £13.1bn to £17.0bn, driven by the sale of the Spanish business and the UK Secured Lending portfolio and the rundown of legacy portfolio assets. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 33 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 15: Banking book reconciliation of IFRS balance sheet and credit risk calculation
This table provides a bridge between the IFRS balance sheet and regulatory exposures subject to credit risk calculation.
The table expands upon Table 1, which shows the difference between the IFRS and regulatory scope of consolidation. In addition, the following balances are excluded for the purpose of determining exposures subject to credit risk calculations:
§ | assets not subject to credit risk this includes items subject to market risk and counterparty credit risk calculations, and settlement balances |
§ | specific regulatory adjustments this includes adjustments to account for differences in IFRS and regulatory netting, items treated as regulatory capital deductions and other adjustments to IFRS balances as prescribed by CRD IV |
§ | off-balance sheet this captures items that are off-balance sheet for the purpose of IFRS disclosures, but within the scope of credit risk calculations. These balances are shown after applying credit conversion factors to reflect the conversion of credit facilities into drawn balances. |
The total regulatory exposure is disclosed pre-CRM, as the differences between EAD pre- and post-CRM are already expressed through other tables within the document.
As at 31 December 2015 |
Accounting balance sheet per published financial statements £m |
Deconsolid- ation of insurance/ other entities £m |
Consolidation of banking associates/ other entities £m |
Balance sheet per regulatory scope of consolidation £m |
Balances not subject to credit risk calculations £m |
Specific Regulatory Adjustments and balances adjusted directly through Capital £m |
Regulatory Exposure value of IFRS off balance sheet items post CCFs £m |
Total £m | ||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks and items in the course of collection from other banks |
50,722 | (10) | 51 | 50,763 | | | | 50,763 | ||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
77,348 | | 2,762 | 80,110 | (80,110) | | | | ||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
76,830 | (2,414) | 146 | 74,562 | (52,149) | (177) | | 22,236 | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
327,709 | (2) | (1,642) | 326,065 | (326,065) | | | | ||||||||
Available for sale investments |
90,267 | (2,152) | | 88,115 | (3) | (801) | (9) | 87,302 | ||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
41,349 | (146) | 80 | 41,283 | (19,127) | (9) | 168 | 22,315 | ||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
399,217 | (5,878) | 1,465 | 394,804 | (67,430) | 19,366 | 127,745 | 474,485 | ||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
28,187 | | | 28,187 | (28,187) | | | | ||||||||
Other assets |
28,383 | (1,731) | (355) | 26,297 | (9,475) | (119) | | 16,703 | ||||||||
Total assets |
1,120,012 | (12,333) | 2,507 | 1,110,186 | (582,546) | 18,260 | 127,904 | 673,804 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 34 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 16: Geographic analysis of credit exposure
This table shows exposure at default pre-CRM, broken down by credit exposure class and geographic location of the counterparty.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
EAD pre-CRM credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
United Kingdom £m |
|
|
Europe £m |
|
|
Americas £m |
|
|
Africa and Middle East £m |
|
|
Asia £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
31,591 | 44,299 | 32,974 | 4,202 | 261 | 113,327 | ||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
41 | 728 | 11 | 101 | | 881 | ||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
47 | 154 | 3 | | 9 | 213 | ||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| 2,866 | 1,147 | 86 | 82 | 4,181 | ||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
| 2,394 | | | | 2,394 | ||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
3,569 | 981 | 753 | 120 | 2,312 | 7,735 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
15,094 | 8,680 | 15,404 | 6,012 | 3,559 | 48,749 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
6,564 | 3,188 | 15,099 | 2,150 | 108 | 27,109 | ||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
9,235 | 2,231 | 1,451 | 596 | 347 | 13,860 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
844 | 622 | 553 | 198 | 30 | 2,247 | ||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
998 | 409 | 603 | 3 | 21 | 2,034 | ||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| 1,209 | | | | 1,209 | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | 1 | | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
120 | 136 | 17 | 226 | 27 | 526 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
1,775 | 94 | 2 | 280 | 16 | 2,167 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
69,878 | 67,991 | 68,017 | 13,975 | 6,772 | 226,633 | ||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
4,385 | 2,247 | 106 | 3,672 | 4,372 | 14,782 | ||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
11,695 | 5,425 | 7,342 | 925 | 2,832 | 28,219 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
79,355 | 20,140 | 43,434 | 13,742 | 2,340 | 159,011 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
181,481 | 17,648 | 16 | 17,322 | 6 | 216,473 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
3,521 | 886 | 12,634 | 151 | 175 | 17,367 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
7,976 | 329 | 1,618 | 1,210 | 186 | 11,319 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
288,413 | 46,675 | 65,150 | 37,022 | 9,911 | 447,171 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total credit risk exposure |
358,291 | 114,666 | 133,167 | 50,997 | 16,683 | 673,804 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 35 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 16: Geographic analysis of credit exposure continued
EAD pre-CRM credit exposure class |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
United Kingdom £m |
|
|
Europe £m |
|
|
Americas £m |
|
|
Africa and Middle East £m |
|
|
Asia £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
35,243 | 31,248 | 29,218 | 7,828 | 962 | 104,499 | ||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
15 | 437 | 10 | | 401 | 863 | ||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
1 | 190 | | 128 | 46 | 365 | ||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
11 | 2,254 | 660 | 26 | 134 | 3,085 | ||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
| 2,609 | | | | 2,609 | ||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
676 | 1,297 | 662 | 517 | 3,800 | 6,952 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
15,657 | 10,831 | 15,293 | 4,750 | 3,422 | 49,953 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
7,561 | 4,430 | 13,147 | 2,360 | 213 | 27,711 | ||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
10,876 | 2,486 | 1,640 | 629 | 317 | 15,948 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
858 | 1,500 | 395 | 307 | 26 | 3,086 | ||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
578 | 448 | 471 | 20 | 35 | 1,552 | ||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| 858 | | | | 858 | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
277 | 74 | 45 | 255 | 9 | 660 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
2,042 | 258 | 17 | 458 | 77 | 2,852 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
73,795 | 58,920 | 61,558 | 17,278 | 9,442 | 220,993 | ||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | 176 | | 176 | ||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
131 | 2 | | 848 | | 981 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
151 | 185 | 142 | 14,283 | | 14,761 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
282 | 187 | 142 | 15,307 | | 15,918 | ||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
1,038 | 1,932 | 595 | 731 | 2,408 | 6,704 | ||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
10,835 | 7,132 | 9,378 | 912 | 2,264 | 30,521 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
79,198 | 18,883 | 37,319 | 520 | 2,248 | 138,168 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
181,792 | 30,560 | 33 | 21,944 | 12 | 234,341 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
4,529 | 544 | 15,392 | 269 | 114 | 20,848 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
7,614 | 803 | 1,742 | 1,395 | 175 | 11,729 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
285,006 | 59,854 | 64,459 | 25,771 | 7,221 | 442,311 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total credit risk exposure |
359,083 | 118,961 | 126,159 | 58,356 | 16,663 | 679,222 |
Exposure at default pre-CRM decreased by £5.4bn to £673.8bn. The key movements by geographical area were as follows:
§ | exposure in the UK decreased by £0.8bn to £358.3bn, driven by the sale of UK Secured Lending portfolio partially offset by increases in collateral pledges given and corporate lending |
§ | exposure in Europe decreased by £4.3bn to £114.7bn, driven by the sale of the Spanish business and further rundown of legacy portfolio assets, offset by movement in the Group liquidity pool |
§ | exposure in Americas increased by £7.0bn to £133.2bn, driven by new syndication facilities and asset growth in the US cards portfolio |
§ | exposure in Africa and Middle East decreased by £7.4bn to £51.0bn, driven by depreciation of ZAR against GBP, offset by asset growth primarily in corporate and retail lending. |
The total Group liquidity pool composition has decreased £4bn to £145bn. This was primarily driven by a £14bn decrease in bonds sourced through reverse repurchase transactions, offset by a £10bn increase in bonds held on-balance sheet. These result in an increase in credit risk EAD and a decrease in counterparty credit risk EAD. The composition of the liquidity pool is efficiently and centrally managed, with further details provided in the Annual Report page 191.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 36 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 17: Industry analysis of credit exposure
This table shows exposure at default pre-CRM, broken down by credit exposure class and the industrial sector associated with the obligor or counterparty.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
EAD pre-CRM credit exposure class | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
Govern- ment and central banks £m |
Banks £m |
Other financial institu- tions £m |
Manufac- turing £m |
Construc- tion £m |
Property £m |
Energy and water £m |
Wholesale and retail, distribu- tion and leisure £m |
Business and other services £m |
Home loans £m |
Cards, unsecured loans, other personal lending £m |
Other £m |
Total £m | |||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
113,327 | | | | | | | | | | | | 113,327 | |||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
109 | | | | | | 11 | | 753 | | 8 | | 881 | |||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
149 | | | | | | 9 | | 50 | | | 5 | 213 | |||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| 4,181 | | | | | | | | | | | 4,181 | |||||||||||||
International organisations |
21 | | 533 | | | | | | 1,840 | | | | 2,394 | |||||||||||||
Institutions |
86 | 6,953 | 284 | | | | | 114 | 195 | | 102 | 1 | 7,735 | |||||||||||||
Corporates |
49 | 872 | 14,198 | 4,911 | 577 | 1,675 | 2,430 | 3,625 | 14,012 | | 3,784 | 2,616 | 48,749 | |||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | 7 | 3 | 26 | 1 | 14 | 775 | 141 | 26,055 | 87 | 27,109 | |||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| 154 | 781 | 11 | 9 | 669 | | 315 | 2,504 | 3,649 | 5,713 | 55 | 13,860 | |||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
2 | 1 | 79 | 119 | 23 | 422 | 45 | 89 | 347 | 32 | 937 | 151 | 2,247 | |||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| 3 | 685 | 235 | | 110 | 189 | 76 | 336 | | | 400 | 2,034 | |||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| 851 | 358 | | | | | | | | | | 1,209 | |||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
1 | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 | |||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| 5 | 372 | 7 | 11 | | | 5 | 85 | | | 41 | 526 | |||||||||||||
Other items |
| 242 | 16 | | | | | | | 113 | | 1,796 | 2,167 | |||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure |
113,744 | 13,262 | 17,306 | 5,290 | 623 | 2,902 | 2,685 | 4,238 | 20,897 | 3,935 | 36,599 | 5,152 | 226,633 | |||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Total Foundation IRB approach credit exposure |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
14,782 | | | | | | | | | | | | 14,782 | |||||||||||||
Institutions |
6,312 | 17,902 | 1,374 | | | 2 | 87 | | 2,499 | | | 43 | 28,219 | |||||||||||||
Corporates |
344 | 1,821 | 10,538 | 27,967 | 4,818 | 30,028 | 20,490 | 15,850 | 32,826 | | 69 | 14,260 | 159,011 | |||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | 412 | 458 | 1,230 | 5 | 1,703 | 1,596 | 156,290 | 49,887 | 4,892 | 216,473 | |||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | 16,916 | | | | | | 446 | | | 5 | 17,367 | |||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
| 1,138 | | | | | | | | | | 10,181 | 11,319 | |||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB approach credit exposure |
21,438 | 20,861 | 28,828 | 28,379 | 5,276 | 31,260 | 20,582 | 17,553 | 37,367 | 156,290 | 49,956 | 29,381 | 447,171 | |||||||||||||
Total credit exposures |
135,182 | 34,123 | 46,134 | 33,669 | 5,899 | 34,162 | 23,267 | 21,791 | 58,264 | 160,225 | 86,555 | 34,533 | 673,804 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 37 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 17: Industry analysis of credit exposure continued
EAD pre-CRM credit exposure class | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
Govern- ment and central banks £m |
Banks £m |
Other financial institu- tions £m |
Manufac- turing £m |
Construc- tion £m |
Property £m |
Energy and water £m |
Wholesale and retail, distribu- tion and leisure £m |
Business and other services £m |
Home loans £m |
Cards, unsecured loans, other personal lending £m |
Other £m |
Total £m | |||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
104,499 | | | | | | | | | | | | 104,499 | |||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
221 | | | | | | 26 | | 607 | | | 9 | 863 | |||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
160 | | | 3 | | | 19 | | 181 | | | 2 | 365 | |||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| 3,085 | | | | | | | | | | | 3,085 | |||||||||||||
International organisations |
26 | | 1,180 | | | | | | 1,403 | | | | 2,609 | |||||||||||||
Institutions |
79 | 5,232 | 772 | | 8 | 1 | | 177 | 569 | | 110 | 4 | 6,952 | |||||||||||||
Corporates |
35 | 725 | 13,407 | 4,716 | 599 | 1,923 | 2,887 | 3,965 | 14,050 | 7 | 4,932 | 2,707 | 49,953 | |||||||||||||
Retail |
3 | 84 | 41 | 22 | 10 | 134 | 42 | 69 | 936 | 1,902 | 24,444 | 24 | 27,711 | |||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| 135 | 1,091 | 13 | 8 | 779 | 3 | 308 | 2,212 | 4,244 | 7,105 | 50 | 15,948 | |||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
1 | 41 | 93 | 222 | 41 | 594 | 220 | 195 | 460 | 194 | 945 | 80 | 3,086 | |||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | 566 | 206 | | | 199 | 51 | 511 | | | 19 | 1,552 | |||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| 444 | 414 | | | | | | | | | | 858 | |||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| 6 | 410 | 26 | 14 | 2 | | 20 | 144 | | | 38 | 660 | |||||||||||||
Other items |
| 414 | 9 | | | 345 | | | | | | 2,084 | 2,852 | |||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure |
105,024 | 10,166 | 17,983 | 5,208 | 680 | 3,778 | 3,396 | 4,785 | 21,073 | 6,347 | 37,536 | 5,017 | 220,993 | |||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
176 | | | | | | | | | | | | 176 | |||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 818 | | | | | | | 163 | | | | 981 | |||||||||||||
Corporates |
491 | 1,106 | 66 | 2,285 | 353 | 1,354 | 454 | 1,804 | 4,356 | | | 2,492 | 14,761 | |||||||||||||
Total Foundation IRB approach credit exposure |
667 | 1,924 | 66 | 2,285 | 353 | 1,354 | 454 | 1,804 | 4,519 | | | 2,492 | 15,918 | |||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
6,704 | | | | | | | | | | | | 6,704 | |||||||||||||
Institutions |
6,785 | 21,742 | 1,424 | | | | | | 570 | | | | 30,521 | |||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | 11,045 | 22,144 | 4,320 | 28,782 | 18,622 | 12,532 | 29,946 | | 43 | 10,734 | 138,168 | |||||||||||||
Retail |
1 | 23 | 2 | 465 | 491 | 1,437 | 11 | 1,887 | 1,732 | 172,617 | 49,646 | 6,029 | 234,341 | |||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | 20,209 | | | 93 | | 154 | 392 | | | | 20,848 | |||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
| 1,268 | | | | | | | | | | 10,461 | 11,729 | |||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB approach credit exposure |
13,490 | 23,033 | 32,680 | 22,609 | 4,811 | 30,312 | 18,633 | 14,573 | 32,640 | 172,617 | 49,689 | 27,224 | 442,311 | |||||||||||||
Total credit exposures |
119,181 | 35,123 | 50,729 | 30,102 | 5,844 | 35,444 | 22,483 | 21,162 | 58,232 | 178,964 | 87,225 | 34,733 | 679,222 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 38 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Exposure at default pre-CRM decreased by £5.4bn to £673.8bn. The key movements by industry sector were as follows:
§ | Governments and central banks increased by £16.0bn to £135.2bn, driven by movement in the Group liquidity pool |
§ | Banks decreased by £1.0bn to £34.1bn, driven by bond positions maturing and a reduction in nostro positions, partly offset by increased collateral pledges given |
§ | Other Financial Institutions decreased by £4.6bn to £46.1bn, driven by reduction in securitisation exposure in the Investment Bank |
§ | Manufacturing increased by £3.6bn to £33.7bn, driven by new syndication facilities in the Investment Bank |
§ | Property decreased by £1.3bn to £34.2bn with no material single movement |
§ | Home loans decreased by £18.7bn to £160.2bn, driven by the sale of the Spanish business and further rundown of legacy portfolio assets. |
The total Group liquidity pool composition has decreased £4bn to £145bn. This was primarily driven by a £14bn decrease in bonds sourced through reverse repurchase transactions, offset by a £10bn increase in bonds held on-balance sheet. These result in an increase in credit risk EAD and a decrease in counterparty credit risk EAD. The composition of the liquidity pool is efficiently and centrally managed, with further details provided in the Annual Report page 191.
Barclays exposures to the oil and gas sector are further described in the Annual Report pages 153 and 154.
Table 18: Residual maturity analysis credit exposures
This table shows exposure at default pre-CRM, broken down by credit exposure class and residual maturity. Residual maturity is the remaining number of years before an obligation becomes due according to the existing terms of the agreement.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
EAD pre-CRM credit exposure class |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
On demand and qualifying revolving £m |
|
|
Under one year £m |
|
|
Over one year but not more than three years £m |
|
|
Over three years but not more than five years £m |
|
|
Over five years but not more than 10 years £m |
|
|
Over 10 years or undated £m |
a
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
34,059 | 23,825 | 12,904 | 15,058 | 16,872 | 10,609 | 113,327 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
| 111 | 572 | 105 | 93 | | 881 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
| 9 | 7 | 151 | 10 | 36 | 213 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| 93 | 1,316 | 1,067 | 1,573 | 132 | 4,181 | |||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
6 | | 2,267 | | 121 | | 2,394 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
655 | 6,685 | 122 | 122 | 114 | 37 | 7,735 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
5,187 | 19,160 | 8,669 | 8,061 | 2,297 | 5,375 | 48,749 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
19,280 | 1,107 | 2,339 | 2,624 | 1,383 | 376 | 27,109 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
27 | 2,970 | 2,862 | 2,130 | 3,067 | 2,804 | 13,860 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
293 | 1,128 | 294 | 134 | 365 | 33 | 2,247 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| 640 | 157 | 43 | | 1,194 | 2,034 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| 97 | 995 | 52 | 65 | | 1,209 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
1 | | | | | | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| 33 | 175 | 222 | | 96 | 526 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
228 | | 72 | | | 1,867 | 2,167 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure |
59,736 | 55,858 | 32,751 | 29,769 | 25,960 | 22,559 | 226,633 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation IRB approach credit exposure |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
1,058 | 5,357 | 6,850 | 1,517 | | | 14,782 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
3,053 | 9,499 | 5,126 | 2,664 | 178 | 7,699 | 28,219 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
18,505 | 24,202 | 41,011 | 49,931 | 5,805 | 19,557 | 159,011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
48,174 | 3,030 | 6,392 | 10,229 | 21,729 | 126,919 | 216,473 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| 2,636 | 3,366 | 4 | 9,834 | 1,527 | 17,367 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
351 | 764 | 202 | | | 10,002 | 11,319 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB approach credit exposure |
71,141 | 45,488 | 62,947 | 64,345 | 37,546 | 165,704 | 447,171 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total credit exposures |
130,877 | 101,346 | 95,698 | 94,114 | 63,506 | 188,263 | 673,804 |
Note
a | The Over 10 years or undated category includes some items without contractual liquidity such as cash and tax assets. These are found in the Other items and Non-credit obligations assets lines. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 39 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 18: Residual maturity analysis credit exposures continued
EAD pre-CRM assets credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
On demand and qualifying revolving £m |
|
|
Under one year £m |
|
|
Over one year but not more than three years £m |
|
|
Over three years but not more than five years £m |
|
|
Over five years but not more than 10 years £m |
|
|
Over 10 years or undated £m |
a
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
36,194 | 7,058 | 20,674 | 7,619 | 18,849 | 14,105 | 104,499 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
7 | 324 | 444 | | 86 | 2 | 863 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
12 | 44 | 137 | 103 | 64 | 5 | 365 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| 466 | 859 | 498 | 955 | 307 | 3,085 | |||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
13 | 13 | 1,862 | 152 | 569 | | 2,609 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
499 | 5,875 | 255 | 244 | 44 | 35 | 6,952 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
5,393 | 17,333 | 10,060 | 8,172 | 2,759 | 6,236 | 49,953 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
17,241 | 1,472 | 2,413 | 2,756 | 2,179 | 1,650 | 27,711 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
25 | 2,634 | 3,025 | 3,265 | 3,458 | 3,541 | 15,948 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
590 | 850 | 373 | 215 | 650 | 408 | 3,086 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| 29 | 160 | 87 | 22 | 1,254 | 1,552 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| 27 | 738 | 23 | 70 | | 858 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| 47 | 173 | 250 | | 190 | 660 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
204 | | 78 | | | 2,570 | 2,852 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure |
60,178 | 36,172 | 41,251 | 23,384 | 29,705 | 30,303 | 220,993 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| 48 | 13 | 114 | | 1 | 176 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
1 | 326 | 522 | 132 | | | 981 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
1,535 | 6,554 | 3,965 | 2,374 | 306 | 27 | 14,761 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation IRB approach credit exposure |
1,536 | 6,928 | 4,500 | 2,620 | 306 | 28 | 15,918 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
2,110 | 2,474 | 887 | 635 | 598 | | 6,704 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
4,482 | 12,565 | 3,794 | 1,261 | 1,735 | 6,684 | 30,521 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
15,271 | 17,897 | 28,268 | 49,043 | 4,793 | 22,896 | 138,168 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
48,959 | 3,147 | 6,329 | 11,152 | 22,521 | 142,233 | 234,341 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| 6,604 | 5,607 | 220 | 6,175 | 2,242 | 20,848 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
579 | 345 | 198 | | | 10,607 | 11,729 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB approach credit exposure |
71,401 | 43,032 | 45,083 | 62,311 | 35,822 | 184,662 | 442,311 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total credit exposures |
133,115 | 86,132 | 90,834 | 88,315 | 65,833 | 214,993 | 679,222 |
Exposure at default pre-CRM decreased by £5.4bn to £673.8bn. The key movements by maturity band were as follows:
§ | On demand and qualifying revolving decreased by £2.2bn to £130.9bn driven by the depreciation of ZAR against GBP, partially offset by underlying growth in Barclaycard |
§ | Under one year increased by £15.2bn to £101.3bn driven by changes in the composition of the Group liquidity pool |
§ | Exposure over one year but not more than three years increased by £4.9bn to £95.7bn driven by growth in Investment Bank syndication facilities and term lending in Corporate, offset by movement in the composition of the Group liquidity pool |
§ | Exposure over three years but not more than five years increased by £5.8bn to £94.1bn, driven by movement in the composition of the Group liquidity pool |
§ | Exposure over 5 years but not more than ten years decreased by £2.3bn to £63.5bn, driven by the sale of the Spanish business and rundown of legacy portfolios assets and movements in the composition of the Group liquidity pool |
§ | Over ten years or undated decreased by £26.7bn to £188.3bn primarily driven by the sale of the Spanish business and the UK Secured Lending portfolio and rundown of legacy portfolio assets. |
The total Group liquidity pool composition has decreased £4bn to £145bn. This was primarily driven by a £14bn decrease in bonds sourced through reverse repurchase transactions, offset by a £10bn increase in bonds held on-balance sheet. These result in an increase in credit risk EAD and a decrease in counterparty credit risk EAD. The composition of the liquidity pool is efficiently and centrally managed, with further details provided in the Annual Report page 191.
Note
a | The Over 10 years or undated category includes some items without contractual liquidity such as cash and tax assets. These are found in the Other items and Non-credit obligation assets lines. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 40 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Credit risk mitigation
Barclays employs a range of techniques and strategies to actively mitigate credit risks. Within the regulatory framework this is commonly referred to as credit risk mitigation (CRM) and is fully discussed on page 125 of this document. In the case of collateral, the recognition of the mitigant is reflected through regulatory calculations in several different ways. This is dependent on the nature of the collateral and the underlying approach applied to the exposure.
Table 19: Exposures covered by guarantees and credit derivatives
This table shows the proportion of credit risk exposures, covered by funded credit protection and unfunded credit protection in the form of guarantees or credit derivatives. Under the Standardised approach, the risk weight of the underlying exposure covered is substituted by that of the credit protection provider generally a central government or institution. Any uncovered exposure is risk weighted using the normal framework.
Financial collateral, includes but is not exclusive of, cash, debt securities, equities and gold, that can be used to directly reduce credit exposures subject to the Standardised approach. The impact of financial collateral CRM can be observed on page 43 and 44, as a component of the difference between EAD pre-CRM and EAD-post CRM. The below table has been populated post substitution effect for the Standardised approach.
When an exposure is fully and completely secured or partially secured under the Standardised approach, this is considered in the risk weight applied, as discussed on page 125.
Where exposures are subject to Advanced calculations, Barclays typically recognises eligible collateral by reducing the modelled downturn loss given default (LGD) metric. The below table represents exposures covered by eligible collateral for Advanced calculations.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
Credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exposures covered by unfunded credit protection |
|
|
Exposures covered by funded credit protection |
| |||||||||||||||
|
Standardised £m |
|
|
Foundation IRB £m |
|
|
Advanced IRB £m |
|
|
Foundation IRB £m |
|
|
Advanced IRB £m |
| ||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 436 | | | |||||||||||||||
Institutions |
1,937 | | 5,381 | | 5,078 | |||||||||||||||
Corporates |
1,183 | | 6,225 | | 35,811 | |||||||||||||||
Retail |
3 | | 5,016 | | 415,180 | |||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
1 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Total |
3,124 | | 17,058 | | 456,069 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014a |
||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 613 | | | |||||||||||||||
Institutions |
1,517 | | 4,525 | | 5,111 | |||||||||||||||
Corporates |
1,183 | 11 | 5,996 | 3,954 | 29,769 | |||||||||||||||
Retail |
7 | | 5,567 | | 468,914 | |||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
2 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Total |
2,709 | 11 | 16,701 | 3,954 | 503,794 |
Exposures covered by unfunded credit protection increased by £0.8bn to £20.2bn. This was driven by a number of small counterparties exposure increases.
Exposures covered by funded credit protection decreased by £51.7bn to £456.1bn, primarily driven by:
§ £68bn decrease due to the sale of the Spanish business and the UK Secured Lending portfolio and rundown of legacy portfolio assets offset by
§ £15bn portfolio growth in PCB.
Note
a | Prior year comparatives have been restated to more accurately reflect the form and impact of credit protection. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 41 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Credit quality analysis of Standardised exposures
Credit Rating Agencies
Under the Standardised approach, ratings assigned by External Credit Assessment Institutions (ECAIs) are used in the calculation of RWAs. The PRA determines which agencies may be used to determine the correct risk weight. Barclays uses ratings assigned by the following agencies for credit risk calculations:
§ | Standard & Poors |
§ | Moodys |
§ | Fitch |
These ratings are used in the calculation of risk weights for the central governments and central banks, institutions and corporate exposure classesa.
Rated and unrated counterparties
The following section summarises the rules governing standardised calculations.
Each exposure must be assigned to one of six credit quality steps if a rating is available, as defined in the table belowb. After assignment to a quality step, exposure class and maturity are then used to determine the risk weight percentage. Exposures cannot be assigned a risk weight lower than that of the sovereign risk of the country in which the asset is located. The following table is a simplified version of the risk weight allocation process.
Where a credit rating is not available, a default treatment is applied as specified by regulatory guidance. In most cases this default risk weight equates to that which is applied to credit quality step 3.
Table 20: Relationship of long-term external credit ratings to credit quality steps under the Standardised approach
Credit Quality Step |
||||||||||||
Standard and Poors | Moodys | Fitch | ||||||||||
Credit Quality Step 1 |
AAA to AA- | Aaa to Aa3 | AAA to AA- | |||||||||
Credit Quality Step 2 |
A+ to A- | A1 to A3 | A+ to A- | |||||||||
Credit Quality Step 3 |
BBB+ to BBB- | Baa1 to Baa3 | BBB+ to BBB- | |||||||||
Credit Quality Step 4 |
BB+ to BB- | Ba1 to Ba3 | BB+ to BB- | |||||||||
Credit Quality Step 5 |
B+ to B- | B1 to B3 | B+ to B- | |||||||||
Credit Quality Step 6 |
CCC+ and below | Caa1 and below | CCC+ and below |
Table 21: Credit quality steps and risk weights under the standardised approach
This table shows the prescribed risk weights associated with credit quality steps.
Credit Quality Step |
||||||||||||||||||||
Institution (includes banks) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Sovereign method |
|
Credit assessment method | |||||||||||||||||
Corporates | |
Credit assessment method |
|
|
Maturity > 3 months |
|
|
Maturity 3 months or less |
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
| ||||||||
Credit Quality Step 1 |
20% | 20% | 20% | 20% | 0% | |||||||||||||||
Credit Quality Step 2 |
50% | 50% | 50% | 20% | 20% | |||||||||||||||
Credit Quality Step 3 |
100% | 100% | 50% | 20% | 50% | |||||||||||||||
Credit Quality Step 4 |
100% | 100% | 100% | 50% | 100% | |||||||||||||||
Credit Quality Step 5 |
150% | 100% | 100% | 50% | 100% | |||||||||||||||
Credit Quality Step 6 |
150% | 150% | 150% | 150% | 150% |
Exposures to international organisations are generally assigned a risk weight of 0%.
If considered fully and completely secured by residential or commercial property, a retail exposure is assigned a risk weight of 35% or 50% respectively. If only partially secured, a more complex framework is applied. Other retail exposures are generally assigned a risk weight of 75%.
The unsecured portion of a past due exposure is assigned a risk weight of either 150% or 100%, depending on the specific credit risk adjustments recognised.
Items of high risk are assigned a risk weight of 150%, whereas Equity positions not subject to threshold calculations are generally assigned a risk weight of 100%.
Other Items are assigned a risk weight of 100%, unless they relate to cash in hand (0%) or items in the course of collection (20%).
Notes
a | The rating agency DBRS is used to calculate risk weight for securitisation exposures only. Please see page 141 for further details. |
b | The mapping of external ratings to credit quality steps applicable as at year-end 2015 is found in Supervisory Statement SS10/13, published by the Prudential Regulation Authority in December 2013 (see http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/pra/Documents/publications/ss/2013/ss1013.pdf. Implementing technical standards that will update these mappings have been finalised by the Joint Committee of the three European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, ESMA and EIOPA) and are awaiting endorsement by the European Commission (see https://www.eba.europa.eu/regulation-and-policy/external-credit-assessment-institutions-ecai). |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 42 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 22: Credit quality step analysis of pre-CRM exposure and capital deductions under the Standardised approach
This table shows exposure at default pre-CRM, broken down by credit exposure class and credit quality step. This table includes exposures subject to the Standardised approach only. The Uniform regulatory treatment is equivalent, in most cases, to Credit Quality Step 3 and is applied where a rating is not available or has not been used for the RWA calculation. This is the case for the majority of retail and smaller business customers.
EAD pre-CRM Credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit quality step 1 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 2 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 3 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 4 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 5 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 6 £m |
|
|
Uniform regulatory treatment £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
110,288 | 202 | 451 | | 1,077 | 1 | 1,308 | 113,327 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
722 | | | | | | 159 | 881 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
3 | 9 | | | | | 201 | 213 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
4,181 | | | | | | | 4,181 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
2,394 | | | | | | | 2,394 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
3,918 | 691 | 1,454 | 63 | | | 1,609 | 7,735 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
882 | 1,708 | 1,466 | 420 | 48 | 102 | 44,123 | 48,749 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | 27,109 | 27,109 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | | | | | 13,860 | 13,860 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
| | | | | | 2,247 | 2,247 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | | | | | 2,034 | 2,034 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
1,085 | 124 | | | | | | 1,209 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| | | | | | 526 | 526 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
| | | | | | 2,167 | 2,167 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure/capital |
123,473 | 2,734 | 3,371 | 483 | 1,125 | 103 | 95,344 | 226,633 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
101,524 | 78 | 342 | 4 | 1,096 | 172 | 1,283 | 104,499 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
619 | | | 8 | | | 236 | 863 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
48 | 10 | | | | | 307 | 365 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
3,060 | | | | | | 25 | 3,085 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
2,609 | | | | | | | 2,609 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
1,022 | 1,258 | 1,352 | 59 | | 3 | 3,258 | 6,952 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
575 | 1,764 | 584 | 294 | 164 | 34 | 46,538 | 49,953 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | 27,711 | 27,711 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | | | | | 15,948 | 15,948 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
| | 41 | | | | 3,045 | 3,086 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | | | | | 1,552 | 1,552 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
698 | 160 | | | | | | 858 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| | | | | | 660 | 660 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
345 | | | | | | 2,507 | 2,852 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure/capital |
110,500 | 3,270 | 2,319 | 365 | 1,260 | 209 | 103,070 | 220,993 |
Exposures subject to the Standardised approach increased by £5.6bn to £226.6bn, primarily driven by movements in Credit Quality Step 1 partially offset by uniform regulatory treatment:
§ | Credit Quality Step 1 increased by £13.0bn to £123.5bn driven by movement in the Group liquidity pool |
§ | Uniform regulatory treatment decreased by £7.7bn to £95.3bn driven by a change in treatment of South Africa government bonds from Standardised to IRB approach. |
The total Group liquidity pool composition has decreased £4bn to £145bn. This was primarily driven by a £14bn decrease in bonds sourced through reverse repurchase transactions, offset by a £10bn increase in bonds held on-balance sheet. These result in an increase in credit risk EAD and a decrease in counterparty credit risk EAD. The composition of the liquidity pool is efficiently and centrally managed, with further details provided in the Annual Report page 191.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 43 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 23: Credit quality step analysis of post-CRM exposure and capital deductions under the Standardised approach
The difference between exposure at default pre-CRM set out in Table 22 and exposures at default post-CRM in Table 23 below is the impact of financial collateral CRM as described at the bottom of Table 19 on page 41.
Year on year movements for Credit Quality Step analysis of post-CRM exposure and capital deductions under the Standardised approach have been driven by the same factors as for Credit Quality Step analysis of pre-CRM exposure and capital deductions under the Standardised approach (Table 22).
EAD post-CRM Credit exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit quality step 1 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 2 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 3 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 4 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 5 £m |
|
|
Credit quality step 6 £m |
|
|
Uniform regulatory treatment £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
110,288 | 202 | 451 | | 1,077 | 1 | 1,164 | 113,183 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
721 | | | | | | 160 | 881 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
3 | | | | | | 201 | 204 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
4,181 | | | | | | | 4,181 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
2,394 | | | | | | | 2,394 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
3,918 | 691 | 1,454 | 63 | | | 1,537 | 7,663 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
882 | 1,708 | 1,419 | 420 | 48 | 102 | 32,059 | 36,638 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | 26,476 | 26,476 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | | | | | 13,860 | 13,860 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
| | | | | | 2,199 | 2,199 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | | | | | 2,034 | 2,034 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
1,085 | 124 | | | | | | 1,209 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| | | | | | 526 | 526 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
| | | | | | 2,167 | 2,167 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure/capital |
123,472 | 2,725 | 3,324 | 483 | 1,125 | 103 | 82,384 | 213,616 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
101,524 | 78 | 342 | 4 | 1,096 | 172 | 1,283 | 104,499 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
618 | | | 8 | | | 236 | 862 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
48 | | | | | | 306 | 354 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
3,060 | | | | | | 25 | 3,085 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
2,609 | | | | | | | 2,609 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
1,022 | 1,258 | 1,352 | 59 | | | 3,074 | 6,765 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
575 | 1,764 | 584 | 294 | 164 | 34 | 33,929 | 37,344 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | 26,879 | 26,879 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | | | | | 15,948 | 15,948 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
| | 41 | | | | 3,020 | 3,061 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | | | | | 1,552 | 1,552 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
698 | 160 | | | | | | 858 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| | | | | | 660 | 660 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
345 | | | | | | 2,507 | 2,852 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure/capital |
110,499 | 3,260 | 2,319 | 365 | 1,260 | 206 | 89,419 | 207,328 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 44 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Credit quality analysis of IRB exposures
The following section provides breakdowns of inputs into risk weighted asset calculations. Please note that risk weights and risk factors may be volatile in granular breakdowns of wholesale exposures, especially in categories that are more sparsely populated. This is often due to the addition or removal of a relatively large exposure to or from narrow categories when its risk factors are different to the category average. This happens in the normal course of business, for instance, following new lending, repayments, or syndications. See page 116 for a discussion of IRB models.
Table 24: Internal default grade probabilities and mapping to external ratings
The table below illustrates the relationship between external rating agency grades and our own internal scale for default grade bands (DG bands) for wholesale exposures. Note that this relationship is dynamic, and, therefore, varies over time, region and industry. Specifically, the table below is intended to provide a broad indication of the current mapping between external agency ratings and through-the-cycle internal DG ratings for non-financial corporates in our main markets. For example, agency ratings for commercial banks generally correspond to less favourable DG ratings in comparison. Barclays DG system follows estimation rules and governance that may differ from those of ratings agencies.
Financial | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Default Probability | statements | |||||||||||||||||||||
DG Band |
>Min | Mid | <=Max | description | Standard and Poors | Moodys | ||||||||||||||||
1 |
0.00% | 0.01% | 0.02% | Strong | AAA, AA+, AA | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2 | ||||||||||||||||
2 |
0.02% | 0.03% | 0.03% | AA- | A1 | |||||||||||||||||
3 |
0.03% | 0.04% | 0.05% | A+ | A2 | |||||||||||||||||
4 |
0.05% | 0.08% | 0.10% | A, A- | A3, Baa1 | |||||||||||||||||
5 |
0.10% | 0.13% | 0.15% | BBB+ | Baa2 | |||||||||||||||||
6 |
0.15% | 0.18% | 0.20% | BBB | Baa3 | |||||||||||||||||
7 |
0.20% | 0.23% | 0.25% | BBB- | ||||||||||||||||||
8 |
0.25% | 0.28% | 0.30% | Ba1 | ||||||||||||||||||
9 |
0.30% | 0.35% | 0.40% | BB+ | ||||||||||||||||||
10 |
0.40% | 0.45% | 0.50% | |||||||||||||||||||
11 |
0.50% | 0.55% | 0.60% | Ba2 | ||||||||||||||||||
12 |
0.60% | 0.90% | 1.20% | Satisfactory | BB, BB- | Ba3 | ||||||||||||||||
13 |
1.20% | 1.38% | 1.55% | B1 | ||||||||||||||||||
14 |
1.55% | 1.85% | 2.15% | B+ | ||||||||||||||||||
15 |
2.15% | 2.60% | 3.05% | B2 | ||||||||||||||||||
16 |
3.05% | 3.75% | 4.45% | B | ||||||||||||||||||
17 |
4.45% | 5.40% | 6.35% | B3 | ||||||||||||||||||
18 |
6.35% | 7.50% | 8.65% | B- | Caa1 | |||||||||||||||||
19 |
8.65% | 10.00% | 11.35% | |||||||||||||||||||
20 |
11.35% | 15.00% | 18.65% | Higher risk | CCC+ | Caa2, Caa3, Ca, C | ||||||||||||||||
21 |
18.65% | 30.00% | 100.00% | CCC, CCC-, CC+, C |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 45 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure
The following tables show credit risk and counterparty credit risk exposure at default post-CRM for the advanced IRB approach and foundation IRB approach for wholesale portfolios within both the trading and banking books. Separate tables are provided for the following credit exposure classes: central governments and central banks (Table 25), institutions (Table 26), corporates (Table 27), corporates subject to slotting (Table 28), SME (Table 29), secured retail (Table 30), revolving retail (Table 31) and other retail (Table 32).
PD boundaries for DG bands have been aligned in Pillar 3 to regulatory submissions. Prior period balances have been revised accordingly.
Table 25: IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for central governments and central banks
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
Obligor grade disclosure for Advanced IRB |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposure value | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total £m |
|
|
Of which: arising from counterparty credit risk £m |
|
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
9,251 | 4,453 | 9,664 | 478 | 0.0% | 45.0% | 322 | 3.5% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
203 | 118 | 262 | | 0.0% | 45.0% | 22 | 10.9% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
4,991 | 3,993 | 3,075 | 80 | 0.0% | 45.9% | 420 | 8.4% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
4,639 | 287 | 6,628 | 730 | 0.1% | 33.1% | 490 | 10.6% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
4,485 | 1,463 | 2,135 | 7 | 0.1% | 45.0% | 2,410 | 53.7% | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
549 | 73 | 1,617 | | 0.2% | 45.0% | 292 | 53.2% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
440 | 12 | 1,480 | | 0.2% | 7.0% | 32 | 7.2% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
425 | 32 | 125 | | 0.3% | 46.2% | 306 | 72.0% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
267 | 55 | 357 | | 0.4% | 45.7% | 118 | 44.2% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
63 | 63 | 46 | | 0.5% | 45.0% | 37 | 59.1% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
| | 1 | | 0.6% | 53.0% | | 45.9% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
4 | 3 | 51 | | 0.7% | 49.4% | 3 | 73.5% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
62 | 62 | 16 | | 1.2% | 45.0% | 94 | 150.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
| | | | 1.9% | 45.0% | | 76.7% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
| | | | 2.6% | 60.4% | | 133.2% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
| | | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
17 | | 18 | | 5.4% | 45.1% | 23 | 138.4% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
| | | | 7.5% | 60.7% | | 212.4% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
25,396 | 10,614 | 25,475 | 1,295 | 0.1% | 42.4% | 4,569 | 18.0% | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
9,571 | 7,185 | 9,576 | 1,559 | 0.0% | 45.0% | 525 | 5.5% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
726 | 683 | 2,846 | | 0.0% | 45.0% | 61 | 8.4% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
3,975 | 2,819 | 5,770 | 859 | 0.0% | 41.4% | 281 | 7.1% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
5,438 | 3,169 | 3,387 | | 0.1% | 45.0% | 2,293 | 42.2% | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
2 | 1 | 73 | | 0.1% | 50.5% | 2 | 100.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
815 | 220 | 1,227 | 11 | 0.2% | 18.1% | 104 | 12.8% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
59 | 59 | 50 | | 0.2% | 48.2% | 47 | 79.7% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
| | 33 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
348 | 98 | 417 | | 0.4% | 46.9% | 205 | 58.9% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
| | 29 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
5 | 3 | 255 | | 0.6% | 47.0% | 4 | 80.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
64 | 64 | 62 | | 0.9% | 45.0% | 96 | 150.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
| | | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
| | | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
| | | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
| | | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
| | | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
1 | 1 | | | 7.5% | 66.4% | 1 | 100.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
| | 1 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
| | 6 | | 17.0% | 63.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
2 | | 2 | | 35.2% | 78.0% | 8 | 400.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
| | | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
21,006 | 14,302 | 23,734 | 2,429 | 0.1% | 43.3% | 3,627 | 17.3% | 6 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 46 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 25: IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for central governments and central banks continued
Obligor grade disclosure for Foundation IRB |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposure value | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total £m |
|
|
Of which: arising from counterparty credit risk £m |
|
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
92 | 1 | 155 | 9 | 0.2% | 45.0% | 41 | 44.6% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
72 | 1 | 18 | | 0.2% | 45.0% | 33 | 45.8% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
| | 5 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
| | 1 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
| | 3 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
14 | | 7 | | 5.4% | 45.0% | 22 | 157.1% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
| | 24 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
| | 3 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
178 | 2 | 216 | 9 | 0.6% | 45.0% | 96 | 53.9% | |
The exposure weighted average risk weight associated with IRB exposure to central governments and central banks remained broadly stable from 17.3% to 18.0%.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 47 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 26: IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for institutions
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
Obligor grade disclosure for Advanced IRB | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposure value |
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| |||||||||||||||
|
Total £m |
|
|
Of which: arising from counterparty credit risk £m |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
235 | 159 | 340 | 169 | 0.0% | 45.0% | 24 | 10.4% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
6,515 | 4,578 | 7,387 | 179 | 0.0% | 40.6% | 1,378 | 21.2% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
15,959 | 3,502 | 23,345 | 1,320 | 0.0% | 44.1% | 3,938 | 24.7% | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
13,336 | 4,039 | 11,377 | 735 | 0.1% | 29.0% | 2,174 | 16.3% | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
948 | 636 | 1,481 | 169 | 0.1% | 47.2% | 456 | 48.0% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
1,872 | 336 | 830 | 336 | 0.2% | 31.2% | 749 | 40.0% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
673 | 157 | 1,204 | 174 | 0.2% | 47.0% | 341 | 50.6% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
143 | 85 | 315 | 33 | 0.3% | 52.4% | 90 | 62.9% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
433 | 164 | 942 | 79 | 0.3% | 47.6% | 284 | 65.7% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
1,034 | 103 | 675 | 42 | 0.5% | 45.4% | 757 | 73.2% | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
194 | 64 | 132 | 44 | 0.6% | 51.6% | 182 | 93.5% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
348 | 36 | 185 | 90 | 0.9% | 45.8% | 439 | 126.4% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
30 | 4 | 29 | 11 | 1.4% | 46.3% | 33 | 109.4% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
164 | 55 | 91 | 5 | 1.8% | 42.7% | 165 | 100.4% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
71 | 10 | 86 | 14 | 2.6% | 36.5% | 83 | 117.0% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
43 | 16 | 38 | 8 | 3.6% | 44.2% | 67 | 154.0% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
106 | 5 | 56 | 6 | 5.4% | 44.3% | 195 | 183.0% | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
19 | 1 | 9 | 1 | 7.5% | 38.7% | 34 | 182.3% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
4 | 2 | 5 | | 9.8% | 38.0% | 6 | 175.6% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
36 | 24 | 53 | | 13.3% | 44.9% | 101 | 277.3% | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
14 | | 7 | | 30.0% | 35.8% | 33 | 231.8% | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
18 | | 14 | 1 | 100.0% | 30.4% | 27 | 153.3% | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
42,195 | 13,976 | 48,600 | 3,415 | 0.2% | 38.4% | 11,556 | 27.4% | 28 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
370 | 278 | 1,296 | 160 | 0.0% | 45.0% | 46 | 12.6% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
13,205 | 8,109 | 15,134 | 832 | 0.0% | 46.7% | 3,177 | 24.1% | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
21,657 | 4,075 | 24,822 | 1,037 | 0.0% | 39.0% | 4,901 | 22.6% | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
9,410 | 4,559 | 6,849 | 112 | 0.1% | 41.9% | 2,913 | 31.0% | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
1,043 | 691 | 1,319 | 71 | 0.1% | 45.8% | 471 | 45.2% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
745 | 253 | 547 | 14 | 0.2% | 45.6% | 333 | 44.7% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
587 | 315 | 404 | 96 | 0.2% | 46.9% | 292 | 49.8% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
580 | 99 | 456 | 40 | 0.3% | 43.6% | 302 | 52.1% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
1,450 | 402 | 1,011 | 108 | 0.4% | 46.4% | 949 | 65.5% | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
189 | 137 | 177 | 15 | 0.5% | 48.4% | 193 | 101.9% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
30 | 23 | 146 | 7 | 0.6% | 45.3% | 22 | 74.2% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
201 | 159 | 197 | 24 | 0.8% | 47.5% | 255 | 126.6% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
61 | 57 | 63 | 3 | 1.3% | 45.0% | 97 | 158.7% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
11 | 9 | 102 | | 2.0% | 50.7% | 15 | 140.8% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
36 | 31 | 43 | 2 | 2.7% | 44.5% | 55 | 153.2% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
49 | 21 | 24 | 9 | 3.8% | 45.5% | 69 | 140.2% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
76 | 70 | 41 | 1 | 5.1% | 44.4% | 184 | 242.0% | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
24 | 22 | 36 | | 8.4% | 44.0% | 53 | 221.8% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
5 | 2 | 4 | 1 | 9.7% | 39.6% | 10 | 193.6% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
7 | | 10 | 7 | 15.0% | 37.4% | 15 | 207.4% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
7 | 3 | 5 | | 27.9% | 37.2% | 16 | 235.1% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
92 | | 70 | | 100.0% | 24.3% | 266 | 289.3% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
49,835 | 19,314 | 52,754 | 2,539 | 0.3% | 42.3% | 14,635 | 29.4% | 29 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 48 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 26: IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for institutions continued
Obligor grade disclosure for Foundation IRB |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposure value | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total £m |
|
|
Of which: arising from counterparty |
|
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
766 | 507 | 867 | 327 | 0.0% | 45.0% | 103 | 13.4% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
492 | 292 | 293 | 95 | 0.1% | 45.0% | 91 | 18.5% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
| | 74 | 321 | 0.1% | 45.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
85 | 84 | 151 | 1 | 0.2% | 45.0% | 44 | 51.8% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
181 | 72 | 193 | | 0.2% | 45.0% | 122 | 67.4% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
| | 15 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
169 | 70 | 43 | 6 | 0.3% | 45.0% | 130 | 76.9% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
1 | 1 | 14 | | 0.4% | 45.0% | 1 | 100.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
6 | | 2 | | 0.5% | 45.0% | 4 | 66.7% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
172 | | 65 | 2 | 0.9% | 45.0% | 114 | 66.3% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
7 | | 130 | 9 | 1.4% | 45.0% | 7 | 100.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
27 | 3 | 9 | 84 | 1.8% | 45.0% | 32 | 118.5% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
83 | 67 | 27 | | 2.6% | 45.0% | 91 | 109.6% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
88 | | 24 | | 3.8% | 45.0% | 58 | 65.9% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
| | 1 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
| | 1 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
| | 2 | 1 | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
| | 1 | | 0.0% | 0.0% | | 0.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
2,077 | 1,096 | 1,910 | 846 | 0.5% | 45.0% | 798 | 38.4% | 1 |
The exposure weighted average risk weight associated with advanced IRB exposures to financial institutions decreased from 29.4% to 27.4%.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 49 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 27: IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for corporates
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
Obligor grade disclosure for Advanced IRB |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposure value | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total £m |
|
|
Of which: arising from counterparty credit risk £m |
|
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
176 | 138 | 323 | | 0.0% | 40.1% | 31 | 17.5% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
34,999 | 18,009 | 27,055 | 26,965 | 0.0% | 43.9% | 5,337 | 15.2% | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
31,392 | 9,392 | 45,365 | 19,114 | 0.0% | 36.2% | 5,695 | 18.1% | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
29,484 | 7,059 | 29,932 | 24,601 | 0.1% | 40.5% | 7,417 | 25.2% | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
14,984 | 3,016 | 15,241 | 11,087 | 0.1% | 41.9% | 5,558 | 37.1% | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
10,060 | 2,230 | 9,230 | 6,566 | 0.2% | 41.2% | 4,447 | 44.2% | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
7,796 | 1,475 | 7,295 | 4,928 | 0.2% | 44.6% | 3,941 | 50.5% | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
4,559 | 382 | 5,091 | 3,841 | 0.3% | 42.0% | 2,427 | 53.2% | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
4,952 | 399 | 5,429 | 2,918 | 0.3% | 38.6% | 2,843 | 57.4% | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
4,858 | 727 | 4,906 | 2,622 | 0.5% | 40.5% | 3,196 | 65.8% | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
4,712 | 272 | 4,866 | 3,609 | 0.5% | 39.7% | 3,306 | 70.2% | 10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
12,004 | 606 | 12,103 | 6,704 | 0.9% | 37.0% | 8,813 | 73.4% | 40 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
3,914 | 166 | 3,837 | 2,928 | 1.4% | 36.6% | 3,183 | 81.3% | 20 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
4,300 | 267 | 3,931 | 2,486 | 1.8% | 32.7% | 3,489 | 81.2% | 26 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
4,530 | 339 | 5,192 | 2,599 | 2.6% | 34.9% | 4,380 | 96.7% | 44 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
5,412 | 223 | 3,863 | 2,947 | 3.6% | 24.4% | 4,516 | 83.4% | 53 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
2,471 | 130 | 2,871 | 832 | 5.3% | 34.4% | 2,757 | 111.6% | 45 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
1,009 | 23 | 902 | 648 | 7.5% | 32.2% | 1,106 | 109.6% | 23 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
391 | 61 | 370 | 122 | 10.1% | 34.9% | 509 | 130.1% | 13 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
838 | 35 | 661 | 446 | 14.6% | 26.4% | 1,000 | 119.3% | 33 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
548 | 9 | 573 | 302 | 32.4% | 35.7% | 1,026 | 187.3% | 60 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
1,691 | 48 | 1,569 | 404 | 100.0% | 31.9% | 3,185 | 188.4% | 298 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
185,080 | 45,006 | 190,605 | 126,669 | 1.6% | 39.3% | 78,162 | 42.2% | 729 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
294 | 263 | 1,495 | | 0.0% | 45.0% | 53 | 18.1% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
36,676 | 23,130 | 36,045 | 21,956 | 0.0% | 45.3% | 6,050 | 16.5% | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
33,419 | 10,108 | 32,844 | 19,033 | 0.0% | 37.7% | 6,910 | 20.7% | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
26,813 | 7,139 | 26,027 | 23,138 | 0.1% | 41.2% | 8,252 | 30.8% | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
14,248 | 4,217 | 14,706 | 10,161 | 0.1% | 41.7% | 5,632 | 39.5% | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
7,502 | 1,892 | 7,441 | 4,759 | 0.2% | 44.7% | 3,485 | 46.4% | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
6,652 | 2,154 | 6,369 | 4,053 | 0.2% | 45.5% | 3,473 | 52.2% | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
3,991 | 824 | 4,043 | 2,188 | 0.3% | 44.0% | 2,475 | 62.0% | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
5,003 | 706 | 5,317 | 3,569 | 0.3% | 45.3% | 3,738 | 74.7% | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
4,407 | 489 | 4,349 | 2,193 | 0.4% | 42.7% | 3,062 | 69.5% | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
3,469 | 306 | 4,626 | 1,995 | 0.5% | 40.3% | 2,531 | 73.0% | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
10,785 | 1,143 | 10,375 | 6,598 | 0.9% | 38.8% | 9,053 | 83.9% | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
2,801 | 193 | 2,982 | 1,752 | 1.4% | 36.1% | 2,350 | 83.9% | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
3,423 | 338 | 3,711 | 1,430 | 1.9% | 33.2% | 2,946 | 86.1% | 23 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
4,276 | 356 | 4,590 | 2,793 | 2.6% | 32.2% | 4,120 | 96.4% | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
2,558 | 285 | 3,351 | 1,487 | 3.6% | 33.4% | 2,608 | 102.0% | 34 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
2,839 | 241 | 2,335 | 1,083 | 5.3% | 31.8% | 3,013 | 106.1% | 50 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
602 | 36 | 1,111 | 383 | 7.4% | 34.2% | 727 | 120.8% | 16 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
251 | 45 | 538 | 90 | 10.0% | 43.7% | 452 | 179.9% | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
446 | 26 | 490 | 282 | 14.8% | 23.9% | 452 | 101.3% | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
267 | 22 | 450 | 75 | 29.7% | 36.9% | 488 | 182.7% | 28 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
1,171 | 140 | 1,223 | 329 | 100.0% | 32.7% | 2,633 | 224.8% | 174 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
171,893 | 54,053 | 174,418 | 109,347 | 1.2% | 41.0% | 74,502 | 43.3% | 512 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 50 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 27 continued
Obligor grade disclosure for Foundation IRB |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposure value | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total £m |
|
|
Of which: arising from counterparty credit risk £m |
|
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | 17 | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | 6 | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
1,223 | 107 | 1,133 | 459 | 0.0% | 44.4% | 237 | 19.4% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
945 | 14 | 960 | 1,093 | 0.1% | 44.9% | 246 | 26.0% | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
1,079 | 27 | 826 | 847 | 0.1% | 42.6% | 385 | 35.7% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
1,587 | 42 | 1,859 | 403 | 0.2% | 42.2% | 641 | 40.4% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
1,033 | 98 | 829 | 453 | 0.2% | 40.8% | 436 | 42.2% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
727 | 47 | 637 | 402 | 0.3% | 44.7% | 377 | 51.9% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
784 | 8 | 979 | 212 | 0.3% | 44.5% | 446 | 56.9% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
689 | 21 | 605 | 279 | 0.5% | 42.5% | 427 | 62.0% | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
768 | 8 | 650 | 650 | 0.5% | 44.3% | 561 | 73.0% | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
1,954 | 19 | 1,702 | 575 | 0.9% | 43.9% | 1,596 | 81.7% | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
988 | 10 | 1,600 | 757 | 1.4% | 44.1% | 985 | 99.7% | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
596 | 18 | 582 | 221 | 1.9% | 43.4% | 629 | 105.5% | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
1,035 | 4 | 981 | 479 | 2.6% | 43.4% | 1,176 | 113.6% | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
414 | 5 | 376 | 112 | 3.7% | 43.4% | 492 | 118.8% | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
367 | 3 | 279 | 175 | 5.3% | 43.7% | 498 | 135.7% | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
154 | | 171 | 166 | 7.4% | 42.8% | 234 | 151.9% | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
44 | | 40 | 13 | 10.0% | 44.4% | 75 | 170.5% | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
178 | 6 | 126 | 69 | 15.3% | 43.5% | 378 | 212.4% | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
67 | | 48 | 61 | 33.7% | 43.8% | 156 | 232.8% | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
324 | | 323 | 130 | 100.0% | 37.1% | 985 | 304.0% | 107 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
14,956 | 437 | 14,729 | 7,556 | 3.4% | 43.3% | 10,960 | 73.3% | 197 |
The exposure weighted average risk weight associated with advanced IRB exposures to corporates decreased to 42.2% from 43.3%. This is mainly due to migration from FIRB to AIRB. This is partially offset by an increase in corporate term loans over the period and move to higher default grades.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 51 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 28: Corporate exposures subject to the slotting approach
Slotting, also known as specialised lending, is an approach that is applied to financing of individual projects where the repayment is highly dependent on the performance of the underlying pool or collateral. It uses a standard set of rules for the calculation of RWAs, based upon an assessment of factors such as the financial strength of the counterparty. The requirements for the application of the Slotting approach are detailed in CRR article 153.
Obligor grade |
||||||||||||||||
|
Remaining maturity <2.5 years |
|
|
Remaining maturity >2.5 years |
| |||||||||||
|
EAD post-CRM £m |
|
|
Risk weighted assets £m |
|
|
EAD post-CRM £m |
|
|
Risk weighted assets £m |
| |||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||
Strong |
2,231 | 1,114 | 5,220 | 3,654 | ||||||||||||
Good |
1,707 | 1,195 | 1,710 | 1,541 | ||||||||||||
Satisfactory |
320 | 368 | 487 | 560 | ||||||||||||
Weak |
125 | 311 | 73 | 184 | ||||||||||||
Defaulta |
396 | | 89 | | ||||||||||||
Total |
4,779 | 2,988 | 7,579 | 5,939 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Strong |
2,343 | 1,172 | 5,101 | 3,571 | ||||||||||||
Good |
1,728 | 1,210 | 1,731 | 1,558 | ||||||||||||
Satisfactory |
558 | 641 | 490 | 563 | ||||||||||||
Weak |
421 | 1,054 | 429 | 1,073 | ||||||||||||
Defaulta |
390 | | 291 | | ||||||||||||
Total |
5,440 | 4,077 | 8,042 | 6,765 |
Exposures subject to the slotting approach decreased RWAs by £1.9bn to £8.9bn, driven by a rundown of the legacy portfolio assets.
Note
a | Exposures in default do not generate risk weighted assets as they are already reflected in deductions to capital resources. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 52 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 29: IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for SME
Obligor grade disclosure for Advanced IRB |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exposure value £m |
|
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
997 | 992 | 231 | 0.0% | 26.9% | 118 | 11.8% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
293 | 309 | 36 | 0.1% | 24.6% | 42 | 14.5% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
239 | 246 | 58 | 0.1% | 34.2% | 43 | 18.0% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
228 | 242 | 74 | 0.2% | 38.0% | 48 | 21.0% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
184 | 204 | 56 | 0.2% | 37.3% | 42 | 23.1% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
176 | 159 | 50 | 0.3% | 34.4% | 42 | 23.7% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
335 | 345 | 100 | 0.3% | 38.9% | 90 | 26.7% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
286 | 298 | 81 | 0.4% | 38.4% | 80 | 27.9% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
248 | 255 | 72 | 0.5% | 40.0% | 85 | 34.4% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
1,075 | 1,196 | 278 | 0.9% | 38.9% | 413 | 38.4% | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
583 | 606 | 158 | 1.4% | 42.8% | 259 | 44.4% | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
575 | 619 | 120 | 1.9% | 39.1% | 290 | 50.5% | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
710 | 750 | 142 | 2.6% | 40.3% | 393 | 55.4% | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
559 | 637 | 83 | 3.7% | 42.6% | 344 | 61.6% | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
339 | 408 | 50 | 5.4% | 45.4% | 230 | 67.9% | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
199 | 224 | 36 | 7.5% | 47.0% | 147 | 73.8% | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
119 | 137 | 15 | 10.0% | 49.4% | 99 | 82.9% | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
146 | 150 | 16 | 14.9% | 48.4% | 135 | 92.4% | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
240 | 230 | 23 | 30.3% | 41.0% | 241 | 100.6% | 30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
366 | 425 | 9 | 100.0% | 25.0% | 468 | 128.0% | 81 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
7,897 | 8,432 | 1,688 | 7.3% | 37.5% | 3,609 | 45.7% | 181 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
1,005 | 980 | 269 | 0.0% | 27.9% | 106 | 10.5% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
324 | 308 | 49 | 0.1% | 24.7% | 41 | 12.7% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
271 | 251 | 70 | 0.1% | 31.7% | 43 | 15.9% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
271 | 255 | 86 | 0.2% | 35.5% | 51 | 18.8% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
203 | 205 | 59 | 0.2% | 36.9% | 44 | 21.7% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
169 | 172 | 46 | 0.3% | 36.2% | 39 | 23.1% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
354 | 363 | 114 | 0.3% | 39.5% | 91 | 25.7% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
316 | 324 | 91 | 0.4% | 38.6% | 84 | 26.6% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
263 | 270 | 79 | 0.5% | 38.6% | 84 | 31.9% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
1,239 | 1,251 | 313 | 0.9% | 39.0% | 460 | 37.1% | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
572 | 579 | 155 | 1.4% | 46.0% | 251 | 43.9% | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
646 | 652 | 137 | 1.9% | 38.4% | 297 | 46.0% | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
789 | 818 | 137 | 2.6% | 43.9% | 430 | 54.5% | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
707 | 725 | 98 | 3.7% | 37.3% | 379 | 53.6% | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
468 | 416 | 65 | 5.4% | 41.8% | 276 | 59.0% | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
243 | 303 | 39 | 7.5% | 45.1% | 166 | 68.3% | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
133 | 143 | 13 | 10.0% | 45.5% | 286 | 215.0% | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
149 | 157 | 16 | 15.0% | 49.3% | 136 | 91.3% | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
221 | 221 | 18 | 30.2% | 42.5% | 224 | 101.4% | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
492 | 593 | 9 | 100.0% | 27.9% | 715 | 145.3% | 110 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
8,835 | 8,984 | 1,863 | 8.2% | 37.5% | 4,203 | 47.6% | 218 |
The exposure weighted average risk weight associated with retail SME exposures decreased to 45.7% from 47.6%. This decrease is driven by the migration to lower default grades, reflecting an improved risk performance across the portfolio.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 53 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 30: IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for secured retail
Obligor grade disclosure for Advanced IRB |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exposure value £m |
|
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
1,797 | 1,977 | 727 | 0.0% | 10.2% | 20 | 1.1% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
3,082 | 3,333 | 86 | 0.1% | 18.7% | 259 | 8.4% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
8,226 | 8,676 | 203 | 0.1% | 21.9% | 1,110 | 13.5% | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
2,613 | 3,034 | 327 | 0.2% | 20.9% | 461 | 17.7% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
2,510 | 2,360 | 591 | 0.2% | 14.6% | 227 | 9.1% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
1,971 | 2,136 | 602 | 0.3% | 16.0% | 223 | 11.3% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
12,002 | 11,861 | 1,481 | 0.4% | 9.3% | 723 | 6.0% | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
19,434 | 21,189 | 1,493 | 0.5% | 10.4% | 1,552 | 8.0% | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
15,214 | 18,755 | 902 | 0.6% | 10.3% | 1,426 | 9.4% | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
60,944 | 57,871 | 3,216 | 0.8% | 11.5% | 8,113 | 13.3% | 55 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
8,789 | 7,909 | 310 | 1.3% | 14.6% | 2,082 | 23.7% | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
6,233 | 5,764 | 215 | 1.9% | 15.7% | 1,949 | 31.3% | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
4,642 | 4,742 | 247 | 2.6% | 16.4% | 2,350 | 50.6% | 32 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
1,955 | 1,963 | 116 | 3.7% | 14.6% | 842 | 43.1% | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
2,248 | 2,180 | 122 | 5.0% | 18.4% | 1,429 | 63.6% | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
707 | 732 | 41 | 7.6% | 14.0% | 423 | 59.9% | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
296 | 298 | 18 | 9.9% | 13.7% | 213 | 71.9% | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
351 | 352 | 19 | 14.5% | 15.2% | 329 | 94.0% | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
1,025 | 1,076 | 24 | 44.1% | 15.0% | 1,010 | 98.5% | 73 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
1,938 | 2,326 | 3 | 100.0% | 21.4% | 2,282 | 117.7% | 322 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
155,977 | 158,534 | 10,743 | 2.4% | 12.8% | 27,023 | 17.3% | 595 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| 1 | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
5,585 | 5,861 | 922 | 0.0% | 17.3% | 107 | 1.9% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
5,905 | 6,133 | 365 | 0.1% | 20.2% | 342 | 5.8% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
10,124 | 10,506 | 548 | 0.1% | 22.0% | 1,042 | 10.3% | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
5,067 | 5,289 | 536 | 0.2% | 21.0% | 584 | 11.5% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
2,626 | 2,729 | 688 | 0.2% | 16.9% | 244 | 9.3% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
2,511 | 2,563 | 784 | 0.3% | 14.9% | 244 | 9.7% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
11,691 | 13,748 | 2,252 | 0.4% | 10.5% | 804 | 6.9% | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
25,991 | 23,521 | 2,840 | 0.4% | 10.9% | 2,148 | 8.3% | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
18,405 | 18,788 | 2,406 | 0.6% | 11.2% | 1,819 | 9.9% | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
56,843 | 55,562 | 5,240 | 0.8% | 12.2% | 8,420 | 14.8% | 58 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
6,673 | 6,691 | 321 | 1.4% | 16.2% | 1,773 | 26.6% | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
4,825 | 4,606 | 286 | 1.9% | 15.6% | 1,494 | 31.0% | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
5,052 | 4,548 | 433 | 2.6% | 18.1% | 2,134 | 42.2% | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
2,065 | 2,275 | 126 | 3.8% | 16.8% | 1,059 | 51.3% | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
2,048 | 2,040 | 133 | 5.2% | 16.2% | 1,179 | 57.6% | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
941 | 867 | 35 | 7.6% | 15.1% | 614 | 65.2% | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
283 | 299 | 5 | 9.9% | 13.5% | 197 | 69.6% | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
504 | 569 | 2 | 14.5% | 18.3% | 541 | 107.3% | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
1,545 | 1,795 | 25 | 44.1% | 18.7% | 1,623 | 105.0% | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
3,816 | 4,060 | 66 | 100.0% | 20.6% | 4,527 | 118.6% | 556 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
172,500 | 172,446 | 18,013 | 3.4% | 13.9% | 30,895 | 17.9% | 896 |
The exposure weighted average risk weight associated with retail mortgages remained broadly stable from 17.9% to 17.3%. This is primarily driven by disposal of the Spanish business, rundown of legacy portfolio assets and positive FX impact in the period reducing exposures.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 54 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 31: IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for revolving retail
Obligor grade disclosure for Advanced IRB |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exposure value £m |
|
|
Average exposure Value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
6,600 | 6,563 | 8,290 | 0.0% | 80.5% | 139 | 2.1% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
3,841 | 3,854 | 7,503 | 0.1% | 79.0% | 153 | 4.0% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
2,948 | 2,973 | 5,813 | 0.1% | 78.0% | 182 | 6.2% | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
1,977 | 1,964 | 4,004 | 0.2% | 77.6% | 157 | 8.0% | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
1,410 | 1,373 | 2,820 | 0.2% | 77.9% | 139 | 9.9% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
1,220 | 1,196 | 2,417 | 0.3% | 77.6% | 141 | 11.6% | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
1,885 | 1,861 | 3,415 | 0.3% | 77.6% | 266 | 14.1% | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
1,460 | 1,400 | 2,403 | 0.4% | 77.5% | 252 | 17.2% | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
1,231 | 1,209 | 1,899 | 0.5% | 77.5% | 250 | 20.3% | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
5,178 | 5,067 | 6,271 | 0.9% | 77.7% | 1,523 | 29.4% | 39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
1,967 | 1,901 | 1,708 | 1.4% | 78.2% | 855 | 43.5% | 27 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
2,386 | 2,308 | 1,822 | 1.8% | 77.8% | 1,241 | 52.0% | 38 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
2,234 | 2,232 | 1,299 | 2.6% | 77.0% | 1,440 | 64.4% | 47 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
3,133 | 3,361 | 1,776 | 3.7% | 75.8% | 2,550 | 81.4% | 92 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
1,671 | 1,698 | 476 | 5.3% | 75.6% | 1,719 | 102.9% | 70 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
1,143 | 1,229 | 220 | 7.4% | 75.3% | 1,440 | 126.0% | 66 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
660 | 676 | 98 | 9.9% | 75.1% | 987 | 149.5% | 51 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
690 | 765 | 85 | 14.3% | 74.9% | 1,245 | 180.5% | 76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
651 | 678 | 60 | 37.6% | 75.5% | 1,417 | 217.7% | 196 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
1,718 | 1,890 | 497 | 100.0% | 75.0% | 2,670 | 155.4% | 1,108 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
44,003 | 44,198 | 52,876 | 6.0% | 77.7% | 18,766 | 42.6% | 1,841 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
6,316 | 6,092 | 8,077 | 0.0% | 79.4% | 129 | 2.0% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
3,779 | 3,667 | 7,611 | 0.1% | 78.5% | 147 | 3.9% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
2,932 | 2,864 | 5,862 | 0.1% | 77.6% | 175 | 6.0% | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
1,970 | 1,911 | 4,110 | 0.2% | 77.4% | 153 | 7.8% | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
1,340 | 1,307 | 2,750 | 0.2% | 77.9% | 131 | 9.8% | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
1,183 | 1,156 | 2,429 | 0.3% | 77.5% | 135 | 11.4% | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
1,834 | 1,823 | 3,410 | 0.3% | 77.5% | 253 | 13.8% | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
1,349 | 1,333 | 2,301 | 0.4% | 77.3% | 228 | 16.9% | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
1,171 | 1,147 | 1,857 | 0.5% | 77.1% | 232 | 19.8% | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
4,904 | 4,857 | 6,112 | 0.9% | 77.4% | 1,407 | 28.7% | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
1,874 | 1,845 | 1,688 | 1.4% | 78.0% | 767 | 40.9% | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
2,222 | 2,192 | 1,708 | 1.8% | 77.6% | 1,121 | 50.5% | 34 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
2,288 | 2,211 | 1,420 | 2.5% | 76.9% | 1,450 | 63.4% | 48 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
3,026 | 3,180 | 1,507 | 3.8% | 75.6% | 2,464 | 81.4% | 89 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
2,100 | 1,906 | 838 | 5.2% | 75.5% | 2,124 | 101.1% | 85 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
1,306 | 962 | 279 | 7.4% | 74.9% | 1,624 | 124.3% | 74 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
701 | 526 | 112 | 9.9% | 74.7% | 1,032 | 147.2% | 53 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
869 | 649 | 111 | 14.2% | 74.4% | 1,542 | 177.4% | 94 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
714 | 542 | 60 | 36.0% | 75.4% | 1,561 | 218.6% | 205 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
2,075 | 1,602 | 689 | 100.0% | 74.5% | 3,001 | 144.6% | 1,349 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
43,953 | 41,771 | 52,931 | 6.9% | 77.3% | 19,676 | 44.8% | 2,119 |
The exposure weighted average risk weight associated with qualifying revolving retail exposures, mainly comprising credit cards and overdrafts, decreased from 44.8% to 42.6%. This was primarily due to disposal of various exposures within higher DG bands and exposure growth in lower grade bands.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 55 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 32: IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for other retail exposures
Obligor grade disclosure for Advanced IRB |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exposure value £m |
|
|
Average exposure value £m |
|
|
Undrawn commitments £m |
|
|
Average probability of default (PD) % |
|
|
Exposure weighted average LGD % |
|
|
Risk weighted exposure amount £m |
|
|
Exposure weighted average risk weight % |
|
|
Expected loss £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
69 | 53 | 1 | 0.0% | 55.5% | 4 | 6.5% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
33 | 39 | | 0.1% | 38.3% | 3 | 9.4% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
72 | 78 | | 0.1% | 54.0% | 12 | 16.0% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
7 | 9 | | 0.2% | 75.3% | 2 | 29.4% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
3 | 4 | | 0.2% | 82.4% | 1 | 38.2% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
18 | 20 | | 0.3% | 73.5% | 7 | 39.2% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
66 | 70 | | 0.3% | 78.3% | 31 | 46.7% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
193 | 214 | | 0.5% | 50.1% | 71 | 36.5% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
140 | 148 | | 0.5% | 73.0% | 82 | 58.4% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
1,193 | 1,213 | 13 | 1.0% | 79.0% | 984 | 82.6% | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
798 | 815 | 1 | 1.4% | 79.7% | 776 | 97.2% | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
1,413 | 1,408 | | 1.8% | 74.4% | 1,402 | 99.2% | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
1,549 | 1,546 | 16 | 2.5% | 73.1% | 1,591 | 102.7% | 33 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
1,108 | 1,155 | 6 | 3.7% | 78.5% | 1,395 | 125.8% | 41 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
504 | 599 | | 5.2% | 76.7% | 607 | 120.5% | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
347 | 420 | | 7.8% | 57.8% | 332 | 95.9% | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
109 | 120 | | 9.6% | 61.6% | 118 | 108.5% | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
237 | 277 | | 15.3% | 60.3% | 301 | 126.9% | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
198 | 223 | | 45.9% | 70.3% | 311 | 157.2% | 70 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
539 | 552 | | 100.0% | 77.3% | 628 | 116.4% | 379 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
8,596 | 8,963 | 37 | 10.0% | 73.8% | 8,658 | 100.7% | 624 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG1: 0.00-0.02% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG2: 0.02-0.03% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG3: 0.03-0.05% |
51 | 42 | 2 | 0.0% | 66.5% | 4 | 7.8% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG4: 0.05-0.10% |
46 | 47 | | 0.1% | 38.3% | 4 | 8.7% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG5: 0.10-0.15% |
84 | 86 | | 0.1% | 54.0% | 13 | 15.5% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG6: 0.15-0.20% |
15 | 26 | | 0.2% | 80.6% | 5 | 33.3% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG7: 0.20-0.25% |
13 | 28 | | 0.2% | 88.1% | 5 | 38.5% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG8: 0.25-0.30% |
34 | 51 | | 0.3% | 79.9% | 14 | 41.2% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG9: 0.30-0.40% |
105 | 139 | | 0.3% | 82.1% | 52 | 49.5% | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG10: 0.40-0.50% |
270 | 297 | | 0.5% | 54.6% | 107 | 39.6% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG11: 0.50-0.60% |
195 | 218 | | 0.5% | 75.4% | 119 | 61.0% | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG12: 0.60-1.20% |
1,348 | 1,379 | 43 | 0.9% | 77.7% | 1,103 | 81.8% | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG13: 1.20-1.55% |
730 | 688 | 1 | 1.4% | 77.4% | 697 | 95.5% | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG14: 1.55-2.15% |
1,299 | 1,172 | | 1.9% | 70.6% | 1,238 | 95.3% | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG15: 2.15-3.05% |
1,596 | 1,595 | | 2.5% | 65.1% | 1,496 | 93.7% | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG16: 3.05-4.45% |
1,111 | 991 | 4 | 3.7% | 71.0% | 1,329 | 119.6% | 38 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG17: 4.45-6.35% |
542 | 494 | | 5.3% | 73.1% | 629 | 116.1% | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG18: 6.35-8.65% |
349 | 290 | | 7.7% | 61.3% | 358 | 102.6% | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG19: 8.65-11.35% |
119 | 95 | | 9.7% | 67.4% | 143 | 120.2% | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG20: 11.35-18.65% |
305 | 249 | | 15.3% | 59.4% | 382 | 125.2% | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DG21: 18.65-100% |
218 | 155 | | 40.5% | 67.2% | 349 | 160.1% | 66 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
In default |
623 | 544 | | 100.0% | 76.0% | 567 | 91.0% | 437 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
9,053 | 8,585 | 50 | 10.5% | 70.4% | 8,614 | 95.2% | 685 |
The exposure weighted average risk weight associated with other retail exposures, primarily comprised of unsecured personal loans, increased from 95.2% to 100.7%. This is mainly driven by overall movements in DG bands, due to growth in consumer lending.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 56 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
IFRS Impairment
The following tables are presented using the IFRS consolidation rather than the regulatory consolidation basis. See pages 112 and 113 for background on impairment, and page 9 explaining the scope of regulatory consolidation.
Table 33: Analysis of impaired and past due exposures and allowance for impairment by exposure type
This table shows total loans and advances to customers and banks, past due balances and impaired loan balances, split by exposure type.
|
Neither Past due nor Impaired £m |
|
|
Past Due but not Impaired £m |
|
|
Impaired Loans |
|
|
Total £m |
|
|
Allowance for Impairment £m |
| ||||||||||
|
Individually £m |
|
|
Collectively £m |
|
|||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans |
2,474 | | | | 2,474 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
17,620 | 293 | | | 17,913 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
40,640 | 709 | | | 41,349 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home Loans |
149,431 | 140 | 648 | 6,162 | 156,381 | 518 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
36,501 | 3 | 387 | 2,539 | 39,430 | 1,870 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other personal lending |
28,690 | 527 | 577 | 2,010 | 31,804 | 1,524 | ||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale and Corporate loans and advances |
162,818 | 6,760 | 1,766 | 346 | 171,690 | 953 | ||||||||||||||||||
Finance lease receivables |
4,612 | 3 | 20 | 198 | 4,833 | 56 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
442,786 | 8,435 | 3,398 | 11,255 | 465,874 | 4,921 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans |
2,693 | | | | 2,693 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
19,522 | 676 | | | 20,198 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
41,241 | 870 | | | 42,111 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home Loans |
158,313 | 434 | 455 | 8,434 | 167,636 | 546 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
34,236 | 27 | 306 | 2,929 | 37,498 | 1,918 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other personal lending |
26,416 | 411 | 456 | 1,851 | 29,134 | 1,372 | ||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale and Corporate loans and advancesa |
181,829 | 6,462 | 2,679 | 511 | 191,481 | 1,564 | ||||||||||||||||||
Finance lease receivables |
5,270 | 2 | 38 | 210 | 5,520 | 55 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
469,520 | 8,882 | 3,934 | 13,935 | 496,271 | 5,455 |
§ | Individually impaired loans decreased by £0.5bn to £3.4bn primarily due to the transfer of impaired loans in the Portuguese business to held for sale. |
§ | Collectively impaired loans decreased by £2.7bn to £11.3bn, predominantly driven by a £1.3bn reduction as a result of changes in forbearance criteria for Mortgage Current Accounts (MCA) during the year. |
Note
a | Corporate loan balances past due but not impaired have been revised down to better reflect the ageing of the loans. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 57 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 34: Geographic analysis of impaired and past due exposures and allowance for impairment
This table shows past due and impaired loans and advances to customers and banks, split by geographic location of the counterparty.
|
Past due but not Impaired £m |
a
|
Impaired Loans |
|
Allowance for Impairment £m |
| ||||||||||
|
Individually £m |
|
|
Collectively £m |
|
|||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||
UK |
3,198 | 1,236 | 7,782 | 2,492 | ||||||||||||
Europe |
524 | 908 | 922 | 816 | ||||||||||||
Americas |
4,389 | 568 | 909 | 725 | ||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
241 | 603 | 1,602 | 839 | ||||||||||||
Asia |
83 | 83 | 40 | 49 | ||||||||||||
Total |
8,435 | 3,398 | 11,255 | 4,921 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
UK |
4,214 | 1,534 | 9,806 | 2,653 | ||||||||||||
Europe |
656 | 1,341 | 1,183 | 1,219 | ||||||||||||
Americas |
3,293 | 312 | 481 | 499 | ||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
444 | 676 | 2,459 | 1,001 | ||||||||||||
Asia |
275 | 71 | 6 | 83 | ||||||||||||
Total |
8,882 | 3,934 | 13,935 | 5,455 |
Past due but not impaired
§ | Americas increased £1.1bn to £4.4bn, primarily relating to wholesale and corporate lending within IB. The increase was predominantly within the past due up to 1 month category. |
§ | UK decreased £1.0bn to £3.2bn primarily relating to wholesale and corporate lending within PCB, which has seen lower defaults as a result of the economic environment in the UK. |
Individually impaired loans
§ | Europe decreased by £0.4bn to £0.9bn, primarily as a result of the transfer to held for sale of impaired loans in the Portuguese businesses. |
Collectively impaired loans
§ | UK decreased by £2.0bn to £7.8bn, primarily driven by a £1.3bn decrease in collective impairment against MCA forbearance cases as a result of changes in forbearance criteria. |
§ | Africa and Middle East decreased by £0.9bn to £1.6bn due to depreciation of ZAR against GBP. |
Further analysis of impairment allowance is presented below.
Table 35: Analysis of movement on impairment and amounts taken directly to profit and loss
This table shows the movement in the impairment allowance between 2014 and 2015 year-end. Please refer to pages 112 and 113 of this document and Note 7 of the 2015 Annual Report for further information on impairment.
Impairment movement |
||||||||
Allowance for Impairment | ||||||||
|
Year Ended 31 December 2015 £m |
|
|
Year Ended 31 December 2014 £m |
| |||
Starting period |
5,455 | 7,258 | ||||||
Acquisitions and disposals |
| 13 | ||||||
Exchange and other adjustments |
(617 | ) | (1,047 | ) | ||||
Unwind of discount |
(149 | ) | (153 | ) | ||||
Amounts written off |
(2,277 | ) | (3,037 | ) | ||||
Recoveries |
400 | 221 | ||||||
Amounts charged against profit (see below) |
2,109 | 2,200 | ||||||
Ending period |
4,921 | 5,455 | ||||||
Amounts charged against profit |
||||||||
Profit and loss impact | ||||||||
£m | £m | |||||||
New and increased impairment allowances |
3,056 | 3,230 | ||||||
Releases |
(547 | ) | (809 | ) | ||||
Recoveries |
(400 | ) | (221 | ) | ||||
Total Impairment on loans and advances |
2,109 | 2,200 |
Loan impairment fell by 4.1% to £2,109m, due to lower impairment in Non-Core and PCB. This was partially offset by higher charges in Investment Banking and Barclaycard.
Note
a | Corporate loan balances past due but not impaired have been revised down to better reflect the ageing of the loans. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 58 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Regulatory adjustments to statutory Impairment
The IFRS impairment allowance is adjusted to reflect a regulatory view, which is used to calculate the provision misalignment adjustment to regulatory capital. The primary differences are detailed below:
§ | Scope of consolidation adjustments driven by differences between the IFRS and regulatory consolidation, as highlighted on page 9. These include, but are not exclusive to, impairments relating to securitisation vehicles and associates |
§ | Other value adjustments adjustments over and above specific or general provisions, to correct asymmetry within the provision misalignment adjustment to regulatory capital or certain credit risk calculations. Examples include adjustments for fair value loans |
§ | Securitisation positions expected loss is not calculated for securitisation positions. As such, impairments associated with these positions are removed from the regulatory view. |
Table 36: Regulatory adjustments to statutory Impairment
As at 31 December 2015 |
£m | |||
IFRS allowance for impairment |
4,921 | |||
Regulatory adjustments |
||||
Scope of consolidation |
246 | |||
AFS impairments |
72 | |||
Other regulatory adjustments |
349 | |||
Regulatory impairment allowance |
5,588 |
The tables within this section are based on the regulatory consolidation.
Table 37: Analysis of regulatory impairment allowance by regulatory exposure class
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
Regulatory impairment allowance |
||||||||
|
Impairment As at 31 December £m |
|
|
Impairment As at 31 December £m |
| |||
Standardised approach |
||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
3 | | ||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
| | ||||||
Public sector entities |
| 1 | ||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| | ||||||
International organisations |
| | ||||||
Institutions |
4 | 1 | ||||||
Corporates |
250 | 350 | ||||||
Retail |
268 | 357 | ||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | ||||||
Exposures in default |
1,984 | 2,524 | ||||||
Items associated with high risk |
118 | 155 | ||||||
Covered bonds |
| | ||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | ||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | ||||||
Equity positions |
| | ||||||
Other items |
| | ||||||
Total Standardised approach credit exposure |
2,627 | 3,388 | ||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | ||||||
Institutions |
| | ||||||
Corporates |
| 139 | ||||||
Total Foundation IRB approach credit exposure |
| 139 | ||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
1 | | ||||||
Institutions |
4 | 3 | ||||||
Corporates |
560 | 326 | ||||||
Retail |
| | ||||||
Small and medium enterprises (SME) |
187 | 198 | ||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
465 | 637 | ||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
1,252 | 1,506 | ||||||
Other retail |
492 | 565 | ||||||
Equity |
| | ||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | ||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
| | ||||||
Total Advanced IRB approach credit exposure |
2,961 | 3,235 | ||||||
Total credit exposures |
5,588 | 6,762 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 59 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Impairment allowance under the Standardised approach decreased by £0.8bn to £2.6bn. This was primarily driven by the sale of the Spanish business.
Impairment allowance under the Advanced IRB decreased by £0.3bn to £3.0bn. This was driven by:
§ | Retail exposures secured by real estate collateral decreased by £0.2bn to £0.5bn due to the sale of the Spanish business |
§ | Qualifying revolving retail exposures decreased by £0.3bn to £1.3bn, primarily driven by a reduction in UK Cards due to debt sale activities. |
Table 38: Impairment charges, other value adjustments and individual impairment charges for IRB exposures
This table represents a regulatory view of impairment charged directly against profits during the period, for portfolios that are subject to IRB calculations and individually assessed. The impact of other value adjustments are provided on the same basis. These charges are included within net trading income and net investment income within the financial statements
The total impairment charged against profits will not reconcile directly to table 35 owing to differences in regulatory scope, as highlighted in table 1. Furthermore, table 38 does not analyse portfolios subject to standardised calculations or IRB portfolios that are assessed collectively.
IRB Exposure Class |
||||||||
|
As at 31 December 2015 £m |
|
|
As at 31 December 2014 £m |
| |||
Central governments or central banks |
| | ||||||
Institutions |
1 | | ||||||
Corporates |
163 | 89 | ||||||
Retail |
| | ||||||
Retail SME |
| 4 | ||||||
Retail exposures secured by real estate collateral |
64 | 43 | ||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
4 | | ||||||
Other retail |
1 | | ||||||
Equity |
| | ||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | ||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
| | ||||||
Total |
233 | 136 |
Individual impairment charges for portfolios subject to IRB calculations increased by £0.1bn, primarily due to an increase in impairment charges for corporate exposures. This is driven by a number of immaterial counterparties.
Loss analysis regulatory expected loss (EL) versus actual losses
The following table compares Barclays expected loss (EL) measure against the regulatory view of actual loss for those portfolios where credit risk is calculated using the IRB approach.
As expected loss best estimate (ELBE) represents a charge for assets already in default, it has been separately disclosed from total EL. This facilitates comparison of actual loss during the period to the expectation of future loss or EL, as derived by our IRB models in the prior period.
The following should be considered when comparing EL and actual loss metrics:
§ | the purpose of EL is not to represent a prediction of future impairment charges |
§ | whilst the impairment charge and the EL measure respond to similar drivers, they are not directly comparable |
§ | the EL does not reflect growth of portfolios or changes in the mix of exposures. In forecasting and calculating impairment, balances and trends in the cash flow behaviour of customer accounts are considered. |
It should be noted that Barclays EL models and regulatory estimations present a conservative view compared to actual loss.
Regulatory expected loss
EL is an input to the capital adequacy process which can be seen as an expectation of average future loss derived from IRB models over a one year period as follows:
§ | Non-defaulted assets: EL is calculated using probability of default and downturn loss given default estimates |
§ | Defaulted assets: EL is based upon an estimate of likely recovery levels for each asset and is generally referred to as ELBE. |
Actual loss
Actual loss represents a regulatory view of the amount charged against profit.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 60 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Table 39: Analysis of expected loss versus actual losses for IRB exposures
|
| |||||||||||||||
IRB exposure class |
| |||||||||||||||
|
EL £m |
|
|
ELBE £m |
|
|
Total expected loss at 31 December 2014 £m |
|
|
Total actual loss at 31 December 2015 £m |
| |||||
Central governments or central banks |
7 | | 7 | | ||||||||||||
Institutions |
29 | | 30 | | ||||||||||||
Corporates |
567 | 621 | 1,188 | 271 | ||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||
SME |
108 | 110 | 219 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
340 | 556 | 896 | 161 | ||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
769 | 1,349 | 2,117 | 643 | ||||||||||||
Other retail |
247 | 437 | 683 | 192 | ||||||||||||
Equity |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Total IRB |
2,067 | 3,073 | 5,140 | 1,269 | ||||||||||||
|
EL £m |
|
|
ELBE £m |
|
|
Total expected loss at (CRD III basis) |
|
|
Total actual loss at 31 December 2014 £m |
| |||||
Central governments or central banks |
7 | | 7 | | ||||||||||||
Institutions |
6 | 4 | 10 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Corporates |
685 | 648 | 1,333 | 130 | ||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||
SME |
133 | 140 | 273 | 6 | ||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral |
388 | 644 | 1,032 | 205 | ||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
747 | 965 | 1,712 | 728 | ||||||||||||
Other retail |
236 | 699 | 935 | 194 | ||||||||||||
Equity |
2 | | 2 | | ||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||
Non-credit obligation assets |
n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||
Total IRB |
2,204 | 3,100 | 5,304 | 1,265 |
Actual loss remained broadly stable at £1.3bn with an offsetting movement between Corporate and Qualifying revolving retail exposures.
Expected loss has decreased for most of the asset classes as a result of greater write offs and exposure reductions offset by introduction of CRD IV and increases in Qualifying revolving retail exposures following the migration of portfolios to IRB.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 61 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of credit risk
Non-trading book equity investments
For non-trading book equity investments, the group calculates credit risk RWAs using both standardised and advanced calculations. However, the Advanced IRB approach is only available where regulatory approval has been given.
Table 40: Fair value of, and gains and losses on equity investments
This table shows the fair value of non trading book equity positions subject to credit risk calculations, plus associated gains and losses.
The holding of non-trading book equity positions is primarily related to the holding of investments by the Private Equity business.
Non-trading book equity positions |
||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | As at 31 December 2014 | |||||||||||||||
|
Fair Value £m |
|
|
RWAs £m |
|
|
Fair Value £m |
|
|
RWAs £m |
| |||||
Exchange Traded |
198 | 297 | 152 | 236 | ||||||||||||
Private Equity |
1,983 | 3,680 | 1,136 | 1,846 | ||||||||||||
Other |
| | 36 | 52 | ||||||||||||
Total |
2,181 | 3,977 | 1,324 | 2,134 | ||||||||||||
Realised gains/(losses) from sale and liquidations of equity investments |
57 | 36 | ||||||||||||||
Unrealised gains |
685 | 119 | ||||||||||||||
Unrealised gains included in PRA transitional CET1 Capital |
685 | |
Non-trading book fair value equity balance increased primarily due to movements in the value of Barclays holding in Visa Europe Limited, following the proposed acquisition by Visa Inc.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 62 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of counterparty credit risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 63 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of counterparty credit risk
Counterparty risk exposures
Counterparty credit risk (CCR) is the risk related to a counterparty defaulting before the final settlement of a transactions cash flows. Barclays calculate CCR using three methods: Internal Model Method (IMM), Financial Collateral Comprehensive Method (FCCM), and Mark to Market Method (MTM).
The following tables analyse counterparty credit risk exposures and risk weighted assets.
Table 41: Exposure at default associated with counterparty credit risk by business
This table summarises EAD post-credit risk mitigation by business and exposure class for counterparty credit risk.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
Post-CRM EAD |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
Counterparty credit risk exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 2 | | 2 | | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
| | 5 | | 5 | | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
| | 77 | | 77 | 623 | 700 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
| | 14 | | 14 | | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 17 | 11,570 | 128 | 11,715 | 512 | 12,227 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
279 | 11 | 6,502 | | 6,792 | 1,013 | 7,805 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | 2,104 | | 2,104 | 15 | 2,119 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
279 | 28 | 20,274 | 128 | 20,709 | 2,163 | 22,872 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 7,880 | 35 | 7,915 | 2,699 | 10,614 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 881 | 9,759 | 79 | 10,719 | 3,257 | 13,976 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
3,611 | 483 | 30,078 | 21 | 34,193 | 11,725 | 45,918 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | 26 | | 26 | 1,033 | 1,059 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
3,611 | 1,364 | 47,743 | 135 | 52,853 | 18,714 | 71,567 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Default fund contributions |
| | 1,204 | 16 | 1,220 | 213 | 1,433 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total counterparty credit risk |
3,890 | 1,392 | 69,221 | 279 | 74,782 | 21,090 | 95,872 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 64 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of counterparty credit risk
Table 41 continued
Post-CRM EAD |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
Counterparty credit risk exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 4 | | 4 | 8 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
| | 22 | | 22 | 4 | 26 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
| | 53 | | 53 | 670 | 723 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
| | 72 | | 72 | 27 | 99 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 5 | 14,347 | 7 | 14,359 | 2,639 | 16,998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
284 | 7 | 7,026 | 15 | 7,332 | 1,584 | 8,916 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | 3,318 | 11 | 3,329 | 595 | 3,924 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
284 | 12 | 24,842 | 33 | 25,171 | 5,527 | 30,698 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| 2 | | | 2 | | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 1,096 | | | 1,096 | | 1,096 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| 437 | | | 437 | | 437 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| 1,535 | | | 1,535 | | 1,535 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 5,351 | 34 | 5,385 | 8,917 | 14,302 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | 10,929 | 143 | 11,072 | 8,242 | 19,314 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
2,782 | | 29,156 | 49 | 31,987 | 23,599 | 55,586 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | 24 | | 24 | 1,033 | 1,057 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
2,782 | | 45,460 | 226 | 48,468 | 41,791 | 90,259 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Default fund contributions |
| | 801 | 150 | 951 | 236 | 1,187 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total counterparty credit risk |
3,066 | 1,547 | 71,103 | 409 | 76,125 | 47,554 | 123,679 |
Counterparty credit risk exposure post-CRM decreased by £27.8bn to £95.9bn, primarily due to:
§ | Investment Bank decreased by £1.9bn to £69.2bn primarily driven by business reductions in the OTC derivative portfolio, offset by an extended margin period of risk on securities financing transactions (SFTs) in certain businesses |
§ | Non-Core decreased by £26.4bn to £21.1bn primarily driven by the active rundown of the fixed income financing business, reduction of the OTC derivative portfolio and the implementation of collateral modelling for mismatched FX collateral following PRA approval. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 65 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of counterparty credit risk
Table 42: Risk weighted assets of counterparty credit risk exposures by business units
This table summarises risk weighted assets by business and exposure class for counterparty credit risk.
The Africa Banking wholesale portfolio previously reported under the FIRB approach, moved to AIRB during 2015; as such, 2015 FIRB balances are nil.
Risk weighted assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
Counterparty credit risk exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 2 | | 2 | | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
| | 5 | | 5 | | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
| | 15 | | 15 | 128 | 143 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 11 | 420 | 20 | 451 | 19 | 470 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
242 | 11 | 6,550 | | 6,803 | 1,008 | 7,811 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | 3,112 | | 3,112 | 66 | 3,178 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
242 | 22 | 10,104 | 20 | 10,388 | 1,221 | 11,609 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 431 | 14 | 445 | 1,476 | 1,921 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 234 | 2,552 | 34 | 2,820 | 1,640 | 4,460 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
1,122 | 253 | 7,129 | 11 | 8,515 | 5,707 | 14,222 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | 20 | | 20 | 408 | 428 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
1,122 | 487 | 10,132 | 59 | 11,800 | 9,231 | 21,031 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Default fund contributions |
| | 916 | 12 | 928 | 176 | 1,104 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total counterparty credit risk |
1,364 | 509 | 21,152 | 91 | 23,116 | 10,628 | 33,744 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 66 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of counterparty credit risk
Table 42: Risk weighted assets of counterparty credit risk exposures by business units continued
Risk weighted assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Barclays Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
Counterparty credit risk exposure class |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 17 | | 17 | 14 | 31 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regional governments or local authorities |
| | 7 | | 7 | 4 | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Public sector entities |
| | 25 | | 25 | 136 | 161 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Multilateral development banks |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
International organisations |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 3 | 533 | | 536 | 14 | 550 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
238 | 7 | 6,908 | | 7,153 | 1,594 | 8,747 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by mortgages |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exposures in default |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Items associated with high risk |
| | 5,000 | | 5,000 | 892 | 5,892 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Collective investment undertakings |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity positions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other items |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach credit risk exposure |
238 | 10 | 12,490 | | 12,738 | 2,654 | 15,392 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foundation IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| 1 | | | 1 | | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| 326 | | | 326 | | 326 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
| 235 | | | 235 | | 235 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Foundation approach credit risk exposure |
| 562 | | | 562 | | 562 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
| | 336 | 18 | 354 | 2,529 | 2,883 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
| | 3,434 | 6 | 3,440 | 4,087 | 7,527 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
1,049 | | 7,881 | 38 | 8,968 | 11,179 | 20,147 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisation positions |
| | 130 | | 130 | 611 | 741 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Advanced IRB credit risk exposure |
1,049 | | 11,781 | 62 | 12,892 | 18,406 | 31,298 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Default fund contributions |
| | 1,249 | 234 | 1,483 | 369 | 1,852 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total counterparty credit risk |
1,287 | 572 | 25,520 | 296 | 27,675 | 21,429 | 49,104 |
Counterparty credit risk weighted assets decreased by £15.4bn to £33.7bn, primarily due to:
§ | Investment Bank decreased by £4.4bn to £21.2bn primarily driven by improved matching of SFT collateral to agent lenders, offset by an extended margin period of risk on SFTs in certain businesses |
§ | Non-Core decreased by £10.8bn to £10.6bn primarily driven by trade reduction in the OTC derivative portfolio and the implementation of collateral modelling for mismatched FX collateral following PRA approval. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 67 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of counterparty credit risk
Table 43: Counterparty credit exposures analysed by financial contract type
This table shows the Groups counterparty credit risk exposure at default post-CRM analysed by the type of financial contract. The nature of the calculation of credit exposure under the Internal Model Method (IMM) precludes the identification of individual product exposures. As such, the split per financial contract type for IMM is not shown in the table below. This table excludes exposure values related to default fund contributions.
Financial contract type |
| |||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
EAD post CRM under Internal Model Method £m |
|
|
EAD post CRM under other approaches £m |
|
|
EAD post CRM under Mark to Market approach £m |
| |||
Interest rate contracts |
| 2,027 | ||||||||||
Foreign currency contracts |
| 996 | ||||||||||
Equities contracts |
| 3,262 | ||||||||||
Precious metal other than cold contracts |
| 10 | ||||||||||
Commodities other than precious metal contracts |
| 746 | ||||||||||
Securities financing transactions |
11,828 | | ||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
| 788 | ||||||||||
Other |
930 | 2 | ||||||||||
Total |
73,848 | 12,758 | 7,831 | |||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts |
| 2,700 | ||||||||||
Foreign currency contracts |
| 760 | ||||||||||
Equities contracts |
| 4,256 | ||||||||||
Precious metal other than cold contracts |
| 92 | ||||||||||
Commodities other than precious metal contracts |
| 2,118 | ||||||||||
Securities financing transactions |
13,088 | | ||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
| 1,607 | ||||||||||
Other |
1,095 | 1 | ||||||||||
Total |
96,254 | 14,183 | 11,534 |
Exposure under the IMM approach decreased by £22.4bn to £73.8bn, primarily driven by:
§ | the implementation of collateral modelling for mismatched FX collateral following PRA approval |
§ | the active rundown of derivative positions and trade unwinds in Non-Core |
§ | transfer of securities financing transactions in certain businesses from the banking book to trading book, enabling further collateral offset. |
Exposure under other approaches decreased £1.4bn to £12.8bn, primarily driven by:
§ | the active rundown of the SFT portfolio and improved matching of SFT collateral to previously unmatched agent lender positions |
Offset by:
§ | an extended margin period of risk on SFTs in certain businesses. |
Exposures under the MTM method decreased by £3.7bn to £7.8bn, primarily driven by:
§ | the continued rundown of OTC derivative portfolios in Non-Core. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 68 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of counterparty credit risk
Table 44: Counterparty credit exposure by approach
This table shows counterparty credit risk trading book exposures for derivative exposures. The population does not include CCR relating to securities financing or other categories.
Exposures reported under the Mark to Market (MTM) method refer to credit exposures arising from derivatives that are not measured using a modelled approach. Such exposures are subject to appropriate netting and collateral offsets and require adjustment for market driven movements that may lead to increased replacement cost at the time of default (potential future credit exposure).
Internal Model Method (IMM) is the most risk sensitive approach available for the calculation of CCR exposures. Please note that as the IMM considers the interactions of different factors such as collateral and market movements within a statistical simulation across a range of asset classes, the output cannot be split across the categories shown in the columns below.
Outstanding amount of exposure held |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Gross positive fair value of contracts £m |
|
|
Potential future credit exposure £m |
|
|
Netting benefits £m |
|
|
Net current credit exposure £m |
|
|
Collateral held £m |
|
|
Net derivatives credit exposure £m |
| ||||||
Mark to Market Method |
11,196 | 10,143 | (12,313 | ) | 9,026 | (1,195 | ) | 7,831 | ||||||||||||||||
Internal Model Method |
| | | | | 49,955 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mark to Market Method |
12,626 | 14,686 | (15,292 | ) | 12,020 | (486 | ) | 11,534 | ||||||||||||||||
Internal Model Method |
| | | | | 60,545 |
The IMM derivative credit exposure decreased by £10.6bn to £50.0bn, primarily driven by:
§ the active rundown of derivative positions and trade unwinds in Non-Core
§ the implementation of collateral modelling for mismatched FX collateral following PRA approval.
The MTM method net derivative credit exposure decreased by £3.7bn to £7.8bn, primarily driven by:
§ the continued rundown of OTC derivative portfolios in Non-Core.
Credit derivative notionals
The following table shows the notional of the credit derivative transactions outstanding as at 31 December 2015.
Table 45: Notional exposure associated with credit derivative contracts
This table splits the notional values of credit derivatives, credit default swaps (CDS) and total return swaps (TRS), by two categories: own credit portfolio and intermediation activities.
Own credit portfolio consists of trades used for hedging and credit management. Intermediation activities cover all other credit derivatives.
Credit derivatives booked arising from clearing activities performed on behalf of external counterparties (for example within Barclays subsidiaries) are not reported in this table as the Group does not have any long/short exposures to the underlying reference obligations.
Own credit for the purposes of this note is different from own credit used for accounting disclosures purposes, which represents the change in fair value due to Barclays own credit standing.
Outstanding amount of exposure held: |
| |||||||||||||||
Own credit portfolio | Intermediation activities | |||||||||||||||
Credit derivative product type As at 31 December 2015 |
|
As protection purchaser £m |
|
|
As protection seller £m |
|
|
As protection purchaser £m |
|
|
As protection seller £m |
| ||||
Credit default swaps |
2,673 | 1,578 | 430,315 | 424,442 | ||||||||||||
Total return swaps |
| | 18,577 | | ||||||||||||
Total |
2,673 | 1,578 | 448,892 | 424,442 | ||||||||||||
Credit derivative product type As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Credit default swaps |
3,077 | 1,554 | 545,510 | 523,456 | ||||||||||||
Total return swaps |
| | 19,633 | | ||||||||||||
Total |
3,077 | 1,554 | 565,143 | 523,456 |
Own credit portfolio, which mainly comprises derivatives used to manage the banking book, reduced by £0.4bn to £4.3bn, reflecting a reduction to £2.7bn in relation to protection purchaser of credit default swaps, principally driven by improving market conditions leading to close-out of positions.
Intermediation activities, which mainly comprises derivatives used to manage the trading book, reduced by £215.3bn to £873.3bn, reflecting a decrease of £115.2bn to £430.3bn in relation to credit default swap protection purchased and a £99.0bn decrease to £424.4bn in relation to credit default swaps protection sold, driven principally by the closing out of positions and unwinding of bilateral trades.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 69 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of counterparty credit risk
Table 46: Notional value of credit derivative contracts held for hedging purposes
Risk methodology |
||||||||
|
As at 31 December 2015 £m |
|
|
As at 31 December 2014 £m |
| |||
Notional value of credit derivative hedges for Mark to Market method |
1,418 | 771 | ||||||
Notional value of credit derivative hedges under the Internal Model Method |
809 | 1,271 | ||||||
Total |
2,227 | 2,042 |
The notional value of credit derivative hedges has increased by £0.2bn to £2.2bn driven by the increases in new credit derivative hedges under the MTM method, partly offset by decreases in IMM due to lower hedges and maturities.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 70 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 71 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 72 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
Balance sheet view of trading and banking books
As defined by the regulatory rules, a trading book consists of positions held for trading intent or to hedge elements of the trading book. Trading intent must be evidenced in the basis of the strategies, policies and procedures set up by the firm to manage the position or portfolio. The table below provides a Group-wide overview of where assets and liabilities on the Groups balance sheet are managed within regulatory traded and non-traded books.
The balance sheet split by trading book and banking books is shown on an IFRS scope of consolidation. The reconciliation between the accounting and regulatory scope of consolidation is shown in table 1 on page 10. The reconciling items are all part of the banking book.
Table 47: Balance sheet split by trading and banking books
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Banking book £m |
a
|
|
Trading book £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||
Cash and balances at central banks |
49,711 | | 49,711 | |||||||||
Items in course of collection from other banks |
1,011 | | 1,011 | |||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
3,355 | 73,993 | 77,348 | |||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
25,263 | 51,567 | 76,830 | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
296 | 327,413 | 327,709 | |||||||||
Available for sale financial investments |
90,267 | | 90,267 | |||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
39,779 | 1,570 | 41,349 | |||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
380,406 | 18,811 | 399,217 | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
28,187 | | 28,187 | |||||||||
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets |
3,010 | | 3,010 | |||||||||
Investments in associates and joint ventures |
573 | | 573 | |||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
3,468 | | 3,468 | |||||||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
8,222 | | 8,222 | |||||||||
Current tax assets |
415 | | 415 | |||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
4,495 | | 4,495 | |||||||||
Retirement benefit assets |
836 | | 836 | |||||||||
Non-current assets classified as held for disposal |
7,364 | | 7,364 | |||||||||
Total assets |
646,658 | 473,354 | 1,120,012 | |||||||||
Deposits from banks |
45,344 | 1,736 | 47,080 | |||||||||
Items in course of collection due to other banks |
1,013 | | 1,013 | |||||||||
Customer accounts |
401,927 | 16,315 | 418,242 | |||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
25,035 | | 25,035 | |||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
| 33,967 | 33,967 | |||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value: |
7,027 | 84,718 | 91,745 | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
1,699 | 322,553 | 324,252 | |||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
69,150 | | 69,150 | |||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
21,467 | | 21,467 | |||||||||
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities |
10,610 | | 10,610 | |||||||||
Provisions |
4,142 | | 4,142 | |||||||||
Current tax liabilities |
903 | | 903 | |||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
122 | | 122 | |||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities |
423 | | 423 | |||||||||
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
5,997 | | 5,997 | |||||||||
Total liabilities |
594,859 | 459,289 | 1,054,148 |
Included within the trading book are assets and liabilities which are included in the market risk regulatory measures. For more information on these measures (VaR, SVaR, IRC and APR) see the risk management section on page 133.
Note
a | The primary risk factors for banking book assets and liabilities are interest rates and, to a lesser extent, foreign exchange rates. Credit spreads and equity prices will also be a factor where the Group holds debt and equity securities respectively, either as financial assets designated at fair value or as available for sale, shown in Note 14 and Note 16 of the Barclays PLC 2015 Annual Report. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 73 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
Traded market risk review
Review of management measures
The table below shows the Total management VaR on a diversified basis by risk factor. Total management VaR includes all trading positions in the Investment Bank, Non-Core, Africa Banking and Head Office.
Limits are applied against each risk factor VaR as well as Total management VaR, which are then cascaded further by risk managers to each business.
Table 48: The daily average, maximum and minimum values of management VaR
Management VaR (95%) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
|
Average £m |
|
|
High £m |
a
|
|
Low £m |
a
|
|
Average £m |
|
|
High £m |
a
|
|
Low £m |
a
| ||||||
Credit risk |
11 | 17 | 8 | 11 | 15 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate risk |
6 | 14 | 4 | 11 | 17 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity risk |
8 | 18 | 4 | 10 | 16 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Basis risk |
3 | 4 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Spread risk |
3 | 6 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange risk |
3 | 6 | 1 | 4 | 23 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity risk |
2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 8 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Inflation risk |
3 | 5 | 2 | 2 | 4 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diversification effecta |
(22 | ) | n/a | n/a | (26 | ) | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||||
Total management VaR |
17 | 25 | 12 | 22 | 36 | 17 |
Average interest rate VaR decreased by £5m to £6m (Dec 14: £11m) during 2015 as certain banking book positions were transferred from the Investment Bank to Head Office Treasury reflecting the operational transfer of responsibility (see page 77). These are high quality and liquid banking book assets now reported as non-traded market risk exposures. Similarly, lower spread risk and basis VaR in 2015 reflect reduced risk taking.
Average equities VaR reduced by 20% to £8m, reflecting reduced cash portfolio activities and a more conservative risk profile maintained in the derivatives portfolio.
Average foreign exchange VaR decreased by 25% to £3m as a result of lower activity in the first half of the year, partially offset by higher volatility in the global foreign exchange market seen in the second half of the year.
Inflation risk VaR increased by £1m to £3m, primarily due to increased volatility in the inflation market.
Average commodity VaR remained stable at £2m, but the high levels reduced significantly year-on-year due to the portfolio having been largely divested, and reduced client flows impacted by lower oil prices.
The chart above presents the frequency distribution of our daily trading revenues for all material positions included in VaR for 2015. This includes daily trading revenue generated in the Investment Bank (except for Private Equity and Principal Investments), Treasury, Africa Banking and Non-Core.
The basis of preparation for trading revenue was changed in 2015 to better align and reflect the portfolio structure included in Group Management VaR. 2014 figures have been presented on a comparable basis. Disclosed trading revenue includes realised and unrealised mark to market gains and losses from intraday market moves, but excludes commission and advisory fees. The trading revenue measure is based on actual trading results and holding periods. In contrast, the VaR shows the volatility of a hypothetical measure. To construct this measure, positions are assumed to be held for one day, and the aggregate unrealised gain or loss is the measure. VaR and the actual revenue figure are not directly comparable. VaR informs risk managers of the risk implications of current portfolio decisions.
The average daily net revenue increased by 10% to £10.1m; there were more positive trading revenue days in 2015 than in 2014, with 85% (2014: 82%) of days generating positive trading revenue.
The daily VaR chart illustrates an average declining trend in 2015. Intermittent VaR increases were due to increased client flow in periods of heightened volatility in specific markets and subsequent risk management of the position.
Note
a | Diversification effects recognise that forecast losses from different assets or businesses are unlikely to occur concurrently, hence the expected aggregate loss is lower than the sum of the expected losses from each risk factor area. Historic correlations between losses are taken into account in making these assessments. The high and low VaR reported for each category did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low VaR reported as a whole. Consequently a diversification effect balance for the high and low VaR would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the above table. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 74 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
Business scenario stresses
As part of the Groups risk management framework, on a regular basis the performance of the trading business in hypothetical scenarios characterised by severe macroeconomic conditions is modelled. Up to six global scenarios are modelled on a regular basis, for example, a sharp deterioration in liquidity, a slowdown in the global economy, terrorist attacks and a sovereign peripheral crisis.
Throughout 2015, the scenario analyses showed the biggest market risk related impact would be due to a severe deterioration in market liquidity and a sovereign peripheral crisis.
Review of regulatory measures
The following disclosures provide details on regulatory measures of market risk. See pages 133 and 136 for more detail on regulatory measures and the differences when compared to management measures.
The Groups market risk capital requirement comprises of two elements:
§ | trading book positions booked to legal entities within the scope of the Groups PRA waiver where the market risk is measured under a PRA approved internal models approach, including Regulatory VaR, Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR), Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) and All Price Risk (APR) as required |
§ | trading book positions that do not meet the conditions for inclusion within the approved internal models approach. The capital requirement for these positions is calculated using standardised rules. |
The table below summarises the regulatory market risk measures under the internal models approach. See Table Minimum capital requirement for market risk, on page 76 for a breakdown of capital requirements by approach.
Table 49: Analysis of Regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and APR
|
Year-end £m |
|
|
Avg. £m |
|
|
Max £m |
|
|
Min £m |
| |||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR |
26 | 28 | 46 | 20 | ||||||||||||
SVaR |
44 | 54 | 68 | 38 | ||||||||||||
IRC |
129 | 142 | 254 | 59 | ||||||||||||
APR |
12 | 15 | 27 | 11 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR |
29 | 39 | 66 | 29 | ||||||||||||
SVaR |
72 | 74 | 105 | 53 | ||||||||||||
IRC |
80 | 118 | 287 | 58 | ||||||||||||
APR |
24 | 28 | 39 | 24 |
Overall, there was a lower risk profile during 2015:
§ | Regulatory VaR/SVaR: reduction in Regulatory VaR/SVaR is driven by the application of diversification to the general and specific market risk VaR charges which resulted in an overall RWA reduction |
§ | IRC: the IRC increase was mainly driven by the implementation of an updated IRC model in Q4 2015 which features a more refined correlation structure, adoption of a continuous transition matrix and a local currency adjustment for sovereign issuance |
§ | APR reduced as a result of further reductions in a specific legacy portfolio. |
Table 50: Breakdown of the major regulatory risk measures by portfolio
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Macro £m |
|
|
Equities £m |
|
|
Credit £m |
|
|
Client Capital Management £m |
|
|
Treasury £m |
|
|
Africa £m |
|
|
Non-Core £m |
| |||||||
Regulatory VaR |
10 | 8 | 5 | 12 | 4 | 4 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SVaR |
25 | 33 | 15 | 18 | 11 | 6 | 12 | |||||||||||||||||||||
IRC |
197 | 5 | 79 | 99 | 13 | | 62 | |||||||||||||||||||||
APR |
| | | | | | 12 |
The table above shows the primary portfolios which are driving the trading businesses modelled capital requirement as at 2015 year end. The standalone portfolio results diversify at the total level and are not necessarily additive. Regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and APR in the prior table show the diversified results at a group level.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 75 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
Capital requirements for market risk
The table below breaks down the elements of capital requirements and risk weighted assets under the market risk framework as defined in the CRR. The Group is required to hold capital for the market risk exposures arising from regulatory trading books. Inputs for the modelled components include the measures on table 49 Analysis of regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and APR, using the higher of the end of period value or an average over the past 60 days (times a multiplier in the case of VaR and SVaR).
It should be noted that the disclosure below excludes CVA which is shown separately on page 81
Table 51: Minimum capital requirement for market risk
Capital requirements | Risk weighted assets | |||||||||||||||
Market risk |
|
As at 31 December £m |
|
|
As at 31 December £m |
|
|
As at 31 December £m |
|
|
As at 31 December £m |
| ||||
VaR model-based PRR |
311 | 329 | 3,884 | 4,113 | ||||||||||||
SVaR model-based PRR |
548 | 632 | 6,852 | 7,900 | ||||||||||||
APR measure requirement |
12 | 27 | 144 | 338 | ||||||||||||
RNIV |
262 | 387 | 3,275 | 4,838 | ||||||||||||
Incremental risk charge requirement |
129 | 91 | 1,611 | 1,138 | ||||||||||||
Interest rate PRR |
531 | 968 | 6,643 | 12,100 | ||||||||||||
Equity PRR |
185 | 308 | 2,315 | 3,850 | ||||||||||||
Option non delta risk |
79 | 68 | 991 | 850 | ||||||||||||
Collective investment schemes PRR |
28 | 86 | 348 | 1,075 | ||||||||||||
Commodity PRR |
| 2 | | 25 | ||||||||||||
Foreign exchange PRR |
16 | 27 | 201 | 339 | ||||||||||||
Total market risk |
2,101 | 2,925 | 26,264 | 36,566 | ||||||||||||
Of which: Specific interest rate risk of securitisation positions |
87 | 300 | 1,088 | 3,750 |
In the table above, VaR and SVaR model-based position risk requirement (PRR), APR measure, RNIV and the incremental risk charge represent the modelled RWA component, with the remainder contributing towards the standardised approach.
Overall market risk RWAs decreased £10.3bn to £26.3bn, driven by:
§ | £1.3bn decrease in VaR and SVaR model-based PRR, primarily driven by the implementation of diversification of the general and specific market risk VaR charges. This was partially offset by the inclusion of the cost of funding RNIV into VaR. |
§ | £1.6bn decrease in RNIV primarily driven by methodology enhancements to cost of funding RNIV which switched from Non-VaR type RNIV to a VaR type calculation. This was partially offset by increases in the Fixing Exposure RNIV and the Event Risk for pegged currencies RNIV. Please see below for more details on RNIVs. |
§ | £5.5bn decrease in interest rate PRR due to business driven reductions in Non-Agency RMBS securitisation positions and US Agency positions |
§ | £1.5bn decrease in equity PRR due to business driven reduction in US equities. |
Cost of Funding RNIV captures the potential variation of the fair value adjustment in the uncollateralised derivatives portfolio arising from funding spread risks.
Fixing Exposure RNIV relates to indices which do not trade directly through exchange traded futures or are not liquid OTC contracts. Exposures to such indices are risk managed via a model which decomposes them into liquid and hedgeable instruments. The RNIV captures the residual risk which is the difference between the index level implied through these contracts and the published fixing.
Event Risk for pegged currencies RNIV captures the potential understatement in VaR for managed currencies with low realised volatilities that are actively managed by local central banks (via outright pegs, crawling pegs or other targeted ranges within specific bands).
Non-traded market risk
Overview
The non-traded market risk framework covers exposures in the banking book, mostly consisting of exposures relating to accrual accounted and AFS instruments. The potential volatility of the net interest income of the bank is measured by an Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR) metric that is monitored regularly and reported to Senior Management and the Board Risk Committee as part of the limit monitoring framework.
Net interest income sensitivity
The table below shows a sensitivity analysis on pre-tax net interest income for non-trading financial assets and financial liabilities including the effect of any hedging. The sensitivity has been measured using the Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR) methodology as described on page 136. Note that this metric is simplistic in that it assumes a large parallel shock occurs instantaneously across all major currencies and ignores the impact of any management actions on customer products.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 76 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
Table 52: Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by business unit
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Non-Corea £m |
|
|
Treasuryb £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
+200bps |
305 | (31 | ) | 28 | 27 | (131 | ) | 198 | ||||||||||||||||
+100bps |
152 | (14 | ) | 14 | 14 | (63 | ) | 103 | ||||||||||||||||
-100bps |
(385 | ) | 10 | (11 | ) | | (26 | ) | (412 | ) | ||||||||||||||
-200bps |
(433 | ) | 14 | (14 | ) | | (36 | ) | (469 | ) | ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014c |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
+200bps |
464 | (59 | ) | 26 | 6 | 14 | 451 | |||||||||||||||||
+100bps |
239 | (27 | ) | 13 | 3 | 10 | 238 | |||||||||||||||||
-100bps |
(426 | ) | 26 | (9 | ) | (1 | ) | (29 | ) | (439 | ) | |||||||||||||
-200bps |
(430 | ) | 29 | (17 | ) | (1 | ) | (39 | ) | (458 | ) |
Overall the NII sensitivity of the Group to sudden changes in interest rates has decreased. The main drivers of the change in NII sensitivities are:
§ PCB: The reduction in NII sensitivity was due to increased hedging of certain deposit products exposure to interest rate changes
§ Barclaycard: The reduction in NII is due to a decrease in the period of time that the book can be re-priced post a change in interest rates
§ Non-Core: The increase is predominantly due to a change in the hedge profile following the announced disposals in Europe
§ Treasury: The increase in NII sensitivity is primarily driven by an increased exposure in the short dated available for sale bond portfolio. This results in a higher duration mismatch between assets and liabilities which in an up-shock scenario creates a negative impact. In a down shock scenario the full benefit of this is not realised due to the rates being floored at zero, resulting in a net negative NII impact from Treasury under these simple modelling assumptions.
Table 53: Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by currency
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
+100 basis points £m |
|
|
-100 basis points £m |
|
|
+100 basis points £m |
|
|
-100 basis points £m |
| ||||
GBP |
94 | (368 | ) | 184 | (406 | ) | ||||||||||
USD |
(15 | ) | (30 | ) | (11 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||||
EUR |
(6 | ) | (8 | ) | 21 | 3 | ||||||||||
ZAR |
6 | (5 | ) | 10 | (8 | ) | ||||||||||
Other currencies |
24 | (1 | ) | 34 | (17 | ) | ||||||||||
Total |
103 | (412 | ) | 238 | (439 | ) | ||||||||||
As percentage of net interest income |
0.82 | % | (3.28 | )% | 1.97 | % | (3.63 | )% |
Economic Capital by business unit
Barclays measures some non-traded market risks using an economic capital (EC) methodology. EC is predominantly calculated using a daily VaR model and then scaled up to a one-year EC confidence interval (99.98%). For more information on definitions of prepayment, recruitment and residual risk, and on how EC is used to manage market risk, see the market risk management section on page 137.
Table 54: Economic capital for non-traded risk by business unit
|
Personal & Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Non-Core £m |
d
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Prepayment risk |
35 | 7 | | | 42 | |||||||||||||||
Recruitment risk |
64 | 1 | | 5 | 70 | |||||||||||||||
Residual risk |
7 | 2 | 126 | 5 | 140 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
106 | 10 | 126 | 10 | 252 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Prepayment risk |
32 | 15 | | | 47 | |||||||||||||||
Recruitment risk |
148 | 1 | | | 149 | |||||||||||||||
Residual risk |
12 | 3 | 34 | 16 | 65 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
192 | 19 | 34 | 16 | 261 |
PCB recruitment risk: The reduction of EC for PCB is driven by lower levels of recruitment risk associated with hedging mismatch for savings and mortgage products as at December 2015. The mortgage book in particular saw significant falls in recruitment risk due to lower levels of pre-hedging, particularly within mortgages of longer tenor.
Africa Banking residual risk: The significant changes in EC for Africa Banking are mainly due to the adoption of new behavioural assumptions for residual risk which went live on 1 January 2015.
Notes
a | Only retail exposures within Non-Core are included in the calculation. |
b | Treasury includes both accrual and fair value accounted positions modelled with an appropriate holding period. It excludes hedge accounting ineffectiveness. Although hedge accounting ineffectiveness is recorded within Net interest income, it is excluded in this analysis as it is driven by fair value movements rather than interest accruals. |
c | 2014 comparatives have been revised to reflect the inclusion of all Treasury banking books and the exclusion of hedge ineffectiveness. |
d | Only the retail exposures within Non-Core are captured in the measure. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 77 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
Analysis of equity sensitivity
The table below measures the overall impact of a +/- 100bps movement in interest rates on available for sale and cash flow hedge reserves. This data is captured using PV01 which is an indicator of the shift in asset value for a 1 basis point shift in the yield curve. Note that the methodology used to estimate the impact of the negative movement applied a 0% floor to interest rates.
Table 55: Analysis of equity sensitivity
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
+100 basis points £m |
|
|
-100 basis points £m |
|
|
+100 basis points £m |
|
|
-100 basis points £m |
| ||||
Net interest income |
103 | (412 | ) | 238 | (439 | ) | ||||||||||
Taxation effects on the above |
(31 | ) | 124 | (57 | ) | 105 | ||||||||||
Effect on profit for the year |
72 | (288 | ) | 181 | (334 | ) | ||||||||||
As percentage of net profit after tax |
11.56 | % | (46.23 | )% | 21.42 | % | (39.53 | )% | ||||||||
Effect on profit for the year (per above) |
72 | (288 | ) | 181 | (334 | ) | ||||||||||
Available for sale reserve |
(751 | ) | 1,052 | (698 | ) | 845 | ||||||||||
Cash flow hedge reserve |
(3,104 | ) | 1,351 | (3,058 | ) | 2,048 | ||||||||||
Taxation effects on the above |
1,157 | (721 | ) | 901 | (694 | ) | ||||||||||
Effect on equity |
(2,626 | ) | 1,394 | (2,674 | ) | 1,865 | ||||||||||
As percentage of equity |
(3.99 | )% | 2.12 | % | (4.05 | )% | 2.83 | % |
As discussed in relation to the net interest income sensitivity table on page 77, the impact of a 100bps movement in rates is largely driven by PCB and Treasury. The available for sale reserve change in sensitivity was mainly driven by changes in the portfolio composition, primarily due to an increase in available for sale assets held on a shorter dated outright basis. Note that the movement in the available for sale reserve would impact CRD IV fully loaded CET1 capital, but the movement in the cash flow hedge reserve would not impact CET1 capital.
Volatility of the available for sale portfolio in the liquidity pool
Changes in value of available for sale exposures flow directly through capital via equity reserve. The volatility of the value of the available for sale investments in the liquidity pool is captured and managed through a value measure rather than an earning measure, i.e. the non traded market risk VaR.
Although the underlying methodology to calculate the non-traded VaR is the same as the one used to calculate traded management VaR, the two measures are not directly comparable. The non-traded VaR represents the volatility to capital driven by the available for sale exposures. This is used for internal management purposes and although it is not formally backtested like the regulatory VaR (as shown on page 134), it is reviewed on a regular basis by risk managers to ensure it remains adequate for risk appetite and monitoring purposes.
These exposures are in the banking book and do not meet the criteria for trading book treatment. As such available for sale volatility is a risk which is taken into account in the broader IRRBB internal capital assessment, which is covered by the Pillar 2 capital framework.
Volatility of the available for sale portfolio in liquidity pool
|
Table 56: Analysis of volatility of the available for sale portfolio in liquidity pool
2015 | ||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
|
Average £m |
|
|
High £m |
|
|
Low £m |
| |||
Non Traded Market Value at Risk (daily, 95%) |
41.6 | 48.5 | 37.0 |
The Non Traded VaR is mainly driven by volatility of interest rates in developed markets in the chart above.
The increase in VaR in H2 is due to the volatility in the government and swap rate markets observed in that period, particularly in the US and the UK. The subsequent decrease was due to subsiding market volatility in combination with a reduction in exposure.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 78 |
Risk and capital position review Analysis of market risk
|
Foreign exchange risk
The Group is exposed to two sources of foreign exchange risk.
a) Transactional foreign currency exposure
Transactional foreign exchange exposures represent exposure on banking assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the transacting entity.
The Groups risk management policies prevent the holding of significant open positions in foreign currencies outside the trading portfolio managed by the Investment Bank which is monitored through VaR.
Banking book transactional foreign exchange risk outside of the Investment Bank is monitored on a daily basis by the market risk functions and minimised by the businesses.
b) Translational foreign exchange exposure
The Groups investments in overseas subsidiaries and branches create capital resources denominated in foreign currencies, principally USD, EUR and ZAR. Changes in the GBP value of the net investments due to foreign currency movements are captured in the currency translation reserve, resulting in a movement in CET1 capital.
The Groups strategy is to minimise the volatility of the capital ratios caused by foreign exchange movements, by ensuring that the CET1 capital movements broadly match the revaluation of the Groups foreign currency RWA exposures.
The economic hedges primarily represent the USD and EUR preference shares and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) instruments that are held as equity, which are accounted for at historic cost under IFRS and do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes.
Table 57: Functional currency of operations
Functional currency of operations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Foreign currency net investments £m |
|
|
Borrowings which hedge the net |
|
|
Derivatives which hedge the net investments |
|
|
Structural currency exposures pre-economic £m |
|
|
Economic hedges £m |
|
|
Remaining structural currency exposures £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
US Dollar | 24,712 | 8,839 | 1,158 | 14,715 | 7,008 | 7,707 | ||||||||||||||||||
Euro | 2,002 | 630 | 14 | 1,358 | 1,764 | (406 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Rand | 3,201 | 4 | 99 | 3,098 | | 3,098 | ||||||||||||||||||
Japanese Yen | 383 | 168 | 205 | 10 | | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other | 2,927 | | 1,294 | 1,633 | | 1,633 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 33,225 | 9,641 | 2,770 | 20,814 | 8,772 | 12,042 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
US Dollar | 23,728 | 5,270 | 1,012 | 17,446 | 6,655 | 10,791 | ||||||||||||||||||
Euro | 3,056 | 328 | 238 | 2,490 | 1,871 | 619 | ||||||||||||||||||
Rand | 3,863 | | 103 | 3,760 | | 3,760 | ||||||||||||||||||
Japanese Yen | 364 | 164 | 208 | (8 | ) | | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Other | 2,739 | | 1,198 | 1,541 | | 1,541 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 33,750 | 5,762 | 2,759 | 25,229 | 8,526 | 16,703 |
During 2015, total structural currency exposure net of hedging instruments decreased by £4.7bn to £12.0bn. The decrease is broadly in line with the overall RWA currency profile, with a reduction in USD RWAs in the year. Foreign currency net investments remained stable at £33.2bn (2014: £33.8bn).
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 79 |
Risk and capital position review Analysis of market risk
|
Pension risk review
The UK Retirement Fund (UKRF) represents approximately 92% (2014: 92%) of the Groups total retirement benefit obligations globally. The other material overseas schemes are in South Africa and in the US where they represent approximately 4% (2014: 4%) and 2% (2014: 2%) respectively of the Groups total retirement benefit obligations. As such, this risk review section will focus exclusively on the UKRF. Note that the scheme is closed to new entrants.
Pension risk arises as the estimated market value of the pension fund assets might decline, or the investment returns might reduce; or the estimated value of the pension liabilities might increase.
See page 137 for more information on how pension risk is managed.
Assets
The Board of Trustees defines an overall long-term investment strategy for the UKRF, with investments across a broad range of asset classes. This ensures an appropriate mix of return seeking assets to generate future returns as well as liability matching assets to better match the future pension obligations. The main market risks within the asset portfolio are against interest rates and equities, as shown by the analysis of scheme assets within Note 35 in the Barclays PLC Annual Report.
The fair value of the UKRF plan assets was £26.8bn. See Note 35 in the Barclays PLC Annual Report for details.
Liabilities
The retirement benefit obligations are a series of future cash flows with relatively long duration. On an IAS19 basis these cash flows are sensitive to changes in the expected long-term inflation rate and the discount rate (AA corporate bond yield curve):
§ | An increase in long-term inflation corresponds to an increase in liabilities |
§ | An increase in the discount rate corresponds to a decrease in liabilities |
Pension risk is generated through the Groups defined benefit schemes and this risk is set to reduce over time as our main defined benefit schemes are closed to new entrants, and in many cases closed to future accruals. The chart below outlines the shape of the UKRFs liability cash flow profile that takes account of future inflation indexing of payments to beneficiaries, with the majority of the cash flows (approximately 83%) falling between 0 and 40 years, peaking within the 21 to 30 year band and reducing thereafter. The shape may vary depending on changes in inflation expectation and mortality and it is updated in line with the triennial valuation process.
For more detail on liability assumptions see Note 35 in the Barclays PLC Annual Report.
Proportion of IAS 19 liability cash flows
|
||
![]() |
Risk measurement
In line with Barclays risk management framework, the assets and liabilities of the UKRF are modelled within a VaR framework to show the volatility of the pension positions on a total portfolio level. This ensures that the risks, diversification and liability matching characteristics of the UKRF obligations and investments are adequately captured. VaR is measured and monitored on a monthly basis. It is discussed at pension risk fora such as the Market Risk Committee, Pensions Management Group and Pension Executive Board. The VaR model takes into account the valuation of the liabilities following an IAS 19 basis. The trustees receive quarterly VaR measures on a funding basis.
The pension liability is also sensitive to post-retirement mortality assumptions. See Note 35 in the Barclays PLC Annual Report for more details.
In addition to this, the impact of pension risk to the Group is taken into account as part of the stress testing process. Stress testing is performed internally at least on an annual basis. The UKRF exposure is also included as part of the regulatory stress tests and exercises indicated that the UKRF risk profile is resilient to severe stress events.
The defined benefit pension scheme affects capital in two ways. An IAS 19 deficit impacts the CET1 capital ratio, and pension risk is also taken into account in the Pillar 2A capital assessment.
Triennial valuation
Please see Note 35 in the Barclays PLC Annual Report for information on the funding position of the UKRF.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 80 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of market risk
Insurance risk review
Insurance risk is managed within Africa Banking primarily in the Wealth, Investment Management & Insurance (WIMI) portfolios and is reported across four significant categories. Please see page 138 for more information on the definitions and governance procedure.
The risk types below mainly determine the regulatory capital requirements. The year-on-year decreases in appetite were agreed as part of the medium-term planning process.
Table 58: Analysis of insurance riska
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
|
Position £m |
|
|
Appetite £m |
|
|
Position £m |
|
|
Appetite £m |
| ||||
Short-term insurance underwriting risk |
30 | 32 | 40 | 44 | ||||||||||||
Life insurance underwriting risk |
17 | 20 | 21 | 28 | ||||||||||||
Life insurance mismatch risk |
12 | 20 | 16 | 40 | ||||||||||||
Life and short-term insurance investment risk |
11 | 18 | 12 | 14 |
In 2015, the largest year-on-year movement was in short-term insurance underwriting risk where the reduction in the position reflected the closure of the Agriculture book to new insurance business.
For mismatch risk, the 2015 Appetite was materially lower than the 2014 Appetite as the level of mismatch between policyholder assets and policyholder liabilities decreased following the adoption of improved reserving methodologies and sign off by the independent statutory actuary function. As a result, while 2015 Position has reduced in absolute terms, the utilisation against appetite has increased.
From 2016 onwards, the methodology for assessment of Insurance Risk will change from a CAR-based approach to a Solvency Assessment and Management (SAM) based approach (the Solvency II equivalent) which is considered to be a more robust risk management approach with well-developed methodologies.
Credit value adjustments
The Credit Value Adjustment (CVA) measures the risk from MTM losses due to deterioration in the credit quality of a counterparty to over-the-counter derivative transactions with Barclays. It is a complement to the counterparty credit risk charge, that accounts for the risk of outright default of a counterparty.
CVA is shown as part of the market risk section, which is consistent with other regulatory disclosures.
|
See page 7 for a high-level description of the approach, and page 13 for a description of the scope of our permissions. |
Table 59: Credit valuation adjustment capital charge
Two approaches can be used to calculate the adjustment:
§ | Standardised approach: this approach takes account of the external credit rating of each counterparty, and incorporates the effective maturity and EAD from the calculation of the CCR |
§ | Advanced approach: this approach requires the calculation of the charge as a) a 10-day 99% Value at Risk (VaR) measure for the current one-year period and b) the same measure for a stressed period. The sum of the two VaR measures is tripled to yield the capital charge. |
Credit valuation adjustment capital charge |
||||||||||||
Total portfolios subject to the Advanced CVA capital charge |
|
EAD post-CRM £m |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Capital requirements £m |
| |||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||
(i) VaR component (including the 3x multiplier) |
19,332 | 1,670 | 134 | |||||||||
(ii) Stressed VaR component (including 3x multiplier) |
22,419 | 8,817 | 706 | |||||||||
All portfolios subject to the standardised CVA capital charge |
1,755 | 781 | 62 | |||||||||
Total subject to the CVA capital charge |
| 11,268 | 902 | |||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||
(i) VaR component (including the 3x multiplier) |
25,689 | 2,244 | 180 | |||||||||
(ii) Stressed VaR component (including 3x multiplier) |
29,620 | 10,098 | 808 | |||||||||
All portfolios subject to the standardised CVA capital charge |
3,318 | 3,163 | 253 | |||||||||
Total subject to the CVA capital charge |
| 15,505 | 1,241 |
CVA risk weighted assets decreased by £4.2bn to £11.3bn, primarily due to the implementation of collateral modelling for mismatched FX collateral following PRA approval and the removal of client clearing business exposures following EBA guidance.
Note
a | The figures in the table are reported using Capital Adequacy Requirement (CAR) approach. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 81 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of securitisation exposures
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 82 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of securitisation exposures
For regulatory disclosures purposes, a securitisation is defined as a transaction or scheme where the payments are dependent upon the performance of a single exposure or pool of exposures and where the subordination of tranches determines the distribution of losses during the on-going life of the transaction or scheme. Such transactions are undertaken for a variety of reasons including the transfer of risk for Barclays or on behalf of a client.
The tables below detail exposures from securitisation trades entered into by the Group and cover banking book and trading book exposures. Only transactions that achieved significant risk transfer (SRT) are included in these tables. Where securitisations do not achieve SRT (for instance when they are entered into for funding purposes), the associated exposures are presented alongside the rest of the banking book or trading book positions in other sections of the Pillar 3 Report.
Please see page 140 for further details on Barclays securitisation activities.
Barclays completes the Pillar 3 disclosures in accordance with the Basel framework, which prescribes minimum disclosure requirements. The following quantitative disclosures are not applicable or result in a nil return for the current and prior reporting period:
§ | securitised facilities subject to an early amortisation period there were no securitisation positions backed by revolving credit exposures, where Barclays acted as the originator and capital relief was sought |
§ | re-securitisation exposures subject to hedging insurance or involving financial guarantors there were no such exposures in the current or prior reporting period |
§ | a separate table for capital deduction is no longer applicable, in line with CRD IV. |
Barclays PLC Balance sheet summary versus regulatory view for securitisation exposures
Table 1 shows a reconciliation between Barclays PLC balance sheet for statutory purposes versus a regulatory view. Specifically for securitisation positions, the regulatory balance sheet will differ from the statutory balance sheet due to the following:
§ | deconsolidation of certain securitisation entities that are considered for accounting purposes, but not for regulatory purposes (refer to page 142 for a summary of accounting policies for securitisation activities) |
§ | securitised positions are treated in accordance with the Groups accounting policies, as set out in the 2015 Annual Report. Securitisation balances will therefore be disclosed in the relevant asset classification according to their accounting treatment |
§ | some securitisation positions are considered to be off-balance sheet and relate to undrawn liquidity lines to securitisation vehicles, market risk derivative positions and where Barclays is a swap provider to a Special Purposes Vehicle (SPV). These balances are disclosed in table 64. |
Location of securitisation risk disclosures
Securitisation exposures are subject to a different risk weighted asset framework, therefore further granular disclosures are provided in addition to the exposure balances disclosed in the credit, counterparty and market risk sections.
This table shows a reconciliation of securitisation exposures in the following section and where the balance can be found in the relevant credit, counterparty and market risk sections.
Table 60: Reconciliation of exposures and capital requirements relating to securitisations
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Table number in this document |
|
|
Exposure value £m |
|
|
RWAs £m |
|
|
Capital requirement £m |
| ||||
Banking book |
||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
||||||||||||||||
Credit risk |
Tables 12,13,14 | | | | ||||||||||||
Total Standardised approach |
| | | |||||||||||||
Advanced IRB |
||||||||||||||||
Credit risk |
Tables 12,13,14 | 17,367 | 3,141 | 252 | ||||||||||||
Counterparty credit risk |
Tables 41,42 | 1,059 | 428 | 34 | ||||||||||||
Total IRB |
18,426 | 3,569 | 286 | |||||||||||||
Total banking book |
18,426 | 3,569 | 286 | |||||||||||||
Trading book |
||||||||||||||||
Trading book specific interest rate market risk |
||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
Tables 51 | 1,355 | 1,082 | 87 | ||||||||||||
Total trading book |
1,355 | 1,082 | 87 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 83 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of securitisation exposures
Table 61: Securitisation activity during the year
This table discloses a summary of the securitisation activity during 2015, including the amount of exposures securitised and recognised gain or loss on sale in the banking book. Barclays is involved in the origination of traditional and synthetic securitisations. A securitisation is considered to be a synthetic securitisation where the transfer of risk is achieved through the use of credit derivatives or guarantees, and the exposure remains on Barclays balance sheet.
Banking book | Trading book | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Traditional £m |
|
|
Synthetic £m |
|
|
Total banking book £m |
|
|
Gain/loss on sale £m |
|
|
Traditional £m |
|
|
Synthetic £m |
|
|
Total trading book £m |
|
|
Gain/loss on sale £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 Originator |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
3,536 | | 3,536 | 47 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
277 | | 277 | 7 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
30 | | 30 | | 945 | | 945 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,843 | | 3,843 | 54 | 945 | | 945 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 Originator |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
| 93 | 93 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
2,389 | | 2,389 | 37 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
247 | | 247 | 7 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
| | | | 1,839 | | 1,839 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
2,636 | 93 | 2,729 | 44 | 1,839 | | 1,839 | 8 |
The value of assets securitised in the banking book increased by £1.1bn to £3.8bn:
§ | Barclays continues to be involved in the securitisation of commercial mortgage loans, alongside third party banks. Barclays role in these transactions is to contribute the underlying mortgage loan to the securitisation and to act as lead manager, book runner or underwriter to distribute the issued securities. The amount shown in table 61 represents Barclays share of assets contributed to the securitisation. |
§ | As part of these transactions, Barclays held assets on its balance sheet prior to securitisation. |
§ | Barclays may participate in secondary trading of these positions in its trading book. At 31 December 2015, the exposure value of positions held was £3m. These are not reflected in the above table as for trading book purposes, Barclays is considered to be an investor. |
§ | Barclays was also involved in European and US CLO transactions where it provided tranched limited recourse financing and contributed a portion of the underlying loan assets that had been on Barclays balance sheet. The value of assets contributed during 2015 was £277m as shown in the table above under Loans to corporates or SMEs. |
The value of assets securitised in the trading book decreased £0.9bn to £0.9bn:
§ | Barclays continues to participate in re-securitisations of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (Re-REMICs) and there has been a reduction in the origination activity for these positions during the year. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 84 |
Risk and capital position review Analysis of securitisation exposures
|
Table 62: Assets awaiting securitisation
This table discloses the value of assets held on the balance sheet at year end and awaiting securitisation.
Exposure type |
||||||||
|
Banking book £m |
|
|
Trading book £m |
| |||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||
Originator |
||||||||
Residential mortgages |
| | ||||||
Commercial mortgages |
354 | | ||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | ||||||
Leasing |
| | ||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
| | ||||||
Consumer loans |
| | ||||||
Trade receivables |
| | ||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
| | ||||||
Other assets |
| | ||||||
Total |
354 | | ||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||
Originator |
||||||||
Residential mortgages |
33 | | ||||||
Commercial mortgages |
422 | | ||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | ||||||
Leasing |
| | ||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
64 | | ||||||
Consumer loans |
| | ||||||
Trade receivables |
| | ||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
| | ||||||
Other assets |
| | ||||||
Total |
519 | |
Banking book assets awaiting securitisation decreased £0.2bn to £0.4bn, with no significant movements to note.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 85 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of securitisation exposures
Table 63: Outstanding amount of exposures securitised Asset value and impairment charges
This table presents the asset values and impairment charges relating to securitisation programmes where Barclays is the originator or sponsor. Where Barclays contributed assets to a securitisation alongside third parties, the amount represents the entire asset pool. Barclays is considered a sponsor of one multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) conduit. Please note that table 63 will not reconcile to table 61, as it shows outstanding amount of exposure for the positions held/retained by Barclays, whereas table 63 shows the total position originated in 2015.
Banking book | Trading book | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Traditional £m |
|
|
Synthetic £m |
|
|
Total banking book £m |
|
|
Of which past due £m |
|
|
Recognised losses £m |
|
|
Traditional £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Originator |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
3,075 | | 3,075 | 655 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
3,521 | | 3,521 | 72 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates and SMEs |
1,216 | 1,164 | 2,380 | 85 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
1,012 | | 1,012 | 0 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
268 | | 268 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total (Originator) |
9,092 | 1,164 | 10,256 | 812 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Sponsor |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
889 | | 889 | 0 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
1,056 | | 1,056 | 15 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates and SMEs |
704 | | 704 | 3 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
3,554 | | 3,554 | 43 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
492 | | 492 | 2 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
74 | | 74 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total (Sponsor) |
6,769 | | 6,769 | 63 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
15,861 | 1,164 | 17,025 | 875 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Originator |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
4,021 | 99 | 4,120 | 588 | | 203 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
4,500 | | 4,500 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates and SMEs |
3,925 | 2,477 | 6,402 | 79 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
3,915 | | 3,915 | | | 180 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
1,150 | | 1,150 | 347 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total (Originator) |
17,511 | 2,576 | 20,087 | 1,014 | | 383 | ||||||||||||||||||
Sponsor |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
874 | | 874 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
891 | | 891 | 17 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates and SMEs |
953 | | 953 | 2 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
2,812 | | 2,812 | 38 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
708 | | 708 | 4 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
98 | | 98 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total (Sponsor) |
6,336 | | 6,336 | 61 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
23,847 | 2,576 | 26,423 | 1,075 | | 383 |
Banking book securitised assets where Barclays is considered to be the originator or sponsor has decreased by £9.4bn to £17.0bn, primarily driven by:
§ | originated residential mortgage and corporate exposures have reduced due to continued Non-Core reductions |
§ | reduction in re-securitisation positions following the restructuring of an existing transaction which resulted in Barclays being fully repaid and no longer exposed to the originated assets |
§ | synthetic securitisation exposures have reduced following repayment of the outstanding notes in line with the decrease of the corporate loan portfolio. |
Additionally, Barclays continues to be a sponsor and provides liquidity and programme-wide credit enhancement to its remaining conduit: Sheffield Receivables Corporation.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 86 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of securitisation exposures
Table 64: Securitisation exposures by exposure class
The table below discloses the aggregate amount of securitisation exposures held, which is consistent with table 65, 67, and table 68.
For originated positions, the table below discloses the exposure that Barclays has retained in the securitisation programmes disclosed in table 63.
For clarity, table 63 discloses the underlying asset value of these programmes.
For invested and sponsored positions, the table below presents the aggregate amount of positions purchased.
Banking book | Trading book | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Originator £m |
|
|
Sponsora,b £m |
|
|
Investor £m |
|
|
Total banking book £m |
|
|
Originator £m |
|
|
Investor £m |
|
|
Total trading book £m |
| ||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages | 140 | | 1,886 | 2,026 | | 633 | 633 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages | 24 | | | 24 | | 15 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables | | | 108 | 108 | | 72 | 72 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs | 1,626 | | 413 | 2,039 | | 322 | 322 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans | | | 3,276 | 3,276 | | 90 | 90 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations | | | 418 | 418 | | 77 | 77 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | | | 1,018 | 1,018 | | 127 | 127 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total On-balance sheet | 1,790 | | 7,119 | 8,909 | | 1,336 | 1,336 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages | 265 | 594 | 841 | 1,700 | | 19 | 19 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages | 63 | | 203 | 267 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables | | | 419 | 419 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing | | | 76 | 76 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs | 18 | | 192 | 210 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans | | 4,962 | 1,462 | 6,424 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations | | | 13 | 13 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 1 | 19 | 389 | 408 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Off-balance sheet | 347 | 5,575 | 3,595 | 9,517 | | 19 | 19 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 2,137 | 5,575 | 10,714 | 18,426 | | 1,355 | 1,355 | |||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages | 345 | | 1,862 | 2,207 | 7 | 1,848 | 1,855 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages | | | 4 | 4 | | 396 | 396 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables | | | 214 | 214 | | 150 | 150 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs | 3,758 | | 398 | 4,156 | | 331 | 331 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans | | | 1,661 | 1,661 | | 280 | 280 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations | 344 | | 349 | 693 | 1 | 177 | 178 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 52 | | 905 | 957 | | 278 | 278 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total On-balance sheet | 4,499 | | 5,393 | 9,892 | 8 | 3,460 | 3,468 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages | 401 | | 920 | 1,321 | | 19 | 19 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages | 252 | | 218 | 470 | | 129 | 129 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables | | | 653 | 653 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing | | | 192 | 192 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs | 167 | | 130 | 297 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans | | 4,931 | 2,904 | 7,835 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables | | | 45 | 45 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations | 89 | | 31 | 120 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 153 | 25 | 902 | 1,080 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Off-balance sheet | 1,062 | 4,956 | 5,995 | 12,013 | | 148 | 148 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 5,561 | 4,956 | 11,388 | 21,905 | 8 | 3,608 | 3,616 |
The total amount of securitisation positions in the banking book has decreased by £3.5bn to £18.4bn, primarily driven by:
§ | Reduction in exposures in Loans to corporates or SMEs as a result of a reduction in the underlying corporate loan pool of a synthetic securitisation position within Non-Core. |
The trading book exposure has decreased by £2.3bn to £1.4bn, primarily driven by disposals within Non-Core as well as reduced trading activity in residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS).
Notes
a | The exposure type is based on the asset class of underlying positions. |
b | Off-balance sheet relates to liquidity lines to securitisation vehicles, market risk derivative positions and where the Group is a swap provider to a SPV. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 87 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of securitisation exposures
Table 65: Securitisation exposures by capital approach
This table discloses the total exposure value and associated capital requirement of securitisation positions held by the approach adopted in accordance with the Basel framework. Barclays has approval to use, and therefore applies the IRB approach for the calculation of its RWAs. The total population is as per tables 64, table 67, and table 68.
Exposure values | Capital requirements | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Originator £m |
|
|
Sponsor £m |
|
|
Investor £m |
|
|
Total £m |
|
|
Originator £m |
|
|
Sponsor £m |
|
|
Investor £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Banking book | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRB approach | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratings Based Approach | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<= 10% | 946 | 1,315 | 4,977 | 7,238 | 6 | 8 | 31 | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 10% <= 20% | 434 | 180 | 2,669 | 3,283 | 4 | 2 | 28 | 35 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 20% <= 50% | 712 | 47 | 1,373 | 2,133 | 18 | 1 | 26 | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 50% <= 100% | 26 | | 134 | 160 | 1 | | 8 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% <= 650% | 13 | | 25 | 38 | 5 | | 4 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 650% < 1250% | | | 2 | 2 | | | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
= 1250%/Look through | 6 | | 1,534 | 1,539 | 4 | | 108 | 112 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Internal Assessment Approach | | 4,033 | | 4,033 | | 31 | | 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supervisory Formula Method | | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total IRB | 2,137 | 5,575 | 10,714 | 18,426 | 38 | 42 | 206 | 286 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach | | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total banking book | 2,137 | 5,575 | 10,714 | 18,426 | 38 | 42 | 206 | 286 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading book | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRB approach | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratings Based Approach | | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
<= 10% | | | 378 | 378 | | | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 10% <= 20% | | | 118 | 118 | | | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 20% <= 50% | | | 570 | 570 | | | 12 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 50% <= 100% | | | 135 | 135 | | | 7 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% <= 650% | | | 75 | 75 | | | 13 | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 650% < 1250% | | | 25 | 25 | | | 14 | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
= 1250%/Look through | | | 54 | 54 | | | 38 | 38 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total trading book | | | 1,355 | 1,355 | | | 87 | 87 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Banking book | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRB approach | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratings Based Approach | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<= 10% | 2,613 | 833 | 5,965 | 9,411 | 16 | 5 | 37 | 58 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 10% <= 20% | 506 | 191 | 2,689 | 3,386 | 5 | 2 | 28 | 35 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 20% <= 50% | 1,451 | 98 | 998 | 2,547 | 29 | 2 | 21 | 52 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 50% <= 100% | 22 | 1 | 135 | 158 | 1 | | 8 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% <= 650% | 692 | | 40 | 732 | 59 | | 8 | 67 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 650% < 1250% | | | 2 | 2 | | | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
= 1250%/Look through | 184 | 4 | 1,559 | 1,747 | 53 | 4 | 167 | 224 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Internal Assessment Approach | | 3,829 | | 3,829 | | 31 | | 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supervisory Formula Method | 93 | | | 93 | 7 | | | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total IRB | 5,561 | 4,956 | 11,388 | 21,905 | 170 | 44 | 270 | 484 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach | | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total banking book | 5,561 | 4,956 | 11,388 | 21,905 | 170 | 44 | 270 | 484 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading book | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRB approach | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratings Based Approach | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<= 10% | | | 787 | 787 | | | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 10% <= 20% | | | 1,027 | 1,027 | | | 12 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 20% <= 50% | | | 876 | 876 | | | 20 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 50% <= 100% | | | 250 | 250 | | | 12 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% <= 650% | | | 348 | 348 | | | 61 | 61 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 650% < 1250% | | | 26 | 26 | | | 15 | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
= 1250%/Look through | 8 | | 294 | 302 | 8 | | 167 | 175 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total trading book | 8 | | 3,608 | 3,616 | 8 | | 292 | 300 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 88 |
Risk and capital position review Analysis of securitisation exposures
|
Table 65: Securitisation exposures by capital approach continued
Risk Weighted Band | IRB S&P Equivalent Rating | STD S&P Equivalent Rating | ||
<= 10% | AAA to A+ (Senior Position Only) | N/A | ||
> 10% <= 20% | A to A- (Senior Position Only)/AAA to A+ (Base Case) | N/A | ||
> 20% <= 50% | A to A- (Base Case) | AAA to AA- | ||
> 50% <= 100% | BBB+ to BBB (Base Case) | A+ to A- | ||
> 100% <= 650% | BBB- (Base Case) to BB (Base Case) | BBB+ to BBB- | ||
> 650% < 1250% | BB- (Base Case) | BB to BB- | ||
= 1250% / deduction | Below BB- | Below BB- |
The total amount of securitisation positions in the banking book decreased £3.5bn to £18.4bn primarily driven by:
§ | reduction in the <=10% band for originated positions following repayment of outstanding notes in line with the decrease for the corporate loan portfolio |
§ | reduction in the 20-50% band following the restructuring of an existing transaction which resulted in Barclays being fully repaid and no longer exposed to originated assets. |
Trading book exposures have decreased by £2.3bn across all risk weights to £1.4bn, primarily driven by reduced trading activity in RMBS.
Table 66: Re-securitisation exposures by risk weight band
The table is a subset of table 65 and discloses Barclays exposures to re-securitisations by capital approach. For the purposes of the table below, a re-securitisation is defined as a securitisation where at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitisation position. This is in line with Basel capital requirements.
For securitisations with mixed asset pools (for example some collateralised loan obligations), the exposure class disclosed in Tables 64, 67 and 68 represents the exposure class of the predominant underlying asset class.
Exposure values | Capital requirements | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
|
Originator £m |
|
|
Sponsor £m |
|
|
Investor £m |
|
|
Total £m |
|
|
Originator £m |
|
|
Sponsor £m |
|
|
Investor £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||
Banking book |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratings Based Approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<= 10% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 10% <= 20% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 20% <= 50% |
369 | | 419 | 788 | 8 | | 7 | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 50% <= 100% |
| | 6 | 6 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% <= 650% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 650% < 1250% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
= 1250%/Look through |
| | 334 | 334 | | | 67 | 67 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Internal Assessment Approach |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supervisory Formula Method |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total IRB |
369 | | 759 | 1,128 | 8 | | 74 | 82 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total banking book |
369 | | 759 | 1,128 | 8 | | 74 | 82 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading book |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratings Based Approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<= 10% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 10% <= 20% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 20% <= 50% |
| | 67 | 67 | | | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 50% <= 100% |
| | 42 | 42 | | | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% <= 650% |
| | 2 | 2 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 650% < 1250% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
= 1250%/Look through |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total trading book |
| | 111 | 111 | | | 4 | 4 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 89 |
Risk and capital position review Analysis of securitisation exposures
|
Table 66: Re-securitisation exposures by risk weight band continued
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exposure values | Capital requirements | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
|
Originator £m |
|
|
Sponsor £m |
|
|
Investor £m |
|
|
Total £m |
|
|
Originator £m |
|
|
Sponsor £m |
|
|
Investor £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| ||||||||
Banking book |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratings Based Approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<= 10% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 10% <= 20% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 20% <= 50% |
1,240 | | 642 | 1,882 | 25 | | 12 | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 50% <= 100% |
22 | | 5 | 27 | 1 | | | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% <= 650% |
| | 16 | 16 | | | 3 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 650% < 1250% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
= 1250%/Look through |
| | 6 | 6 | | | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Internal Assessment Approach |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supervisory Formula Method |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total IRB |
1,262 | | 669 | 1,931 | 26 | | 21 | 47 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised approach |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total banking book |
1,262 | | 669 | 1,931 | 26 | | 21 | 47 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading book |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRB approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratings Based Approach |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<= 10% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 10% <= 20% |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 20% <= 50% |
| | 205 | 205 | | | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 50% <= 100% |
| | 18 | 18 | | | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
>100% <= 650% |
| | 107 | 107 | | | 18 | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
> 650% < 1250% |
| | 5 | 5 | | | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
= 1250%/Look through |
1 | | 56 | 57 | 1 | | 56 | 57 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total trading book |
1 | | 391 | 392 | 1 | | 84 | 85 |
Re-securitisation exposures reduced by £1.1bn to £1.2bn, primarily driven by:
§ | Reduction in the 20-50% band is due to the termination of an existing re-securitised transaction which resulted in Barclays being fully repaid and no longer exposed to originated assets. |
Table 67: Aggregate amount of securitised positions retained or purchased by geography banking book
This table presents total banking book securitised exposure type by geography, based on location of the counterparty.
Exposure type |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
United Kingdom £m |
|
|
Europe £m |
|
|
Americas £m |
|
|
Africa and Middle East £m |
|
|
Asia £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
1,641 | 21 | 1,827 | 132 | 106 | 3,727 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
86 | | 205 | | | 291 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
| | 527 | | | 527 | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
| | 76 | | | 76 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
460 | 122 | 1,667 | | | 2,249 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
1,221 | 628 | 7,943 | | | 9,792 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
202 | 128 | 101 | | | 431 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
| | 1,178 | 19 | 136 | 1,333 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,610 | 899 | 13,524 | 151 | 242 | 18,426 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
2,751 | 64 | 280 | 205 | 228 | 3,528 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
469 | 4 | 1 | | | 474 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
1 | | 866 | | | 867 | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
| | 192 | | | 192 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
1,393 | 3 | 3,057 | | | 4,453 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
396 | 487 | 8,613 | | | 9,496 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | 45 | | | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
5 | | 808 | | | 813 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
137 | 2 | 1,834 | 64 | | 2,037 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
5,152 | 560 | 15,696 | 269 | 228 | 21,905 |
Banking book exposures decreased by £3.5bn to £18.4bn primarily driven by reductions in the UK and Americas.
UK exposures reduction has been predominantly driven by Loans to Corporates or SMEs within Non-Core.
The reduction in Americas has been primarily within Non-Core, partly offset by strong client facilitation business activity.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 90 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of securitisation exposures
Table 68: Aggregate amount of securitised positions retained or purchased by geography trading book
This table presents total trading book securitised exposure type by geography. The country is based on the country of operation of the issuer.
Exposure type |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
United Kingdom £m |
|
|
Europe £m |
|
|
Americas £m |
|
|
Africa and Middle East £m |
|
|
Asia £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
561 | 1 | 90 | | | 652 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
| | 15 | | | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
16 | | 56 | | | 72 | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
161 | 8 | 153 | | | 322 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
4 | | 86 | | | 90 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
77 | | | | | 77 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
97 | | 30 | | | 127 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
916 | 9 | 430 | | | 1,355 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
1,418 | 222 | 232 | | 2 | 1,874 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages |
27 | 48 | 450 | | | 525 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit card receivables |
68 | 8 | 74 | | | 150 | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
154 | 21 | 156 | | | 331 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
32 | 22 | 226 | | | 280 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitisations/Re-securitisations |
139 | 30 | 9 | | | 178 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
40 | 6 | 232 | | | 278 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,878 | 357 | 1,379 | | 2 | 3,616 |
Trading book exposures decreased by £2.3bn to £1.4bn, primarily driven by a reduction in trading activity in RMBS in UK and Americas and Commercial mortgages primarily in Americas.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 91 |
Risk and capital position review
Analysis of operational risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 92 |
Risk and capital position review Analysis of operational risk
|
Operational risk risk weighted assets
Operational risks are inherent in the Groups business activities and are typical of any large operation. It is not cost effective to attempt to eliminate all operational risks and in any event it would not be possible to do so. Small losses from operational risks are expected to occur and are accepted as part of the normal course of business. More material losses are less frequent and the Group seeks to reduce the likelihood of these in accordance with its risk appetite.
The Operational Principal Risk comprises the following key risks: financial crime, financial reporting, fraud, information, legal, payments process, people, premises and security, supplier, tax, technology (including cyber) and transaction operations. For definitions of these key risks see page 145. In order to ensure complete coverage of the potential adverse impacts on the Group arising from operational risk, the operational risk taxonomy extends beyond the operational key risks listed above to cover areas included within conduct risk.
The following table details the Groups operational risk RWAs. Barclays has approval from the PRA to calculate its operational risk capital requirement using an Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA), although recently acquired businesses are excluded from this approval. Barclays uses the Basic Indicator Approach (BIA) to calculate capital for these businesses.
See pages 143 to 146 for information on operational risk management.
Table 69: Risk weighted assets for operational risk
|
Personal and Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Head Office £m |
|
|
Total Core £m |
|
|
Non-Core £m |
|
|
Total £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operational Risk |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic Indicator Approach |
996 | 1,001 | 639 | 998 | | 3,634 | 74 | 3,708 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised Approach |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced Measurement Approach |
15,180 | 4,504 | 4,965 | 18,622 | 2,104 | 45,375 | 7,577 | 52,952 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operational risk RWAs |
16,176 | 5,505 | 5,604 | 19,620 | 2,104 | 49,009 | 7,651 | 56,660 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operational Risk |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic Indicator Approach |
996 | 1,001 | 639 | 998 | | 3,634 | 74 | 3,708 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standardised Approach |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced Measurement Approach |
15,180 | 4,504 | 4,965 | 18,623 | 1,326 | 44,598 | 8,354 | 52,952 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operational risk RWAs |
16,176 | 5,505 | 5,604 | 19,621 | 1,326 | 48,232 | 8,428 | 56,660 |
Barclays operational risk RWA requirement has remained static at £56.7bn, pending regulatory approval for AMA model enhancements. Barclays currently holds sufficient operational risk capital to cover the range of potential extreme operational risks the group faces.
Disposal of Non-Core businesses has resulted in the movement of AMA RWAs from Non-Core to Head Office.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 93 |
Risk and capital position review Analysis of operational risk
|
Operational risk profile
During 2015, total operational risk lossesa increased to £241.3m (2014: £143.9m) with a 3% reduction in the number of recorded events as compared to last year driven by a limited number of events in execution, delivery and process management category.
Losses were mainly due to execution, delivery and process management impacts, external fraud and business disruption and system failures.
Within operational risk a high proportion of risk events have a low associated financial cost and a very small proportion of operational risk events will have a material impact on the financial results of the Group. In 2015, 82.6% of the Groups net reportable operational risk events had a value of £50,000 or less (2014: 78.0%) and accounted for 11.1% (2014: 30.5%) of the Groups total net loss impact.
The analysis below presents the Groups operational risk events by Basel event category:
§ | execution, delivery and process management impacts increased to £137.5m (2014: £81.3m) and accounted for 57.0% (2014: 56.5%) of overall operational risk losses. The events in this category are typical of the banking industry as a whole where high volumes of transactions are processed on a daily basis. The value increase was largely driven by a limited number of events with high loss values. |
§ | external fraud (66.6%) is the category with the highest frequency of events where high volume, low value events are also consistent with industry experience, driven by debit and credit card fraud. This accounted for 27.4% of overall operational risk losses in the year from 29.7% last year. |
The Groups operational risk profile is informed by bottom-up risk assessments undertaken by each business unit and top-down qualitative review from the Governance Risk and Control Committees for each of the key risks. External Fraud and Technology are highlighted as key operational risk exposures. Developments of enhanced fraud prevention and transaction profiling tools are underway to combat increasing external fraud frequency especially in credit cards, digital banking, unauthorised trading and social engineering.
CyberSecurity risk continues to be an area of attention given the increasing sophistication and scope of potential cyber attack. Risks to technology and CyberSecurity change rapidly and require continued focus and investment.
For further information see Risk Management section (pages 143 to 146).
Operational risk events by risk category | Operational risk events by risk category | |||||
% of total risk events by count
|
% of total risk events by value
|
|||||
|
Note
a | These include operational risk losses for reportable events having an impact of +/- £10,000 and exclude events that are conduct risk, aggregated and boundary events. A boundary event is an operational risk event that results in a credit risk impact. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 94 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Contents
Page | ||||
Barclays approach to managing risks
|
||||
§ Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture |
96 | |||
§ Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach |
107 | |||
§ Management of counterparty credit risk and credit risk mitigation techniques |
124 | |||
§ Management of market risk |
128 | |||
§ Management of securitisation exposures |
139 | |||
§ Management of operational risk |
143 | |||
§ Management of funding risk |
147 | |||
§ Management of conduct risk (including reputation risk) |
152 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 95 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 96 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 97 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
Board oversight and flow of risk related information
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 98 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
Reporting and control
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 99 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 100 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 101 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 102 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 103 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
Summary of methodologies for Group-wide stress testing by risk type:
Principal Risk |
Stress testing approach | |||||||
Credit risk |
|
§ |
|
Credit risk impairment: For retail portfolios businesses use regression models to establish a relationship between arrears movements and key macroeconomic parameters such as interest rates and unemployment, incorporating roll-rate analysis to estimate stressed levels of arrears by portfolio. In addition, combination of house price reductions and increased customer drawdowns for revolving facilities leads to higher LGD which also contributes to increased impairment levels. For wholesale portfolios the stress shocks on credit risk drivers (PDs, LGDs and EADs) are primarily calibrated using historical and expected relationships with key macro-economic parameters such as GDP, inflation and interest rates.
| ||||
|
§
|
|
Counterparty credit risk losses: The scenarios include market risk shocks that are applied to determine the market value under stress of contracts that give rise to Counterparty Credit
Risk (CCR). Counterparty losses, including from changes to the Credit Valuation Adjustment and from defaults, are modelled based on the impact of these shocks as well as using stressed credit risk drivers (PDs and LGDs). The same approach is used to
stress the market value of assets held as available for sale or at fair value in the banking book.
| |||||
|
§
|
|
Credit risk weighted assets: The impact of the scenarios is calculated via a combination of business volumes and using similar factors to impairment drivers above, as well as the regulatory calculation and the level of pro-cyclicality of underlying regulatory credit risk models.
| |||||
Market risk |
|
§ |
|
Trading book losses: All market risk factors on the balance sheet are stressed using specific market risk shocks (and are used for the CCR analysis, above). The severity of the shocks applied are dependent on the liquidity of the market under stress, e.g. illiquid positions are assumed to have a longer holding period than positions in liquid markets.
| ||||
|
§ |
|
Pension fund: The funding position of pension funds are stressed, taking into account key economic drivers impacting future obligations (e.g.
long-term inflation and interest rates) and the impact of the scenarios on the value of fund assets.
| |||||
Funding risk |
|
§ |
|
The risk of a mismatch between assets and liabilities, leading to funding difficulties, is assessed. Businesses apply scenario variables to forecasts of customer loans and advances and deposits levels, taking into account management actions to mitigate the impact of the stress which may impact business volumes. The Group funding requirement under stress is then estimated and takes into account lower availability of funds in the market.
| ||||
|
§
|
|
The analysis of funding risk also contributes to the estimate of stressed income and costs:
| |||||
| Stress impact on non-interest income is primarily driven by lower projected business volumes and hence lower income from fees and commissions
| |||||||
| Impact on net interest income is driven by stressed margins, which depend on the level of interest rates under stress as well as funding costs, and on stressed balance sheet volumes. This can be partly mitigated by management actions that may include repricing of variable rate products, taking into account interbank lending rates under stress
| |||||||
| The impact on costs is mainly driven by business volumes and management actions to partly offset profit reductions (due to impairment increases and decreases in income) such as headcount reductions and lower performance costs.
| |||||||
Operational risk, and Conduct risk |
|
§
|
|
These Principal Risks are generally not impacted as they are not directly linked to the economic scenario. Note that operational risk, however, is included as part of the reverse stress testing framework that incorporates assessment of idiosyncratic operational risk events.
|
The role of stress testing as input to businesses plans and setting of strategy is described in more detail in the section below. The results also feed into our internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) submission to the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA).
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 104 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 105 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 106 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 107 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
Organisation and structure
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 108 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
Loan loss rate (bps) Longer-term trends
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 109 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 110 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
Monitoring weaknesses in portfolios
While the basic principles for monitoring weaknesses in wholesale and retail exposures are broadly similar, they reflect the differing nature of the assets. As a matter of policy, all facilities granted to corporate or wholesale counterparties are subject to a review on, at least, an annual basis, even when they are performing satisfactorily.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 111 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 112 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 113 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 114 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 115 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 116 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 117 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 118 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
Table 70: IRB credit risk models selected features
| ||||||||||||||
Component modelled |
Business unit | Portfolio | Size of associated portfolio (RWAs) |
Model description and methodology | Number of years loss data |
Basel asset classes measured | Applicable industry-wide regulatory thresholds | |||||||
PD |
Investment Bank Barclays Non-Core Personal and Corporate Banking Africa Banking | Publicly traded corporates | £23.9bn | Statistical model using a Merton-based methodology. It takes quantitative factors as inputs. | >10 years | Corporates | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD |
Investment Bank Barclays Non-Core Treasury Personal and Corporate Banking Africa Banking |
Customers rated by Moodys and S&P | £25.8bn | Rating Agency Equivalent model converts agency ratings into estimated equivalent PIT default rates using credit cycles based on Moodys data. | >10 years | Corporate, Financial institutions and Sovereigns | PD floor of 0.03% for corporates and institutions | |||||||
PD |
Investment Bank Barclays Non-Core Personal and Corporate Banking | Corporate and SME customers with turnover < £20m | £5.2bn | Statistical model that uses regression techniques to derive relationship between observed default experience and a set of behavioural variables. | 6-10 years | Corporates Corporate SME Retail SME | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD |
Investment Bank Barclays Non-Core Personal and Corporate Banking | Corporate and SME customers with turnover >= £20m | £9bn | Statistically derived model sourced from an external vendor (Moodys KMV). | 6-10 years | Corporate Corporate SME | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD |
Personal and Corporate Banking | Home Finance | £18.4bn | Statistical scorecards estimated using regression techniques, segmented along arrears status and portfolio type. They are further calibrated against long-run industry default data. | >10 years | Retail mortgages (residential and buy-to-let mortgages) | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD |
Barclaycard | Barclaycard UK | £15.4bn | Statistical scorecards estimated using segmented regression techniques. | 6-10 years | QRRE | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD |
Africa Group | Absa Home Loans | £2.3bn | Statistical scorecards calibrated against long-run default data. | 6-10 years | Retail mortgages (residential and buy-to-let mortgages) | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
LGD |
Investment Bank Barclays Non-Core Treasury Personal and Corporate Banking |
Corporates and Financial institutions | £49.0bn | Model based on a statistical regression that outputs a long run average LGD and a downturn LGD by estimating the expected value of recovery. Inputs include industry, seniority, instrument, collateral and country. | >10 years | Corporate Financial institutions | ||||||||
LGD |
Personal and Corporate Banking | All business customers (excluding certain specialised sectors) |
£32bn | Model is based on a function estimated using actual recoveries experience. It takes account of collateral value and an allowance for non-collateral recovery. | >10 years | Corporates Corporate SME Retail SME | ||||||||
LGD |
Personal and Corporate Banking | Home Finance | £18.4bn | Data driven estimates of loss and probability of possession. | 6-10 years | Retail mortgages (residential and buy-to-let mortgages) | The portfolio average downturn LGD is floored at 10%. | |||||||
LGD |
Barclaycard | Barclaycard UK | £15.4bn | Statistical models combining segmented regression and other forecasting techniques. | 6-10 years | QRRE | ||||||||
LGD |
Africa Group | Absa Home Loans | £2.3bn | A data driven statistical approach estimates loss and probability of possession complemented with expert judgement where appropriate. | 6-10 years | Retail mortgages (residential and buy-to-let mortgages) | LGD floor of 10% at portfolio level. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 119 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
Table 70: IRB credit risk models selected features continued
Component modelled |
Business unit | Portfolio | Size of associated portfolio (RWAs) |
Model description and methodology | Number of years loss data |
Basel asset classes measured |
Applicable industry-wide regulatory thresholds | |||||||
EAD |
Investment Bank Barclays Non-Core Treasury | Corporates and Financial institutions | £27.3bn | The model applies product type specific Credit Conversion Factors (CCFs) and Product Credit Conversion Factors (PCCFs) to the drawn and undrawn amounts, consistent with experience. Where there is insufficient data, the entire drawn and undrawn amount is applied. | >10 years | Corporate Financial Institutions | EAD must be at least equivalent to current balance utilisation at account level. | |||||||
EAD |
Personal and Corporate Banking | All business customers (excluding certain specialised sectors) | £41.4bn | Model estimates the proportion of undrawn exposures that would be used in a default situation, based on a statistical analysis of actual experience and dependent on factors such as product type and industry of the obligor. Expert judgement is used for off-balance sheet products. | 6-10 years | Corporates Corporate SME Retail SME Institutions | EAD must be at least equivalent to current balance utilisation at account level. | |||||||
EAD |
Personal and Corporate Banking | Home Finance | £18.4bn | Split by Main Mortgage and Reserve Mortgage. Uses statistical model to calculate Reserve Mortgage. | >10 years | Retail mortgages (residential and buy-to-let mortgages) | EAD must be at least equivalent to current balance utilisation at account level. | |||||||
EAD |
Barclaycard | Barclaycard UK | £15.4bn | Model uses segmented statistical regression. | 6-10 years | QRRE | EAD must be at least equivalent to current balance utilisation at account level. | |||||||
EAD |
Africa Group | Absa Home Loans | £2.3bn | Statistical approach using historic data to determine a credit conversion factor, which is applied to the non-defaulted assets in appropriate cohorts to forecast EAD.
|
3-5 years | Retail mortgages (residential and buy-to-let mortgages) | EAD must be at least equivalent to current balance utilisation at account level.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 120 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
Table 71: Analysis of expected performance versus actual results
This table provides an overview of credit risk model performance, assessed by the analysis of average PDs, average LGDs and EAD ratios.
The table compares the raw model output to the actual experience in our portfolios. Such analysis is used to assess and enhance the adequacy and accuracy of models.
The raw outputs are subject to a number of adjustments before they are used in the calculation of capital, for example to allow for the position in the credit cycle and the impact of stress on recovery rates.
IRB Exposure Class\Year | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
PD of total portfolio | LGD of defaulted assets | EAD of defaulted assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimate % | Actual % | Estimated % | Actual % | Estimate to actual ratio | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.40 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
0.01 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group |
0.35 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.16 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
0.01 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group |
0.28 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.63 | 0.38 | 34 | 18 | 1.06 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
2.68 | 0.75 | 44 | 23 | 1.22 | |||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group |
1.53 | 2.03 | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
SME |
5.72 | 4.99 | 78 | 78 | 1.04 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral UK |
0.41 | 0.38 | 3 | 1 | 1.03 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral Rest of World |
2.15 | 2.13 | 13 | 20 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
1.70 | 1.80 | 78 | 67 | 1.01 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
6.52 | 5.69 | 69 | 47 | 1.07 | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.42 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group |
0.32 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.24 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
0.02 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group |
0.26 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.79 | 0.08 | 38 | 25 | 0.96 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
2.60 | 1.30 | 37 | 22 | 1.29 | |||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group |
1.50 | 2.15 | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
SME |
6.58 | 5.15 | 78 | 78 | 1.07 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral UK |
0.52 | 0.43 | 3 | 2 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral Rest of World |
2.20 | 2.37 | 9 | 23 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
1.78 | 1.86 | 78 | 72 | 0.99 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
6.28 | 5.86 | 66 | 58 | 1.02 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 121 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
IRB Exposure Class\Year |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
PD of total portfolio | LGD of defaulted assets | EAD of defaulted assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimate % | Actual % | Estimated % | Actual % | Estimate to actual ratio | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.31 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
0.41 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.80 | 0.02 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
0.43 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
0.52 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
1.27 | 0.48 | 67 | 60 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
2.14 | 2.50 | 40 | 28 | 1.05 | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
1.16 | 3.19 | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
SME |
7.15 | 5.89 | 79 | 72 | 1.08 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral UK |
0.61 | 0.49 | 3 | 2 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral Rest of World |
1.85 | 2.09 | 9 | 23 | 1.03 | |||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
1.58 | 1.68 | 78 | 72 | 1.00 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
6.39 | 6.07 | 64 | 67 | 1.07 | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.36 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
0.23 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
0.74 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.97 | 0.02 | | | 1.43 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
1.11 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
1.05 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
1.65 | 0.31 | 44 | 15 | 1.08 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
2.75 | 1.70 | 45 | 45 | 1.11 | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
1.85 | 2.15 | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
SME |
7.06 | 5.91 | 68 | 72 | 1.06 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral UK |
0.67 | 0.53 | 4 | 1 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral Rest of World |
1.98 | 2.10 | 14 | 24 | 1.03 | |||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
1.64 | 1.77 | 84 | 83 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
7.44 | 4.81 | 62 | 60 | 1.01 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 122 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the Internal Ratings-Based Approach
IRB Exposure Class\Year |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
PD of total portfolio | LGD of defaulted assets | EAD of defaulted assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimate % | Actual % | Estimated % | Actual % | Estimate to actual ratio | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2011 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
0.24 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
0.85 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
1.02 | 0.01 | 67 | 64 | 0.88 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
0.87 | 0.38 | | | 1.00 | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
0.98 | | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporates |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Bank |
1.77 | 0.50 | 37 | 34 | 1.13 | |||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Banking |
3.53 | 1.76 | 50 | 51 | 1.06 | |||||||||||||||||||
Africa Group |
1.78 | 1.76 | n/a | n/a | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
SME |
6.74 | 5.55 | 65 | 69 | 1.04 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral UK |
0.68 | 0.57 | 4 | 1 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate collateral Rest of World |
2.13 | 2.84 | 8 | 15 | 1.02 | |||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying revolving retail |
1.85 | 2.12 | 83 | 83 | 1.00 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other retail |
7.89 | 6.36 | 63 | 60 | 1.01 |
Note that some of the data underlying the table follows the business model monitoring cycle that does not precisely coincide with year ends; we do not consider this introduces a bias in a particular direction.
Note that LGD and EAD for Foundation IRB portfolios (wholesale Absa asset classes) are prescribed measures and not derived using credit risk models, hence do not form part of this report.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 123 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of counterparty credit risk and credit risk mitigation techniques
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 124 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of counterparty credit risk and credit risk mitigation techniques
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 125 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of counterparty credit risk and credit risk mitigation techniques
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 126 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of counterparty credit risk and credit risk mitigation techniques
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 127 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 128 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
Organisation and structure
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 129 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
Overview of the business market risk control structure
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 130 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 131 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 132 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 133 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
Table 72: Market risk models selected features |
||||||
Component modelled |
Number of significant models and size of associated portfolio (RWAs) |
Model description and methodology | Applicable regulatory thresholds | |||
Regulatory VaR |
1 model; £ 3.9bn | Equally-weighted historical simulation of potential daily P&L arising from market moves | Regulatory VaR is computed with 10-day holding period and 99% confidence level | |||
SVaR |
1 model; £6.9bn | Same methodology as used for VaR model, but using a different time series | Regulatory SVaR is computed with 10-day holding period and 99% confidence level | |||
IRC |
1 model; £1.6bn | Monte Carlo simulation of profit and loss arising from ratings migrations and defaults | IRC is computed with one-year holding period and 99.9% confidence level | |||
APR |
1 model; £ 0.1bn | Same approach as IRC, but it incorporates market-driven movements in spreads and correlations for application to correlation trading portfolios. | APR is computed with one-year holding period and 99.9% confidence level. As required in CRD IV, the APR charge is subject to a floor set with reference to standard rules charge |
See page 75 for a review of regulatory measures in 2015.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 134 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 135 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 136 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 137 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 138 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of securitisation exposures
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 139 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of securitisation exposures
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 140 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of securitisation exposures
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 141 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of securitisation exposures
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 142 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of operational risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 143 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of operational risk
Operational risk
Any instance where there is a potential or actual impact to the Group resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, or from an external event. The impacts to the Group can be financial, including losses or an unexpected financial gain, as well as non-financial such as customer detriment, reputational or regulatory consequences. |
Overview
The management of operational risk has two key objectives:
§ minimise the impact of losses suffered, both in the normal course of business (small losses) and from extreme events (large losses)
§ improve the effective management of the Group and strengthen its brand and external reputation.
The Group is committed to the management and measurement of operational risk and was granted a waiver by the FSA (now the PRA) to operate an Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk, which commenced in January 2008. The majority of the Group calculates regulatory capital requirements using AMA (93% of capital requirements); however, in specific areas, the Basic Indicator Approach (7%) is applied. The Group works to benchmark its internal operational risk management and measurement practices with peer banks and to drive the further development of advanced techniques.
The Group is committed to operating within a strong system of internal control that enables business to be transacted and risk taken without exposing the Group to unacceptable potential losses or reputational damage. The Group has an overarching framework that sets out the approach to internal governance. This guide establishes the mechanisms and processes by which the Board directs the organisation, through setting the tone and expectations from the top, delegating authority and monitoring compliance. | |||||
|
Organisation and structure
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 144 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of operational risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 145 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of operational risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 146 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of funding risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 147 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of funding risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 148 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of funding risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 149 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of funding risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 150 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of funding risk
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 151 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of conduct risk (including reputation risk)
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 152 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of conduct risk (including reputation risk)
Organisation and structure
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 153 |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of conduct risk (including reputation risk)
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 154 |
Appendices
Contents
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 155 |
Appendices
Appendix A
PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure by country
The following tables show IRB data for countries in which Barclays is active where the IRB RWA amount is more than 1% of the Group total for any asset class. The countries are shown in descending order of aggregated total RWAs for all asset classes.
Table 73: PD, LGD, RWA and exposure values by country for IRB all asset classes
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset class all asset classes | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
|
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
| |||||||||
United Kingdom | 2.72% | 32.0% | 90,980 | 280,688 | Jersey | 0.37% | 33.6% | 1,192 | 2,202 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States | 1.10% | 35.7% | 20,214 | 63,738 | Portugal | 4.84% | 31.4% | 1,054 | 2,939 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa | 4.97% | 33.1% | 16,265 | 34,449 | Australia | 0.10% | 45.7% | 890 | 3,460 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy | 4.24% | 28.7% | 6,320 | 15,307 | Brazil | 0.53% | 46.1% | 857 | 1,162 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Germany | 1.38% | 55.1% | 3,387 | 11,032 | Belgium | 0.33% | 43.5% | 680 | 3,771 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
France | 0.68% | 36.1% | 2,155 | 8,251 | India | 0.24% | 53.0% | 505 | 937 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland | 1.22% | 43.3% | 1,923 | 4,766 | Switzerland | 0.20% | 45.0% | 481 | 2,150 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain | 4.02% | 53.4% | 1,686 | 2,430 | Saudi Arabia | 0.04% | 45.1% | 216 | 3,066 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Netherlands | 0.39% | 45.4% | 1,637 | 4,569 | Qatar | 0.07% | 53.2% | 163 | 531 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Japan | 0.09% | 42.1% | 1,447 | 8,355 | China | 0.05% | 47.6% | 160 | 804 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada | 0.41% | 41.7% | 1,281 | 3,890 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table 73a: PD, LGD, RWA and exposure values by country for IRB central governments and central banks
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset class central governments and central banks | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
|
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
| |||||||||
United Kingdom | 0.02% | 41.7% | 99 | 5,275 | Jersey | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States | 0.01% | 45.0% | 52 | 875 | Portugal | 0.26% | 50.0% | 57 | 95 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa | 0.14% | 40.1% | 1,229 | 3,389 | Australia | 0.00% | 45.0% | 23 | 373 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy | 0.19% | 45.0% | 1,534 | 1,901 | Brazil | 0.49% | 45.0% | 10 | 30 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Germany | 0.01% | 45.0% | 79 | 514 | Belgium | 0.02% | 45.0% | 14 | 113 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
France | 0.01% | 45.0% | 28 | 280 | India | 0.35% | 45.0% | 109 | 247 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland | 0.04% | 50.0% | 50 | 390 | Switzerland | 0.01% | 45.0% | | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain | 0.16% | 45.0% | 328 | 548 | Saudi Arabia | 0.04% | 45.0% | 202 | 3,010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Netherlands | 0.01% | 45.0% | 11 | 141 | Qatar | 0.04% | 45.0% | 54 | 236 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Japan | 0.08% | 34.1% | 385 | 3,484 | China | 0.03% | 53.0% | 28 | 272 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada | 0.02% | 45.0% | 2 | 104 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table 73b: PD, LGD, RWA and exposure values by country for IRB institutions
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset class institutions | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
|
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
| |||||||||
United Kingdom | 0.32% | 43.4% | 4,087 | 12,843 | Jersey | 0.88% | 56.0% | 151 | 77 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States | 0.07% | 22.3% | 869 | 7,532 | Portugal | 1.60% | 45.2% | 55 | 49 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa | 0.39% | 45.1% | 391 | 853 | Australia | 0.04% | 42.6% | 330 | 1,556 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy | 0.45% | 45.3% | 160 | 176 | Brazil | 0.47% | 45.2% | 774 | 1,042 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Germany | 0.04% | 42.8% | 738 | 2,806 | Belgium | 0.03% | 34.3% | 145 | 516 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
France | 0.09% | 26.6% | 940 | 3,459 | India | 0.47% | 49.3% | 88 | 114 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland | 0.21% | 44.2% | 181 | 320 | Switzerland | 0.03% | 44.1% | 208 | 1,111 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain | 0.13% | 46.2% | 183 | 333 | Saudi Arabia | 0.04% | 53.5% | 13 | 47 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Netherlands | 0.03% | 43.0% | 263 | 907 | Qatar | 0.06% | 45.0% | 31 | 112 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Japan | 0.08% | 47.5% | 635 | 3,371 | China | 0.06% | 44.8% | 124 | 484 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada | 0.05% | 38.2% | 149 | 762 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table 73c: PD, LGD, RWA and exposure values by country for IRB corporates
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset class corporates | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
|
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
| |||||||||
United Kingdom | 2.36% | 36.8% | 42,365 | 81,092 | Jersey | 0.35% | 32.9% | 1,041 | 2,124 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States | 1.25% | 37.4% | 19,291 | 55,319 | Portugal | 1.81% | 47.0% | 134 | 155 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa | 3.74% | 34.6% | 7,088 | 12,898 | Australia | 0.18% | 49.0% | 537 | 1,529 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy | 0.91% | 51.5% | 893 | 1,433 | Brazil | 1.26% | 57.0% | 73 | 89 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Germany | 0.39% | 49.1% | 1,429 | 4,977 | Belgium | 0.40% | 45.0% | 521 | 3,140 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
France | 1.18% | 42.8% | 1,185 | 4,502 | India | 0.14% | 57.2% | 308 | 576 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland | 1.13% | 42.7% | 1,670 | 4,030 | Switzerland | 0.36% | 46.3% | 271 | 1,016 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain | 4.36% | 48.8% | 825 | 1,141 | Saudi Arabia | 0.04% | 45.0% | 1 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Netherlands | 0.48% | 46.1% | 1,361 | 3,517 | Qatar | 0.11% | 68.8% | 78 | 183 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Japan | 0.14% | 48.4% | 427 | 1,500 | China | 0.03% | 45.3% | 8 | 48 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada | 0.51% | 42.5% | 1,130 | 3,024 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 156 |
Appendices
Appendix A
PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure by country
Table 73d: PD, LGD, RWA and exposure values by country for IRB SME retail
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset class SME retail | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
|
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
| |||||||||
United Kingdom | 7.79% | 35.5% | 2,998 | 6,781 | Jersey | 5.35% | 16.2% | | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States | 0.50% | 28.0% | | | Portugal | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa | 4.48% | 50.2% | 609 | 1,107 | Australia | 0.52% | 10.7% | | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy | 0.18% | 87.5% | | | Brazil | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Germany | | | | | Belgium | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
France | 0.70% | 5.0% | | | India | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland | 2.84% | 31.9% | | 1 | Switzerland | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain | 16.15% | 18.7% | | | Saudi Arabia | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Netherlands | | | | | Qatar | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Japan | | | | | China | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada | 0.18% | 87.5% | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table 73e: PD, LGD, RWA and exposure values by country for IRB secured retail
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset class secured retail | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
|
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
| |||||||||
United Kingdom | 1.80% | 11.5% | 19,428 | 130,661 | Jersey | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States | 7.56% | 25.3% | 2 | 12 | Portugal | 5.25% | 29.6% | 808 | 2,640 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa | 6.26% | 13.0% | 3,019 | 10,783 | Australia | 0.37% | 21.3% | | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy | 5.28% | 23.1% | 3,732 | 11,789 | Brazil | 0.24% | 19.6% | | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Germany | 4.91% | 23.4% | | 3 | Belgium | 0.24% | 22.1% | | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
France | 3.12% | 25.8% | 2 | 9 | India | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland | 46.78% | 26.2% | 22 | 26 | Switzerland | 2.04% | 24.2% | 2 | 16 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain | 7.76% | 25.3% | 1 | 6 | Saudi Arabia | 0.12% | 24.7% | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Netherlands | 14.54% | 22.7% | 2 | 4 | Qatar | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Japan | 0.19% | 22.7% | | | China | 0.13% | 25.4% | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada | 0.28% | 14.4% | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table 73f: PD, LGD, RWA and exposure values by country for IRB revolving retail
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset class revolving retail | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
|
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
| |||||||||
United Kingdom | 5.75% | 77.6% | 15,842 | 38,647 | Jersey | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States | | | | | Portugal | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa | 10.28% | 75.8% | 1,433 | 2,220 | Australia | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy | | | | | Brazil | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Germany | 4.81% | 80.4% | 1,141 | 2,734 | Belgium | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
France | | | | | India | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland | | | | | Switzerland | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain | 11.44% | 84.1% | 349 | 402 | Saudi Arabia | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Netherlands | | | | | Qatar | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Japan | | | | | China | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table 73g: PD, LGD, RWA and exposure values by country for IRB other retail exposures
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset class other retail exposures | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
|
Country |
|
PD % |
|
|
LGD % |
|
|
RWA £m |
|
|
Exposure £m |
| |||||||||
United Kingdom | 10.85% | 88.4% | 6,161 | 5,389 | Jersey | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States | | | | | Portugal | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
South Africa | 8.38% | 49.2% | 2,496 | 3,199 | Australia | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italy | 96.39% | 90.8% | 1 | 8 | Brazil | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Germany | | | | | Belgium | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
France | | | | | India | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ireland | | | | | Switzerland | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spain | | | | | Saudi Arabia | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Netherlands | | | | | Qatar | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Japan | | | | | China | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada | | | | |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 157 |
Appendices
Appendix B
Disclosure on asset encumbrance
Asset encumbrance arises from collateral pledged against secured funding and other collateralised obligations. Barclays funds a portion of trading portfolio assets and other securities via repurchase agreements and other similar borrowing and pledges a portion of customer loans and advances as collateral in securitisation, covered bond and other similar structures. Barclays monitors the mix of secured and unsecured funding sources within the Groups funding plan and seeks to efficiently utilise available collateral to raise secured funding and meet other collateralised obligations. The encumbered assets below will not agree to those disclosed in the Annual Report (page 196). The assets below are disclosed on a quarterly averaging basis and include BAGL. The Annual Report disclosure is reported as at year end and excludes BAGL. There will also be a difference in consolidation between the Annual Report (IFRS consolidation) and the Pillar 3 Report (regulatory consolidation).
Template A Assets |
| |||||||||||||||||
|
Carrying amount of encumbered assets 010 £bn |
|
|
Fair value of encumbered assets 040 £bn |
|
|
Carrying amount
of 060 £bn |
|
|
Fair value of unencumbered assets 090 £bn |
| |||||||
010 |
Assets of the reporting institution | 199.4 | 1,010.8 | |||||||||||||||
030 |
Equity instruments | 27.0 | 27.0 | 20.6 | 20.6 | |||||||||||||
040 |
Debt securities | 49.6 | 49.6 | 105.9 | 105.9 | |||||||||||||
120 |
Other assets | | 382.9 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Template B Collateral received |
| |||||||||||||||||
|
Fair value of encumbered collateral received or own debt securities issued 010 £bn |
|
|
Fair value of collateral received or own debt issued available for £bn |
| |||||||||||||
130 |
Collateral received by the reporting institution | 283.2 | 46.5 | |||||||||||||||
150 |
Equity instruments | 57.1 | 9.6 | |||||||||||||||
160 |
Debt securities | 223.7 | 38.6 | |||||||||||||||
230 |
Other collateral received | | | |||||||||||||||
240 |
Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or ABSs | | 4.8 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Template C Encumbered assets/collateral received and associated liabilities |
| |||||||||||||||||
|
Matching liabilities, contingent liabilities or securities lent 010 £bn |
|
|
Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued other than 030 £bn |
| |||||||||||||
010 |
Carrying amount of selected financial liabilities | 190.8 | 308.3 |
The Groups average asset encumbrance for 2015 was £199.4bn, which primarily related to firm financing of trading portfolio assets and other securities, cash collateral and secured funding against loans and advances to customers. Encumbered assets have been identified in a manner consistent with the Groups reporting requirements under CRR. Securities and commodity assets are considered encumbered when they have been pledged or used to secure, collateralise or credit enhance a transaction which impacts their transferability and free use.
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 158 |
Appendices
Appendix C
Disclosures on remuneration
Remuneration
The following tables show the remuneration awards made to Barclays Material Risk Takers (MRTs) in respect of the 2015 performance year.
Information on decision-making policies for remuneration and the links between pay and performance and Barclays remuneration policy and process (including information on remuneration design, performance measurement and risk adjustment, deferral and vesting, fixed to variable remuneration ratio and variable remuneration and benefits policy) is contained in the Remuneration report, which can be found on pages 83 to 116 of the 2015 Annual Report.
The disclosure below is made in accordance with Article 450 of the Capital Requirements Regulation in relation to employees who have been identified as MRTs and to the extent it is applicable to the 2015 performance year.
MRTs
MRTs are the members of the Barclays PLC Board and Barclays employees whose professional activities could have a material impact on the Groups risk profile. A total of 1,523 individuals were MRTs in 2015 (2014: 1,277).
Senior management means members of the Barclays PLC Board (executive Directors and non-executive Directors) and members of the Barclays Group Executive Committee in accordance with Article 3(9) of CRDIV.
MRT aggregate remuneration by business |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Investment Bank £m |
|
|
Personal and Corporate Banking £m |
|
|
Barclaycard £m |
|
|
Africa Banking £m |
|
|
Group Functions £m |
|
|
Non-Core £m |
| |||||||
2015 |
842 | 103 | 18 | 28 | 199 | 34 | ||||||||||||||||||
2014 |
748 | 124 | 11 | 30 | 175 | 44 |
MRT aggregate remuneration by remuneration type |
||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
|
Senior management |
|
|
Other MRTs |
|
|
Senior management |
|
|
Other MRTs |
| |||||
Fixed pay Number of individuals |
29 | 1,494 | 29 | 1,248 | ||||||||||||
Fixed pay (£m) |
27 | 602 | 25 | 522 | ||||||||||||
Variable pay |
||||||||||||||||
Number of individuals |
14 | 1,246 | 9 | 1,059 | ||||||||||||
Current year cash bonus (£m) |
3 | 49 | 2 | 44 | ||||||||||||
Current year share bonus (£m) |
3 | 39 | 2 | 39 | ||||||||||||
Deferred cash bonus (£m) |
7 | 242 | 2 | 242 | ||||||||||||
Deferred share bonus (£m) |
7 | 243 | 4 | 245 | ||||||||||||
Total variable pay (£m) |
20 | 573 | 10 | 570 | ||||||||||||
Long-term incentive award (outcome contingent on future performance)(£m)a |
2 | | 5 | | ||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||
MRT deferred remuneration |
||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
|
Senior management £m |
|
|
Other MRTs £m |
|
|
Senior management £m |
|
|
Other MRTs |
| |||||
Awarded in yearb |
27 | 684 | 40 | 892 | ||||||||||||
Paid in yearc |
40 | 793 | 59 | 761 | ||||||||||||
Reduced through performance adjustmentsd |
(9 | ) | (7 | ) | (14 | ) | (22 | ) | ||||||||
Outstanding at 31 December, of which:d |
50 | 1,317 | 91 | 1,622 | ||||||||||||
vested |
| 6 | 2 | 19 | ||||||||||||
unvested |
50 | 1,311 | 89 | 1,603 |
Notes
a | Value of long-term incentive awards is the face value at grant. |
b | Valued at grant price. |
c | Valued at date of payment. |
d | Valued at 31 December of the relevant year. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 159 |
Appendices
Appendix C
Disclosures on remuneration
MRT joining and severance payments |
||||||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||
|
Senior management |
|
|
Other MRTs |
|
|
Senior management |
|
|
Other MRTs |
| |||||
Sign-on awards |
||||||||||||||||
Number of individuals |
| 3 | | | ||||||||||||
Made during the year (£m) |
| 1 | | | ||||||||||||
Buy-out awards |
||||||||||||||||
Number of individuals |
1 | 9 | 1 | 24 | ||||||||||||
Made during the year (£m) |
2 | 5 | 4 | 21 | ||||||||||||
Severance awards |
||||||||||||||||
Number of individuals |
| 14 | | 42 | ||||||||||||
Made during the year (£m) |
| 1 | | 4 | ||||||||||||
Highest individual award |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
| |||||||||||||||
MRT aggregate remuneration by banda |
| |||||||||||||||
2015 | a | 2014 | ||||||||||||||
|
Constant currency |
b |
Actual | c | ||||||||||||
Remuneration band |
|
Number of MRTs |
|
|
Number of MRTs |
|
|
Number of MRTs |
| |||||||
1,000,001 to 1,500,000 |
291 | 318 | 279 | |||||||||||||
1,500,001 to 2,000,000 |
119 | 132 | 132 | |||||||||||||
2,000,001 to 2,500,000 |
69 | 85 | 59 | |||||||||||||
2,500,001 to 3,000,000 |
56 | 34 | 28 | |||||||||||||
3,000,001 to 3,500,000 |
16 | 18 | 19 | |||||||||||||
3,500,001 to 4,000,000 |
19 | 18 | 22 | |||||||||||||
4,000,001 to 4,500,000 |
14 | 19 | 7 | |||||||||||||
4,500,001 to 5,000,000 |
10 | 9 | 5 | |||||||||||||
5,000,001 to 6,000,000 |
4 | 8 | 5 | |||||||||||||
6,000,001 to 7,000,000 |
8 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||
7,000,001 to 8,000,000 |
3 | 2 | | |||||||||||||
8,000,001 to 9,000,000 |
1 | | 1 | |||||||||||||
9,000,001 to 10,000,000 |
| 1 | | |||||||||||||
10,000,001 to 11,000,000 |
1 | | | |||||||||||||
11,000,001 to 12,000,000 |
| | | |||||||||||||
12,000,001 to 13,000,000 |
| | | |||||||||||||
13,000,001 to 14,000,000 |
1 | | 1 | |||||||||||||
14,000,001 to 15,000,000 |
| | | |||||||||||||
15,000,001 to 16,000,000 |
| 1 | |
Notes
a | The table is prepared in Euros in accordance with Article 450 of the Capital Requirements Regulation, at an exchange rate of £1:1.4227. |
b | Prior year constant currency comparatives shown at an exchange rate of £1:1.4227. |
c | Prior year actual comparatives are shown at the December 2014 European Commission Financial Programming and Budget rate of £1:1.2626. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 160 |
Appendices
Appendix D
CRD IV reference
Table 74: CRD IV reference
| ||||
CRR ref. |
High-level summary | Compliance reference | ||
Scope of disclosure requirements | ||||
431 (1) |
Requirement to publish Pillar 3 disclosures | Barclays publishes Pillar 3 disclosures | ||
431 (2) |
Firms with permission to use specific operational risk methodologies must disclose operational risk information. | The Operational Risk section from page 143 contains a description of the operational risk framework, and required Pillar 3 disclosures. | ||
431 (3) |
Institution must have a policy covering frequency of disclosures. Their verification, comprehensiveness and overall appropriateness. | Barclays has a dedicated Pillar 3 policy. | ||
431 (4) |
Explanation of ratings decision upon request | Barclays provides explanations of rating decisions to SMEs whose loan applications were declined in writing, and suggests alternative sources of finance. Barclays participates in a formal appeals process, one of the successful initiatives implemented as part of Business Finance Taskforce, with a government-appointed overseer. In the case of larger corporates, written explanations are not usually requested as direct discussions with relationship managers take place. | ||
Non-material, proprietary or confidential information | ||||
432 (1) |
Institutions may omit information that is not material if certain conditions are respected. | Compliance with this provision is covered by Barclays policy. | ||
432 (2) |
Institutions may omit information that is proprietary or confidential if certain conditions are respected. | Compliance with this provision is covered by Barclays policy. | ||
432 (3) |
Where 432 (1) and (2) apply this must be stated in the disclosures, and more general information must be disclosed. | This table specifies where disclosures are omitted. | ||
432 (4) |
Use of 432 (1) or (2) is without prejudice to scope of liability for failure to disclose material information | |||
Frequency of disclosure | ||||
433 |
Disclosures must be published once a year at a minimum, and more frequently if necessary. | Compliance with this provision is covered by Barclays policy. See under Notes on basis of preparation (page 5). | ||
Means of disclosures | ||||
434 (1) |
To include of disclosures in one appropriate medium, or provide clear cross-references. | Most disclosures are contained within this document. Signposting directs the reader to other publications where appropriate. Note that remuneration disclosures are contained in a dedicated publication. | ||
434 (2) |
Disclosures made under other requirements (e.g. accounting) can be used to satisfy Pillar 3 if appropriate. | Any cross-references to accounting or other disclosures are clearly signposted in this document. In particular, see page 168 for Location of Risk Disclosures. | ||
Risk management objectives and policies | ||||
435 (1) (a) |
Disclose information on strategies and processes; | Risk management strategy: pages 96-106 | ||
435 (1) (b) |
organisational structure, reporting systems and risk mitigation/hedging. | Credit Risk: pages 107-123 | ||
435 (1) (c) |
Counterparty Credit Risk: pages 124-127 | |||
435 (1) (d) |
Market Risk: pages 128-138 | |||
Operational Risk: pages 143-146 | ||||
Other Principal Risks: | ||||
Funding Risk Liquidity: pages 148-150 and page 138 in 2015 Annual Report | ||||
Funding Risk Capital: pages 150-151 and page 136 in 2015 Annual Report | ||||
Conduct including Reputation Risk: pages 152-154 and page 141 in 2015 Annual Report | ||||
435 (1) (e) |
Inclusion of a declaration approved by the Board on adequacy of risk management arrangements. | See page 101. This statement covers all Principal Risks. | ||
435 (1) (f) |
Inclusion of a concise risk statement approved by the Board. | Please see page 102 for effectiveness of risk management arrangements. This statement covers all Principal Risks. | ||
435 (2) |
Information on governance arrangements, including information on Board composition and recruitment, and risk committees. | See pages 97-99 for a description of the risk committees. Page 36-37 of the 2015 Annual Report contains information on Board composition, experience and recruitment. | ||
435(2) (a) |
Number of directorships held by directors. | Please see pages 36-37 of the 2015 Annual Report. | ||
435 (2) (b) |
Recruitment policy of Board members, their experience and expertise. | Please see pages 36-37, 39-40 of the 2015 Annual Report. | ||
435 (2) (c) |
Policy on diversity of Board membership and results against targets. | Please see pages 39-40 of the 2015 Annual Report. | ||
435 (2) (d) |
Disclosure of whether a dedicated risk committee is in place, and number of meetings in the year. | Please see pages 52-56 of the 2015 Annual Report. | ||
435 (2) (e) |
Description of information flow on risk to Board. | Figure on page 98 in the risk management strategy section illustrates the reporting structure to Board committees. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 161 |
Appendices
Appendix D
CRD IV reference
Table 74: CRD IV continued
| ||||
CRR ref. |
High-level summary | Compliance reference | ||
Scope of application | ||||
436 (a) |
Name of institution | See under Scope of consolidation (page 9). | ||
436 (b) |
Difference in basis of consolidation for accounting and prudential purposes, naming entities that are: | Figure 1: Summary of regulatory scope of consolidation as at 31.12.15 | ||
436 (b) (i) |
Fully consolidated; | |||
436 (b) (ii) |
Proportionally consolidated; | |||
436 (b) (iii) |
Deducted from own funds; | |||
436 (b) (iv) |
Neither consolidated nor deducted. | |||
436 (c) |
Impediments to transfer of funds between parent and subsidiaries | There are no such impediments. See page 151. | ||
436 (d) |
Capital shortfalls in any subsidiaries outside of scope of consolidation | Entities outside the scope of consolidation are appropriately capitalised. | ||
436 (e) |
Making use of articles on derogations from a) prudential requirements or b) liquidity requirements for individual subsidiaries/entities | Barclays makes use of these provisions according to its waiver from the PRA. | ||
Own funds | ||||
437 (1) |
Requirements regarding capital resources table | Page 16/Table 5: Capital resources | ||
437 (1) (a) |
Page 17/Table 6: Summary of movements in capital resources | |||
437 (1) (b) |
Pages 20-22/Table 8: Summary of terms and conditions of capital resources | |||
437 (1) (c) |
||||
437 (1) (d) (i) |
||||
437 (1) (d) (ii) |
||||
437 (1) (d) (iii) |
||||
437 (1) (e) |
||||
437 (1) (f) |
||||
437 (2) |
EBA to publish implementation standards for points above. | Barclays follows the implementation standards. | ||
Capital requirements | ||||
438 (a) |
Summary of institutions approach to assessing adequacy of capital levels. | Discussions of capital calculations are contained in each risk type management section (credit, market and operational). General discussion on capital planning is on page 150. | ||
438 (b) |
Result of ICAAP on demand from authorities. | Barclays has not received this request from its regulator. | ||
438 (c) |
Capital requirement amounts for credit risk for each Standardised Approach exposure class. | Pages 30-31/Table 13: Detailed view of exposure at default, post-CRM by business. | ||
Various other tables contain capital requirements throughout the report. | ||||
438 (d) |
Capital requirements amounts for credit risk for each Internal Ratings Based Approach exposure class . |
Pages 30-31/Table 13: Detailed view of exposure at default, post-CRM by business. Various other tables contain capital requirements throughout the report. | ||
438 (d) (i) |
||||
438 (d) (ii) |
||||
438 (d) (iii) |
||||
438 (d) (iv) |
||||
438 (e) |
Capital requirements amounts for market risk or settlement risk, or large exposures where they exceed limits. | Capital requirements for market risk are disclosed in Page 76/Table 51: Minimum capital requirement for market risk. | ||
438 (f) |
Capital requirement amounts for operational risk, separately for the basic indicator approach, the standardised approach, and the advanced measurement approaches as applicable. | Page 93/Table 69: Risk weighted assets for operational risk | ||
438 (endnote) |
Requirement to disclose specialised lending exposures and equity exposures in the banking book falling under the simple risk weight approach. | Specialised lending exposures: Page 52/Table 28: Corporate exposures subject to the slotting approach |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 162 |
Appendices
Appendix D
CRD IV reference
Table 74: CRD IV continued
| ||||
CRR ref. |
High-level summary | Compliance reference | ||
Exposure to counterparty credit risk (CCR) | ||||
439 (a) |
Description of process to assign internal capital and credit limits to CCR exposures. | Page 127 | ||
439 (b) |
Discussion of process to secure collateral and establishing reserves. | Pages 125-126 | ||
439 (c) |
Discussion of management of wrong-way exposures. | Page 127 | ||
439 (d) |
Disclosure of collateral to be provided (outflows) in the event of a ratings downgrade. | See the liquidity risk management section, pages 148-149. | ||
439 (e) |
Derivation of net derivative credit exposure. | Page 69/Table 44: Counterparty credit exposure by approach | ||
439 (f) |
Exposure values for mark-to-market, original exposure, standardised and internal model methods. | Page 68/Table 43: Counterparty credit exposures analysed by financial contract type | ||
439 (g) |
Notional value of credit derivative hedges and current credit exposure by type of exposure. | Page 70/Table 46: Notional value of credit derivative contracts held for hedging purposes | ||
439 (h) |
Notional amounts of credit derivative transactions for own credit, intermediation, bought and sold, by product type. | Page 69/Table 45: Notional exposure associated with credit derivative contracts | ||
439 (i) |
Estimate of alpha, if applicable. | The alpha used by Barclays is 1.4. See page 7. | ||
Capital buffers | ||||
440 (1) (a) |
Geographical distribution of relevant credit exposures. | Barclays counter cyclical capital buffer (CCCB) is currently set at 0% for UK exposures. In other jurisdictions where CCCB is being applied we do not expect this to be material. See page 8. High level indication of the distribution of exposures is disclosed in Table 73, for each country in which Barclays operates. | ||
440 (1) (b) |
Amount of the institution specific countercyclical capital buffer.
|
|||
440 (2) |
EBA will issue technical implementation standards related to 440 (1) | Barclays will comply with the standards once applicable. | ||
Indicators of global systemic importance | ||||
441 (1) |
Disclosure of the indicators of global systemic importance | Discussed on page 8. | ||
441 (2) |
EBA will issue technical implementation standards related to 441 (1) | Barclays will comply with the standards once applicable. | ||
Credit risk adjustments | ||||
442 (a) |
Disclosure of banks definitions of past due and impaired. | Impairment on page 265 of the 2015 Annual Report; online glossary for Past Due. Pages 109-116 provide a complete description of credit quality measures. | ||
442 (b) |
Approaches for calculating credit risk adjustments. | Pages 112-116 | ||
442 (c) |
Disclosure of pre-CRM EAD by exposure class. | See points 442 (d), (e), (f) below which break down this total. | ||
442 (d) |
Disclosures of pre-CRM EAD by geography and exposure class. | Pages 35-36/Table 16: Geographic analysis of credit exposure | ||
442 (e) |
Disclosures of pre-CRM EAD by industry and exposure class. | Pages 37-39/Table 17: Industry analysis of credit exposure | ||
442 (f) |
Disclosures of pre-CRM EAD by residual maturity and exposure class. | Pages 39-40/Table 18: Residual maturity analysis credit exposures | ||
442 (g) |
Breakdown of impaired, past due, specific and general credit adjustments, and impairment charges for the period, by exposure class or counterparty type. |
Page 57/Table 33: Analysis of impaired and past due exposures and allowance for impairment by exposure type | ||
442 (g) (i) |
||||
442 (g) (ii) |
||||
442 (g) (iii) |
||||
442 (h) |
Impaired, past due exposures, by geographical area, and amounts of specific and general impairment for each geography. | Page 58/Table 34: Geographic analysis of impaired and past due exposures and allowance for impairment | ||
442 (i) |
Reconciliation of changes in specific and general credit risk adjustments. | Page 58/Table 35: Analysis of movement on impairment and amounts taken directly to profit and loss Page 59/Table 36: Regulatory adjustments to statutory impairment | ||
442 (i) (i) |
||||
442 (i) (ii) |
||||
442 (i) (iii) |
||||
442 (i) (iv) |
||||
442 (i) (v) |
||||
442 endnote |
Specific credit risk adjustments recorded to income statement are disclosed separately. | Page 58/Table 35: Analysis of movement on impairment and amounts taken directly to profit and loss |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 163 |
Appendices
Appendix D
CRD IV reference
Table 74: CRD IV continued
| ||||
CRR ref. |
High-level summary | Compliance reference | ||
Unencumbered assets | ||||
443 |
Disclosures on unencumbered assets | Page 158 | ||
Use of ECAIs | ||||
444 (a) |
Names of the ECAIs used in the calculation of Standardised Approach RWAs, and reasons for any changes | Page 42 | ||
444 (b) |
Exposure classes associated with each ECAI | Page 42 | ||
444 (c) |
Explanation of the process for translating external ratings into credit quality steps | Page 42 | ||
444 (d) |
Mapping of external rating to credit quality steps | Page 42/Table 20: Relationship of long-term external credit ratings to credit quality steps under the standardised approach Page 42/Table 21: Credit quality steps and risk weights under the standardised approach | ||
444 (e) |
Exposure value pre- and post-credit risk mitigation, by credit quality step. | Page 43/Table 22: Credit quality step analysis of pre-CRM exposure and capital deductions under the standardised approach Page 44/Table 23: Credit quality step analysis of post-CRM exposure and capital deductions under the standardised approach | ||
Exposure to market risk | ||||
445 |
Disclosure of position risk, large exposures exceeding limits, FX, settlement and commodities risk. | Page 76/Table 51: Minimum capital requirement for market risk | ||
Operational risk | ||||
446 |
Disclosure of the scope of approaches used to calculate operational risk, discussion of advanced methodology and external factors considered. | Pages 92 and 146 | ||
Exposure in equities not included in the trading book | ||||
447 (a) |
Differentiation of exposures based on objectives | Page 62/Table 40: Fair value of, and gains and losses on equity investments | ||
447 (b) |
Recorded and fair value, and actual prices of exchange traded equity where it differs from fair value. | |||
447(c) |
Types, nature and amounts of the relevant classes of equity exposures. | |||
447 (d) |
Realised cumulative gains and losses on sales over the period. | |||
447 (e) |
Total unrealised gains/losses, latent revaluation gains/losses, and amounts included within Tier 1 capital. | |||
Exposure to interest rate risk on positions not included in the trading book | ||||
448 (a) |
Nature of risk and key assumptions in measurement models. | Model assumptions on pages 136-137. | ||
448 (b) |
Variation in earnings or economic value, or other measures used by the bank from upward and downward shocks to interest rates, by currency. | Page 77/Table 52: Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by business unit Page 77/Table 53: Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by currency |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 164 |
Appendices
Appendix D
CRD IV reference
Table 74: CRD IV continued
| ||||
CRR ref. | High-level summary | Compliance reference | ||
Exposure to securitisation positions | ||||
449 | Exposure to securitisations positions. | |||
449 (a) | Objectives in relation to securitisation activity. | Page 140 | ||
449 (b) | Nature of other risks in securitised assets, including liquidity. | Pages 140-141 | ||
449 (c) | Risks in re-securitisation activity stemming from seniority of underlying securitisations and ultimate underlying assets. | Page 141 | ||
449 (d) | The roles played by institutions in the securitisation process. | Page 140 | ||
449 (e) | Indication of the extent of involvement in these roles. | Page 140 | ||
449 (f) | Processes in place to monitor changes in credit and market risks of securitisation exposures, and how the processes differ for re-securitisation exposures. | Pages 140-141 | ||
449 (g) | Description of the institutions policies with respect to hedging and unfunded protection, and identification of material hedge counterparties. | Page 141 | ||
449 (h) | Approaches to calculation of RWA for securitisations mapped to types of exposures. | Page 141 Rating methodologies, ECAIs and RWA calculations | ||
449 (i) | Types of SSPEs used to securitise third-party exposures, and list of SSPEs. | Page 140 Sponsoring conduit vehicles | ||
449 (j) | Summary of accounting policies for securitisations: | Page 142 Summary of the accounting policies for securitisation activities | ||
449 (j) (i) | Treatment of sales or financings; | |||
449 (j) (ii) | Recognition of gains on sales; | |||
449 (j) (iii) | Approach to valuing securitisation positions; | |||
449 (j) (iv) | Treatment of synthetic securitisations; | |||
449 (j) (v) | Valuation of assets awaiting securitisations; | |||
449 (j) (vi) | Recognition of arrangements that could require the bank to provide support to securitised assets. | |||
449 (k) | Names of ECAIs used for securitisations. | Page 141 | ||
449 (l) | Full description of Internal Assessment Approach. | Page 42/Table 20: Relationship of long-term external credit ratings to credit quality steps under the standardised approach | ||
449 (m) | Explanation of changes in quantitative disclosures. | Satisfied throughout; we comment on every quantitative table in the securitisation section. | ||
449 (n) | Banking and trading book securitisation exposures: | |||
449 (n) (i) | Amount of outstanding exposures securitised; | Page 86/Table 63: Outstanding amount of exposures securitised Asset value and impairment charges | ||
449 (n) (ii) | On balance sheet securitisation retained or purchased, and off-balance sheet exposures; | Page 87/Table 64: Securitisation exposures by exposure class | ||
449 (n) (iii) | Amount of assets awaiting securitisation; | Page 85/Table 62: Assets awaiting securitisation | ||
449 (n) (iv) | Early amortisation treatment; aggregate drawn exposures, capital requirements; | There is no applicable data to publish in respect of this table. See page 83 | ||
449 (n) (v) | Deducted or 1250%-weighted securitisation positions; | See page 83. Pages 88-89/Table 65: Securitisation exposures by capital approach. Pages 89-90/Table 66: Re-securitisation exposures by risk weight band | ||
449 (n) (vi) | Amount of exposures securitised and recognised gains or losses on sales. | Page 84/Table 61: Securitisation activity during the year | ||
449 (o) | Banking and trading book securitisations by risk band: | |||
449 (o) (i) | Retained and purchased exposure and associated capital requirements, broken down by risk-weight bands; | Pages 88-89/Table 65: Securitisation exposures by capital approach Pages 89-90/Table 66: Re-securitisation exposures by risk weight band | ||
449 (o) (ii) | Retained and purchased re-securitisation exposures before and after hedging and insurance; exposure to financial guarantors broken down by guarantor credit worthiness. | There is no applicable data to publish in respect of this table. See page 83 | ||
449 (p) | Impaired assets and recognised losses related to banking book securitisations, by exposure type | Page 86/Table 63: Outstanding amount of exposures securitised Asset value and impairment charges | ||
449 (q) | Exposure and capital requirements for trading book securitisations, separately into traditional | |||
449 (r) | Whether the institution has provided financial support to securitisation vehicles | There is no applicable data to publish in respect of this table no support was provided in 2014. See Note 39 of 2015 Annual Report |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 165 |
Appendices
Appendix D
CRD IV reference
Table 74: CRD IV continued
| ||||
CRR ref. |
High-level summary | Compliance reference | ||
Remuneration disclosures | ||||
450 |
Remuneration | Appendix C contains the remuneration awards made to Barclays Material Risk Takers. See the Directors remuneration report (DRR) of the 2015 Annual Report for other remuneration disclosures. | ||
Leverage |
||||
451 (1) (a) |
Leverage ratio, and breakdown of total exposure measure, | Page 26/Table 11: Leverage ratio | ||
451 (1) (b) |
including reconciliation to financial statements, and | Page 26/Table 11: Leverage ratio | ||
451 (1) (c) |
derecognised fiduciary items | Page 26/Table 11: Leverage ratio | ||
451 (1) (d) |
Description of the risk management approach to mitigate | See page 150, management of capital risk. | ||
451 (1) (e) |
excessive leverage, and factors that impacted the leverage ratio during the year. | |||
451 (2) |
EBA to publish implementation standards for points above. | Barclays follows the implementation standards. | ||
Use of the IRB approach to credit risk | ||||
452 (a) |
Permission for use of the IRB approach from authority | Pages 12-13 | ||
452 (b) |
Explanation of: | |||
452 (b) (i) |
Internal rating scales, mapped to external ratings; | Page 45/Table 24: Internal default grade probabilities and mapping to external ratings | ||
452 (b) (ii) |
Use of internal ratings for purposes other than capital requirement calculations; | Page 117 Applications of internal ratings | ||
452 (b) (iii) |
Management and recognition of credit risk mitigation; | |||
452 (b) (iv) |
Controls around ratings systems. | Page 118. Management of model risk within Barclays the control mechanisms for the rating system | ||
452 (c) |
Description of ratings processes for each IRB asset class, provided separately | Pages 117-118. Separate descriptions apply to retail and wholesale classes collectively; hence this is not repeated for each separate class. Pages 119-120/Table 70: IRB credit risk models selected features. | ||
452 (c) (i) |
||||
452 (c) (ii) |
||||
452 (c) (iii) |
||||
452 (c) (iv) |
||||
452 (c) (v) |
||||
452 (d) |
Exposure values by IRB exposure class, separately for Advanced and Foundation IRB. | This is shown throughout the report. | ||
452 (e) |
For wholesale exposure classes, disclosed separately by obligor grade: | |||
452 (e) (i) |
Total exposure, separating loans and undrawn exposures where applicable; | Pages 46-47/Table 25: IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for central governments and central banks | ||
452 (e) (ii) |
Exposure-weighted average risk weight; | Pages 48-49/Table 26: IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for institutions Pages 50-51/Table 27: IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for corporates | ||
452 (e) (iii) |
Undrawn commitments and average exposure values by asset class. | |||
452 (f) |
For retail exposure classes, same disclosures as under 452 (e), by risk grade or EL grade. | Page 53/Table 29: IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for SME Page 54/Table 30: IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for secured retail Page 55/Table 31: IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for revolving retail Page 56/Table 32: IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for other retail exposures | ||
452 (g) |
Actual specific risk adjustments for the period and explanation of changes. | Page 60/Table 38: Impairment charges, other value adjustments and individual impairment charges for IRB exposures | ||
452 (h) |
Commentary on drivers of losses in preceding period. | |||
452 (i) |
Disclosure of predicted against actual losses for sufficient period, and historical analysis to help assess the performance of the rating system over a sufficient period. | Page 61/Table 39: Analysis of expected loss versus actual losses for IRB exposures Pages 121-123/Table 71: Analysis of expected performance versus actual results | ||
452 (j) |
For all IRB exposure classes: | |||
452 (j) (i) |
Where applicable, PD and LGD by each country where the bank operates | Appendix A, Page 156/Table 73: PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure by country. | ||
452 (j) (ii) |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 166 |
Appendices
Appendix D
CRD IV reference
Table 74: CRD IV continued
CRR ref. |
High-level summary | Compliance reference | ||
Use of credit risk mitigation techniques | ||||
453 (a) |
Use of on- and off-balance sheet netting | Pages 125-127 | ||
453 (b) |
How collateral valuation is managed | Pages 125-127 | ||
453 (c) |
Description of types of collateral used by Barclays | Pages 125-127 | ||
453 (d) |
Types of guarantor and credit derivative counterparty, and their creditworthiness | Pages 125-127 | ||
453 (e) |
Disclosure of market or credit risk concentrations within risk mitigation exposures | Pages 125-127 | ||
453 (f) |
For exposures under either the Standardised or Foundation IRB approach, disclose the exposure value covered by eligible collateral | Page 41/Table 19: Collateral and guarantees for IRB approach | ||
453 (g) |
Exposures covered by guarantees or credit derivatives | |||
Use of the Advanced Measurement Approaches to operational risk | ||||
454 |
Description of the use of insurance or other risk transfer mechanisms to mitigate operational risk | Page 146 | ||
Use of internal market risk models | ||||
455 (a) (i) |
Disclosure of the characteristics of the market risk models. | Page 134/Table 72: Market risk models selected features | ||
455 (a) (ii) |
Disclosure of the methodology and description of all-price risk measure and incremental risk charge. | Pages 133-134 | ||
455 (a) (iii) |
Descriptions of stress tests applied to the portfolios. | Page 132 | ||
455 (a) (iv) |
Methodology for back-testing and validating the models. | Pages 134-135 | ||
455 (b) |
Scope of permission for use of the models. | Page 13/Table 4: Summary of the scope of application of regulatory methodologies for market and operational risk | ||
455 (c) |
Policies and processes to determine which exposures are to be included in the trading book, and to comply with prudential valuation requirements. | Pages 132-133 | ||
455 (d) |
High/Low/Mean values over the year of VaR, sVaR, all-price risk measure and incremental risk charge. | Page 75/Table 49: Analysis of regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and All Price Risk Measure | ||
455 (d) (i) |
||||
455 (d) (ii) |
Page 74/Table 48: The daily average, maximum and minimum values of management VaR | |||
455 (d) (iii) |
||||
455 (e) |
The elements of the own fund calculation. | Page 76/Table 51: Minimum capital requirement for market risk | ||
455 (f) |
Weighted average liquidity horizons of portfolios covered by models. | Disclosed in model discussions on page 133. | ||
455 (g) |
Comparison of end-of-day VaR measures compared with one-day changes in portfolios value. | Pages 134-135. |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 167 |
Appendices
Location of risk disclosures
Barclays risk disclosures are located across the Annual Report and Pillar 3 Report
|
Annual Report |
|
|
Pillar 3 Report |
| |||||||
Material existing and emerging risks
|
||||||||||||
Insight into the level of risk across our business and portfolios, the material existing and emerging risks and uncertainties we face and the key areas of management focus. |
§ |
Credit risk | 120 | n/a | ||||||||
§ |
Market risk | 121 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Funding risk | 121 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Operational risk | 122 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Conduct risk | 124 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Material existing and emerging risks potentially impacting more than one Principal risk
|
125 | n/a | |||||||||
Risk management
|
||||||||||||
Overview of Barclays approach to risk management. A more comprehensive overview together with more specific information on policies that the Group determines to be of particular significance in the current operating environment can be found in Barclays PLC 2015 Pillar 3 Report or at home.barclays |
§ |
Risk management strategy | 128 | 97 | ||||||||
§ |
Governance structure | 128 | 97 | |||||||||
§ |
Risk governance and assigning responsibilities | 130 | 100 | |||||||||
§ |
Principal risks and Key risks | 131 | 101 | |||||||||
§ |
Credit risk management | 132 | 107 | |||||||||
§ |
Management of credit risk mitigation techniques and counterparty credit risk | n/a | 124 | |||||||||
§ |
Market risk management | 134 | 128 | |||||||||
§ |
Management of securitisation exposures | n/a | 139 | |||||||||
§ |
Funding risk management | 136 | 147 | |||||||||
§ |
Capital risk management | 136 | 150 | |||||||||
§ |
Liquidity risk management | 138 | 148 | |||||||||
§ |
Operational risk management | 139 | 143 | |||||||||
§ |
Conduct risk management
|
141 | 152 | |||||||||
Risk performance
|
||||||||||||
Credit risk: |
§ |
Credit risk overview and summary of performance | 145 | 107 | ||||||||
The risk of suffering financial loss should the Groups customers, clients or market counterparties fail to fulfil their contractual obligations. |
§ |
Analysis of the balance sheet | 145 | 39, 43 | ||||||||
§ |
Maximum exposure and collateral and other credit enhancement held | 146 | 28, 41 | |||||||||
§ |
The Groups approach to manage and represent credit quality | 148 | 42, 45 | |||||||||
§ |
Loans and advances to customers and banks | 150 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of the concentration of credit risk | 151 | 35, 37 | |||||||||
§ |
Group exposures to specific countries and industries | 152 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types | 155 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of loans on concession programmes | 164 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of problem loans | 167 | 57 | |||||||||
§ |
Impairment
|
168 | 57 | |||||||||
Market risk: The risk of a reduction to earnings or capital due to volatility of the trading book positions or as a consequence of running a banking book balance sheet and liquidity funding pools. |
§ |
Market risk overview, measures in the Group and summary of performance | 172 | 72 | ||||||||
§ |
Balance sheet view of trading and banking books | 173 | 73 | |||||||||
§ |
Traded market risk | 174 | 74 | |||||||||
§ |
Business scenario stresses | 175 | 75 | |||||||||
§ |
Review of regulatory measures | 175 | 75 | |||||||||
§ |
Non-traded market risk | 176 | 76 | |||||||||
§ |
Foreign exchange risk | 178 | 79 | |||||||||
§ |
Pension risk review | 179 | 80 | |||||||||
§ |
Insurance risk review
|
180 | 81 | |||||||||
Funding risk Capital: |
§ |
Capital risk overview and summary of performance | 182 | n/a | ||||||||
The risk that the Group is unable to maintain appropriate capital ratios. |
§ |
Regulatory minimum capital and leverage requirements | 182 | 8 | ||||||||
§ |
Capital resources | 183 | 16 | |||||||||
§ |
Leverage ratio requirements
|
183 | 26 | |||||||||
Funding risk Liquidity: |
§ |
Liquidity risk overview and summary of performance | 188 | n/a | ||||||||
The risk that the firm, although solvent, either does not have sufficient financial resources available to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due, or can secure such resources only at excessive cost. |
§ |
Liquidity risk stress testing | 188 | n/a | ||||||||
§ |
Liquidity pool | 191 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Funding structure and funding relationships | 192 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Wholesale funding | 193 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Term financing | 195 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Encumbrance | 195 | 158 | |||||||||
§ |
Credit ratings | 199 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Liquidity management at Barclays Africa Group Limited | 200 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities
|
200 | n/a |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 168 |
Appendices
Location of risk disclosures
|
Annual Report |
|
|
Pillar 3 Report |
| |||||||
Risk performance continued
|
||||||||||||
Operational risk: |
§ |
Operational risk overview and summary of performance in the period | 206 | 92 | ||||||||
The risk of direct or indirect impacts resulting from human factors, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems or external events.
|
§ |
Operational risk profile | 206 | 93, 94 | ||||||||
Conduct risk: The risk that detriment is caused to our customers, clients, counterparties or Barclays and its employees because of inappropriate judgement in the execution of our business activities.
|
§ |
Conduct risk overview | 208 | n/a | ||||||||
§ |
Reputation risk | 208 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Summary of performance | 208 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Salz recommendations | 209 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Conduct reputation measure
|
209 | n/a | |||||||||
Supervision and regulation: The Groups operations, including its overseas offices, subsidiaries and associates, are subject to a significant body of rules and regulations that are a condition for authorisation to conduct banking and financial services business. |
§ |
Supervision of the Group | 210 | n/a | ||||||||
§ |
Global regulatory developments | 210 | 8 | |||||||||
§ |
Influence of European legislation | 211 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
EU developments | 211 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Regulation in the UK | 212 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Resolution of UK banking groups | 212 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Structural reform of banking groups | 213 | 8 | |||||||||
§ |
Compensation schemes | 213 | 159 | |||||||||
§ |
Regulation in the US | 214 | n/a | |||||||||
§ |
Regulation in Africa
|
215 | n/a | |||||||||
Pillar 3 Report
|
||||||||||||
Contains extensive information on risk as well as capital management. |
§ |
High level summary of risk and capital profile | n/a | 3 | ||||||||
§ |
Notes on basis of preparation | n/a | 5 | |||||||||
§ |
Scope of application of Basel rules
|
n/a | 6 | |||||||||
Risk and capital position review: Provides a detailed breakdown of Barclays regulatory capital adequacy and how this relates to Barclays risk management. |
§ |
Group capital resources, requirements and leverage | n/a | 15 | ||||||||
§ |
Analysis of credit risk | n/a | 27 | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of counterparty credit risk | n/a | 63 | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of market risk | n/a | 71 | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of credit value adjustment | n/a | 81 | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of securitisation exposures | n/a | 82 | |||||||||
§ |
Analysis of operational risk | n/a | 92 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 169 |
Appendices
Index of Tables
Table | Page | |||
Table 1 | Barclays PLC balance sheet statutory versus regulatory view | 10 | ||
Table 2 | Regulatory calculation drivers split by IFRS account classification | 11 | ||
Table 3 | The scope of the Standardised and IRB approaches for credit and counterparty credit risk | 12 | ||
Table 4 | Summary of the scope of application of regulatory methodologies for market and operational risk | 13 | ||
Table 5 | Capital resources | 16 | ||
Table 6 | Summary of movements in capital resources | 17 | ||
Table 7 | Regulatory capital | 18-19 | ||
Table 8 | Summary of terms and conditions of capital resources | 20-22 | ||
Table 9 | Risk weighted assets by risk type and business | 23 | ||
Table 10 | Movements in risk weighted assets | 23 | ||
Table 11 | Leverage ratio | 26 | ||
Table 12 | Minimum capital requirements and exposure for credit risk | 28-29 | ||
Table 13 | Detailed view of exposure at default, post-CRM by business | 30-31 | ||
Table 14 | Detailed view of credit risk RWAs by business | 32-33 | ||
Table 15 | Banking book reconciliation of IFRS balance sheet and credit risk calculation | 34 | ||
Table 16 | Geographic analysis of credit exposure | 35-36 | ||
Table 17 | Industry analysis of credit exposure | 37-38 | ||
Table 18 | Residual maturity analysis credit exposures | 39-40 | ||
Table 19 | Exposures covered by guarantees and credit derivatives | 41 | ||
Table 20 | Relationship of long-term external credit ratings to credit quality steps under the Standardised approach | 42 | ||
Table 21 | Credit quality steps and risk weights under the Standardised approach | 42 | ||
Table 22 | Credit quality step analysis of pre-CRM exposure and capital deductions under the Standardised approach | 43 | ||
Table 23 | Credit quality step analysis of post-CRM exposure and capital deductions under the Standardised approach | 44 | ||
Table 24 | Internal default grade probabilities and mapping to external ratings | 45 | ||
Table 25 | IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for central governments and central banks | 46-47 | ||
Table 26 | IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for institutions | 48-49 | ||
Table 27 | IRB wholesale obligor grade disclosure for corporates | 50-51 | ||
Table 28 | Corporate exposures subject to the slotting approach | 52 | ||
Table 29 | IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for SME | 53 | ||
Table 30 | IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for secured retail | 54 | ||
Table 31 | IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for revolving retail | 55 | ||
Table 32 | IRB retail obligor grade disclosure for other retail exposures | 56 | ||
Table 33 | Analysis of impaired and past due exposures and allowance for impairment by exposure type | 57 | ||
Table 34 | Geographic analysis of impaired and past due exposures and allowance for impairment | 58 | ||
Table 35 | Analysis of movement on impairment and amounts taken directly to profit and loss | 58 | ||
Table 36 | Regulatory adjustments to statutory Impairment | 59 | ||
Table 37 | Analysis of regulatory impairment allowance by regulatory exposure class | 59 | ||
Table 38 | Impairment charges, other value adjustments and individual impairment charges for IRB exposures | 60 | ||
Table 39 | Analysis of expected loss versus actual losses for IRB exposures | 61 | ||
Table 40 | Fair value of, and gains and losses on equity investments | 62 | ||
Table 41 | Exposure at default associated with counterparty credit risk by business | 64-65 | ||
Table 42 | Risk weighted assets of counterparty credit risk exposures by business units | 66-67 | ||
Table 43 | Counterparty credit exposures analysed by financial contract type | 68 | ||
Table 44 | Counterparty credit exposure by approach | 69 | ||
Table 45 | Notional exposure associated with credit derivative contracts | 69 | ||
Table 46 | Notional value of credit derivative contracts held for hedging purposes | 70 | ||
Table 47 | Balance sheet split by trading and banking books | 73 | ||
Table 48 | The daily average, maximum and minimum values of management VaR | 74 | ||
Table 49 | Analysis of regulatory DVaR, SVaR, IRC and All Price Risk measure | 75 | ||
Table 50 | Breakdown of regulatory risk measures by portfolio | 75 | ||
Table 51 | Minimum capital requirement for market risk | 76 | ||
Table 52 | Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by business unit | 77 | ||
Table 53 | Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by currency | 77 | ||
Table 54 | Economic Capital for non-traded risk by business unit | 77 | ||
Table 55 | Analysis of equity sensitivity | 78 | ||
Table 56 | Analysis of volatility of the AFS portfolio in liquidity pool | 78 | ||
Table 57 | Functional currency of operations | 79 | ||
Table 58 | Analysis of insurance risk | 81 | ||
Table 59 | Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge | 81 | ||
Table 60 | Reconciliatoin of exposures and capital requirments relating to securitisations | 83 | ||
Table 61 | Securitisation activity during the year | 84 | ||
Table 62 | Assets awaiting securitisation | 85 | ||
Table 63 | Outstanding amount of exposures securitised asset value and impairment charges | 86 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 170 |
Appendices
Index of Tables
Table | Page | |||
Table 64 | Securitisation exposures by exposure class | 87 | ||
Table 65 | Securitisation exposures by capital approach | 88-89 | ||
Table 66 | Re-securitisation exposures by risk weight band | 89-90 | ||
Table 67 | Aggregate amount of securitised positions retained or purchased by geography banking book | 90 | ||
Table 68 | Aggregate amount of securitised positions retained or purchased by geography trading book | 91 | ||
Table 69 | Risk weighted assets for operational risk | 93 | ||
Table 70 | IRB credit risk models selected features | 119-120 | ||
Table 71 | Analysis of expected performance versus actual results | 121-123 | ||
Table 72 | Market risk models selected features | 134 | ||
Table 73 | PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure values by country for IRB all asset classes | 156 | ||
Table 73a | PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure values by country for IRB central governments and central banks | 156 | ||
Table 73b | PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure values by country for IRB institutions | 156 | ||
Table 73c | PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure values by country for IRB corporates | 156 | ||
Table 73d | PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure values by country for IRB SME retail | 157 | ||
Table 73e | PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure values by country for IRB secured retail | 157 | ||
Table 73f | PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure values by country for IRB revolving retail | 157 | ||
Table 73g | PD, LGD, RWA and Exposure values by country for IRB other retail exposures | 157 | ||
Table 74 | CRD IV reference | 161-167 |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2015 | 171 |
Barclays PLC Notice of Annual General Meeting |
![]() | |
Letter from the Group Chairman |
![]() |
This document is important and requires your immediate attention |
|||
When considering what action you should take, you are recommended to seek your own personal advice immediately from your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other professional adviser who is authorised under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. If you have sold or transferred all your shares in Barclays PLC (the Company) please send this Notice of AGM and the accompanying proxy form to the person you sold or transferred your shares to, or the bank, stockbroker or other agent who arranged the sale or transfer for you, for transmission to the purchaser or transferee. |
Barclays PLC. Registered in England. Registered No. 48839. Registered office. 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP
The Board
2 | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notice of AGM
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | 3 |
Notice of AGM continued
4 | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | 5 |
Notice of AGM continued
6 | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | 7 |
Notice of AGM continued
8 | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | home.barclays/annualreport |
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | 9 |
Appendix 1
10 | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Notes
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | 11 |
Shareholders Questions and Answers
12 | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | home.barclays/annualreport |
Shareholder information If you need help, contact our Registrar
| ||||||||||
![]() |
Web www.shareview.co.uk |
![]() |
Telephone 0371 384 2055* (in the UK) +44 121 415 7004 (from overseas) |
![]() |
Postal address Equiniti Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA United Kingdom | |||||
*Lines open 8:30am to 5:30pm Monday to Friday, excluding public holidays.
|
home.barclays/annualreport | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | 13 |
Additional information for shareholders
attending the Annual General Meeting
14 | Barclays PLC Notice of Meeting 2016 | home.barclays/annualreport |
BARCLAYS
Barclays PLC
Proxy Form for the Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The AGM will be held at the Royal Festival Hall, Southbank
Centre, Belvedere Road, London SE1 8XX on Thursday, 28 April 2016 at 11:00am
Voting ID:
Task
ID:
Shareholder Reference Number:
You can vote your Barclays shares online at
home.barclays/investorrelations/vote
or
You can vote your Barclays shares by completing and
sending this form back in the enclosed pre-paid envelope. Before completing this form, please read the explanatory notes on the reverse.
I/We hereby appoint the Chairman of
the meeting, or as my/our proxy to attend, speak and vote on my/our behalf at the Barclays PLC (the Company) AGM to be held on Thursday, 28 April 2016 and at any adjournment of that meeting.
Resolutions
The full wording of the resolutions and biographical details of all Directors standing for appointment
and reappointment at the 2016 AGM are in the Notice of Annual General Meeting which has been sent to you with this form. Please write an X in the For, Against or Vote Withheld box for each resolution below. If you do not complete the boxes
below, the person you appoint as proxy can decide whether, and how, he or she votes in relation to any matter which is properly put before the meeting.
Important: fold along
this line
For Against Vote Withheld
1. To receive the Reports of the Directors and Auditors and
the audited accounts for the year ended 31 December 2015.
2. To approve the Directors Remuneration Report (other than the part containing the abridged Directors
Remuneration Policy) for the year ended 31 December 2015.
3. To appoint Diane Schueneman as a Director of the Company.
4. To appoint Jes Staley as a Director of the Company.
5. To appoint Sir Gerry Grimstone as a Director of the
Company.
6. To reappoint Mike Ashley as a Director of the Company.
7. To reappoint Tim Breedon as
a Director of the Company.
8. To reappoint Crawford Gillies as a Director of the Company.
9. To
reappoint Reuben Jeffery III as a Director of the Company.
10. To reappoint John McFarlane as a Director of the Company.
11. To reappoint Tushar Morzaria as a Director of the Company.
12. To reappoint Dambisa Moyo as a Director of the
Company.
13. To reappoint Diane de Saint Victor as a Director of the Company.
14. To reappoint
Steve Thieke as a Director of the Company.
For Against Vote Withheld
15. To reappoint
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as Auditors of the Company.
16. To authorise the Board Audit Committee to set the remuneration of the Auditors.
17. To authorise the Company and its subsidiaries to make political donations and incur political expenditure.
18.
To authorise the Directors to allot shares and equity securities.
19. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities for cash or to sell treasury shares other than on
a pro rata basis to shareholders.
20. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities in relation to the issuance of contingent Equity Conversion Notes.
21. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities for cash other than on a pro rata basis to shareholders in relation to the issuance of contingent Equity Conversion Notes.
22. To authorise the Company to purchase its own shares.
23. To authorise the Directors to call
general meetings (other than an AGM) on not less than 14 clear days notice.
24. To authorise the Directors to continue to offer a Scrip Dividend Programme.
Please indicate with an X if this Proxy Form is one of multiple instructions being given. Please refer to note 4 overleaf.
Signature(s)
Date
Please note that
your votes must be received by our Registrar no later than 11:00am on Tuesday, 26 April 2016.
2674-191-S
Barclays PLC. Registered in England. Registered No. 48839. Registered office: 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP
Barclays PLC
Attendance Card
The AGM will be held at the Royal Festival Hall, Southbank Centre, Belvedere Road, London SE1 8XX on Thursday, 28 April 2016 at 11:00am
BARCLAYS
Information for shareholders attending the 2016 AGM
If you plan to attend the AGM, please bring this card with you. Doors open at 10:00am. Please allow at least 20 minutes for registration. You will be given full instructions on what to do
with this card at the appropriate time during the meeting.
Clear space
Travelling to the AGM
The nearest tube stations are Waterloo on the Bakerloo, Northern, Jubilee and Waterloo & City lines, Embankment on the District and Circle lines and Charing Cross on the
Northern and Bakerloo lines. The nearest overground train stations are Waterloo and Charing Cross. Buses stop on Waterloo Bridge, York Road, Belvedere Road and Stamford Street.
Blackfriars Bridge
Waterloo Bridge
Charing Cross
Upper Ground
Stamford Street
Royal Festival Hall
Waterloo East
The Cut
Waterloo
Westminster Bridge
Waterloo Road
How to ask a question at the AGM
If you intend to ask a question relating to the business of the meeting
You should register your question at one
of the Question Registration Points in the Exhibition Area before the meeting starts. You can also register your question once the AGM has started at the Question Registration Point outside the meeting room. Any questions raised but not answered at
the meeting will be reviewed personally by the Chairman following the meeting and a reply will be sent to you within 14 days.
If you would like to ask a question about
a personal customer matter
You should go to the Customer Relations Point in the Exhibition Area. This is staffed by Senior Customer Relations personnel who will be available
before, during and after the meeting.
If you have a question about your personal shareholding
If
you would like to ask a question about your personal shareholding you should go to the Shareholder Enquiry Point in the Exhibition Area. This is staffed by our Registrar and Barclays Stockbrokers and will be open both before and after the
AGM.
Have you joined Shareview?
An increasing number of Barclays shareholders are joining
Shareview.
We send Shareview members regular, up to date information about their
shareholding and
Barclays. You can also update your personal details and
bank details as well as vote your Barclays shares online.
To join Shareview, please follow these three easy steps:
Step 1 Go to shareview.co.uk
Step 2 Register for electronic communications
by following the instructions on screen
Step 3 You will be sent an activation code in the
post the next working day
If you have any questions, please contact our Registrar.
Barclays PLC. Registered in England.
Registered No. 48839. Registered office: 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP.
Barclays PLC
Poll card for the Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The AGM will be held at the Royal Festival Hall, Southbank Centre, Belvedere Road, London SE1 8XX on Thursday, 28 April 2016 at 11:00am
BARCLAYS
This card should only be completed during the meeting
Holders of ordinary shares as well as proxies and authorised representatives of corporations are entitled to vote.
Please write an X in the For, Against or Vote Withheld box for each resolution below. If you wish to cast your votes partly For, partly Against or partly Vote Withheld on a
resolution, you should write the number of votes cast For, Against or Vote Withheld in the appropriate box.
Signature(s)
Date
Resolutions
For Against Vote
Withheld
1. To receive the Reports of the Directors and Auditors and the audited accounts for the year ended 31 December 2015.
2. To approve the Directors Remuneration Report (other than the part containing the abridged Directors Remuneration Policy) for the year ended 31 December 2015.
3. To appoint Diane Schueneman as a Director of the Company.
4. To appoint Jes Staley as a Director of the
Company.
5. To appoint Sir Gerry Grimstone as a Director of the Company.
6. To reappoint Mike
Ashley as a Director of the Company.
7. To reappoint Tim Breedon as a Director of the Company.
8.
To reappoint Crawford Gillies as a Director of the Company.
9. To reappoint Reuben Jeffery III as a Director of the Company.
10. To reappoint John McFarlane as a Director of the Company.
11. To reappoint Tushar Morzaria as a Director of
the Company.
12. To reappoint Dambisa Moyo as a Director of the Company.
13. To reappoint Diane
de Saint Victor as a Director of the Company.
14. To reappoint Steve Thieke as a Director of the Company.
For Against Vote Withheld
15. To reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as Auditors of the Company.
16. To authorise the Board Audit Committee to set the remuneration of the Auditors.
17. To authorise the Company
and its subsidiaries to make political donations and incur political expenditure.
18. To authorise the Directors to allot shares and equity securities.
19. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities for cash or to sell treasury shares other than on a pro rata basis to shareholders.
20. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities in relation to the issuance of contingent Equity Conversion Notes.
21. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities for cash other than on a pro rata basis to shareholders in relation to the issuance of contingent Equity Conversion Notes.
22. To authorise the Company to purchase its own shares.
23. To authorise the Directors to call
general meetings (other than an AGM) on not less than 14 clear days notice.
24. To authorise the Directors to continue to offer a Scrip Dividend Programme.
Barclays PLC. Registered in England. Registered No. 48839. Registered office: 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP
Barclays PLC
Explanatory notes
BARCLAYS
1. Voting
If you want to
attend and vote at the Barclays AGM, you must be entered on the Companys register of members by no later than 6:00pm on Tuesday, 26 April 2016, or if the meeting is adjourned, no later than 6:00pm two days before the time fixed for
the adjourned meeting.
2. Vote online
You can appoint a proxy to vote your shares online
at home.barclays/investorrelations/vote. To log on you will need your Voting ID, Task ID and Shareholder Reference Number which are printed on the front of this form. Alternatively, you can join Shareview (details on your attendance card). Your
votes must be registered by no later than 11:00am on Tuesday, 26 April 2016.
3. Proxy
You are entitled to attend, speak and vote at the AGM or you can appoint one or more people (called proxies) to attend, speak and vote on your behalf. A proxy need not be a
Barclays shareholder but must attend the meeting in person.
Write the full name of the person you have chosen as your proxy in the box on the Proxy Form unless you wish to
appoint the Chairman of the meeting. If no name is inserted, the Chairman of the meeting will be authorised to vote on your behalf.
Unless you complete the Proxy Form to
show how you want them to vote, your proxy or proxies can vote, or not vote, as they see fit, on any matter which is put before the meeting.
4. Multiple proxies
You can appoint more than one proxy, but if more than one proxy is appointed, each proxy must be appointed to exercise the rights attached to different shares. To appoint more than one
proxy, please photocopy the Proxy Form and indicate the number of shares that you are authorising them to act as your proxy for. Mark the box on the Proxy Form to show that you have appointed more than one proxy.
5. Revoking your proxy
If you complete the Proxy Form to appoint a proxy or proxies, this will not stop you from
attending and voting at the meeting if you later find you are able to do so.
6. Authority and timing
To be valid, you must return this Proxy Form, together with a certified copy of the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is executed, to Equiniti, Aspect House,
Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 8JF United Kingdom, in the pre-paid envelope provided, so that it is received by no later than 11:00am on Tuesday, 26 April 2016.
7. Joint shareholders
The signature of any one of the joint holders will be enough to appoint either the Chairman
or one or more proxies to attend, speak and vote at the meeting.
8. Vote Withheld
The Vote
Withheld option is given to enable you to abstain on any particular resolution. The Vote Withheld is not a vote in law and will not be counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes For or Against a
resolution.
9. Corporate shareholders
In the case of a corporation, this proxy must be given
under its common seal or be signed on its behalf by an officer of the company, an attorney for the company or other persons authorised to sign.
If you are attending as a
representative of a shareholder that is a corporation, you will need to show our Registrars evidence that you have been properly appointed as a corporate representative to gain entry to the AGM.
10. Euroclear electronic proxy appointment service (CREST)
If you are a user of the CREST system (including a
CREST Personal Member), you may appoint one or more proxies or give an instruction to a proxy by having an appropriate CREST message transmitted. To be valid, the CREST message must be received by the receiving agent (ID RA19) no later than 11:00am
on Tuesday, 26 April 2016. For this purpose the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp generated by the CREST system) from which the receiving agent is able to retrieve the message. After this time,
changes of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the proxy by other means. If you are a CREST personal member or other CREST sponsored member, you should contact your CREST sponsor for help with appointing proxies
via CREST. For further information on CREST procedures, limitations and system timings, please refer to the CREST Manual (available via www.euroclear.com). The Company may treat as invalid a proxy appointment sent by CREST in the circumstances
set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended).
Contact our Registrar by:
Web Telephone Postal address
www.shareview.co.uk 0371 384 2055* (in the UK) Equiniti
+44 121 415 7004 (from overseas) Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing,
West Sussex BN99 6DA United Kingdom
*Lines open 8:30am to 5:30pm Monday to Friday, excluding public holidays.
Barclays PLC.
Registered in England. Registered No. 48839. Registered office: 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP.
Barclays PLC Sharestore
Proxy Form for the Annual General Meeting
(AGM)
The AGM will be held at the Royal Festival Hall, Southbank Centre, Belvedere Road, London SE1 8XX on Thursday, 28 April 2016 at 11:00am
BARCLAYS
Voting ID:
Task ID:
Sharestore Reference Number:
You can vote your Barclays shares online at
home.barclays/investorrelations/vote
or
You can vote your Barclays shares by completing and
sending this form back in the enclosed pre-paid envelope. Before completing this form, please read the explanatory notes on the reverse.
I/We hereby instruct Equiniti
Corporate Nominees Limited to appoint the Chairman of the meeting, or to attend, speak and vote on my/our behalf at the Barclays PLC (the Company) AGM to be held on Thursday, 28 April 2016 and at any adjournment of that meeting.
Resolutions
The full wording of the resolutions and biographical details of all Directors
standing for appointment and reappointment at the 2016 AGM are in the Notice of Annual General Meeting which has been sent to you with this form. Please write an X in the For, Against or Vote Withheld box for each resolution below. If you do
not complete the boxes below, the person you appoint as proxy can decide whether, and how, he or she votes in relation to any matter which is properly put before the meeting.
Important: fold along this line
For
Against
Vote Withheld
1. To receive
the Reports of the Directors and Auditors and the audited accounts for the year ended 31 December 2015.
2. To approve the Directors Remuneration Report
(other than the part containing the abridged Directors Remuneration Policy) for the year ended 31 December 2015.
3. To appoint Diane Schueneman as a Director
of the Company.
4. To appoint Jes Staley as a Director of the Company.
5. To appoint Sir Gerry
Grimstone as a Director of the Company.
6. To reappoint Mike Ashley as a Director of the Company.
7. To reappoint Tim Breedon as a Director of the Company.
8. To reappoint Crawford Gillies as a
Director of the Company.
9. To reappoint Reuben Jeffery III as a Director of the Company.
10. To
reappoint John McFarlane as a Director of the Company.
11. To reappoint Tushar Morzaria as a Director of the Company.
12. To reappoint Dambisa Moyo as a Director of the Company.
13. To reappoint Diane de Saint Victor as a Director
of the Company.
14. To reappoint Steve Thieke as a Director of the Company.
For
Against
Vote Withheld
15. To reappoint
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as Auditors of the Company.
16. To authorise the Board Audit Committee to set the remuneration of the Auditors.
17. To authorise the Company and its subsidiaries to make political donations and incur political expenditure.
18.
To authorise the Directors to allot shares and equity securities.
19. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities for cash or to sell treasury shares other than on
a pro rata basis to shareholders.
20. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities in relation to the issuance of contingent Equity Conversion Notes.
21. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities for cash other than on a pro rata basis to shareholders in relation to the issuance of contingent Equity Conversion Notes.
22. To authorise the Company to purchase its own shares.
23. To authorise the Directors to call
general meetings (other than an AGM) on not less than 14 clear days notice.
24. To authorise the Directors to continue to offer a Scrip Dividend Programme.
Please indicate with an X if this Proxy Form is one of multiple instructions being given. Please refer to note 4 overleaf.
Signature(s)
Date
Please note that
your votes must be received by Equiniti no later than 11:00am on Tuesday, 26 April 2016.
2674-192-S
Equiniti Financial Services Limited. Registered in England and Wales. Registered No. 6208699. Registered office: Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA, United Kingdom.
Barclays PLC. Registered in England. Registered No. 48839. Registered office: 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP.
Barclays PLC Sharestore
Attendance Card
The AGM will be held at the Royal Festival Hall, Southbank Centre, Belvedere Road, London SE1 8XX on Thursday, 28 April 2016 at 11:00am
BARCLAYS
Information for shareholders attending the 2016 AGM
Clear space
If you plan to attend the AGM, please bring this card with you. Doors open at 10:00am. Please allow at
least 20 minutes for registration. You will be given full instructions on what to do with this card at the appropriate time during the meeting.
Travelling to the AGM
The nearest tube stations are Waterloo on the Bakerloo, Northern, Jubilee and Waterloo & City lines, Embankment on the District and Circle lines and Charing Cross
on the Northern and Bakerloo lines. The nearest overground train stations are Waterloo and Charing Cross. Buses stop on Waterloo Bridge, York Road, Belvedere Road and Stamford Street.
Blackfriars Bridge
Waterloo Bridge
Charing Cross
Upper Ground
Royal Festival Hall
Stamford Street
Waterloo East
The Cut
Waterloo
Westminster Bridge
Waterloo Road
How to ask a question at the AGM
If you intend to ask a question relating to the business of the meeting
You should register your question at one
of the Question Registration Points in the Exhibition Area before the meeting starts. You can also register your question once the AGM has started at the Question Registration Point outside the meeting room. Questions should only be asked on the
specific business of the meeting. Any questions raised but not answered at the meeting will be reviewed personally by the Chairman after the AGM and a reply will be sent to you within 14 days.
If you would like to ask a question about a personal customer matter
You should go to the Customer Relations Point
in the Exhibition Area. This is staffed by Senior Customer Relations personnel who will be available before, during and after the meeting.
If you have a question about your
personal shareholding
If you would like to ask a question about your personal shareholding you should go to the Shareholder Enquiry Point in the Exhibition Area. This is
staffed by Equiniti and Barclays Stockbrokers and will be open both before and after the AGM.
Have you joined Shareview?
An increasing number of Barclays shareholders are joining Shareview. We send Shareview members regular, up to date information about their shareholding and Barclays. You can also update your
personal details and bank details as well as vote your Barclays shares online.
To join Shareview, please follow these 3 easy steps:
Step 1 Go to shareview.co.uk
Step 2 Register for electronic communications by following the instructions on
screen Step 3 You will be sent an activation code in the post the next working day
If you have any questions, please contact Equiniti.
Equiniti Financial Services Limited. Registered in England and Wales. Registered No. 6208699. Registered office: Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA, United Kingdom.
Barclays PLC. Registered in England. Registered No. 48839. Registered office: 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP.
Barclays PLC Sharestore
Poll card for the Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The AGM will be held at the Royal Festival Hall, Southbank Centre, Belvedere Road, London SE1 8XX on Thursday, 28 April 2016 at 11:00am
BARCLAYS
This card should only be completed during the meeting
Members of Barclays Sharestore, their proxies and authorised representatives of corporations are entitled to vote.
Signature(s)
Please write an X in the For, Against or Vote Withheld box for each resolution
below. If you wish to cast your votes partly For, partly Against or partly Vote Withheld on a resolution, you should write the number of votes cast For, Against or Vote Withheld in the appropriate box.
Date
Resolutions
For Against Vote
Withheld
1. To receive the Reports of the Directors and Auditors and the audited accounts for the year ended 31 December 2015.
2. To approve the Directors Remuneration Report (other than the part containing the abridged Directors Remuneration Policy) for the year ended 31 December 2015.
3. To appoint Diane Schueneman as a Director of the Company.
4. To appoint Jes Staley as a
Director of the Company.
5. To appoint Sir Gerry Grimstone as a Director of the Company.
6. To
reappoint Mike Ashley as a Director of the Company.
7. To reappoint Tim Breedon as a Director of the Company.
8. To reappoint Crawford Gillies as a Director of the Company.
9. To reappoint Reuben Jeffery III as a Director of
the Company.
10. To reappoint John McFarlane as a Director of the Company.
11. To reappoint
Tushar Morzaria as a Director of the Company.
12. To reappoint Dambisa Moyo as a Director of the Company.
13. To reappoint Diane de Saint Victor as a Director of the Company.
14. To reappoint Steve Thieke as a Director
of the Company.
For Against Vote Withheld
15. To reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as Auditors
of the Company.
16. To authorise the Board Audit Committee to set the remuneration of the Auditors.
17. To authorise the Company and its subsidiaries to make political donations and incur political expenditure.
18. To authorise the Directors to allot shares and equity securities.
19. To authorise the Directors to allot
equity securities for cash or to sell treasury shares other than on a pro rata basis to shareholders.
20. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities in relation
to the issuance of contingent Equity Conversion Notes.
21. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities for cash other than on a pro rata basis to shareholders in
relation to the issuance of contingent Equity Conversion Notes.
22. To authorise the Company to purchase its own shares.
23. To authorise the Directors to call general meetings (other than an AGM) on not less than 14 clear days notice.
24. To authorise the Directors to continue to offer a Scrip Dividend Programme.
Equiniti Financial Services
Limited. Registered in England and Wales. Registered No. 6208699. Registered office: Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA, United Kingdom. Barclays PLC. Registered in England. Registered No. 48839. Registered office: 1 Churchill
Place, London E14 5HP.
Barclays PLC Sharestore
Explanatory notes
BARCLAYS
1. Voting
If you want to
attend and vote at the Barclays AGM, you must be entered on the Barclays Sharestore register of members by no later than 6:00pm on Tuesday, 26 April 2016, or if the meeting is adjourned, no later than 6:00pm two days before the time
fixed for the adjourned meeting.
2. Vote online
You can appoint a proxy to vote your shares
online at home.barclays/investorrelations/vote. To log on you will need your Voting ID, Task ID and Sharestore Reference Number which are printed on the front of this form. Alternatively, you can join Shareview (details on your attendance
card). Your votes must be registered by no later than 11:00am on Tuesday, 26 April 2016.
3. Proxy
You are entitled to attend, speak and vote at the AGM or you can appoint one or more people (called proxies) to attend, speak and vote on your behalf. A proxy need not be a Barclays
shareholder but must attend the meeting in person.
Write the full name of the person you have chosen as your proxy in the box on the Proxy Form unless you wish to appoint
the Chairman of the meeting. If no name is inserted, the Chairman of the meeting will be authorised to vote on your behalf.
Unless you complete the Proxy Form to show how
you want them to vote, your proxy or proxies can vote, or not vote, as they see fit, on any matter which is put before the meeting.
4. Multiple proxies
You can appoint more than one proxy, but if more than one proxy is appointed, each proxy must be appointed to exercise the rights attached to different shares. To appoint more than one
proxy, please photocopy the Proxy Form and indicate the number of shares that you are authorising them to act as your proxy for. Mark the box on the Proxy Form to show that you have appointed more than one proxy.
5. Revoking your proxy
If you complete the Proxy Form to appoint a proxy or proxies, this will not stop you from
attending and voting at the meeting if you later find you are able to do so.
6. Authority and timing
To be valid, you must return this Proxy Form, together with a certified copy of the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is executed, to Equiniti, Aspect House,
Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 8JF United Kingdom, in the pre-paid envelope provided, so that it is received by no later than 11:00am on Tuesday, 26 April 2016.
7. Joint Sharestore members
The signature of any one of the joint holders will be enough to appoint either the
Chairman or one or more proxies to attend, speak and vote at the meeting.
8. Vote Withheld
The
Vote Withheld option is given to enable you to abstain on any particular resolution. The Vote Withheld is not a vote in law and will not be counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes For or
Against a resolution.
9. Corporate Sharestore members
In the case of a corporation,
this proxy must be given under its common seal or be signed on its behalf by an officer of the company, an attorney for the company or other persons authorised to sign.
If
you are attending as a representative of a shareholder that is a corporation, you will need to show Equiniti evidence that you have been properly appointed as a corporate representative to gain entry to the AGM.
Contact Equiniti by:
Web Telephone Postal address
www.shareview.co.uk 0371 384 2055* (in the UK) Equiniti
+44 121 415 7004 (from overseas) Aspect House, Spencer
Road, Lancing,
West Sussex BN99 6DA United Kingdom
*Lines open 8:30am to 5:30pm Monday to Friday,
excluding public holidays.
Equiniti Financial Services Limited. Registered in England and Wales. Registered No. 6208699. Registered office: Aspect House, Spencer Road,
Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA, United Kingdom.
Barclays PLC. Registered in England. Registered No. 48839. Registered office: 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP.